(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "The principles of grammar : being a compendious treatise on the languages, English, Latin, Greek, German, Spanish, and French. Founded on the immutable principle of the relation which one word sustains to another"

.KAY, 



THE 

PRINCIPLES 



OF 



-GRAMMAR: . 

BEING 

A. COMPENDIOUS TREATISE ON THE LANGUAGES, 

ENGLISH, LATIN, GREEK, GERMAN, 
SPANISH, AJSfD fRENCH. 

FOUNDED ON THE 

IMMUTABLE PRINCIPLE OF THE RELATION WHICH ONE 
WORD SUSTAINS TO ANOTHER. 



He brought in a new way of arguing by induction, and that grounded 
on observation and experience. BAILER. 



BY SOLOMON BARRETT, JR., 



PHILOLOGIST. 



RKVISKJ) 



CAMBRIDGE: ^3 

METCALF AND COMPANY, 




T<> TIIK I MVEKSITY. 

1857. 






Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1848, by 

6. BARRETT. JR., 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States 
for the Northern District of New Yo^k 



PRINTED BT 

GEORGE C. RAND & AVERT. 






M 



TO THE 

YOUNG MEN'S ASSOCIATION OF TEE CITY OF ALBANY, 

MORE USEFUL IN THE 

DIFFUSION OF KNOWLEDGE, THE CULTIVATION OF INTELLECT 
AND THE IMPROVEMENT OF MORALS, 

THAN ANY OTHER INSTITUTION, 

OF HUMAN ORIGIN, 
ANCIENT OR MODERN, 

THIS ESSAY, 

DESIGNED TO SIMPLIFY THE STUDY OF THE LANGUAGES, 

AKD 

FACILITATE THEIR ACQUISITION, 

BY INTRODUCING A SYSTEM OF SELF-INSTRUCTION, 

IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED, 
BY 



ADVERTISEMENT. 



WHEN we inform the student of language, that "one 
word belongs to another," we have told him all that per- 
tains to language ; for a perfect knowledge of the English, 
Greek and Latin grammars consists entirely in the abili- 
ty to give the words, in the respective languages, their 
proper relation to other words ; and ascertain the part of 
speech, from that relation; therefore, we have, together 
with a table of relations, advanced a number of THESES, 
or PROPOSITIONS, which we maintain as fixed and immu- 
table truths ; taken entirely from the, Languages themselves, 
the perusal of which will advertise the scholar of the course 
pursued throughout the work. Further comment is need- 
less. 

SOLOMON BARRETT Ja. 



BARRETT'S 

ENGLISH, LATIN AND GREEK GRAMMARS, 

pp 240 in one volume, on fine paper and well bound. 
The CHEAPEST CLASSICAL work extant. 



DEAR FRIEND: 

Read this work attentively ; and if you really wish to 
acquire a thorough knowledge of these languages, all you 
have to do is, to procure a copy of the work, and devote 
your leisure hours to its perusal, and you can not fail of 
acquiring such a knowledge as will enable you to use them 
with ease and accuracy for life, instead of that rough, un- 
couth jargon obtained from the old philology of the schools. 
The concurrent testimony of seventeen thousand American 
citizens, including the faculties of Union, Yale, Hamilton, 
and other colleges, * (patrons of the work,) within a year 
after its first publication, is an irrefragible proof of the 
claims of this system to superiority over every other extant, 
showing it to be no charlatanerie, running wild among the 
ignorant, but the most valuable treatise on language for 
the use of business young men, families and schools, that 
has ever issued from the press. 

This work is never sold in a look store; as some gentle- 
men have a greater tact for, and interest in palming off 
on the community worthless old grammars, than of intro- 
ducing improvements in crying " Great is DIANA of the 
EPHESIANS," than in worshipping at the shrine of religion 
or reason. 



CONTENTS 



OF 



BARRETT'S GRAMMARS: 

Being a Treatise on the Languages, English, Latin and 
Greek : founded on the Analytic Plan. 



PART FIRST. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR AND LANGUAGE. 



Page. 
5 
9 



1. The Ten Theses, applicable to all languages, 

2. Division of tiie Subject, - 

3. A Table, exhibiting the twenty-one relations by 

which every one of the eighty thousand words 

in English can be correctly parsed, - - 10 

4. Definition of the Parts of Speech,. - 11 

5. Exercises in Orthography, Syntax, Prosody, and 

Etymology, - 12 

6. A copperplate engraving, exemplifying the relation 

of the Parts of Speech and Parsing, - 18 

7. Corresponding and Exiled Conjunctions, - -23 

8. An Unbroken Sentence Fractured into its Logical 

Subject and Predicate; subsequently into the 
Paris of Speech, and punctuated, showing that 
the sentence is formed by the union of a being 
to its own existence or action : in other words, 
that the constituents of a sentence are a nomi- 
native (or being) represented as existing, acting, 
or being acted upon, and a verb, instead of 
being as the old grammarians tell us, a collec- 
tion of words, .... 25 

9. Exercises in Parsing English Poetry, in which 

each wcrd is correctly parsed, by referring it to 
the above mentioned table (paragraph 4), by 



CONTENTS. 3 

Page. 

placing the corresponding figures after each 
word, 27 

10. A Full Explanation of the Parts of Speech, 28 

1 1. Conjugation of the Verb, AM, SUM, EifAi, in Eng- 

lish, Latin, and Greek, 48 

12. Indeclinable Parts of Speech, presenting on the 

same page, and in the same line, the Adverb, 
the Preposition, and the Conjunction, in the 
three languages, and the case which each Pre- 
position governs in the Latin and Greek, - 50 

13. A Treatise on the Relation which one Phrase or 

Sentence bears to another, through the connect- 
ing influence of the Conjunction, the Pronoun, 
and the Preposition, and showing the student 
that without the use of one of these three Parts 
of Speech, no discourse could be continued 
beyond the utterance of a single sentence, - 54 

14 Of the Sections of a Sentence, containing Defini- 
tion and Division, embracing both the direct 
and circumflex course: Relation, both adjective 
and adverbial, with a full description of the sen- 
tensic, insentensic, plenary, inplenary, broken, 
unbroken, literal, and figurative, - - 58 

15. The Rules of English Syntax, ... 63 

16. The Analysis of one hundred and ten lines of 

Milton's Paradise Lost; also sixty lines from 
Pope's Essay on Man : every word in these one 
hundred and sixty lines of poetry, is parsed in 
full, by the abbreviations of the Parts of Speech 
and their accidents, on ten pages, as completely 
as it could be on two hundred pages, parsed in 
the usual way, - - - - - 66 

17. Further Exercises not Parsed by the Abbrevia- 

tions, for perfection of the student, containing 
Addison's Letter, Liberty and Slavery contrast- 
ed (in which the relation is pointed out by 
figures twenty-one in number, referring the stu- 
dent to the table of relations, (pp. 10), Webster's 
Reply to Haines, in the U. S. Senate, Benton's 
Speech on the Protest, in the U. S. Senate, 
Webster's Speech on the Protest, - - 76 



CONTENTS. 



Page 



18, Prosody, embracing Punctuation and Poetical 
Feet, concluding with the Burial of Sir John 
Moore, who fell in the Battle of Corunna, in 
Spain, in the year 1808, - - - 82 



PART SECOND. 

PRINCIPLES OF THE ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX OF THE LATIN 
LANGUAGE UPON THE ANALYTICAL PLAN OF ROOTS AND 
ADJUNCTS. 

I. Introduction, showing that to acquire a thorough 
knowledge of the Latin and Greek languages, 
the student must he able to separate the roots 
of all declinable words from their adjuncts; and 
further, that he must understand the use and 
import of the adjuncts, in giving to the noun, 
pronoun and adjective, declension, gender, num- 
ber and case; as: 



Root. 1. /. ace. sing. 
Pen -a -m. 



Root. 2. m. ace. sing. 
De -u 



m. 



And conjugation, mood, tense, number and per- 
son to the verb ; as : 

Root. I.e. in. imp. 2.pl. Prep. root. I.e. sub. p. 2s 
Err -a -ba -tis. Con -voc -av -eri -s. 
Wander did ye. Together called may'st 
have thou, 

2. Brief View of the Parts of Speech, embracing di- 

vision and definition, in which the relation is 
shown to be CORRELATIVE ; that is, that words 
become Parts of Speech in consequence of their 
relation to a noun; and that the noun receives 
its case from its relation to them, - 

3. Rules for the Construction of Cases, 

4. A Table, exhibiting the terminations of the five 

declensions of the Latin language, - 

5. Declension of Nouns, with the signification of 

their Latin cases attached, 

6. Declension of the Latin Pronoun, 



- 85 



87 
88 

89 

90 
91 



CONTENTS. 



5 

Page 



7. Latin Verbs, showing the moods and tenses, per- 
son and number, as follows: 

INDICATIVE. 

Pres. I?np. Perf. Plup. Put. 

Latin. , ba, i era, b (i). 

English. did, have, had, . shall. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Pres. Imp. Perf. Plup. Put. 

Latin. e, a, re, eri, isse, eri. 

English, may, might, may have, might have, shall have. 

PERSON AND NUMBER. 

Singular. Plural. 

1st. 2d. 3d. 1st. 2d. 3d. 

Latin. o,m,i, s,(isti,) t; mus, ^ tis, nt, 

English. 7, thou, he; we, you t they. 



8. An original table on the conjugation of the Latin 
verb, by which all verbs in the Latin tongue 
can be correctly conjugated ; and five hundred 
verbs, made irregular by the old system, are 
rendered perfectly regular in the formation of 
their conjugation, mood, tense, person and 
number by this sys>tem it being shown that the 
conjugation of the Latin verb is not always 
known by the infinitive present; but by a con- 
jugational letter immediately preceding any of 
the above tenses. The tense -la, is always 
preceded by either, a 1 , e 2 , e 3 , or e'e 4 to mark 
the respective conjugations to which it belongs. 
The perfect tense z, is always preceded by 
at? 1 , u' 2 , 3 , ZB*, to denote its conjugation; 
thus : 

IMPERFECT. PERFECT. 

Am -a* -ba -m, 1st conj. Am -au l -i, \stconj. 

Mon -e2 .ba -m, 2d conj. Dom -u2 -i, 2d conj. 

Doc -c3 -ba -m, 3d conj. Vert 3 ,i j 3d conj 

Aud -ie* -ba -m, bthconj. Aud iv* -i, 4th conj. 



82 



9. Conjugation in full, of the Latin verb A??io, 
showing that in all cases, the root, conjugation, 



94-5 



CONTENTS. 



moo r l , tense, number, person and vuice >f the 
verb are contained in the verb if self, thus. 

Root. 1 conj. Ind. imp. pi act. Rout. I c.nnj pass. Ini. plu. 



Page. 



Am -a 
Love 



-l.a 
did 



mil -s 
we, 



Am -a 
Loved 



tus, 
been 



-era 

had 



97 



10. A literal translation of the fourteenth, fifteenth, 

sixteenth and seventeenth verses of the fifth 
chapter of Matthew, with figures attached to the 
words to give them the English transposition, in 
which every word is perfectly analyzed and pars- 
ed, according to the plan of roots and adjuncts. 
Here the primitive meaning of the radicals are 
given instead of the dictionary definitions; as: 

adv, con, prep, root, root, 3,c, 3, plu. root, l,f, ac,s. 

Ne -que ac -cen -d -u -nt Lucern -a -m. 

Not 4 and 1 to 6 fire 5 give 3 they 2 a candle 7 . 
Transposed (by the figures placed after each 
word) it reads "And they give not fire to a candle." 100 

11. The Radicals of verbs, containing one hundred 

of the miscalled irregular verbs; and showing 
that they can all be arranged in their respective 
conjugations, and be rendered perfectly regular, 
thereby causing no more hindrance in the stu- 
dent's progress. ... - 102 

12. The Rules of Syntax. - - 105 

13. An Analysis of the first sixty lines of Virgil's 

jEneid disposed of in such a manner as to ex- 
hibit the root of each declinable word and all 
the suffixes and affixes required to give to the 
noun, adjective and pronoun, declension, ge?ider, 
number and case ; and to the verb, voice, con- 
jugation, ?7iood, tense, person and number; 
arranged in columns, as follows: 

Root. Definition. Syntax. Etymology. 

N. G. D.A.V.J. 

Arm. The arms, cano ARM-CR, 26* (2 n. p.) a, orum, is. a, a, is. 

Qu. and, arma QUE virum, 26 conjunction. 

Vir. the hero, cano VIR-MW, 26 (2 m.) vir, i, o, urn, vir, o. 

Can. 1 sing, (ego) CAN-O,(!) arma, (3d.) o,ere, cecini. cantum. 

o, is, it, imus, itis, nnt. 
107 

* The figures placed nfter the words refer to the rule; thoe in pa- 
renthesis ( ) to page 142 



CONTENTS. 7 

Page 

14- Reading lessors ; containing: 

1. '250 liius of Virgil's JEheid and Georgics, be- 
in^ a continuation of the above, - - 121 

2. P.irt o:. Cicero's first oration against Cataline, 131 

3. Crucifixion of Christ, - 138 

4. Paul's charge to Tiinotheus, - - 140 

5. Lord's Prayer, - - - 141 

6. Prayers of the Publican and Pharisee, - - 141 
15. An analytical Table, separating all the verbs oc- 
curring in the fir.-t sixty lines of Virgil's jEneid, 
into their constituent parts according to the de- 
vice of the table described in $ 8, part 2, 142 



PART THIRD. 

PRINCIPLES OF THE ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX OF THE GREEK 
LANGUAGE. 

1. The Greek alphabet Greek abbreviations ; and 

exercises on the alphabet to facilitate the ac- 
quisition of the Greek letter, arranged thus: 
Agrippas de pros ton Paul on e ph 6. 
* A ^' p i < TT a <r <5 5 if p o <r 6 v IlauXov e <p fy 
Agrippa then unto the Paul said. 146 

2. A Table of dipthongal sounds with signs, ac- 

cents, notes benes, etc., ... 147 

3. Euphony: showing how one sound, or letter is 

substituted for another, in order to avoid harsh- 
ness in pronunciation Punctuation of the 
Greek language, ... 14H 

4. Parts of Speech Number Case Declension 

Tables of Declension Greek Pronouns, - 149 

5. Verbs their classifications, divisions, accidents, 

etc., etc., .... ]54 

6. Conjugation Euphonic changes in the Greek 

Verb Euphony considered Of the Root, the 
Augment, and the Termination. 155 

7. A condensed tat le of the Greek verb, showing its 

augments reduplications, moods, tenses, and 



CONTENTS. 

Page 

the first person sing, of all the different tenses, 
together \vith the Euphonic changes, - - - 166 

8. Conjugation in full oi the verb TTIITO, TO 

STRIKE ; giving all the inflections, moods, tenses, 
persons, numbers, accidents, changes, etc., oc- 
curring in verbs of the first conjugation, in the 
following manner: 
Aug. red. root, tense, sing. dual, plural. 

TL-TTT U, l, 1, 7oV, ?OV, WfJLV, &C. 

Strike do I, thou, he, ye two they two, we, &c. 

Imp. TWT 0V, SS, , ?OV, g7lJV, WjU,V, &C. 

Was striking I, thou, he, ye two, they two, we, &c. 
Perf. rs TW ' ] a, ag , a, alov, a7ov,afXv, &c* 

Struck have I, thou, he, ye two, they two, we, &c. 163 

9. Second conjugation, or verbs in MI, 169 
10 Greek Rules, 170 
11. Analysis entire, of MAT0AIOT, Ks<p. /3'. In this 

the brief method of analyzation given in the 
Latin part (described under 13, part 2,) is fully 
carried out in the Greek, thus bringing on the 
same page yea in the same lime a Testa- 
ment, Lexicon, and a Grammar supplanting 
the necessity of a teacher, and lessening the 
burden which the student must otherwise bear. 
The following is a specimen of the device: 
Translation. Syntax. Etymology. 

N. G. D. A. V. 

The (v.l) T-oU 'iTjtfou, b, TOU, TW, <rov, 

When yevriAsvlog ds conjunction, indeclinable. 
Jesus ysvj0e'v7o 'Ii)tf-ou 2. m ou, ou, o,3Sv, ou. 
Being born. yev-jd-v7o 'I^tf-cu si$,svlosi &c. 171 

.2. Translation from the Greek Testament of the first 
chapter of John, into the Latin and English 
languages, being an interlinear translation, 
showing the actual definition of each word with- 
out any transposition in their arrangement, in 
the following manner: 

*Ev, ^PX^ ^ v ' ^7? xa '' o Xoyo &c. 

In he begining was the word, and the word &c. 
In principio erat ille sermo, et sermo erat 5cc. iS3 



CONTENTS. fc 

Page. 

13 Paul's defence before Agrippa, Acts XXVI, com- 
plete, - 183 
'Ay pint 0.5 $; ifpQ$ <rov ITauXov gqjy]* 'EtfeTpsVerai. 
Agrippa then unto the Paul said ; It is permitted. 
Agrippa turn Paulo dixit; Permititur, 193 

14. Dives and Lazarus Luke XVI. 19-31, in Greek 

and English, - - - 199 

15. Matthew, XXIII, 34 39. A/a TOUTO loot, &c. . - 202 

16. Matthew, XIX. 27 30. Tors atfoxpide/ o DsVpoj. 201 

17. St. Luke, XV. 1 7. r H<rav<^ s>yiov ff , &c. 205 
13. SL Luke, XV. The ProdigaJ Son, complete; 

E<Vs 0;; "Av$pW7ro rig e/^r) dJo i/io^cr, xa/ 
He said and ; A man certain had two sons, and 
Ait autem ; Homo quidam habebat duos filios, Et 207 
K). Romans, III. 21-26, IV uv/ o= x w P^ v ^ ou " * 212 

20. Romans V. 6, 12, 18, 21, "ET. yap XpioVos, - 214 

21. O : JTO<: 7 ap r^d^ffsv b Qeo$ TOV xo'tf/xov. John, Hi. 16. 
So jor loved the God the, world. 

Ita enirn delixit Deus mundum, - -216 

22. Extracts, containing some of the most important 

texts in the New Testament: 

1. Mat.zi.2S; Heb. ix. 27, 28; Rom.vi. 23. - 217 

2. Rom. mil. 6-8. To yap ^po'vyjfxa. - - 218 

3. Rom. mil. 38, 39. HirtSKf^ai yap 6Vi. . 218 

4. Rom. xiv. 10-12; Hcb.ii. 9, 10, - - 219 

5. Heb. ii. 15; Heb. ii. 18, - - - 220 

6. Heb. mi. 26, 27; Heb. x. 3-7, - - 221 

7. Heb. x. 10; Heb. xi. 24-26, - - 222 

8. Heb. xii. 2, 12, 16-24, 223-224-225-226 

9. Rom. xv. 1,2; Gal. iv. 22-26, 29,31, - 226-227 
10. Gal. m. 2-5; Ephesians v. 14-21, - 228-229 

DC7" All the above extracts and reading lessons, 
from 14 to 22, inclusive, are translated from the 
Greek into the English and Latin languages re- 
. spectively, in the same manner as that described 
under $1 1. 

23. Matiht-w, chapter xiv., entire, translated from the 

Greek into the Latin, and can easily be translated 
into English from a previous knowledge of 
Greek and Latin \vurds and modes of speech, 



ONTENTS. 



Page. 



- 230 



233 



gained by a thorough perusal of the preceding 
chapters and passages; and a reference to the 
common English Testament for such parts as 
appear difficult or obscure. 

Matthew, chapter xxiv., in Greek and Latin, ar- 
ranged same as chapter xiv. containing fifty- 
one verses. - ... 
25 Analytical Table, separating all the verbs occur- 
ring in the analysis of MAT0AIOT, Ksq>, /3', 
into their constituent parts accord ing to the plan 
of the table of the verb (7.) pp. 160 ; being the 
same plan of a table adapted to Greek as that of 
the Latin, described under 15, part 2, of which 
the following is an example : 

Prep. aug. root. ind. imp. 3, pi. Prep. Root. 1 Fut. 3 s. 
1. 'jrap -s -ysv -ov-ro. 12. -sg -sXsvtfs -Taj. 
Around did come they Out come shall who 

Root. 3. s. ind. imp. v. app. Root. 1 Fut. 3. * 

2* <fr - -v 13. tfojjxav -st. 

Is he Protect shall who 

Thus giving the literal meaning of each part 
of the analyzed verb ; and the grammatical sig- 
nification of its various constituents^ on a plan 

ENTIRELY NEW and ORIGINAL. - - 238 

25. The Numerals in the Greek, Latin and English, 

from one to thret hundred. - - 240 



V 



OPINION OF THE TRESS. 



From the Albany Academy. 

The system adopted by Mr. Barrett, for teaching the principles of 
Grammar, is, in our opinion, well calculated to promote an acquaint- 
ance with that important branch of education. 

T. ROAIEYN BECK, A. M., M. D., 

Secretary of the Regents of the State of New York. 
P. BULLIONS, D D., Prof. Lang. Albany Academy. 
S. CENTER, A. M., Prin. Albany Classical School. 
A. CRITTENTON. A. M., Prin. "Brooklyn Fern. Acad. 

Extract from a Report of the Committee on Literatu-e of the Legis 

lature of the Stale of New York. 

The undersigned, having examined Mr. Barrett's system of grammar; 
are of opinion that it is an improvement upon all methods heretofore 
adopted, and well calculated to facilitate the acquirement of a thorough 
knowledge of the languages on which it treats. We have also had 
the advantage of attending a public examination of his pupils, whr 
had been instructed upon this plan. Their very creditable perform- 
ances afforded the most gratifying and conclusive evidences, not onl) 
of the excellence of Mr. Barrett's theory, but of its eminence and 
mrivalled success in practice. 

LUTHER BRADISH, 

C. H. CARROLL, 
PETER GANSEVOORT, 

D. H. BISSELL, 
HENRY F. JONES. 

The following letter from A. B. Johnson, Esq., the distinguished 
Philosopher, Statesman, Financier , and PHILOLOGIST will be read 
with interest: 

Utica, July 8th, 1845. 
Mr. SOLOMOX BARRETT, Jr. 

Dear Sir I have perhaps too cursorily examined your grammar, 
which you have recently published ; but by the aid of your personal 
observations, I deem the book a valuable means of communicating not 
simply the etymological character of words according to their ordinary 
but thfi far liiiiher knowledge of the etymological character 
which words acquire accidentally, by the manner in which they hap- 
pen to be employed in a sentence. I deem your book further useful at 
a means of teaching the rules of syntax not simply a* arbitrary lau't 



OPINION OF THE PRESS. 

but as showing the principles on which the laws are founded, ana 
thereby enabling a reader to understand sentences that otherwise, by 
their being elliptical or involved, would be unintelligible. I have nc 
doubt, however, that before any person can employ your grammar to 
advantage, either in the instruction of himself or others, he must 
understand it in the way that you too, understand it; and this wiL' 
require some little study and reflection. Indeed, I esteem your book 
much in the same way as I esteem a useful tool or instrument, & 
knowledge of the mode of using it is indispensable to its utility. Witt 
this knowledge acquired, / believe it will communicate more of fh, 
philosophy of grammar than any other book thai has fallen under my 
observation. 

Very respectfully your ob't serv't. 

A. B. JOHNSON 

''BARRETT'S GRAMMAR. The Principles of Grammar, being a 
compendious treatise on the languages, English, Latin and Greek, 
founded on the immutable principles of the relation which one 
word sustains to another. By SOLOMON BARRETT, Jr. Philologist. 
Albany, 1849." 

Indiscriminate puffing has become such a matter of course, that an 
assurance of perfect earnestness may not always command belief. 
Nevertheless, in the remarks which we make concerning the work of 
which the above is the title, we claim the credit of entire candor. 
Having spent a large fraction of life in poring over lexicons, gram- 
mars, and other articles of etymological compost for fostering the 
growth of mind, we may assume to understand, to some extent, the 
merit of this class of works. All grammars have been constructed 
on false principles, or rather without reference to principle. Gramma- 
rians seem to have forgotten the evident fact, that language was a 
perfect thing antecedent to book-making, which " having no law," 
was u a law unto itself," and as effective a medium of thought in the 
days of Noah, as in the hands of a Gesenius, a Buttman, or a Bul- 
lion. Their office was to explain, not make language not to dig 
artificial channels, but to survey that which mind hath worn, during 
centuries, for its own utterance. Mr. Barrett seems to have perceived 
this and adopts a different course Under his guidance the pupil forms 
his own grammar having no rules except those which the immutable 
and well-defintd relations of words and the universal laws of all lan- 
guage impose upon him. His system is simplicity itself, and we are 
certain that it will save to all who use it, (as it might have done for 
us, had it appeared a few years sooner) months of time which must 
otherwise be wasted in most irksome drudgery to no purpose 

Mr. Barrett's method of analyzing the Greek and Latin verbs, is 
of the highest value. With Thiersch's Tables and this work before 
him, a student must be stolid indeed, who can not master the Greek 
n a few months. This is no ; * Language without a Master" running 
a'ild among harmless children, in short, no humbug: but a thing 
which we never expected to see a new grammar which we could in 
':onscience commend. 

BENJAMIN J. TENNY, A. M., 

of the University of Vermont. 



OPINION OF THE PRESS. 13 

From the Poiighkecpsle Telegraph. 

After a careful examination of this work, we are inclined to "ive it 
DOT hearty approval, from the honest convictions that, on many ac- 
counts, it stands unrivalled among philological works. Mr. Barrett 
seems to have been eminently successful in his at tern pis to clear the 
science, of which for -.any years he has been a pmfosor, o! its mys- 
teries, by introducing a perfectly new plan, which exceeds anything 
of the kind heretofore published. This system introduces the student 
at once to the language about to be studied, and, instead of requiring 
the scholar to commit scores of pages of definitions and rules, to servo 
a regular apprenticeship in the pedagogical tread mill, and to turn 
the crank of that grating machine as 'discordant as an old version of 
David's Psalms, in broad Scotch, at eight or ten dollars per quarter, 
gives him the ability to become his own teacher, by presenting on tho 
same page a Virgil, a Dictionary and a Grammar; thi;s cnabhiiLi 
him to deduce all his rules and definitions, from a practical analysis 
not to be forgotten like rules and notae benes, acquired without a know 
ledge of their practical application, but which time itseif shall Hire; 
afterwards be able to efface from the tablet of the memory. 

No industrious young person, of mature age, claiming to be an 
American citizen, who may wish to educate himself, instead ot leaning 
against the inner walls of a college, should be without the work, as 
we are satisfied that it will save three years of useless labor in ac- 
quiring these elementary principles of language. 

From the Lansingburgh Democrat. 

BARRETT'S NEW GRAMMAR. We have just had laid upon our 
table a new work entitled " The Principles of Grammar, being a 
Compendious Treatise on the languages, English, Latin and Greek," 
by Solomon Barrett, Jr. 

This Grammar is written upon an altogether new principle of analy- 
sis, by which any word of the Greek or Latin languages uny he sepa- 
rated into regular analytical divisions, and by the addition of the 
proper prefix and terminative, be made to assume any part of speech 
reqtmed. This system of analysis is founded upon certain unva'riable 
relations between the different parts of speech, and which are an un- 
mistakable guide to accuracy. We have been able to give this work 
but a cursory examination ; but we must say that it is the most perfect 
a of grammatical analysis with which we are acquainted, and 
we can most cordially recommend it to the perusal of those engaged 
in philological pursuits. 

From the Troy budget. 

BARRETT'S GRAMMAR. Bring a compendious treatise on the 
Laniriiaires. English, Latin and Greek, on constructive princi- 
ples, formed on the immutable relation which one word holds 
to another, p. 240. 

This is a neatly executed work, printed on good p.-'per and 
well honn 1. containing a .omplete analysis of the ditVerent lan- 
guages, on which it treats portrayed by the masterly hand of an 



OPINION OF THE PRESS. 

author who has personally instructed more than twenty thousand 
students, and devoted a life-time to the study of the languages. 
The subject is treated in a happy and laconic method, adapted 
to the capacity of a child, and at the same time worthy the 
attention of the man of science, the statesman, and the philoso- 
pher, and forming on the whole, a more useful manual for the. 
use of young persons desirous of reviewing their early studies, than 
any other work we have ever seen. No young man should be 
without it. 

The undersigned, having examined Mr. Barrett's new system 
of Grammar, and become acquainted with his method of teach- 
ing language, highly approve of the same: being fully convinced, 
that the ONLY CORRECT METHOD of teaching the grammar of a 
language is, from the language itself, and the most efficient method 
of fixing the etymology and syntax of any language on the mind, 
is, to deduce the definitions and rules from the actual relation 
which one word has to another. 

Mr. Barrett's grammar, founded on constructive principles and 
without departure from standard authors, (except in a few cases, 
which are evidently for the better,) teaches the student the whole 
science by induction, and reduces the labor "of several years to a 
few short and easy lessons. n In short, we would recommend Mr. 
Barrett and his grammar to the favorable notice of the public as 
well qualified to give instruction in the science of which he is a 
professor. 

JOHN FULLONTON, 

Professor of Languages and teacher of the 

College Class Whitestown Seminary. 

D. S.HEFFRON, Principal Whitestown Seminary. 

A. HACKLEY, Esq., Recorder of the city of Utica. 

We, the undersigned, students in the Whitestown Seminary, 
having attended a course of lectures under the tuition of Mr. 
Barrett, say that we highly approve of his new work on the 



constructive principles of language, as also his method of in- 
struction, and would highly recommend both to the public, as 
the most efficient, expeditious, and useful method of teaching 



language with which we are acquainted. His method is purely 
inductive, and is wonderfully calculated to fix the principles of 
syntax and Etymology, indelibly on the memory and render one 
sentence as easily parsed and corrected as another. We have 
most of us Spent years in studying the rules of gram m'fir from 
the works of the most popular writers on Philology, and can 
attest and certify that we have acquired a more correct know- 
ledge of Syntax, Etymology and Prosody in ton lessons with 
Mr. Barrett, than we have previously attained. In conclusion we 
vould say whoever ma} attend his lectures or use his work, in 



OPINION OF THE PRESS. 15 

order to acquire a thorough knowledge of grammar, will not be 
disappointed 

B. F. JOHNSON, Plainlield, Otsego Co., N. Y. 

II. 1}. BROWN, \\Cst Winiield, N. Y. 

J). I!. .IOSLIV Plainti.-ld, Otsego, Co.,N. Y. 

ALFRED WOOD, West Winlield, N. Yf. 

STEPHEN*ADAMS, Unadilla Forks, N. Y. 

JOHN (;. Ill LL, Chelsea, Orange Co., Vt. 

WATSON WALKER, West \VinnYld. N. \ T . 

ELISHA P. LADJ), New Ilartlbrd. N. Y. 

CILM.M EY DEFENDORF, Canajobarie, N, V 

G. C.FISJI, -Marry, Oneida Co.,N. Y. 

W. WENDELL. Stark, Herkimer Co., N. Y. 

HARVEY CRONK,BoonviUe, Oneida C..., N. Y. 

R. A. JONES. IJ.MIIS.MJ, Oneida Co., N. Y. 

])ELOS SEEBER, Canajoharie, N. Y. 

JOSEPH 11. RICHARDSON, Marcy, N. Y. 

STEPHEN A. CRONK, Boonville,*N. Y. 

From Hamden Sidney College, Virginia. 

This certifies that we highly approve of Mr. Barrett's plan of 
teaching the principles of language, and after a rigid examination, 
consider him admirably well qualified to teach those principles 
with success. Our own observation and experience as instruc- 
tors, have convinced us, that philological grammar is little under- 
stood, and poorly taught in our primary schools. Nearly all the 
young men who come to this institution, have committed the 
grammar by rote, but understood nothing about the principles of 
the language : Mr. Barrett's method of instruction is well calcu- 
lated to correct this evil. 

We are jile;ised with another part of his plan of instruction. 
He not only communicates a knowledge of the elements of the 
language, but endeavors, also, to convey some idea of its beauty 
and harmony. The English is really an elegant and harmonious 
tongue, but by an entire neglect of its prosody and poetry, it is, in 
the mouths ofthe great massof population, a rough, uneouthjargon. 

.Mr. Barn-it's book is the first of the kind which \ve h.v 
with; its design seems to be a uniform and logical system of in- 
struction in exercises; as such we highly recommend it to pa- 
rents and teachers. J. P.CUSHING, President, 

PETER Me\ ICKAR, 1W. of Math. 
H. A. (iAKLAM). Prof. Ling. C,; 
JOHN WKWl.LL. Prof, of Nat Phil. 

I concur in opinion with the faculty ofHampden Sidney, tha 
Mr. Barrett is well qualified to teach the principles if grammai 
and that his method is uood. 

.1011X11. Kiel 1 , I). 1)., President, 
of t: ; \. Carolina Union Theological Seminar/. 



'INION OF THE PRESS. 

I have seen the system adopted by Mr. Barrett for teaching 
the principles of English grammar, and have conversed with 
him on the subject. 1 am fully satisfied of the utility of his plan 
and think its introduction into our schools would greatly facilitate 
the study of grammar, and tend to improve the scholar in ele- 
gant and correct composition. 

JOHN V. N. YATES, 
Late Superintendent of Common Schools of the State of N. Y. 

From the Rahway ( N. J.) Register. 

We have received from the author a most capital work entitled 
"Barrett's English, Latin and Greek Grammars." Mr. Barrett 
presented us with his work at the close of an interesting gram- 
matical talk we had with him which lasted above an hour. We 
had not conversed with him five* minutes, however, before we 
found that he had fully " bottomed the subject" of grammar 
and we must, here, in candor state that we have not yet met 
with any individual (and we have met with adepts in our time) 
who so thoroughly comprehended (at least in our view) the 
subject of grammar as does Mr. B. He is, indeed, a perfect 
grammatical enthusiast and will convey more sound philological 
information in an hour than most others can do in a year. His 
conversation and his book are " one and the same." He has the 
whole philosophy of the subject at his fingers' ends and to 
those about commencing the study of grammar we would say 
by all means possess yourself of Barrett's book, with (if possible) 
a word of grammatical counsel from the author. We shall 
recur to the subject again. 

From the Utica Democrat. 

BARRETT'S GRAMMAR. This is a book of some two hundred 
and forty pages, designed to simplify the study of the English, 
Latin and Greek languages. It is said to have met the approba- 
tion of a vast number of classical scholars, and to be worthy the 
attention of the public. The author has paid great attention to 
these departments of education, and his suggestions are, therefore, 
entitled to consideration. The book is handsomely printed and 
bound. 

From the Utica Gazette. 

The author has compressed into some two hundred and forty 
pages all the essentials of grammar, dictionary and reading book, 
for acquiring a knowledge of the English, Greek and Latin lan- 
guages. At least so the preface says, and so we should judge as 
far as we have ability to determine. It is particularly valuable to 
those who may desire to burnish up their early classical acquire- 
ments, avoiding by its novelty the danger of nauseating, by the 
revival of recollections of school hours and dog eared text 



OPINION OF THE PRESS. 17 

books. It is a model of brevity, densis et brevis, an unsurpassable 

illustration of the multuni in parvo. 

The difficulties usually attending the study of language, which 
tire and disgust so many, are to be ascribed far more to the im- 
proper mode of teaching than to any thing intrinsic; but ii 
pursued in the manner laid down in Professor Barrett's work, it 
becomes extremely simple, easy, and perfectly intelligible. II 
teachers will burn their grammars, and permit their students to 
study language, we think some progress will be made. 

We have long regarded the method usually pursued in intro- 
ducing students to the reading of "the dead languages," as ex- 
tremely injudicious and unphilosophical. More time is wasted 
ill studying the "grammar" than is necessary to make the student 
well acquainted with the language sufficiently so, that he shall 
be able to form a grammar lor himself. Besides, the methods 
adopted for the formation of the Latin and Greek verbs are 
needlessly cumbrous, and in some respects, radically erroneous. 
The student is taught rules which are false, and by following 
which he is plunged into darkness and confusion. Etymological 
analysis is not studied with perspicuity, and the scholar knows about 
as much of the real nature and force of words when he leaves college, 
as when he enters it. 

Rev. C.P. GROS VENOR, A. M, of Dartmouth College. 



York, May 24th, 1849. 
Mr. S. BARRETT, Jr., 

Dear Sir Having devoted some of my leisure moments to 
the perusal of the work on language which you have recently 
published, I feel an honest assurance in giving it my hearty ap- 
proval. Your original tables of the Greek and Latin verbs 1 
consider as leading features in your excellent work ; and I have 
no hesitation in believing that every teacher and classical stu- 
dent will admire the plan you have * dopted to render the com- 
plex forms of Latin and Greek, plain, simple and compre- 
hensive. 

I would also advert to your method of giving to each word in 
a sentence, a connection or syntax to another word in the same 
tentencc, as commencing to teach grammar at the right point. 

In conclusion,! feel confident in the assertion that 710 grammar 
can be made that will, in point of principle, supersede the one of 
which I now speak because it corresponds so accurately, not only 
with obvious reason and plain common scrse, but also with the very 
nature and structure of those languages oj which it is a most perfect 
exposition, and counterpart until that structure itself shall be 
changed, which is, in regard to the Greek and Latin languages, a 
matter of impossibility. 

E. G. WHEELER, M. D. 



OPINION OF THE PRERS. 



from the Albany Knickerbocker. 

TELEGRAPHIC EDUCATION. It has been sagely considered oy 
gome of our modern philosophers that one's ineas are composed 
of something analogous to the electric fluid ; and that the mouths 
and years of time and study formerly approp** ; ated to education, 
were so appropriated on the same principle that the foot pad 01 
donkey was considered once the most expeditious means offer- 
warding correspondence. Since, however, we have found the 
means of sending news round all creation before Time shoulders 
his scythe of a morning, the school boy becomes impatient cf 
the years of educational drilling required heretofore to give hirr 
an ordinary education. The old plan of putting pupils into the 
ocean at first to scour the coast in search of the mouth of rivers, 
and then compelling them to paddle up stream against the cur- 
rent and rapids till they find the source, is about considered as 
commencing at the wrong end. Some years ago a Yankee 
came among our Dutch population, offering to teach the English 
grammar in a month's time to any person of common sense, so 
that they could read and write correctly ; a class was formed 
and after going through the course seemed satisfied that the 
teacher had done all that he promised. Yesterday this gent pre- 
sented himself again in town after an absence of ten years, with 
a large blank book bound in red morocco, containing apparently 
several thousand subscribers' names to a grammar he ha just 
published, which, he says, will enable one to learn the languages 
so as to read them understandingly, and write them correctly in 
a short time. We were among the faithless, and turned to his 
subscription book to see what scholars had countenanced him by 
their subscription, when we found the presidents and about all 
of the professors of Union and Hamilton Colleges, besides a 
large number of others, whose literary reputation have made 
their names familiar to us, had subscribed lor his book. 

Among these were William H. Seward, Millard Fillmore, 
Hamilton Fish, Luther Bradish, John A. Dix, Gideon Hawley, 
A. C. Flagg, T. Romeyn Beck, Peter Bullions, Alonzo Critten- 
ton, Robert Murray of Queens county, Kingston, John Van 
Buren, Silas Wright, Jr., J. V. L. Pruyn, and others, including 
nearly all the regents of the University of the State of New York, 
and more than Jive hundred graduates from the colleges. 

A few general principles, said Mr. Barrett, the gentleman 
spoken ofj will show you how to analyse any language and un- 
derstand it; there are not so many different words in a language 
as | f ?oplt imagine, but the different terminations and combina- 
tions convey the different meanings. Take, for instance, the 
word convocaveris, said he, and separate it into its different parts 
con-voc-av-eri-s, con is a preposition and means together, roc is 
the root of the word and means called, av merely denotes the 



OPINION OF THE PRESS. 19 

first conjugation, eri means mayst have, and s signifiesM/M LOW 
translate, commencing where you lelt off, and you find it reads, 
Ifiou mityst huvt called together. Now you have the word analysed, 
ind understand its parts, which will make a multitude of other 
words by different combinations and terminations, and each of 
those words you can understand by knowing the rules by which 
they are composed, and the meaning of their parts. 

After this brief explanation, we were satisfied that Mr. Bar- 
rett's system of teaching language is the only one extant, calcu- 
lated to tree the student from an adverse current and an eternal 
quarantine; and wall him onward with a gentle tide to the 
desired haven of the most consummate knowledge of gram- 
matical erudition. 

BARRETT'S GRAMMAR. I would take pleasure in adding my 
name, as a teachor, in recommendation of this work, were it not 
that it had already received the sanction of many men of influ- 
ence and learning. The author of these "PRINCIPLES OF GRAM- 
MAR," has, evidently, investigated thoroughly the philosophy of 
language, and his work, as it respects the English and Latin, is 
the first departure from that stereotyped code of arbitrary rules 
which has constituted the dry text in our schools and colleges; 
and which has been but a poor blind guide in introducing the 
pupils to the laws of these dialects. What the German philolo- 
gists have accomplished for the Greek, Mr. Barrett has effected 
for the Latin and English; namely, to define the principles which 
underlie them, and with these to construct a philosophical ar- 
rangement which shall be true to the facts involved in their 
origin and growth, and to the laws of thought. He would teach 
the pupil to prosecute his study of a language as a naturalist 
would an examination of the functions of an organized being 
a plant, or an animal. That, as in a tree, the root, the branch, 
or the fruit can sustain no separate existence nor answer a pur- 
pox-, except as united, the one to the other, in the unity of the 
general lite of the tree; so the noun, the verb, the adjective, &c., 
can have no separate existence or import, save as united by 
syntax into an expression of any particular idea; and which 
relation gives to each word its name and uso. From the diction 
"one word belongs to another" as his point of departure, he pro- 
!eeds to exhibit the relations, and all the relations which can be 
ibtained among the parts of speech, the limits of the modificu- 
>n of nouns, and of verbs, in conforming to the conditions or 
imbcr, person, gender and case, &c. ; that a word is never n 
oun or other part of speech in virtue of its separate technical 
leaning; but by having the syntax of such part of speech, and 
om the fact of its occupying a certain position in the organic 
ibode of a sentence. ABNER BENEDICT, A. M., 

Late Principal of Essex Co. Academy Vt 



20 OPINION OF THE PRESS. 

We, the undersigned having examined some of the student* 
taught by Prof. Barrett, say that they would not only bear an 
examination for common school teachers in any part of the state, 
but what is more, they would bear an examination in Grammar 
in any college in the (inited States. 

JOHN F. McGERRY, 
President of Emmetsburgh College. 

SOLOMON SOUTHWICK, 
Ex-Regent of the University of the State of New York. 

Joseph Lancaster was the first, if I mistake not, who simpli- 
fied our common system of grammar, and rendered it more 
easy and comprehensive to our youth, at the commencement of 
their studies, but it more espe:ially belonged to yourself, to lift 
the veil of obscurity from the old philology of the schools, and 
establish a new system, which for utility in application, and 
facility in acquisition, stands unequalled in the annals of elemen- 
tary literature. 

Very Respectfully, JAMES A. MOTT 



[C7"Barrett's new Series of Grammars, to which so many 
of our most illustrious, and highly esteemed Citizens have 
added their names in testimony of approval, has been en- 
tirely revised and corrected, is printed on paper of the best 
quality, bound in a superior style, and is one of the prettiest 
books, now for sale in the U. S. 

It is delivered to 5^* Subscribers, only, at two dollars 
and twenty-five cents per copy, payable ON DELIVERY. 



(pre) 



THESES. 



1. THE ETYMOLOGY of a word depends entirely 
on its SYNTAX, or relation to another word; 
hence a word that has no SYNTAX can have no 
ETYMOLOGY : i. e., before any word becomes a 
part (of speech) of a sentence, it must be in- 
corporated into that sentence of which it is a 
part. 

2. The CASE of nouns and pronouns is that 
RELATION or position which they have to another 
word ; therefore, a word having no relation to 
any other word, is in no cate or position what- 
ever; as, nominative, MAN; possessive, MAN'S; 
objective, MAN. Now, the word man, as ar- 
ranged above, is in no case, neither is it a "part 
of speech." 

3. In translating from one language to ano- 
ther, the (Syntax) RELATION and (Etymology) 
PART OF SPEECH, remain unchanged. 

4. That the ROOT of a word will continue to 
have the same meaning in all languages into 
which it may be incorporated, as it had in the 
original: as, TEST (is,) a witness; FER (o,) bring; 
(at) TEST ; TESTI (mony) ; TESTI (fy) ; (re) FER; 
(pre) FER ; (de) FER, &c. 

1* 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



5. The Ancients wrote their language to be 
read from the right hand to the left, arid without 
spaces between their words; consequently, all 
Greek and Latin verbs are compounds, and 
are to be read from the right to the left; after 
having reduced them to their simple elements, 
by separating mentally or by spaces, the root, 
conjugation, mood and tense, number and 
persons. Splen-d-e-a-t is not a single word, 
to be read from left to right LIGHT GIVE- MAY 
IT ; but this word contains five distinct parts, 
beginning at the right. The first is the person 
and number, (1, t,) it (2, a,) may (3, e, 2d conj.) 
(4, d, root, d[o],) give (5, splen,) light. 

Etym. Root. Root. 2 c. Sub. pr. 3 s. Prep. Root. Inf. pr 

Verb. Splen -d-e - a - t, Trans i - re. 
Deff. light give may it, over go to. 

NOTE. The man of letters will see, at a glance, the 
soundness of the position here taken, and that since the 
languages were confounded at the tower of Babel, (or 
babble,) no method could be more effectual in perpetuating 
ignorance, than the common method of translating verbs, 
from the left hand to the right. 

6. Declinable words in the languages of an- 
tiquity, consist, generally, of one root and of 
several terminations : Vm-e-o in this word, 
VID is the root, and means see ; e, second con- 
jugation, and, as we have not, in English, 
four conjugations, it can not be translated ; 
and o denotes indicative mood, present tense, 
first person singular, I see. Au-av-isse-m AM, 
root, av, first conjugation, isse, subjunctive 
pluperfect, m, first person singular: (m) /(isse) 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 7 

might have (av)* (am) loved, [Ama.] DE-M-W 
DE, root, and means God ; u denotes that the 
root de is of the second declension, masculine 
gender, and m marks the accusative singular in 
all declensions, except the third declension 
neuter. 

7.. A word never becomes a noun or any 
other part of speech by being used technically, 
or independent of its meaning; but by having 
the syntax of a noun (or other part of speech), 
as JOHN is a scholar : is is a verb, THEM is a pro- 
noun, in which John, is and them become nouns 
by having the syntax of nouns. 

8. Detached words, as arranged in the col- 
umns of spelling books and lexicons, are no 
parts (oj speech or) of a sentence, until they are 
actually used in a sentence. 

9. Every word, before it becomes a part of 
speech or sentence, and before it can be parsed, 
must be connected to not more than two, nor 
less than one other word, called the single and 
double relation. 

NOTE. The interjection being a virtual sentence, has 
no relation, except with the vocative or case independent. 

10. A participle, before it can become a part 
of speech, must hold either a single or double 
relation to some other word ; and the moment 
this relation is given to it, the participle va- 
nishes, and the word becomes either an adjec- 
tive or verb ; thus : 

Mr. Wright, respected by the people, was elected. 
" Not translated, being the conjugation. 



THE PRINCIPLES OF ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

This word respected, is, capable of receiving two 
constructions, as respected Wright, an adjec- 
tive ; Wright, who was respected, a passive verb. 
Every one can see that this word can only be 
called a participle while it remains in its un 
connected or no-part-of-speech state ; therefore 
there is no such part of speech as a participle 
for the (syntax) relation or connection of these 
words, by which alone a word becomes a part of 
speech, will immediately give them all the ety- 
mology of either the verb or adjective. 



GRAMMAR. 



tt, der ved from rpafAfxaras, (Gram?naterus,) a 
writer, in its most comprehensive sense, signifies the capa- 
city or ability to v rite a language in such a manner as will 
giye to each word and phrase in the sentence, that con- 
structive relation to the other words in the same sentence, 
which the universal consent of all men using the same 
language, has assigned to them ; but, in a more confined 
and technical sense, 

Grammar is that science which presents the cojistructivc 
principles of the language or languages of which n treats: 
con, together, struere, to build ; therefore, a work which 
purports to be a "Treatise on Grammar," ought, rather to 
point out clearly THIS CONSTRUCTIVE RELATION, which exists 
among the words in a sentence, and by virtue of which 
they become parts of speech, than to be a mere transcript 
of definitions and rules from the grammars of antiquity ! 
which are of but little use in guiding the student in the 
structure of his sentences, or in "writing and speaking 
the language with propriety." And here let the student 
be admonished, that no person has ever yet been able to 
either speak or write correctly, who was ignorant of the 
actual relation or natural dependence which is found to ex- 
ist between the words and members of a sentence, and 
which it is the peculiar province of the grammarian to 
make clear and plain. 

Language (derived from Lingua, the tongue,} is the 
faculty of communicating our thoughts to each other, by 
pronouncing or writing certain ivords, which the universal 
consent of mankind has agreed should stand for a fixed and 
definite idea. Grammar is naturally divided into four 
parts : 

ORTHOGRATH7, ETYMOLOGY, SYNTAX, and PROSODY. 

LETTERS. WORDS, SENTENCES. ACCENT. 



10 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



NOTE. We shall here omit the Orthography of the English and 
Latin, and insert the Greek Orthography in its proper place, when we 
come to speak of that language. 

ORTHOGRAPHY is the art of expressing words by their 
appropriate letters. 

SYNTAX is that natural dependence which one w r ord has 
to another word or words in the sentence, from which it 
derives its etymology, or part of speech ; for a word that 
has no syntax, :an have no etymology; and for that reason 
we have designedly placed Syntax before 

ETYMOLOGY, which treats of the various parts of speech 
which words become, in consequence of this syntax, or re- 
lation to other words in the same sentence; their various 
declensions and conjugations, and also of their derivations. 

PROSODY treats of the laws of versification and the rules 
of punctuation. 

NOTE. The syntax and etymology of a language are inseparably 
connected, and it is almost impossible to contemplate one without the 
other, thus. An adjective is a word joined to a noun, to express its 
quality, is an etymological definition ; but the moment you add an ex- 
ample, as white paper, you give the word white a syntax, or relation 
to paper, without which relation to paper, or some other name, it 
never could be an adjective. 



TABLE, 

EXHIBITING ALL THE RELATIONS OF WORDS IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE. 



Single Relation, 
Single, Noun 







Adjective, belonging to 

Nominative case to 



Double, 

Single, 

Double, 

Single, 

Single, 

Preposition, 

Double, 

Double, 

Double, He may stay 

No relation. 

Single, 

Single, 

Single, 

Single, 



Saw 
To 
John, 
John 
Scott 
Mexico 
Moves 
Book 
Smiles 
Two 



COLD 1 day. 

MAN 2 walks. 

MAN, 3 Case independent. 

MAN 4 being killed. Case absolute. 

MAN'S 5 horse. Possessive case, before 

MAN, 6 Objective case, governed by 

MAN, 7 Objective case, governed by 

HE 8 is. Pronoun. 

Is. 9 Intransitive verb. 

CONQUERED 10 Mexico. Transitive verb. 

WAS CONQUERED. 11 Passive verb. 

SLOWLY. 12 Adverb, qualifying 

OF 13 Fate. Preposition, adjective relation. 
O'ER 14 repose. Preposition, adverbial relation. 
AND 15 three. Conjunction, connecting words. 
OR 16 he may go. Conj ., connecting sentences. 
ALAS. 17 Interjection, no relation. 

CAN 18 go. Auxiliary verb. 

EXTREMELY 19 cold. Auxiliary adjective. 
VERY 20 swiftly. Auxiliary adverb. 

ALMOST 21 to. Auxiliary preposition. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAK. 11 

N(/TE. Every one of the eighty thousand words in the English 
language, when arranged in a sentence, \\ill take the place ol, and of 
course, become the SA.MK part of speech as one of the twenty-one 
words in the foregoing scale. 

From the preceding Scale, it will appear, 
that the parts of speech are eight : Adjective, 
Noun, Pronoun,Verb, Adverb, Preposition, Con 
junction and Interjection. 

1. An ADJECTIVE is a word having a single relation to 
and restricting the extension of, a noun ; as, a cold (1) day 
good (1) pen, &c. 

2. A NOUN is the name of a person, place or thing, pro- 
vided it has one of the six relations given to the noun man 
in the preceding scale ; as, George (2) studies grammar (6) 
at bis father's (5) house (7), under the instruction (7) of a 
tutor (7). 

3. A PRONOUN is a word used instead of a noun, and has 
a double relation ; as, John went to New York, where he (8) 
will remain-, relation, John, he will remain. 

4. A VERB is a word expressing existence of, or action 
performed or received by, its nominative; as John is (9) 
well; lane studies (10) grammar; Mexico was conquered 
(11) by Scott. This part of speech may have either a sin- 
gle or double relation. 

5. An ADVERB holds a single relation to the verb, to ex- 
press the manner of existing or acting; he moves swiftly 
(12) ; John studies his lessons diligently (12). 

6. A PREPOSITION is used to connect the phrase in which 
it occurs to a preceding noun or verb ; thereby giving to the 
phrase an adjective or adverbial relation ; and, to govern an 
objective case, consequently it always has a double relation. 
The jessamine clambers (ix (13) FLOWER) o'er ( 14) the thatch. 
The FLOWERY jessamine clambers there. 

7. A CONJUNCTION is a wcrd of a double relation, used 
to connect one word or sentence with another; as, two and 

15) three are five ; James went to New York, but (16) his 
brother remained at home. 

i INTERJECTION is a word having no relation ; as, 
alas! (17) ho is gone forever! 



12 THE PRINCIPLES OF 

We now present the student with the fol 
lowing exercises on the preceding part of our 
work, as a system of instruction highly im- 
portant to the student, and which will be 
found far more useful than the common me- 
thod of reviewing by questions and answers. 

METHOD. 

Orthography, * Letters. 

Syntax, Sentences. 

Etymology, Words. 

Prosody, Poetry. 

EXERCISES FOR CLASS IN THE SCHOOL ROOM. 
ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Teacher. Orthography is the art of spelling: now, give 
me the orthography of the following words: (See plate.} 

Class, (in concert.) 

The, The, the 

Midnight, Midnight, midnight 

Moon, Moon, moon 

Serenely, Serenely, serenely 

Smiles, Smiles, smiles. 

What is spelling called ? Orthography. 

SYNTAX. 

Teacher. Give me the syntax, or relation, of the follow- 
ing words: 

Class, (in concert.) 

The, The 1 moon, 

Midnight, Midnight 1 moon, 

Moon, Moon 2 smiles, 

Smiles, moon Smiles, 9 

Serenely, smiles Serenely. 12 

Teacher. What is this natural union of one word to ano- 
ther called ? Answer, Syntax 

NOTE. For various reasons, not now necessary to irive, we prefer 
that ail the answers should be given by the class in concert or unison. 







ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 13 

ETYMOLOGY. 

Teacher. Now, give me the etymology of the same 
words, as I pronounce them : 

Class, (in concert.) 

The, The, an adjective. 

Midnight, Midnight, an adjective. 

Moon, Moon, a noun. 

Serenely, Serenely, an adverb. 

Smiles, Smiles, a verb. 

Teacher. What is this classification of words called ? 
Class, (in concert,) answer, Etymology. 

PROSODY. 

Teacher. Now, give the prosody of the same : 
Class, (in concert.) 

The mid | night moon | se rene | ly smiles. 
Teacher. What part of grammar is that composition 
written in a regular succession of accented and unaccented 
syllables? Answer, Prosody. 



SEE PLATE SECTION II. 

Teacher. Give me the syntax of the second section on 
the plate. 

Class, (in concert.) 

O'er, Smiles, O'er 14 repose. 

Nature's, Nature's 5 repose. 

Soft, Soft 1 repose. 

Repose, O'er Repose. 7 

Teacher. Give me the etymology of the same words. 

Class, (in concert.) 

O'er, O'er, a preposition. 

Nature's, Nature's, a noun.* 

Soft, . Soft, an adjective. 

Repose, Repose, a noun. 

The Instructor may use his own judgment in calling this word a 
noun or adjective, as the possessive e ise always has the syntax of an 
djra 

2 



14 THE PRINCIPLES OF 

SEE PL ATE SECTION III. 

Teacher. Give me the syntax of the words in the third 
section. 

Class, (in concert,) 

No, No 1 cloud. 

Lowering, Lowering 1 cloud. 

Cloud, Cloud 2 obscures. 

Obscures, cloud Obscures 10 sky. 

The, The I sky. 

Sky, obscures Sky, 6 

Teacher. The etymology of the same. 

Class , (in concert.) 

No, No, an adjective. 

Low'ring, Lowering, an adjective. 

Cloud, Cloud, a noun. 

Obscures, Obscures, a verb. 

The, The, an adjective. 

Sky, Sky, a noun. 

Teacher. Give me the prosody of the second and third 
sections together. 

Class , (in concert.) 

O'er nat | ure's soft | re pose. 
No low' | ring cloud | ob scures | the sky. 

Teacher. Give me the syntax of this sentence : " Steam 
boats are made use of by merchants." 

Class, (in concert.) 

Steam boats, of Steam boats, 7 

Are made, use Is made, 11 

Use, Use 2 is made. 



lira 

' 



Of, use Of 13 steamboats. 

By, is made By 14 merchants. 

Merchants, by Merchants. 3 * 



Is this sentence incorrect ? It is. 

How will it stand when corrected ? Of steam boats, use 
is made by merchants. 

* By the above sentence, it will be seen, that this method of syntax, 
once attained, will correct every incorrect sentence in the language; 
for, as soon as the syntax is given, the error appears j and just so socn 
as the error is apparent, any person could correct it. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



15 



Teacher. Now give me the syntax of the sentence, 

"The sun is a thousand times larger than the earth." 

Class, (in concert.) 

The, The 1 sun. 

Sun, Sun 2 is. 

Is, sun Is, 9 

A, A 19 thousand. 

Thousand, Thousand 19 times. 

Times, Times 19 larger. 

Larger, Larger 1 sun. 

Than, sun is Than 16 earth is. 

The, The 1 earth. 

Earth, Earth 2 is. 

Teacher. Let me have the etymology of the same sentence, 

Class, (in concert.) 
The, 
Sun, 
Is, 
A, 

Thousand, 
Times, 
Larger, 
Than, 
The, 
Earth, 



adjective. 

noun. 

verb. 

auxiliary adjective. 

auxiliary adjective. 

auxiliary adjective. 

adjective. 

conjunction. 

adjective. 

noun. 



Much as man desires, a little will answer. 

Teacher. Syntax. Class, (in concert.) 

Much, for the Much, 7 

As, much, desires, As, 8 and 6 

Man, Man 2 desires. 

Desires, man Desires 10 as. 

A, A I little. 

Little, Little 2 will answer. 

Will answer, little Will answer. 9 



Teacher. Etymology. 

Much, 
As,* 



Class, (in concert.) 

noun, object., gov'd by for. 
rel. pron., stands for much, obj. 



Relative pronoun, standing firr much, governed by desires. 



16 THE PRINCIPLES OF 

Man, noun, nom. case to desires. 

Desires, verb, transitive. 

A, adjective. 

Little, noun. 

Will answer, verb, intransitive. 

A little will 1 answer for the much which man desires. 



We now present the student with an En- 
graving, representing more fully the relative 
position of words in a sentence. The first 
cut on the plate, contains this sentence: 
" The midnight moon serenely smiles." Now, 
as this diagram represents a single tree; so, 
themidnightmoonserenely smiles, is only one sen- 
tence ; and, as there are several parts of the 
tree; so, also, is this sentence divided into 
several parts ; as the trunk sustains its branch- 
es, so, also, the trunk word, moon, sustains all 
the other branch words in the sentence; as 
the branches are constituted such, from the 
connection or position which they hold to the 
trunk, so, also, do the branch or dependent 
words actually become parts of speech, in 
consequence of their relation to the noun as a 
sustaining trunk. And as the body of a tree is 
constituted a trunk, from its sustaining rela- 
tion to the branches, so the noun derives its 
case entirely from that relation which it holds 
to other words; and, as the roots, trunk and 
branches must be united to form a whole tree, 
so the parts of (a) speech must be united to 
form a speech; and, as there could be no 
branches without a trunk, so, also, if we had 
no nouns, (neither a creator nor a creature,) 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 17 

we could have no adjectives to limit, verbs to 
express the actions of, conjunctions to connect, 
prepositions, showing relations between, or 
pronouns standing for beings which have no 
existence, any more than we could have a 
world without a God, or a part of any thing 
without a whole to which it is related. God 
never made a part without a whole : he did 
not make a part of a man, namely, the head, 
and ordain that it should be sustained from 
four to seven feet in altitude, above the 
earth, without a body to sustain or limbs to 
support it, and hold learned discussions on 
philology and its anomalies. This business 
of creating parts without a whole, of making 
parts of speech without syntax, seems to have 
devolved upon the learned grammarian. 

$f* MODE OF USING THE PLATE. 

1. The student will give the word which he 
wishes to parse, its true relation, by pronounc- 
ing it, together with the word or words with 
which it is connected. 

2. He will then place the word on the pars- 
ing table after the same figure that is placed 
over the word, and parse it, filling the blank 
or blanks with the word or words with which 
he has previously joined it on the plate, and 
apply the rule; fill the blanks with the word 
he is parsing, and the word or words on which 
it depends as a part of speech, and if he will 
continue these exercises until he has perfectly com- 
mitted these parsing lessons to memory, he will 
find no difficulty in learning grammar. 

2* 



IS THE PRINCIPLES OF 

1. MIDNIGHT, a 1 is an adjective, having a single rela- 

tian to, and restricting the extension, of - . 

RULE 1. Every adjective belongs to a noun; 
as, . 

2. MOON, n is a noun, the name of a thing, 

c common, not applied to individuals, 

f feminine gender, personified by smiles, 

3 third person, spoken of, 

s singular number; it denotes but one object, 

2 nominative case, it precedes the verb 

RULE 2. The nominative case precedes the 
verb; as, . 

9. SMILES, v is a verb ; it denotes existence, 
r regular ; it forms its past tense in ed t 

in intransitive, having a single relation to , 

ind indicative mood ; it simply indicates or declares 
pr present tense ; it represents present time, 
3 s t 



-third person, singular; to agree with 

RULE 9. A verb agrees with its nominative 
case, in number and person; as, . 

13. SERENELY, adv an adverb, having a single relation 

to, and qualifying . 

RULE 12. Adverbs qualify verbs ; as, . 

14. O'ER,* prep a preposition, having a double relation 

to and , and giving its phrase an 

adverbial relation to the verb . 



* When the antecedent of a preposition is a verb, the phrase con- 
tainin<r the preposition has an adverbial relation to that verb ; and 
when the antecedent is a noun, the phrase which the preposition heads, 
has an adjective relation to that noun thus: 

Moon smiles o'er nature's soft repose. Smiles there. 

Heaven hides the Book of Fate. Fatal book. 

Where fatal is equivalent to " Book of Fate," and there to " O'er 
nature's soft repose ' thus showing the relation. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 19 

Relation Boo\ OF Fate. 
13. OF, prep a preposition, having a double relation to 

and , giving its phrase an adjective 

relation to the noun . 

5 NATURE'S, n is a noun; name of a thing. 
c common ; not applied to individuals, 
n neuter gender; it denotes neither sex. 
3 third person ; spoken of. 
s singular number; it denotes but one object. 
5 possessive case ; it precedes the noun . 

RULE 5. The possessive case precedes the 
noun; as, 's . 

7. REPOSE, n is a noun; name of a thing, 
c common ; not applied to individuals, 
n neuter gender; it denotes neither sex. 
3 third person; spoken of. 
s singular number ; it denotes but one object. 
7 objective case ; governed by the preposition . 

RULE 7. Prepositions govern the objective 
case ; as, . 

2. CLOUD, n is a noun ; name of a thing. 

c common ; not applied to individuals. 
. n neuter gender; it denotes neither sex. 
3 third person ; spoken of. 
s singular number; it denotes but one object. 
2 nom. case; it precedes the verb ; Rule 2. 

1O. OBSCURES, v verb; it denotes an action performed, 
r regular ; it forms its past tense in ed. 

tr transitive; having a double relation to . 

ind indicative mood ; it indicates or declares. 

pr present tense; it represents present time. 

3 s third person sing. ; to agree with ; Rule 9 

6. SKY, n is a noun; name of a thing. 

c common; not applied to individuals. 

n neuter gender; it denotes neither sex. 

3 third person ; spoken of. 

s singular number.; it denotes but one object. 

6 objective case, governed by the transitive verb *. 



20 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



RULE 6. Transitive verbs govern the objec- 
tive case ; as, . 

Relation Mexico was conquered. 

11 WAS CONQUERED, v verb ; denoting action received, 
r regular ; it forms its past tense in ed. 
pas passive ; expressing action received by its 

nominative. 

ind indicative mood ; it indicates or declares, 
imp imperfect tense ; represents past time. 
3 s third person singular ;. to agree with ; RuleS 

Sentence and relation. 
John, (went to Albany, where) he (8 & 2) will remain. 

8. HE, p p is a personal pronoun, standing for and agree- 
ing with , in gender, person and number ; no- 
minative case; it precedes the verb ; Rule 2. 

Sentence aud relation. 
Cloud obscures sky, NOR tempest blows. 

16 NOR, con is a conjunction, having a double relation 

to, and connecting the sentences, , 

nor . 

RULE 16. Conjunctions connect words and 
sentences ; as, , (con.) . 

17. ALAS! int is an interjection; a word having no 
relation. 

Sentence and relation. 
George 2 regards 10 his lesson 6. 

2* GEORGE, n is a noun; name of a person, 
p proper ; applied to individuals, 
m masculine gender; it denotes males. 
3 third person ; spoken of. 
s singular number; it denotes but one object. 
2 nominative case ; it precedes the verb ; Rule2. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 2 

SenteJict He is the person whom (S & 6) I saw. 
lldatiun Person whom 8 saw whom 6. 

8. WHOM, r p is a relative pronoun, having 1 a double re- 
lation to person, with which it agrees in gender, 
number and person, and to saw, by which it is 
governed ; Rule 7. 

AUXILIARIES. 

Sentences and relation. 

John can IS write muchZQ better on a very 19 pleasant 
day, than in a storm. 

James went almost 21 to New York. 

18. CAN is an auxiliary verb, forming the potential 

present of write* 

19. VERY is an auxiliary adjective, qualifying pleasant. 

20. MUCH is an auxiliary adverb, and qualifies letter. 

21. ALMOST is an auxiliary preposition, and qualifies to. 

RULE 18. An auxiliary holds a single rela- 
tion to its principal ; as, 



SUPPLEMENTARY PARSING. 

Sentences. 

Mary, 3 can you write a letter for me ? 
J\Ioon3 that meets the orient sun6. 
The general^ being killed, the army was routed. 

3. MARY, f feminine gender; it denotes females. 
2 second p- oken to. 

ind case independent. 

RULE 3. All nonns of the second person, 
are in the case independent ; as, O . 



2 THE PRINCIPLES OF 

4. GENERAL, 4 in the case absolute, preceding the par- 
ticiple . 

RULE 4. The case absolute precedes the par- 
ticiple; as, . 

3. MOON, f feminine gender, by personification. 
G SUN, m masculine gender, by personification. 

Sentence Heaven (from all creatures) hides the Book 
(of Fate.) 

! HEAVENS HIDES 10 the BOOK, 6 is a transitive sen- 
tence, because it contains three setence words. 

[Hides 2] from all creatures is a prepositional phrase, 
having a single adverbial relation to its antece- 
dent verb . 

[Book] of Fate is a prepositional phrase, having a 
single adjective relation to its antecedent noun. 

Sentence Our Father, who art in heaven. 

WHO 2 ART 9 in heaven is an intransitive sentence, be- 
cause it contains but two sentence words, having a 
single adjective relation to its 'antecedent noun . 

Sentence Mr. Jones, respected (l&ll) by fcis friends, 
was elected sheriff. 
Relation Respected 1 Jones Jones, who wa* respected. 

RESPECTED, part is a participle, having two d****r)Ct rela- 
tions by virtue of which it becomes eifeta* an ad- 
jective or verb. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 23 

ON CORRESPONDING AND EXILED CONJUNCTIONS. 

We often meet with what are called " Cor- 
responding" and "Exile" conjunctions; but 
they all have the same relation that ORie has 
in the table ; thus : 

AslQ the young bears seized on the repast, so!6 we snatchonr fill. 

Now, this word AS is q, corresponding conjunc- 
tion; corresponding to so, and expressing a 
comparison of equality between the two sen- 
tences, like the sign of equality (not plus nor 
minus,) in Mathematics; thus: 

2, as 16 bears seized repast , 

fill . 



1, so 16 we snatch 



If you wish to make as a conjunction, invert 
the terms 2 and 1, thus : 

1, So 16 we snatch our fill, 

2, As 16 the bears seized on the rich repast. 

In all cases, one of the corresponding con- 
junctions must be exiled or thrown out of its 
proper place. These conjunctions may both 
be inserted between the two sentences, thus: 

The bears seized on the repast, so as we snatch our fill. 

By rendering this sentence plenary, (full,) both 
conjunctions will have their proper place and 
relation : 

The bears seized on the repast, so 16 we snatch our fill ; 

and, 

We snatch our fill, as 16 the bears seized the repa 

In the following sentences: 

2, IF 16 you wish to be a grammarian, 
1, You must study. 



24 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



_F is exiled from its proper place. Now, in- 
vert the sentences, thus: 

1 , You must study, 

2, IF you wish to be a grammarian. 

1, A youth would boast his skill to curb the siecd; 
And. 16 (tt% as!6 he passed the ga/mg throng.) 

2, The idiot Wonder they expressed, was praise. 

Now transpose, 

I, Youth would boast, &c. 2, ANnlG 2, Wonder was, &c 
Asl6 &, he passed the gazing throng. 

Jacob went up into a mountain, and, 16 as!6 the sun rose, he wor- 
worshipped the Lord. 

Asie no part of English, Latin or Greek 
Grammar is of more importance, or more dif- 
ficult to acquire, thams an actual knowledge 
of the relation of the conjunction, without 
which it is impossible, eilliene to write one 
punctuate correctly: therefor e,\G we have ex- 
tended these remarks to great length. The 
common method of learning the conjunctions 
BY THE LIST ! ! instead of relation, is an insult 
upon, andie degrading to, human nature. You 
will, therefore, see the necessity of first es- 
tablishing the fact, that 16 the conjunction ac- 
tually con-nects (from con, together, nectere, to 
link,) sentences, beforeis you can have any 
conception of its being a con-junction, (a con 
et jungere,) a-joincr-togethcr-oj -sentences. 

We have extended these remarks, AS no part is more difficult. 
No part is more difficult THAN knowledge of this relation (is.) 
It is impossible to punctuate, EITHER it is impossible to write. 
It is impossible to write, OR it is impossible to punctuate. 
As no part of grammar is more difficult, THEREFORE we have, &c. 
Method of learning is an insult, AND method of learning is degrading-, 
fou will see the necessity, &.C., THAT the conjunction connects, 8cc. 
C that the conjunction, &c., BEFORE you can have any, &c. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 25 

Having given the student a general view of 
the parts of speech and their relation, it is now 
proper to call his attention to the 

SENTENCE, 

which we shall present in its ancient, unbro- 
ken state, without spaces or points, that we 
may afterwards, by introducing punctuation 
between the phrases, and spaces between the 
words, give the student, not only an idea of a 
sentence, but of the manner in which a writer 
(7pafAfx,a<reus ) would proceed in forming a sentence 
and also of the use of punctuation. 

AN ANCIENT UNBROKEN SENTENCE. 

ThcmidnightMoonserenelysmileso'erNaturessoftRepose 
Nolow'ringCloitdobscurestheSkynorrufflingTempestblows 

By introducing a space between moon and 
serenely, we shall divide the first sentence into 
its logical subject and predicate. 

Logical subject. Logical predicate. 

ThemidnightMoon serenelysmileso'erNature'ssoftRepose. 

Here we see, that a logical subject is the nomi- 
native, together with all other words having a 
relation to it, and the logical predicate is the 
verb, and all those words which modify or 
hold a constructive dependence upon it. Now 
we will, by introducing into this sentence 
three more spaces, and a point, draw out the 
grammatical nominative and verb, and divide 
the sentence : 

Nominative. Verb. 

Themiduight moon serenely wniles, o'erNature'ssoftRepo**. 
3 



26 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



The grammatical nominative is the single 
noun or pronoun preceding, (in construction^ 
and having a single relation to the verb; as, 
moom smiles; and the grammatical predicate 
is the single verb used to assert the existence 
or action of that nominative ; as, moon smiles.g 
Hence, words in a sentence naturally fall into 
this two- fold division : sentensic, or those which 
form the sentence; and insentensic, or those 
which have no sense until they are united to 
the sentensic. 

Insentensic. The midnight serenely o'er Nature's, &c. 

Sentensic. moon 2 smiles 9 

Hence, a sentence is always formed by the 
union of a being to its own existence or ac- 
tion, and is constituted by the connection of 
not more than three nor less than two words ; 
as, 

Moon 2 smiles 9 (9 two words.) 

Cloud 2 obscures 10 sky 6 (10 three words.) 

Haying disposed of the first sentence, lei 
us look to the second. If we introduce a 
semicolon before the conjunction nor, we shal 
divide thiscompcund to simple sentences; as, 

Nolow'ringclpudobscurefcthesky ; norrufllingtempestblows. 

Should we proceed further with this sen- 
tence, it would be a mere repetition of the 
first; therefore we shall leave this task to the 
student, who, we apprehend, will have no dif- 
ficulty in dividing it into words, by the intro- 






N VTE. Anv word holding the 2d, 6th, 9th. 10th or llth relation! 
(see Table of Relation^ luust be sentensic ; all others are iiisscatensio. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR 27 

duction of spaces, and pointing out the logical 
and grammatical subject and predicate, and 
distinguishing the sentensic from the insen- 
tensie words. 



EXERCISES IN PARSING. 

[NOTE. The figures placed after the words, refer to the Table of 
Relations, the Plate, the Parsing Lessons and Rules.] 



Asl6 two^ youngl bears2 in!4 wantonl mood, 7 

Forth 12 issuingl&9 from!4 al neighboring! wood,? 

Came9 win relii thel industriousl bees2 had 18 stor'd.10 

In 14 artful 1 cells, 7 their8&5 lusciousl hoard ;6 

O'erjoyed,! they8&2 seized, 10 \viihl4 eagerl haste,7 

Luxuriousl ont thel richl repast. 6 

Alarmedll at!4 this,l thel littlel crew2 

AboutH their8&5 ears, 7 vindictive!2 flew. 9 

Thel beasts,2 unable I to sustain 10 

Thel unequal 1 combat, 6 quitlO thel plain :6 

Half-blind 1 with 19 *rage7 and 16 mad I with 19 *pain,7 

TheirS&5 nativel shelterG theyS&2 regain ;10 

Therel2 sit,9 and 16 nowlS dis'creeterl grown, 1&9 

Too20 Iatel2 theirS&5 rashness6 they8&2 bemoan ;10 

And 16 thisl by!4 dearl experience? gain, 10 

ThatS pleasure2 's ever!2 bought 11 with 14 pain. 7 

So,J6 when 12 thel gilded 1 baits2 ofl3 vice? 

Are placed 11 before!4 our8&5 longingl eyes,? 

\Vithl4 greedy 1 haste?, we8&2 snatch 10 our8fe5 fill,6 

And 16 tswallow-downlO thel latentl ill:6 

But 16 when 12 experiences opeslO ourS&5 eyes,6 

Away 12 thel fancied 1 pleasure2 flies. 9 

It8&2 flies.9 but!6 oh 117 too20 Iatel2 we8&2 find, 10 

It8&2 leaveslO al reall sting6 behind 14 (it.) MERRICK. 

The phrases with rage and with pain, have an auxiliary adjective 
relation to blind and mad. 

t Seized-on and swallow-down aie compound transitive ve. - bs 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



PARTS OF SPEECH. 

The parts of speech are eight: Adjective, 
noun, pronoun, verb, adverb, preposition, con- 
junction and interjection. 

An adjective is a word holding a relation to 
;i noun, and limiting its logical extension. 

NOTE. Under this class of words are included the article, 
participle, and all other words holding the same relation to 
a noun which the word cold holds to day, in the preceding 
table. The word the. in Greek, is called the definite arti- 
cle ; being used there to define the gender of the noun 
to which it belongs ; and as this adjective is always used 
in Greek Lexicons for tnat purpose, and is declinable like 
other Greek adjectives, they called it the definite 
article ; o mas., yfem., <ro neut., corresponding to the Latin 
ille, ilia, illud, (he, .she, it). Old writers have continued 
to call it an article, although it has no such use in English 
neither does it define or ascertain what particular thing \? 
meant: the book, the zone, the man, the table ; Redoes 
not refer to any book, zone, man, or table, previously men- 
tioned, because the words have not been previously men- 
tioned in this paragraph. Supposing there shonld be but 
one book in the room, certainly the book is of itself a very 
definite article, and cannot be made more so by prefixing 
the to point it out and show how far its signification 
extends, than it is without the: as, book; and should there 
be two books, by prefixing the no person on earth could pos- 
sibly tell which was meant by the book. The large book: 
which word enables the person addressed to understand 
which book is meant, the or large? There are two books 
on the table, a large and a small one; the learned school- 
master commands his learned disciple to bring him the 
book, and he brings him the small one ; whereupon he 
punishes the boy for not bringing the right book. The boy 
says that he could not tell by the which book was meant. 
The learned gentleman repeats the punishment, and gets 
into a passion, calling him a blockhead for not knowing 
what book is meant, when he has defined the book by the 
definite article the the book means the large book. After 



KNGLISH GRAMMAR. 29 

this display of wit and talent, the master goes home, and 
orders the girl to set the table for dinner. She asks him 
which table, (as there are three in the house a mahogany 
table, a cherry table, and a pine table ;) the learned gen- 
tleman is surprised at the stupidity of servant girls, that 
do not know which 'particular table is meant, when he has 
defined it by THE, the DEFINITE article. The master con- 
descends to modify his language, from the table, to her 
limited capacity, and says: the cherry table. The girl 
tells him that she knows which he means, and that if an 
article is a word added to a noun to ascertain which table 
is meant, as he has taught her, that the word cherry is the 
article. 

Suppose that you wish to point out a particular chair, 
which is standing in the room in which you are reading 
this dissertation, and you say: "The chair which stands 
by the door," as there are generally more chairs than one 
in a house ; which one, is pointed out by the, the chair, the 
(definite) chair. Suppose you say to a visitor: " Take the 
r.hair which stands by the window," is it by the, or the 
qualifying phrase, which stands by the window, that he 
learns which one you mean ? But, says the friend of 
soothsaying, does not THE refer to some chair previously 
mentioned ? No; because none has been previously men- 
tioned. To tell the truth, you would say, that you said to 
your friend, on entering, " take the chair," without previ- 
ously mentioning any chair. 

The word article is derived from articulus, a hinge. Let 
us talk it in English. There are two hinges in the English 
language, viz: a definite hi?ige!! and an indefinite 
hinge!!! If the word hinge is applicable as a part of 
speech, the conjunction, preposition, and relative pronoun, 
would constitute the hinges of language, as without one of 
these hinges, or connectives, no relation could take place 
between one phrase or sentence and another, as: God 
(who) spake (by) Moses (and) the prophets. 

In order to constitute a word an adjective, it must have 
the syntax of an adjective; that is, it must be joined to a 
noun, and must, at all events, limit its logical extension. 
A noun without an adjective is invariably taken in its 
broadest extension, as: Man is accountable. America is a 



30 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



fine country. A knife is a useful article. The rose is 
beautiful. In these expressions, the words, man, America, 
knife, and rose, are taken in their broadest extension, mean- 
ing, respectively, all mankind, the whole continent, all 
kinds of knives, and all kinds of roses. Now, if we wish 
to express a part, we use the adjective, and say: white 
man, (excluding the blacks,) North America, (and exclude 
the South,) &c., from which it will be readily perceived by 
the student, without dwelling longer on this point, that the 
legitimate use of an adjective is, to enable us to distinguish 
one object from another, to define them, and that any word 
which has .a syntactic relation to and restricts the extension 
of a noun, by excluding a part, is an adjective in its nature, 
whether it expresses quality or not, as: this room, (allud- 
ing to the room in which you are while reading this) ; this 
is nothing but an adjective, as it restricts the extension of 
the noun room, by excluding all other rooms on earth. A 
he goat, (excluding the female.) 

Although there are various kinds of adjectives, it will 
not be necessary to form them into distinct classes, as 
others have done, who say, " they express quality;" be- 
cause our definition, " restricting the extension of a noun," 
includes within its extension every adjective in the English, 
Latin and Greek languages, (with the exception of all, 
every, and a few others, which are used to give the noun 
its broadest and emphatic extension,) therefore, a division 
of the adjective into classes, can be useful to that gram- 
marian who is yet ignorant of the real nature and use of 
this part of speech. There are two kinds of phrases which 
have the same relation to a noun that the adjective has, 
growing out of this simple fact, that they restrict the ex- 
tension of the noun, as: America, "which lies north of 
the equator," or, North America ; book "of fate," fatal 
book; "planets (which are) roling," or roling planets. 

See Partciples, Relative Pronouns, and Prepositions. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 31 

COMPARISON. 

Adjectives hare three degrees ol Comparison, viz: 
Eqi.alitit, Comparative and Superlative, besides, the posi- 
tive state. 

1. The positive state restricts the extension of the noun, 
without a direct comparison, as cold day, sharp knife, long 
line. 

2. A comparison of equality, is effected when two nouns 
are compared by as, and as or so, and said to be of equal 
extension, as: Jane is as tall as her sister. 

3. The comparative degree is used to compare two 
nouns, (not three,) and asserts, that the one to which it be- 
longs has a greater or less extension than the other, as: 
the second line is longer than the first. 

4. The superlative degree is used to compare three or 
more names, and affirms that the noun to which it belongs 
has a greater or less extension than all others, as : the 
third is the longest line, (of the three.) 

As as, comparison of equality, affirmative, the line a is 
as long as the line b; a , b . 

So as, comparison of equality, negative, the line a is not 
so long as the line b ; a , b . 

Positive state, 

A long line. 

Comparative, 
The second is a long er line than the first. 

Superlative* 
The third is the long est line of the three. 

These are all the degrees mentioned by writers on Eng- 
lish grammar; but there are in reality as many, or more 
than *ve have numbers to express, thus: this day is sixty 
degrees colder than yesterday; the sun is a thousand de- 
grees (or times/ larger than the earth. 



32 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



OF THE NOUN. 



A NOUN is the name of a person, place, or 
thing: as, George, London, pen. But, in 
order to constitute a word a noun, it is abso- 
lutely and indispensably necessary that it 
should have one of the six relations given to 
nouns on the Table of Relations. 

That is, any word having one of these six relations will 
become, in consequence of that relation, a noun, without 
being used technically or independent of its meaning: as, 

Is2 is a verbS ; them2 is a pronounS ; tke2 is a word2 of 
three letters? ; of, 2 to,2 and for, 2 are prepositions.2 

In these examples, the words marked with figures are 
nouns, and in the same case in which man is, opposite the 
corresponding figure on the Table of Kelations, page 10. 

On the other hand, a word having neither of the six re- 
lations given to man, can never, by any possibility of con- 
struction, be a noun, although it should happen to be the 
name of a person, place, or thing; thus, the word man, 
when you give it the syntax of cold, becomes an adjective, 
in consequence of its relation : as, 

He hired a manl servant,6 
On a coldl day7. 

And if you give to this word the syntax or connection 
which conquered has, it will become the same part of 
speech, viz: a transitive verb: as, 

Scott2 conqueredlQ Mexico.6 

The government2 will manlQ their shipsG. 

The wall is extremelylQ thick; extremely, aux. adjective. 
The wall is quitelQ thick; quite, aux. adjective. 
The wull is three feet.19 thick; three feet, aux. adjective 
The wall is verylQ thick; very, aux. adjective. 

The term anomaly means that one word has a different 
construction from another ; the term analogy signifies that 
words having the same syntax, relation, or construction, 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 33 

must, from the necessity of that very construction, be the 
same part of speech. Now, is the word '* feet," in the 
above sentence, analogous to, or anomalous from the other 
words in italics? We first ask the learned grammarian to 
give us the syntax. He will agree that it holds a relation, 
as arranged in the above sentence, with thick ; three feet 
thick. Let me ask the student, who may be reading ihese 
remarks, if he ever knew a noun constructed with an ad- 
jective? And do words become nouns in consequence of 
that construction ? If the auxiliary adjective, (or adverb, 
as styled by old authors,) are nouns, without a governing 
word, it would form one of the greatest anomalies that 
ever existed in language. 



EXTENSION OF NOUNS. 

By extension, we mean the number of individuals to 
which the noun can be applied ; thus: "Man is accounta- 
ble to his Maker." Here, man is a noun, in the singulai 
number, denoting but one ; and yet, by its logical exten- 
sion, it includes every individual of the human race ; for 
if there were one human being that was not accountable, 
the proposition, that " Man is accountable to his Maker," 
would not be true. 

COMMON, (broadest extension.) 
PROPER, (limited extension.) 

1. A COMMON NOUN is one including within 
its extension, a whole race, genus or species; 
as, man, country, tree, animal, being. 

2. A PROPER NOUN is one whose extension 
is limited to a single individual, by being ap- 
propriated to one; as, George, Albany, Mo- 
hawk. 

NOTE. A common noun, unaccompanied by an adjec- 
tive, is invaridbiy taken in its broadest extension. 



34 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



It now rema'ns to be shown how a noun may be limited' 
in its extension or prohibited from extending to the whole 
race, of *.vhioh each individual is a part; and this is effect- 
ed in three ways 

1. By appropriating to an individual a proper name. 

2. By prefixing an adjective; and 

3. By subjoining to a noun, a section of an adjective 
relation. 

And, first, a noun may be restricted in its extension, by 
assigning to individuals a proper name, thus: George, Da- 
vid, John Randolph, Josephine, Florilla, Stanwix, and 
Mary, are proper names, used to point out certain individu- 
als, included in the extensive common name, Man. 

New York, Albany, Troy, Utica, Oneida, Pennsylvania, 
Rome, Syracuse, Hudson, St. Lawrence, Mohawk, Mis- 
sissippi, each restricts the extension of the more extensive 
noun, city, county, state, milage and river, to an individu- 
al ; and 

Secondly, a noun may be restricted in its extension by 
an adjective; as, table, carving, butcher, pen, pocket, and 
butter knife, are six. fractions, of which knife is the whole. 






Sharp knife 
Dull knife 



*' | equal 



s knife 1. 



From this view of the subject, we deduce the following 
rules : 

1. Every greater includes the less. 

2. All the parts united form a whole. 

Thirdly, a noun is restricted in its extension, by sub- 
joining a section of an adjective relation; as, 

1. Father, (broadest extension.) 

2. Our Father, (extension limited by our,] father cf us. 

3. Our Father who a*t in heaven, or our heavenly father. 

4. Heaven hides the book of fate, or fatal book. 

In the third example, who art in heaven, restricts the ex- 
tension of father ; and in the fourth, the word book is re- 
stricted by the adjective section of fate. Hence, the 

RULE. No word in a period can have any 



I 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 35 

greater extension than the other words or sec- 
tions in the same sentence will give it. 



GENDER. 

Nouns have two genders: 

1. Masculine, which is applied to mates. 

2. Feminine, which denotes females. 

All names, except of males and females, are 
of the ne (not) uter (either) of the two genders, 
unless they are converted into the masculine 
or feminine gender, by personification, a figure 
of speech, by which life and action are attri- 
buted to inanimate objects; or, by some ad- 
jective, verb or pronoun, representing a gen- 
der: as, 

Gray twilight had clad all things in her sober livery. 
Sweet is the breath of morn, her rising sweet. 
Pleasant is the sun, when he spreads his orient beams. 

Twilight is personified by had dad, and gender desig- 
nated v >y her. 

Sun, masculine, personified by spreads, designated by he 
and his. 

Twilight, her, feminine, by personification. 

Morn, , her, do. do. 

Sun, he, masculine, do. 

There are, also, a few words, as, parent, friend, cousin, 
ehtion, stranger, child, &c., of the common gender. 



36 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



PERSON AND NUMBER. 

There are two persons of nouns ; the second . 
when spoken to, as, O, 3 man; and the third, 
when spoken oj, as man 1 walks. 

NOTE. On the Table of Relations, O,3 man, is in the 
second person^ and in the case independent ; whereas, the 
word man in its other five relations, is in the third person. 
So also in the Latin and Greek languages. The vocative 
case is always in the second person; but all other cases are 
in the third: and, in all languages, the first person is in- 
variably represented (not by a noun, but) by a pronoun. 

Nouns have two numbers; the singular, 
which denotes but one object, as, chair, pen, 
table; and, the plural, which denotes more 
than one, as chairs, pens, tables. 




(CASE) OR POSITION. 

The word case, means the position which a 
noun or pronoun holds to another word in the 
sentence. 

NOTE. In the Table on the scale of relations, page 10, 
it will be seen that the noun has six positions, from No. 2 
to 7 inclusive ; and it is this relation to another single word 
that gives the noun a case or position ; for if it had no re- 
lation, it could have no case. 

Suppose some very learned and distinguished author 
should insert, in his learned treatise on English grammar, 
the following table : 



Singular. 

Nom. MAN i 
POM. MAN'S ! ! 
Obj. MAN ! I 



Plural. 

Nom. MEM ! 
Poss. MEN'S ! ! 
Obj, MEN ! J ! 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 37 

What grammarian would not see at a glance, that the word 
man has no relation, and, in reality, no case? Let me ask, 
to what verb is the first man the nominative? Nom. man 1 . 
And what does the second man's possess, that it should he 
written, poss. man's? And is the last man in the objective 
without a governing word, obj. man? Even the child 
might justly conclude, on examining such a display of wit 
and talent as the above learned table exhibits, should he 
be called on to decypher its meaning, that the word si?igu- 
lar, heading the first column, could mean nothing else than 
that it is singular, very singular and passing strange, that 
a noun which has no connection to any thing in heaven 
above or the earth beneath, should, in consequence of its 
non-relation, be in the nominative, possessive and objective 
case. 

Seriously, the word man, as arranged in all the gram 
liars extant, is not even a part of speech. Let us make 
this word man, a part of speech, by incorporating it with a 
sentence : He hired a man\ servant. Here man is con- 
strued, with servant, and becomes an adjective, and can be 
in no case whatever ; for adjectives, in English, have no 
case. Again: They will manlQ their ships. Here, man 
is not a noun, but a transitive verb. 

Let us now, as Brown says, " use it H7 3 technically, and 
DT7" independent of its meaning," and it will be a noun: 
Man2 walks. Here the word man is truly a noun, as we 
think, simply because it has the syntax of a noun, and not 
because it is used technically or independent of its mean- 
ing ! a? quoted above, from the learned Mr. Brown. This 
is about as classical a reason as Mr. Hamblin, a learned 
gentleman, who some years ago, published an abridgement 
of Murray's Grammar, gave for the definite article. The 
learned gentleman, in order to elucidate, and, at the same 
time, give originality to his valuable work, introduced into 
it this original sentence : " The bee is an industrious insect." 
Now, as none of his readers could tell what particular bee 
was meant by the, it being plain that bee was taken in its 
broadest extension, he accompanied the sentence with this 
learned commentary : " The is a definite article, BECAUSE 
it points out the SIGNIFICATION OF THE NOUN BEE " ' 

Such classical definitions as these, quoted on this page, 
are so useful, learned, clzssical, original, and so deserving 



38 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



Of UNDYING FAME and ETERNAL PERPETUITY, that W6 

the reader will pardon us for the digression, and not accuse 
us of plagiarism, for incorporating them into this work. 



DECLENSION OF THE NOUN. 

The positions of the noun and pronoun in 
English are six: thus, 



1. JOHN reads. 

2. JOHN. 

3. JOHN being killed. 

4. JOHN'S book. 

5. Saw JOHN. 

6. To JOHN. 



Nominative, it precedes the verb, reads 
Case independent, after O. 
Case absolute, before the part. 
Possessive case, precedes the noun, book 
Objective case, follows the verb, saw. 
Objective case, follows the preposition. 






NOTE. Every noun and pronoun in the English lan- 
guage, when arranged in a sentence, must have (in order 
to constitute it a noun or pronoun) one of the above rela- 
tions ; hence we deduce the following 

RULES FOR THE CASES, OR POSITIONS. 

1. The nominative case precedes the verb. 

2. The independent case follows the interjection O. 

3. The absolute case precedes a participle. 

4. The possessive case precedes a noun. 

5. The objective case follows a verb ; or, 
(6. The objective case follows a) preposition. 

NOTE. In reading these rules, let the word position be 
substituted for " case" and it will be plain to the most 
limited capacity. The above rules can be understood and 
applied by him only who has acquired the capacity to give 
to each noun and pronoun, in a sentence, its true relation; 
and that these rules do not apply to the position which 
words have, independent of their grammatical construction, 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



39 



OF THE PRONOUN. 

A PRONOUN is a word used instead of the 
noun: as, the man is industrious, therefore he 
is contented. 

NOTE. If, in the above definition, you read the three 
words in italics thus (man), he is you give to the pronoun 
he its true relation ; for all pronouns have a double rela- 
tion; and all refer to their antecedents, for gender, person 
and number, and to another word for case ; hence, HE is a 
personal pronoun, standing for, and agreeing with, MAN, 
(in gender, number and person,) and in the nominative 
case, because it precedes the verb is. Therefore, no word 
of a single relation can possible be a 'pronoun as, everyl 
man this adjective cannot be a pno-noun, because it 
stands FOR no noun whatever ; hence, there can be no such 
thing as an adjective pronoun, or a pro?nom?ial adjective. 

DECLENSION OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 



SINGULAR. 




Nominative. 


Possessive. 


Objective. 


1st person. 


I (write). 


My (pen). 


(To) me. 


2d person. 


Thou (art). 


Thy (book). 


(Saw) thee. 


3d. per. m. 


He (is). 


His (farm). 


(With) him. 


3d. per. f. 


She (went). 


Her (fan). 


(With) her. 


3d. per. n. 


It (is). 


Its (form). 


(Heard) it. 



PLURAL. 

Nominative. Possessive. Objective. 

1st person. We (are). Our (house). (To) us. 

2d person. Ye (go). Your (pen). (To) you. 

3d person. They (are). Their (pen). (To) them. 

OF THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

The relative pronouns are: icho, which, what, that, and 
as. These words are, in both numbers and persons, with- 
out change, except who, which is thus declined : 

Nominative. Possessive. Objective. 

Who (is, or are). Whose (temple). (To) whom. 



40 THE PRINCIPLES OF 

The words what and as are relative pronouns of a two- 
fold case, in certain constructions: as, 

From what?, 2 is recorded ; he speaks as6, 6 he thinks ; 
from the facts? which2 are recorded ; and, he speaks the 
thoughts6 whichG he thinks. 



OF THE VERB. 

A VERB is a word used to express the exist- 
ence, or action performed or received by its 
nominative: thus, 

Nom. Existence. Nom. Action performed. Nom. Action received. 
Wood is. John splits wood. Wood is split by John. 

Wood2 is9. Is is an intransitive verb, denoting existence. 

John2 splitslO wood. Transitive verb, denoting action 
performed, by the nominative John. 

Wood2 is splitll. A passive verb, denoting action 
received, by the nominative wood. 

OF VERBS REGULAR, IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE. 

1. A verb is regular when it forms its imperfect tense 
and perfect participle by adding d or ed. 

2. A verb is irregular, when it will not do this. 

3. And a defective verb is one that cannot be conjugated 
through all its moods. 

Regular verbs walk, walked ; love, loved ; rule, ruled. 
Irregular verbs run, ran; am, was; see, saw. 
Defective verbs are can, may, quoth, ought, &c. 

TRANSITIVE, INTRANSITIVE AND PASSIVE. 

As all verbs, when arranged in a sentence, have the 
relation given on the scale from 9 to 11, inclusive, it will 
be easy for the student to understand the distinction be- 
tween the transitive and intransitive. All verbs have a 
nominative, but the transitive verb only has an object. 
The term r#?zs(iT)ive, (from trans-Eo, ire. ivi, itum,) will 
be more intelligible to the English scholar by translating 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



41 



it into English. Trans means, in English, over ; and IT 
is a Latin verb, and means goes. Now no verb can be a 
transit (or goes over) verb, but that which has a double 
relation to a nominative, and an objective case ; hence, all 
verbs of a double relation, in all languages, are transitive 
verbs; and, a priora, all verbs of a single relation are 
iN-trans-iT-ive (or not-go-over) verbs. 



Intransitive (single rel.) 
Man ivalks. 
Tempest blows. 
Trees grow. 
John runs. 



Transitive (double rel.) 
John studies grammar. 
God made the world. 
Trees bear fruit. 
John drives a horse. 



This list might be increased by inserting every verb in 
all the languages on earth ; in which case all the trans- 
itive verbs would arrange themselves under the second 
column, of the plus relation. From which it is plain that 
the only division of verbs founded on the language is to 
be traced to their single and double relation. 

1. Single relation, or intransitive. 

2. Double relation, or transitive. 

THE RECEPTIVE OR PASSIVE VERB, 

Is one whose nominative case receives the action and is 
formed, by the union of a verb of a single relation, to one 
of a double relation: thus, 1. he was; 2. John. killed him ; 
3. he was killed by John. 

Receptive (pas.) Verb. 

Grammar was written; drum was heard; sky is ob- 
scured; will is distracted; letter was written; man was 
made ; coat has been made. 



MOOD AND TENSE. 

MOOD is the different form of the verb, to 
represent the mann3r of existing or acting. 



42 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



There are five moods. 

1. Indicative, expresses an affirmation. 

2. Imperative, expresses a command. 

3. Potential, expresses the possibility of an action, 

4. Subjunctive, expresses a doubt. 

5. Infinitive, an unlimited action. 

The Indicative Mood indicates that its 
nominative case exists or acts; either affirm- 
atively or interrogatively ; positive or nega- 
tive: as, 

Affirmative Pos., Barrett wrote a grammar. 

Neg., Barrett did not write a grammar. 

Interrogative Pos., Will John return to-morrow ? 

Neg., Will not John return to-morrow? 

The Imperative Mood is used to command 
or petition a second person ; to exist, or act : 
as, 

John ! return to-morrow ; soldiers ! stand firm ; God 
said, light ! be, and light was. 

The Potential Mood denotes the possibility, 
liberty, power, will or obligation of its nomin- 
ative to exist: as, I can strike the table, but I 
will not ; you may return, if you please. 

Can strike, denotes that the act is possible ; but I will 
not (strike it), implies that no one can act against his will. 
I can strike you, but I will not that action; therefore you 
will escape with impunity. I could go to New York if I 
would. Could, denotes that the act of going is possible in 
itself, while the section, if I would, implies that no possi- 
ble existence, or action, can take place, against the will of 
him on whom its performance depends, whether of God, or 
kis creatures. 

" What we would do, we should do when we would, for 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 43 

this vould changes" (and then the act is impossible). 
Shak, Hamlet. 

All actions must be willed by some mind, and as the 
will of every individual governs all his actions, so the will 
>f God governs the universal whole. 

Whose body nature is, and God the soul. 

You might speak the truth, and you should do so, but 
you will.not. Therefore both the might and should, or the 
power and obligation are defeated by the will's not en- 
forcing them. 

You will not come unto me, that you may have life. 
That is, the reason you never can have (eternal) life is, 
that you do not will it, and God cannot force you into 
heaven against your own will, and yet leave you free. 

The Subjunctive Mood represents the un- 
certainty of the trunk, or nominative, to per- 
form a future action : as, 

If it rain to-morrow, I will come. If, denotes uncertain- 
ty, and (should) with to-morrow, futurity. If I (should) 
see him I will speak to him. 

The Infinitive Mood is not confined to a 
trunk or nominative, and is always preceded 
by to, expressed or implied : as, 

To walk ; to run ; to fly ; to write. 



PARTICIPLE. 

The PARTICIPLE is a certain form of the verb, 
and derives its name from the fact that it can 
be construed either as a verb or an adjective. 
Some writers have classed them as a distinct 
part of speech, others have more properly con- 
sidered them as a part of the verb. If the 



44 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



participle be a part of speech, where is the 
other part to which it is joined ? 

Mr. Wright, respected by his friends, was elected go- 
vernor of the state of New York. Now the word respected 
is a participle because it can be construed either as an ad- 
jective or verb, in this construction, respected Wright, the 
word respected is an adjective (not a participle adjective) 
and in the ^following, Mr. Wright who was respected by 
his friends ; was respected is a passive verb (not a partici 
pie passive verb), hence the word respected, in consequence 
of its being capable of receiving two constructions, is call- 
ed, while it thus remains, a participle ; but the moment it 
is construed or joined to another word, it in a moment be- 
comes either an adjective or a verb, consequently there 
cannot, properly speaking, be such a distinct part of speech 
as a participle. 



AUXILIARY VERBS 

The AUXILIARY VERBS are used to form 
moods and tenses of the verb. 



They are, have, do, be, shall, will, may, can, with their 
variations ; and must , which has no variation. These aux- 
iliary verbs are each confined to a certain mood or tense, 
as in the plan on page 46. By carefully studying this 
table, you can always ascertain the mood and tense of any 
verb. The ed termination of the past tense is a contrac- 
tion of did, the past of do, as, John walkdid, or John did 
walk, and always denotes the action expressed by the verb, 
to which it is prefixed, to be did, or done, past, 01 finished ; 
as, I loved, I ruled, I smiled, which denotes the actions of 
loving, ruling, and smiling, to be did or done actions. 

EXPOSITION AND DEFINITION OF AUXILIARIES. 

We will that execution be done upon the earl. 
We will that you execute the earl. 
We will execute the earl. 




ENGLISH GRAMMAR 45 

1. We will execute the earl to-morrow; there are evi- 
dently two actions, one of the mind, expressed by will, 
which denotes a present determination that somebody shall 
perform the other future action, denoted by execute. 

2. I will go to-morrow ; will denotes a present determin- 
ation of the mind, that my body shall perform a future ac- 
tion, expressed by go; to-morrow qualifies go, not will. 
Will denotes a present mental action. Go denotes a fu- 
ture bodily action. 

3. I now will, or determine, that my body shall hereaf- 
ter go to New York, next week : Query. Does will and go 
express but our action ? If so, which is it, present or 
future ? of the mind or body ? Am i to go to New York 
next week, and will it afterwards ? 

4. You ought to write to your father; ought denotes 
obligation, or duty. 

5. She may be at home ; may denotes possibility, 

6. I can strike the table ; can denotes possibility. 

7. You may go home ; may denotes liberty or permis- 
sion. 

8. I would that all men might be saved ; would denotes 
a desire, or wish of the mind. 

9. You should repent ; should denotes obligation arising 
from duty. 

10. He would not read; would denotes a resolution of 
the mind. 

11. They might and should read; might denotes that 
they had the power to perform a possible action, expressed 
by should. 

12. May you find your friends well ; may denotes an act 
of the mind, a wish. 

13. I will not work without pay ; will denotes that my 
mind has now determined that my body shall not perform 
a future laborious action, without a reward. 

14. I will walk, will write, would speak ; the position of 
these words denotes that a present act of the mind express- 
ed by vtill, always precedes* a future action of the body, 
denoted by the subjoined verb. 



46 THE PRINCIPLES OF 

15. John walked a mile ; ed is a contraction of did, and 
denotes that the action of walking is did, done, or past. 



PERSON AND NUMBER. 

By the person and number of a verb, is meant the final 
termination, by which, in the Latin and Greek Languages, 
the first, second and third person, singular and plural, is 
pointed out. Verbs have three persons, first, second and 
third, and two numbers, singular and plural; thus: 

Singular. Plural. 

1st person. 2d person. 3d person. 1st person. 2d person. 3d person. 
Lat. Am-o, ani-a-s, am-a-J ; am-a-mws, am-a-fis, ara-a-nf, 
Eng.\o\e I, lovestthou, loves he; love we, love yow, lovely. 
See page 6, paragraph 5. 

From which it is plain, that the person and number, in 
Latin, is in the termination of the verb ; and in English, 
it is in the pronoun; for that part of the Latin verb print- 
ed in italic, corresponds precisely to the English pronoun 
placed under it. We place our pronouns before the verb ; 
they after it ; for o-m, s, t, mus, tis and nt, mean, in Eng- 
lish, nothing but I, thou, he, we, you and they. 



TENSE, 

Is the division of time, into 

Present represents ]. Present time: as, I am writing, or 
2. Present time perfected: as, I have written. 

Past represents 1. Past time: as, I wrote, or 

2. Past time perfected : as, I had written. 

Future represents 1. Future time: as, I shall write, or 
2. Future time perfected : as, I shall have written 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 47 

The Tenses are six : 

1 PRESENT denoting present time, I walk 

2 PERFECT present present time completed, I have walked. 
& IMPERFECT (past) denoting past time, I walked. 

4. PLUPERFECT (past) past time completed, I had walked. 

5. FUTURE denoting future time, I shall walk. 

6. FUTURE PERFECT future time completed, I shall have 

walked. 

THE CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 

Moods. Tenses. Auxiliaries and Terminations. 

Indicative Simply indicates or declares. 

PRESENT, represents present time, I , 

PERFECT, present time completed, I have cd, 

IMPERFECT, " past time, I ed, 

PLUPERFECT, " past time completed, I had ed, 

FUTURE, represents future time, I shall or will 
FUTURE P., " future time com., I shall or will have ed. 

Imperative used for commanding, exhorting, entreating or permitting. 
PRESENT, thou or ye. 

Potential 'implies possibility, liberty, power, will or obligation. 

PRESENT, I may or can , 

PERFECT, I may or can have ed, 

IMPERFECT, I might, could, would or should , 

PLUPERFECT, I might, could, would or should have cd. 

bjunctive represents an action as contingent and future. 

PRESENT, If I , 

PERFECT, If I have ed, 

IMPERFECT, If I cd, 

PLUPERFECT, If I had ed, 

FUTURE, If I shall or will , 

FUTURE PERFECT, If I shall or will have ed. 

Infinitive has no nominative case, consequently no person, pr number. 

PRESENT, To , 

PERFECT. To have ed. 

Participle partakes of the nature of a verb and adjective. 

PRESENT, ing. PERFECT, ed. 

COM. PERFECT. ing, ed. 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



CONJUGATION. 

We here present the conjugation of the verb to be, in the 
three languages at once, that the student, while learning 
to conjugate it in English, may have a clear view of the 
same verb in the other languages. The person and num- 
ber in Latin is printed in italic, and in the Greek it is sepa- 
rated from the root, as in the following examples. The 
Romans never nsed the pronoun (ego, lu ille,) with the verb, 
for i\iQ final termination is the pronoun to all intents and 
purposes, unless for the sake of EMPHASIS. The introduc- 
tion of this practice, (as ego sum, tu es, ille est,) could 
have originated only from the most consummate ignorance 
of the real structure of the Latin language. 

CONJUGATION OF THE VERB to be. 

AM, SUM, or E/pi. 
Indicative Mood. Present Tense. 





SINGULAR. 






PLURAL. 




1 


2 


3 


1 


2 


3 


Sum, 


es, 


esi. 


Sumws, 


esfis, 


sunf. 


I am, 


thou art, 


he is. 


TFe are, 


yow are, 


<^ey are- 


El pi, 


si g , (s f,) 


Idli. 


etf /J-s'v, 


Jtf 7^, 


/ tfi'. 



Eram, 
/was, 



Fut, 



eras 



thou wast, he was. 



Imperfect. 
eraf. Eramws, eratfis, 



eranf, 



We were, you were, they were. 
f*ev, ? TS, ? tfav. 



Perfect. 



faisti 



fuif. 



Fuimws, fuisfis, fuerunf,erO' 



i'U.l'j J.U.IOl/C'j J.U.1C/* J- UJ-//tUO^ &U1OV| J.U.V/JL U.H>1> VI' 

f have been,f /iow hast, /ie has been. PFe have, yow have, fAey have. 



Fueram, fueras, fueranf. Fueramw*, fuerah's, fueran^. 
/ had been, thou hadst, he had been. We had, yow had, they had, 

.Fwfwre. 

Ero, eris, eri. Erimus, eritis, erunf. 

f will be, thou wilt be,/ie will be. We will be, you will be, /i/ will be 
, I'tf 7j, V(s)7ai. etf 6jm.&da, eVeo- 0e, stfov 7ai. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



49 



POTENTIAL (Latin and Greek, Subjunctive) MOOD. 
Present Tense. 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

23 123 

Sim, si*, sif. Simus, sitis, sint. 

I may be, thou mayst, he may be. We may be, you may be,they may be 



, 



Essewi, esses, essef. Essemws, essefr's, essenf. 

J might he, Mowmightst, Ac might, We might, you might, they might. 

Perfect. 

Fuerim, fueri*, fueri^. Fueri/nw*, fueri/w, fiierinf. 

JT may have thou mayst ta may have We may yow may Mey may 
been. have been. been. have been, have been, have been 

Pluperfect. 

Fuissem, ftiisses, fuisse^. Fuissemtw, fuissefw, fuesseTif. 

/ might ,8cc. thou might, he might. We might, you might, they might. 

Future. 

Fuero, fueris, fuertt. 'Fuerimus, fueri/t's, fueranf. 

/ will have thou wilt he will havePTe will you will they will 

been. have been. been. have been, have been, have bear?, 



2 

or es/o, 
Be thou, 
ur 61, or <f o, 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. Present Tense. 
3 23 

csto. Ese or estate, eunto. 



let Aim be. 



Be ye, 

S(f TS, 



let them be. 
etf? wtfav. 



INFINITIVE MOOD. 
Per/. J't/^. Ind. 



Fut. Subj. 

fame, Esse/wfurus, fume futurus. 

to have been. Tobea&ouf tobe,foAat>ebeena&ow* 
%<fs<f6 at. [to be, 



PARTICIPLES. 



Future. 
Futnrus-a-um, 
About to be, 



Present. 
Being. 

OJV. 



50 THE PRINCIPLES OF 

OF THE INDECLINABLE PARTS OF SPEEC H. 

The following tables exhibit a view of the 
indeclinable parts of speech in the English, 
Latin and Greek languages. 

OF THE ADVERB. 

An ADVERB is a word joined to and used to modify a 
verb. The following is a table of the adverbs in the 
English, Latin and Greek: 

TABLE I. 



Greek. 


English. 


Latin. 


fti, 


where, 


ubi. 


rfodsv, 


whence, 


unde. 


OTS, flr^vjxa, 


when, 


cum, quum. 


Star, 


whence, 


unde. 


tfodi, 


where, 


ubi. 


T00I, 


there, 


illic. 


T00SV, 


thence, 


illinc, inde. 


tfoXv, 


much, 


multum. 


SXi'yov, 


little, 


parvum. 



The above table exhibits most of the primitive adverbs ; 
their derivatives might be increased to a number of thou- 
sand. 

DERIVATION AND FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 

English Adverbs. 

In English, most adverbs are derived from adjectives by 
appending ly : as, slow, slowly; day, daily; universal 
universally ; quick, quickly, &c., &c. 

Greek Adverbs. 
In the Greek, adverbs are formed as follows : 

1. Such words as are not, strictly speaking, adverbs 
but are so called from being sometimes used :n an ad 
verbial sense. 

2. The oblique cases of nouns and pronouns : as, ou6 
, never; from ou<5-ajxo, no one. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 61 

3. The accusative of neuter adjectives: as, tfpoira, ra 
tfpwra, first, &c. 

4. Verbs are sometimes used as adverbs. 

5. Adverbs are derived from prepositions. 

The following is the method of forming 
Latin Adverbs. 

1. Adverbs derived from adjectives of the third declen- 
sion, usually end in TER : as, felicixER, happily, from fe- 
lix, happy. Sometime in E: as, facile, easily, from facilis, 
easy. 

2. Adverbs derived from adjectives of the first and 
second declension, generally terminate in E : as, altE, 
highly, from altus. Sometimes they end in o, UM, or PER: 
as, tuto, safely, from tutus: tantuM, so much, from tantus ; 
dure, and duriiER, hardly, from durus. 

3. Adjectives of the neuter gender are sometimes used 
as adverbs. 

4. Adverbs are derived from nouns, and then generally 
end in IM or ITTTS. 

5. Adverbs are derived from participles. 



OF THE PREPOSITION. 

The PREPOSITION is always found in either 
an adjective or adverbial phrase (by some de- 
nominated prepositional phrases) ; that is, it is 
so arranged as to show the relation between 
the phrase in which it occurs to the verb or 
noun in the preceding sentence, and this re 
lation is always either adjective or adverbial, 
and the phrase itself can in most cases be 
changed into an adjective or an adverb. In 
Greek, there are eighteen prepositions only ; 
in Latin, forty-seven; and in English, there 
are fifty- six. 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



tfpo, 
Iv, 

rfuv, 



xardt, 



TABLE OF PREPOSITIONS. 

Greek. Latin. English. 

r;, Genitive, before, against, Obj. ante, ad versus, -4 cc, 
o, " uom, a, ab, abs, AbL 

or 2, " from, out, out of, e, ex, 

" before, ante, Ace. 

Dative, in, in, Ace., AbL 

" with, together with, cum, AbL 

sis or If, Accutative. in, into, in, Ace., AbL 

dvcfc, " over, through, on, trans, inter, in, Ace. 

among, during, 
in, with, 

&a, Gen. & Ace. through, by, per, 

by, down, through, per, 
with,after,between cum, post, inter 
over,above,beyond, super, Ace. 

round, round about circa, circum, 



If 6 pi j 



M, 



round about, of, de, 

concerning 

in, on, upon, under, in, 
from, at, near, apud, 
by, upon, besides, praeter, 
under, by, with, infra, 



All. 



Ace 

u 



The remaining prepositions are : 

Ad, to, at. Supra, above. 

Circiter, about. Ultra, beyond. 

Cis, citra, on this side, Absque, without. 

Contra, against. Clam, without the know- 

ledge of. 

Erga, towards. Coram, in presence, before. 

Extra, beyond, out of. Palam, with the knowledge 

of. 

Intra, within. Prse, before, on account of. 

Juxta, near, beside. Pro, for, according to. 

Ob, for, on account of. Sine, without. 

Penes, in the power of. Tenus, as far as, up to 

Pone, behind. 

Propter, near, on acc't of. In, in, on, towards, into, 

on, among. 

Seci;ndum,a.ong,acc'ding to. Sub, under, about, at,near. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



In the first column, the Latin prepositions govern the 
accusative; in the second, the ablative, except the last 
two, which govern the accusative, or ablative, and the two 
first, which govern the accusative. 



OF CONJUNCTIONS. 



The CONJUNCTION, as its name imports, is a 
word used to connect words and sentences 
as, ego ET tu, /AND thou. The conjunctions are 
represented in the following 



Greek. 



xav, xaiVsp, si, xa/, 
ccXXa, drap, 
75, 
/*v, a 



yap, 



TABLE. 

English. Latin. 

and, also, but, ac,atque,que, et,quoque 
or, either, aut, seu, sive, ve, vel. 
although, quamquam,quamvis,etsi. 
but, atqui, sed, at, autem. 

at least, (no corresponding word.) 

but, truly, indeed,vero, verum. 

yet, tamen, veruntamen. 

for, enim, etenim, nam, nam- 



Vva, bVi, bVw, o<ppa, that, ut, uti. 

that, so that, quin, dummodo. 



[que 



ouvexa, 



apa, ouv, 



because, quia, quippe, quod. 

since, indeed, quando, vero, siquidam. 

since, after that, quoniam, quum, cum. 

therefore, ergo, proinde, quare, qua* 

wherefore, cur. [mobrem. 

then, truly, turn, vero, deinde. 

therefore, ergo, quare. 
roiyapouv, emphatic, wherefore, cur, quare, quamobrem. 
ouxouv, not therefore, (no corresponding word.) 

s,av,eav,^v,xs,xlv,a',a7x5, if, unless, si, sin, nisi. 

if indeed, siquidem. 



roivuv, vu, vv, 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 

INTERJECTIONS. 

The IINTERJECTION is an indeclinable word 
that holds no relation with any other word 
whatever and is, of itself, actually a sen- 
tence : as, Adieu, I commend you to God ; it 
being a contraction into a (to) and Dieu (God); 
good bye, God be with ye, God by ye, or good bye 
ye. 

Any word or phrase, used by way of exclamation, and 
in an unconnected manner, is an interjection. The old 
definition, " that the interjection was thrown in between 
the different parts of speech," is entirely erroneous, and 
ought to be corrected ; as this word has no relation, and of 
course is not a part of speech, but is of itself a 
speech. 



RELATION OF PHRASES. 

As we have now finished the definition of 
the Eight Parts of Speech, and spoken largely 
of the Relation, or dependence of one word on 
another, in consequence of which, words na- 
turally fall into this eight-fold division, (i. e., 
the Eight Parts of Speech;) and shown con- 
clusively that the noun must be referred to 
some other word before it can be in any case, 
arid that all other words must have a correla- 
tive relation to the noun, before they can be- 
come parts of speech; it is now proper to 
speak of the relation or dependence of Sen- 
tences and Phrases. And here let it be distincly 
understood, that the members of a period are 
Connected to each other by 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 55 

1. A Conjunction; 

2. A Preposition; and, 

3. A Relative Pronoun. 

A glance at the Table of Relations, page 10, 
will show that these words always have a 
double relation. Hence, without the use of 
one of these, no relation could take place be- 
tween the phrases in a sentence. 

1. OF THE RELATION OF PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES. 

A preposition is a word used to point out the relation 
which the person, place, or thing following it has to some 
noun or verb going before, in a preceding section ; as, Mr. 
Wright went to Albany. To, is a preposition, because it 
points out the relation which Albany has to went, as the 
place whither that motion tended, and where it terminated 
Mr. Wright went to Albany. Mr. Wright went there. 

New York is beyond Albany. 

Beyond is a preposition, showing the relative position of 
New York to Albany to be such, that in going directly 
from Utica to the latter place, you must pass the former. 

The goodness of God to mankind is very apparent, from 
the abundant provision which he has made for their sub- 
sistence in this world. 

Here the prepositions, of, to, from, for, and in, show the 
following relations : 

OF shows the relation which God has to goodness, viz: 
that of a being wherein this quality exists. 

To signifies the relation which mankind have to the 
goodness of God, as the object on whom it is employed. 

FROM intimates that relation which the provision of God 
has made for that happiness, to be that of a cause from 
wiicnce that appearance arises in the mind. 

FOR expresses the relation which " the subsistence of 
man" has to " the unbounded provisions of God," to be 
the end to which it was directed, or the final cause or mo- 
tive with God for making that provision. 



56 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



IN shows a local relation of goodness, provisions, and 
mankind to this world, as the place where they exist. 

2. OF THE UNION OF SENTENCES BY THE CONJUNCTIONS. 

A conjunction is a word used to connect the sentensic 
sections, clauses, or parts of a period, and to show the re- 
lation which they have to each other, as in this period. 

({ji^p Notice the punctuation.) 

Julius Caesar would not disband his army, 
AND return a private person to Rome, 

BECAUSE he was very sensible he should be called to an 
account for extravagant management, in the time of his 
consulship, in his province, which would have blasted his 
ambitious designs, of destroying the liberties of Rome, AND 
taking the government to himself. 

The first and is a conjunction, uniting the two actions, 
expressed by the respective verbs disband and return, to a 
common nominative, Julius Caesar, and shows that he, who 
was unwilling to perform the first of these actions, was 
equally unwilling to perform the last ; and that the reason 
was, that he did not will that either should be done. 

Because is a conjunction, uniting the latter part of this 
period to the former, and shows the relation it has to it, 
viz: that of a cause, producing the effect mentioned in the 
former part of the period ; for, what is affirmed in the lat- 
ter part is by the conjunction, because, represented as be- 
ing the cause, reason, or motive, which induced Caesar, 
not to will the disbanding of his army, and his private 
return to Rome ; while the last and, by connecting 
" destroying the liberty," and " taking the government," 
shows that he designed both. 

God will not finally let the wicked go unpunished, 
though he bear with them so far in this life, as to let them 
fare sumptuously, and go down to the grave in peace ; for 
man, in this world, is in a state of trial ; therefore, it would 
not be consistent with that intention of an all-wise God to 
punish wickedness, constantly and visibly, in this life. 

THOUGH shows the subjoined clause to hold a construct- 
ive dependence on the former, so far as to signify nothing 
in the mind of the speaker without a regard thereto. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 57 

The conjunction AS unites its clause to that which goes 
oefore, anc expresses its relation by determining the extent 
of what was indefinitely expressed in the foregoing clauses 
of the period. 

AND connects " go down in peace," with " fare sumptu- 
ously," and signifies that both of these actions are per- 
mitted by the Almighty for the reason expressed in the 
next section. 

FOR shows that the section which it heads holds a con- 
structive union with the two preceding sections, and shows 
the relation to be that of a. cause or reason why he suffers 
them to fare sumptuously, and to die in peace. 

THEREFORE shows that the part of the period which fol- 
lows it, is construed with all that precedes it, as its cause, 
and implies that this world, being intended as a state of 
trial, renders it impracticable for him to punish vice con- 
sistently with that design, for that would not be to try 
them, but forcing them to be good, by destroying their 
power to be otherwise, since there can be no true virtue 
without liberty. 

A relative pronoun may be used either in a sentensic or 
insentensic section, and shows that the section in which it 
occurs sustains to the antecedent an adjective relation: 
thus, 

Our Father who art in heaven. Here the two sections, 
"who art," and "in heaven," sustain to the word Father 
an adjective relation, being equivalent in sense to " our 
Heavenly Father." Who art in heaven, restricts the word 
Father, by excluding from the extension of that word all 
earthly fathers. 

Primitive. Secondary Sections. 

GOD, (who, at sundry times, and in divers manners, 
spake, in times past, unto the fathers, by the 
prophets,) 

HATH, in these latter days, 
SPOKEN, untc us by his Son. 

In this example, that part of the period included in pa- 
renthesis has an adjective relation to God, and withal re- 
stricts the extension of that noun by excluding from it the 
other gods, of the Greeks, Romans, &c., and is equivalent 



OO THE PRINCIPLE* OF 

to the adjective Jewish. Thus, the Jewish God hath 
spoken, &c. 

HE (that believes and is baptised,) SHALL BE SAVED. 
Here the part of the sentence commencing with that , and 
included in parenthesis, sustains to the word he, an adjec- 
tive relation, by restricting its extension, and shows, that 
salvation is not predicted of the word HE in its broadest, 
but in a limited logical extension. 

Hence, the only union which can take place between the 
sections in a period, is effected either by a conjunction, a 
relative pronoun, or a preposition. 



OF THE SECTION. 

A section of a sentence is a word, or an in- 
dependent collection of words, " which can 
be parsed" without referring any word in that 
section, to a word in another section: as, 

The midnight moon smiles serenely. 
O* See the Sections as they are formed on the Plate. 
ORDER. 1. Primary. 2. Secondary. 

That section is of the primary order, which claims the 
first rank, and sustains the rest : as, 

Heaven hides (a] the book, (b) (primary), 

a from all creatures, (secondary). 

b of fate, (secondary). 

Those sections are of the secondary order, which are up- 
held by, and depend upon another section for sense : as, 
"from all creatures;" "of fate;" " in the room." These 
secondary or branch sections can make no sense, until they 
are united to that word in the trunk, or primary, by which 
they are. sustained ; as, hides from all creatures ; book of 
fate , John is 'n the room. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 59 

COURSE. 1. Direct. 2. Circumflex. 

The course of a section is direct, when the words stand 
in their natural prose order: as, 

Law is a rule (of action.) 

Law is a rule, a section of the primary order, direct 
course. 

Of action, a secondary section, direct course. 

The course of a section is circumflex, when the sense 
flows back, which is owing to the words not being arranged 
in their prose order : as, 

WhomS yel ignorantly worship,2 
Him3 declares 1 1 unto you. 

Whom ye ignorantly worship, a section, secondary order, 
circumflex course, because the sense commences at the 
word ye, proceeds forward to worship, then flows back to 
whom. 

Him3 declared Jl ; a section, primary order, circumflex 
course. The direct course would be : 1 1 declare2 him.3 
The words in these two sections are not only circumflex, 
but the sections are so likewise. 

Circumflex. Whom ye ignorantly worship, Him de- 
clare I. 

Direct. I declare him whom ye ignorantly worship. 

VERILY I say unto you, HE that entereth not by the door, 
into the sheep-fold, but that climbeth up some other way, 
is A THIEF. 

Verily he is a thief. (Direct course, unbroken state.) 

RELATION. 1. Adjective. 2. Adverbial. 

The relation of a secondary, or insentensic section, is 
that dependence which it has, to some word in the prima- 
ry, for sense. 

A section has an adjective relation, when it restricts the 
extension of some noun, or pronoun, in the primary sec- 
tion: as, 

1. Jesus saw a man who was blind. 2 sections. 

1. Jesus saw a blind man. 1 section. 

2. Heaven hides the book (of fate.) 2 sections. 
2. Heaven hides the fatal book. 1 section. 



60 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



He (that believes) (and is baptised) shall be saved. 
And the relation is adverbial, when it qualifies the verb, 
oz expresses the manner of existing or acting: as, 

The midnight moon smiles serenely, 
O'er Nature's soft repose. 

The jessamine clambers (in flower) (o'er the thatch.) 3 sec- 
The flowery jessamine clambers there. 1 section. 

STATE. Sentensic, Insentensic, Plenary, Implenary, 
Broken, Unbroken. 

The sentensic section contains a nominative, and verb, 
j>r a " sentence, trunk, and branch:" as, 

1. The moon smiles serenely. 

2. No lowering cloud obscures the sky. 

3. Nor ruffling tempest blows. 

The insentensic section is one that contains no sentensic 
word: as, 

1. To church. 2. In the room. 3. O'er Nature's soft 
repose. 

The plenary state arises from that degree of fullness, 
which admits of solution, without supplying words ; as, O 
John [give thou (to me) an apple.] 

The imphnary state arises from the want of a word, or 
words: as, 

John, give me an apple. 

It is 9 o' clock. 

The state of a section is broken, when another section 
intervenes between its parts : as, 

Law (in its most comprehensive sense), is a rule. 

And varying schemes (of life) no more distract the will. 

The unbroken state of a section, is the uninterrupted 
continuation of all its parts: as, 

Law is a rule (of action). 

Varying schemes no more distract the laboring will. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 61 

CLASS. 1. Literal. 2. Figurative. 

The literal class is that which expresses the meaning 
according to the words (or letters) used: as, 

The midnight moon serenely shines. 
A ship sails on the seas. 

A section is figurative, when one or more words in it 
convey a different meaning from what the wor^s literally 
import: as, / _ 

I. THE METAPHOR. 

1. Daniel Webster is a PILLAR in the state. 

2. I will be unto her a WALL of fire. 

3. THOU art my ROCK and my FORTRESS. 

4. Thy WORD is a LAMP to my feet. 

A metaphor is founded entirely on the resemblance of 
one thing to another. 

1. A statesman performs the same office in a state, that 
a pillar does in an edifice. 

2. God is the same defence to his church, that a wall is 
to a city. 

3. He is the same defence to the righteous, as a fortress 
or rock is to a soldier. 

II. ALLEGORY. 

An allegory is a metaphor continued, which was a fa- 
vorite method of delivering instruction in old times: for' 
what we call fables or parables are no other than allego- 
ries; by words and actions, attributed to beasts, or inani- 
mate objects, the " dispositions of man are shadowed 
forth;" and what we call the " moral,'" is the " unfigffred 
sense," or meaning of the allegory. 

A hog, beholding the horse of a warrior, rushing into 
battle, says: " Fool, whither dost thou hasten? Perhaps 
thou mayst die in the fight;" to whom the horse replied: 
" A knife shall take life from thee, fatted amongst mud, 
and filth, but GLORY shall accompany my death." 
6 



62 THE PRINCIPLES OF 

III. COMPARISON. 

Is when the resemblance between two objects is express* 
ed in form, by the word as, like, &c. 

Webster is in the state, like a pillar in an edifice. 

He is like a pillar. 

The word of God is like a light. 

IV. PERSONIFICATION. 

Is that figure which attributes life and action to inani- 
mate objects : as, moon smiles. 

Now, as it cannot be literally true, that the moon smiles 
or laughs, since nothing but a human being can laugh, it 
must be figuratively so. This figure is also founded on 
the aspect, or resemblance of one thing to another : thus 
the imagination may attribute this action to the " man in 
the moon." 

2. Majestically slow, before the breeze, 
In silent pomp, she marches on the seas. 

The above couplet is from Falconer's description of the 
ship Brittannia. She is a pro., fern, gen., represented as 
marching (not sailing). While the word majestically, at- 
tributes to the vessel the idea of majesty. An easy stretch 
of the imagination would find some resemblance between 
a queen, decorated with the robes of majesty, taking a 
walk, and the goddess Brittania, the queen of the ocean. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 63 



RULES. 

RULE 1. Every adjective belongs to a noun; 
as, -- . 

RULE 2. The nominative case precedes the 
verb ; as, -- . 

RULE 3. All nouns of the second person, 
are in the case independent ; as, O - . 

RULE 4. The case absolute precedes the par- 
ticiple ; as, -- . 

RULE 5. The possessive case precedes the 
noun; as, - 's - . 

RULE 6. Transitive verbs govern the objec- 
tive case ; as, -- . 

RULE 7. Prepositions govern the objective 



RULE 8. A pronoun has the gender, person 
and number of its noun; as, --- . 

RULE 9. A verb agrees with its nominative 
case, in number and person; as, --- . 

RULE 10. Singular nominatives connected 
by and, require a plural verb, noun and pro- 
noun ; as, - and -- . 

RULE 11. Singular nominatives connected 
by any other conjunction, require a singular 
verb; as, - or -- J s. 

RULE 12. Adverbs qualify verbs; as, - 
RULE 13. The infinitive mood is governed 



64 THE PRINCIPLES OF 

by the preceding word (in construction) ; as, 

RULE 14. Nouns or pronouns having the 
same relation are in the same case ; as, 2 

is 2 . 

RULE 15. Two negatives in the same sen- 
tence, neutralize each other and make an af- 
firmative ; as, not unmindful. 

RULE 16. Conjunctions connect words and 
sentences; as, , (con.) 

RULE 17. The conjunctions^ though, except, 
unless and whether, govern the subjunctive 
rnood only, when doubt is implied ; as, 



RULE 18. An auxiliary holds a single rela- 
tion to its principal ; as, . 

RULE 19. An omission of such words as will 
not obscure the sense is admissible. 

RULE 20. A collective noun, implying unity 
requires a singular verb. 

RULE 21. But a collective noun denoting 
plurality, requires a plural verb. 

RULE 22. Sections of an adjective relation, 
must, in all cases, be placed next to the noun 
they qualify. 

RULE 23. Care must be taken to express the 
proper time by the appropriate tense. 

RULE 24. Every word in a sentence relates 
lo and is parsed with another word or other 
words, in the same section. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



65 



RULE 25. No word in a section can have 
any greater extension than the other words or 
sections in the same sentence will give it. 

RULE 26. Reduce every broken to an un- 
broken section, by uniting its parts. 

RULE 27. Render every implenary section 
vlenary, by supplying every implied word. 

RULE 28. Give every word in a section, and 
every section in a sentence, its true relation. 

RULE 29. Reject and expunge an unjustifia- 
ble pleinism from the section in which it oc- 
curs. 

RULE 30. Care must be taken to express the 
proper relation by appropriate prepositions. 



66 



THE PRIN( 



PARSING. 

The following extracts from Milton and 
Pope are here presented for the especial bene- 
fit of the beginner and private learner. If the 
student will make himself perfectly acquainted 
with the principles contained in this analysis 
before leaving it will find himself able to 
parse just as well without this assistant as 
with it ; for the parts of speech, and their re- 
lation to each other, occur so frequently that 
they cannot fail to make an indelible impres- 
sion on the memory, not to be forgotten, like 
rules and definitions, but which time itself 
shall never afterwards be able to efface : 



PARADISE LOST. 

adv v ir in ini imp 3 s n c f 3 s adv con .n c f 3 s a 1 
Now came 9 still ev'ning 2 on, and 'twilight 2 gray 

18 prep pp a 1 ncn3s7alncn3 plu v ir tr ind plu 3 8 
Had in her 5 sober liv'ry all things 6 clad. 10 

ncf3s vrtr imp 3 s con n c n 3 s con n c n 3 s 

Silence 2 accompanied 10 [them] for beast 2 and bird, 2 



rep p p n c n 2 pla 
" nests 



p p prep pp al ncnSsal prep p p E 

They 2 to their 5 grassy couch, these [birds] to their 6 

v ir in ind imp 3 plu a 1 a 1 no fern. 3 s 

Were sunk 9 all but the wakeful nightingale, 2 



adv 



a 1 



p p adv pp al n c n 3 s virtr ind imp 3 s 

She 2 all night long her 5 am'rous descant 6 sung. 10 

c f 3 s v r pas ind imp 3 s adv v r in ind imp 3s n c n 3 s 
Silence 2 was pleased. 11 Now glow'd 9 the firmament 2 



pr 

W 



ep a 1 n c n 3 plu 7 n p n 3 s r pro v ir tr ind imp .3 
it}: living sapphires : Hesperus 2 that 2 led 10 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 67 

a 1 a 1 n : n 3 s v ir in ind imp a 1 Hesperus adv a 1 n c f 3 s 
The starry host 6 rode 9 brightest, till the moon, 9 

part prep al ncn3s7 adv 
Rising in clouded majesty, ut length, 

a 1 n c f 3 s v r tr ind imp pp al n c n 3 s 

Apparent queen, 2 unveil'd 10 her 5 peerless light, 8 

con prep alncnSspp al n c n 3 s v ir tr ind imp 
And o'er the dark 7 her 5 silver mantle 6 threw. 10 

adv n p m 3 s adv prep npf7 al ncf2s alncnSg 

When Adam 3 [said] thus to Eve : Fair consort, 3 th' hour* 

prep ncn3s7 al ncn3 plu adv part prep n c n 3 s 7 
Of night, and all things 3 now retir'd to rest, 

v r tr inl pr 3 plu p p prep al ncn3s7 con n p m 3 s v ir tr ind perf 
Mind 10 us 6 of like repose : since God 3 hath set 15 

all nouns c n 3 s prep n c m 3 plu 7 
Labor 6 and rest, 6 as day 6 and night, 6 to men 

a 1 day and night con al al n c n 3 s n c n 3 s 7 
Successive : and the timely dew 2 of sleep, 

adv part prep al al ncn3s7vrtr ind pr 3 B 

Now falling with soft slumb'rous weight, inclines 10 

pp n c n 3 plu a 1 n c n 3 plu adv 

Our 6 eye-lids. 6 Other creatures 3 all day long 

v r in ind pr 3 plu a 1 a 1 creatures con a 1 rest v r tr ind pr 3 pla 
Rove 9 idle, unemploy'd, and less need 10 rest. 8 

ncm3svirtrindpr3spp al ncn3s non3s7 

Man 3 hath 10 his 6 daily work 6 of body or of mind 

part r pro v r tr ind pr3s pp n c n 3 s 

Appointed, which 3 declares 10 his 6 dignity, 6 

con a 1 n c c 3 s prep n p m 3 s 7 prep al ppncnS pla 
And the regard 6 of Heaven on all his 5 ways 7 ; 

adv a 1 n c n 3 plu a 1 animals v r in ind pr 3 plu 
While other animals 3 unactive range, 9 



c n 3 s 

account,* 



con prep p p n c n 3 plu 7npm3s virtr ind pr 3 s a 1 n 
And of their 5 doings God 3 takes 10 no a 

adv adv al ncnSs v ir tr ind fut 3 s a 1 n c n 3 a 

To-morrow, ere fresh morning 3 [shall] streak 10 the east 9 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



prep al ncn3s7 ncn3s7pp virin pot pr 1st plu 
With first approach of light, we 2 must be risen, 9 

con prep p p a 1 n c n 3 s v r tr inf pr 

A.nd at our 5 pleasant labor; to re-form 10 

al al ncn3 plu a 1 n c n 3 plu a 1 alleys 
Yon flow'ry arbors 6 yonder alleys 6 green, 

p p n c n 3 s prep n c n 3 s 7 prep n c n 3 plu a 1 branches 
Our walk 6 at noon, with branches overgrown, 

r pro vr trind pr 3 plu p p al ncn3s con vrtrindpr3pln 
That 2 mock 10 our scant manuring, 6 and require 10 

a 1 n c n 3 plu con p p v r tr inf p p a 1 n c n~3 plu 

More hands 6 than ours 5 [hands] to Iop 10 their wanton growth 6 

a 1 n c n 3 plu adv con al al ncn3plu 
Those blossoms 2 also, and those dropping gums 3 

r pro v ir in ind 3 plu a 1 gums a 1 gums con a 1 gums 
That 2 lie 9 bestrown, unsightly and unsmooth, 

v r tr ind pr 3 plu n c n 3 s ppvrin ind pr 1 plu v inf prep n c n 3 s 7 
Ask 10 riddance,s if wes mean to tread with ease. 

adv rpncnSs vrtr&o ncn virin&cpp vrninfpr 

Meanwhile, as nature 3 wills, 10 night 2 bids 10 us 6 [to] rest. 9 

prep r p 7 to Adam in the 13th line prep al ncn3s7 part 
To whom thus Eve, 3 [said] with perfect beauty adorn'd : 

p p n c m 2 s con n c m s the thing 6 which 6 p p v ir tr ind p r 2s 
My 6 author 3 and disposer 3 what 6 thou 3 bidst 10 

a 1 p p v r tr ind rp npm3svrtr ind pr 3 s governs so 
Unargu'd P obey; 10 so 6 God 3 ordains. 10 



PP 



part p p v ir tr ind pr 1 s a 1 n c m 



ith thee conversing I 3 forget 10 all time ;' 

a 1 n c n 3 plu con p p n c n 3 s a 1 v r tr ind pr 3 plu adv 
All seasons 6 and their 5 change, 6 all [things] please 10 alike, 

al a 1 n c n 3 s prep ncf3s7ppncn3s al 

Sweet is 9 the breath 3 of morn, her rising 3 [is] sweet, 

prep ncn3s7 prep al ncn3plu7al alncmbyfig 

With charm of earliest birds ; pleasant [is] the sun 3 

adv adv prey al al ncn3s7ppvirtr ind pr 3 a 
When first on this delightful land he 3 spreads 10 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 69 

p p al ncn3 plu prep gov. by on and all n 3 n 3 s 7 
His orient beams 6 on herb, tree, fruit and flower, 

par: prep ncn3s7 al earth al al ncnSs 
Glist'ning with dew ; fragrant [is\ the fertile eartlr 

prep a 1 n c n 3 plu 7 con al al ncnSs 

After soft show'rs ; and sweet [is] the coming on 2 

prep 'a 1 ncn3s7 al con a 1 n c f 3 s nom case to is 
Of grateful evening mild ; then silent night, [is] 

prep alpp al ncf3s7 con al alncf3s7 
With this her 5 solemn bird, and this fair moon, 

con 18 al alncn3plu7ncn3s7pp al n o n 3 s 7 
And these the gems of heav'n, her 5 starry train. 

All the words in the six following lines marked thus * are in the norai 
native case to is, in the 7th line below. 

con con n c n 3 s prep n c f 3 s 7 adv p p v r tr ind pr 3 
But neither breath* of morn, when she 2 ascends 10 

prep n c n 3 s 7 prep a 1 n c n 3 plu 7 con a 1 n c m 3 s 
With charm of earliest birds ; nor rising sun* 

prep al al ncn3s7 con all n c 3 s 

On this delightful land; nor herb,* fruit,* flow'r,* 

part prep n c n 3 s 7 con n c n 3 s prep n o n 3 plu 7 
Glist'ning with dew ; nor fragrance* after show'rs, 

con al n c f 3 s al con a 1 n o f 3 s 
Nor grateful evening* mild ; nor silent night* 

prep alpp al n c n 3 s 7 con n c n 3 s prey n c f 3 s 
With this her solemn bird; nor walk* by moon, 

con al non3s7 P rc P P P a 1 breath, herb,etc. 

Or glitt'ring star-light without thee is sweet. 

con adv adverbial phrase v ir in ind pr 3 plu prep r pro 

But wherefore all night long shine 9 these ? for whom 

al al ncnSs adv n c n 3 s v ir tr ind perf 3 s n c n 3 
[is] This glorious sight, 2 when sleep' hath shut 10 all eyes. 6 

governs 29 following lines 

prep r p relates to Eve v r tr ind imp 3 s 

To whom our gen'ral ancestor replied :' 




70 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



n c f 2 s prep n p m 3 s 7 con n c m 3 s 7 a 1 n p f 2 s ind 
" Daughter 3 of God and man, accomplish'd Eve, 3 

a 1 v ir tr ind pr 3 plu n c n 3 s v r tr inf pr prep a Incn3s7 
These have 10 their course to finish 10 round the earth, 

prep al ncn3s7 con prep n c n 3 s 7 prep n c n 3 s 7 
By morrow ev'ning ; and from land to land, 

prep n en 3 s7 con prep ncn 3 plu 7 con al 
In order, though to nations yet unborn, 

part part p p plu set and rise both v ir in ind 3 

Minist'ring light 6 prepar'd, they 2 set 9 and rise 9 

con a 1 n c n 3 s regain prep ncn3s7vrtr pot imp 3 s 
Lest total darkness 3 should by night regain 

pp al n c n 3 s con see regain n c n 3 s 
Her 5 old possession, 6 and extinguish life 6 



The word FIRES is the nominative to all the Verbs marked f 
WHICH the objective. 



prep n c n 3 s 7 con a 1 n c n 3 plu 7 r pro al alnenS plu 
In nature and all things ; wnicn 6 these soft FIRES* 

adv v ir tr ind pr 3 plu con prep al ncn3s7 
Not only enlighten! but with kindly heat 

prep al ncn3s7 both v r tr ind pr 3 plu 
Of various influence, foment! and warm,! 

both v r tr ind pr 3 plu con prep ncn3s7 virtr ind pr 3 plu 
Temper! or nourish, 10 or in part shed down 10 

p al ncn3s prep a 1 n c n 3 plu 7 r p v ir in ind pr 3 plu 

eir stellar virtue 6 on all kinds that grow 9 

prep n c f 3 s 7 part adv a 1 kinds v r tr inf pr 
On earth, made hereby apter to receive 10 

n c n 3 s prep a 1 n c m 3 s adv sup n c n 3 s 7 
Perfection 6 from the sun's 5 more potent ray. 

a 1 adv con part prep ncn3s7nc3s7 

These [fires] then, though unbeheld in deep of night, 

v ir in ind pr 3 plu adv con v ir tr imp 2s n c m 3 plu adv 
Shine 9 not in vain ; nor think, 10 though men 2 were 9 none, 



T P h' 









ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 71 

con n c n 3 s v r tr pot imp 3sncn3plu n p m 3 s ncnSs 
That heaven 3 would want 10 spectators, 6 God 3 want praise 9 . 

n c n 3 plu prep a 1 n c n 3 plu 7 v r tr ind pr 3 plu n c n 3 s 
Millions 2 of spiritual creatures walk 10 the earth 6 

a 1 creatures adv p p con adv p p 

Unseen, both when we 2 wake and when we a sleep. 

a 1 a 1 prep al ncn3s7ppncn3 plu v ir tr 
All these with ceaseless praise his works 6 behold 10 

adverbial phrase always adv prep al ncn3s7 

Both day and night. How often, from the steep 

prep al ncn3s7 con see hill p p v ir tr indperf 1 plu 

Of echoing hill or thicket have 10 we 3 heard 10 

a 1 n c n 3 plu prep al al n c n 3 s 7 
Celestial voices 6 to the midnight air, 

a 1 voices con a 1 voices a 1 prep al n c n 3 s 7 
Sole, or responsive each to others' 5 note, 

part pp al n p m 3 s 7 adv prep n c n 3 plu 7 
Singing their great Creator. Oft in bands, 

adv pp v ir tr ind pr 3 pi n c n 3 s al n c n 3 s vrtr 
While they 3 keep* watch, 6 or nightly rounding walk, 10 * 

al non3s7 prep a 1 n o n 3 plu 7 

heav'nly touch of instrumental sounds, 

frep al al n c n 3 s part p p n c n 3 plu 
n full harmonic number join'd, their songs 

v r tr ind pr 3 plu n c n 3 s con see divide p p n c n 3 plu n o n 3 s 7 
Divide 10 the night, 8 and lift 10 our thoughts 6 to heav'n." 

adv part adverbial phrase together p p v ir ind imp 3 plu 
Thus talking, hand in hand alone they 3 pass'd 9 

adv prep pp al ncn3s7 adv part a 1 v IT ind imp 3 plu 
On to their 5 blissful bow'r there arriv'd, both stood/ 

a 1 v ir in ind imp 3 plu prep a 1 v r tr ind imp 

Both [persoTis] turn'd, 9 and under open sky ador'd 10 

a 1 n p m 3 s v ir tr ind imp 3s all n c n 3 s con 

The God 6 that 3 made 10 both sky, 6 air, 6 earth, 6 and hea n,* 

They \ralk their nightly rounds, like sentries on guard 



72 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



r p by beheld v ir tr ind imp 3plu n c f 3 s a 1 n c n 3 

Which 6 they 2 beheld, 10 the moon's 5 resplendent globe,* 

con al n c n 3 s pp2s adv v ir tr ind pr 2 s n c n 3 s 
And starry pole. 6 Thou 2 also mad'st 10 the night, 6 

n c m 2 s a 1 con pp2s alncnSs 

Maker 3 omnipotent, and thou [madest] the day, 6 

r r finished p p prep p p al ncn3s7 part 

Which 6 we 2 in our 5 appointed work employed, 

v r tr ind perf 1 plu a 1 Adam and Eve al ncn3s7 
Have finish'd 10 happy in our mutual help 

con al ncn3s7alncn3s prep al ppncn3s7 
And mutual love, the crown of all our bliss, 



part prep p p con al al ncn3s7 

Ordain'd by thee ; and this delicious place, 

prep p p a 1 place adv pp ncn3s vrtrindpr3s 
For us too large, where thy abundance 3 wants 10 

n C'Cg 3 plu con a 1 abundance v ir in ind pr3s ncn3s7 
Partakers, 6 and uncropt falls 9 to the ground. 

con p p 2 s v r tr ind perf 2 s prep pp alalncn3s 
But thou 2 hast promis'd 10 from us two a race, 2 

v r tr inf pr a 1 n c n 3 s r p aux prep p p 7 v r tr ind 1 fut 3 
To fill 10 the earth, 6 who 3 shall with us extol 10 

pp n c n 3 s a 1 goodness con adv p p v r in ind pr 1 plu 
Thy goodness 6 infinite, both when we 3 wake, 9 

con adv p p v ir tr ind pr 1 plu ppncn3sncn3s7 
And when we 3 seek, 10 as now, thy gift 6 of sleep. 

MILTON. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 73 

POPE'S ESSAY. 

n p m 3 s prep a 1 n c n 3 plu 7 v ir tr ind pr 3 ? prep n c n 3 s 7 
Heaven 2 from all creatures hides 10 the book 6 of fate, 

con a 1 n c n 3 s part pp al n c n 3 s 

All but the page 7 prescrib'd, their 5 present state: 8 

prep n c n 3 plu 7 the thing which n c m 3 plu 7 ncn3 
From brutes what men, 3 from men what spirits 3 know ; l 

con r p v r tr pot imp 3s n c n 3 s adv adv 
Or who 2 could suffer 10 being' 1 here below ? 

a 1 n c m 3 s p p n c n 3 s v r tr &c v ir in inf pr adv 

[if] The lamb 2 [which] thy 6 riot dooms to bleed to-day, 

v ir tr subj 3sppppncn3s pp both v r in pot imp 3 s 

Had he 2 * thy 8 reason, 6 would he 3 skip 9 and play ? 3 

part prep a 1 a 1 instant p p v r tr ind pr 3 s a 1 n c n 3 3 
Pleased to the last, he 3 crops 10 the flow'ry food, 6 

con v tr ind pr3s ncn3s adv part virtrinfprppncnSs 
And licks 10 the hand 6 just rais'd to shed 10 his 6 blood.* 

inter n c n 2 s prep al ncn3s7 adv part 
Oh 17 blindness 3 to the future ! kindly giv'n, 

con a 1 creature v r tr pot pr n c n 3 s part prep n p m 3 s 7 
That each may fill 10 the circle 6 mark'd by Heav'n; 

r T) v ir tr ind pr 3 s prep a 1 n c n 3 s prep n p m 3 s 7 
Who 3 sees 10 with equal eye, as God of all, 

alnomSs vrinfpr con alncmSs virininfpr 
A hero 6 \to\ perish, 9 or a sparrow 6 [to] fall; 9 

n c n 3 plu con n c n 3 plu prep n c n 3 s 7 part 
Atoms 6 or systems 6 into ruin hurl'd, 

con adv al n c n 3 s v r in inf pr con adv a 1 n o n 3 s 
And now a bubble 8 burst, 9 and now a world.' 

v r in imp 3 s adv adv prep al ncn3plu7vrin imp 2 
Hope 9 humbly then ; with trembling pinions soar ; 9 

The word HE, is redundant, in apposition with LAMB, and repeated 
by poetical license only. The word WHICH, understood, is the real ob- 
jective case of the verb DOOMS. 

7 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



v r tr imp 2sal n c m 3 s apposition con npmSsvrtr imp 2 s 
Wait 10 the great teacher Death ; 6 and G pd 6 adore 10 

a 1 bliss a 1 n c n 3 s p p v ir tr ind pr 3 s p p v ir tr inf pr 
What future bliss 6 he 2 gives 10 not thee 6 to know, 10 

con v ir tr ind pr3s alnon3svirinfprppncn3s adv 
But gives 10 that hope 6 to be 9 thy blessing 6 now 

n c n 3 s v ir in ind pr 3 s a 1 hope al al ncn3s7 
Hope 2 springs 9 eternal in the human breast ; 

n c m 3 s adv con adv v ir inf pr a 1 man 

Man 2 never is, 9 but always TO BE 9 blest. 

al n c n 3 s a 1 soul con a 1 soul prep n o n 3 s 7 
The soul, 2 uneasy, and confin'd from home, 

both v r ind pr 3 s prep ncn3s7 virinfpr 

Rests 9 and expatiates 9 in a life [which is] to come, 9 

inter) al al n c m 3 s rp al n c n 3 s 

Lo, 10 the poor Indian ! 6 whose untutor'd mind 2 

v ir tr ind pr3snpm3sncn3 plu 7 see sees prep n c n 3 s 7 
Sees 10 God 6 in clouds, or hears 10 him 6 in the wind ; 

ppncnSsal n c n 3 s adv v ir tr ind imp 3 s v ir inf pr in 
His 6 soul 6 proud science 2 never taught 10 to stray 9 

adv con al al n o n 3 s 7 al n c n 3 s 7 

Far as [to] the Solar Walk, or Milky Way: 

con 
Yet simple nature 

prep al alnonSs? al n c n 3 s 
Behind the cloud-topt hill, a humbler heaven ; 8 

al al ncn3s ncn3s prep n c n 3 plu 7 part 
Some safer world 6 in depth of woods embraced, 

al al ncn3s prep al al ncn3s7 
Some happier island 6 in the wat'ry waste : 

adv n c eg 3 plu adv 
Where slaves 2 once more 

a 1 n c m 3 plu v r tr ind pr 3 plu n c m 3 plu v r hid pr 3 plu 
No fiends 2 torment, 10 no Christians 2 thirst for gold, 

nom vrtrindprSspp al ncnSs 
To BE, 2 contents 10 his 5 natural desire : 8 



a 1 n o n 3 s prep ppncn3s7virtrind perf 3 a 
to his 5 hope has given 10 



p p a 1 In c n 3 s vir tr ind pr 3 pit 
their native land 6 behold, 10 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 75 

pp v r tr ind pr 3 s alncf3sncn3sal ncfSsncnSs 
He 3 asks 10 no angel's wing, 6 no seraph's fire ; fl 

con v ir ind pr 3 s part prep al alncnSs? 
But thinks, 10 admitted to that equal sky, 

pp al ncm3svirtr ind 1 fut 3 s with n c n 3 
His 5 faithful dog 2 shall bear 10 him company. 8 

v ir in imp 2 s a 1 p p con prep ppncnSs? prep n c n 3 7 
Go, 9 wiser thou ! 3 and in thy scale of sense, 

v r tr imp 2s ppncnSs prep n p m 3 s 7 
Weigh thy 5 opinion 6 against Providence ; 

Transposition Call that imperfection which thou fanciest such. 
Call 10 imperfection 6 what 6 thou 3 fanciest such; 

v ir tr imp 2 s adv p p v ir tr ind prSsncnSs adv n c n 3 s 
Say 10 here he 3 gives 10 too little, 6 there too much,* 

frep n c n 3 s 7 al ncn3s7ppncin3sis 
n pride, in reas'ning pride, our 5 error 3 lies ; 

a 1 creatures v r tr ind pr 3 plu con n c n 3 plu 7 

All quit 10 their 6 sphere, 6 and rush into the skies. 

n c n 3 s adv v r in ind pr3s al al ncn3s7 
Pride 9 still is 9 aiming at the blest abodes; 

n c m 3 plu v ir pot imp 3 plu n & c r 2 n c n 3 plu n&cr2 

Men' would be 7 angels ; 3 angels 3 would be 9 gods.* 

part v ir in inf pr r 2 con n c n 3 plu 
Aspiring to be 9 gods, 5 if angels 3 fell, 9 

part v ir in inf pr r2 ncm3 plu v r in in pr 3 plu 
Aspiring to be 9 angels, 3 men 3 rebel, 9 

con r p adv v r in ind pr 3 s v r tr inf pr a 1 n c n 3 plu 

And [he] who 3 but wishes 9 to invert 10 the laws 9 

prep n p m 3 s 7 prep a 1 n p m 3 s 7 

Of ORDER, sins 9 against th' ETERNAL CAUSE. 



.9 



76 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



Having completed our exercises fcr the private learner, 
we here present additional exercises for practice, without 
being marked, to be used by those who prefer them al- 
though the previous lessons should be gone over, in part, 
at least, in all cases. The words in the first piece have 
the relation pointed out by figures and in the additional 
exercises the student will be able to make this out for him- 
self. 

LIBERTY AND SLAVERY CONTRASTED. 

Part of a Letter from Italy, by ADDISON. 

Howl2 haslS kindl Heaven2 adornedlO thisl happyl land,6 
Andl6 scatteredlO blessingsG with!4 al wastefull hand;? 
Butl6 what8,6 availlO her8,5 unexhaustedl stores,2 
Her8 ; 5 bloomingl mountains2 and!6 her8 ; 5 sunnyl shores,2 
Withl4 alll thel gifts? that8,6 heaven2 and] 5 earth2 impart,10 

thel smiles? of 13 nature ,7 and 16 thel charms? of 13 art ,7 

Whilel2 proudl oppression2 in!4 her8,5 valleys? reigns ; 9 
AndlG tyranny2 usurpslO her8,5 happyl plains?6 
Thel poorl inhabitant2 beholds 10 in vain, 12 
Thel redd'ningl orangeG and 16 thatl swellingl grain :6 
Joylessl he2 seeslO the 1 growingl oils6 and 16 wines,6 
Andl6 in!4 thel myrtle's5 fragrantl shade? repines.9 
O! Liberty ,3 thouS power3 supremely 19 bright,! 
Profusel of bliss,? and!5 fragrantl with delight !? 
Perpetuall pleasures2 in!4 thy8,5 presence? reign,9 
Andl6 smilingl plenty2 leadslO thy8,5 wanton train ;6 
Easedl,ll of 14 her8,5 load,? subjection2 grows9 more!9 light,! 
Andl6 poverty2 Iooks9 cheerfull in!4 thy8,5 light.? 
Thou8 3 2 makestlO thel gloomy 1 face6 of 13 nature? gayjl 

givestlO beauty6 to!4 thel sun,7and!6 pleasure6to!4 thel day .7 

Onl4 foreignl mountains? may thel sun2 refine 10 
Thel grape's5 softl juice,6 and mellowlO it8 ; 6 to 14 wine j? 
Withl4 citronl groves? adornlO al distantl soil, 6 
Andl6 thel fatl olive6 sweUlO with!4 floods? of 13 oil.7 
We8 ; 2 envylO not!2 thel warmerl climes6 that8,2 Iie9 
Inl4 tenl degrees? of 13 more!9 indulgentl skies;? 
Norl6 at!4 thel coarseness? of 13 our8,5 heaven? repine,9 
Tho'16 o'er!4 our8.5 heads? thel frozenl pleiads2 shine :9 
'Tis 8,2,9 Iiberty2 that8,2 crownslO thel Saxon'sS isle,6 
A^dl6 makeslO thel barrenl rocks6 and!6 thel bleakl mountains6 
smile .9 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 77 



ADDITIONAL EXTRACTS FOR PARSING. 



I shall enter on no encomium of Massachusetts she 
needs none. There she is behold her, and judge for 
yourselves. There is her history. The world has it by 
heart. The past at least is secure. There is Boston, and 
Concord, and Lexington, and Bunker hill, and there they 
will remain forever. The bones of her sons, fallen in the 
reat struggle for independence, now lie mingled with the 
soil of every state, from New England to Georgia, and 
there they will lie forever. And, sir, where American 
Liberty raised its first voice, and where its youth was nur- 
tured and sustained, there it still lives in the strength of its 
manhood, and full of its original spirit. If discord and dis- 
union shall wound it if party strife and blind ambition 
shall hawk at and tear it if folly and madness, if uneasi- 
ness under salutary and necessary restraint, shall succeed 
to separate it from that union by which alone its existence 
is made sure in the end, by the side of that cradle in 
which its infancy was rocked, it will stretch forth its arms 
with whatever vigor it may still retain, over the friends 
who gather round it and it will fall at last, if fall it must, 
amidst the proudest monuments of its own glory, and on 
the very spot of its origin. 



BENTON ON THE PROTEST. 

The question immediately before the senate was one of 
minor consequence ; it might be called a question of small 
import, except for the effect which the decision might have 
upon the Secretary itself. In that point of view it might 
be a question of some moment ; for, without reference to 
individuals, it was essential to the cause of free govern- 
ments, that every department of the government, the senate 
inclusive, should so act as to preserve to itself the respect 
and confidencs of the country. The immediate question 
was, upon the rejection of the president's message. It wa 
7* 



78 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



mo\ed to reje:t it to reject it, not after it was considered, 
but before it was considered ! and thus to tell the Ameri- 
can people that their president shall not be heard, should 
not be allowed to plead his defence, in the presence of the 
body that condemned him, neither before the condemna- 
tion, nor after it ! This is the motion, and certainly no 
enemy to the senate could wish it to miscarry. The pre- 
sident, in the conclusion of his message, has respectfully 
requested that his defence might be entered upon the jour- 
nal of the senate upon that same journal which contains 
the record of his conviction. This is the request of the 
president. Will the senate deny it? Will they refuse 
this act of sheer justice and common decency ? Will they 
go further, and not only refuse to place it on the journal, 
but refuse even io suffer it to remain in the senate ? Will 
they refuse to permit it to remain on file, but send it back, 
or throw it out of doors, without condescending to reply to 
it ? for that is the exact import of the motion now made ! 
Will senators exhaust their minds, and their bodies also, 
in loading this very communication with epithets, and then 
say that it shall not be received ? Will they receive me- 
morials, resolutions, essays, from all that choose to abuse 
the president, and not receive a word of defence from him ? 
Will they continue the spectacle which has been present- 
ed here for three months a daily presentation of attacks 
upon the president from all that choose to attack him, 
young and old, boys and men attacks echoing the very 
sound of this resolution, and which are not only received 
and filed here, but printed also, and referred to a commit- 
tee, and intioduced, each one with a lauded commentary 
of set phrase ? Are the senate to receive all these, and 
yet refuse to receive from the object of all this attack one 
word of answer ? * * * * 

The proceeding, he, Mr. B., held to be an impeachment, 
without the forms of an impeachment a conviction, with- 
out the form of a trial a sentence of condemnation for a 
high crime and misdemeanor, against the chief magistrate 
of the republic, without evidence, without hearing, without 
defence, without the observance of a single form prescrib- 
ed for the trial of impeachments ; and this by the very tri- 
bunal which is Vound to try the formal impeachment for 
ihe same matter if duly demanded by the grand inquesi 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 7<) 

of the nation n: their hall of representatives. This was 
tha question which the country would have to try, and in 
the trial of which, furious passion, reckless denunciation, 
bold, or even audacious assertion, will stand for nothing. 
The record ! the record ! will be the evidence which the 
country will demand. The facts! the facts! will be the 
data which they require! The speeches ! the speeches ' 
delivered on this floor, will be the test of the spirit and in- 
tention with which these proceedings were pursurd and 
consummated. 



WEBSTER ON THE PROTEST. 

The contest for ages has been to rescue liberty from the 
grasp of executive power. Whoever has been engaged in 
her sacred cause, from the days of the downfall of those 
great aristocracies, which had stood between the king and 
the people, to the time of our own independence, has strug- 
gled for the accomplishment of that single object. On the 
long list of champions of human freedom, there is not one 
name damned by the reproach of advocating the extension 
of executive authority ; on the contrary, the uniform and 
steady purpose of all such champions has been, to limit 
and restrain it. To this end, the spirit of liberty, growing 
more and more enlightened, and more and more vigorous 
from age to age, has been battering for centuries against 
the solid buttments of the feudal system. To this end all 
that could be gained from the imprudence, snatched from 
the weakness, or wrung from the necessities of crowned 
heads, has been carefully gathered up, secured, and 
hoarded, as the rich treasures, the very jewels of liberty. 
To this end, popular and representative right has kept up 
its warfare against prerogative, with various success; 
sometimes writing the history of a whole age in blood 
sometimes witnessing the martyrdoms of Sydneys ana 
Russels ; often baffled and repulsed, but still gaining, on 
the whole, and holding what it gained with a grasp which 
nothing but the complete extinction of its own being could 
compel it to relinquish, * * * * 

And now, sir, who is he so ignorant of the history of 



80 THE PRINCIPLES OF 

liberty, at home ard abroad; who is he, yet dwelling in 
his contemplations among the principles and dogmas of the 
middle ages ; who is he, from whose bosom all original 
infusion of American spirit has become so entirely evapo- 
rated and exhaled, as that he shall put into the mouth of 
the president of the United States the doctrine that the 
defence of liberty naturally results to executive power, 
and is its peculiar duty ? Who is he that, generous and 
confiding towards power where it is most dangerous, and 
jealous only of those who can restrain it ? Who is he that 
reversing the order of the state, and -upheaving the base 
would poise the political pyramid of the political system 
upon its apex? Who is he that, overlooking with con- 
tempt the guardianship of the representatives of the peo- 
ple, and with equal contempt the higher guardianship of 
the people themselves ? Who is he that declares to us, 
through the president's lips, that the security for freedom 
rests in executive authority ? Who is he that belies the 
blood and libels the fame of his own ancestors, by declar- 
ing that they, with solemnity of form and force of manner, 
have invoked the executive power to come to the protec- 
tion of liberty ? Who is he that thus charges them with 
the insanity or recklessness of putting the lamb beneath 
the lion's paw ? No, sir ; our security is in our watchful- 
ness of executive power. * * * And when we, and 
those who come after us, have done all that we can do, and 
all that they can do, it will be well for us, and for them, 
if some popular executive, by the power of patronage and 
party, and the power, too, of that very popularity, shall not 
hereafter prove an over-match for all other branches of the 
government. * * * * 

Mr. President, I have spoken freely of this protest, and 
of the doctrines which it advances ; but I have said no- 
thing which I do not believe. On these high questions of 
constitutional law, respect for my own character, as well 
as a solemn and profound sense of duty, restrains me from 
giving utterance to a single sentiment which does not flow 
from entire conviction. I feel that I am not wrong. I 
feel that an inborn and inbred love of constitutional liber- 
ty, and some study of our political institutions have not, on 
this occasion, misled me. But I have desired to say no- 
hing that should give pain to the chief magistrate person- 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 81 

ally. I have not sought to fix arrows in his breast ; but I 
believe him mistaken, altogether mistaken, in the senti- 
ments which he has expressed ; and I must concur with 
others in placing on the records of the senate, my disappro- 
bation of those sentiments. On a vote, which is to remain 
so long as any proceeding of the senate shall last, and on 
a question which can never cease to be important while 
the constitution of the country endures, I have desired to 
make public my reasons. They will now be known, and 
[ submit them to the judgment of the present and of after 
times. Sir, the occasion is full of interest. It cannot pass 
off without leaving strong impressions on the character of 
public men. A collision has taken place, which I could 
have most anxiously wished to avoid ; it was not to be 
shunned. We have not sought this controversy; it has 
met us, and been forced upon us. In my judgment, the 
law has been disregarded, and the constitution transgress- 
ed the fortress of liberty has been assaulted, and circum- 
stances have placed the senate in the breach; and, altho' 
we may perish in it, 1 know we shall not fly from it. But 
I am fearless of consequences. We shall hold on, sir, and 
hold out, till the people themselves come to its defence. 
We shall raise the alarm, and maintain the post, till they, 
whose right it is, shall decide whether the senate be a 
faction, wantonly resisting lawful power, or whether it be 
opposing, wi h firmness and patriotism, violations of liber- 
ty and inroads upon the constitution. 



82 THE PRINCIPLES OF 

PROSODY. 

From *po (for) w<fy (a song.) 



Prosocy consists of two parts: PUNCTUATION and the 
LAWS OF VERSIFICATION, or Rules for writing Poetry. 

1. Punctuation (a punct-um, a point), is the art of divid- 
ing a written composition into parts, by introducing, be- 
tween the members of a period, the following characters* 
the 9 comma ; the ; semi colon ; the : colon ; and at the 
close of a period, the period; the 1 interrogation; the 
! exclamation ; and the dash. 

It is impossible to lay down rules for punctuating, which 
will be free from exceptions. The following are as useful 
and perfect as any that can be given : 

GENERAL RULE. Use a comma after a word of the 7th 
relation ; a semi colon before a word of the 16th relation ; 
and a period, interrogation, or exclamation, at the close of 
the sentence. [See the punctuation on the Plate.] 

RULE 1. Before a relative pronoun, insert a 9 as: God, 
who, at sundry times, spake unto the fathers, hath spoken. 

RULE 2. After a noun, or pronoun, governed by a pre- 
position, insert a 9 as : At sundry times,? unto the fathers,? 
after a noun,? or pronoun,? : O'er nature's soft repose,?. 

RULE 3. Where the nominative is separated from the 
verb, by an intervening phrase, a 9 is to be inserted after 
the nominative, and before the verb, as: 

Thunders , wafted from the burning zone 

, Growl from afar, a deaf and hollow groan. 

RULE 4. A ; is used before a conjunction, as : I will 
either bring you the book; or send it by mail. An adjec- 
tive restricts the logical extension of a noun ; as : North 
America is not so large ; as America. 

The : is used when a comparison is made between two 
things, by using the comparative and corresponding con- 
junctions, as: As the ox goeth to the slaughter: so goeth 
the fool to the stocks. 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 83 

RULE 5. The is placed at the close of a period, and 
denotes the sense to be complete, as : 

The midnight moon serenely smiles 

O'er Nature's soft repose, 
No low'ring cloud obscures the sky; nor 

Ruffling tempest blows. [See Plate.] 

RULE 6. The 1 is used after an interrogatory sentence ; 
the ! after an interjection, and exclamatory phrases; and 
the denotes a rhetorical pause, as 

death! where is thy sting? O grave! where is thy victory? 

The student is referred to the Plate on Syntax, for a 
more full exemplification of the preceding rules. 

PROSODY (rfpoj A^) is the art of meting poetry by a regu- 
lar succession of long and short, or of accented and unac- 
cented syllables. A certain number of syllables form a 
foot. They are called feet, because it is by their aid that 
the voice passes through them in measured time, either in 
singing or reading poetry. There are eight kinds of feet, 
four of two syllables, and four of three, as follows: 

Dissyllable. Trisyllable. 

1. A Trochee, -- ' 5. A Dactyl, 

2. An Iambus, ~ 6. An Amphibrach, *- -- 

3. A Spondee, -- 7. An Anapaest, 

4. A Pyrrhic, ~ ~ 8. A Tribrach, 

Three of these are called primary, because whole com- 
positions can be written in them, without introducing other 
feet, viz: Trochee, Iambus, and Anapcest. The others are 
called secondary, being used occasionally, to vary the com- 
position. 

The following verse will serve to convey an idea of the 
principles of Prosody, as given above : 



Not a dr&m7* was hZard nor ay7z7ral ndte,2 
As his cdrse7 to the rdm.7p3.rt we AflrTried ; 

Not a sOftdiei dischdrged7 his/dre2well shdt, 
O'er the grdve7 where our h7io we >7ried. 

The figures divide the lines into measures, and point out the foot, 
as per above Table . 1. Troche* ; 2. Iambus: 7. Anapaest; &c. 



84 



ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 



BURIAL OF SIR JOHN MOORE. 

Not a dru?n7 was heard,2 nor a funeral note,2 
As his corstf to the ram7p&Tt we 7mr7ried; 

Not a soZ7dier dis-charg'd7 his /<zre2well shot, 
O'er the gravel where our Ae7ro we bu7iied. 

We burSied him dark7\y at dead? of night ;2 
The sods2 with our Jaconets tar7ning ; 

By the strug7g\ing mooriZbeams mis2ty light,2 
And our Za?z7terns dim2\j burn2mg. 



No wseSless cq/"2fin enclos'd7 his breast,2 

Nor in sheet, 7 nor in shroud,7 we bound2 him ; 

But he &z^7 like a war7noi tak2ing his res,7 
With his 7?zar7tial cloak2 around2 him. 

Few and short7 were the pray'rs7 we said ;2 
And we spoke7 not a w?0rd7 of 5or2row ; 

But we se#d7fastly gaz'd7 on they)zce7 of the dead,7 
And we foY7terly thought7 of the mor7iow. 



We thought^ as we AoZ7Iow'd his war7row 
And smooth 1 d2 down his Ione7ly pil2\ow t 

That the /oe7 would he rz'7oting o7ver his head,7 
And we2 far away7 on the fo'Z7low. 



Lightly I they'll ?aZA:2 of the spzY7it that's 
And o 1 er2 his cold ash7es upbraid7 him ; 

But 7zo^2ing he'll reck,7 if they Ze?7 him sleep on,7 
In a grave7 where a J5rz*7ton has Zazd7 him. 



But half 2 of our hea7vy task2 was done,2 
When the clock7 told the Aowr7 for reft"r7ing ; 

And we heard7 the dw2tant ra7z2dom 
That the foe7 was 5wd2denly/r7ing. 



Slowly I and s#d21y we Zczd7 him down,2 
From the^eZd7 of hisfame7 fresh and go7iy; 

We carv'd2 not a Ze7ze;7 we rais'd2 not a stone t 7 
But Ze/2 him a/one7 in his glo7iy. 



PRINCIPLES 

OF THE 

ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX 

OF THE 

LATIN LANGUAGE: 

UPON THE ANALYTIC PLAN OF ROOT AND ADJUNCTS. 

INTRODUCTION. 

ALL will agree that he is a good Latin and Greek 
scholar, who has acquired a knowledge of the roots of all 
the declinable words in those languages, together with the 
adjuncts, which can be associated with each radical, and 
understands their import and use, in giving to the noun, 
pronoun and adjective, gender, number, and case and to 
the verb, voice, number, person, conjugation, mood, and 
tense and has acquired a knowledge of th.e indeclinable 
parts of speech, with the ability to give every word its true 
syntax, or relation to the other word or words in the sen- 
tence, by which it is, in reality, " constituted a part of 
speech." 

In the following pages, we have endeavored to make 
such a disposition of some sixty lines of Virgil's JEneid, 
(and the second chapter of Matthew, from the Greek Test- 
ament,) as will combine and illustrate all these principles 
under one general vieiv, and will guide the learner to a 
knowledge so desirable. 

The ingenious student will find the root (which is some- 
times a more remote one than is found in the text), placed 
in the first column; the definition in the second; while 
the syntax (showing by what word it is governed, or with 
what it agrees), occupies the third column ; leaving the 
, pointing out the etymology, to close the line 
o 



86 



INTRODUCTION. 



The root and termination of every declinable word, in th< 
text, are clearly pointed out, by the prefixes and tuffixes 
being printed in Italics, while the root appears in ROMAN 
SMALL CAPITALS. 

Thus we have endeavored to make the rough path easy 
and inviting to the beginner, at the commencement of his 
journey; and to invite the man of letters again to revisit 
those literary fields, and to place in his hands something 
that shall recall those juvenile days in classic hall, free 
from religious intolerance, political villainy, and a cold and 
heartless world, and to fix the principles of this noble lan- 
guage indelibly upon the mind. 

The plan of Latin forms, originated by Mr. GROSVENOR, 
is a very happy method of disposing of the tedious and pro- 
lix declensions and conjugations, which hang like an incu- 
bus over the student, and no doubt will be welcomed by the 
learner. This Table was published by Mr. Grosvenor, at 
Salem, Massachusetts, in the year 1831. Parts of the Ta 
ble have been copied into other grammars. CLINTON said, 
that he who made two blades of grass grow where only 
one was known to grow before, deserved the everlasting 
gratitude of his country. And if this be true, surely he 
who has condensed to a single page the long and cumbrous 
conjugations, of some sixty or eighty pages, ought to have 
his memory perpetuated by a monument more lasting than 
brass or marble he should live in the hearts of all friends 
of improvement in literature. We have, in this work, 
arranged this Table in an improved form, and pre- 
pared an original Table of the Greek Verb, which will be 
found in their proper places. From this arrangement, the 
student will be able to commence parsing at once, and will 
find on the same page yea, in the same line a Virgil, a 
Dictionary, and a Grammar, which will present to the 
eye of the scholar, all that Virgil, Cicero, Tacitus, or De- 
mosthenes could inform him about their mother tongue. 

That the person into whose hands this work may faL, 
may, by a careful and critical examination of the princi- 
ples here laid down, (which are as immutable as the 
language itself, on which they are grounded,) speedily 
find himself able to read, write, and speak the language, 
with the facility and accuracy of a native Roman, or Gre 
cian is the sincere wish of ' THE AUTHOR. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 



A BRIEF VIEW OF THE PARTS OF SPEECH 

The Parts of Speech in Latin are eight: 

1. Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, and Verb declined* 

2. Adverb, Preposition, Conjunction, and Interjection 
undedined. 

DEFINITIONS 

1. A Noun is the name of a person, place, or thing: as, 
vir. 

2. An Adjective expresses the quality or extension of 
the noun : as, vir bonus. 

3. A Pronoun stands for the noun : as, vir qui. 

4. A Verb expresses the existence or action of the noun . 
as, vir est. 

5. An Adverb expresses the manner in which the noun 
exists : as, vir ibi est. 

6. A Preposition governs some case of a noun : as, ad 
virum. 

7. A Conjunction connects words or sentences: as, arma 
que virum. 

8. An Interjection is a virtual sentence: as, heul 

REMARKS 

Words are called parts of speech, because they are all re- 
ferred, either directly or indirectly, to the noun; and, as 
their existence as a part of speech depends on this relation 
to the noun, so the case of a noun is merely that correlat ivc 
i elation which the noun and pronoun have to other words 

A declinable word contains a root, and generally one terminations 

4S. ARM-a. CAX-O. 



38 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



in the sentence ; and although Latin nouns and pronouns 
are generally declinable, yet their case depends entirely 
upon their syntax: as, no?ninative, arm-a; sunt; vocative, 
O arm-a ; accusative, cano arm-a. 

GENDER. 

The Genders are three: Masculine, denoting males; 
feminine, denoting females ; and all others are neuter ; but 
in Latin, nouns are said to be in a certain gender by gram- 
matic construction that is, the gender is determined by 
the adjective annexed: as, masculine, us; feminine, a; 
neuter, urn. 

NUMBER. 

The Singular Number denotes but one ; the Plural more 
than one. 

CASE. 

The Cases are six: Nominative, Genitive, Dative, Ac- 
cusative, Vocative, and Ablative. 

DECLENSION. 

Declension is the mode of changing the termination ol 
nouns. There are five declensions, called first, second, 
third, fourth, fifth, distinguished from each other by the 
termination of the genitive singular: as, first, a; second, 
i; third, is; fourth, us ; fifth, ei. 

$3fr> The Declension and Gender, on the Chart, are placed aftei 
every noun, adjective and pronoun: thus ; (If-), first declension, 
feminine gender; (2 n.^.) second declension, neuter, plural; &c. 

RULES FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF CASES. 

1. The NOMINATIVE precedes the verb : as, penn-a est ; 
arm-a sunt. 

2. The GENITIVE follows a noun, adjective, or verb ; as, 
annus mundi. 

3. The DATIVE is governed by verbs and adjectives: as, 
similis, penn-ce. 

4. The ACCUSATIVE is governed by transitive verbs and 
prepositions, the " time how long," and the " place to 
which" j and is placed before the infinitive ; as, tenec 

i-m, &c. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 



89 



5. The VOCATIVE is construed with O : as, O Catalm-a. 

6. The ABLATIVE is governed by the prepositions by, 
u-ith, in, <$rc., and is used to express -the " time when," the 

' place wh&re" the "cause, manner, means, and instru- 
ment," and is put absolute with a participle. 

. TABLE OF DECLENSION. 



Singular. 
Root, f. 



FIRST DECLENSION. 

Plural. 

N. G. D. Ac. V. M. N. G. D. Ac. V. M. 
a, ae, ae, am, a,* a. 33, arum, is, as, ae, isf 

SECOND DECLENSION. 



Root, 
Root, 



Root, 
Root, 



Root, 
Root, 



Scf. us,er, i, o, urn, e,er, o. i, orum, is, os, 
n. um, i, o, urn, um, o. a,|orum, is, a,:}: 



THIRD DECLENSION. 

&f. , is, i,em, , e,i. es, um,ibus,es ; es,ibus 
n. is, i, , > e )i- a j ium,ibus, a, a,ibus 

FOURTH DECLENSION. 

us, us,ui, um, us, u. us j uum,ibus,us,us,ibus 
n. u, u, u, u, 



, , , , u, u. ua ) uum ; ibus,ua,ua,ibus 

FIFTH DECLENSION. 

Root, f. es, ei } e?, em, es, e. es,erum,ebus, es,es,ebus. 

Exceptions in gender will be learned from the Lexicon ; 
but the student should know nothing of them until he is 
familiar with the regular forms. 

FORM OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 



Gender. 


n. I m. 


n. 


n. 


m. 


n. 


n. 


mfyn 


m. 


f 


Nora. 


a, o. 


c. 


1 


n. 


ar. 


ur. 


er. 


or. 


as. 


Gen. 


atis. | onis. 


ctis. 


lis. 


nis. 


aris. 


uris 


eris. 


oris 


atw 


Gender. 


f. m. 


f 


m. 


n. 


n. 


n. 


f. 


Pr.Part. 


Nbm. 


es, 


is, 


o, 


us. 


ES, 


ut, 




ns, 


Gen. 


is, etis, itis. 


is. 


onis. 


oris. 


aeris. 


itis. 


cLs. 


ntis. 



The Vocative is always like the nominative, except in the mascu- 
line and feminine singular, of the second declension. 

t la a few words, abus. 

t All Neuters have the Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative, alike, 
ending always in a, in the plural. 
In a few words, nbus. 



90 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 

FIRST DECLENSION FEMININE. 

Nom. Gen. Dai. Jlcc. Voc. Jlbl. 

Penn-a, per.r.-, penn-<s, penn-am, penn-a, penn-<2. 

Pen is, pen of, pe-j to, pen hold, pen 0, pen with. 

Penn-#, penn-amwijpenn-is, penn-as, penn-ts, penn-is. 

Pens are, pens of, pens to, pens hold, pensT), pens with* 

SECOND DECLENSION MASCULINE. 

Domin-ws domin-i. domin-o, domin-ttm. domin-e, domin-o. 

Lord is, lord of, lord to, lord see, lord O, lord with. 

Domin-i, domin-orttm,domin.is, domin-os, domin-i, domin-is. 

Lords are, lords of, lords to, lords see, lords 0, lords with. 



fat-i, 
Fate is, fate of, 



SECOND DECLENSION NEUTER. 

fat-o, fat-tt?n, fat-urn., 
fate for, fate hold, fate 0, 



Fat-a, fat-orwm, fat-is, fat-a, fat-a, 

Fates are, fates o/, fates o, fates see, fate 0, 



fat-o. 
fate with. 

fat-is, 
fate mtt. 



THIRD DECLENSION MASCULINE. 



Serm-o, serm-onis, serm-oni, serm-onem, serm-o, serm-on. 
Word is, word of, word to. word spea k, word O, word 10 if A 

Serm-oncs, serm-o/mm,serm-om6Ms,serm-ones, serm-ones, serm-oni6w# 
Words are, words of, words to, words speak, words 0, words with. 



THIRD DECLENSION NEUTER. 



Opus, oper-is, 
Work is, work of, 

Oper-a, oper-wm, 
Works artworks of, 



opSr-i, 
work to, 



opus, opus, opSr-e. 
work do, work 0, work with. 



oper-i&ws, oper-a, oper-a, oper-i6ws. 
works to, works do, works 0, works with. 



DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 

Singular. Plural. 



2 M. bon-us, 

1 F. bon-a, 

2 N. bon-um, i o, um, urn, o. 



i, o, um, e, o. 
as, ae, am. a. a. 



orurn , 



IS 



33, arum, is, 



OS. 

as, 



orum, 



is, 



is. 

is. 
is. 



For the other declensions, the student is referred to the Table of 
Declensions and the Analysis of Virgil's J2nead, where he will find 
>hree hundred ]paridig-rs. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 91 

PRONOUNS. 

In Latin there are eighteen simple Pronouns, the prin- 
cipal of which are declined below. 

PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 

FIRST PERSON I. 
Singular. Plural. 

JT. G. P. Ac. V. Ab. N. G. D. Ac. V. Ab. 

ego. mei, raihi, me, ,me. nos, nostrOmornostri, nobis, nos, , nobia. 

SECOND PERSON Thou. 
tu, tui, tibi, te, tu, te. vos, vestrumorvestri, vobis, vos,vos,vobis 

THIRD PERSON Himself, Herself, Itself. 
, sui, sibi, se, , se. , sui, sibi, se, , se. 

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 

THIRD PERSON This, That, These, Those. 

N. G. D. Ac. V. Ab. N. G. D. Ac. V. Ab. 

M. hie, hujus, huic, hunc, , hoc. hi, horura, his, hos, , his. 

F. haec, hujus, huic, hanc, , hac. has, harum, his, has, , his. 

N. hoc, hujus, huic, hoc, , hoc. haec,horum, his, haec, , his. 

M. ille, iilius, illi, ilium, , illo. illi, illorum, illis, illos, , illis. 
F. ilia, iilius, illi, illam, , ilia. illae,illarum, illis, illas, , illis. 
N. illud, iilius, illi, illud, , illo. ilia, illorum, illis, ilia, , illis. 

M. is, ejus, ei, eum, , co. ii, eorum,iisoreis,eos, ,iisoreis. 
F. ea, ejus, e'i, earn, , ea. cac, earum,iisorcis,eas, ,iisoreis. 
N. id, ejus, e'i, id, , co. ca, eorum,iisoreis,ea, ,iisoreis. 

RELATIVE PRONOUNS Who, Which, That, As. 

M. qui, cujus, cui, quern, , quo. qui,quorum,queis,*quos, jqueis.* 
F. quae, cujus, cui, quam, , qua. quac,quarum,qucis,*quas, ,qucis.* 
N. quod,cujus,cui, quod, , quo. quaCjquorumjqueis/quae, ,queis.* 



The other pronouns are, iste, quis, idem, istic^ aliquis, 
siquis quis?ta?n, quicunque, quinam, &c, 

Iste is declined like ille. 

Quis is declined like qui, except that it has quid for quod. 

Idem is declined by adding dem to the pronoun is 

Istic is declined like //zc, but is wanting in some of its 
cases. 

Aliquis, siquis, &c., are defined like quis. 

* More fre-.jt lently q\ubns. 



yz THE PRINCIPLES OF 

Quisnam and quinam, by adding nam and quis to qui. 

Quicunque, by adding cunque to g'we. 

Meus, tuus, suus, noster, and vester, may be called ad- 
jectives. 

Nostras, vestras, and cw/as, are declined like adjectives 
of one termination in the third declension : as, nostra-s, 
atis, &c. 



VERBS. 

A Verb expresses the existence or action of its nomina- 
tive ; and as all beings are represented, in every language, 
as existing, or acting on another object, or as being acted 
upon by an agent, there are but three kinds of verbs: 
intransitive, transitive, and passive. 

The INTRANSITIVE Verb is defined by the syllables com- 
posing the word in, not; trans, (a traho,) a preposition, 
signifying over; it, (ind., pres., 3d, sing., a eo,) goes; ive, 
may: and means one whose action or existence may not 
go over to an object: as, John stands', David runs. 

The TRANSITIVE Verb is one whose action (it) goes 
(trans) over to an object: as, John splits wood. 

The PASSIVE (a patior, to suffer) Verb is one represent- 
ing action upon a passive nominative : as, Wyatt was 
hung by the sheriff; (that is, he was hung against his 
own will ;) which is only another form of the transitive. 
The same action may be represented in either form of the 
verb; as (transitive), the sheriff hung Wyatt; (passive) 
Wyatt was hung by the sheriff. 

In Latin, o, i, m, s, or t, final, is the sign of an active 
verb: as, amamu-s; and r of the passive: as, amamu-r. 

MOOD. 

The MOOD expresses the manner ih which the nomina 
tive exists, acts, or is acted upon. There are four Moods : 
he Indicative, the Subjunctive, the Imperative, and the 
T nfinitive. 

The INDICATIVE simply declares that its nominative ex 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 93 

ists, acts, or is acted upon: as, John stands; Joseph 
writes a letter ; the letter is written. The signs of this 
mood are, in the imperfect tense, ba; in the perfect, i; in 
the pluperfect, era; in the future, b. 

The SUBJUNCTIVE expresses that the action or existence 
is possible or contingent : as, it may rain ; John can write ; 
if John weep. The signs of this mood are : in the imper- 
fect, re; in the perfect, eri ; in the pluperfect, isse.; in the 
future, er. 

The IMPERATIVE is used to command, entreat, or permit 
some person to exist or act : as, shut the door ; give us our 
daily bread. The signs of this mood are : a, e, i, to, te, 
ite, &c. 

The INFINITIVE expresses unlimited action : as, AMA-re, 
to love. The sign of this mood is : re or isse it is render- 
ed to, or to have. 

TENSE. 

Tense is the division of time into present, past, and 
future. 

The Present Tenso represents present time: as, I love. 
The Imperfect represents past time: as, I loved. . 
The Perfect represents an action as now completed : as, 
I have loved. 

The Pluperfect represents the action as formerly done : 
as, / had loved. 

The Future represents future action: as, I shall love. 

MOODS AND TENSE. 

INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Pr.Imp.Per.Plv.Fut. Pr. Imp. Per. Plu. Fut. 

, ba, i, era, bi. a, e, re, eri, isse, cr. 

do, did, have, had, will, may, might, may have, might have, shall have. 

PERSON AND NUMBER. 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

1st Per. 2d Per. 3d Per. 1st Per. 2d Per. 3d Per. 

Active. o, i, ra, s, (isti,) t. mus, tis, nt, (ere). 

I, thou, he. we, you, they. 

Passive, r, ris, re, tur. mur, mini, ntur. 



94 



PRINCIPLES OF 






a c o c 



** * i^ 
.2.2 rl 



!2 .2 22 .2 -2 



I Hill Stiff* 

aasaaa ^ggggg 



'--- ts;r;r;r;r;r 



*^ a 3 

o o >* 

^^ ^.g.J 

J w'joT f 

.rl"i-i 



crT w oT w en" 2 i** 



^ o~a~l a^o^a^ 



O 





1 






I j 4 

4 '-a 
> < 



^ ^ v-* t3 -C 



n">S ^> 



S g S S 



1--.. 






rr --rrf 



il- r i r r 



I 



O 



Trt. ^rt" 

T TT 



c a s ^ B r-rs 3 

O-:CLCL t* c- JD4&1 



LATIN GRAMMAR 



95 



II 



" S ' Z3 yi * ' 

SS^2o^B 



_s 






3 C.5 <d (0 3 3 

a Sa oc 3 . a s 



J~-*;r{rt-- 



r a i g a 

iT *T 3 'H o3 m *C 

3 3 S o w.3 o 

_s e-la s^ s 

S 2-aJ Sl3 J 



Is 

~ 



P C 8 -~- 2 s s 2 2 



B 



Sj g-f -- 



ig\JlBsV -.rlJlJ j 



I I ^ I 



- -o -o ^T" ^ S ~ . 

| sS I -8 31 -I Illlaiaj 

^ 3^ ^^3 ^ ^ .^> > -o. b o-o^-o 

o> == ^ g g '5 *J 



CO -O I j , 

cT o o >^ >* ^. 



^ 

-=-3 ^ 

CC-W _ OT _W . 







I I 



3 -S 



Ig-l I 3 

- 1^ 



88 



8 &* 1 s 

c- w5 cu cu c=. 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



l 




1st 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 



9? 



ii ill i 

r- - ~ ~ H rt 



g s - - . s 

^_!- .1 

M III 1 



cs 

.._ .2 

Hi. 1 

c 5 ~ _, 



= 1 .S'SJ | 

p fc - - r 

5"| .S'3 g I 

o ^ "'* i! "^ 

I 1 11.3 1 



Is |, 

1 

o 

s. B 



o - fc/ ; c o 

11 

< 









ja 





n > ti:- 






IS I e-S-=.S^-H 
f ' 5 ^ = : 



toll 

1!S 

<J *3 - 

II 

II 
I 



I 

d 

s 

| 
to 

3 



fl 



' .- .* g 

_ . -B s ' p rt p 

.2 5 ^ -v 

At> Ao A^ 1 Ao 



^ 



i II 41 41 41 



2 f. 

^ 



*8 



rt^-s f-3 

el 



9- 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 






c3 > OT 2 . >o> >_j 

W?Sl4f1 






<s < a 






?-a 

a > 









a 5 

II 






s .s. c -2 a 



cp" 



II 






g 

41 



g 

II 



..11 I 



Am-i-to, 
Love him 



^ 



I- 

i-i 



-i 

8- 

.1s 

II 
II 




3' fi? 



"1-^ Q QJ 

?g IS 



S i- 

a, 5 



1! 

<<^J 



I 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 



?|||-4. 

liJii. 



II 



a : 



^ ^ a 



ii 

.-, > 






1 

o > o 

- . CJ < 

Sg'S^g 



-~ 



a 
' 









I g * i '5 

1 f? 43 * J5 

I _- rt ^ 03 -3 

12 a2 a| 

:.s<!.2 <i-a 





if 



~ w e ^ 

V2 If ii 

3 g ?^ eS-a 

IS 15 ^ C 

fJ^Jf^J 

rt - rt j * 13 

lliiiii ii 



4^1^ ?| 



-jrinl 

?^ 

rt rt -3 rt -3 

III!!! 
-.. I 

IlflJ 

^ w *r a w 

cS^^?^ 

-3 ? *?"S 

I! I! la- 

ag 



' 3 i 3 > 

^ ? SS V J 

ilil4l 



a-ti- 
d be 



Am-a-tus-Cra-t ; 
loved been had he 



1! 

H 



,s s; g js a , 
ll 111! 

Jo <J o <<^ 



KU rt 

irt ^ *^j ^~ ^3 . ^ 

ill a^ a 

<j J i <s < 

J -o 

hll JJI4J 



i 2 ^ 



MI * 

43 ?43 

tc 






a<^8? | 



S 

S S's 
s^ a| 
fl j <j^ 

JX-N 
- 2"^ 

/ "" s 03 ^aT 

il U 

WJ ^ .A 'S 



-3 



e o g H > 

Ii !i< 






^&.ift 

45141 

a ^ a I 1 

<?43 <^43 

~ ^ ^03 

| * 

S3 "^ O 



I 9JS I? 



9 

is 

' 



- 
ma 
ed, 



11 

1M 39 
<J 



I SJ 



IF^I 



e 
~ 2. 

I " 



O ^j 

iitf 

c ,3 



i^l 



be 



11.. 

,3^ 

ir 



f 



^ s wT o 



a tc 



II 



V '> -3 

i.t ^ 

as! 



= 03 > S 03 

? il i 1 

gSi*^3ftfl^S:3 

Ss| Se"? S^ 

ll- 5 iFil 



100 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



Imperative Mood. 
2. Am-a-re(tor,) 3. Am-a -to -r; 2. Am-a -mini, 3. Am-a -nt -or. 
Loved ye be loved him let be; Loved be ye, loved let them be 

Infinitive Mood. 

Pres. Am-a -r -i, Per/. Esse -am -a -tus, .Fwf.Am-a .turn -ir -i, 
Loved tooe. To have loved been. Loved to be about to be. 



Pres. Am-a 



tus, 



Participle. 
-um, Fut. Am 



Loved being, he, she, it. 



and -us, -a, 



Loved to be, -he, -she, -it. 



NOTE. In translating from Latin into English, the conjugation can 
never be rendered, because we have not four corresponding conjugations 
in our language; therefore the a, or av, which marks the 1st conjuga- 
tion in Latin, means nothing in English. 



LATIN ANALYZATION. 

The following is an exemplification of the fifth and sixth theses laid 
down on page 6 of this work. The lesson here selected is from Beza's 
Latin Testament, Matthew, chap, v., 14, 15, 16, 17; and if the 
reader does not know that the voice, conjugation, mood and tense, per- 
son and number, of the verb; and the declension, gender, number, and 
case of nouns, pronouns, and adjectives, are, inmost cases, to be found 
in the terminations suffixed to the root ; instead of a Latin Grammar, 
he is requested to critically review the following analysis and FIRST 
LITERAL translation, and acquaint himself with these first principles of 
the language. 

tf&* The figures placed after the English words place them in the 
English order. 



pron. v. root. 2, plu. 
14 v. Vos es -tis 

Ye 1 are 2 



root. root. 2, m, g, s. adv. 

lux mund -i. Non 

light 4 the world 's. 3 Not 1C 



root, root. 3 s. root. 3, f. root, 1 conj. pas. inf. prep 
pot -es -t urb -s occult -a -r -i Supra, 
a city 5 hidden 14 be 13 to 12 upon 7 



able 11 is 9 



root, 3, f, ac,s. root, 1* 
posit -a, 
placed. 6 



mont -e -m 
a mountain 8 



15 v. adv, con, prep, root, root, 3, c, S.plu. root, l,fac,s. con, 
Ne -que ac -cen -d -u -nt Lucern -a -m, et 
Not 4 and 1 to 6 fire 5 give 3 they 2 a candle 7 , and 8 

* In all words where the nominative is expressed, the personal termin- 
ation of the verb is cancelled; thus, vos es(tis,) ye are. Now, if the 
jom. vos vi ere omitted, it would be rendered the same, es(are)tis(ye.) 






LATIN GRAMMAR. 101 

, root, 3,c, 3,plu, root, lf,ac,s. prep, root ; 2m ac,s. con, 
pon -u -nt e -a -m subter modi -u -m, sed 
place 10 they 9 it 11 under 12 a measure 13 but 14 

prep, root, root, 2, n, ac,s con, root, root, 2,c, 3, s. 

in can -delabr -u -m; et splen -d -e -t 

in a candle-stick 15 and 16 light 19 gives 18 it 17 

root, dat,pl. root,nom,p. root,3,pl, prep, root, 2,m,ab, s, 
omn -ibus qu -I su -nt in dom -o. 
all 21 to 20 who 22 are 23 in 24 the house. 25 

J6v. root, l,f, root, root, 2,conj, sub,p, 3, s, root, root, l,f. 3. 

It -a splen -d -e -a -t lux vestr -a 
Such 5 splendor 6 give 4 may 1 light 3 your 2 

prep, root, 3,m,ab,plu, conj, root, 2, c, sub, p, 3, plu, 
coram homin -ibus,* ut vid -e -a .nt 

before 7 men, 8 that 9 see 12 may 11 they 10. 

root, 2, n, place, root, 2, n, plu,acc, root, 2,n,plu,acc, 
bon -a vestr -a oper -a, 

good 14 your 13 works 15 

root, root, sub, p, 3, pi, con, root, 3, m, ac,s, 
glori -fie -e -nt -quo Patr -e -m 

glorious 20 make 19 may 18 they 17 and 16 father 22 

root 2,m, ac,s, root,nom,s, root,3,s, prep, root 2, n, ab, pi, 
vestr -u -m qu -i es -t in coel -i -s. 
your 21 who 23 is 24 in 25 heaven. 26 

v7v. adv root, 1 conj, imp, 2, pi, root, acc,s, root, inf. perf 

Ne existim -a -te m -e ven -isse 

Not 3 think 1 you 2 me 4 come 6 to have 5 



con, prep, root, 3,c, sub, p, l,s, root, 3, f, ac,s, con, 

ut dis -solv -a -m leg -e -m aut 

that 7 un 10 -loose 1 1 may 918 the law 12 or 13 




'bus(6< 



prep, root, l,dec, ac, pi, adv, root, ind, perf, con, 
pro -phet -a -s: non ven -i ut 

pro -phets 14 not 16 come 17 have 1 15 that Ib 

root, l,f, ac,plu, prep, root, subj,pr, l,s, con, con, 

e -a -s dis -solv -a -m, sed ut 

them 23 un 21 -loose 22 may 20 119 but 24 that 26 

root, l,f, ac,pln, prep, root, 2, c, sub, pr, l,s, 
e -a -s im -pi -e -a -m. 

them 29 in full 30 fill 28 may 27 I. 26 

* The English signification of a case is cancelled in the termination 
of a Latin noun, if a preposition expressed precede, it; homin (men) 
bus (before*} coram (before) homin (men) ibus (cancelled.) 

9* 



102 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



THE RADICALS OF VERBS. 

The following list of verbs is inserted for the student t^_ 
conjugate. The figures inserted after each radical will in- 
form the student to which conjugation he is to refer it on 
the table. 

The student should by all means practice on these verbs 
until he can conjugate any verb with the greatest ease, ac- 
curacy, and facility. 

1. Am o, am a re, am a vi, am a turn; a, av, 1st conjugation. 

2. Mon e o, mon e re, mon u i, mon I turn ; , u, i, 2d conjugation 
3 Reg o, reg re, rex i, rec turn ; and , 3d conjugation. 

4. And i o, aud i re, aud Iv i, aud I tumj I, iv, 4th conjugation. 



IND. PRES. 


, 1st Root. 


PERF. 2d Root. SUPINE 


, 3d Root. 


/, 


to, 


have, 


to. 




Abscond o,3 


abscond e re,3 


abscond t',3 


abscond i turn 


A* hide. 


Acu o,3 


acu e re,3 


acu i,3 


acu turn, 3 


sharpen. 


Argu o,3 
Accend o,3 


argu e re, 
accend e re, 


argu i,3 
accend i,3 


argu tum,3 
accens um,3 


prove, 
kindle. 


Alo,3 


al e re,3 


al u i,2 


al I tum,2 


nourish. 


Ag o,3 


ag 8 re,3 


eg i 3 


ac turn, 3 


do. 


Ard e o,2 


ard e re, 2 


ars i,3 


ars um,3 


burn. 


Aug e o,2 


aug e re,2 


au xi,3 


auc turn, 3 


increase 


Batu o,3 
Bib o,3 


batu e re, 3 
bib e re, 3 


batu i,3 
bib i,3 


batu turn, 3 
bib I tum,2 


beat, 
drink. 


Conniv e o,2 


conniv e re, 2 


conn iv i,4 


. 


wink. 


Ci e o,2 


ci e re,2 


ci vi,3 


ci turn, 3 


excite. 


Cap i o,4 


cape re, 2 


cepi,3 


cap tum,3 


take. 


Cup i o,4 


cup e re. 3 


cup Iv i,4 


cup I turn, 3 


desire". 


Cresc o,3 


cresc e re, 3 


ere vi,3 


ere tum,3 


grow. 


Claud o,3 


claud e re, 3 


claus i,3 


claus um,3 


close. 


Ced o,3 


ced e re,3 


cessi i,3 


cess um,3 


yield. 


Cad o,3 


cad e re, 3 


cecl di,3 


cas um,3 


fall. 


Caed o,3 


caed e re, 3 


cec idi,3 


cae sum,3 


cut. kill. 


Cred o,3 


cred e re,3 


cred Id i,3 


cred I tum,2 


believe. 


Colo, 


col e re,3 


col u i,2 


cultum,3 


till. 


Cern o,3 


cern e re ,3 


ere vi,3 


ere tum,3 


see, decree 


Cav e o,2 


cav e re, 2 


cav i,3 


cau tum,3 


take care 


Do,l 


d a re,l 


de di,3 


da tum,l 


give. 


Dom o,l 


dom a re,l 


dom u i,2 


dom i turn 4 


tame. 


Doc e o,2 


doc e re,2 


doc u i,2 


doc turn, 3 


teach. 


Die o ; 3 


die e re,3 


die si,3(dixi[ 


) die turn, 3 


say. 


Due o,3 


due 6 re ,3 


due si, 3 (dim) due turn 3 


lead- 



LJS TIN GRAMMAR. 



103 



L> 




nave, 


ro. 




Em o,3 


era 8 re, 3 


em i,3 


emp turn, 3 


buy. 


Exuo,3 


exu e re. 3 


exu i,3 


exu turn, 3 


undress . 


Ed o,3 


ed 6 re, 3 


edi,3 


e sum,3 


eat. 


Fru ;r,3 


fru i,3 


fru i tus,3 


ctus,3 


enjoy. 


Fac io,4 


fae 8 re,3 


fee i,3 


fac turn, 3 


make. 


Fric o,3 


fric a re, 


fric u i,2 


fric turn, 3 


rub. 


Filler e o,2 


fulg e re,2 


ful si, 3 




shine. 


Frig eo,2 


frig e re, 2 


fri xi, 3 


fric turn, 3 


be cold. 


Fleet o,3 


fleet e re,3 


fle xi,3 


flee turn, 3 


bend. 


Fur o,3 


fur 6 re, 






be mad . 


Hab e o,2 


hab e re,2 


liab u i,2 


hab I turn, 


have. 


Haer e o,2 


haer e re, 2 


hae si,3 


baj sum ,3 


stick. 


Jung o,3 
Jac i o,4 


jung 6 re, 3 
jac 6 re. 3 


junx i,3 
jec i,3 


junc turn, 3 
jac tum,3 


join, 
throw. 


Indu o,3 


indu e re, 3 


indu i,3 


indu tura,3 


clothe. 


Lab or ,3 


lab i,3 


lap sus,3 




slide. 


Leg o,3 
Lud o,3 


le 6 re,3 
lud 6 re,3 


legi,3 
lus i,3 


lee turn, 3 
lu sum,3 


choose, 
play. 


Lav o,l 


5 lav are,l 
I lav 6 re, 3 


lav i,3 


C lo turn, 3 
< lau turn, 3 
( lav a tum,l 


wash. 


Mori or, 3 


mor i,3 


mor tuus,3 




die. 


Mitt 0.3 


mitt 6 re, 3 


mis i,3 


miss urn, 3 


send 


Mnn e o,2 


mon e re, 2 


mon u i,2 


mon I turn, 2 advis 


Merg o,3 


merg 6 re, 3 


mer si, 3 


mers um,3 


dip, plunge. 


Nub o,3 


nub 6 re, 3 


nup si, 3 


nup tum,3 veil, or marry. 


Ning o,3 


ning S re,3 


ninx i,3 




snow. 


Nasc or,3 


nasc i,3 


na tus,3 




be born 


Ori or,3 


ori ri,3 


or tus,3 




rise. 


Pand o,3 
Pend o,3 


pan 6 re,3 
pend 6 re,3 


pand i,3 
pepend i,3 


pan sum,3 
pen sum, 3 


open, 
hang. 


Pung o,3 


pung 6 re, 3 


pupug i,3 


punc turn, 


prick. 


Pon o,3 


pon Sre,3 


pos u ij2 


pos I turn, 2 


place. 


Pet o,3 


pet 6 re,3 


pet iv i,4 


pet i turn, 


seek. 


Prem o,3 
Psall o,3 


prem e" re, 3 
psall 6 re ,3 


press i,3 
psall i,3 


press um, 


press, 
play on an in 










strumcnt. 


Pasc o,3 


pasc 6 re,3 


pav i,3 


, 


feed. 


Plic o,l 


plie a re,l 


j 


| 


fold. 


Plu c,3 


plu 8 re, 3 


plu i,3 




rain. 


Qiiaer o,3 
Quieso o,3 


quaer re, 3 
quioTC fl re, 


quaes iv i,4 
qure vi,3 


quaes I turn, 
qui 6 tum,3 


4 seek, 
rest. 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



*J 


tu, 




10, 




Rid e o,2 


rid e re, 2 


ris i,3 


ri sum, 3 


laugh. 


Ru o,3 


ru e re, 3 


ru i,3 


ru i turn, 3 


rush. 


Reg o,3 


reg e re, 3 


rex i,3 


rec turn, 3 


rule. 


Stru o,3 


strn e re, 3 


strux i,3 


struc turn, 3 


build. 


Sid o,3 


sid e re, 3 


sid i,3 


-j 


sink. 


Surg o,3 


surg e re ,3 


surre x i,3 


surrec turn, 3 


rise. 


String o,3 


string e re, 3 


strin x i.3 


stric turn, 


bind. 


Sent i o,4 


sent I re, 


sens i,3 


sen sum, 3 


feel. 


Sto,l 


st a re,l 


stet i,3 


st a tum,l 


stand. 


Sed e o,2 


sed e re,2 


sed i,3 


sess um, 


sit. 


Scrib o ; 3 


scrib e re, 3 


scrips i,3 


scrip tum,3 


write. 


IND. PRES 


INF. PRES. 


IND. PERF. 


SUPINE. 




1 <:t rrtnf 




O/7 /v/^n/ 


O,/ */)/-)/ 




lot TOOL . 

Ton o,l 


ton a re,l 


d 7 001* 

ton u i,2 


ott i OOC 

ton I turn ,2 


thunder. 


Ten e o,2 


ten e re ,2 


ten u i,2 


ten turn, 3 


hold. 


Tim e o,2 


tira e re,2 


tim u i,2 





fear. 


Tribu o,3 


tribu e re, 3 


tribu i,3 


tribu turn. 3 


give. 


Tang o,3 


tang e re, 3 


tet i gi,3 


tac tum,3 


touch. 


Trah o,3 


trail e re,3 


tra x i,3 


trac turn, 3 


draw. 


Tex o,3 


tex 8 re, 3 


tex u i,2 


tex turn ,3 


weave. 


Vet o,l 


vet a re,l 


vet u i,2 


vet i tum,2 


forbid. 


Vid e o,2 


vid e re,2 


vid i,3 


vi sum ,3 


see. 


Vine o,3 


vine e re, 3 


vie i,3 


vie turn, 3 


overcome . 


Vend o.3 


vend e re,3 


vend id i,3 


vend i turn, 4 


sell. 


Vert o,3 


vert e re, 3 


vert-i,3 


ver sum, 3 


turn. 


Veh o,3 


veh 6 re, 3 


vex i,3 


vec tum,3 


carry. 


Viv o,3 


viv e re, 3 


vix i,3 


vie turn, 


live. 


Volv o,3 


volv e re,3 


volv i,3 


vol u turn, 3 


roll. 


Ven i o,4 


ven i re ,4 


ven i,3 


ven tum,3 


come. 


Ven e o,2 


ven i re ,4 


ven ii,3 





be sold. 



NOTE. From the foregoing one hundred radicals, we have more 
than^ve thousand English derivatives, a consideration sufficient to in 
duce tba student to commit them perfectly to memory. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 105 



RULES. 

The follow .eg are a few Latin rules most likely to be 
used by the student : 

1. The subject of the infinitive is put in the accusative. 

2. The vocative is used in address, with or without O. 

3. Opus and usus, signifying need, govern the ablative. 

4. Dig7ius, contentus, prceditus, govern the ablative. 

5. Utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, and dignor, go- 
vern the ablative. 

6. Perfect participles, denoting origin, are followed by 
the ablative of the source, without a preposition. 

7. A noun, -denoting that with which the action of a 
verb is performed, is put in the ablative. 

8. A noun, denoting lha.tfrom which any thing is sepa- 
rated, is often put in the ablative, without a preposition. 

9. A noun, expressing respect wherein or the part affect- 
ed, is put in the ablative. 

10. Verbs that govern two cases in the active voice, 
govern the latter of these in the passive. 

11. The price of a thing is put in the ablative, except 
when expressed by the adjectives tanti, quanti, pluris. 

12. The comparative degree is followed by the abla- 
tive, if quam (than) is omitted. 

13. A substantive with a participle, whose case depends 
on no other word, is put in the ablative absolute. 

14. Adjectives of plenty or want govern the genitive or 
ablative. 

15. Some adverbs govern the genitive. 

16. Some derivative adverbs may govern the same case 
as their primitives. 

17. Nouns signifying the same thing are put by appo- 
sition in the same case. 

18. The subj. present is often used for the imperative. 

19. The infinitive is often used as a noun. 

20. One vert governs another, as its object, in the infi 
nitive. 



106 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



21. Participles, gerunds, and supines, govern the same 
cases as their verbs. 

22. The genitive of gerunds follows nouns or adjectives. 

23. After verbs expressing motion, the place where the 
motion ends, is put in the accusative, without a preposition. 

24. The subject nominative governs the verb. 

25. The verb agrees with its subject nominative in num- 
ber and person. 

26. Transitive verbs govern the accusative. 

27. One noun may govern another noun in the genitive. 

28. Adjectives and participles agree with their nouns in 
gender, number, and case. 

29. Conjunctions connect words or sentences. 

30. Twenty-six prepositions govern the accusative, the 
principal of which are, ad, ante, apud, circum, contra, in- 
fra, inter, intra, ob, per, post, prceter, propter, supra, 
trans, ultra. 

31. In and sub, denoting tendency, govern the accusa- 
tive ; denoting situation, govern the ablative. 

32. Super and subter govern both the accusative and 
ablative. 

33. Eleven prepositions govern the ablative, the princi- 
pal of which are a, ab, coram, cum, de, e, or ex, pro, sine, 
tenus. 

34. Many verbs compounded of the prepositions, a, ab, 
de, ex, &c., are followed by an ablative, governed by the 
preposition. 

35. Cause, manner, and instrument, are put in the ab- 
lative. 

36. Adverbs qualify verbs, adjectives, and adverbs. 

37. The relative pronoun must have an anteeedent, 
with which it must agree in gender and person. 

38. The predicate noun is put in the same case as the 
subject, after a verb neuter or passive, when both words 
refer to the same person or thing. 

39. Verbs compounded with the prepositions, ad, ante 
con, in, inter, ob, post, pre, sub, and super, govern the 
dative. 

40. Sum, in the sense of habeo, is followed by the dative 

41. Nouns are sometimes followed by the dative. 

42. A transitive verb, governing the accusative, has a 
genitive, dative, or ablative, to express some relation. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 



107 



ANALYSIS OF VIRGIL'S JENEID. 



Root Definition. 



BOOK I. 

Syntax. 



Arm 


The arms, 


qu. 


and, 


vir. 


the hero, 


can. 


I sing, 


T/D. 


of Troy, 


qu. 


who, 


prim. 


first, 


a. 


from, 


or. 


the shores, 



Ital. to Italy, 
fat. a for. by fate, 
pro, fug, driven, 



Etymology. 
N. G. D.A.V.A. 

cano ARM-CC, 26* (2 n. p.) a, orum, is, a, a, is. 
arma QTTE virura, 29 conjunction, 

cano viR-wm, 26 (2m.) vir, r, o, um, vir, o. 
(ego) CAN-O ( 1 ) arma, (3 d.) o, ere, cecini, cantum. 
o, is, it, imus, itis, unt. 

oris TROJ-, 27 (1 f.) a, , ae, am, a, a. 

virum QU-i venit, 37 (m.) t, cujus, cui, em, -, o. 
PRIM -us qui, 28 (2 m.) us, i, o, um, e, o. 
A-6 oris, prep. 6 euphonic letter, 

ab OR-W, 33 (1 f.) a, ae, ae, am, a, a. 

SB, arum, is, as, ae, i*. 
IrALi-am, 23 (1 f.) a, ae, 83, am, a, 4. 
FAT-O, 35 (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, o. 
FROFUG-US qui, 28 (2 m.) us, i, o, um, e, o. 
Italiam QTTE litora, 29 conjunction. 

LAVIN-C& litora, (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, o. 
a, orum, is, a, a, is. 

qui VEN-if, (2) (3d and 4th.) io, ire, t, turn, 
i. isit. it, imus, istis, erunt. 

to the shores: LiTOR-a : 23 (3 n.) us, oris, ori,us, us, ore. 

a, um, ibus, a, a, ibus. 

much, (est) MTJLT-UTTI jactatus, adverb, 

he, virum ILL-C jactatus, (est) (m.)e, ius, i,um,-, o. 

both, ET, et, corresponding conjunction, 

upon the land, (in) TERR-W, 31 (1 f.) a, 83, am, a, a. 

83, arum, is, as, 83, t*. 

was tossed, ille JAcr-at-us(3) (est,) (1st.) or ari. 

atus sum, es, est, &c. 
and, terris ET alto, 29 conjunction. 

The figures placed after the words refer to the rule those in pa 
( ) to page 142. 



qu. 
Lavin. 



lit. 

mult. 
ill. 
et. 
tcrr. 

5ac. 



and, 
Lavinian, 

came, 



IOS 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



alt. 

v. 

super. 

saev. 

mem 

Jun. 

ob. 

ir. 

Mult. 

qu., qu. 

et. 

bell. 

pat. 

dum. 
con, do, 

urb. 
qu. 
in, fer. 

De. 
Lat. 
gen. 

de, un. 

Lat. 

qu. 



on the deep, (in) ALT-O, 31 (2 n.) um, i, c um, um, 



by the 



35 



(3f.) 



pat. 

ad, qu. 

alt. 
mom 



power, 

of the Gods, vi supERtlm, 27 (2m.)i, (or) -urn, is, os, i,is. 
of cruel, 28 SJEV- Junonis, (1 f.) a, ce, as, am, a, a. 

lasting, 28 MEMOR-em iram, (3 f.) or, is, i, em, or, e. 

of Juno, iram JUN-CWI'S, 27(3 f.)o,07iw, oni, onem,o,one. 
on account of, OB iram, preposition, 

anger, ob iR-etwt, 30 (1 f.) a, se, ae, am, a, a. 

Muchjpassus(est) MuLT-a, 26 (2 n. p.) a, orum, is, a, a, is. 
also, et QUO-QUE, conjunction, 

and, ET quoque, conjunction, 

by war, BELL-O, 35 (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, o. 

he suffered, (ille) PASSUS (4) (est) (3d.) ior, i, passussum 

es, est, sumus, estis, &c. 

while, 36 DUM conderet, adverb, 

he would found 

(ille) coN-D-e-re4,(5)25 (3d.) o, ere, idi, itum. 
rem, res, ret, remus, &c- 

a city, conderet URB-em, 26 (3 f.) s, is, i, em, s, e. 

and, conderet QUE inferret, 29 conjunction, 

would bring(ille) iN-FER-re(6)Deos,(3d)o/erre,tuli,latum. 

rem, res, ret, remus, See- 
the Gods, inferret DE-O*, 26 (2 m.) us, i, o, um, us, o. 

i, orum, is, os, i, is. 
into Latium, 

inferret LATI-O : 39 (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, o. 
race, 24 GEN-WS (ortum est,) (3n.) us, eris, eri. 

us, us, ere. 

from which one36 UN-DE (ortum est,) adverb, 

the Latin, 28 LATIN-WOT genus, (2 n.)tm,i,o,um,um,o. 
and, genus QUE patres, 29 conjunction. 

28 ALBAN-I patres, 29 (2 mOuSji/^um^jO. 
t, orum, is, os, i, is. 

24 PAT,m(orti sunt,) (3m.)er,ris,ri,rem,er,e. 
res, rum, ribus, res, &c. 

patres AT-QUE mcenia, 29 conjunction. 

28 ALT-<5 Romse, (1 f.) a, ce, 33, am, a, a. 
24 MCENi-a(ortasunt,)(2n.p.)a,onun,is,a,8cc. 



Albanian. 
fathers, 

and, 
of lofty, 
the walls, 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 109 

Rom Rome. mcenia ROM-CS, (1 f.) a, <g, a, am, a, A 

Mus. Muse, (0) Mus-a, (1 f.) a, 83, ae, am, a, d 

ego. to me, memora MI-/U, ego, mei, mihi, me, -, me. 

caus the causes CAUs-as, (1 f.) a, SB, 83, am, a. a. 

83, arum, is, a*, 83, is. 

mem. relate: . (tu) MEMOR-a:(7)causas, (lst)o,orc,avi,atum. 

a, ato, ate, an to. 

qu. what, QU-c tumine (n.) od, cujus, cui, od, -, o. 

num. divinity, NTTM-ine, laeso, (3 nJenjiniSjinijenjCn^/ie. 

laed. being offended, L.ES-O, numine, (2 n.)um,i,o,um,um,o. 
ve. or, numine leeso VE quid dolens, conjunction, 

qu. why, secundum qu-ui, used adverbially, 

del. grieving, DO-LE-TI* regina,(3 f.)n*,ntis,nti,ntem,8co. 

re-sag-o,queen, REGix-a impulerit, (lf.)a,ae,8B,am,a.a. 

De. of theGods,regina Ds-um, (2 m.) us, i, o, um, us, o. 

i, (or)-ttTn, is, os, i, is. 

tot. so many, TOT casus, adj., plural, indeclinable, 

volv. to struggle with, voLv-e-re (8) casus, (3d.)o,erc,i,volutum. 

ere, isse, esse, voluturus. 
cas. misfortunes, 

volvere CAS-H*, (4 m.) us, us, ui, um, us, n. 

us, uum, ibus, us, 8co. 

in, sign, renowned, iN-sioN-em virum, (3 m.) is, is, i, em, is, i. 

pi. for piety ,insignem PIETA-/C, (3 f.) s, tis, ti, tern, s, te. 

vir. a man, impulerit viR-tm volvere, (2 m.) vir,i,o,W7n,vir,o. 
tot. so many, TOT labores, adj., plural, indeclinable, 

ad, i, to undergo, AD.i-rc(9) (2d and 4th.) eo, ire, ivi, itum. 

ire, ivisse, esse iturus. 

lab. hardships, adire LABOR-W, (3 m.) or, oris, i, em, or, e. 

es, um, ibus, e*, es, &c. 
in, pel. shall have com- 
pelled, regina iM-PUL-e-ri-f,(10) (3d.)pello pellere,yu/i. 

pulsum, enm, eris, ent. 
Tant. So much, TANT-* irce, (1 f.) a, SB, ce, am, a, a. 

, arum, is, as, ae, ia. 

ne. NE (sint,) interrogative, 

anim. to minds, (sint) ANIM-W, 4 (1 f.) a, SB, as, am, a, a. 

83, arum, u, as, ee, ia. 
10 



110 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



ccel. celestial, 

ir. anger? 

CJrb. A city, 

ant., qu. ancient, 

fu. was, urbs 

Tyr. Tyrian, 

ten. inhabited, coloni 

col. colonists, 

Carthag. Carthage, 

Ital. Italy, contra 

con. opposite to, 

qu. and, Italiara 

Tiber, the Tiberian, 

long. far off, fuit 

os. mouths contra 



div. 
op. 

qu. 
jstud 

asp. 

boll. 

qu. 

Jan. 

er. 



abounding, 

in wealth, dives 

and, dives opum 
in the arts, 

most skilful, 

of war: studiis 

which, coluisse 

Juno, 

is said, Juno 



err. lands, magis 



c<ELEST-i&tts animis 5 (3 f.)is,is,i, em, is e 

es, ium, ibus, es, es, it us 

iR-<8 (sint?) (1 f.) a, ae, se, am, a, d 

, arum, is, as, se, is. 

URB-S fuit, (3 f.) s, is, i, em, s, e. 

ANTi-qu-a urbs, (1 f.) a, se, se, am, a, a. 

ru-i-i, (11) sum, esse,fui, fui, fuisti. 

fuit, imus, istis, erunt. 

TYRI-I ooloni, (2 m.) us, i, o, urn, e, o. 

i, orum, is, os, i, is. 

TEN-u-ere(12) (quam) (2d.)eo,ere,wi,tum. 

ui, uisti, uit, uimus, uistis, 

uerunt, or uere. 

coLON-i tenuere, (2 m.) us, i,'o, um, e, o. 
i, orum, is, os, i, is. 

CARTHAG-O fuit, (3 f.) o, inis, i, em, o, e. 
iTALi-am, (1 f.) a, se, SB, am, a, a. 

CONTRA Italiam, preposition. 

QUE Tiberina ostia, conjunction 

TiBERiN-a ostia, (2 n.) um,i,o,ura,um,o. 
a, orum, is, a, a, is. 

LONGE, adverb. 

osri-a, (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, o. 

a, orum, is, a, a, is. 

Div-es urbs, (3 f.) es } itis, i, em, es, e. 

or-wm, (3 f.) s, is, i, em, es, e. 

um, ibus, es, es, ibus. 

QUE asperrima, conjunction. 

STUDI-W, (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, o. 

a, orum, is, a, a, it. 

AsPER-RiM-a urbs, (1 f.) a, SB, SB, am, a, a. 

BELL-i: (2 n.) um, i, o, um, u:n, o. 

QU-am, (f.) a, cujus, cui, am, -, o. 

JUN-O fertur, (3 f.) o, onis, oni, onem, Sec. 

FER-/-W, (13) (3d.) o, ferre, tuli. latum. 

feror, ferris,/<erJw, &c. 

TERR-W, (1 f.) a, se, ae, am, a, a. 

83, arum, is, as, se, it. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 



Ill 



nm:r. more (than) , 
omn. all, 

un. one, 

post ,hab .being less est 'raed 

col. to have cherished 

fertur 



Sam. 

Hie. 

ill. 

arm. 

hie. 

curv. 

fu. 



Samos,posthabita 

Here, (fuerunt) 

her, 

arms, 

here, 

chariot, 



arma 



fuit 



hoc. (that) this, 
re-s ag-o,kingdom, esse 
De. the goddess, 
gen. of nations ,regnum 

to be, noc 

si. if, Dea tendit hoc 

qu. by any means, 

fat.cfo* the fates, 

sin. may permit, futa 

jam turn .now also, tendit 

qu. both, 

tend . endeavors Dea 



qu. 
fov. 



and, tendit 

cherishes (the 

hope) 



V race, 
but, 



MAG-W, adverb. 

oyix-ibus terris, (3 f.)is, is, i, em, is, i. es 
ium, ibus, es, es, ibus. 
UN-am (urbem) , (1 f.) a, ae, ae, am, a. a. 
POST-HAB-#-<! Samo,(l f.) a,ae,ae,am, a,o. 

coL-u-isse (14) quam, (2d, 3d.) o, ere, ui, 
cultum. ere, uisse, &c. 
SAM-O, (2 f.) os, i, o, um, e, o. 

Hie, advesb 

ILL-IMS, (f.) a, ius, i, am, -, a 

ARM-a( fuerunt) (2n.p.)a,orum,is,a,a,is 
me, adverb. 

CURRUS fuit, (4 m.) us, us, ui, um, us, u. 
TV-i-t: (15) sum, esse,/ui. fui, fusti, 
fuit, fuimus, fuistis, 8cc. 
HOC esse, (n.) hoc, hujus, huic, hoc, &c. 
REGN-tm, (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, o- 
Dz-a tendit, (1 f ) a, SB, ae, am, a, a 
GENT-t&tts, (3 f.) gens, tis, i, em, ns, e, 
es, um, ibus, es, es, &c 
E-sse, (15) sum, esse, fui 

si fata sinant, conjunction 

QUA , adverb 

FAT-a sinant, (2 n.) um, i,o, um, um, o 
a, orum, is, a, a, is. 

six-a-nf, (17) (3d.) o, ere, sivi, situm. 

sinam, as, at, amus, atis, ant. 

JAM TUM, adverb. 

QUE, que, corresponding conjunction. 

TEXD-i-< ( 18)hoc , (3d) o ,ere ,tetendi ,tum 

tendo, is, it, imus, Sec 

QUE fovet, conjunction. 

Fov.e-f(19)(spem.)(2d J 3d,)co,ere,i,fotum 
eo, es, et. &c. 

PRO GENi-m duci, (5 f.)es,ei,eT,C7n,es,e 
SED t conjunction. 



11^ THE PRINCIPLES OF 

enim. indeed, audierat ENIM, adverb 

Tro. Trojan, TROJAN-O sanguine, (2 m.) us,i,o,um,e,o. 

a. from, A sanguine, preposition, 

sang blood, a SANGUi-ne, (3 m.) is, inis, i, em, is, e 

due. to be descended, nuc-i, (20) (3d.) o, ere, xi, turn, or, 

i, tus, sum. 
aud. she had heard, 

(ilia) AVD-itrat (21) (4th.) io, ire, ivi, itum, 
iveram, iveras, ierat, &c. 

Tyr. Tyrian, TYRI-CW arces, (1 f.) a, SB, SB, am, a, a. 

SB, arum, is, as, SB, is. 

olim. hereafter, verteret OLIM, adverb 

qu. which ,progeniem QU-CE verteret, (f.) , cujus, cui, am, -,o. 
vert. would overturn, 

qusB VERT-e-re-f, (22) (3d.) o, ere, i, sum. 
rem, res, ret, remus, retis, &c. 

ar. citadels, verteret AR-CCS, (3 f.) x, cis, ci, cem, x, ce. 

ces, cum, cibus, ces, &c. 

Hinc. Hence, venturum HINC, adverb, 

popul. a people, POPUL-wm venturum (esse) (2m.) us, i, o, 

um, e, o. 

.ate. extensively ,regem LATE, adverb, 

re-s ag-o ruling, RE-gem* populum, (3 mOx.gis^ijgemjX.e. 

bell. in war, BELL-O, (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, o. 

qu. and, regem late QUE superbura, conjunction, 

superb, proud, SUPERB-WTJI populum, (2m. )us,i,o,wwi,e,o. 

ven would come, 

populum VEN-Jwr-W7n(23)(esse) (3d,4th)io,ire,i,tew 

us, i, o, um, e, o 

ex, caed. to the destruction EX-CIDI-O, (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, o. 
Liby. of Libya: excidio LIBY-, (1 f.) a, <e, SB, am, a, a. 

sic. thus, volvere sic, adverb, 

volv. had determined, 

parcas voLV-g-re, (24) (3d.) o, ere, i, volutum. 
ere, isse, voluturus, esse. 

pare. the fates, PARC-as volvere, (1 f.) a, SB, 83, am, a, a. 

a, arum, is, as, SB, is* 

For REG-N-a- 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 



113 



I. 

raetu. 

vet. 

qu. 

mem. 

Satuit: 

bell. 

prim. 

qu. 

ad. 

Tro. 



This, metuens I-d, (n.) id, ejus, ei, id, -, eo. 

fearing, MEXu-ensSaturnia, (3f.)ns,tisjti,tem,ns,e. 

of the ancient, vEX-ert* belli, (3n.) us, em, eri, us, See. 

and, metuens id QUE memor belli, conjunction 

Juno, SAXURNi-a arcebat, (lf.)a,ae,8e,am,a,a. 

wa. , memor BELL-I, (2 n.) um, t, o, um, um, o. 

first, PRIM.<T (ilia,) (1 f,) o, ae, ae, am, a, a. 

which ; gesserat QU-od, (n.) od, cujus, cui, od, -, o. 

at, AD Trojam, preposition. 

Troy, ad TROJ-am, (1 f.) a, ae, ae, am, a, a. 

pro. for, PRO Argis, preposition, 

char dear, CHAR-W Argis, (2 m.) us, i, o, um, e, o. 

i, orum, is, os, :, it. 
ger. she had carried 

on, (ilia) GEss-era/(25)quod, (3d.)o,ere,em,essura. 
eram, eras, erat, &c 

Arg. Argo, pro ARG-W, (2 m. p.) i, orum, is, os, i, is 

Nec,dum. Neither yet, 

exciderant NEC-DUM, adverb, 

etiara, also, EXIAM, conjunction, 

caus. the causes, CAUS- exciderant, (lf.)a, ae, ae, am, a, a. 

<e, arum, is, as, se. is 

ir. of her anger, causes iR-arum, (1 f.) a, ae, ae, am, a, d 

ee, arum, is, as, ae, is. 

qu. and, causes QUE dolorcs, conjunction. 

Bsev. the cruel, SJEV-I dolores, (2 m.) us, i, o, urn, e, o 

f, orum, is, as, i, is 

dol. iufferings. DOLOR-W exciderant, (3m. )or,oris,i,em,or, 

, um, ibus, es, es, ibus 

ex, cftl. escaped, doleres EX-ciD-era-n-/, (26) (3d.) o, eri, i 

eram. eras, era/, eramus, &c. 

anim. from her mind, ex ANIM-O, (2 m.) us, i,o, urn, e, o. 

Man, Remains judicium MAN-C-/, (27) (2d, 3d.) eo, ere, si, sum. 

eo, es, et, emus, &c. 

alt. deep in her, Ai/r-d mente, (1 f.) a, ae, ae, am, a. & 

men. mind, (in) MEN-/C, (3 f.) s, tis, ti. tern, s. te. 



pon, laii np, 



RE-posT-um judicium, (2 



114 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



judic. the judgment, jUDici-um manet, (2 n.) tm.i,o,um,un. n 
Par. of Paris, judicium PARI-C^'S, (3 m.) s, dw, di, dem, s, 
qu. and, judicium QTJE injuria, conjunction, 

spret. of htr despised, SPRET-<C formse, (1 f.) a, <z, ae, am, a, a. 
in, jur the injury iN-JURi-a (manet) (If.) a, se, se, am, a, a. 

form. form, injuria FORM-<E, (If.) a, <e, se, am, a, a. 

ct. and, injuria ET genus, conjunction, 

gen. race, GEN-WS (manet) (3 n.) us, eris eri, us, &cc. 

in, vid. the hated iNvis-wm genus, (2 n.) urn, i, o, um.um, o. 

et. and genus ET honores, conjunction, 

rap. of the stolen, RAPT-I Gaymedis, (2m.) us, i, o, um,e,o. 

Ganymed. Ganymede, ho- 
nores GANYMED-W, (3 m.) es, is, i, em, es,e. 
hon. the honors. HONOR-es(manent.)(3m.)or,oris,i,em,or,e. 

es t um, ibus, es, es, ibus. 

Hie. These(things,)superHi-s, (n.) c,hujus,huie, hoc,-, haec. 

haec, horum, his, haec, -, his. 

ad, cand. enraged, AC-CENs-a Saturnia^l f.)a, SB, ae, am, a, a. 

super, on account of SUPER his, preposition, 

jac. tossed, JACTAT-OS Troas, (2m.) us,i,o, um 3 e,o. 

i, orum, is, os, i, is. 

eeq. sea, (in) MQUon-e, (3n.) or, oris,i, or, or, c 

tot. whole, TOT-O sequore, (2n.) um, i, o, um, um, o. 

Tro. Trojans, arcebat TRO-as, (1 m.) a, se, se, am, a, d. 

83, arum, is, os, ae, is. 

re, linq. remnants, arcebat, RE-Liqui-as, (1 f. p.) ae, arum, is, as, &o. 
Dan. of the Greeks, 

reliquias DANA-UOT, (2m. p.) i, (or)-M77i,&t 

ad, qu. and, Danaum AT-QUE Achillei, conjunction. 

in, mit. of fierce, IM-MIT-W Achillei (3m.) is, is, i, em, is, e 

Achil. Achilles, reliquias ACHILLA, (5 m.) es, et, e'i, em, es, e 
arc. drove, SaturniaARC-c-6a-f(28)Troas, (2)0,ere,ui, ebam 

bas, bat, bamus,&c. 

long. far, arcebat LONGE, adverb 

Lat. fromLatium: (ab)LATi-o : (2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, o. 

qu. and, arcebat QUE (ille) errabant, conjunction, 

null. many, MULT-OS annos, (2 m.) us, i, o, um, e, o 

i, orum, is, os, i, is. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 



115 



I>er dm ing, PER annos preposition 

ann. years, per ANNOS (2m ) us, i, o, um, e.o, 

i, orum, is, os, i, is. 
err. they wandad,(illi)ERR-a-6a-n-f(29) (l)o, are, avi, aturn. 

abam,bas, bat,bamus, 
batis, bant. 
(2m ) us i, o, um 



ag. driven, ACX-I (illi.) 

"or. by the fates, FAX-M, 

mar. seas, circum MAR.UZ, 

omn. all, osix-ia maria, 



e, o, 

i, orum, is, os, i, is. 
(2n.)um, i, o, um, um, o. 

a, orum, is, a, a, is. 
(3n.) e, is, i, e, e, i. ia. 
ium, ibus, ia, ia, ibus. 
(3n.) is, is, i, em, is, i. 
ia, ium, ibus, ia, ia, ibus, 
preposition. 

(1 f.) a, , se, am, a, a. 
(3 f.) es, w, i, em, es, e. 



circ. around, CIRCUM maria, 

Tant so great, TANT. molis, 

mol. difficulty, (opus) MOL-W 
er. itwas, (opus) ERA-* (30)condere,sum,esse,fui,eram,eras, 

era-/, eramus, eratis, &c. 

Rom. theRoman, RoMAN-amgentem,(lf.)a, 8e,8B,07n,a,a. 

con, d. to establisk, erat, coN.D-e-re(31)gentem, (3) o, ere, idi, itum. 

ere, idisse, iturus ess 

gen. nation, condere GEN-tem. (3f.) s, tis, ti, tern, s, te 

Vbc. Scarcely, dabant Vix, adverb. 

e. out of, Econspectu, preposition. 

con ,spfc. sight, e CON-SPECT-U, (4m.) us, us,ui, um, us,u. 

Sicul. of the Sicilian 



SICUUE telluris, (1 f.) a, , ee, am, a, a. 



tel. 
in. 
alt. 
vel. 



laet 



land, conspectu TELLU-rw, 
upon, IN ahum, 

the sea, in ALT-MOT, 

sails, dabant VEL-a, 



(3 f.) s, rw, ri rem, s, re. 
preposition. 

(2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, o. 
(2 n.) um, i, o, um, um, o. 
a, orurt>, is, a, a, is. 

they spread, ('lli) D-a6a-n./(32)vela,(l &2) o, are,edi,atum. 

tibam, bas, bat, abamus, 
batis, bant. 
joyful* -2ET-i (illi), (2m.) us, i, o, um, e, o. 

t, orum, is, os, i, is. 
and, dabant ET ruebant, conjunction. 



116 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



spurn, the foam, ruebant SPUM-CC*, 



(1 f.) a, se 82, am, a, a. 
ae, arum, is, as, se, is. 

}f the deep,spumas SAL-W, (3 m.) sal, is, i, em, sal, e. 

with the prow, JER-, (3 n.) ass, aeris, i, aes, ses, e. 

were plowing ;(illi) RU-e-6a-n- (33) spumas ;(3)o, ere, i, itum, 

ebam, bas, bat, &c. 

when, (volvebat) QUUM, adverb- 

Juno, JUN-O (volvebat,) (3 f.) o,onis,oni,onem,&ic. 

an eternal, jETERN-um vulnus,(2 n.)um,i, o,wm,um,o. 

nourishing, SERV-a-n-s Juno, (3 f.)ns, ntis,ti,tem,ns,te. 

within, SUB pectore, preposition. 

her breast, sub PECT-or-e, (3 n.) us, oris, ori, us, us, ore. 
a wound, servans VULN-WS, (3 n.) us, eris, eri, us, us, ere. 

(n.) oc, ujus, uic, oc, -, oc. 
BSD, orum, is, c, -, is. 
preposition. 

(f.) -, sui, sibi, se, -, se. 
interrogative, 
ego, mei, mihi, me, -, me. 



sal. 
fier. 
ru. 

quum 

Jun. 

astern 

serv. 

sub. 

pect. 

vuln. 

h. these things, (volvebat) H-<EC, 



cum. with, CUM se, 

s. herself: cum s-e: 

n. desistere NE, 

Ego. (must) I, ME desistere, 



in, cap. from my underta- 
king, de IN-CEPT-O, (2 n.) urn, i, o, um, um, o. 
de, st. desist, me DE-sisT-e-re,(34) (3) o, ere, stiti, stitum. 



conquered, 



viCT-am me, 



(1 f.) a, 83, 83, am, a, &. 
conjunction, 
possum, posse, potui. 



(If.) a, 



am, a ; A. 



vine. 

nee. nor, me desistere NEC me posse, 
pot.,esse, be able, me po-sse,(35) 
Ital. from Italy, aver- 

tere ITALIC, 
Teucr. of the Trojans, 

regem TEUCR-on*m, (2m.p.) i, orMwi,is,os,&c 
a, vert, to turn away, posse A-VERT-e-rc(36) regem, (3) o, ere, i, sum. 
re-sag-o. the king? arertere RE-g-.em ? (3 m.) x, gis, gi, gem, x, g. 
quip. because , desistere QUIPPE vetor, conjunction, 

vet. I am forbidden, (ego) VET-or, (37) (1 pass. )or,ari,atus, sum. 
for. by the fates. FAT-W, (2n.p.) a, orum, is, a, a, is. 

Pal. Pallas PALL-O* potuit, (3f. Gr.)<w,adis,adi,&c. 

n. not, potuit NE, interrogative. 

ex, ur to burn, potuit Ex-UR-e-re(38)classem, (3) o, ere, ussi,&c. 
class. the fleet, exurere CLASS-CT?}, (3 f.) is, is, i, em, is, e. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 



117 



Arg. 
ad,qu. 

ips. 
pot. 



un. 
ob. 
noc 
et. 
fur. 



Greeks , classem ARGIV-UTTI 
and, 



(2 m.) us, i,o, um, e, o 

i, (or)-wm, is, os,i, is 
exurcre 

classem AT-QUE submergere, conjunction, 

them, submergere IPS-OS, (m. p.) i, orum, is, os, i,is. 

was able, Pallas POT-u-i-f,(39) possum, posse, potui. ui 

uisti,?, unimus, &c. 

sub,merg.to drown, potuit suB-MERG-e-re,(40)ipsos, (3)o,ere,si,sum. 
pont. in the deep, 

submergere PONT-O, 
of one, UN-ttts Ajacis, 

on account of, OB noxam, 
fault, ob Nox-cm, 

even, unius ET Ajacis, 

the fury, ob FURI-O*, 



(2 m.) us, i, o, um, e, o 
(m.) us, tu, i, um, e, o. 

preposition. 
(If.) a, SB, &e, am, a, a. 

conjunction. 
(1 f.) a, 83. as. am, a, a. 



BB, arum, is, as, oe, is. 

ofAjax, furias AJA-CW, (3m.) x, cis, ci, cem, x, ce. 
the son of Oileus ? 

Ajacis OILE-T? (2m.) us, t, o, um, e, o. 

She, Ips-a disjecit, (f.) a, ius, i, am, -, a. 

of Jupiter, ignem Jov-w, (3 m.) Jupiter, Jovis, i, &c. 



RAPID-WOT ignem, (2m.) us,i,o,um, e, o. 
jACUL-a-i-a ipsa, (1 f.) a, ae, sg, am, a, a. 
E nubibus, preposition 

e NTJB.i&tw, (3f.) es, is, i, em, es. e 

es, ium, ibus, es, es, ibus. 
lightning, jaculata i GN-em, (3m.) is, is, i, em, is, e. 



the swift, 

darting, 

from, 

the clouds, 



Ajax. 
Oil . 

Ips. 

Jov. 

rap. 

jac. 

e. 

nub. 

ign. 

dis,jac. scattered, ipsa DIS-JECM-/, (41) ignem, (38c 4) jicio, ere, 

jeci, jectum. i, is, it, &o 

qu. both, QUE, quo, corresponding conjunction. 

rat. his ships, disjecit RAT-W, (3 f.) is, is, i, em, is, e. 

es, um, ibus, e*, es, &c. 

qu. and, disjecit rates QUE eTert.* sequora, conjunction. 

e, vert, upturned, ipsa E-VERT-I'.* (42)aequora, (3) o, ere, t, sum. 

i, isti, it, imus, Sec 

aeq. the sea, evertit .EQUOR-a, (3n.) or, oris, i, or, or, e 

a, um, ibus, a, a, ibus 

vent. by th winds: ^ENT-W: (2 m.) us, i, o, um, e, o. 

i, orurn, is, os. i. is 



118 THE PRINCIPLES OF 

ill. him, cirripuit iLi-um, (m.) e, ius, i, urn, e, o 

ex, spir. breathing out, 

illura Ex-PiR-a-n-m, (3m.)ns,ntis,ti,/m. &c. 
transjfing.from his trans- [um, o.) 

fixed, TRANS-FIX-O pectore, (2n.) um, i, o, um. 
pect. breast, (a) PECT-org, (3 n.) us, oris, i, us, us. ore. 

flam. flames,expirantera FLAM M- as, (1 f.) a, ee, se, am, a, a. 

8e,arnm,is, as, ae, is. 

turb. in a whirlwind, (in) TURB-tnc, (3 m.) o, inis, i, em, o, inc. 
con,rap. she seized, ilia coR-Rip-w-t-f (43)illum, (4, 3, & 2)io, ere, 

ui, reptum. ui, uisti, uit , &c. 

qu. and corripuit QTJE infixit, conjunction, 

scop. rock, infixit SCOPUL-O, (2m.) us, i,o,um,e,o. 

in, fing. thrust, ipsa iN-rix-i-(44) (ilium) (3) figo, ere, xi, 

ctum. xi, isti, it, &c. 

acut. on a sharp. ACUT-O scopulo. (2m.)us,i, o.um, e,o. 

Ast. But, infixit AST ego gero, conjunction, 

ego. I, EGO gero, (f.) ggo,mei, mihi, rae,&c. 

qu. who, ego QU-<E incedo, (f.)#, cujus, cui, am, &c. 

Div. ofthegodsjreginaDiv-wm, (2m.p.i, (or)-Mm, is, &c. 

in,ced. walk, quae iN-CED-o,(45) (3) o, ere, cessi, cessunic 

o, is, it, imus, istis, &c. 

re-s ag-o. queen, RE-ciN-a incedo, (If.) a, se, SB, am, a, d. 

qu. and, regina QUE soror, conjunction. 

Jov. of Jupiter, soror Jov-ts, (3 m.) Jupiter, Jovis, i, em, er, e. 
et. both, ET, et, corresponding conjunction, 

sor. sister, (sum) soR-or, (3f.) or, oris, ori, orem, &c. 
et. and, soror ET conjux, conjunction, 

conjung, the wife, (sum) CON-JU-X, (3 c.)a?, gis, gi, gem, x, ge. 
un. one, TTN-<! genta, (1 f.) a, ae, se, am, a, a. 

cum. with, CUM gente, preposition, 

gen. race, cum GEN-fe, (3f.) s, tis, ti, tern, s, te. 

tot. so many, TOT annos, adj. plural, indeclinable, 

ann. years, per ANN-OS, (2m. p.) i, orum, is, os, Sec. 

bell. wars, gero BELL-A, (2n.p.) a, orum, is, a, &c. 

ag-o res. carry on: ego GER-o:(46) (3) o, ere, gessi, gestum. 

o, is, it, imus, ids, unt 
e*. and, ego gero bella ET, quisquar. adoret, conjunction 



^ATIN GRAMMAR. 119 

qu.,qu who, QU.W-QUAM adoret, s,cujus cm quern, -,o. 

num. the divinity ,adoret NUM.cn, (3n.) en, inis, ini, en, &c. 

Jon. of Juno, numen JuN-onis, (3f.) o, onis, oni, 8cc. 

ad, or. can adore, quis. AD-OR.e-f(47>numen, (1) o,are } avi,atum. 

em, es, et, emus,&.c. 
praster,ea. hereafter, im- 

ponat PRJETER-EA, adverb, 

aut. or, adoret numen AUT imponat, conjunction. 

sup,plic. supplicating, sup-PL-cx,quisquam, (3c.) ex,icis,ici, 8cc. 
ar. on my altars, 

imponat AR-W, (1 f.p.) 83, arum, is, &c. 

in, pon. -will place, quis. [am, as, at, amus,&o. 

quam iM-poN-a-/(48)honorem,(3)o,ere,sui,itum, 
hon. a sacrifice? imponat HONOR-CTTI ? (3 m.) or, oris, i, em, &c. 

Tal. Such (things), 

volutans TAL-W, (3n.p.) ia,ram, ibus, ia, &c. 
flam. in her inflamed, FLAMM-a-^-ocorde,(2n.)um,i,o,um,um,o. 
s. herself, cum s-e, -, sui, sibi,se, -, sc. 

cum. with, CUM se, preposition. 

De. the Goddess, DE-a venit, (1 f.) a, se, se, am,a. a. 

cor. heart, (in) coR-o"e, (3 n.) r,dis,di, dem,r, de. 

volv. revolving, voLUT-a-n*, Dea,(3f.) ns, ntis,ti,tem,&c. 

nimb. ofstorms,patriam NiMB-or^Tn, (2m.p.)i,orM7n,is,os,i,is. 
in. into, IN patriam, preposition, 

patr. the country, in PATRi-am, (1 f.) a, ae, as, am, a, a. 

loc. places, in Loc-a, (2n.p.) a,orum,is,a,a,is. 

foet. full, F(ET-a loca, (2n.p.)a,orum,is, a, a, is. 

fur. of boisterous, FUR-e-n-M&u*Austris,(3m.p.)es,um,ibus, 

es, es, ibus. 

Austr. winds, feta AUSTR-W (2m.p.) i, orum,is, os,i,ts. 

^Eol. ^olia, in ^EoLi-aTTi, (If.) a, ae, ae am, a, a. 

ven. came. Dea VEN-i-f.(49) (4 8c3) Vo,ire, t, turn. 

i, isti, it, imus, istis, erunt. 

Hie. Here, premit Hie, adverb, 

vast. in a vast, VAST-O antro, (2n.) urn, i, o,ura, um, o. 

re-sag-o,king, RE-X premit, (3m.) z,gis,gi,gem,x,go. 

&o\. ^Eolus, JEoL-us premit, (2m.) t/?, i,o, um, e, o. 

antr. cave, (in) ANTR-O, (2n.)um,i o, nm,um,o. 




120 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



luct. the struggling, 



ven. 
qu. 



winds, premit 
and, 



ventos 



tempest, tempests, premit 
son. the sounding, 

imp3r. by authority, 
pre.Ti. governs, ^olus 



ac. 
vine, 
et. 
care. 


and, premit 
with chains, 
and. vinclis 
in a prison, 


AC fraenat 

VINCL-W, 

ET carcere, 

CARCER-g, 



fraen. restrains, ^Eolus 

111, they, 

in, dign. indignant, 
magn. a great, 
cum. with, 
murmur, murmur, cum 
mon. of the mountain, 
murmure 
circ. around, 
claustr. the barriers,circum 
frem. roar. illi 



In (his) lofty, 
sits, ^Eolus, 



Cels. 
sed. 



JEol. 

arc. citadel, (in) 

scepti scepter, tenens 

ten. holding; 

qu. and, 

moll. softens, 



sedet 



LUCT-a-n-/-es ventos, 3 m.p.) es, um,ibus, 
es, es, ibus. 

VENT-OS, (2 m.p.) i, orum, is, os, i, is. 
QUE tempestates, conjunction. 

TEMPEST-aJ-es, (3 f.p.)es,um, ibus, es, 

es, ibus. 

soNOR-as tempestates, (If.p.) 33, arum, is, 

as, se, is. 

IMPERI-O, (2n.) um, i, o, um, um, o. 

pREM-i-f,(50)ventos,(3) OjerCjess^essum. 
o, is, it, imus, ids, unt. 
conjunction. 

(2 n.p.) a, orum, is, a, a, is. 
conjunction. 

(3m.) r, ris, ri, rem, r, e. 
FRjEN-a-f (51) (illos)o,are,avi,atum. o,as, 
at, amus, atis, ant. 

Ill-t fremunt, (m.p.) 7, orum, is, os, i, is. 
iN-DiGK-a-n-t-es illi, (3 m.p.)es,um,ibus,&c. 
MAGN-O murmure, (2 n.)um, i, o, um,um,o. 
CUM murmure, preposition. 

MURMURS (3 n.) r, ris, ri, rem, r, re. 

MON-f-ts, (3m.) s,tis, ti,tem,s, te. 

CIRCUM claustra. preposition. 

CLAUsTR-a, (2 n.p.) a, orum, is, a, a, is. 
FREM-w-fi-.(52) (3 & 2)o, ere, ui, itum. 
o,is, it. imus, itis, unt. 
(If.) a, 33, 33, am, a, d. 
(2&3)eo, ere,i, ssum. 
eo, es, et, emus, &c. 
(2m.) us, i, o, um, e, o. 
(3 f.) x, cis, ci, cem, x, ce. 
(2 n.p.) a, orum, is, a, a, is. 
m.) ns, ntis, tijtem,Scc. 
QUE mollit, conjunction 

MOLL-t-f (54)animos, (4) to, ire, ivi, itum. 
io, is, it, imus, &o. 



CELS-d arce, 
SED-e-f.(53) 

^OL-w* sedet, 
AR-C-C, 

SCEPTR-a, 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 

anim minds, mollit AVIM-O*, (2 m.p.) i, c.um, is, :s, i, is 

et. and, raollit ET temperat, conjancticn 

temper, moderates, JEo\us TE.MPER-a-*(55)iras, (1) o, are, avi, atura. 

o, as, at, amus, &e. 

ir. their anger, temperat in-as. (1 f.p.)a2, arum, is, as, se, is. 

N. Unless, faciat Xi, adverb, 

far. he did so, (ille) FAC-i-a-J(56) (haec,) (4&3)to,er 

factum. iam, ias, iat, ianius, 8cc. 

mar. the seas, ferant MAR-ia, (3 n.p.) ia,ium, ibus, ia, &c. 
ac. and, maria AC terras, conjunction, 

terr. the land, ferant TERR-OS, (1 f.p.)ce, arum, is, as, ae, is 
qu. and, terras QUE coelum, conjunction 

coel. heaven, ferant COZL-WM, (2n.p.)um. i, o, um,um, o. 

pro, fund, the profound, pRO.FUN T D-u/7iccelum,(2n.)um,i,o,7/m ) um J o. 
quip. for, temperat QUIPPE ferant, adverb. 

fer. they would bear, FER-a-n-f ,(57) (3 &, 1) o, re, tuli, latum. 

am, as, at, amus, atis, ant. 

rap. swift, RAPiD-t(illi.) (2m. p.) i, orum, is, &c. 

cam. with CUM se, preposition, 

s. themselves, cum s-e, (p.)-, sui, sibi, se, -, 

qu. and, ferant QUE verrant, conjunction, 

vcr. would sweep, (illi)vERR-a-n-/, (53) (3) o, ere, i, sum. am, 

as, at, araus, atis, ant. 

per through, PER auras, preposition, 

aur. the air. per AUR-QS. (If.p.) se, arum, is, as, oe, is. 

Sed pater omni-pot-e-ns spelunc-is ab-did-i-t atr-is, 
But the father omnipotent caverns hid them in dark, 

Hoc nctu-e-ns ; mol-em que ct mon-t-es in-super alt-os, 
This fearing j a mass and and mountains above them lofty. 

Im-pos-u-i t; re-gem que ded-i-t, qui feed er-e cer-to 
Placed; a king and gave, who laws by fixed 

Kt prem-e.re, et lax-as sci-ro-t d-a-re juss-us haben-as. 
Both to restrain, and loose would know to give being commanded reins 

Ad qu-em turn Jun-o suppl-ex h-is voc-ibus us-a es-t: 
To whom then Juno as a suppliant these words used: 

(nam-quo tibi Divum pat-er at-que tam-m-urn re-x 

O jEolus, (for to thee of the Gods the father and cfmen king 
Ft mnlc-e-re ded-i t fluct us et toll-e-re vent-o,) 

Both to calm has given the waves and to raise therewith the wind,) 

11 



122 



THE PRINCIPLES CT 



Gen-s in imic-a mihi Tyrrhen-un navig-a-t a m--i 
A nation hostile to me the Tyrrhenian navigate sea, 
Ili-um in Itali-am port a-ns, vict-cs que Penat-es 

Troy into Italy bearing, the conquered and household gods. 
In-cut-e vi-m vent-is, sub raers as que ob ru-e pupp-es. 

Add force to your winds, the submerged and destroy ship*: 
Aut ag-e divers-os ; et dis-jic-e corp-ora pont-o. 

Or separate them j and scatter their bodies in the deep. 
S-u-n-t mihi bis septem prae-st a-nt.i corp-or-e Nymph-se: 

I have fourteen of beautiful form Nymphs: 
Qu-arum, quse form-A pulcherrim-a, DeVopei-am 
Of whom, who is in form most beautiful, DeVopeia 
Con-nubi-o jung-am stabil-i, propri-am que dic-ab-o; 

Wedlock J will join to thee in firm, as thine own and will consecrats; 

Omn-es ut te cum merit-is pro tal-ibus ann-os 
All that thee with merits tor suclf years 

Ex-ig-a-t. et pulch-ra fac-i-a-t te prol-e paren-t.-eru 

She may spend, and by a beautiful may make thee progeny parent. 
jEol-us h aec contra: Tu-us, 6 regin-a, qu-id, opt-es, 

^Eolus these words to replied: It is thy, queen, what you may 

[wish, 

Ex-plor-a-re lab-or ; mihi juss a capess-e-re fa-s es-t. 

To consider business j to me your commands to execute it belongs. 
Tu mihi, quod-cunque hoc regn i tu sceptr-a, 

You for me, whatsoever of this kingdum I possess, you the sceptre, 
Jov-em que 
Jupiter and 

Concili-a-s: tu d-a-s epul-is ac-cnmb-e-re Div-um. 

Conciliate: you permit me the feasts to recline at of the Gods, 

Nimb-orum que fac-i-s tempest-at-um que pot-e-nt-em. 

Of the clouds and you make me of tempests and ruler. 

H-sec ubi dic-t-a, cav-um con-vers-a cusp-id-e mon-t-em 

These when words were spoken, hollow with his turned spear mountain 

Im-pul-i-t in lat-us; ac vent-i, velut agm-in-e fact-o, 
He struck on the side; and the winds, as if a band were made, 

Qua dat-a port-a, ru-u-n-t,et terr-as turb-in-e per-fl-a-n-t 

Where was given a passage, rush out, and the earth in a whirlwind t Jo-w 

[c 'er, 

In-cub-u-ere mar-i, tot-um que & sed-ibus im-is, 
They rest upon the sea, the whole and from depths the lowest 

Una Eur-us que Not-us que ru-u-n-t,creb-er que prooell-ia 

At once the east wind both the south wind and disturb, thick and with 

[tempests. 

Afric-us, et vast-os volv-u-n-t ad lit-or-a fljct-us. 

The southwest wind, and vast roll to the shores waves. 



LAT'N GRAI1MAK. 123 

;i-t-ur clam-or que vir-fim, strid-or que rud*r. t-um, 
: the clamor both of men. the creaking and of cordage, 

F-rip-i-ii-n-t suhiM nub-es cculum que, di-em quc, 

Snatch away suddenly the clouds sky both, light and 

Toucr-oniiii ex ocul-is: pont-o no-x in-cub-a-t atr-a. 
Of the Trojans from the eyes: the deep night broods upon dark. 

In-ton-u-p-re P'-i, et crebr-is mic-a-t ign-ibus aeth-er: 

Thundered the heavens, and with frequent glistens lightnings the air: 

Prae-sent-em que vir-is in-tent-a-n-t omn-ia mor-t-em. 

Immediate and to the men threaten all things death. 

Extemplo JEne-x solv-u-n-t-ur frig-or-e membr-a. 

Immediately of ^Eneas are loosened by the cold the members. 
In-irem-i-t, et dupl-ic-es tend-e-ns ad sid-er-a palm-as, 

He groans, and both fiis stretching towards the stars hands, 

Tal-ia vo-ce re-fer-t: O ter que quater que beat-i, 
He cries thus: O thrice and four times happy they, 

Que-is ante or-a patr-umTrnj.se sub mcen-ihus alt-is, 

To whom before the faces of their fathers of Troy under walls the lofty, 

Con-tin-i-t oppet-e-re! 6 Dana-urn fort-issim-e gen-t-is 
It hap["Mied to die! of the Greeks most brave of the race 

Tydid-o, me-ne Iliac-is oc-cumb-e-re camp-is 

Tydidus, why was I on the Trojan to fall tields 

Non pot-u-issc? tu-n que anim-am hanc ef-fund-e-re dextr-;'i? 
Not able? by thy and life this to pour out right hand? 

Soev-us ubi yEaeid-so tel-o jac-e-t Hect-or, ubi ingen-s 

Fierce where of Achilles by the weap-on lies Hector, where great 

Sarpcd-on: ubi tot Simo-"s cor-rep-t-a sub und-is 

Sarpt-d(n lies : where so many the SimoVs having sei/ed under its waves 

Scut-a vir-nm, gale- as que, et fort-ia corp-or-a volv-i-t. 

The shields of men, helmets and, and brave bodies rolls. 
Tal-ia jact-a-nt-i strid-e-ns Aquil-on-e procell-a 

As he thus spoke, the shrieking with the north wind tempest 

Vel-um ad-vers-a fer-i-t, fluct-us que ad sid-er-a toll-i-t. 
The sail opposite strikes, the waves and. to the stars raises. 

Franu-u-n-t-ur rem-i: turn pror-a a-vert-i-t, et und-is 
Are broken the oars: then the prow turns, and to the waves 
D-a-t lat-us: m-soqui-t-ur cumul-o prac-rupt-us atjii-oe mon-s. 
Gives its side: follows in a heap broken of water mountain. 

H-i sumin-o in fluct-u pend-e-n-t: h-is und-a de-hisc-e-ns 
They the top of on the wave hang: to them the water yawning 

m inter fluct-us aper-i-t: fur-i-t ccst-us aren-is. 
the waves disci- the tide in the sands. 

Tr-cs Not-us al)-rcpt-as in sax-a lat-e-nt-ia torqu-e-t, 

Three thips the south wind driven away upon the rocks hidden whirls : 






124 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



Sax-a voc-a-n-t Ital-i, medi-is qu-oe in fluct-ibus ^xr- 

These rocks call the Italians, in the midst of which are the waves Altar 
Dors-um imman-e mar-i summ-o. Tr-es Eur-us ab 

Ridge a huge the sea at the top of. Three ships the east wind from 

alt-o 

the deep 

In brevi-a et syrt-es urg-e-t, miserabil-e yis-u j 
Upon shoals and quicksands drives, a miserable sight ; 

Il-lid-i-t que vad-is, at-que agger-e cing-i-t aren-ae. 
Dashes into and the shallows, and with a heap binds of sand. 

[Jn-am, qu-ae Lyci-os fid-urn que veh-e-ba-t Oront-ern, 
One, which Lycians faithful and carried Orontes, 

Ips-ius ante ocul-os ingen-s a vert-ic-e pont-us 

His before eyes a great from above wave 

In pupp-im fer-i-t: ex-cut-i-t-ur pron-us que magist-er 

On the stern strikes: is struck bending and master 

Volv-i-t-ur in cap-u-t ; ast ill-am ter fluct-us ib-idem 

Is rolled upon his head : and it three times the wave in the same place 

Torqu-e-t agen-s circum, et rapid-us vor-a-t sequ-or-e vort-e-x. 
Whirls driving around, and the swift swallows in the sea whirlpool. 

Ap-par-e-n-t rar-i n-a-nt-es in gurg-it-e vast-o: 
Appear a few swimming in whirlpool the vast : 

Arm-a vir-um, tabul-ae que et Troi'-a gaz-a per und-as. 

The arms of the men, tablets and and Trojan treasure appear in the 

[water. 

Jam valid-am Ilion-i nav-em, jam fort-is Achat-ee; 

Now the strong of Ilioneus ship, now the ship of brave Achates; 

Et qu-ci vect-us Ab-as, et qu-a 

And the ship in which was borne Abas, and the skip in which was bornt 

grandaev-us Aleth-es, 
the aged Alethes, 

Vic-i-t hiera-s : lax-is lat-er-um eornpag-ibas omnes 

Conquers the storm : through the loosened of the sides joints all the ships 

Ac-dr> a-n-t in-5mic-um imbr-em, rim-is que fatisc-u-n-t. 
Receive the fatal flood, in the seams and gape. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 125 

VIRGIL'S GEORGICS 
BOOK IV. 

[The use of the hyphen in the following lines will be. 
as heretofore, to separate the root, connecting letter or let- 
ters, significant letters and terminations, from each other. 
For example, in the word squal-e-n-t-i-bus : squal is the root, 
the medial or significant letter of the conjugation ; n de-* 
notes the present participle, t a connecting letter, and ibus 
the case and number termination. Corusc-a n-t, corusc, 
the root, a the medial letter of the present tense and first 
conjugation, n sign of the plural number, t sign of the 
third person. Claros, c/ar, the root, o the significant let- 
ter of the second declension, s terminal letter of the accu- 
sative plural in all declensions, excepting in the neuter gen- 
der. Terr-a-m, terr the root, a significant letter of the 
first declension, m terminal letter of the accusative singu- 
lar, in all declensions, excepting neuters of the third. 

If the student has become familiar with the foregoing 
Tables of Terminations, he will understand these divisions 
without difficulty. They will be continued only partly 
through the reading, and then the scholar is expected to be 
able to separate the words in his mind at a glance, and thus 
be enabled, in a moment, to determine the conjugation, 
voice, mood, tense, number, person, declension, case, or 
gender of all words.] 

Protinus aFri-i mell-is ccelet-i-a don-a 
Next of aerial honey the celestial gift 

Ex-eq-u-a-r H-:mc etiam, Maecen-as, ad-spic-e p6r-t-e-m. 
[will describe. This also, O Maecenas, look at part. 

Ad-mir-a-nd-a t-ibi lev-i-um spectacul-a re-rnm, 

To be admired by thee of inconsiderable views things, 

Ma^n-anim-o-s que duc-e-s, tot-ius que ord-in-e jren-t-is 
Courageous and leaders, of a whole and in order race 

M<>-r-r>-s, et stud-i-a, et popul-o-s, et prael-i-a dic-a-m. 
Customs, and arts, and people, and battles I will relate. 
In ten-u-i labor: at tenu-is non glor-i-a: s> qn-e-ro 

On t low r/fy'e -t this labor w : but low i* not the glory ; if any one 
11* 



126 



THE PRINCIPLES Of 



Num-:n-a la?va sii -a-n-t,aud-i-t que voc-a-t-us Apollo. 
Divinities adverse rermit, hears, and being invoked Apollo. 

Princip i-o, sed-e-s ap-ibus st-at-io que pet-e-nd-a, 

In the first place, a seat for the bees station and must be sought, 

Quo ne-que si-t vent-is ad-it-us (nam pabul-a vent-i, 

Where neither may bs for the winds an entrance (for food winds 

Fer-re dom-u-m prc-hib-e-n-t) ne-que ov-e-s hoed-i que petulc-i 
To carry home prohibit) neither sheep kids and frisking 

Flor-ibus in-sult-e-n-t, aut err-a-n-s bucul-a camp-o 
The ilcwers may bruise, or the grazing heifer in the field 

JDe-cut-i-a-t ro-r-e-m, et surg-e-n-t-e-s at-ter-at herb-a-s. 
May strike off the dew, and the growing may trample plants. 

Ab-si-n-t et pict-i squal-e-n-t-i-a terg-a, lacert-i 

Let be absent also spotted as to their filthy backs, lizards 

Pingu-ibus A stabul-is; merop-e-s que, ali-se-que voluc-r-e-s, 
The fat from hives j bee-eaters and, other and fowls, 

Et man-ibus Procn-e pect-us sign-a-t-a cruent-is. 

And hands the swallow as to her breast marked with bloody. 

Omn-i-a nam late vast-a-n-t, ips-a-s-que vol-a-n-t-e-s 

All things for on every side they destroy , them and flying about 

Or-e fer-u-n-t, dulc-e-m nid-is im-mit-ibus esc-a-m. 

In their mouth they bear, as a sweet nests to their cruel morsel. 

At liquid-i fon-t-e-s, et stagn-a vir-e-n-t-i-a musc-o 
But pure fountains, and pools green with moss, 

Ad-si-n-t et tenu-is, fugi-e-n-s per gramin-a ri- vus : 

Let be present, and a small, gliding through the grass rivulet: 

Palm-a que vestibul-um aut ingen-s oleast-er in-umbr-e-t. 

The palm tree and the threshhold or the great wild olive let shade. 

Ut, quum prim-a nov-i duc-e-n-t examin-a re-g-e-s 
That, when the first new will lead swarms kings 

Ver-e su-o, lud-e-t que fav-is e-miss-a juvent-us 

In spring itself, will play and from the honeycombs sent forth young j 

Vicin-a in-vit-e-t de-ced-e-re rip-a calor-i, 

The neighboring may invite to depart from bank the heat, 

Ob-vi-a que hospit-i-is ten-e-a-t frond-e-n-t-ibus arb-os. 

Opposite and \velcome may present itself with a leafy tree. 

In medi-u-m, sen st-a-b-i-t iner-s, seu pro-flu-e-t hum-or, 
In the midst, whether will stand sluggish, or will flow water, 

Trans-vers-a-s sal-ic-e-s et grand-i-a con-jic-e sax-a: 
Across willows and large cast rocks: 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 127 

Pont-ibus ut crcb-r-is pos-si-n-t con-?ist-e-re et alas, 

Bruises tha '.pon frequent they may be able to rest and tlieir 



Pand-e-re ad rcstiv u-m sol-e-m; si forte, mor-a-n-t-o-s 

To stretch or. to the summer sun: if by chance them delaying 

Spars-eri-t aut proe-cep-s Neptun-o im-mers-eri-t 

Shall have sprinkled or the dangerous in the rain shall immersed 

Eur-us. 

the cast wind. 

H-oee circ-nm cnsi-ae vir-id-e-s, et ol-e-n-t-i-a Into 

These around Id there be spice trees green, and fragrant on every side 

Serpyll-a, et graviter spir-a-n-t-i-s copi-a thymbr-aB 
Thyme, and powerfully of smelling abundance savory 

Flor-e-a-t: irrigu-u-m quo bib-a-n-t violar-i-a fon-t-e-m 

Let flourish: the watering and let drink the beds of violets fountain. 

Ips-a autem sen cort-ic-ibus tibi sut-a cav-a-t-is, 
These but, either bark by thee fastened with hollow 

Seu lent-o fu-eri-n-t alvear-i-a vim-in-e text-a, 

Or with the bending which will be hives vine woven, 

August-o-s hab-e-a-n-t ad-it-u-s: nam frig-or-e mell-a 
Narrow let have entrances ; for with cold the honey 

Cog-i-t hiems, ea-dem que cal-or lique-fact-a remitt-i-t: 
Congeals winter, the same and heat melted returns: 

TJtr-a que vi-s ap-ibus pariter met-u-e-nd-a: ne-que ill-se 
Either and force by the bees equally is feared : neither they 

Ne-quic-quam in tect-is cert-atim tenui-a cer-a 

In vain in their dwellings assiduously small with wax 

Spirament-a lin-u-n-t, fuc-o que et flor-ibus or-a-s 
Air holes smear, with paint and and flowers borders 

Ex-pl-e-n-t: col-lec-t-u-m que h-aec ips-a ad mun-er-a glut-en 
Fill : the collected and these very to uses gluten 

Et visc-o et Phryg-i-ae serv-a-n-t pise lent-i-us Id-ae. 

Both glue and of Phrygian they preserve pitch tougher than Ida. 

Ssepe etiam ef-fos-is(si ver-a es-t fam-a) latebr-is 
Often also dug out (if true is report) in recesses 

Sub terra fovere lar-e-m; penitus que 

Under the eartt taey have cherished their household j deep and haw 

re-per-t-ae 
been found 

Pumic-ibus que cav-is, ex-e-s-ae aue arbor-is antr-o. 

Pumice stonas ar.d in holloa of an old ana tree in the hollow. 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



Tu tatncn et lev-i rim-os a cub-il-i-a lim-o 

Do you notwithstanding with yielding leaky hives clay 

Ung-e fov-e-n-s circ-um, et rar-a-s super-in-jic-e frond-e-s. 
Daub guarding around, and thin above put on boughs. 

Neu prop-ius tect-is tax-um sin-e. ne-ve rub-e-n-t-e-s 
Neither near the hives the yew-tree permit, nor reddening 

Ur-e foc-o cancr-os: alt-ae neu cred-e palu-d-i: 

Burn in the tire crabs: to the deep nor trust marsh: 

Aut ubi od-or coen-i grav-is, aut ubi con-cav-a puls-u 
Or where the smell is of mire offensive, or where hollow from a blow 

Sax-a son-a-n-t voc-is que of fen-s a re-sult-a-t imag-o. 

Rocks resound, of the voice and offensive rebounds image. 

Qu-od super-es-t, ubi puls-a-m hiem-e-m sol aure-us eg-i t 
Further, when repulsed winter sun the golden had driven 

Sub terr-a-s, ccel-u-m que aestiv-a lue-e re-clus-i-t; 
Under the earth, the sky and with summer light has brightened; 

Ill-se continue salt-u-s silv-a-s que per-agr-a-n-t, 
They immediately woods forests and wander over, 

Purpure-o-s que met-u-n-t flor-e-s, et flumin-a lib-a-n-t 
Purple and cut down flowers, and streams sip 

Summ a lev-es. Hinc ne-sc-i-o qu-a dulced-in-e laet-a 
Surface of flying. Hence I know not in what sport joyful 

Pro-gen-i-e m nid o-s que fov-e-n-t ; hinc art-e rec-ent-e-s 
Their young nests and cherish ; hence with skill fresh 

Ex-cud-u-n-t cer-a-s, et mell-a tenac-i-a fing-u-n-t. 
Form wax, and honey the tenacious make. 

Hinc ubi jam emiss u-m cave -is ad sid-er-a coel-i 

Hence where now issuing/rowi their hives to wards the stars of heaven 

N-a-re per aesta-t-e-m liquid-a-m sus-pex-eri-s agm-en, 
To sail through the air clear you shall behold a band, 

Obscur-a-m que trah-i vent-o mir-a-b-er-e nub-e-m ; 

Dark and to be carrid by the w r ind you shall wonder at the cloud . 

Contempl-a-tor: aqu-a-s dulc-e-s et frond-e-a semper 
Look: waters sweet and leafy always 

Tect-a pet-u-n-t: hue tu juss-o-s a-sperg-e sap-or-es, 
Dwellings they seek: here do you suitable sprinkle flavored herbs, 

Trit-a melis-phyll-a, et cerinth-ae ignobil-e gram-en: 

Bruised balm-gentle, and of honey-suckle the common herb: 

Tinnit-us qm ci-e, et Matr-is quat-e cymbal-a circ-unx. 

Ringing and excite, and of Cybele strike the cymbals around. 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 129 

Ips.ae con-sid-3-n-t medic-a-t-'s scd-ibus: ips-au 
They rest upon the fragrant places: they 

Intim-a rao-r-e su-o s-e-s-e in cuna-bul-a cond-e-n-t. 

Familiar mannei in their own themselves for hives will build. 

Sin autem ad pugn-a-m ex-i-eri-n-t (nam saepe du-obus 

If but to battle they shall go forth (for often two 

Reg-ibus in-eess-i-t ^ magn-o discord-i-a mot-u) 
Kings has seized upon with great discord disturbance) 

Oontinuo que anim-o-s vulg-i, et trepid-a-n-t-i-a bell-o 
Immediately and minds of the crowd, and eager for war 

Cord-a licet longe prae-scisc-e-re : nam-que mor-a,n-t-e-s 

Hearts it is permitted you long before to perceive : for those delaying 

Mart-i-us ill-e ae-r-is rauc-i can-or in-crep-a-t, et vo-x 
Warlike the brass of the harsh sound rouses, and the voice 

Aud-i-t-ur fract-o-s sonit-u-s imit-a-t-a tub-a-rum. 
Is heard broken sounds imitating of trumpets. 

Turn trepid-ae inter s-e co-e-u-n-t. penn-is que coruso- 

Then swift among themselves they fight, with their wings and they 

a-n-t, 
glitter, 

Spicul-a que ex-acu-u-n-t rostr-is,apt-a-n-t que lacert-o-s, 

Stings and sharpen with their beaks, prepare and their limbs, 

Et circ-a reg-e-m, at-que ips-a ad praetor-i-a dens-oe 
And around the king, and itself at the royal hive thick 

Misc-e-n-t-ur magn-is que vpc-a-n-t clamor-ibus host-e-m 

They are gathered, with great and chalenge clamor the enemy. 

Ergo, ubi ver nact-ae sud-u-m camp-o-s que pat-e-n-t-e-s 

Therefore, when spring that they have found clear fields and ope 

E-ruinp-u-n-t port-'s, con-curr-i-t-ur: sether-e in alt-o 

They issue from their gates, it happens: air in the lofty 

F-i-t sonit-us: magn-um mixt-D3 glomer-a-n-t-ur in orb-e-m, 
Is made a sound: a great mingled they are collected in circle, 

Prae-cip-it-e-s que cad-u-n t: non dcns-i-or aer-e grand-o, 

Headlong and fall: not is thicker than in the air hail, 

Nee de con-cuss-a tant-um plu-i-t il-ic-e gland-is: 
Nor from the shaken docs so much shower oak of acorns, 

Ips-i per medi-a-s acl-e-s. in-sign-ibus 

The kings themselvej t'orough the m'dst of the armies, upon splendid 

al-is, 
wings, 



ISO 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



In-gent-e-s anim o-s audits t-o in pect-or-e vers-a-n- 1 ,: 
Great minds a small in breast revolve : 

Us-que adeo ob-nix-i non ced-o-re, dum gravis -aut 

So far that resolute not they have yielded, while Ue powerful, eit 

h-o-s, 

these, 

Aut h-o-s, ver-s-a fug .\ vict-or d-a-re terg-a 

Or those, being changed, the flight, conqueror to give their backs 

sub-eg-i-t. 
compelled. 

H-i mot-u-s anim-or-um at-que h-oec certam-in-a tant-a 

These excitements of their minds and these contests so great 

Pulv-er-is ex-igu-i jact-u com-pre-ss-a quiesc-u-n-t. 

Of dark a little by throwing on stopped cease. 

Verumubi ductor-e-s aci-e re-voc-av-eri-s am-bo, 

But when the leaders from the army you shall have recalled both, 

Deter-5-or qu-i vi-s-us, e-um, ne prodig-us ob-s-i-t, 
Feebler who seems, him, lest the prodigal injure, 

Ded-e nec-i: mel-i-or vac-u-a sin-e regn-e-t in aul-a. 
Deliver to death: the better an empty suffer to reign in hall. 

Alt-er eri-t macul-is aur-o squal-e-n-t-ibus ard-e-n-s: 
One will be spots in gold with dirty shining: 

Nam du-o s-u-n-t gen-er-a; h-ic mel-i-or, in-sign-is et or-e 

For two there are kinds ; one the better , marked both on the counte 



Et rutul-is clar-us squam-is: ille horrid-us alt-er 

And with bright beautiful scales: the rough other. 

De-sid-i-A, lat-a-m que trah-e-n-s in-glori-us alv-u-m. 
In sloth, broad and drawing ignoble belly. 

Ut bin-ae re-g-um fac-i-e-s, ita corp-or-a pleb-is. 

As there are two of kings kinds, so there are two classes of the plebeians. 

Nam-que ali-se turp-e-s horr-e-n-t, ceu pulv-er-e ab alt-o 
For some mean disgust, as if dust from deep 

Qnum ven-i-t, et sicc-o terr-a-m spn-i-t or-e, via-t-or 

When came, and/roi his dry on the earth spits mouth, traveller 

Arid-us: eluc-e-n-t ali-'ae, et fulg-or-e corrusc-a-n-t, 
The thirsty: shine some, and with brightness glitter, 

Ard-e-n-t-e-s aur-o, et par-ibus lit-a corp-or-a gutt-is. 

Glowing with gold, and with like as to their spotted bodies marks. 

H-aec pot-i-or sobol-e-s: hincccel-i temp-or-e cert-o 

This ii v he more powerful race : hence of the year time at a certain 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 131 

Dulc.i-a mell-a prem-e-s; ncc, tant-um 

Sweet honey you will squeeze out; neither are there other things so 

dulc-i-a, quant-urn 
sweet, so 

Et liquid-a, et dur-u-m Baceh-i dom-i-tur-a say ir-em. 
And pure, and harsL of wine that will overcome flavor. 



FIRST ORATION OF CICERO AGAINST 
CATILINE. 

Quousque tandem abutere, Catilina. patfcntia nostra? Quara- 
Hovr 'ong then will you abuse, Catiline, patience our? How 

diu etiam furor iste tuus nos eludet? Qnem ad finem sese efTrenata 
long also fury this thy us evade? What to end itself unbridled 

jactabit audacia? Nihilne te nocturnum presidium Palatii. nihil 
will carry audacity? Do not thee the nightly guard of the Palatine, not 

urbw viirilioe, nihil timor populi, nihil concursus 

of the city the watch, not the fear of the people, not the assembling 

bonorum omnium, nihil hie munitissimus habendi senatum locus nihil 
good men of all, not this most fortified of holding the senate place, not 

horum ora vultus que moverunt? Patere tua consilia 

of these the looks countenances and move? To be exposed thy designs 

non sentis? Constrictam jam horum omnium conscientiA 

not do you perceive? grasped now these of all in the knowledge 

teneri conjurationem tuam non vides? Quid proximA, quid 
to be held conspiracy thy not do you see? What on the last, what on 

supcriore nocte egeris, ubi fueris, quos convocaveris, 
a former night have you done, where were you, whom have you collected, 

quid oonsilii ceperis, quern nostrum ignorare arbitrarisl 

what design have you formed, any one of us not to know do you think? 

O temporal O mores! Senatus ha?c intelligit, consul 

the times! O the manners! The senate these things perceivcs,the consul 

videt ; hie tamen vivit. Vivit? immo vero etiam in 

sees: this man notwithstanding lives. Lives? nay indeed also into 

fcnatum venit. Fit publioi consilii particeps: 

the senate he has come. He is made of the public deliberation a sharer: 

notat et desiirnat oculis ad cnedom unumqucmque nostrum, 

be marks and appoints with his eyes to death everyone of us. 



132 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



Nos autem viri fortes, satisfaccre reipublicce videmur, si istius 
We but men brave, to do our duty to the republic seem . if of this wrcicn 

furorem ac tela vitemus. Ad mortem te, Catilina, duel 
the fury and \vsapons we shun. To death/or thee, Catiline, to be led 

jussu consulis, jampridem opportebat ; into conferri 

by command of the consul, long ago it was fitting ; upon thee to be brought 

pestem istam, qunm tu in nosomnes jamdiu machinaris. An 

evil for the same, which you against us all even now contrive. Did 

vero vir amplissimus, Publius Scipio, pontifex maximus, 

indeed man that most renowned, Publius Scipio, pontiff the highest, 

Tibertum Gracchum, mediocriter labefactantem^statum reipublicne, 
Tiberius Gracchus, slightly disturbing the peace of the republic, 

privatus interfeeit : Catilinam, orbem terrarum coede 

a private individual slay: Catiline, the world, with slaughter 

atque incendiis vastare cnpientem, nos consules preferemus? Nam 
and flames to lay waste desiring, we consuls will bear with? For 

ilia nimis antiqua praetereo, quod Caius Servilius Ahala Spurhim 

those too ancient matters I pass over, how Caius Servilius Ahala Spurius 

Melium, novis rebus studentem, manu suaoccidit. Fuit, 

Melius, new things desiring, hand with his own slew. Theresas. 

fuit ista quondam in hac republics virtus, ut viri fortes acrioribus 
there was that formerly in this republic virtue, that men brave with severer 

suppliciis civem perniciosum, quam acerbissimum hostem coercerent. 
punishments citizen the traitorous, than the fiercest enemy would punish. 

Habemus senatus censultum in te, Catilina, vehemens et 

We have a decree of the senate against thee, Catiline, powerful and 

grave : non deest reipublicaj consilium, neqne auctoritas 

weighty : nor is wanting of the republic the counsel nor the authority 

hujus ordinis: nos, nos, dico apertc, nos consules desumus. Decrevit 
of this order : we, we, I speak openly, we consuls are wanting. Decreed 

quondam senatus ut Lucius Opimius consul videret nequid 



formerly the senate that Lucius Opimius consul should see, nothing 

respublica detrimenti caperet ; nox nulla intercessit : interfectus est 
republic of injury should receive: night no intervened : was slain 

propter quasdam seditionum suspiciones Caius Gracchus, 

on account of certain of sedition suspicions Caius Gracchus, from 

clarissimo patre, avo, majoribus: occisusest cum 

a most renowned father, grandfather, and ancestors : was slain with his 

liberis Marcus Fulvius, consularis. Simili senatus- 

children Marcus Fulvius, of consular dignity. By a similar decree of the 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 133 

consulto, Caio Mario et Lucio Valerio, permissa 

senate, Caius Marius and Lucius Valerius being consuls, was entrusted 

est respublica: nura unura diem postea Lucii Saturnini tribuni 
with the republic: did one day afterwards of Lucius Saturninus a tribune 

plebis, et Caii Servilii praetoris mortem reipublicae 

of the people, and of Caius Servilius a praetor the death of the republic 

pccna remorata est? At nos vicesimum jam diem patimur 

the punishment hinder? But we the twentieth now day suffer 

hebcscere aciem horum auctoritatis. Habemus enim hujusmodi 
to blunt the point of these of the authority. We have for of this kind 

senatusconsultum, verumtamen inclusum in tabulis, tanquam gladium 
a decree of the senate, nevertheless shut up in tablets, like a sword 

in vagina reconditum: quo ex senatusconsulto confestim 

in its sheath hidden : which by decree of the senate immediately 

interfectum te esse, Catilina, convenit. Vivis: 

put to death that you should be, O Catiline, it was proper. You live: 

et VMS non ad deponendam, sod ad confirmandam audaciam. 
and you live not for laying aside, but for confirming your audacity. 

Cupio, patres conscripti, me esse clementem: cupio in tantis 

I desire, fathers conscript, to be mild: and also I desire in such 

reipublicae periculisme non dissolutum videri: sed jam me ipse 

of the republic dangers not negligent to seem : but now myself, even I, 

inertias nequitiae que condemno. Castrasunt in Italia, contra 

for laziness remissness and condemn. Camps are in Italy, hostile to 

rempublicam, in Etrnripe faucibus collocata: crescit in dies singulos 
the republic, in of Etruria the defiles collected: increases in day each 

hostium numerus, eorum autem imperatorem castrorum, 

of the enemy the number, of these but the commander camps, 

ducern que hostium, intra moenia, atque adeo in senatu, 
the leader and of the enemy, within these walls, and even in the senate, 

videmus, intestinam aliquam quotidie perniciem reipublicsc molientem. 
we see, secret some daily mischief to the republic attempting. 

Site jam, Catilina, comprehend!, si interfici jussero; 

If thee now, Catiline, to be seized, if to be slain I shall command; 

credo erit verendum mihi, nenon hoc potius omnes 

I presume it will be feared for me, also that this t* done rather all 

boni serius a me, quam quisquam crudelius factum 

the good will say too late by me, than that any ono too cruel the act 

esso dicat. Verum ego hoc, quod jampridem factum esse 
to be would say. But 1 this which long ago to have been dcce 

12 



134 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



oportuit, certci de causa nondum adducor ut faciam. 

ought, a certain for reason not yet I am prevailed on it io as I may do 

Turn denique interficiam te, cum jam nemo tarn improbus,tam perditus, 
Then finally I may slay thee, when truly no one so base, so lost, 

tarn tui similis inveniri poterit, qui id non jure factum esse 

so thee like to be found will be able, who that this not rightly was done 

fateatur. Quamdiu quisquam erit, qui te defendere audeat, 

may declare. While any one will be, who you to defend nuay dare, 

vives: et vives ita, ut nunc vivis, multis meis et 

you will live : and you will live just as now you live, many by my and 

firmis praesidiis obessus, ne commovere te contra rempublicam 

firm guards beset, so that not to move thyself against the republic 

possis. Multorum te etiam oculi et aures non sentientem, 

you may be able. Of many you also the eyes and ears not perceiving, 

sicut adhuc fecerunt, speculabuntur atque custodient. Et enim 

as hitherto they have done, will watch and guard. For truly 

quid est, Catilina, quod jam amplius expectes, si neque nox 
what is it, O Catiline, which now more you can expect, if neither night 

tenebris obscurare costus nefarios nee privata domus 

by its shades to hide assemblies your wicked, nor a private house 

parietibus continere vocem conjurationis tuae potest? si 
in it s walls to contain the voice conspiracy of your is able? if are 

illustrantur, si erumpunt omnia? Muta jam 

made manifest, if burst torth to view all your designs ? Change now 

istammentem: mihicrede: obliviscere caedis atque incendiorum : 
this intention: me trust: forget slaughter and flames: you 

teneris undique : luce sunt clariora nobis tua consilia 

are hemmed in on every side : light are clearer than to us your designs 

omnia: quae etiam mecum licet recognoscas. 

all: and these things also with me it is proper that you may review. 

Meministine, me ante diem duodecimum kalendas 

D o you not remember, that I before day the twelfth the kalends of 

Novembris dicere in senatu, certo die fore in armis, qui 
November said in the senate, on a certain day would be in arms, which 

dies futurus esset ante diem sextum kalendas Novembris, Caium 
day would be before day the sixth the kalends of November, Caius 

.iifanlium, audacise satellitem atque administrum tuae? Num me 
Manlius, audacity the satellite and assistant of your? Did me 

fefellit, Catilina, non modo res tanta, tarn atrox, tarn incredibilis, 
deceive, Catiline, not only an affair so great, so atrocious, so incredible, 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 135 

verum. id quod multo maijis est admirandum, dies? Dixi e<io 

hut, that which much mora is to be wondered at, the day? Said I 



in senatu, caedem te optimatum 

the same in the senate, the slaughter that you of the chief members 

rontulisse in ante diem quintum kalendas Novembris, turn cum 
ii:id rouspired on before day the fifth the kalends of November, then when 

nmlti principes civitatis Roma, non tarn sui conservandi, 

many principal men of the state of Rome.not so much of its being preserved 

quamtuorumconsiliorumreprimendorum causa profugerunt. Num 
as of your designs being impeded for the reason fled from. Truly 

infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis proesidiis, mea diligentia 

must you not say that you on this very day by my guards, by my diligence 

circuraclusum , commovere te contra rempublicam non potuisse. 
hemmed in, to move yourself against the republic not have been able. 

cum tu, discessu ceterorum, nostra tamcn. 

when you after the departure of the others, with our not\yithstanding 

qui remansissemus, caede contentum te esse dicebas? 

who should have remained, slaughter content that you would be said? 

Quid? cum tute Prseneste kalendas ipsis Novembrisoccupaturum 
What? when safely Praeneste kalends on these of November would seized 

nocturno impetu esse confideres : sensistine, ilium 

by a nocturnal assault be you trusted : have you not perceived this 

coloniam meojussu, praesidiis, custodiis vigiliis que esse 

colony by my command, by guards, keepers watchmen and to be 

munitam? Nihil agis, nihil moliris, nihil cogitas, 

protected? Nothing you do, nothing you attempt, nothing you contrive, 

quod ego non modo non audiam, sed etiam non videam, plane 
which I not only not may hear, but also which no* I may see, plainly 

que sentiam. 
and understand. 



Et enim jamdiu, patres conscript!, in his periculis conjurations 
For indeed so long, fathers conscript, by these dangers of conspiracy 

insidiis que versamur ; sed nescio quo pacto omnium 

treacheries and we are troubled ; but I know not by what means of all 

scelerum, ac veteris furoris et audaciae maturitas in nostri 
Mcsecrimes, and of long-continued fury and audacity the maturity in of our 

consulates tempus erupit. Quod si ex tanto latrocineo isto 

consulship the time has broken out. But if from so great violence this 



136 THE PRINCIPLES OF 

unus tolletur ; videbimur fortasse an breve quoddara tempus 

one shall be removed ; we shall seem perhaps for short some time 

cura et metu esse relevati: periculum autem residebit, et 
from care and from fear to be relieved: the danger but will remain, and 

erit inclusum penitus in venis atque in visceribus reipublicae. 
will be shut up within hi the veins and in the bowels of the republic. 

Ut saepe homines cegri morbo gravi, cum sestu febri que 

As often men sick disease with severe, with heat fever and 

jactantur, si aquam gelidam biberint prim6 relevari 

are tossed about, if water cool they shall drink at first to be relieved 

videntur ; deinde multo gravius vehementius que afflietantur ; 
they seem ; then much more severely acutely and they are afflicted ; 

sic hie morbus, qui est in republica, relevatus istius 

so this disease, which is in the republic, relieved of this man 

poena vehementius vivis reliquis ingravescet. Quare, 

oy the punishment, more acutely by the living remnants will increase. 

Wherefore 

patres conscript! , secedant improbi secernant se a 

fathers conscript, let depart the base,let them separate themselves from 

bonis, unum in locum congregentur, muro denique, id 

the good, one in place let them be collected, by a wall finally, that 

quod saepe jam dixi, secernantur anobis. 

which often now I have spoken of, let them be separated from us, 

desinant insidiari domi suae consili, circumstare 

let them cease to lie in wait for house at his the consul, to stand around, 

tribunal prsetoris urbani, obsidere cum gladiis curiam, 

the tribunal praetor of the city, to beset with swords the senate-house, 

malleolos et faces ad inflammandum urbem comparare. Sit 

fiery mallets and torches for burning the city to prepare. Let it be 

denique inscriptum in fronte uniuscujus que civis, quid de 

finally written on the forehead of every and citizen, what concerning 

republic a sentiat . Polliceor hoc vobis , patres conscript! , tantam 

the republic he may think. I promise this to you,lathers conscript,so much 

in nobis consulibus fore diligentiam, tantam in vobia 

in us consuls that there shall be diligence, so much in you 
auctoritatem, tantam in equitibus Romanis virtutem, tantam in omnibus 
authority, so much in knights Roman bravery, so much in all 

consensionem, ut Catilinae profectione omnia patefacta. 

agreement, that of Catiline by the departure all things laid open 

illusttata. oppressa, vindicata esse videatis. Hisce, 

r orth, crushed, punished to be you may see. With these same 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 137 

ominibus, Catilina, cum summa reipublk oe salute , et cum tua 
omens, Catiline, with the surest of the republic safety, and with thy 

peste ac pernicie, cum jue eorum exitio, qui se 

crime and mischief, with and of those the destruction, who themselves 



tecum omni scelcre parricidio que junxerunt, proficiscere ad 
with you in all wickedness parricide and have joined, depart to 



irapium bellum ac nefarium. Turn tu Jupiter, qui 

thy impious war and unhallowed Then thou, Jupiter, who by 

iisdem quibus haec urbs auspiciis a Romulo es 

the same which this city was established, auspices by Romulus wast 

constitutus: quern statorem hujus urbis atque imperil vere 

established here : whom the stay of this city and empire truly 

nominamus: hunc, et hujus socios a tuis aris ceteris que 

we call: this man, and his companions from thine altars other and 

templis, a tectis urbis ac mcenibus, a vita fortunis 

temples, from the dwellings of the city and walls, from the life fortunes 

que civium omnium arcebis : et omnes inimicos bonorum, hostes 

and citizens of all wilt drive away : and all the haters of the good, enemies 

patriae, latrones Italiae, scelerum foedere inter 

of the country, robbers of Italy, of wickedness by a compact among 

se ac nefaria societate conjunctos, 

themselves and in an unhallowed companionship joined together, 

aeternis suppliciis vivos mortuos que mactabis. 
with eternal punishments living dead^ and you will destroy. 

NOTE. Lucius Scrgius Calilina, a Roman knight, of vicious and 
contemptible habits, had conspired against the Roman government. 
He had leagued together all the most abandoned men. to assist him in 
his daring undertaking. It was his design to attack the city of Rome 
i{ in the dead waste and middle of the night j" murder the consul, sena- 
tors, and the other powerful men of the city j usurp the government, 
and establish himself as an emperor. But, by some means, the whole 
of his horrid intentions leaked out and reached the ears of Cicero, the 
then consul. Cicero immediately convened the senate ; but, strange to 
relate, the very object of their convention entered the house and took 
his seat with the other senators. No sooner, however, had he taken 
hie seat, than the senators around him arose and left him, with marked 
scorn and contempt. Cicero then arose, and burst forth in the prece- 
strain Df eloquence. B. s. B- 

12* 



138 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



THE CRUCIFIXION. 

MATTHJEUM. CAPUT 27, CARMEN 25. 

(25.) E; respondens, universus populus dixit: Sanguis ejus 
And answering, the universal population said: Blood his 

sup3r noSj et super filios nostros. (26.) Tune dimissit 
(be) npcn us, and on children our* Then he dismissed 

eis Barabbam: Jesum autem, quum flagellasset, tradidit 

tc them Barabbas: Jesus but, when he had scourged, he delivered 

ut crucifigeretur. (27) Tune milites prsesidis, 

that he might be crucified. Then the soldiers of the governor, 

quum abduxissent Jesum in prestorium, coegerunt 

when they might have led Jesus into the common hall, collected 

ad eum universam cohortem. (28) Et quum exuissent 

unto him all the soldiers. And when they had stripped 

eum, circumposuerunt ei chlamydem coccineam : (29) Et coronam 
him, they arrayed him in a robe scarlet : And a crown 

e spinis contextam imposuerunt ejus capiti, et arundinem in dex- 
of thorns woven they placed on his head, and a reed in right 

tram ejus : et genu ante eum summisso, illudebant ei, dicentes, 
hand his: and the knee before him bending, mocked him, saying, 

Ave, rex Judaeorum. (30) Et quum inspuissent ineum,cepe~ 
Hail, king of the Jews. And when they had spit on him, they 

runt arundinam illam, et verberab ante aput ejus. (31) Et postquam 
took reed the and beat head Lis. And after that 

illusent ei, exuerunt eum chlamyde, indueruntque 

they had mocked him, they unclothed him of the cloak, clothed him 

vestimentis suis: et abduxerunt eum, ut crucifigerunt 

clothes with his own : and led away him, that they might crucify 

enim: (32) Exeuntes autem invenerunt quendam Cyrenceum, 
him: Going out and they found a certain man of Cyrene, 

nomine Simonem ; hunc angariaverunt ut attollerit crucem ejus. 
uamed Simon j him they compelled that he might bear cross his. 

(33) Et qc m venissent in locum qui a.citur Golgotha, (quod 
And when they come to a place which is called Golgotha, (which 

est, Calvariae loous,) (34) Dederunt ei acetum bibendum cum 
is, of skulls a pla-e.) They gav3to him vinegar to drink with 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 139 

felle mistum : et quum gustasset noluit bibcre. (35) Post- 
gall mixed : and when he had tasted he would not drink. After 

qimm autem crucifixerunt cum, partiti sunt ejus vestimenta, sortem 
that and they crucified him , divided his garments, lots 

jacicntcs; ut impleretur quod dictum est a propheta, 

casting ; that might be fulfilled which spoken was by the prophet. 

Partiti sunt sibi vestimenta mea, et super vestem meam 

They divided to themselves garments my, and above vesture my 

jecerunt sortem. (36) Et sedentes servabant eum illic: 
they cast lots. And down sitting they watched him there. 

(37) Et imposuerunt super caput ejus crimen ipsius scriptum, 
And they placed over head his crime his written, 

OTTO2'E2TIN 'IH2OT2 'O BA2AE12 TON 'IGTAAiaN 
HIC EST IESUS ILLE REX lUD^ORUM. 
THIS IS JESUS THE KING OF THE JEWS. 

(38) Tune crucifiguntur cum eo duo latrones; unus ad dextram, 
Then were crucified with him two thieves; one on the right, 

et alter adsinistram. (39) Qui vero praeteribant conviciabaD- 
and the other on the left. They and who passed by reproached 

tur, moventes capita sua, (40) Et dicentes, Tu qui destruis 
(him,) moving heads their, And saying, Thou who destroyest 

templum, et triduo aedificas, serva temetipsum : si Filius 
the temple , and in three days buildest (it , ) save thyself: if the Son of 

Dei es descendite e cruce. (41) Similiter autem etiam 
God thou art, descend from the cross. Likewise and also 

primarii sacerdotes illudentes cum scribis et senioribus, 
the chief priests mocking him, with the scribes and elders, 

dicebant, (42) Alios servavit, seipsum non potest sen-are: si 
said, Others he can save, himself not he is able to save: if 

rex Israelis est, descendat nunc e cruce, et cre- 

the king of Israel he is, let him descend now r from the cross, and we 

demus ei. (43) Confidit in Deo; eruat ipsum nunc, 

will believe him. He believed in God ; let him save him now. 

si placet ei: dixit enim, Filius Dei sum. 

if it please him: he said, for the Son of God I am. 

(50) Jesus autem quum rursum clamasset voce magnd emi- 

Ji-sus and when again had called voice with a loud he sent 

it spiritum. (51) Et, ecce, velum templi fissurn est 

fort !i liis spirit. And. MioU 1 , the veil of the temple rent was 



140 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



m dims | artes, a summo usque ad imum ; et terra mota 

in two parts, fron the top e /en to the end ; and the earth shaken 

est, et pctrse fissae sunt : (52) Et monumenta aperta sunt 



was, and rocks rent were : 



And the graves opened were ; 



et multa corpora, sanctorum, qui dormierant, surrexerunt; (53^ 
and many bodies of the saints, who slept, arose j 

Qui egressi e monumentis postresurrectionemejus,introierunt in 
Who came out of their graves after resurrection his, and went into 

sanctam urbem, et apparuerunt multis. 
the holy city, and appeared unto many. 



PAUL'S CHARGE TO TIMOTHEUS. 
EPISTLE II, CAP. 4. 

(1) OBTESTOR TE, igitur, egocoramDeo, et Domine Jesu 
CHARGE THEE, therefore, I before God, and the Lord Jesus 

Christo,qui judicaturus est vivos et mortuus, in illustri illo suo 
Christ, who shall judge the quick and the dead, at glorious this his 

adventu et regno suo. (2) Prasdica sermonem ilium ; insta 
coming and kingdom his. Preach word thej be instant 

tempestive , intempestive : argue, objurga, exhortare, cum omni 

in season or, out of season either : reprove, rebuke, exhort, with all 

lenitate et doctrina. (3) Nam erit tempus quum sanam doctrinarn 
lenity and doctrine. For will be time when sound doctrine 

non tolerabunt ; sed auribus prurientes, ipsi sibi 

not they will endure; but with ears itching, they to themselves 

secundum suas illas peculiares cupiditates coacervabunt doctores: 
according to own their peculiar desires shall heap teachers : 

(4) Et a veritate quidem aures avertent ad 

And from the truth indeed their ears they will turn away, unto 

fabulas vero divertent. (5) At tu vigila in omnibus, per. 
fables and shall be turned. But thou watch in all (things,) en- 

fer injurias, opus perage evangelistae, ministerii tui plenam 
dure afflictions, the work do of the evangelist, ministry, of thy full 

fidem facito. (6) Nam ego jam liber et tempus meae remigrationis 
proof make. For I am now ready, and the time of my departure 

instat. (6) Certamen illud prasclarurn decertavi, cursum 
is manifest. Fight the very famous I have fought, the race 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 141 

consummavij fidem ser*-avi. (8) Quod reliquum est, repo. 

I have finished; t'.ie faith I have kept. Henceforth, there is 

sita est mihi justitiae corona, quara reddet mihi Dominus in 
laid up for me of justice a crown, which will give to me the Lord in 

illo die Justus ille judex. 
that day just the judge. 




MATTELEUM. CAPUT VI, CARMEN 9. 

Vos, igitur, itaprecamini: PATER noster qui es in coelis, sane- 
YE, therefore, thus pray: FATHER our who art in heaven, hal- 

tificetur nomen tuum: Veniat regnum tuum : Fiat voluntas tua, sicut 
lowed be name thy: Come kingdom thy: Be done will thy as 

in cffilo, (itd) etiam in terra : Panem nostrum quotidianum da nobis, 
in heaven, (so) also on earth: Bread our daily give to us, 

hodie : Et remitte nobis dcbita nostra, sicut et nos remittimus debito- 
to-day: And forgive us debts our, as also we forgive debt- 

ribus nostris : Et ne nos inducas in tentationem, sed libera nos ab 
ors our: And not us lead into temptation, but deliver us from 

illo malo. Quia tuum est regnum et potenlia, et gloria, 
all evil. For thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, 

in sicula. Amen, 
for ever. Amen. 






BUIUU, U 

his, sa 



LUC AM. CAPUT XVIII, CARMEN 10. 

(10) Homines duo ascenderunt in templurn ut precarentur; 
Men two ascended into the temple that they might pray ; 

onus Pharisaeus, et alter publicanus. (11) Pharisaeus, con- 
one a Pharisee, and the other a publican. The Pharisee stand- 

sistens seorsim haec precatus est : Deus, gratias ago tibi 

ing with himself, thus prayed: God, thanks I give to thee 

quod non sim ut reliqui homines, rapaces, injusti, mo3chi; 
because not I may be as other men, extortioners, unjust, adulterers j 

vel etiam ut iste publicanus ; (12) Jejuno bis hebdomadej decimo 
or even as this publican ; I fast twice a week ; I give the 

quaecunque possideo. (13) Publicanus autcm procul 
tenth of whatever I possess. The publican and at a distance 

stanSj nolebat vel oculis in coelum attolere ; sed percutiebat pectus 
standing, would not his eyes to heaven lift up ; but bea breast 

suwn.dicens, " Deus, placatur 'mihi pcccatori '" 
his, say'ng, " O God, be merciful c o me a sinner!" 



142 



THE PRINC.PLES OF 



ANALYTICAL TABLE. 

TLe following words correspond to the figures used iai the first part 
of the jEneid, i. e. the Analysis. The object of this-table is to assist 
the scholar in separating words into their constituent parts, which sepa- 
ration is expressed throughout this work by the hyphen. By a careful 
study of this, he will perceive the specific use of the various medial 
letters, terminations, &c. 3 and w r ill find that all these divisions have a 
particular meaning. In translating the verb, he will observe that the 
word is rendered backwards. 

The following abbreviations are used : 
1 p., first person ; 2 p. second person ; 3 p. third person. 
pi. plural; where not used, singular is understood. 
i., indicative; t'wt., imperative; in., infinitive; sub., subjunctive. 
pr., present; p., perfect. 
imp., imperfect; plup., pluperfect; f., future. 
pass., passive; prep., preposition; ml,, medial letter or letters 
1., 2., 3., 4., denote the conjugation. 

EXAMPLES. i.pr., indicative present; sub. imp., subjunctive im- 
perfect; ml. 1., medial letter, first conjugation. 

Root. 1 p. i. pr. 

1. Can o. 
Sing I. 

Root. i. p. 3. 3 p. 

2. Yen i t. 

Come has he. 



Root. ml. 1. i. p. pass. 3 p. 

3. Jact a tus es t. 
Tossed was he. 

Root. i. p. pass. 3 p. 

4. Pas sus es t. 
Suffer ed he. 



Prep. root. sub. imp. 3 p. 

6. In fer re t. 
Into bring would he. 

Root. im.2f. 

7. Memor a. 
Relate thou. 

Root. ml. 3. in.pr. 

8. Volv e re. 
Roll to. 

Prev. root. in. pr. 

9. Ad i re. 
To ero to. 



Prep. root. ml. 3. sub. imp. 3p. Prep, root sub. p. 3 p. 
5. Con d e re t. 10. Im pul eri t. 

Together put would he. Into driven may have she. 



LATIN JRAMMAR. 



143 



Root, t p. 3. 3 p. 

11. Fu i t. 

"Was it. 

Root. ml. 2. i. p. 3. p. pi. 

12. Ten u ere. 
Held have they 

Root. i.pr. 3 p. past. 

13. Fer t ur. 
Said she is. 

Root. ml. 2. in. p. 

14. Col u isse. 
Cherished to have 

Root. i. p. 3. 3|). 

15. Fu i t. 
Was it. 

Root. in. pr. 

16. E sse. 
Be to. 

Root. ml. 3. sub.pr. pi. 3p 

17. Sin a n t. 
Permit may they. 

Root. ml. 3. i.pr. 3 p. 

18. Tend i t. 
Endeavors she. 

Root. ml. 2. i.pr. 3 p. 

19. Fov e t. 
Cherishes she. 

Root. in. pr. past. 

20. Due i. 
Descended to be. 

Root, ml A. i.plup. 3 p. 

21. Aud iv era t. 
Heard had she. 

Root. ml. 3. sub. imp. 3 p. 

22. Vert o re t. 
Overturn would it. 



Root. in.f. 

23. Ven turum ^sse. 
Come would. 

Root. i. p. 3. p. pi. 

24. Volv ere. 
Decreed have they. 

Root. i. phip. 3 p. 

25. Gess era t. 
Carried had she. 

Prep. root, i plup. pi. 3p 

26. Ex cid era n t. 
From fallen had they. 

Root. ml. 2. i.pr. 3 p. 

27. Man e t. 
Remains it. 

Root. ml. 2. i. imp. 3 p. 

28. Arc e ba t. 
Driving was she. 

Root. ml. 1. i.imp. pi. 3p. 

29. Err a ba n t. 
Wander ed they. 

Root, i.imp. 3 p. 

30. E ra t. 
Was it. 

Prep. root. ml. 3. in. pr. 

31. Con d e re. 
Together put to. 

Root. ml. 1. i.imp. pi. 3 p. 

32. D a ba n t. 
Giving were they. 

Root. ml. 3. i.imr. pi. 3 p. 

33. Ru e ba n t. 
Rushing were they. 

Prep. root, ml 3. in.pr. 

34. De sist e re. 
From stay to. 



144 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



Root, in.pr 

35. Po sse. 
Able to be. 

Prep. root. ml. 3. in.pr. 

36. A vert e re. 
From turn to. 

Root. i. pr. pass. 

37. Vet o r. 
Forbidden I am. 

Prep, root, ml. 3. in.pr. 

38. Ex ur e re. 
Out burn to. 

Root. ml. 2. i.p. 3 p. 

39. Pot u i t. 
Been able has she. 

Prep. root. ml. 3. in.pr. 

40. Sub merg e re. 
Under sink to. 

Prep. root. i.p. 3p 

41. Dis jec i t. 
Asunder cast has she. 

Prep. root. i.p. 3 p. 

42. E vert i t. 
Over turned has she. 

Prep. root. ml. 2. i.p. 3 p. 

43. Cor rip u i t. 
On seized has she. 

Prep. root. i.p. 3 p. 

44. In fix i t. 
On fastened has she. 

Prep. root. i.pr. I p. 

45. In ced o. 

On give place I, or I walk. 

Root. i.pr. I p. 

46. Ger o. 
Carry I. 



Prep. root. ml. sub.pr. 1. 3p. 

47. Ad or e t. 
To pray may he. 

Prep. root. ml. 3. sub.pr. 3 p. 

48. Im pon a t. 
On place may he 

Root. i.p. 3 p. 

49. Yen i t. 
Come has she. 

Root. ml.3.pr. 3 p. 

50. Prem i t. 
Governs he. 

Root. ml. I. i.pr. 3 p. 

51. Fraen a t. 
Restrains he. 

Root. ml. 3. i.pr. pi. 3 p. 

52. Frem u n t. 
Roar they. 

Root. ml. 2. i.pr. 3 p. 

53. Sed e t. 

Sits he. 

Root. ml. 4. i.pr. 3 p. 

54. Moll i t. 
Softens he. 

Root. ml. 1. i.pr. 3 p. 

55. Temper a t. 
Moderates he. 

Root. ml. 4. sub. pr. 3 p. 

56. Fac i a t. 
Do may he. 

Root. ml. 3. sub.pr.pl. 3p. 

57. Fer a n t. 
Bear can they. 

Root. ml. 3. sub.pr. pi. 3p 

58. Verr a n t. 
Sweep can they 



PRINCIPLES 

OF THE 

ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX 

OF THE 

GREEK LANGUAGE. 



GREEK ALPHABET. 



THE GREEK ALPHABET consists of twenty-four letters, viz 




in 



Name. 
Alpha, 
Beta, 
Gamma, 
Delta, 
Epsilon, 
Zeta, 
Eta, 
Theta, 
Iota, 
Kappa, 
Lambda, 
Mu, 
Nu, 
Xi, 
O micron, 

Pi, 

Rho, 

Sigma, 

Tau, 

Upsilon, 

Phi, 

Chi, 

Psi, 

Omega, 



Sound. 



b. 



e short. 

z. 

e long. 

th. 

i. 

k. 

1. 

m. 

n. 

ks or x. 

o short. 

p. 

r. 

s. 

t. 

yoru. 

ph, or f, 

ch. 

ps. 

o long. 



146 THE PRINCIPLES OF 

ABBREVIATIONS 

Characters. Letters for which they stand, 
r tfr, 

*) xai, 

-s ou, 



S'.una. 
St. 
kai, and. 
ou, not. 



NOTE. There are many other abbreviations, but these are in mcst 
common use. 



EXERCISES ON THE GREEK ALPHABET. 
Agrippas de pros ton Paulon ephe: 



'A y p 
Agrippa 



if p o 
then unto 



<rov 
the 



a u X o v 
Paul 



said : 



'E tf i 7 p s tf si a i 
E p i t r e p e t a i 
It is permitted 



tfoi 

soi 

to the 



* u tf s p 

huper 

for 



s e a u t o u 
thyself 



i e g eir. 

X y s i v, 
to speak. 



Tote 

TOTS 
Then 



ho 

*o 
the 



ekteinas ten 
i x & f v el g <r ?] v* 

raising the 



Paulos apelogeito, 

IIat>Xo atfsXoysiTo, 

Paul defended himself, 



panton 



ch e i r a. Peri 

X s p a. PI s p i 
hand. Concerning all (things,) 



on 

civ 
of which 



egkaloumai hupo Joudaion 
x a, Xo v JLH. a. i t u*n'o 'lou^aiwv 



y 
I 



am accused 



by 



(the) Jews, 



basileu Agrippa, egemai emauton 
{3 a, <f i X s u ' A y p I r < et| Tj^rjfxaj ^fx-auTov 
O, king Agrippa, I think myeslf 

makarion mellon apologeisthai, &c. 

u a x a p i o v ju-sXXwv a'jroXoysio'^ a i, 5rc. 

happy (that) I am about to defend myself, &c. 



Pronounced teen, e long. 



f Pantone, o long. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 147 

TABLE OF DIPHTHONGAL SOL.N T DS 



OU, 


like 


i 


in fire. 


as 


ST'j-^ai. 


e, 


like 


i 


in fine, 


as 


TO-4/ei. 


KU, 


like 


au 


in Paul, 


as 


otulo'cr. 


E'j, 


like 


eu 


in feud, 


as 


sips. 


Of, 


like 


oi 


in soil, 


as 


au7o. 


O'J, 


like 


ou 


in our, 


as 


olloc. 


Ul, 


like 


ui 


in quick 01 


we, as 


uio, wheos. 



OTHER SIGNS, ACCENTS, ETC. 

NOTE. r, before y, x, ^, or , is sounded like ?? in ring, 
as a^sXo, (angelos,) ot/xov, (angkon,) &c. Sigma, at the 
end of a word, is written s* otherwise tf. 

( ' ) is called the rough breathing or spiritus asper ; it is 
the same as h in English, as 6 (ho). 
(~ ) is called the circumflex accent. 
( ' ) the acute accent, and ( *) is the grave. 
( ' ) is the soft breathing, or spiritus lenis.* 

(i) This character written under a vowel is called the 
subscript iota, (i written under,) as rcj, ap^jj, &c, 

In Greek, the vowels s and o are short ; *j and u are long, 
and a, i, u, are doubtful ; called so because they are some- 
times short and sometimes long; as a in cot-Hp is always 
long, in Xaocr is always short, while in "Ap^c, it may be 
either short or long. 

( ' ) The apostrophe is written over the place of a short 
vowel, that has been cut off from the end of a word ; as, 
aXX' for aXXa, xar* or xaS' for xa-ra. This is done when the 
next word commences with a vowel, and in compounds, 
when the first part ends and the last part begins with a 
vowel. Sometimes the diphthongs are elided by the poets, 
as ^o'Xofx 1 lycij for oJXo/Aa |y ; and sometimes after a long 
syllable, the initial vowel is cut off from the following 
word: as, u 'yaQe for u 'a/adl. Instead of the apostrophe 
or cutting off the final vowel, the concurring vowels are of- 
ten contracted : as, xax for xa/ ex, xa^w for xa/ tyu, &c. 

* The spiritut Icnis indicates that the spirilits asper is not nsrd 
Every word ciiininciiciii'j with a vowol or diphthong lias a spirit us or 
breathing on th;it vowel, while the diphthong has it on tlic '2d letter. 



148 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



EUPHONY. 



The Greeks paid the greatest attention to the smoothness 
of sound in their language ; and in this manner, it became, 
in a short time, one of the smoothest and richest languages 
on the known "earth. This, they called Euphony; and 
from a regard to this, they carefully avoided all harshness 
of sound by concurring consonants, not easily pronounced. 
The following rules will apply to this subject. 

1. Words ending in tfi, and verbs of the third person in 
and i, add v to the termination, before a vowel or before a 
pause, in the same manner as we add n to a in the English 
language ; as, an ox for a ox. This is called v appended. 

2. When two successive syllables would begin with an 
aspirate or rough mute, the first is changed into its own 
smooth; thus, Tpip0 for $pp0, Tpr^oo for ^ps'^w, <rp<pw foi 
dpsqxo, &c., &c. 

3. A if mute (tf, , cp,) before <f, becomes ^, (ps.) 

4. A x mute (x, y, ^,) before tf, becomes f, (x.) 

5. A <r mute (r, <5, 0,) before fx, is changed into tf. 

6. When <t would stand between two consonants it is re- 
jected; as, XsXsi!p-0ov for XsXsjtf-oWlov, &c. 

7. When tf, by inflection, comes before tf, it is rejected. 

8. When both v and a-rmute together are cast out before 
tf s preceding it is changed into si, o into ou, and a doubtful 

is lengthened ; but *j and eo remain unchanged.* 



PUNCTUATION. 

( , ) The comma denotes the shortest pause. 
( ) The colon or semi-colon, the next shortest; and 
( . ) The period a full stop. 

( ; ) Denotes that a question is asked, and is the same as 
(?) in English. 

* For the remainder of these Rules, see page 156, on the veib 



GREEK GRAMMAR, 149 



PARTS OF SPEECH. 

The Parts of Speech in Greek, are eight, viz: 

1. Substantive or noun, Adjective, Article, Pronoun and 
Verb, declined. 

2. Adverb, Preposition and Conjunction,* undechncd. 
(F:>r the definitions, see Latin Grammar.) 

NUMBER. 

The numbers in Greek, are three : Singular, denoting 
one object ; Dual, denoting two objects, (commonly in 
pairs, as a span of horses, the bird and its mate, man and 
wife, &c.,) and the Plural, denoting more than one, object. 
The Dual is but little used. 

CASE. 

There are only five cases in Greek, there being no ab- 
lative ; the others are like the Latin. 

NOTE. In Greek, the genitive and dative supply the 
place of the ablative. 

(For " Rules for the construction of Cases," see Latin Grammar.) 



OF DECLENSION. 

Declension is the mode of changing the terminations of 
nouns, verbs, pronouns and adjectives. There are three 
declensions of nouns and adjectives, in Greek, called the 
first, second and third. 

* The participle, which is considered by some grammarians, as a 
d'stin.'. part of speech, is more properly a part of the verb. It may 
be, also, an adjective. 

The Interjection is thought by some writers to be an adverb or ft 
tpcfch ol'itseU' instead of a 

5* 



150 



THi: PRINCIPLES OF 



TABLE OF DECLENSION. 

FIRST DECLENSION. , 

Singular. Dual. Plural 

N. G. D. A. V. N.A.V. G.D. N. G. D. -I. 

Mas. , ou, a, av, a. a, aiv. ai, -sov, ai, a<r, a. 

Mas. ij, u ?J iv, ?j. a, aiv. ai, tfv, aicr, aj, a. 

Few. a, a, a, av, a. a, aiv. ai, TO'V, ai, a, a. 

Fzm. t\, >], fi t ?]v, TJ. a, aiv. ai, -wv, aif, a, a. 

SECOND DECLENSION. 

Singular. Dual. Plural. 

N. G. D. A. V. N.A.V. G.D. N. G. D. A. V. 

MaS. 0, OU, W, OV, S. W, OIV. Ol, OJV, Ol, OU, 01. 

Neut, ov, ou, ^J, ov, ov. w, oiv. a, 65v, oi, a, a. 

THIRD DECLENSION. 

Singular. Dual. Plural. 

N. G.D. A. V. N.A.V.G.D.N.G. D. A. V. 
M. <$ F. ,*o, i, a or av, like JV. e, oiv. , wv, tfi, a?, 
Neuter. ,*o^, i, like N. like JV. e, oiv. a, wv, tf, a, 

RULES FOR THE ASSISTANCE OF THE STUDENT. 

1. The nominative singular always ends either in a long 
vowel or v, p, $, g and ^. 

2. In the dual, the genitive and dative always end alike. 

3. The nominative and vocative are always alike in the 
plural, and generally in the singular. 

4. The genitive plural always ends in wv. 

5. The accusative plural of the masculine and feminine 
always ends in s ', of the neuter in a. 

6. In the neuter plural, the nominative, accusative and 
vocative end in a. 

7 The dative singular is known by having the subscript 
iota written under it; except where it already ends in i. 

The nominative terminations of this declension are numerous. Its 
genitive singular always ends in os, and has one syllable more than the 
nominative. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 



151 



Mas 



Gen. ToG* 



DECLENSION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 

Singular. Dual. Plural. 

Fern. Neut. Mas. Fern. Neut. Mas. Fern. Neut. 

>j, TO'. TW, T<X, TW. oi, ai, T<X. 

TOU. TOIV, Taw, TOM/. TGJV, TGJV, TGJV. 



TW T7], 
./4.CC. TOV TTV, 



TW. 
TO. 



TOM/, 
TW 



Tan/, 
Ttt 



TOJV. 
TW. 



T0. 
Ttt^, T(X. 



NOTE. 5s is sometimes annexed to the article through 
all its parts, when it becomes o6s, *?<5s, TO'^S, &c., this. 



PRONOUNS. 

The PERSONAL PRONOUNS, in Greek, are !yw, I; tfu, 
tkou ; ou, of himself } of herself, of itself. They are thus 
declined: 

/w, I. 

Singular. Dual. Plural. 

N. G. D. A. N.A. G.D. N. G.. D. A. 

w ; voj'iv or vwv 



N.G.D.A.V. N.A.V. 

, tfoiJ, tfoi, to', (Tu 



A. 



tfu, 
G.D. N.V. G. D J*. 

tfqjwiv or tf^wv. u/xs^, u/xwv, u/xrv, CfAa^. 

jy^, of himself j fyc. 
N.A. G.D. N. G. D. 

0*9^, 0*9 j'v. 0*95^, tf^wv, 0*910*1, 



N. G.D. A. 

, ou", of, e. 

The POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS are declined like the noun 
the masculine like the second declension masculine in oj; 
the feminine like nouns of the second declension, in a or 
1 ; the neuter like the neuter of the second declension, in 
ov thus : 






Masculine, of, 
Feminine, a, 
Ncuttr. ov t 



ou, t>, ov, e, &c, 
*jf af ; >;, ot- ; r]v, av ; >), a, &c. 
ou J ov, ov, &c. 



152 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



Dual. 


Plural. 


N.A. G.D. 


N. G. D. A. 


-w, -on/. 


-o;, -wv, -oi, -ou. 


-a, -an/. 


-a;, -wv, -cus, -off. 


-w, -o?v. 


-a, -wv. -ofc, -a. 



The Definite Pronoun, auYo, is thus declined: 

Singular. 
N. G. D. A. 
Mas. auY-o, -ou, -w -ov. 
Fern., auT-ig, %, -fj, -r,v. 
Neut. aur-o, -ou, -w, -o. 

''AXXocr, o and exsivoj are declined in the same manner. 

The REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS are such as relate to the suh- 
ject of the proposition in which they stand. They are 
formed from the accusative singular of the personal pro- 
nouns, with the oblique* cases of auVocr. They are gjxaurou, 
of myself \ tfsavrov, of thyself, saurou, of himself . They are 
thus declined: 



Singular. 



Mas. 



G. 

-ou 



D. 

-w 



G. 

-wv 



Plural. 
D. A. 



JNeut. -ou, -w, -o. 



oS 9 



-0.5. 
-a. 



The DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS point out with precision, 
person or thing already known. They are : 



o5s, 



* T:' I this, the latter, the one. 

, T005, } 

j'vrj, sxsivo, that, the former, the other. 

OUTOS is thus declined : 

Singular. Dual. 

N.V. G. D. A. N.A.V. G.D. 

Masculine, OUTOCT, TOUTOU, 9-ouTW, TOUTOV. rourw, TOUTOJV. 

Feminine, auVrj, <rajT7]f, Taur>], <rauTy]v. Taura, Taura^ 

Neuter, TOUTO, TOUTOU, TOUTW, TOUTO. TOUTW, TOUTOIV. 

Masculine, OUTOI, TOUTWV, TouToig 1 , TOUTOU^. 

Feminine, auTai, TauTwv, Ta^Toucr, TauTaj. 

Neuter, raura, TOJTWV, TOJTOJC:, TouTa. 

* AL cases, except the nominative, are called oblique cases 



SREEK GRAMMAR. 153 

"O<5s is declined Ifee the definite article o with the en- 
clitic os annexed through all its cases, to render it emphatic. 
*Exsivo is declined like auro. 

The RELATIVE PRONOUN i? one that relates to a noun or 
pronoun going before it, called its antecedent. The rela- 
tive, o'er, >}, o, who, which, that, is declined like au<ro. It is 
made emphatic by adding the enclitic syllable irsp; as 
oWep, fj'TJ'cp, 6Vep. 

The Ionic and Doric writers and the Attic tragedians use 
the article 6, r,, TO, as a relative, instead of 6'$, J}, o. 

The compound pronoun o<rr is used instead of 6V, as a 
relative, after Tc7cr, or any word in the singular, expressing 
an indefinite number; and otfoi, after the same words in 
the plural: as, <ro o<ft-i, every one who; iravrss otfoi, all 
who, &c. 

The INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN is used in asking a ques- 
tion. The interrogative rig is thus declined : 

Singular. Dual. Plural. 

N. G. D. A. N.A.G.D. N. G. D. A. 

M. F. <ri, Ti'vog 1 , rt'vi, <nva. TI'VJ, TI'VOIV. rfvfg', TIVWV, nVi, rivaj 

NeUt. Tl', TIVO^, TIVI, Tl. Tl'v, T/VOJV. TlVa, TJVWV, TlVl, TIVOL. 

The INDEFINITE PRONOUNS are such as denote persons or 
things indefinitely. They are: 

<nV, <rV, <n, 5o?7ze O7ze, declined like rfc, above. 
5eiv-a, -a, -a, s0?/ze o?ze, ^cA a one. 

-rj, -o, another. 

Vspa, iVspov, other, a different one t another. 



The indefinite <r/V has the grave accent on the last sylla- 
ble to distinguish it from the interrogative rur, which has 
the acute accent on the first ; the former is enclitic, the 
latter is not. 

The indefinite 6sM/a, someone, of all genders, and aKvny 
with the article prefixed, is declined like a noun of the 
third declension. It is, however, sometimes used indecli- 
nable ; as, genitive, TOU 5sTva, dative, rw SsTva. 

All \vords used interrogatively, are also used indefinitely, 
but generally with the accent changed. 



154 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



VERB S. 

In Greece, the TRANSITIVE* verb has three forms, call* 
Active, Passive and Middle. 

An INTRANSITIVE* verb is commonly without the Passive 
form. 

The MIDDLE VOICE, in Greek, represents the suVject of 
,he verb as acting on itself; as fwrojxou, I strike myself; 
sXa^<x|jirjv TOV rtodoL, 1 hurt my foot , &c. 

OF MOODS. 

MOOD is the mode or manner of expressing the meaning 
or signification of the verb. 

In Greek, the Moods are five, viz: The Indicative, 
Subjunctive, Optative, Imperative and Infinitive. 

The Indicative mood is always used to express a thing 
as certain and actual; as, <piXsw, Hove, TUTTTW, I strike. 

The Subjunctives^ Optative moods represent an action 
as dependent and contingent, and never actual or certain. 
Not a thing that certainly is, was or will be, but that may, 
can or might be or exist. The subjunctive represents this 
contingency or doubt as present, the optative as past. 

The Imperative mood commands, exhorts, entreats and 
permits; as, ypowps, write thou, Vw, let him go, &c. 

The Infinitive mood expresses the sense or meaning of 
the verb in a general manner ; as, TWTSJV, to strike. 

TENSES. 

TENSE is the division of time into Present, Past and 
Future. 

Although there are, in reality, only the three above 
named tenses, yet, by certain other modifications, a variety 
of tenses may be formed: of these, in Greek, there are 
nine. They are the Present, the Imperfect, the First and 
Second Future, the First and Second Aorist, the Perfect, 
Pluperfect, and, in the Passive, the Paulo-post or Third 
Future. 

* F >r the iefuition of these terms, see Latin Grammar, p. 92. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 155 

The Present tense represents the time now passing. 

The Imperfect, time gone by or pnst. 

The Perfect tense, time just completed. 

The Pluperfect, time preceding the imperfect. 

The First and Second Future, time that will come. 

The First and Second Aorist, any time past. 

The Paulo-post or TfoVd Future Passive, time that ?z7Z 
come and be continued ; as, lyypb\*ltu t he shall continue 
enrolled. 

SIGNS OF THE MOODS. 

Indicative mood. There is no particular letter to denote 
this mood ; but its difference from the others may be easily 
seen by a glance at the Table of the Verb. 

Subjunctive mood, w and ij. 

Optative mood. 01, en and si. 

Imperative mood, s, ov, Sw, <n and di. 

Infinitive mood. eiv, va, dai and ai. 

The SIGNS OF THE TENSES will be seen, by referring to 
the Table on the Verb, or page 158. 

: 



OF CONJUGATION. 



Conjugation is the manner of arranging the Moods and 
Tense* of the Verb according- to a certain order. 

In Greek, there are two Conjugations: the first of verbs 
in w, the second in JUM. 

The different voices, moods, tenses, numbers and per- 
sons that a verb undergoes by conjugation, may be referred 
to three heads: the Root, the Augment, and the Termi- 
nation. 

OF THE COGNATE MUTES AND RULES OF CHANGE IN LETTERS 

The Mutes are nino, hut all are founded on three, viz.: 
c, which is formed with the lips, x with the palate, and * 
tfith the tongue. Add a slight roughness to cr smooth, and 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 

you have ft middle; next, the rough breathing ('), and 
you have <p rough. 

K, with a slight roughness, becomes 7, to which add the 
rough breathing, and you have ^: and, in the same man- 
ner, r becomes 8 and 6. Y and are called double conso- 
nants, being mere.y it and x, with tf appended. 

II mutes. K mutes. T mutes. 

Smooth -r, x, r. 

Middle, ^, 7, 5. 

RDUgh, <p, add tf make 4/. ^, add tf make f. d. 

If <f is added to <r mutes, the mute is dropped: thus, from 
CXVJ'TW you have dvutfco and not CCVJTO'W. 

II mutes before fx are changed into fx: as, <TE<rufXfxai for 
TsVutffxai ; Tfrpjjtxfxai for <rsrpjfxai ; 77pa/x/xai for 7f7paq?fxai. 

K mutes before jx are changed into 7; as, TrsVX^/xai for 
irgVXexXfxai. 

N, before a it mute is changed into fx : as, l/xarvw for 



N, before a K mute is changed into 7: as, tflpayxa for 



N, before the liquids, (X, fx, p,) is changed in those let- 
ters respectively : as, tfuXXgyw for (fuvX^^o, &c. 

When mutes come together, they must be of the same 
strength; that is, smooth with smooth, middle with middle 
and rough with rough. Hence, when one is determined, 
the other must be made to correspond : as, Iry^-dijv for sYutf- 

0>jv ; Xs'Xr^-ds for Xs'Xsx-Os, &c., &c. 

NOTE. The above business of Euphony, (especially the 
last rule,) is no new thing; but one which occurs in the 
English, as well as in the Greek and Latin. There are 
more changes in a great number of words, in the English 
language, than most people seem to be aware of. Take, 
for instance, the words coZ-lect, cow-press, co-alesce and 
cor-respond, in which the Latin word COTI, by euphonic 
changes, becomes alternately col, com, co, (in which the n 
is dropped,) and cor. And why this change? Why not 
retain the original word con? Let us see. How would 
cew-lec*., cott-press, corc-alesce and co?z-respond sound ? Very 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 157 

ronirh, I must confess. Hence, these changes are intro- 
duced in the language for the express purpose of making 
tha: language smooth. And in the same manner the syl- 
lables in, ne, sub, ad, and some others, are changed into a 
great variety of forms; in, for instance, when used as a 
negative, and derived from non or ne, Latin, becomes il, ir, 
im, ig, if, (which, with d annexed, becomes dif, as in dif- 
fident, ^y-ficult, (from facilis, easy,) and some others.) 
Sub becomes sup, suf, sue, sus, &c. ; and ad becomes al, 
at, af, &c. ; thus, zra-vulnerable, zVz-competent, z7-legal, im- 
moral, e^-noble, dif-fident, dif-ficuh. In all these cases, 
the syllable in italic, comes from in, the n being changed 
to I before /, m before m, g before n, and dif before f, for 
the sake of Eupho?iy or Sound. 

OF THE ROOT. 

The ROOT is that part of the verb that remains un- 
changed throughout, (except as required by the rules of 
Euphony.) 

The final letter of the root is called its characteristic, 
because the verb is denominated pure, mute or liquid, ac- 
cording as that letter is a vowel, mute or liquid. 

In all primary forms of the verb, the characteristic is the 
letter next to the termination, in the present indicative; 
thus, X in Xey-w, * in <rpsVw, u in Xuw, v in rsivu, &c. 

Many verbs have a second and third root, i. e., the verb 
changes its forms in the second future and second aorist, 
and again in the perfect and pluperfect middle. The root 
of the present tense is called theirs* root. 

OF THE TENSE ROOT. 

The Tense Root, or the Tense Sign, is that part of the 
rerb that remains unchanged through the same tense.* 

NOTE. In some verbs, where there is no Tense sign, 
the verb root or the termination denotes the Tense. 

Some Authors make the Verb Root a part of the Tense Root, 
b'Jt this is wrong. The Verb Roct remains unchanged through the 
verb, while the Tense Root through the tense, on,y. 
14 



158 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



TABLE OF TENSE SIGNS. 

In Mute and Pure Verbs, the Tense Signs are in the 
Active. Passive. Middle. 

*First Future, tf, d^tf, tf. 

First Aorist, tf, d, <f 

Second Future, .... e, ijtf, 

Perfect & Pluperfect, [ ' ] or x, , 

In Liquid Verbs, the Tense Signs are, in the 

First Future, e, 6y<fi s. 

First Aorist, , 6. . 

Second Future, .... , ntf, e. 

Pefect & Pluperfect, x, , . 

In the Present, Imperfect and Second Aorist, the tense 
.s denoted by the terminations ; as, Present, w, scr, si ; srov, 
;<rov ; O/JLSV, STS, outfi. Imperfect, ov, , g; srov, STTJV ; 
ITS, ov. Second Aorist, like the Imperfect. 

OF THE AUGMENT. 

The Augment is the vowel or syllable prefixed to the 
root, in the past or preterite tenses. 

The Imperfect, Pluperfect and Aorists take the augment 
in the Indicative Mood only ; so, on the Table of the Verb, 
the student should be careful not to use the augment in 
any other mood than the indicative, in the three above- 
named tenses, 

NOTE. When the augment prefixes a syllable, it is 
called the syllabic augment. When it lengthens the ini- 
tial vowel, it is called the temporal augment. The first is 
used when the verb begins with a consonant, the other 
when it begins with a vowel. 

The syllabic augment is formed by prefixing e to the 
augmented tenses, as sVu-^ct, gVov, &c. ; the temporal, by 
lengthening o into w, a and s into r\ as, a-5co, ^-<iov ; 
ai-pw, *>]-pov; o-purffrw, w-puo'0'ov, &c. 



* In this place, the a is changed to 
written under. 



while the is rescript, or 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 15$ 

The diphthongs ft and or, and the long vowels */ and w, 
remain unchan<r< d by the augment. 

A number of verbs commencing with e take the augment 
in f- 1 ; as, 5-/<", <-/o/ . 

Where the verb begins with a consonant, the consonant 
is doubled before the augment of the Perfect; as, T-UITTW, 
T-s-rvyo. ; T-IW, r-s-Tixa, &c. 

The rough mute reduplicates its own smooth; as, 9-1}^, 



Verbs, compounded with prepositions, take the augmeni 
between the preposition and the root ; as, -rpotf-fpe'pw, wpoo'-^- 



OF THE TERMINATION. 



The terminations c nsist of that part of the verb which 
immediately follows the Tense Root. 



We here present the scholar with a Table on the conju 
gation of the Greek Verb, containing all its changes; and 
by which the whole subject of Euphony will be seen, in 
the changes which the root undergoes, in being associated 
with different letters; as, also, the augment, reduplication, 
mood and tense. This Table was prepared, on the plan of 
Professor Thiersch, of Germany, by the author's son, at 
the Rochester Collegiate Institute, in the summer of 1847, 
expressly for this work. The Table exhibits, at a glance, 
all the changes that can take place in the Greek Verb, ex- 
cept the person and number, which will be found in the 
conjugation that immediately follows. 

In the Table, the following abbreviations are used : 
Term, Terminations; Want. Wanting; M. S. Mood Sign. 



160 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



be 



II 

ft] ^ 
^ 0) 

P -5 



--CCCCCCC-- 



'S JM I 3 3 



33 



bfl 

13 
O 



S 



P C C C C C 



S'W \ 3 3 



c a c 



S'W I 



Ter 
nati 



g 
-a 



's -w I o 



suopisodaaj | 



- 

a 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 



161 




O 



PQ 
<J 



ermi- 
tions. 



, 

O 



I Hill III 






Termi- 
nations. 



Iliilllllil 



S 'IM I 



Termi- 
nations 



'S "n I 






E-" s 



g i * S S g g S i 



s - 






rf^-rt co ea ca 



Termi- 
nations. 



c c c 

uj rt rt 






Termi- 
nations. 



c C ^ 

c3 cS & rt ^- 



H 



JLS 2_A 



g'Ki S S 

S. fi 






'S'lS 




14* 



162 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



TABLE, (CONTINUED.) 



Tenses. 


Participle. 


Active. 


Passive. 


Middle. 


02 

s 


Term. 


03 

s 


Term. 


02 

s 


Term. 






wv. 

60V. 
US. 
&f. 

U$. 

us. 

wv. 
wv. 
want. 
a$. 

wv. 


6 
6 



6 




fXSVOJ. 
fAVO. 
M/.SVO. 

want. 
|Xfjt.evo. 
want. 

fxevoff. 

jXSVOff. 

fAVO. 

efc. 
*fc. 


6 




ou 

ct 
6 


(xsvocr. ' 
/xsvocr. 
want, 
want, 
want, 
want. 
/xevo. 
fxavo^. 
want. 

fXSVO^. 

M-svo^. 




First Perfect, 


Second Perfect, 




Second Pluperfect,. . . 
First Future,. 




Third Future, 


First Aorist, 





The express design of the preceding Table, is to show 
the student, at a glance, the Mood, Tense and Voice of the- 
Verb, without the Person and Number; and a Table like 
the foregoing, is better adapted to this purpose than one 
more lengthy, over the whole of which the student is 
obliged to look before he can find the Mood or Tense de- 
sired; but for the better information of those who desire 
it, we give, commencing on the next page, a full conjugation 
of the verb rtieru, by which they can ascertain the Person 
and Number, as well as the other par s of any verb of the 
f.rst conj ugation. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 



163 



Kl 



s 

CO 

g 



11 



uT^ur^uT^.^^ ~ ^ uT 3" r 

go o^ o^ p E P^ & it 



> <U u. <D 



o 



g d d d d d d 

* gl s'5 -I .1 *! 



ililiH!. 



E ^ - 

*" 0> u 



* 



tfc-l 



O 

*" ^J 



^ s 



S I *| g 

g .Jj u> ^ *> , 



i? O 



O 

- O 
^ > 






.S 8 
.5 



H 

<J 

I 

O 



i i O) I 0) - 

. > I K **^ ..rt ^_sa 

rt rJ 1 'ri^cd' 3 -'-' 

U " J ^ I rC ^^5 A 



bfl 

c 



^ tetSviai.lii.'S*.* 

2 i^i s| y y^i^l^i i 



Vj ^,u "7; 

* b- n g 



^ I 

.S 



'5 .3 

w *^ 

l 

.2 

P 



- t ; g -a g -- 

m I I I I 1 I -2 I 

Q> * ^ Z^ -3 ? 3 O o 



S & 



PH PH 

c? ^ S ^ 



S 



d 



164 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



fj 

2 f* 



3-5 



5T1 

3-5 3 

g I 

*= ;>> ^ 



-1 



* QJ 

l 



o o 

S g S 



sS 

M 0) 

|X 



/I 

^ o 



^ o" - o 

IS IS 

*= o *=" o> 



^ o 





!* 



^ o 

. o* 



^ o 

g ^ 



5 5 -fl 



M^ 



^ a 



a" S 3" 
I I ^J 
> 



<D 



bo 



rt .^ 

.c: g 
> I 



-3 

s 



I 

'a 

s 






4 

3 



*r g 

M 

I | 

t- C 

PH 



I 

pS 

*.> 

OT 



9 15 

S io 



I j .- 



<M 

T3 

c 



0) 

PH 



o *j 

O O C3 

^ ^ * 

O J-l J-H *i 

CU OJ 3 .2 

2 g* 3 S 

4 <1 



PH 



,J5 ^-t (^ F-I 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 



165 



uT 3 

"g. 



C g 



t- b- b- > 



i> to r^: 

>> kf w 



(o to oa 



ui ui u> 



I 1 



& 



o 



i 



t t 



t u ti C u 



8 



^ 

bo 



'~ 5. 



^ - . - . w 



f A J-v|>f^i. 

^1^| ^ v^vvv 
H ^5>{CC^C 



^> ^ fj U3 I to 

|S.|| *^jj 

u, *7 -^ -S^^-r-r 

g * >^^S"5^ji 

(J ^ -'S ) - M 

^ K !l 'I ^" -- 

** ^ - "~~^ r- . tC v 



US 



b- I- 



-!-! 



~ 



^1 







s^f 



.ill 

K oft-C 



s II I 111 Hi till ill -s 



s ^ 



J6C 



THE PRINCIPLES 0* 




GREEK GRAICMAR. 



167 



t' | ,s 
*s > 



11 s s 

>a Vs 



i = ***** 



g 

^ 

Q 
O 


H 

> 

I 



o 

i I 

^% 

I| 

^ ? 
*S 



p 

g-i' 



t" * Vo VA 

f? $ JT {T 






s_ 



s i 



'i 

^ S 

* 



\3 >3 

I i 
if e 
ff 



i 



ei 



3 3 
b- b- 



Q * 

I ! 

M 5>' 

s ^ 

H 

a J 

Q 

K = 



(4 1-7 
o 



10 ^* t-o =0 

B "^ 



e^- 
.1 



o 



|^ 



. 

0> 



ilL 



1 



>. 



3 CO 

CO QJ 



a B ,.Sf to 



o 

^a 



' rt 

._C *T 



c= 'r 

& a> 

? = 

PH ^ 






O) QJ 

-O jo 



22 w 

II 



. TJ *% 

S -2^ 
c c'^S'S 
8 

t~ Q) CO ^^ 
t^ S^ 

.fcr i; ^ * 



^P,-CN 



163 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



>5 *2 






1 



" " 



I 1 
g .1 

1 ! 



le 

ov 



II' 

o -a 



i-T a 



J 
-I 



Q 

O r 

1 

w 



il 

H g J 

<! -a 8 

PS H 



^ .,*-'- 

d5 S S s 






a> "S 



1 



OJ 



GREEK GRAM3IAR. , 169 

SECOND CONJUGATION, OR VERBS IN MI 

Place the root of any verb of the Second Conjugation, 
in the blank under " Root" in the following Table, and 
you have it conjugated. 

NOTE. The significations are the same as those in the 
First Conjugation. 

ACTIVE VOICE. INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Tense. Aug. Root. Singular. Dual. Plural. 

Present, - pi, , d\ ; 7ov, 7ov ; fxsv, Is, tfi. 
Imperf. I v, , rjorw;7ov, 7rjv; /xsv, Is, o*av. 
2d Aorist, I Like the Imperfect. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

Present, - 65, $, 5joroj; 7ov, 7ov; JULSV, Is, <fi. 
Imperf. Like the Imperfect Indicative. 
2d Aorist, I Like the Present Subjunctive. 

OPTATIVE MOOD. 

Present, TJV, y$, i) \ j7ov, ^ijv ; imsv, *]7s, fjo'av. 
Imperf. s Like the Imperfect Indicative. 
2d Aorist, I Like the Present Optative. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Present, - , 01, 7w ; 7ov, 7wv ; , Is, wtfav. 

Imperf. I Like the Impeifect Indicative. 

2d Aorist, S , fsorof, w; 7wv, 7wv; , Is, wtfav. 



PASSIVE VOICE. INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present, /xcu, tfai, 7ai ; ^ov ; psQa, <f&i t v7ai. 

Imperfect, s jxrjv, tfo, 7o ; g^ov, tfdrjv ; g^a, tf^s, 7o. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

Present, jxai, cjior}], 7a; ^ov; jxs^a, tf&s, v7ou. 

Imperfect, s Like the Imperfect Indicative. 

OPTATIVE MOOD. 

Present, - JXTJV, of, 7o ; ^ov, ^v ; /xs^ot, tf^ff, 7o. 
Imperfect, S Like the Imperfect Indicative. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Present, , o'uoroujtfdw; tfdov, tfdwv ; , <fQs t o'lwo'av. 
Imperfect, s Like the Imperfect Indicative. 
15 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



MIDDLE VOICE. INDICATIVE MOOI 

Tense, dug. Root. Singular. Dual. Plural. 

Present and Imperfect like Passive, through a 1 the Moods. 
2d Aorist, s fjt//]v, <fo, 7o ; $ov, Gyv ; /xsda, tfQe, v7o. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

waai, worjj, 7ai ; /x0ov, tf^ov ; 

OPTATIVE MOOD. 

fj/yjv, o, 7o ; $ov, ^v ; 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

2d Aorist, I , 0*0(0?) tf^w ; tf^ov, c^wv ; , <f&s y <f&u<fav 



2d Aorist, s 
2d Aorist, I 



v7o. 



RULES. 

1. A verb must agree with its nominative in person and nc. 

2. Adjectives, participles and the article, agree with 
their nouns, in gender, number and case. 

3. Trans, verbs in the active voice govern the accusative. 

4. One noun governs another in the genitive. 

5. Intransitive verbs admit a nominative case after them. 

6. Some nouns are put absolute with a participle. 

7. Adverbs qualify verbs, adjectives and other adverbs 

8. An adjective in the neuter gender, without a noun tc 
qualify, governs the genitive, and sometimes the dative. 

9. EifAi and yi'vojxai, signifying property, possession or 
duty, govern the genitive. 

10. E//JU, y/vojxai and utfap^w, taken for the Latin habeo 
to have, govern the dative. 

11. Many verbs govern the genitive and dative. 

12. Prepositions govern the genitive, dative & accusative 

13. Participles govern the same case as their verbs. 

14. One verb governs another in the infinitive. 

15. The infinitive is often used as a noun. 

16. The cause, manner and instrument are in the dative. 

17. The relative o$ agrees with its antecedent in gender 
and number. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 



171 



ANALYSIS OF MAT0AIOT, Ke<p (3. 



N. 



V, 



Translation. Syntax. 

The (v. 1) T-ou iTjtfou, 2m. 



6, 



when 

Jesus, yev 

being born 

in 

Bethlehem, 

of the 

Judea, 

in 

the days 

of Herod 

the 

King, 

behold, 

wise men 

from 

the east 

came 

into 

Jerusalem, 

Saying, 

where 

is 

(he) who 

is to be born 

king 

of the 

Jews ? 

We have seen 



Jv 



G. D. 

Etymology. 
rou, <rw, ro'v. 
conjunction, Indeclinable. 

cu, 2m. g. abs. ou, o 0", ou, ouv, ou. 
ncr, e'v7o, gVn, v<ra, sig, 
Indeclinable. 
Indeclinable. 
j, 7 ^ j, 7^, 7i^v. 
a, a. av, a. 



6s 



v prep. B^Xsl/x, 



Indeclinable. 
wv, aTj:, a^, 
ou, >j, ^v, 
7 o u, 7oj, 7ov. 
:'w$, er, s'a, 
w, Imper. Mood. 



ai. 



su. 



<r; lou&efaf} f. s. j, 

'Iou5cJ-a, 1 f. s. a, 
v prep, ^gpaif, 
ev rj/xep-a^, 1 f. pi. ai, 
Hpw<5-ou 1 m. s. ifc, 
TOU ^atfiXfcoj 2m. s. 6, 
^atfiX-lu^, 3 m. s. e 
Wou (tfu), verb from e 
/xay-oi flrapsysvovro, o i , wv, oj, ouj, o/ 
d-jro ctva7oXwv prep. Indeclinable. 
airo dva7oX-wv 1 f. pi. ai, wv, a~^, a^, ai, 
irap-^ev-o-vro verb, from flrapayivo/xai. 
preposition. 

a, wv, oi, a, a. 

(2) Af'y-o-v7-e, jut,ayo, ov Is , wv, outfi, ov7aj, &c. 
IIou adverb. 

erfr-i-v verb. e*^/, s'i(g), tf7(v), &c. 

6 rs-)(&sis 2f m. {, reu, rw, <rov. 
6 ^-d-siV part, from -xrw, &c. 
^atfiXe-i'c:, 3m. , w^ i, A, 0. 
T-wv'Iou5ai'wv2m.pl.a/, 7o5v, 7a/j, 7ou^, 
*Iou<5ai-wv ; 2 m. pi. ai, wv, a~j , ou^, a* 
e76-o-jxv doY/pa verb, from i^w or eiSsu 
NOTE. For parsing the verbs, see page 238 



L72 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



for 

of him, 

the 

star 

in 

the 

east, v 

and g76o/ji,v 

have come (V %) 

to worship 

him. 



when 

Herod 

the 

king 

he was troubled 

and erapdxdrj 

all 

Jerusalem, 

with 

him, 

and (4) 

called together 

all 

the 

chief priests 

and 



of the 

people 

asked 

of 

them 



yap eUopsv conjunction. 

aur-OU, 2m. Off, OU, W '.V, 

T'-OV drfTs'pa, 2m. d, lov, <rw rdv, 
ao'TSp-a, 3 m. ^p, spoff, gp i y so a, g n 

Iv dvaroXji preposition. 

I f * " ** > 

, conjunction. 
verb, from 
'ai inf. from 
aur-w. p. pro. m. off, ou, w, 

(raulwv) verb, from dxsw. 
conjunction. 

o (3a<fi\ev$ 2 m. 6, <rou, TW, 
3m. g u ff, gw, gj 
from rapao'o'w. 
conjunction. 
, tfarfa, aff, a, 
1 f. a, aff, a, 

preposition. 

auT-ou, per. pro. m. off, ou, w, 
Ka/ conjunction. 

tfuv-ay-ay-wv '?rav7aff part, from tfuvayw. 
cravr-a^, adj . from crocs, flfatfa, -jrav, &c, 

psiff2m.pl. 61, rwv, rorff, Touff, 
3 pi. m. gff, gwv, evtfi, s?ff, s~. 
xai tfuvayayafv, conjunction. 

ypOLHIMLT-eTs, 3 pi. m. gfc, gWV, gUtfi, g Tff, gfff. 

T-OU Xaou 2m. 6, T o u, <rw, rov, 
Xa-oi> 2 m. off, ou, w, ov, g. 

f-7rvvdav-s-ro from 



ov. 



<rov, 



sa, su. 



xa; 

warf-a 



av, 
av, 



ov 



Trap' aurwv preposition, 

avr-cov pro. m. plu. o?, w v, olff, 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 173 

where ygvvolai irov adverb. 

the 6 Xp<s*o, 2 m. 6, <rou, TW, cov, 

Christ Xpr-oyvva7ai,2m. o, ou, w, ov, g. 

should be born, ygvva-rai. verb, from ygVafl 

They (5) 0! gfirov pro. m. plu. ol, rv, rofc, -ofc, 

and 6s conjunction. Indeclinable. 

said ol gfrf-ov verb from e crw. Defective. 

(to) him g/irov aur-w 2 m. of, ou, w, ov.. 

in v B>jdXge|j(,, preposition. 

Bethlehem, v BrjdXgefx, Indeclinable. 

(of) the <r-r,$ 'IX$(X.'KX, If. >j, rijf, r>;, r^v, 

Judea, TTJJ (gtfliv) 'Ix6ai-aj, If. a, a^, a, av a. 

thus ygypa-jTTai OUT-W Adv. 

for yg'vvaVai yap ygypa-jfrai conjunction. 

it is written ys'-ypair-Tai verb, from ypa^w. 

by 6ia wpojp^-ou preposition. 

the r-ou crpo^rou 6^ rov t <rw, rov, 

prophet Sia, flrpofp^r-ou 1m. *)f, ou, ^> *]v, a 

And (6) Kai conjunction. 

thou (f-tl g/ o* u, tfou, (fo^ o^j - 

Bethlehem, n Brj^Xgl^, Indeclinable. 

land y-ri 1 f. yij, ^, fif, ^v, ^. 

Judea, yj 'IotJ6oc 

not ou6-afxwj g adverb, 

the least IXa^iV.-*] tfu 1 f. j, ^, TJ, 157, j. 

art ^ s g|x, ei, gtfri , &c. 

amongst Iv ^ygjxotfiv, preposition, 

t ~ / 

C-0 TjygjXOfl'lV 01, TWV, ToT^, "OU, 

noble princes g'v rjyg/jw'-tfi-v 3 plu. m. Dative. 

of Judea, rjygfxotfjv *Ix6-tt 



fr ra tfou preposition. 

yu ^ tf-ou pro. 2 plu. tfu, tf o u, tfor, c 

* or E|> 7*p ^sXsJo'grai conjunction. 

- arise ^-gXfiutfg.raj verb, from 



sha-^ a 



15* 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



ff-ra 



one ruling 

who 

will protect 05*15 

the 

people ifj /xavsr 

of me Xaov 

the 

Israel, irtn/juavsr 

then tpcpiputfe (7) TOTS, 

Herod, 'Hpwi 

secretly xaXsVag- 

having called 

the 

wise men xaXsVa^ 

inquired 

of 

them 

the 

time 

the 

shining XP OVOV 



T-OV Xaov 2 m. 
Xa-ov 2 in. 

jjfc-00 

T-OV 



star, (pcuvofxs'vou 

and (8) 

having sent 

them 

into 

Bethlehem, 

he said 

departing, part. 

diligently 

search 

concernng 

the 

child, 



from 

pron. com. fcand T5. 
verb, from tfof/xai'vco. 

0, TOU, TW, TOV, 
OU, W, 0V, . 

pronoun. Jyw, fjt, o u, /xoi, jxs, 
2m. 6, TOU, TW, TOV, 
mas. Indeclinable. 
Adverb. 

>], ou, >j, ->]v, >) or 
Adverb, 
perfect participle, from xa>sw 

2 m. 01, TWV, TO^, T U 5 , 

n. p. o, wv, of, o u , oi. 

verb, from 'axp/3o' w 
wapa aurwv, preposition. 

auT-wv pr. m. p. of, T w v, TO, 

T-OV Xpo'vOV 2 m. 6, TOU, TW, 

p^povov 2 m. 05, ou, w, 

T-OU (pajvo/xs'vou 2m. 6, TOU, TW, 
2 m. o?, o u, w, 
3m. iip, s p o 5, gp;, g'pa, gp. 

conjunction. 
1)5, part, from rfgjuwrw. 

o, wv, ojf, o u 5, 01 
preposition. 
Indeclinable, 
verb, from g -TTW. 
part, from tfopguw 
'axpi/3w^, adverb. 

5 verb, from IfsTa^w, imp. 

preposition. 
T-OU tfajiJi'ou 2 n. TO, TOU, TW, 5-0, 



i 

r o v, 

o v e. 



<rov, 
ov, 



s. 



Ka< 



aurou5 2 m. pi. 
e<5 



2n. 



U, U, 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 



175 



TS conjunction. 

, verb, from 
re, verb, from 

lyw, fxou, fxoT, {AS, 

conjunction, 
compound of xai and 
part, from 



ov. 



and (when) di 

you have found svp-r^s, auYo'v 

bring word. 

to me Wayys/Xare 

how 'a-jrayysi'Xars' oVw t'Xdwv, 

I also xo-yw 

going (s*yw) IXd-wv 

m ay worship (= : y'^) tfporf-xu-v-^-tj'-w, verb, from 

him flTpoc'xuvrjtfw aur-5 2 m. o, ou, w 

they'axjso'avT^(9) ol 2m.pl. o J, TWV, n 

and 'axo^avr^ 6s eVopgudrjo'av, conjunction. 

having heard 'axov-tfav-r^, part. of axouw. 

the r-ou (3oufi\eus 2 m. 'o, roO, TW, rov, 

king 'axo^tfavrej /3a<j / jX-s'w, 3m. guj, ^w^, gi, ea, 

departed ^-Tropey-^-rj-crav verb, from <opsuw. 

and e-Tropg^stfav xa/ R'poTjysv conjunction. 

lo ! (tfu) i^-ou imp. mood, from eiSu. 

the 'o 'atfr^p 2 m. 'o, rou, rw, ro'v, 

star 'atfrv^p flfpo>jygv, 3m. ]p, gpo^, gpi, gpa, 

which Wr^pje/^ov ov Relative pronoun. 

they saw (oi) /^-ov ov verb, from si^w. 

in v 'avaroX>j preposition. 

the r-^ 'avaroX^ 1 f. 11, r^, rij, r>;v, 

east v 'avaroX-/j 1 f. >j, 5}$, J, >jv 

led before 'atfTajp -rpo-riy-gv verb, from -rpo 

them 

until 

being come 

it stood 

about 

where 

was 

the . 

child 



syw, 



auros 



m. 01, GJV, o^, 
adverb, 
part, from 
verb, from 
adverb. 

06 adverb. 

?-v verb, from g/V- 

r-o ?fa<5iov 2 n. ro, rou, ro5, 
r t v 2 n. ov, ou, w, 



sp. 



Ov. 



176 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



Seeing (10) f l$ovr-gg (au<ro? 

and 5s e^apojtfav 

the T-OV atf<rs'pa 2 m. 

star 'llovres doVsp-a 3 m. 

(they) rejoiced s-^ap-^-tfav, 

joy (/**') Xp-av 

great /xs^aX- 

with exceeding, rfqjofy-a 

And (11) Kal 



, ov7wv, outfj, ov7acr, ov7e 

Conjunction. 
6, *ou, TOJ, <rov, 
>]p, po, spi, spa, sp 
Verb, from ^ai'psw. 
1 f. a, aj, a, av, a, 

p^apav 1 f. 

^aX^v. Adverb. 

Conjunction. 



having come (o/) Xo'v<r- 3 m. Participle, from s 



2n. 



into sig o/xiav 

the T-T^V o/xiav 

house. AS oixi-av 

(they) found (o/) up-ov #aj<$iov, 

the 

child 

with 

Mary, fxsra Mapi'-a^, 1 f. 

1 ^y -t f 

the T-^g 1 f'liTpo^ 1 i 

mother /xs-ra |A]T-po, 3 f. 

of it, P->)<rpo auY-otJ, 2 n. 
and 



Preposition. 

f. ^3> rfs, rf, r % v , 
1 f. a, , ot, a v , a. 

Verb, from supia'xcd. 
2 n. <ro, TOU, TOJ, TO, 

OV, OU, W, V , 0V. 

Preposition, 
a, a?, a, av, a. 



JJ^Tpoj aur-ou, 

~.g xa/ 

falling down (o;) tfstfoWes 
(they) worshipped ^potf-s-xij 
him tfpotfsxuvxjo'av aO<r-w 
and, crpotfsxuvxjo'av xa< <R 
having opened(o/) av-oi'| 
the r-ovg 

treasures ^tfaup- 

of them ^erfaupou^ auY-ojv, 
(they) gave (au<ro<) flrpotf-^- 
(to) him aur-u 

gifts, Wpo(J'y)V/xav &3p-a 
gold, crpotfyivf/xav ^putf-o'v 



jp, po, p/, pa, sp. 

, V , W, 6 . 

Conjunction. 
3 m. pi. Part, from 
-tfav, Verb, from tfpoc 

2 n. o , ou, w, o. 
Conjunction. 
Part, from clvoiyw. 
2m.pl. o, wv, o^, o u ^, 

2 m. pi. 01, WV, OJ, S > 01 

2 m. pi. w v , olj, oujr, 
*-v Verb, from ^potf^spw. 
2m. o , ou, w, o . 

2 n. pi. a, wv, o/, a , a. 

2 m. o's, ou, w, o v, 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 



177 



and Xputf-ov xo Xi'/3avov, 

frankincense X//3av-ov, 
and Xi/3avov xa< tfjxjpvav 

myrrh.-jr'pcKJ'Tjvs/xav tf/xJpv-av. 
And (12) Ka/ 

being admonished ^Tf]^ot,ri(f&s\i 



2m. 



1 f. 



Conjunction. 

Oil, W, V, S 

Conjunction. 



ovap 



ovap 



Conjunction. 
Part, from xps/xari'^w. 
Preposition. 
Indeclinable. 
Adverb. 

Verb, from dvaxa/jwrrco. 
Preposition. 
*] u > Jit ""I v aorj 
81 b5ou Preposition. 

aXX-rjf 6<5ou 1 f T], ?j f , 17, TJV, ij. 
<5< o<5-ou 2 f 0^, o u, w, ov, ^. 

(o/) dv-s-^wp-Tj-o'-a-v Verb, from dvap^wpsw. 

Preposition. 

1 ^ *** ^* \ 

1 f. a, as, a, c 



1 m. 



by 

a dream xar 

not dvo 

to turn back 

unto 

Herod, 

by 

another 

way 

they retired 

into 

the 

country 

of them. X^P av aur-wv. 2m. pi. wv, 

Having departed (13)'Ava-^copT](rav-rcov Part. 

however 8s Conjunction. 

they dvap^wprjo'avrojv aur-wv 2 m. plu. 01, w v, off, ou^. 



a. 



lo! 

( an ) angel 

of the Lord 

appeared 

by 

a dream 

(to) the 



W-ou, 
<xyyeX-o 
xupj-ou 2 m. 



Verb, from 



ff, OU, 



Joseph ^a/vsrai 
saying, 
awaking 
take 



w, ov, 5. 
ou, w, ov, e. 
Verb, from 9aivw. 

Preposition. 
Indeclinable. 
roiT, rw, rov, 
Dative, proper noun, indclinable 
pysXof Participle, from Xsyw. 
(<fu) 'Eyep-0-efc Participle, from lytip^. 

(tfu) *apa-Xa/3-e Verb, from <?rapaXafA/3avw 



xar' ovap 
xar' ovap 

r-Ji 'Iwrffyp 



2 m. 



Xly-w 



178 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



TO, TOU, <TW, TO, 



the TO <B*ai5/o 2 n. 

chi d 7fapaXa/3g <a5i-ov 2 n. ov, ou, 
and tfai^/ov xai jx^Tcpa Conjunction, 

the T-TJV p//]Tpa 1 f. ^j, T^, Trj, T?]V, - 

mother tfapaXa/^s (j,>]T-pa 3 f . ?jp, pog 1 , pi, gpa, ^p. 
of it (J^lTt'pa auT-ou 2 n. o , ou , w, o. 

and tfapaXa/Sg xai (pguyg Conjunction, 

flee (tfu) <psuy-s Verb, from ysuyu. 

into giV AJyu-mv 2 f Preposition. 

Egypt, eiV ATywrf-ov oj, ou, w, ov, g. 

and ^gu/g xa< l<f&i Conjunction, 

(tfu) iV-^-i Imperative, from sip./. 

)Vdi x-gf Adverb. 

7tf0i wj Adverb, 

av g7tfu Auxiliary, 

(syw) )V-w Verb, from s <xu. 

7crw tf-o< Pronoun, tfu, tfou, tfoi, tfg, 

Auxiliary. 
Conjunction. 



yap 



be (you) 

there 

till 

shall 

I call 

to you, 

will be about 

for 

Herod 

to seek 

the 

child, 

to 

destroy 

him. WoXsVai auT-o'. 

He (14) 'O *o 

however, Ss 

aroused 

took up 



r-o 



Verb, from 

2 n. TO, TOU, TW, TO', 

2 n. ov, ou, c , o v, ov. 

2 n. 6, TOU, rw, TOV, 

Verb, from WoXuw. 
2 n. o' , ou, c5 , o'. 



2 m. 6, TOU, TW, TOV, - 
$s Conjunction. 

;) tysp-Q-ets 3 m. Part, from 
o ffap--Xa^-g Verb, from 



the T-b ratSlov 2 n. An article, 

child tfapi'Xa/jg tfai<5/-ov 2 n. See #ai<$i'ov above, 

and wai5 ov xai p,jT!pa Conjunction, 

the T-7V yirTSpa 1 f. ^i. T>ic. T^J, T-MV. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 



179 



mother tfapsXctcS (x^r-spa 3 f . 

of it fXTirs'pa aur-ou 2 n. 

(by) night, &a vuxT-of, 3 f. 

and tfapXa/3s xa/ 'c 

(he) departed 'o 

into s/ 

Egypt; A7yu#T-ov 2 f. 



was 

there 

until 

the 

end 

ofHerod, 

that 

(it) might be fulfilled -rXiip w-d>) 

which T-6 pjdsv 2 n 

was spoken TO p~y-&-sv 

from 

the 

Lord, 6ro 

by 

the 

prophet, hoi 

saying, 

out of 

Egypt % 

Ihavecalled(lyw) 

the T-OV ulov 

Son exaXg(fa ul-o'v 2 m. 

of me. ulo'v fx-ou. Pronoun. 

ThenldJ>udj(16) Tors' 

Herod, 



5 U, W, . 

^ x T o f , XT/, xra, ^ 
Conjunction. 
Verb, from 'avap^wpsw. 
Preposition. 

0, OU, f, OV, . 

Conjunction. 
Verb, from ei/xi. 
Adverb. 
Preposition. 

<r-r t TgXSUTTJf If. 7J, T 5j f , T>J, T^V, 

*Hpw5-ou, 1m. ijff, o u , 13, ijv, >j. 

Iva flrXTjpw^ Conjunction. 

Verb, from tfXrjpow. 

TO, TOU, TW, TO, 

Participle, from psw. 
u-ro Kupi'ou Preposition. 

T-OU Kupi'ou 2m. 6, TOU, TW, TOV, 
Kupi'ou 2 m. of, ou, w, ov, . 

Preposition. 

2 m. 6, TOU, TW, TOV, 
1m. nff, o u , w, J7v, a. 
, ov7of , ov7<, ov7a. 
Preposition. 

2 f Of , U , W , OV, . 

Verb, from xaXew. 
2 m. 6, TOU, TW, T o v , 
r, ou, u, ov, s. 
/o, fjbov, aof, jx^, 
Adverb, 



r-ou 
irpo<p>j<r-ou 



seeing 'H pw5r]f, W-wv Participle, from eWw, noro 



180 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



Jv 



that Wwv 

he was mocked, 

by 

the 

wise men, utfo 

was enraged 

exceedingly; 

and 

having sent off 

killed Wog'gi'Xag 

all 

the 

young children 

that (were) 

in 

Bethlehem, 

and 

in 

all 

the 

coasts 

of it, 

from 

two years 

and 

under, (^tfav) 

according to 

the 

time xara 

that 7jxp/3wo's 

he had enquired 

of 

the 

wise men 



Wo 

Sisrws 



Conjunction. 
Verb, from gpraiw. 
iVo fxaywv Preposition. 

T-WV fjia^wv 2 m. pi. 01, T w v, TO/, roug, ~ 

2m.pl. 01, OJV, Ol, 0'J, 01. 

Verb, from dufxo'w. 
Xi'av Adverb, 

xa/ Wo$-s/Xa Conjunction. 

Wo-g*-s-X-a, Part., from a^o^sXXw. 
'av-sf-X-s Verb, from avaipsw. 

' i jfcu6oi$ 3m. , wv, tfj, cc^, t. 
aM^aj 2 m. oi, TWV, ToV, <r o , 
, 3m.pl. e^, wv, tfj, a^, gj. 
u^ (e'/vai) 2 m. pi. of, rwv, TO^, TOI)^, 
Preposition. 
Indeclinable. 
XOLI opioi^ Conjunction, 

^v 6p/o Preposition, 

flratf-i op/oi^ 3 n. pi. 7a wv, atfj, avlcr , 7. 
7-0^ op/ojj ra> TWV, TO?^, <ra 

6pi'-oi 2n.pl. a, wv, oT^, a, a. 

I'T L fl ~ ' ' 

Preposition. 

OJ, WV, 0^, OU^, 01. 

Conjunction. 
Adverb. 
Preposition. 
Article. 

0, OU, W, OV, 2. 

'o^ ou, w, ov, 
Verb, from axpi/36w. 
Preposition. 

0, <TWV, TO^, TOU, 

. 2 m. pi. 01, wv, o, o'jj, 01. 



<5<TOU 
U^ 

xai xarwrspw, 

XaTfcJTSpW, 

xara xpovov 
T-OV 5(povov 
p^pov-ov 2 m. 
o'-v 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 



1S1 



\dverb. 

Verb, from -^X^pow. 
T-O prfisv com. rel. TO, TGU, T>, TO, 
TO pv;0-s-v Participle, from pew. 

uV6 'IspejLu'ou Preposition. 

uVo 'Iepjxi-ou 1 m. rff, on, a, av, a. 

T-OU TpOp'/jTOU 2 m. *0, TOU, TW , TOV, 

1 m. rig, ou >j, rjv, a. 

wv, ov7off, ov7i, ov7a, wv. 

If. ^, fc, ?5> iiv, 11. 

^v 'Pa/j-a Preposition. 
Iv *Pa]ut.-ot 



fiflfo <po9^-r-o-j 
(18) 



riien5-rXr;p ^(17)ToTS 

was fulfilled (of) 

the thing 

spoken 

by 

Jeremy 

the 

prophet, 

saying, 

A voice 

in 

Rhama 

was heard, 

lamentation dpvjvoj 

and dp>jvo xou 

seeping xXaud/x-o 

and xXaudfuo^ y.a.1 oMupjxc 

wailing o^up^-o^ fy 

much, 

Rachel *Pa^X xXafoutfa fern. Indeclinable. 

weeping 'Pa^X xXaf-ou-tf-a Present part, from xXaw. 

(for) the T-i Tixva 2 n. Ta, TWV, Tore:, Ta, 

children xXafoutfa Tsxv-a 2 n. a, wv, o, a, a. 

of her Te'xva auT->jj; fern. rj, ^ff, 17, TJV, ^. 

and xXa/outfa xa/ ^sX Conjunction. 

not ^3X5 oux Adverb. 

would 'PaxjX ^-^sX-s Verb, from 

to be consoled -jrap-axX-ij-^-va/ Verb, from *af 

for ijdsXs OTJ e/tfi Conjunction. 

not siVi oux Adverb. 

(they) are (xuroi) siVi. Verb, from t/fxr. 

having diei (19) TeXfuT^tfavT-oc; 3m. Part, from TsXevTaw 

however, 8; Conjunction. 

the T-OU 'Hpw^ou 2m. o, TOU, TW, TOV, 

16 



Verb from dxouw. 


2 m. 


Of, OU, W, 0V, 




Conjunction. 


)>j 2 m. 


Off, OU, W, 0V, 




Conjunction. 


2m. 


off, ou, u, o'v, 


2m. 


Off, OU, W, jJv, 



182 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



Herod, 'Hpw$-ou, TsXsuTTjtfavTof Tjf, o u , >j , >jv, 

behold, (<fij) ifl-ou Imperative from u5w 

the angel cfyysX-of, pan/STai 2m. of, ou, w, ov, 



of the Lord ayysXof Kupf-ou 2 m 



by 

a dream 

appears 

(to) the 

Joseph 

in 

Egypt 

saying, 



xar' ovap 
xa$' ovap 

<pa-v-s-T-ai 
T-OJ 'Iwtf^tp 



2 m. 



being arisen, (<fv) ' 



(20) As'y-wv a 



tfai<$i'-ov 
xa 



take up 

the 

young child 

and 

the 

mother tfapaXa/3g 

of it (U-iiTspa auT-ou 

and #apaXa/3g xa/ 

depart (tfu) 

into g/V 9 

the land s/f y->jv 

of Israel, y^v 

have died oi 

for -ropguou 

they 

seeking for 

the 

life 

of the 

young chi 



(tfu) 7rap-a.Xa^-s Imp., from tf 



Of, OU, W, OV, S. 

Preposition. 
Indeclinable. 
Verb, from (paivw. 

6, TOU, TW, TOV, 

Indeclinable. 
Preposition. 

Of, OU, W, OV, g. 

3 m. Part., from 
Participle from tys 



2 n. TO , TOU, TW, TO, 

2 n. ov, ou, w, o v , ' 

Conjunction. 



1 f. 
3f. 

2n. 



p, pof, pi, spa, jp. 
ov, o u , w, ov, e. 
Conjunction. 
Verb from tfopsuojjuau 
Preposition. 
^7 5?f > ?1i ^ v 'J 
Indeclinable. 
Verb, from dv/jtfxw. 
'i Conjunction. 

2 m. p. I , TWV, Toff , TOUf , 

or Participle, from 



T-^V 

4 /u X"^ v ^ ^ 
T-OU ui/ou 2 n. 

' *w6/-ou. 2 n. 



TO, TO U TW, TO, -- 



See 



above. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 183 



'IP.ANNOT, K e > a. 



(1) v-p/j, r,v 6 Xoyo, xa/ o Xoyoc: v 

( I) In (the) beginning was the Word, and the Word was 
(1) In principio erat Sermo, et Sermo erat 

TOV ov, xa/ >jv 6 Xoyoj. (2) Ou<ro v; 
with (the) God, and God was the Word. This ( Word) was 
apud Deum, que Deus erat ille Sermo. Hie (Sermo) erat 

*' ^PX^ ^P ^ rov =o v - (3) IIav<ra &' a-J- 

in (the) beginning with (the) God. All (things) by this 
in principio apud Deum. Omnia per hunc 



* xa 

(Word) were made ; and without him was made nothing 
(Sermonem)facta-sunt; et absque eo factum-est nihil 



o ^=yovcv. (4) 'Ev auroj w^ r t v xa/ rj <^w^ r,v TO 
that was made. In him life was, and the life was the 
quod factum-sit. In ipso vita erat, et vita erat ilia 



y%$ TOJV 'avfywtfwv. (5) Kai TO 900^ Iv <ry tfxor/a 

light of the men. And the light in the darkness 

lux hominum. Et ista lux tenebris 

<paive, xai y tfxoria auro ou xarsXajSev. (6) 

shineth, and the darkness it not comprehendeth 
lucet et tenebrse earn non comprehendenmt. 



' ovo/xa avra> 
There was a man sent from God ; the name of whom 

Exstitit homo missus a Deo ; nomen cui 




(7) OyVo$ rjXdev <V jJ-aprupi'av iva 

John. He came for a witness that he might testify 

ToanneSf Is venit ad testimonium ut testarctur 



184 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



tfSp, TCU <pWTO, a IfOLVTSg 

concerning the light, that all (men) might believe through 
de ilia luce, ut omnes crederent per 

ciUTou. (8) Oux r t v xsn/0 TO (p> aXX' i'va 

him. Not he was this the light, but (he was sent) that 

eum. Non erat ilia lux, sed (missus est) ut 

jXapTUpTJtflJ 9Tp< TOU <pWTO. (9) ^Hv TO <pW, TO 

he might testify concerning the light. It was the light, the 
testaretur de ilia luce. (Hie) erat lux, ilia 



v, o (pwTi^si cravTa aWJp&jtfov ppo|Xvov s/V f v xotf/Jt/ov. 
true that lighteth all men coming into the world. 
veraquffiilluminatomnemhominem venientem inmundum. 



(10) 'Ev TW jtoc'/xco *Jv xai 'o xoo'fAoj 61' auTou fysWo* 
In the world (he) was and the world by him was made, 
In mundo erat et mundus per eum factus est, 



and the world him not knew. Unto the his own he came, 
sed mundus eum nonagnovit, Ad sua venit, 

xai ol 7&oi auTov ou crapeXa^ov. (12)"O(foi &s 
and the his own him not received. As many (as) but 
et sui eurn non exceperunt. Quotquot autem 

lXa/3ov ai?Tov, sSuxsv auTo^ ^outf/av Ts'xva sou 
received him, he gave to them power children of God 
exceperunt eum, dedit eis jus (ut) filii Dei 

ysveVdw, Tr? TJO'TSUOUO'JV /V TO ovojxa auTou* 

to become (even) to them (that) believe on the name of him; 
sint facti (nempe) iis (qui) credunt in nomen ejus; 

V 13) OV ou^ t% aifjiaTWv ou5s Ix ^sX^jxaTo^ tfapxos 

not of blood nor of the will of the flesh. 
nor ex sanguine neque ex libidine carnis 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 185 



of 3s x $s.uri|xa<ro dv^poc:, dXX' ex sou fcyevur^yjo'av. (14) 
nor of the will of men, but of God were born. 
neque ex libidine viri, sed ex Deo geniti sunt. 

Ktj 'o Xoyo rfdopl s-yevsw xai sVx^vwtfsv v fyxM; (<cat 
And the Word flesh became ; and dwelt among us (and 
Et ille Sermo caro factus est ; et commoratus est inter nos (et 



we beheld the glory as of the only "begotten 

spectavimus ejus gloriam ut unigeniti 

crapd. IIa<rpo,) irXyjprjj ^apiroj xai 'aXyj$Sia. (15) 'Iwavvr.; 
of the Father,) full of grace and truth. John 

a Patre,) plenis gratiae ac veritatis. Joannes 

fjuxprupei tfepi aurou, xa xs'xpay?, Xs'ywv, Ourog 

bear witness concerning him, and he cried, saying, This 
testatus est de eo, et clamavit, dicens, Hie 



rp ov 

was (he) of whom I spoke ; he (that) after me cometh, 
erat quibus dicebam ; is (qui) pone me venit, 



jxou yeyovsv OTI ^pwroj fxou r t v. (16) Kai 
preferred before me is ; for before me he was. And 
ante-positus mihi est; quia prior me erat. Et 

Jx TOU flrX^pwaowoj au-rou r^sTg jrav<r^ eXa/3ofxsv, xai x^' 1 * 
of the fullness of him we all have received, and grace 
ex plenitudine ipsius nos omnes accepimus, et gratiani 

'avn xapiro<;. (17) r 'O<r l o vo'fxoj Sta. Mu<fsu$ ^O^TJ- 

for grace. For the law by Moses was given ; (but) 

pro gratia. Nam ilia lex per Mosen data est; 



j X a P' xai *7 'AX)^ia (5id 'Irjtfou XpigToO' fys'vg-ro. 
(he grace and the truth by Jesus Christ came. 
gratia et veritas per Jesum Christum }.. 
16* 



186 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



(18) so'v o'j<5si v iwpaxs 

God no one hath seen ever; the only begotten Son. 
Deum nemo vidit unquam ; ille unigenitus Filius, 

'a wv ii$ TOV xoXtfov TOU IIa<rpo, sxsTvog B^jy^iflTaro. 
u-ho being in the bosom of the Father, he hath declared. 
qii est in sinu Patris, ille exposuit (eum.) 

1 19) Kai auVrj s'g'iv ^ jut,ap<rvpia <rou 'Iwavvou, 6Vg aVsVeiXav 
And this is the record of the John, when sent 
Atque hoc est testimonium Joannis, quum miscrum 



ol 'lou&xroi l| 'IgpotfoXufAWv 'IspeTc; xa/ Asu'iVa^, i'va 
f.he Jews from Jerusalem Priests and Levites, that 
Judaei Hierosolumis Sacerdotes et Levitas, ut 



2u T/ si ; (20) Ka; 
they might ask him, Thou who art ? And he confessed 

interrogarent eum, Tu es qui ? Et professus est 

xcu oux ^pv^tfaro, xa< w/LioXoyxjfl'eV **OTI, oux B/ai ^w 'o 
and not denied, and confessed ; That, not am I the 
que ne negavit, et professus est ; Ut, non sum ego ille 

XpirV' (21) Kai ^poV^a'av a-jTov, Ti, ouv, 'HXi'ag 
Christ. And they asked him, Who, therefore, Elias 

Christus. Et interrogaverunt eum, Quid, ergo, Elias 

sT <fu ; Ka? Xs'yei, Oux slpi. 'O ^popi^c; gj (fu 
art thou ? And he said, Not I am. The prophet art thou ? 
es tune ? Et dixit, Non sum. Propheta es tu ? 

Kai arfgxpi'fy, Ou. (22) E^ov ouv auVu, TiV g/ 
And he answered, No. They said then to him, Who art 
Atque respondit, Non. Dixerunt ergo ei, Quis es 

til a-ro'xpifl'jv i'va <5w(xsv TO?^ ws'jx-^airjv 

thou an answer that we may give to them (who) sent 
tu" respousam ut demus is (qui) miserunt 



GREEK GRAMMAR. IS7 



(23) *Eprj, ' : 

us; what sayest (thou) of thyself? He said, I (am) 
nos quid dicis de teipso? Ait, (sum) 



the voice (of one) crying in the wilderness, Make straight 
vox (unius) clamantis in deserto, Complanale 

<rr;v 6<Sov Kupi'ou, xa$w g/Vsv 'Htfataj 'o tfpojpyj-rr^. 

the way of the Lord, as said Esaias the prophet. 

viam Domini, ut dixit Esaias propheta. 

(24) Kai o? dir'ff5*aX|x/vo, ^tfav x TWV <f>api<j'aiwv 
And they (which) were sent, were of the Pharisees. 

( Vero iis (qui) missi fuerant, erant ex Pharisasis. 

(25) Ka Yipurrfictv aurov, xai fiVov aurw, Ti', 
And they asked him, and said to him, Why, 
Et interrogaverunt eum, ac dixerunt ei, Cur, 

OUV, /3alTleiV e ' ^ OUx / *0 Xpiro?; oU 

therefore, baptizest thou, if thou not art the Christ, nor 
ergo, baptizas, si tu non es ille Christus, neque 

'HXa, olVs 6 4rpo9^n]g ; (26) 'A-jrexpi^ auTo~^ 6 'Iwavvrjj, 
Elias, nor the prophe' ? Answered them the John, 

Elias, neque ille prophet? Respondit iis Joannes, 

X^ywv, 'Eyw (3a.ifrlu Iv C<5a<r* /xetfoj ^ Cfxwv 

saying, I baptize with water; in the midst but of you 
dicens, Ego baptizo aqua ; (in) medio vestrum 

I^Tjxev ov vpsis o'jx oUare. (27) AUTO'S eV'v, o, 

standeth (one) whom ye not know. He (it) is, who, 

ata* (unus) quern vos non nostis. Ille (hie) est, qui, 



JJLOU, pp^OfASVOfj fjX'T'pOfl'sv aO'J fftH? OU w OJX fXl 

after me, coming, who before me is ; I not am 

pone me,venient, qui antepositus mihi est ; ego non sum 



188 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



#105 Vva Xuo'w auTou TOV l/Jtavra f ov 

worthy thit I should unloose of him the latchet of th< 
dignus ut sol vain cujus corrigiam 



(28) TauVa sv BrjdajSapa fy/vsvTo wspav <rou 
shoes. These things in Bethabara were done beyond the 
solearum. Haec in Bathabara facta sunt secus 



(29) T>j 

The next day 
Postero die 



'Iop<5avou, 

Jordan, where was John baptizing. 

Jordanem, ubi Joannes baptizabat. 



(3\ifst 6 'Iwavvrj TOV 'JtytfoOv sp^o'/xsvov rpoj au<rcv, xa/ Xs'ysi, 
seeth the John the Jesus coming unto him, and he said, 
videt Joannes Jesum venientem ad se, et dixit, 

"ls 6 ajuovoj TOU sou 6 a'/pwv <r^v ajj/apri'av TOU 

Behold the iamb of the God that taketh away the sins of the 
Ecce agnus Dei qui tollit peccatum 

>oV/jiou. (30) Ovrog ttfrt tfspi ou* e^w s^ov, 'O-n'jVw JULOU epp^srai 
world. This is (he) of whom I said, After me cometh 

mundi. Hie est de quo dicebam, Pone me venit 

ctv^p b's g'/uwr'poa'^v ftou ys'yovsv OTI crpwro^ jxou 

a man which preferred before me is; for before me he 

vir qui antepositus mihi est ; quia prior me 

i}v. (31) KaYw oux ySsiv O.UTOV, aXX* J'va (pav?pw^7j 

was. And I not knew him, but that he should be made 
erat. Et ego nonnoveram eum, sed ut manifestus 



a roOVo ^X^ov lyw sv TW 
manifest to the Israel, by which am come I with the water 
Israeli, propterea veni ego per aqua 



/SacrTi^wv. (32) Kai l|xaprup>jfl'v *Iwavv>jff, Xe'ywv, "On 
baptizing. And bare record John, saying, That 

baptizans. Et testatus ess Joannes, dicens, Ut 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 189 



<ro Tlviujxa xaraavov utfs tfspi& fpav, s oupavou, 
I saw the Spirit descending like a dove, from heaven, 
conspexi Spiritum descendentem quasi columbamexcoelo, 






xa.i gfwivsv tf' au-ro'v. (33) Ka'yw oux ^6ejv au-rov 
and abode above him. And I not knew him but 

etiam mansit super eum. Et ego non noveram eum sed 

o ?lps\,a.g jxs jSatfr/^siv ev u<5a<n, IxsTvog fxoi 

(he) who sent me to baptize with water, the same unto me 

qui missit me baptizare aqua, ille mihi 

eiVev, 'Ep' ov av 15ys TO IIvsufAa xara/3an/ov 

said, Upon whom shall thou see the Spirit descending 

dixerat, Super quern videris Spiritum descendentem 

xai fxs'vov I-TT' aurov, ouro^ ^r*v o patfri^uv 

and remaining on him, the same is (he) that baptizeth 
et manentem super eum, hie est qui baptizat 

Iv nvs^ari ayb. (34) Ka'yw Iwpaxa, xai fAE/xap<rup?]xa 
with Ghost Holy. And I saw, and bare record 

Spiritu Sancto. Et ego videbam, et tester 

OTI oi/Toj eglv o uio^ TOU Gsou. (35) Ty ^craupjov craXJv 

that he is the Son of the God. The next day again 

ille est Filius Dei. Postero die iterum 



elg-rjxsi o 'Iwttwijf, xcd Ix <rwv /xa^rwv aurou <Suo. (36) Kal 
stood the John, and of the disciples of him two. And 
stabat Joannes, et discipulis ejus duo. Et 



*I5e 6 

looking (upon) the Jesus walking, he said, Beho.d the 
intuitus Jesum ambulantem, dixit, Ecce ille 



<ro{J QeoCf. (37) Kali ^xoutfav auTou ol $vo fx 
Lamb of the God. And heard him the two disciples 

Agnus Dei. Et audierunteum illi duo discipuli 






190 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



XaXoDWocr, xcu TpciXotj^rfav <rw 'Irjo'ou. (38) 2*i>a<pei <5J b 
speaking, and they followed the Jesus. Turned then the 
loquentem, et sequuti sunt Jesum. Conversus vero 

'Ifljtfpfff, xai deatfaf/VQaurov axoXoudoCWa^, Xs^si aurofc, 
Jesus, and saw them following, and said unto them, 
Jesus, et videbat eos sequentes, dicit eis, 

(39) Ti gyreTre ; Oi Ss sTvov auru, Ta/3/3i, (5 
What seek (ye)? They and said (unto) him, Rabbi, (which 
Quid quaDritis ? Illi vero dixerunt ei, Rabbi, (quod 

Xfysrou, IpfMjvsvsuofAdvov, i&x0'xaXg,) tfou fievsig ; 

is to say, being interpreted, Master,) where dwellest thou* 
dicitur, interpreters, prseceptor,) ubi moraris ? 

(40) Afysi auro^, *Ep%8<fds xa Usrs. r HX^ov xai 
He saith unto them, come and see. (And) they came and 

Dicit eis, venite et videte. (Et) venerunt ac 

Efdev ^ou jxe'vsj* xa)crap' aurai (x?<vav TT^V ^/xs'pav SXS/VTJV 
saw where he dwelt; and with him abode the day that; 
viderunt ubi moraretur ; et apud eum manserunt diem ilium; 

wpa 6s %v us dsxarv). (41) r Hv 'Av^p^aj, o 

hour for it was about the tenth. Was Andrew, the 
hora enim erat quasi decima. Erat Andreas, 

d^sXcpos 2i'fjt,wvo XlsVpoiJ, sl$ sx TOJV duo <rwv axoutfav^wv n'apa 
brother Simon Peter, one of the two the hearing with 
frater Simonis Petri, unus ex duobus (qui) audierunt cum 

'Iwavvou, xai 'axoXou^tfavTcov aura). (42) Ei5ptfxj ouroj #pw-ro 
John, and followed him. Findeth he first 

Joanne, et sequuti erant eum. Invenit hie prior 



rov asX<pov TOV <<ov 2i/xwva, xa 
the brother the own Simon, and saith ^unto) him, 
fratrem suum Simonem et iixit ei, 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 19] 



TOV Mstfrf/av, o IflVi, jx 
We have found the Messiah, which is, being interpreted, 
Invenimus ilium Messiam, quod est, si interpreteris, 

o XpioVoV. (43) Kai fyaysv avirov ifpog TOV 'I^tfouv. 
the Christ. And he brought him unto the Jesus. 

ille Christus. Et adduxit eum ad Jesum. 



61 aurw o 'IijtfoCfc, sJtfS, 2u sT 
Beheld and when him the Jesus, he said, Thou art Simon 
Intuitus autem eum Jesus, dixit, Tu es Simon 

o uio 'Iwva* <fd xXTjdjjcfy Krj^af, 6 

the son of Jona ; thou shall be called Cephas, which (is) 
Filius Jona; tu vocaberis Cephas, quod (est) 



(44) Tj Itfaupjov Tjds'Xrjfl'sv 6 'I>]- 
by interpretation, a stone. The next day would the Je- 
si interpreteris, petra. Postero die voluit Je- 



xa/ 

sus go forth into the Galilee ; and findeth Philip, and 
sus abire in Galilaeam ; et invenit Philippum, et 



Xs'ysi aurw, 'AxoXo^n JULOI. (45)Hv Ss o 

saith to him, Follow me. Was now the Philip of 

dixit ei, Sequere me. Erat autem Philippus ex 

Brjdrfcu&i, Ix rr)$ iro'Xswff 'Avips'ou xa/ IleVpou. (46) EupVxsi 
Bethsaida, of the city of Andrew and Peter. Findeth 
Bethsaida, civitate Andreae et Petri. Invenit 



/ Xs^fi aurw, "Ov 

Philip the Nathaniel, and saith unto .him, (Him) of whom 
Philippus Nathanaelum, et dixit ei, (Ilium) de qu6 



rw VO/AW xa/ o ^poipTai, 'jpy;x/xv, 
wrote Moses in the law and the prophets, we have found, 
scripsit Moses in lege et prophetae, .'nvenimus, 






192 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



'I^tfouv TOV DITTO 

Jesus the of Nazareth. 

Jesus ex Nazareth. 



(47) Kcu gftfsv 

And said to him Nathanie 
Et dixit ei Nathanael 

Ex Na^apsV frjvarai <n cfyadov s/va ; As'^si au<r5 

Out of Nazareth can any good (thing) be ? Said to him 

Ex Nazaretha potest aliquid boni esse ? Dixit ei 

^'jXi'TT'Trocr/'Ep^ou xou )'<5s. (48) E/<5sv *o 'I^cfou^ <rov Na^ava^X 
Philip, Come and see. Saw the Jesus the Nathaniel 

Philippus, Veni et vide. Vidit Jesus Nathanaelum 

"I5s 



aurov, xou 



coming unto him, and said of 
venientem ad se, et dixit de 



aurou, 
him, 
eo, 



Behold 
Ecce 



indeed 
vere 



sv w ^0X0^ oux eV'- 
an Israelite in whom deceit not is. 
Israelita in quo dolus non est. 



(49) Afyei aurw Na- 
Said to him Na- 
Dixit ei Na- 



thaniel, Whence me knowest thou? Answered the Jesus 
thanael, Unde me nosti? Respondit Jesus 

xa< sTifsv auTW, IIpo TOU tfs ^fXitftfov (pcovSjcfaj, ovra CTTO 
and said to him, Before that thee Philip called, being under 
et dixit ei, Priusquam te Philippus vocaret,quum esses subter 

r^v tfux^v, sTfav (fs. (50) 'Acrsxpj^r) Na^ava^X xa< Xs'^sj 

the fig tree, I saw thee. Answered Nathaniel and said 

ficum, videbam te. Respondit Nathanael et dixit 

auroj, *Pa/3/S/, tfu si l o vtis TOU 0sou* tfu ef 
unto him, Rabbi, thou art the Son of the God; thou art 
ei, Rabbi, tu es Filius Dei; tu es 



I 



o 
the 



TOU 

king of the Israel. 
rex ille Israeli 



xa/ e<Vsv 



(51) ' 

Answered Jesus, and said 
Respondit Jesus, et dixit 



GREEK GRAMMAR 193 

, "On s/ffov tfoi, 5/<5&v tfc utfoxarw rf^ tfux>j$ 
to him, Because I said to thee, I saw thee under the f.g tree, 
ei, Quia dicebam tibi, Vidi te sub ficu, 



believest thou ? Greater (things) (than) these shall thou see. 
credis? Majora istis videbis 

(52) Ka/ \iyti au-r^5, 'Ap^v, ctpjv, Xs'yw tfA?v, 'Atf' 
And he said unto him, Verily, verily, I tell you, After 
Praeterea dixit ei, Amen, amen, dico vobis, Ab 



apTi o-^stf&s <rov oupavov dvswyora, xa/ <rovg 

now thou shall see the heavens opened, and the angels 

hoc videbilis coelum apertum, et angelos 

rou Gsov dva/3ai'vovTct xal xara/3aivov<raj &<gl <rov uiov rov 
of the God ascending and descending upon the Son of the 
Dei ascendentes et descendenles super Filium 






Man. 
Hominis. 



PAUL'S DEFENCE BEFORE AGRIPPA. 

, Ke<p. xg-'. ACTA, CAP. XXVI.Acis, CHAP. XXVI. 

(1) 'Aypitftfaj 6^ -rpoj TOV IlauXov 



Agrippa ihen unto (the) Paul said, (it) is permitted 
Agrippa turn Paulo dixit, permittilur 

rfoi t-arep tfsaurou Xs'ysiv. ToVs 6 IlaiJXo^ 'a^Xoysr-ro, 
to thee for thyself to speak. Then the Paul defended himself 
tibi pro teipso dicere. Tune Paulus hie defensione usus 

ixri'vag T^V x e ~P a> (2) Hfpi wavrwv c5v 

extending the hand. Concerning all (ttings) of which 
est extensa manu. Super omnibus de quibus 

17 



cot CAM 



194 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



utfo 'Iou(5ai'wv, 

[ am accused by (the) Jews, O, king Agrippa, I think 
postulor a Judaeis, rex Agrippa, cogito 



(xaxapiov jxs'XXwv owroXoysro^ai eVj tfou 

myself happy (that) I am about to defend myself before you 
me beatum (quod) sim dicturus apud te 

tfjjfASpov (3) MaXitfro. yvwcV/jv ovra tfs tfavrwv rwv 
this day : Especially knowing being you in all things which 
hodie: Maxime gnarum sciam quod te omnium quae 



(are) among Jews, manners 
(sunt) apud Judseos, rituum 



and the customs. Therefore 
et questionum. Ideo 

tfou /xaxpo^ujxw^ dxotJrfai jaou. (4) T^v (xsv ouv 
I pray you patiently to hear me. The truly, therefore, 
rogo te (ut) patienter audias me. Itaque vitam 



JAOU <nv ex VSOT^TO^, T'xjv a-tf 

manner of life of me the from (my) youth, the from (the) 
actam meam a juventute, a 

'ap^Tjj ysvo|Xv>]v Iv rw sdvsi fxou ^v 'Irjpo- 

beginning which was at first in the nation of me in Jeru- 



principio quseque fuit 

rusalem, know all the 
solymis, sciunt omnes 



n 



gente 
(5) 



meainHiero- 



Jews ; (That) know me 

Judaei ; (Qui) noverunt me 

^s'Xwcfi jxaprupsn;,) 6Vi xara 
from the beginning (if (they) would testify,) that after 
a majoribus (si velint testari,) secundum 

rrp dxpifistfrarriv cupstfiv TTJJ Tjfjisrspaj ^p-xjfl'xsia^, 
the most rigorous (and) strict of the our sect of religion, 
illam exquisitisiman nostrae heresin reMgionis, 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 195 



(6) KC/.J vov 

I lived a I'iiar. And now for hope which the (\vas) 

iu:i. Veru nunc ob spem 



- r '.7;i\a$ sfa.'yyeXlas ysvo/xsv^ u^o TOU sou, 

unto the fathers (of the) promise constituted by the God, 

patribus promissionis facta3 a Deo, 



(7) E/V *jv <ro 
1 stand (and) am judged ; To which the twelve tribes 
sto injudicium; Ad quern duodecim tribus 

fyxwv v r/.r=va vJx-ra xai l/xe'pav Xa-rpsuov IXtfi'^ei xaTavrv^tfa** 
of us constantly night and day serving hope to come , 
nostros perpetuo nocte et die servientis sperant perventuras ; 



for which hope I am accused, king Agrippa, by the Jews. 
de qua spe postular, rex Agrippa, a Judaeis. 

(S) Ti a-n'jc'-rov xp/vrai -rap' C/juv, el Q 

Why incredible should (it) be judged by you, that the 
Quid incredibile judicatur apud vos, quod 

go's vexpoCs fygip&i ; (9) 'E^w fxsv ouv 

God should raise up (the) dead ? I even therefore 
Deus excitet mortuos ? (Ego) equidem statueram 

cfxaurw, flfpoj ro ovo/xa 'Irjtfou cou Na^wpa/ou 
with myself, against the name of Jesus of the Nazareth 
apud adversus nomen Jesu Nazareni 

6e~v flToXXa Ivavria ^pa^ai. (10) "O xai 

taught many (things) hostile to practice. Which also I 
multa contraria facere. Quod etiam 



ieci 



xai 

performed in Jerusalem, and many of the saints I in prisons 
feci in Hierosolymis, et multus sanctorum egocarceribus 



196 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



<rwv 



confined, which from the Chief Priests, authority 
inclusi, a principibus Sacerdotum, potestate 



TS aurwv 

having obtained; being put to death and when the] 
accepta ; interimerentur et quam 

xaT^vs/xa -^(pov. (11) Kai xara tfarfag raj tfuvay wyag 

I gave against (them my) voice. And in all the synagogues 

tuli (ab eis) suffragium. Ac per omnes synagogas 



often punishing them, I compelled (them) to blaspheme; 
sepe puniens ipsos, coegi ad blasphemandum ; 

tfspio'o'ws TS >fjiaivo/xvo au-rofc, !<5i'eoxov I'wg 

exceedingly and being mad against them, I persecuted them 
supramodum et furens ad versus eos, persequutus sum 

xai rag *& rtdXsis. (12)'Ev oTg xai tfopuojxsvo 

even also (to) the foreign cities. Thro' which as I passed 

etiam in exteras civitates. Inter quse etiam proficiscens 

sis T/iv Aafxao'xov /JUST' Ifowfiag xai itfjT-poT)^ rfs *apa 
into the Damascus with authority and commission from 
Damascum cum potestate et procuratione a 

rwv 'ap^isps'wv, (13) 'Hjxspa^ fxsV?j, xara r^v o^ov, sf<W, 
the Chief Priests, Day at mid, in the way, I saw, 

principibus sacerdotum, Die medio, in via, vidi, 

jSatfiXsu, cupavo^sv C#p <ngv Xa/x^pOTirra rou TjXi'ou, 

king, from heaven above the brightness (of) the sun, 

rex, coslitus quse superans splendorem solis, 

flrspiXa(x-^o,v jut-s 900^ xa TOU^ cfvv spot -ropsuo/xsvou^ 

shining around me a light, and those with me journeying. 

circumfudit me lucem, et eos curn me iterfaciebant 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 197 



(14) ITavTWv Ss xaratfso'ovTwv ^jxwv ei$ T^V y'ljv, 

All and when having fallen of us upon the earth, 
Omnes autem quum decidissemus in terram. 



XaXouc'av flrpoj JAS, xa Xjyouo'av *>j 'E- 
I heard a voice speaking unto me, and saying (in) the He- 
audivi vocem alloquentem me, ac decentum He- 

/SpanJi (JiaXsWoj, 2aouX, 2aouX, rl /xs <5iwxsi ; 

brew dialect, Saul, Saul, why me persecutest (thou) ? 

braica lingua, Saul, Saul, quid me persequeris? 

tfxX^pdv #0? -TTpoj xs'vrpa XaxTi^siv. (15) 'Eyw <Js s/Vov, 

Hard for you against (such) power to kick. I and said, 
duram tibi contra stimulos calctrare. Ego autem dixi, 

TV / Ki;pis ; 6 6$ s/wsv, 'E^w si^xi 'Irtfou^ ov 

Who art (thou,) Lord ? he and said, I am Jesus whom 
Quis es, Domini? ille et dixit, Ego sum Jesus quern 

tfu chwxf i$. ( 16) 'AXXcc 'avas*r]^, xai <fry6i iifi rovg ir6Sa 

thou persecutest. But rise up, and stand'upon the feet 

persequeris Sed exsurge, et sta in pedes 



tfou, s/V ToOVo yap wq>d>jv tfoi, 

f you, for this because I have come to you, to choose 
tuos, idcirco enim apparui tibi, designarem 



(fs 

you a minister and witness the things which thou hast seen 
ministrum ac testum turn eorum quae vidisti, 



CJL JKA 



*ojv <re o^r^ofxai tfoj, (17) ^ 
the things and I will show to you, Delivering you 

turn eorum quibus apperebo tibi, Eruens te 

ix TOU Xaou xa< TWV Jdvwv ii; w$ vuv tfs atfcs'e'XXw. 
from the people and the heathen unto whom now you I send. 
ex hoc populo et gentibus ad quod mine te mitto. 



19S 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



(18) 'Avowal 8<p0aXfAoog au~wv <rou s 

To open (the) eyes of them to turn from darkness 
Ut aperias oculos corum (et) convertas (eos) a tenebris 



Toil 2arava #' -TOV sov, roO 
unto light, and the power of the Satan unto the God, tha* 
ad lucem, et (a) potestate Satanae ad Deum, ut 



Xoc/Jsfv cturous apstfiv ajxctpTWv, xcu 

they receive to them remission of offences, and a share 



remissionem peccatorum, et sortem 



accipiant 



TVJ s/j ejxs. 

among them who are sanctified by faith which (is) in me. 
mter illos sanctificatos per fidem quse est in me. 



(19) "QAsv, ^JflWiXsu 'A^p*Vjra, oux 
Whence, O king Agrippa, not I was disobedient (to) the 
TJnde, rex Agrippa, non fui rebellis illi 

oypav/w o-TTTatfia. (20) 'AXXa roTs ^v Aa^atfxw crpwrov xa/ 
heavenly vision. But (to) those in Damascus first and 

coelesti apparitioni. Sed iis (qui sunt) Damasci primum et 



-",.c 'Icuia/aj, xa< 
at Jerusalem in all and the coasts of the Judea, and 
Hierosolymis in omnes et regione Judeae, et 



(then) to the Gentiles, showing (that they) might repent 
(deinde) Gentibus, anunciavi ut resipiscerent 

XOU ^iTltfTpSipelV 1(1 70V @OV, OL^IOL e Tt]C > 

and turn unto the God, (and) worthy of the 

et converterent (se) ad Deum, convenientia 



(21) f 'Evxa<ro^Twv ps oi 
repentance works do. For which me the Jews 

resipicentiae ope -a facientes. Horum causa me Judasi 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 199 



m/XXa/3o(Avoi Iv <TOJ Ispw 

have seized in the temple (and) attempted to kill (me). 

comprehension (in) templum tentarunt interficere (me). 



(22) 'Etfixc'jp/aj oi/v Tup^wv <r% #ap, rou sou, 
Assistance therefore having obtained from the God, 
Auxilium sed nactus a Deo, 



<rs xai 

to this day thus I continue testifying to small hoth and 
in hanc diem usque perstiti testificans parvis turn turn 

fXSyaXw, ou<5sv XTO Xo'ywv wv rs ol -^poipSjrai 
great, nothing than saying which both the prophets 
magnis, nee quicqam dicens quas prophetae 



fxeXXo'vrwv yivso'dai xa? 
did say should come and Moses. 
prasdixerunt futura ac Moses. 



DIVES AND LAZARUS LUKE XVI. 19-31. 



(19) "AvdpwTTog 6s ri$ i] virXoutfjo g , xou 

A man and who was rich, and clothed (in) purple 

xcu jSJrfo'ov, eu(ppaivo|Xvo xa^' >jjxlpav Xa/x-rpw^. (20) 

and fine linen, (and) feasted by day sumptuously. 



\o ue 



A beggar and who was named Lazarus, who was thrown 

rpo TOV Tr-jXwva aurou r/Xxw/xlvocr, (21) Ka< I-TT^U^LOJV 
before the gale of the other full of ulcers, And desired 

^opTorfdTjvcu ciwro rwv -v|/i^iwv <rwv f TTTOVTWV dcro <r^ rpar.c^r^ 
to be fed with the crumbs wliich fell from the table 



200 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



ctXXa xa/ oi xov 
(of) the rich (man,) but also the dogs came (and) licked 

TO, sXxxj auTou. (22) 'E^vsro <5s aVodaveiv TOV crrcj^ov, 
the sores of him. It came to pass and died the beggar, 

xa/ d<7rsv^7jvaj aurov utfo <rwv ct^s'Xwv s/V *"ov xoXtfov TOU 
and was carried he by the angels into the bosom of the 



cwrg'davs <5s xa/ 6 
Abraham, died and also the rich (man) and was buried. 

(23) Kai iv <rw a^>j * sVapa^ TOUJ oip^aXjut-ouV aurou, -j^ap^wv 
And in the hell he lifted the eyes of him, being 

ev /3ao'avoi, 6p<x rov 'A^paa/x a<7ro /xaxpo^sv xa/ Aa^apov 
in torment, seeing the Abraham at a distance and Lazarus 

v roig x6\ifo~s auTou. (24) Kai auTo? (pwvV*ff ^'i HaT^p 
in the bosom of him. And he crying said, Father 

'A/3paa/x, ^Xs'yjrfov fxe, xa< TS'/X-^OV Aa^apov 5'va 

Abraham, have mercy on me, and send Lazarus that he 



TO axpov <rou ax<ruou auTou uaro^, xa< xara-v 
may dip the tip of the finger of him in water, and cool 



the tongue of me; for I am tormented in the flame this. 

(25) Eftfs <5s 'A/3paafx, Tg'xvov, fxv^rf^rai on d^sXa^ tfy 
Said and Abraham, Son, remember that received you 

TU 'aya^a tfou v <r^ (Jwjj tfou, xa/ Aaapog 

the good things of you in the life of you, and Lazarus 

CjXoJwj TO, xaxa, vuv Ss os -rapaXsrrai, tfu 
likewise the evil things, now and here he is comforted, you 



Literally, unseen, the invisible abode of the dead derived from 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 201 

8s o&jvatfa (26) Ka; z<xl cratfj TOJTOIJ, /xs-ra|u Sjjxwv xa 
and tormen sd ; And besides all this between us and 



/xs'ya 0Vjpixrai, otfws ol 
you a gulf very great is placed, so that they who would 



c ol 
pass from this place to you, not can, neither those 

xr<9sv tfpo r^as diaffspwrfiv. (27) E^rs 51, 'Epwrw ouv 
from that to us can pass. He said then, I pray therefore 

tf, flfarsp, iva ts^ys au-rov gig 1 rov o/xov <rou 
thee, father, that thou wilt send him to the house of the 



father of me ; I have for five brethren, that he witness 






va jx xa a-<ro wtfjv sg TW TOITOV TOUTOV T 
to them, that not also they come into the place this of the 

/Jatfavou. (29) Asyst auTW 'AjSpaotjiL, "E^outfi Mcotfea xa< 
torment. Said to him Abraham, They have Moses and 

rou tfpoprjras, axourfarwrfav aurwv. (30) 'O 8s <Vsv, Ou^i, 
the prophets, let them hear them. He and said, Nay, 

fl'arep 'A/3paa.ja, 'aXX' Jav T/V V-TTO vfxpwv #opeu$j 
father Abraham, but if any one from the dead should go 



unto them, they would repent. He said and to him, If 

Mutfeug y.a.1 rwv jfpo(pr]TWv oux dxououfl'iv, ou5e eav TV x 
Moses and the prophets not they hear, neither if any one from 



vexpwv 
the dead shox.d arise, will they be persuaded. 



202 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



MATTHEW XXIII. 34-39. 



(34) 

Wherefore, behold, I send 
Propterea, ecce, ego mitto 



xai 



unto you prophets, and 
ad vos prophetas, et 



xa/ ypa/xfjiaTsIs* xa< | aurwv 

wise (men) and scribes ; and (some) of them shall ye 
sapientes (viros) et scribas ; et (nonnullos) ex ipsis trucid- 



Sirs xai flVaupwrfers, xa< aurwv 

<dll and crucify, and (some) of them shall ye scourge 

abitis et crucifigetis, et (nonnullos) ex ipsis flagellabitis 

v ra~$ tfvva.'yu'ycus Cfxwv, xa? 6iw|s<rs 5 0.^0 n'oXew^ st$ 
in the synagogues of you, and persecute from city unto 
in conventibus vestris, et persequemini ab urbe, in 

tfoXiv (35) 
city ; 
urbem; 



That may come upon you all blood the righteous, 
Ut veniat super vos omnis sanguis Justus, 



U <5xeuou, 

shed upon the earth, from the blood of Abel the righteous, 
efFusus super terrain, a sanguine Abel justi, 

tug TOU al'/xaroj Za^api'ou, uiou Bapa^fou, ov 
until the blood of Zacharias, son of Barachias, whom 
usque ad sanguinem Zachariae, filii Barachise, quern 

1 Jesus says this, speaking of Jerusalem ; it is a beauti- 
ful passage. 

2 Literally, through this also, PROPTEREA, on account 
of these things. 

Compound cf aero and tfrs'XXw send away. 



4 From (xtfox<rs,v 



From 



From 



7 Greenfield says, "I. e., aljxa s'avrwv <rwv <5ixaiwv" Ae 
Wood of all the just. 



iREEK GRAMMAR. 203 



TO vaou xa; <rou dtfl'iaa'<ry]piVj. (36) ' 
ye slew between the temple and the altar. Verily, 

occidistis inter templum et altare. Amen, 

X^yw Cjiuv, >j|si TauVa xv<ra Jcri T-^V 

I say (unto) you, shall come these (things) all upon the 
dico vobis, venient hoec omnia super 

ysvsav rawrjv. (37) 'IspoutfaX^, 'IspoutfaX^fX, rj dtfoxTgjvouo'a 
generation this. Jerusalem, Jerusalem, (thou) that killest 
sBtatem istam. Jerusalem, Jerusalem, (tu) qui trucidas 



the prophets, and stonest them (that are) sent unto thee, 
prophetas, et lapidatrix* eorum (qui sunt) missi ad te, 

TTotfaxj^ yj^Xrjo'a ZiCHfvva'ya'ysTv ra Tg'xva (fou, ov 
how often would I have gathered the children of you, in 
quoties volui congregare liberos sui, 

Tpotfov ^o'uvaysj opvj^ <ra votftfia ^aur5jj u-ro 

like manner as gathereth a hen the chickens of her under 
quemadmodum congregat galina pullos suos sub 

raj <-rs'puya, xa/ oux yQe\r)<fa.TS ; (38) 'l6ou, ct(perat u/juv 
the wings, and not ye would ! Behold, is left (to) you 
alas, et noluistis ! Ecce, relinquetur vobis 

o oixog o/xwv epyjjaoj. (39) Ag'yw yap u/^rv, Ou jx^ 

the house of you desolate. I say for (unto) you, In no wise 

domus vestra deserta. Dico enim vobis, Nequaquara 

as r<Jrjre dcr' apTi, sus dv slie^TS, EuXoy>]/xvoj 

me shall ye see after now until shall ye say, Blessed (is he) 
me videbitis ab hoc usquedum dicatis, Benedictus 

6 ppo'fxevo t t'v ovojxaTi Kupiou. 
that cometh in the name of the Lord. 
qui venit in nomine Domini. 

*A stoner of them. tFrom d<pi'r}jju. t Lit. the one coming. 



204 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



MATTHEW XIX. 27-30. 



(27) Tors diroxptQsis * b IlsVpog <Vsv aurw, 'I^oO, ^sTg 
Then answering the Peter said (to) him, Behold, we 
Turn respondens Petrus dixit ei, Ecce, nos 



xa xoXoutfafjusv <fov <n apa 

have forsaken all, and followed thee; what, therefore, 
relinquimus omnia, et sequuti sumus te; quid ergo 

stfrai fyjan/ ; (28) 'O s 'iTjtfoifc s/Vev auTo^, 'A/x^v 

will there be to us ? The and Jesus said unto them, Verily 

erit nobis? Autem Jesus dixit illis, Amen 

Xsyw ufuv, orj vest's ol axoXou^tfavrsV f^oj, v TJ^ 
I say (unto) you, that ye which have followed me, in the 
dico vobis, vos qui sequuti estis me, in 

rtaXiyy ^vstf/oc, oVav xa$i'tf>] 6 ulo rou dvQpuifov etfi 
regeneration, when shall sit the son of the man upon the 
regeneratione, quum sederit films hominis in 

dpovou MZys oturou, xa.6i<fs<f6s xa/ vps~$ sVi 

throne of the glory of him, shall sit and ye upon twelve 

throno glorias suse, sedebitis etiam vos super duodecim 

$povoti, xpi'vovrgg ra-s (5w<5sxa (puXcxj TOU 'la'pa^X. (29) 
thrones, judging the twelve tribes of the Israel. 
Oironos, judicantes duodecim tribus Israel. 

Kct/ <ffa$ 6V 'ctpTjxsv t o/xiaj, ^ 'a^sXcpou^, ^ a^sX(pdt^, 
And all who have forsaken houses, or brothers, or sisters, 
Et omnis qui reliquerit domos, aut fratres, aut sorores, 



* From Woxpi'vojacu. 



tFrom 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 205 

r, ffa-rs'pa, fj jXTj-rspa, j yuvarxa, y TSxva, ^ a^'pouj, 
or father, or mother, or wife, or children, or lands, 
aut patrem, aut matrem,aut uxorem, aut liberos, aut agros, 



JJLOU, ^xarovTacrXatf/ova 
on account of the name of me, an hundred fold shall re- 
ob nominis mei, centuplicia accipiet, 

xcu w^v a/ojviov xXrjpovojxrjfl'si. (30) IIoXXo/, <5s 
ceive, and life everlasting shall inherit. Many, however 
et vitam aeternam haereditatis. Multi, autem, 



Tpwroi, stf^aroj* xa< etf^aroi, 
shall be first, last ; and last, first. 
erunt primi, ultimi ; et ultimi, primi. 




ST. LUKE XV. 1-7. 

(l)'Ho'av 5e lyy/^ovr?^ ayrw^avr^ o! reXcjvai xa/ oJ a/xaprwXo/, 
Were but coming to him all the publicans and the sinners, 
Autem accederunt ad eum omnes publicani et peccatores, 

*axouiv aurou. (2) Ka/ ^isyoyyu^ov ol 4>apitfaroj xa; oi Fpa/x- 
to hear him. And murmured the Pharisees and the 
audire eum. Et murmurabant Pharisasi et 



"On OU'TOJ afjuxp<rcjXotj 
Scribes, saying, That he sinners receives and (he) eats 
Scriba?, dicentes, Ut hie peccatores recipit, et edit 

aurofc. (3) Eftfs 61 rfpo aurouff r^v *apa- 

(with) them. He spake, nevertheless, unto them the para- 
(cum) illis. Loquutus est, autem, ad eos para- 
18 



206 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



ble this, saying ; 
bolatn hanc, dicens ; 



Ixarcv 

What man of you having an him 
Quis homo ex vobis habens cent- 



<7rp6/3a-rct, xou arfoXsVas g'v Ig auTWv, ou xaraXsVs; 
dred sheep, and if he loose one of them, not doth leave 
urn oves, et perdiderit unam ex illis, non relinquit 



TO, 

the ninety nine in the wilderness, and 
illas nonaginta novem in deserto, et 



go after 
abit ad 



TO cwroXwXo, 'w gupij auTo ; (5) Ka< 

the lost, until he find it ? And finding (it) he layeth 

perditam, usquedum inveneriteamlEtnactus (earn) imponit 



gV? <roO^ wfxou^ iauTou p^ajpwv, (6) Kai 
(it) upon the shoulders of him rejoicing, And having 
Team) super humeros suos gaudens, Et veniens 

g/V TOV ofxov, tfuyxaXsr TOUJ <pi'Xou xai 

come into the house, he calleth together the friends and 

in domo (suo) convocat amicos et 



gupov 



ygiVovoff, X^/wv auro^, 2u^ap>jTS fji,oi, on 
the neighbors, saying to them, With rejoice me, for I have 
vicinos dicens eis, Gratulamini mihi, nempe 

TO -rpo^aro'v JAOU TO d-roXwXo^. (7) Asyw C/juv, 
found the sheep of me that was lost. I say unto you, 

invem ovem meam quae perierat. Dico vobis, 

OT OUTW X^pdl stfrai sv TW oupavy, fal Ivi afxaprwXoj 
that likewise joy shall be in the heaven, over one sinner 
ut etiam gaudium erit in coelo super uno peccatore 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 207 



that rcpenteth, (more) than over ninety nine just 
resipiscente, magis quam super nonaginta novem jus 



01 : oiVivej oO ^P f ' av s^outfi 

(persons), which no need have of repentance. 

tis, qui non opus habent resipiscentias. 






ST. LUKE XV. 11-32. 

(11) EKTS r)=', "Av^pwiroV n.c er^s Jo uJo'jcr, (12) KcJ ffflrsv 
He said and, A man certain had two sons, And said 
Ait autem, Homo quidam habebat duos filios, Et dixit 

6 vewrepoj aurwv T^J crarpi, HaTep, 66$ /JLOI -ro 

the younger of them to (his) father, Father, give to me that 
junior illorum patri, Pater, da mihi 

l-Tfj^aXXov fx^po^ Tj outfi'a::. Kcu (Ji- 

falleth (to me) the portion of the property. And he 

attinentem (ad me) ^partem substantial. Et par- 

sTXsv au<roi <rov /3'ov. (13) Kou JU.ST* ou iroXXcxj 

divided to them the living (of him.) And with not many 

titit eis illam vitam. Et post non multos 

*jfxepo tfuva^aywv owravra 6 vewrepoj uio^ dcr'o5^/XT](i'eV 

days collecting together all the younger son departed 
dies congestens omnibus junior films egressus est 



TV outfav au-rou 
into country a distant ; and there wasted the goods of him 
in regionem longinquam ; et illic dissipa vit substantiam suam 






^08 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



(14) Aa^avTjo'avToff 6s auroi) 

living with luxurious. He had consumed but when of him 
vivendo profuse. Consumpsisset autem quum 



fyevsro Xijxoj 
'g oods) all, there came famine a mighty in the land that ; 
omnia, orta est fames valida in regione ilia ; 



a; OCUTO ^p^aro vtfrepsTtfQcu. (15) Ka* tfopsu^s/V sxoXX?j$>j 

and he began to be in want. And he went and joined 

et ipse co3pit defici. Et abiens et adhaesit 



svi <rwv tfoXirwv <?% p^wpa^ sxsivqs xeu 
himself to one of the citizens of the country that ; and 
uni ex civibus regionis illus ; et 

e-rsjju^gv aurov sis TOU^ dypou^ aurou ^otfxsiv ^oipoug. (16)Ka; 
he sent him into the fields of him to feed swine. And 
missit eum in agros suos pascere porcos. Et 



ysp'ufai T^V xoiX/ctv auTou d<tfo <rwv xspar/wv <3v 
he wished to fill the belly of him with the husks that did eat 
desiderabat implere ventrem suum siliquis quas edebant 



ol ^ofpoj xa/ ou5s/V <5i'6ou auTW. (17) E/V 
the swine ; and no one did give to him. Unto himself 
porci; et nemo dabat ei. Ad se 



however coming, he said, How many servants of the father 
autem redens, ait, Quotquot mercenarii patris 

jtxou 'jrspjfl'o'suouo'iv aprwv, fyw Ss Xijxw d < ?r''jr'oXXii/^ai ; 
of me abound in bread, I however with want perish ? 
mei abundant panibus, ego autem fame pereo? 



( 18) 'Ava0V tfopsutfo/xai tfpo <rov tfaWpa jaou, xai pw 
Arising I will go unto the father of me, and will say 
Surgens proficiscar ad patrem mei, et dicam 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 209 

OCUTW, IIa<rsp, 7]|map<rov s/V *"&v oupavov xai 

unto him, Father, I have sinned against the heaven and 
ei, Pater, peccavi in ccelum et 



evwrio v tfou ( 19) Ka/ ouxsVi /|ju aio 
in the sight of you ; And no more am worthy to be called 
in conspectu suo ; Et non amplius sum dignus vocari 



u!o (fou * ifQiy](fov fig us i'va TWV fUdS^MM tfou. 

the son of you ; make me as one of the servants of you. 

filius tuus; fac me ut unum (ex) mercenariis tuis. 



.20) Kat avatfro^, r t \&e <pof rov iraTspa lau<rou. "E<n 
And arising, he came unto the father of him. Yet 
Et surgens, venit ad patrem ejus. Quum 



8s auToiJ fjuxxpav d<jr^ovrof , sidev aC-rov 6 ifa.rr t ^ 

however way off a great he was, saw him the father of him 
autem adhuc longe abesset, vidit eum pater ejus 



xa/ 



and had compassion ; and running fell upon the neck 
et misericordiam habuit; et accurrens incidit in collum 



ou xa< xaTSjpjXrjfl'ev ai/To'v. (21) EiVs 6s aurw 6 uSoj, 
of him and kissed him. Said and to him the son, 
ejus et deosculatus est eum. Dixit autem ei filius, 



^fxaprov e}g <rov oupavov xa/ 

Father, I have sinned against the heaven and in the sight 
Pater, peccavi in coelum et in conspectu 

(fou, xa/ OUXS'TI EifAi a|iof xXrj^/jvai ulo^ tfou. 

of you, and no more am worthy to be called the son of you. 
tuo, et neque amplius sum dignus vocari filius tuus- 

(22) Eftff 6s 6 -jrar^p if pig rw$ 6ouXouf auTou, 'E^evs^xarc 
Said but the father unto the servants of him, Bring 
Dixit autem pater ad servos suos, Afferte 

18* 



210 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



<njv tfcoX^v <rr t v irpuryv, Kat v5u&a<r3 CCUTOV, xai Son 

the robe the best, And put (it) upon him, and give 

stolam illam prascipuam, E* induite eum, et indite 



shoes 
soleas 



to the feet. 
in pedes. 



ov ss <r/v %pa aurou, xa 
a ring to the hand of him, and 
annulum in manum ejus, et 



(23) Kou svEyxavrss TOV /xotf^ov TOV ^JTSUTOV dutfaTS, xa/ 
And bring the calf the fatted (and) kill (it,) and 
Et afTerrentes vitulum ilium saginatum mactate, et 

(24) "OTJ OUTO 6 v\6$ /xou vsxpog 
For this the son of me dead 
Quia iste filius mei mortuus 



eating let us be merry ; 
edentes exhilaremur; 



was and is alive (again), and 
erat et revixit, et 



xai d-TToXwXwj ^"v xa/ sups^rj. 
lost he was and is found. 
perierat et inventus est. 

Kcu >jpgav<ro suqjpai'vsfl'dai. (25) r Hv 6s 6 ulog aurou 
And they began to be merry. Was now the son of him 
Et coeperunt sese exhilararet. Erat autem filius ejus 



flrptfu<rpo ev cpw, xai 

the elder in the field, and as coming he drew near to the 
senior in agro, et ut veniens appropinquavit 



O/'XKX. jjxoutfs tfuf;-(pwv/a xa/ p^opwv. (26) Ka/ <^f 
house he heard music and dancing. And calling 
domui audivit concentum et choros. Et vocatum 

s'va TOJV irai'fSwv auTou, e-Truv^avSTo T S'IYI TauVa ; 
one of the children of him, he asked what were these 
unum (ex) -pueris ejus, interrogavit est quid essent 

(27) 1 O Ss sirtev auTW, "OTI 6 d(5sX(po^ tfoy 
thhgs?) He and said to him, That the brother of yoi 
haic Is autem dixit ei, Fiater tuus 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 211 



Jjxsi, xa< edutfev o tfa-TTjp tfou rov fAotf^ov rov 
is come, and hath killed the father of you the calf the 
venit, et mactavit pater tuus vitulum ilium 



tfirsurov, or uyiai'vov-ra aurov d-Trs'Xa^sv. (28) 'i 

fatted, for safe him (he) hath received. He was angry 

saginatum,quia tutum eum recepit. Indignatusest 

05, xcu oux 2fa\ev eiifsMsTv. 'O ouv n'ar^p aurou 
and, and not would come in. The therefore father of him 
autem, et non voluit introire. Ergo pater ipsius 

e'fsXdwv tfapsxaXsi aurov. (29) 'O 6s oirtoxpdeis sixe <ru 
coming out entreated him. He but answering said to the 
egressus hortatus est eum. Ipse vero respondens dixit 

ffa-rpj* 'liou, rotfaura s-t] <JouXsuco tfoi, xa/ ou^sVors 
father ; Behold how many years I serve thee, and at no time 
patri ; Ecce tot annos servio tibi, et nunquam 



tfou flrapyjXdov, xou spot 

the commands of you have I transgressed, and to me never 
mandatum tuum sum transgressus, et mihi nunquam 



epi<pov, ?va fxsra <rwv ;pi'Xwv fxou 
gavest thou a kid, that with the friends of me I might make 
dedisti hoedum, ut cum amicis meis oblectarer. 



(30.)"O<r 6s 6 uio's tfou OUTOJ, 6 

merry. When but the son of you this, that hath devoured 

Cum sed filius tuus iste, qui devoravil 



tfou rev /3iov fxerdt ?ropvwv ^"X^ev, 
of you the living with harlots was come, thou hast killed 
tuam vitam cum meretricibus venit, mactasti 

aurw rov fxotf^o; rov tfjreurov. (31) 'O 8s eiirsv aJrw, 

for him the calf the fatted. He and said unto him, 

ei vitulum Hum saginatum. Ipse vero dixit ci, 



212 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



Ts'xvov, tfu fi'avroTS jasr' s/xou s, xa/ cravTa ra l/xa, tfa 

Son, thou always with me art. and all that (is) mine, thine 
Fili, tu semper mecum es et omnia mea, tua 

fc^Tiv. (32.) Eu<ppav0>jvai, *s, xat p^ap^vai "5s, 

is. To rejoice, therefore, and to be glad it was meet, 

sunt. Exhilarari, vero, et gaudere opportebat, 



6Vi 6 clJsXpoV tfou ouVog 1 vsxpo.c ?v, xai avs'^tre xou 
for the brother of you this dead was, and liveth; and 
quia frater tuus iste mortuus erat, et revixit; etiam 



lost he was, and is found ! 
perierat et inventus est ! 



ROMANS III. 21-26. 



(21) NuW 6s X&Jp/V vo'|u,ou SixaiQifvvYi sou 

Now but without the law the righteousness of God is 
Nunc vero absque lege justitia Dei 

uVo TOU vojxou xcw rwv 
by the law and the 
a lege ac 



manifested, 
manifesta est, 



being witnessed 
testificata 



(22) Aixaiotfuv?] Ss sou diat, 

Even the righteousness of God by faith of 

Inqam justitia Dei per fidem 



prophets ; 
prophetis; 



'IvjG'oiJ XpiflVou, s;V ^avraj xa/ I- 

Jesus Christ, unto all and upon all that believe ; 

Jesu Christi, in omnes et super omnes qui credunt ; 



ou 2/dp sV<n 

no for there is difference 

non enim est distinctio. 



(23) IlavTSj yap -Jj/xaprov xa/ 
All for have sinned and 
Omnes enim pecaverunt ac 



RAMMAR. 213 

<r7j &&$ sou. (24) Aixaiou/xevoi (Jwpsav 
come short of the glory of God. Being justified freely 

deficiunter gloria Dei. Justificati gratis 



rj auou X<*pi<n i, ? 
by the of him grace through the redemption that (is) in 
ejus gratia per redemptionem quse 



rj fou' (25) "Ov # pos'dsro 6 
Christ Jesus : Whom hath set forth the God a propitiation 
Christo Jesu ; Quern proposuit Deus placamentum 



a/xan, sj 

through the faith in the of him blood, to declare the 
per fidem in ipsius sanguine, ad demonstrandam 



aurou, 5ia T^V 
righteousness of him, for the remission of the past 
justitiam suam, per remissionem quae antecesserunt 

a/jiapTr](xaTwv, (26) 'Ev rrj & V9 X?i ro ^ ou, 

sins, Through the forbearance of the God, 

peccatorum, Per tolerante Dei, 

flrpO ev(Jsi^v Tr t s ^xajotfJvrjj aurou v rw vuv 
for to declare the righteousness of him at the present 
ad demonstrandam justitiam suam present! 

xaipw* i ro 6/vai aurov ^ixaiov, xa< Jixaiouvra rov 
time ; that might be he just, and the justifier of him 
tempore ; ut sit ipse Justus, et justificans eum 



which believeth in Jesus. 
qui est ex fide Jesu. 



214 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



EOMANS V. 6-12, 18, 21. 

(6)"E<n yap XpJffVoj, ovrwv ^fxwv dtfdaowv, xara xaipov 
Yet for Christ, being we weak, by time 
Adhuc enim Christus,existentibus nobis infirmis, in tempore 

(7) 



for the impious died. 

pro impiis mortuus est. 



Scarcely for for righteou? 
Vix enim pro justo 



ap <rou 

person will one die ; for yet the good (man) possibly one 
quis moritur ; pro enim bono forsitan quis 

xai <roXfA<x dtfo&avsTv. (8) SUVJO'TTJO'J ds <rigv iaurou 

even would dare to die. Commendeth but the of himself 

et audeat inori. Commendat sed illam ipsius 



love unto us the God, since, yet sinners 
charitatem in nobis Deus, quoniam, adhuc peccatoribus 



OVTWV 



C^sp Tjfxwv attQavs. (9) IIoXXu 
being we, Christ for us died. Much 

existentibus nobis. Christus pro nobis mortuus est. Multo 



therefore more, being justified now in the blood of him, 
igitur magis, justificati nunc in sanguine ipsius, 

tfwdijtfo'fXfita <5i' auTou ct-Tro rfs opy^j. (10) E/ yap 
we shall be saved by him from the wrath. 
servabimur per ipsum ab 



ira. 



If for 
Si enim 



enemies being we were reconciled to the God by the 
inimic' existentes reconciliati sumus Deo per 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 215 

davarou rw ulou aurou, qroXXw jxaXXov, xaraXXaycvrej 

death of the son of him, much more, being reconciled, 
mortem filii ejus, multo magis, reconciliati, 

rfwdrjtfo/jteda Iv ry w?j auroC'. (11) Ou jxovov 

shall we be saved by the life of him. Not only (that) 

servabimur in vitam ipsius. Non solum 



(5=,* ccXXa xcu xau^w/jievoi v <ri2 0eo5 <5ia rouKupiou 

and, but also (are) glorying in the God through the Lord 

autem, sed etiam gloriantes in Deo per Dominum 

r,{j.Zv, 'Ir^ou XpioVou, 61* ov vvv r^v xaraXXay^v 

of us, Jesus Christ, by whom now the reconciliation 

nostrum, Jesum Christum, per quern nunc reconciliationem 

JXao/xv. (12) Aa<ro{Jro utftep 61' ^voj dv^pw^ou ^ 
we have received. "Wherefore as by one man the 
accepimus. Propterea'sicut per unum hominum 



/ TOV xo/xov 

sin into the world came, and by the sin the death, 
peccatum in mundum venit, et per peccatum mors, 



KCU oZrug sis vravTCLs avdpuifovg o ^otvaro^ &vjXi)sv 9' 5 
and so upon all men the death passeth, for that all 
et sicut in omnes homines mors pertransit, in quo omnes 



have sinned. 
peccaverunt. 

(18) "Apct ouv u$ SC kvQ$ flrapatfrw/xaros s lg rtavras itv^pw^oug 
Therefore as by one offence (came) upon all men 
Igitur sicutperunamofFensam in omnes homines 

* Translate the 8s before oO 52 ou jao'vov, &. 



216 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



OUTW xcu vo 

unto judgment; so also by one righteous (the free 
in condemnationem ; sic et per unum justitium. 



gift came) upon all men unto justification of life, 
in omnes homines ad justificationem vitae. 



^ 
(21) "Iva woVsp atfi\sv(fsv j a/xapT/a v TW Oavarw, ouVw KCU 

That as hath reigned the sin unto the death, so even 
Ut sicut regnavit peccatum in morte, ita et 



the grace might reign through righteousness unto life 
gratia regnaret per justitiam in vitam 



CUOMOV, <5l, 'I^rfOU XplrfTOU TOU KupJOU 

eternal, hy Jesus Christ the Lord of us. 
seternam, per Jesum Christum Dominum nostrum. 



b so^ <rov xoV/xov wtfTS <rov uloj; aurou 
the God the world that the son of him 
Deus mundum ut filium ejus 



yap 

So for loved 
Ita enim dilexit 



TOV fjiovoysvTj suxsvj I'vct, <ffa 6 ifitfrevuv els avrov 
the only begotten he gave, that all who believe in him 
unigenitum dederit, ut omnes qui credunt in eum 



16. 



dXX* s^ Quyv atiuviov 
not might perish but have life eternaf. John Hi. 
non pereant sed habeant vitam seternam. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 217 



SCRIPTURE TEXTS ON DIFFERENT SUBJECTS. 



AeGVs tfpoj jxs XVT ol 

Come unto me all (ye) that (are) laboring and are ieavy 

Venite ad me omnes qui fatigati et onerati 



/ze'voi, xot'^/w 



laden, and I will give rest to you. Matthew xi. 28. 
estis, et ego dabo requiem vobis. 



Ka/ xad' * o'rfov dcoxt i-rai Tolj f av^pwiro/j atfa 

And as it is appointed to thees men once to die, 

Et sicut statutum est hominibus semel mori 



uf TO, <$; TOUTO xpVi OuTW 6 

after however the judgment ; So the Christ once offered 

post vero hoc judicium; Ita Christus semel oblatus 



ss TO 

fur the many to bear the sins for a second time without 
multorum attollere peccata secundo absque 



otfiapri'as o^^tfgTai rolf aurov d-n'ex^^o^svoij 15 tfwr>jpiav. 

sin he shall appear to those looking for him unto salvation. 

peccato conspicietur eis expectantis eum ad salutem. 



Hebrews ix. 27, 28. 




To. ydtp o-^wvia <rrj$ afjtap<n' davaroj, TO 61 
The for wages of the sin (is) death, the but gift of the 
Nam stipendia peccati mors, at donatio 

0OU w^ ttJWVJOJ V XpltfTW 'iTjtfoU TW KuplCJ rjUOJV. 

God life eternal through Christ Jesus the Lord of us. 
Dei vita aeterna in Christo Jesu Domino nostro. 

Romans %i, 23. 

* Contraction of xa5w, conjunction. 
t These men the Priesthood of Aaron. 
19 



218 THE PRINCIPLES OT 

(6) To yap <ppov?]|xa rfs tfapxos davarof, re 6s 

To be for minded of the flesh (is) death, to b out 

Nam pmdentia carnis (est) mors, at 



<ppo'vy]/xa TOU flTvsufxaroff w^ xai elpyvy. (7) AIO'TS TO 
minded of the spirit (is) life and peace. Because the 
prudentia spiriti (est) vita et pax. Propterea 



sis so'v. Tw yap vo/xw 
mind of flesh (is) enmity against God. To the for law 
prudentia carnis (est) inimica in Deum. Nam legi 



TOU sou oux vifMcuftfSTcuj ovs yap <5uva<rai. (8) O 
of the God not is subject, neither indeed can (it) be. Those 
Dei non subjicitur, nee enim potest. Qui 



6s Iv tfapx< o'v<r, so5 apstfai ou <5uvavrai. 
but in the flesh being, God to please not can. 
at in carne existentes, Deo placere non possunt. 

Romans viii. 6-8 

(38) HsrfSKfpat yap oVi oUrs ^avaro.c, ob'rs ^cj-i, obVs 
I am persuaded for that neither death, nor life, nor 
Persuasus sum enim ut neque mors, neque vita, neque 



OUTS dp^ai, OUTS 6uva/xjj, OUTS 
angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, 
angeli, neque principatus, neque potestate's, neque instantia, 



OUTS fxs'XXgyTa, (39) OUTS u^wixa, OUTS 
nor things to come, Nor height, nor depth, 
neque futura, Neque altitude, neque profunditas 



OUT? T; 

nor any creature other, shall be able us to separate 
neque aliqua creatura alia, poterit nos separare 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 219 

UTO -"f,- -, fW'/ <rou 0soC, TTJC: Iv XpKJ'roJ 'I^tfou TW 

from the love of the God, which (is) in Christ Jesus .he 
& charitate Dei, quae (est) in Christo Jesu 

Kjpi'jj v (l uwv. 

Lord of us. Romans viii. 38, 39. 
Domino nostro. 

(10)2-3 5s ri xpi'vsi rov a<5eX(po'v tfou ; } xa/ tfu 
Thou but why judgest the brother of you? or also thou 
Tu autem cur judicas fratrem tuum? autetiamtu 



- ov cu$eX<pov tfou; 

why set at nought the brother of you ? all for shall stand 
cur pro nihilo habes fratrem tuum ? omnes enim sistemur 



. (11) 

at the tribunal of the Christ. It is written for, (As) live 
tribunali Christi. Scriptum est enim, vivo 

lyw, Xeyii Kupiojr, oV eV- xajj^gi -rav /ovu, KGJ 
I, saith the Lord, that to me shall bend every knee, and 
ego, dicit Dominus, ut mihi flectet omne genu, et 



iratfat. y\ud(ta, fy^ri.Qyrtfzrau <r-7j sw. (12)*Apaouv 

every tongu e shall confess to the G6*d. So then every one 

omnis lingua confitebitur Deo. Itaque unusquisque 



of us concerning himself an account shall give to the God 
nostrum de seipso rationem reddet Deo 

Romans xiv. 10- '2. 



(9) Tov 6 

The but little than (the) angels made lower we see 
Ilium autem breve quid prae angelis minoratum videmua 



220 THE PRINCIPLES OF 



uv, Sia, TO <7ra07jjxa <rou davarou, 
Jesus, for the suffering of the death, with glory and honoi 
Jesum, propter passionem mortis, gloria et honore 



crowned, that by the grace of God for every one should 
coronatum, ut gratia Dei pro omnibus gus- 



rai davowou. (lO^EtfpEtfs yap CCUTW, <$' ov ra 

taste death. It became for him, for whom (are) the 

taret mortem. Decebat enim eum, propter quern 

sravra, xa/ SC ou TO, cravra #oXXou uloug 

all (things,) and by whom the all (things are) many sons 
omnia, et per quern omnia multos filios 



cyayovra, TOV ap^yov <r 
unto glory in bringing, the captain of the salvation of them 
in gloriam adducentem, auctorem salutis eorum 



through sufferings to make perfect. Hebrews ii. 9, 10. 
per passiones consumare. 

Kcu cx<7raXXa|>j co^<rou oVoi (pow 

And that he might free those who through fear of death 

Et liberaret hos qui timore mortis 



iuring the whole of (their) life held were in servitude. 
per omne vivere obnoxii erant in servituti. 

Hebrews ii. 15. 



'Ev w yap -rs-TTov^sv auToj 

In that for hath suffered he himself being tempted, he 

In quo enin passus est ipse tentatus, 

^tvarai Tofe #ipaw|Li'vo( Porfirjtfcu. 

is able them that are tempted to succor. Hebrews ii. 18. 

potest illis tentatis auxiliari. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 221 



(26) ToioOVos yap jjjxi 

Such for us became high priest, holy, harmless, 
Talis enim nohis decebat pontifex, sanctus, innocens, 



diuavTO, xywp0*/x^vo dtfo cwv ajJittpT&jXwv, xa< C- 
undefiled, separate from the sinners, and higher (than) 
impollutus, segregatus a peccatoribus, et excelsior 

rwv oupavwv ysvojxevoj. (27) O^ oux exsi xa0' fyxspav dvayxr;v, 

.he heavens made. Who not hath by day need, 

coelis factus. Qui non habet quotidie necessitatem, 

wflVep o) dp^isps~cr, crporspov u#ep rwv <5wv a/xaprjojv 

as those high priests, first for the his own sins 
quemadmodum pontifices, prius pro propiis peccatis 

6v(floL$ dvaps'psiv, tVfira ruv rou Xaou ratro 

sacrifice to offer up, then (for) those of the people; this 
hostias offere, deinde populi; hoc 

ydp EVonj<fv lipa-rag laurov dvsvgyxa^. 

because he did once himself when he offered up. 
enim fecit semel seipsum offerens. 

Hebrews mi. 26, 27. 

(3) 'AXX' e'v aural^ dva/xv>3(3'<j a/xapr<wv 

But in those (sacrifices) a remembrance of sins 
Sed in ipsis commemoratio peccatorum 

xar' eviauTcv. (4) 'A^varov yap 

(is made) every year. Impossible (it is) for 

(factum est) per singulos anno?. Impossibile enim 

aljxa Ta^pwv xa/ 



(that) the blood of bulls and of goats should take away 
sanguincm taurum et hircorum auferre 

afxapTi'as (5) Aio E/Vp^o'fXvof: s/V ^ov p^oVfjiov, Xf'yfi, 
sins. Wherefore coming into the world, he saith 

peccata. Ideo ingrediens in mundum, di-.it, 

19* 



222 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



xa. TTpotfipopav oux 
Sacrifices and offering not thou wouldst, a body but 
Hostiam et oblationem non voluisti, corpus autem 



xa<n)p<nVw /xo. (6) ' 
hast thou prepared me. In burnt offerings and for sins 
aptasti mihi. Holocautomata et pro peccato 

uux i'5ox7]<J'a. (7) Tors s/tfov, 'I#ou Jjxw, 

not thou hast had pleasure. Then I said, Behold I come, 
non approbasti. Tune dixi, Ecce venio, 



(in the volume of the book it is written concerning 



(in 



libri scriptum est de me.) 



capite 

TOU flTOt^jO'OtJj 0, T"0 oSXTJ^XCt (fOU 

to do, O, God, the will of thee. Heb.z.3-7. 
ad faciendum, Deus, voluntatem tuam. 

*Ev w ^sXvjfxaTi '/^jatfju/svoj ^tf^xsv o! &dt <rij^ <n'poo'(popa^ 
In which will sanctified we are thro' the sacrifice 
In qua voluntate sanctificati sumus per oblationem 



. 10. 



<rou tfi/j.aToj <rou 
of the body of the Jesus Christ once. 
corporis Jesu Christi semel. 



(24) n/tf'm MwtfTjj i^'/a? ^vo/j.svo^, rjpv^cfaTo 

By faith Moses grown up being, refused to be called 
Fidi Moses grandis factus, negavit vocan 



(25) MaXXov eXo'f 
.he son of the daughter of Pharaoh. Rather choosing 

filius filiae Pharaonis. Malis eligens 



rc'Oai TOJ Xaai <roCi sou, r t 
\o suffer affliction with the people of God, than for a season 
affligi cum populo Dei, quam temporanam 



^K GRAMMAR. 



; awo'Xautfiv. (26) Ms/^ova -rXoDrov vjyrjrfa^evoc: 
to have of sin the pleasure. Greater riches esteeming 
habere peccati emolumentam. Majores divitias aestimans 



cwv ev Al^o-r-rw ^tfaupoov rov ovsi&fl'/xov <rou XpiaVoj* 

(than all) the in Egypt treasures the reproach of the Christ ; 

jiEgypti thesauris improperium Christi . 



yap < <r 

he had regard for unto the recompense. Heb. xz. 24-26. 
aspiciebat enim in remunerationem. 



(2) 'A9opwv<r eV TOV Tr,g irifasus ap^yov xa< 

Looking unto the of the faith (our) author and 
Aspicientes in fidei auctorem et con- 



finisher Jesus, who for the set before him joy, 
summatorem Jesum, qui pro proposito sibi gaudio, 






tfraupov, ai^uvrj^ xaTatppovrjtfaj, v 
endured the cross, the shame despising, on the right hand 
sustinuit crucem, confusione contempta ad dextram 



rs rou dpovou -ou 
and of the throne of the God is set down. 
que throni Dei sedit. 



Wherefore the which hang down hands and the feeble 
Ideo remissas manus et soluta 



avopdwtfars 
knees lift up. 
genua erigite. 

* Transposed it reads, 'Atpopwvr^ tig 



224 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



rlG) M^ <ri cropvocr, ?j 

Lest (theie be) any fornicator, or profane person, as Esau, 
Ne (sit) quis fornicator, aut prophanus, ut Esau, 



o <xv<n (Spfatfsug fjuag 1 dirtSors TO, n"pw<ro<roxja CCUTOO. (17) 
who for morsel one sold the birthright of him. 
qui propterescam unam vendidit prirnogenita sua. 



l(frs 'yap og xou 

Ve knew for that also afterward wishing to inherit the 
Scitis enim ut et postea volens hsereditare 



jxsravoas ^ap TO-S'OV 
blessing, he was rejected ; of repentance for place 
benedictionem, reprobatus esr; poenitentiaB enim locum 



sups, 



xaiVsp ^s<rd iaxpuwv 

no he found, although with tears seeking it. 
non invenit, quanquam cum lachrymis exquirens earn. 

(18) Ou ^ap ^fpo(fs\ri\ii&aTS -^^Xacpw/josvw 

Not for are ye come unto the that might be touched 
Non enim accessistis tractibilem 

ops., xcu xexaufxs'vw tfup/, xa< yvo(pw, xa/ 

mount, and that burned with fire, and to blackness, and 
montem, et incensum igne, et turbinem, et 



xcu ^us'XX>], (19) Ka/ a'aX'Triyyoc: ^X^' xa ' 

darkness, and tempest, And of a trumpet the sound, and 
calignem,et procellam, Et tubae sonum, et 

(pwvvj 'p^/icmoi/, rjs oi axoixfavTSg <7rap>j<r^a'av<ro fx^ 
the voice of words, which they hearing entreated not 
vocem verborum, quam illi audientes deprecati non 



sspspov 



Xo'yov. (20) (Olx 
set before them the word. (Not they could endure 

propoiy eis sermonem (Non ferebant 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 225 

yap ro &a0VXX6|XSvov * Kav drjpiov 

for (that) whicfc (was) commanded; And if (even) a beast 

enim }ui mandatusest; Et si bestia 

dfyct rou opotj, Xj$ooX'/]$r;0'rai, ?j /3oXi<5i 

touch the mountain, it shall be stoned, or with a dart it 
tetigeret montem, lapidabitur, aut jaculo 



i. (21) Ka/, oLVw 9ospov %v <ro 
jhall be thrust through. And, so fearful was the sight 
configetur. Et, ita terribile erat appa- 



(22) 

(that) Moses said, Terrified I am and (I) quake ;) 
rens(ut) Moses dixit, Exteritus sum et tremebundus ;) 



AXXo, -rpotfeX^X^aTS 2wv opei, xa/ 

But ye are come unto Sion mount, and to the city of God 

Sed accessistis Sion montem, et civitatem Dei 



xa/ f/.upiatfjv 

the living, Jerusalem the heavenly, and myriads of angels, 
viventis, Hierusalem coelestem, et myriades angelorum, 

(23) Ilavr^upEj xa/ ^xxX'xjfl'ia n'pwTOToxwv ev 

To the general assembly and church of the first born in 

Frequentiam et ecclesiam primogenitorum in 

ol'pavotg a<oyeypajxs'v6jv, xa/ xpir^ 0s cravrwv, xa/ Trve^Vao'i 
heaven written, and to the judge God of all, and to the spirits 
coelis scriptorum, et judicem Deum omnium, et spintus 



, (24) Ka/ <5>]dy;x>] ve'a.c 

of just (mer. made perfect, And covenant of the new 
justorum perfectorum, Et testamenti novi 



xa< ai'jjtari 'pavritf/xoCi xpsiV- 

the mediator o Jests, and to the blood of sprinkling better 
mediatorem Jesum, et sangninem aspersionis prae- 



226 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



rova XaXouvn tfapdt TOV "AeX. 

things speaking before the Abel. Heb xii. 2, 12, 16-24, 

stantiora loquenten prag Abel. 



(1) 'O^SiXof&sv 5= ^fxsr^ 01 <5uva<ro/ <ra dV0svy)|u,a<ra TWV 

Ought then we that (are) strong the infirmities of the 
Debemus tune nos qui (sunt) potentes imbecillitates 



aps'rfxsiv. (2) "Exatf- 
weak to bear, and not ourselves to please. Let every 
impotentum portare, et non nobis ipsis placere. Unus- 



ro yap vjfiwv TOJ crX^tfJov dpstfxgTw s^ ^o dya^o 

one therefore of us the neighbor please for his good unto 
quisque enim nostrum proximo plaeeat in bonum ad 



edification. Romans xv. 1, 2. 
aedificationem. 



sva 



(22) rs'ypairrai yap 6Vj 'A/3paa/jt, 5u 

It is written for that Abraham two sons had ; one 

Scriptum est enim ut Abraham duos filios habuit ; unum 



fa 1% *a(5iVxr]cr, xa? e'va ex <r% 

of these by a bond maid, and one of these by a freed woman. 

de his ancilla, et unum de his libera. 



(23) 'AXX* 6 jxlv ex <r% ^a^iVxi^, xa<ra tfapxa 
But the one (that was) of the bond maid, after the flesh 
Etiam qui (erat) de ancilla, secundumcarnem 



was born ; he but (who was) of the freed woman, (was) by 
natus est ; qui autem (erat) de libera, (erat) per 

(24) "A <nva eoViv aXX^yopou/xeva* aurai 
Which things are an allegory; these 



the promise, 
promissione-n. 



QuaB sunt allegorizata ; haec 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 227 

yap <Viv ai o'Jo 6iad>}xai* jju'a jjt-sv oVo opou$ 2jva 

for are the two covenants ; the one from the mount Sinai, 

enim sunt iuo testamenta; unum a monte Sina, 

sis (SouXsi'av ysvvwo'a, r^is stfT/v "Ayap. (25) To 

unto bondage which gendereth, which is Agar. This 

in servitutem generans, quae est Agar. 



2iva opoj JflVw v <nj 'Apai'a, 
for Agar, Sinai mount is in the Arabia, answereth and to 
Nam Agar, Sina mons est in Arabia, respondet autem 



vv 

the now Jerusalem (which) is in bondage and with the 
nunc Hierusalem (quae) servit et cum 



rs'xvwv aiirfs. (26) 'H ol avw 

children of her. The but (which is) above Jerusalem 

filiis suis. Ilia autem (est) sublimis Hierusalem 



ItfT/V, VjTlS ItfT* WTYIf tOLVTUV >JfXWV. 

free is, which is the mother of all of us. * 
libera est, quae est mater omnium nostrum. 



(29) 'AXX' oJOVsp roVs o xarci, (Tapxa 

But as then he after the flesh (that was) born, 
Sed quomodo tune ille secundum carnem genitus, 



TOV xa.ro. fcMsvpa.* ouro xa< vv. 

persecuted him (born) after the spirit; so even (it is) now. 
persequebatur hunc secundum spiritum ; ita et (est) nunc. 



(31)"Apa, a<5sX<po/, oux l^jxiv rou^^XiK rexva, 

Therefore, brothers, not we are of the bond woman children, 
Nempe, fratres, non sumus ancillae nati, 

aXXct rr,$ eXs-j^'paj. 

but of the free. Galatians iv. 22-26, 29, 31. 
sed liberae. 






228 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



(2) 'AXXyjXwv rex, /3<xp>] 
One another's burdens 
Alii aliorura onera 



bear, 
portate, 



xa/ wrug 
and so 
et ita 



fulfil 
complete 



efvai 



rov vojjiou TOU XpiflVeu. (3) E/ yap oxs rig 

the law of the Christ, If for one imagine himself to be 
legem Christi. Si enim videtur quis esse 

<n, pySsv wv, laurov <ppva#a<ra. (4) To 
something, nothing being, himself he deceiveth. The 
aliquid, nihil existens, seipsum animo fallit. 



6s gpyov laurou (Joxifxa^sVw sxaflVo?, xa/ TOTS /'< 
but work his own let prove every one, and then in himself 
At opus suum probet unusquisque, et tune in seipsum 

.(5) 



aovov <ro xaijxa esi, xa/ oux s$ <rov erspov. 
alone rejoicing shall he have, and not in an other, 
solum gloriationem habebit, et non in alterum. 



"ExaoVos yap <ro /'5/ov (popr/'ov /3a0Va0'i. 
Every one for the his own burden shall bear. Gal. vi. 
Unusquisqe enim proprium onus portabit. [2-5. 

(14) Aio Xsysi, *Eyipa/ 6 xa^auiJwv, xa/ ctva*a 

Wherefore he saith, Awake thou that sleepest, and arise 

Ideo dicit, Surge dormiens, et exurge 

x <rwv vsxpwv, xa/ etf/pautta tfo/ 6 XpjtfroV. (15) BXs- 

from the dead, and will give light to thee the Christ. See 

a mortuis, et illuminabit te Christus. Videte 

*>* *** )*'* f* 

therefore that circumspectly ye walk; not as fools, 
itaque quomodo accurate ambuletis ; non quasi insipientes, 



dXX' wj tfo(pw* (16) 'E^ayopa^o/xsvoi <rov xaipov, OTI ai 

but as wise ; Redeeming the time, because the days 

sed ut sapientes ; Redimentes tempus, quoniam dies 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 229 

i eltfi. (17) Aja TOU-TO JUM^ yfvstfds a^povs^, ctXXa. 
evil are. Wherefore not be ye unwise, but 

mali sunt. Propter hoc non estote imprudentes, sed 



<n ro deXi]|xa <rou Kupiou. (18) Ka< fx>j 
understanding what the will of the Lord (is). And not 
intelligentes quae voluntas Domini (est). Et ne 



o"vw, ev w Jpv 
be ye drunk with wine, in which is excess, but be filled 
inebriamini vino, in quo est luxuria, sed implemini 

v nveujxarr (19) AaXouv$ tawnTg 4 /a ^f M % xou ' 
with the Spirit ; Speaking to yourselves in psalms and 
Spiritu; Loquentes vobismetipsis psalmis et 



xcu u$u.~s -rvsu/xaTjxar^ a^ovrs^ xai 
hymns, and songs spiritual; singing and making melody 
hymnis, et canticis spiritualibus ; cantentes et psallentes 

v rjj xapSiq, C/xwv rw Kupi'w* (20) Eu^apitfrouvr^ ^ravrors 
in the heart of you to the Lord ; Giving thanks always 
in corde vestro Domino; Gratiasagentes semper 



Iv ovofjiaTi cou Kupiou 5jjxwv 'IKJ^OU Xpitfrou, 
for all (things), in the name of the Lord of us Jesus Christ, 
pro omnibus, in nomine Domini nostri Jesu Christi, 



xai ITarpi (21) 'T'Tora(j'o'o|xsvoi 

unto God and the Father ; Subjecting yourselves one 

Deo et Patri; Subjecti alii 

ffXX^Xo/ ^v (pO)5u Geou. 
to another in the fear of God. Ephesians v. 14-21. 
aliis in timore Dei. 
20 




230 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



[NoTE.--Th3 two following Chapters from Matthew, can be 
easily translated into English, from a previous knowledge of the 
form of Greek and Latin words, gained by a thorough perusal 
of the preceding chapters and passages ; and a reference to the 
common English Testament for such parts as appear difficult or 
obscure. It would be advisable, however, to refer to it as seldom 
as possible only when necessity requires. The following will 
afford a pleasant and agreeable exercise for the student.] 



MAT0AIOT Ks<p. i<5' 

1 'Ev SXSJVW TW XOUpW 

6 TSTu-s T^V dxo^v 



2 Ka< slrfs roTg qfoutfiv aurou* 
sV<nv 'Iwavvi^ 6 Batfrjo'- 
TT/S* au<ro ^ys'p^T] dVo TWV vsxpwv, 
xa? <5<a TOUTO aS ^uva^sjj ^vspyou- 
tfjv s'v aurw. 

3 'O yap 'Hpw&'js xpa<nj6'a<rov 
, sdytfsv aurov, xa/ Sdsro v 



xa 'l'Tr^ou <rou d^sX^poi; auroiJ. 
4"EXsys yap auTW 6 'Icoavv/jj* 
Oux sgetfri tfoi ep^cjv au=r>;v. 

5 Ka/ ^s'Xwv 
^po^4ij TOV o^Xov, OTJ 
TTJV aurov /p(ov. 

6 rsvstf/wv 5s dyo/xs'vwv 
'Hpw<5ou, wp^tfaro TJ 

ev TW xsVw, xa- 



7 "O&sv ps&' 6'pxou 
o solv a 



8 *H 51, 



T^V xs(paXo^v 'Iwavvou 



ro 



9 Kai ^Xuflr^Tj o 
<5<a <5s Touf s'pxou^ xa/ TOU^ tfuvav- 



MATTH^EUM CAP. XIV. 

1 In illo tempore audivit 
Herodes Tetrarcn'a fa mam 
Jesu. 

2 Et ait pueris suis : Hie 
est Joannes Baptista : ipse 
surrexit a mortuis, et propter 
hoc efficacias operaritur in eo. 

3 Nam Herodes apprehen- 
dens Joannem, vinxit eum, 
et posuit in custodia, propter 
Herodiadem uxorem Philippi 
fratris sui. 

4 Dicebat enim ille Joannes 
Non licet tibi habere earn. 

5 Et volens ilium occidere, 
timuit turbam : quia sicut pro- 
phetam eum habebant. 

6 Natalitiis autem agendis 
Herodis, saltavit* filia Hero- 
diadis in medio, et placuit 
Herodi. 

7 Unde cum juramento 
spopondit ei dare quicquid 
postulasset. 

8 Ilia vero praeinstructa a 
matre sua: Da mihi, inquit, 
hie in disco caput Joannis 
BaptistaB. 

9 Et contristatus est rex: 
propter vero juramenta, et si- 
mul accumbentes, jtissit dari. 

* Dane iid. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 



231 



10 Ka/ 

.'i.y.r,. 

1 1 Ka; ; aCrS 

,axi, xa/ footfyj TW xopatf/or 






ar;Tp 



12 Ka/ cpotfrXdov-Teg o'i fjuxdr 

roy ^pav co tfw/xa, xa/ H$ 
Cav aC;To* xa/ PMovrsg d/ftyys 
" J 'I/iaVj. 

13 Ka/ dxoJtfac o 'Irj 



avs- 



ov Toov xa-r /rj.'av. Ka/ axoo- 
av-st: oi cryXoj. ^xoXou^](fav au- 

^J Tc^r/ a co -riv coXswv. 
14 Kai sfs>Jj;v o T/jtfou.c, s?(5s 
oXov* xa/ f 'c>.av^vcT^r3 
xa/ ^c" 



o^ 



15 ' 

4cv aucy oi /Liadigra/ a'J-rou, Xs'yov- 

nv 6 Tocop, xa/ '/; 

wpa ^<5r] cap^X^cV dco'XiKfiv -roCj: 

, i'va a 
ac/.?. 

16 'O 
Ou ^p 

,- 

17 Oi j5s Xs'^ouo'iv 

V W( 



5o<re 
OCx 



18 'O 0; e/cc* 

Oj CJ^S. 

19 Ka/ 



juo au 



, Xa- 

xa <roCcr 
e}$ TOV 



/^a 

oupavov EL./ -a/ 

t'5wxe core: (xa^rira^ ToCcr aproug* 

~a< <ro?^ 0^X01^. 
20 Ka/ e<aov cravrecr, xa/ t : - 



(fiuov 

cIC. 



xou pav TO -rspio'- 



10 Et mittens decapitavit 
Joannem in custodia. 

11 Et allatum estcaput ejus 
in disco, et datum est puellas: 
et attulit matri suae. 

12 Et accidentes discipuli 
ejus, tulerunt corpus, et sep- 
elierunt illud : et venientcs 
nunciaverunt Jesu. 

13 Et audiens Jesus secessit 
inde in navicula in desertum 
locum privatim, et audientes 
turbae sequutae sunt eum pe- 
dibus de civitatibus. 

14 Et exiens Jesus vidit 
multam turbam, et visceribus 
affectus est erira eos, et cura-- 
vit a-^rotos eorum. 

15 Vespere autem facto, ac- 

nuit ad eum discipu'i 
ejus, diccntes, Solitarius est 
locus, et hora jam praeteriit: 
absolve mrbas, ut abeuntes 
in vicos, mercentursibi escas. 

16 At Jesus dixit eis: Non 
usum habent abire : date illis 
vos manducare. 

17 Illi autem dicunt ei : Non 
habemus hie si non quinque 
panes, et duos pisces. 

18 Hie autem ait: AfTcrte 
mihi illos hue. 

19 Et jubens turbas discum- 
bere super fena, accipiens 
quinque panes et duos pisces, 
suspiciens in coelum,benedix- 
it ; et frangensdedit discipu- 
lis panes: at discipuli turbis. 

20 Et manducaverunt om- 
nes, et saturati sunt, et tuler- 
nnt rcdiniflans frncTT. 
duodf rn cophinos plti. 



232 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



21 O< 5s 



xwv 



22 Ka; suds'wg 1 r/vayxattev 6 'I?j- 



e/V TO tfXorov, xa< tfpoaysw auTov 

SaV, W OU d 



23 Ka/ dVoXutfa^ TOU o' 

TO 6'pO XT' }dlav tfpo- 
. '(D-^'as ^ ysvo/xs- 
igcr, JULO'VOJ ?v ^xsr. 

24 To ^s crXorov ^rj jxsVov T^ 
a,tf<fr)$ ^v, 



TWV xujutaTwv -?v yap g'vavriof 6 



25 TsTapToj 5s (puXax^ rfs vux- 
co cMr5jX0g tfpvs auTouj o ^^^^" 



26 Ka/ /5o'vT^ au<rov o< 
ra/' 



tfTi* xa< aero <rou 
<poou txpaav. 

27 Eu^e'w^ 5s JXaXr^v auTok: 
b 'IrjtfoiJg, Xs'^wv, ap(Tr<r' fyw 
Sijxr ^ 9oTtfdg. 

28 'Atfoxpj^s/V 5s aoT^ o IIs- 
rpoc:, iVs j Kupts, i tfu f, xs'Xsu- 
tfo'v /x tfpo tfe 



29 1 O 5s gfflrgv, 'EXdg*. Ka/ 
aTaa^ d-ffo TOU -rXo/ou b IIsTpo^, 
r?pj'7raT'y](j'v s-^/ TO, C5a<ra, eX- 
sn/ -/rpoc: TOV 'I^tfoOv. 

30 BXsVwv 5s TOV avs/xov i<fj^u- 



, expats, Xs'ywv, Ku- 

pl, (fWtfOV (X. 
31 Eu$c'w 5s 'I^tfoG"^ XT'vtt 

rriv }(rpa, s^Xa^STo auToiJ, xal 
Xs-'gi auT' 'OXi6'7rjo'T s'/ TJ 



21 At edentes fuerunt vin 
fere quinque millia, praeter 
mulieres et pueros. 

22 Et statim compulit Jesus 
discipulos suos ascendere in 
naviculam, et prsecedere eum 
in ulteriora, dum absolveret 
turbas. 

23 Et absolvens turbas, as- 
cendit in montem privatim 
orare. Vespere autem facto, 
solus erat ibi. 

24 Verum navicula jam me- 
dium maris erat, vexata a 
fluctibus: erat enim contra- 
rius ventus. 

25 Quarta autem vigilia 
noctis, abiit ad eos Jesus cir- 
cumambulans super mare. 

26 Et videntes eum discipuli 
super mare circumambulan- 
tem, turbati sunt, dicentes: 
Quod phantasma est, et pras 
timore clamaverunt. 

27 Statim autem loquutus 
est eis Jesus, dicens: Confi- 
dite, ego sum : ne metuatis. 

28 Respondens autem ei Pe- 
trus, dixit: Domine, si tu es, 
jube me ad te venire super 
aquas. 

29 Ipse vero ait : Veni. Et 
descendens de navicula Pe- 
trus, ambalabat super aquam, 
venire ad Jesum. 

30 Intuitus vero ventum va- 
lidum, timuit: et incipiens 
demergi, clamavit, dicens: 
Domine, serva me. 

31 Statim vero Jesus exten- 
dens manum, excepit eum, et 
ait illi : Exiguae fidei, ad quid 
dubiiasti ? 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 233 

32 Kai lfiavcwv aurwv els TO 32 Et ingressis illis in navi- 
eXoiov, IxoVatfsv 6 ave/xocr. gum, quievit ventus. 

33 Oi 8s ev <r rXoiw ^Xdo'vrgff > 33 Qui autem in navigio, 
tfpotfexovrjG'av aurw, Xsyovrgcr, venientes adoraverunt eum, 
r AXt)4wff eoC uio gf- dicentes: Vere Dei Filius es. 

34 Kai iiarepatfavrec:, ^Xov 34 Et transferentes vene- 
its r^v yr,v rewtjtfap^c. runt in terram Gennesaret. 

35 Kai gViyvovrgff aurov o! av- 35 Et cognoscentes eum viri 
pg <rou TOCOU exsi'vou, cwrsVrsi- loci illius, miserunt in univer- 
Xav gig oXr.v ngv irgpi^wpov gxgi- sam circumviciniam illam : 
vrjv, xai TTpotfrivgyxav aicru *av- et attulerunt ei omnes male 
raj rotff xaxwj gp^ovraff. affectos. 

36 Ka* -rapsxaXouv auTov, iva 36 Et appellabant eum, ut 
fxovov a^wvrai <rou xpatfir^ou ToiJ vel solum tangerent fimbriam 
ifxan'ou airou' xa< otfoi >54/avTo, ' vestimenti ejus: et quotquot 

tetigerunt, preservati sunt. 









MAT0AIOT Ks^. x5'. CAPUT XXI\. 

1 Kai esXdwv 6 'Igtfouff eVo- 1 Et egressus Jesus ibat 
pe^To aVo TOU jspo-J, xai <potf^X- de templo : et accesserunt 
^ov 01 fjLadr^rai a-jToiJ In^Sffai discipuli ejus ostendere ei 
ai/rw rap ojxo^ofxa^ rou iepoi;. sedificationes templi. 

2 'O d= 'Iijtfouff gf^rgv auco^' 2 At Jesus dixit illis: Non 
Ou /3XsVeT iravra raGVa ; a^v intuemini hsccomnia? Amen 
Xs'yw bfjin/, oi jutiQ a<pg^J w^s XWoff dico vobis, non relinquetur 
W X/t)ov, off ob fJ-11 xaraXufljtf- hie lapis super lapidem, qui 
rai. non dissolvetur. 

3 Kadrifjig'vou oJ auTou SGI rou 3 Sedente autem eo super 
opouff ruv sXwv, -rpoo^X^ov aC<rw montem Olivarum accesse- 
oi fia^Tjrai xa<r' Wi'av, X^yovrfff' runt ad eum discipuli privat- 
l ..'-. v;(jJv, TOTS raCra ttf-rai, xai im, dicentes: Dicnobis,quan- 
ri ro <f;fxgrov r^ff 0% -rapoiKf/a^, do ha?c erunt, et quod signum 
xa< H|ff tfuvrsXsiaff TOU ai'c5vcff; tua? procsentiae et consumma- 

tionis seculi ? 

4 Kai aVoxpifctV 6 'iTjtfoiJff, el- 4 Et respondens Jesus, 
trgv alroiff' BXgVerg ju-r^riff ^fxaV dixit eis: Videte nequis vos 
irXavr;rf/;. seducnt. 

5 rioXXoi yap eXeotfovrai eiel *y 5 Multi enim venient in no- 

i fxou, Xe'yovrgff* 'Eywe/juii 6 mine meo, dicentes: Ego sum 

o'ff, xai croXXoCff jrXavyjtfouo'i. Christus : et multos seducent. 

6 MsXXTytfeTg 8s axooeiv croXe- 6 Futuri r->tis an tern audi- 

xa axoaff jroXg'.awv opaVg ro l(l!;i. <-t rumorcs bc-llo- 
20* 



234 



THE PRINCIPLES OF 



jj^ 6poeT<t6s' bsTyap favra ysvstf 
Qai' dXX' oil if u s'tfT/ TO Ts'Xo. 



7 'Eysp^tfSTaj yap e'4voff sV/ 
sdvov, xa/ /3atfjXsia sV/ /SatffXe- 
iav xa' I'rfov-rai XIJXG/ xa/ Xoif*of\ 
<a/ ISMffloi xaTa ToVovg. 

8 IlavTa 6s TauTa ap^ w6/- 
vwv. 

9 TOTE crap 

$Xi-vLiv, xa/ aVoxTSvouViv 
xa/ stfstf^s jjwtfsu/xsvoi ucro ^ 
$vw; (Jia TO ovofxa JXOD. 

10 Ka/ TOTS o'xav($aX<(J'^7jo'ovTai 
tfoXXo/, xa/ dXX*jXouj crapa^w- 
c'ouo'j, xa/ piJ-naoutf 

11 Ka/ woXXo/ v 
s^'Sp^tfovTai, xa/ 
jroXXouj. 

12 Ka; <5a TO 



13 *O <5s u 



14 Ka/ XTjpu^rja'eTai TOLITO TO 
Euayys'Xiov T^ /rjxtfiXsi'ac: v 
81X13 TJ5 oiVoujUosv^j, / jxap-rupiov 
TO?J s^vstfr xa/ TOTS ^|sj TO 



15 r 'OTav oiiv J'^TS TO /S^e'Xuy- 
aa T^J Sp7]fxw(fwg, TO 'prjdsv 6a 

Aavj^XTOU -TTpOipyjTOL, ^CTTOOg SV TO- 

Wjj dbvtoj* o avayiVjJcTxwv VOSITW 

16 TOTS oi sv T^ 'Iouf5a/a (psu- 

* eCWtffllV <7T/ TO, Op'/]. 

17 f O ^/ jou (5wjaaTog, jUL'/i 
xa-rabaivTW apai TI sx T^g ojx/- 



18 Ka/ 6 sv TW a 
(fTps%LaTW O'r fw apa< TO. 
aiVo". 



rum: Videte ne turbemini: 
oportet enim omnia fieri : sed 
nondum est finis. 

7 Excitabitur enim gens in 
gentem etregnum in regnum: 
et erunt fames, et pestiientice, 
et terrcemotus secundum loca. 

8 Omnia autem hsec ini- 
tium dolorum. 

9 Tune tradent vos in trib- 
ulationerri, et Occident vos: 
et eritis odio habiti ab om- 
nibus gentibus, propter no- 
men meum. 

10 Et tune offendentur mul- 
ti: et invicem tradent, et 
odio habebunt invicem. 

11 Et multi pseudopropheta3 
excitabuntur, et seducent 
multos. 

12 Et propter multiplicati 
iniquitatem, refrigescet cha- 
ritas multorum. 

13 Qui autem permanensin 
finem, hie servabitur. 

;4 Et prcedicabitur hoc E- 
vangelium regni in universa 
habitata, in testimonium om- 
nibus gentibus: et tune ve- 
niet finis. 

15 Cum ergo videritis abomi 
nationem desolationis efTatan 
a Daniele Propheta, stans ir 
locosancto: legensintelligat . 

16 Tune qui in Juda?a fugi- 
ant ad montes. 

17 Qui super domurn, r.on 
descendat tol ere quid de yede 
sua : . 

18 Et qui in agro, non re- 
vertatur retro tollere vestem 
suam. 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 



235 



19 Ouou 51 <rai Iv yag-p/ f^oj- 

v ix- vr^i ^OtiV ^^^ " x/\r i/y/v i^* cu cvci _ 



( 
20 Hp(j(fSJ^e(f&S (5= J'va jxr, ys- 



?OMTW. 

21 "Etfraj yap TOTE dXiVJsig /xs- 
yaXr], oi'a ou ys'yovsv aV ap^7;g- 
xoV|aou fw TO? vov, oC/<5' ou JXT} 



22 Kai s'l x> xoowrjo'av a 
i-x av S(fu&r\ crarfa 






23 Tore av TI^ Cju,n/ e^ig' 'I- 

<Joi), clj^5 6 
TI'T'T;- " 

24 'E^ p<3r / 

^pj^Toi xa/ -^a-j^ocrpo^^rai, xa< 
dwtfoufl'i (fr^sTa. jxsyaXa xa/ T5- 
pa<ra, wtfrs -rXav^tfai, < ^uvarcv, 
x To-Jj IxAfixro^f. 

25 'I^oO, crpoj'p'/;xa bfxrv. 

26 'Eav ouv eiVw^iv bjLtrv' 'I^ou, 
sv TTJ ^p^/x'j eo'-r/, fjui e^j'X^yjTS- 






/xr/ 



27 H'T'csp yap r; atf-rpa-r^ ^e'p. 
, '/.TO avaroXwv, xa/ (pai'verai 

. T'jj.wv oL'~w<: ttfraj xa/ 73 

TapOLKTl'tt TO UIOU TOU 

28 "O-rou yap, lav ^ <ro 

oi as-roi. 



<ro 



29 Eudt'w- 6; jjiSTa r^v 

r-7'v f jaepwv exei'vojv 6 vjXioc: tfxo-Tj^- 
i'^e-rr/j, xa/ TJ (teXr^?] ou ' < 

;:, xa/ oi ag't' 
ra a-ro <rou oOpavou, xa/ ai 





oupavwv 
3) K^ T''TS 

. TOD V 



19 Vae autem in utero ha- 
bentibus, et lactantibus in 
illis diebus. 

20 Orate autem ut non fiat 
fuga vestra hyeme, neque in 
Sabbato. 

21 Erit enim tune tribulatio 
magna, qualis non fuit ab 
initio mundi, usque, modo, 
neque non fiet. 

22 Et si non contract! fuis- 
sent dies illi, non esset servata 
omnes caro : propter autem 
electos contrahentur dies illi. 

23 Tune si quis vobis dix- 
erit: Ecce hie Christus, aut 
illic : ne credite. 

24 Excitabuntur enim pseu- 
dochristi et pseudoprophetae , 
et dabunt signa magna et 
prodigia ita ut seducere, si 
possibile, et electos. 

25 Ecce, praedixi vobis. 

26 Si ergo dixerint vobis: 
Ecce, in deserto est, ne exe- 
atis: ecce in conclavibus, ne 
credatis. 

27 Sicut enim fulgur exit 
ab Orientibus, et apparet us- 
que Occidentes, ita erit et 
praesentia fihi hominis. 

28 Ubicunque enim fuerit 
cadaver, illuc congregabun- 
tur aquiloe. 

29 Statim autem posttribu- 
lationem dierum illorum Sol 
obscurabitur, et Luna non 
dabit lumen suum, et stellai 
cadent de coclo, et cfficaciju 
ccclorum conculientur. 

HO Et tune pnrr-liit signum 
filii honiini> in tune 



236 



IE PRINCIPLES OF 



oupavw* xa/ TOTS XO'^OVTOCJ 

al <puXa/ x T?)s y^S) xa< o-^ovTai 

TCV tiov rou dv$pw<7rou ^pyoasvov 

Sift TWV V5(pXwv TOU CUpttVOU, JXSTCC 

Jyvotjaffwg xa; v 66^-xjc: 
31 Kaid 

aUTOU fXSTOC 

xa/ < 7r'C'uva?ou(J' TOUC Ix- i 
, ~ , ~ / I 

:UTOU ex TWV Tsc'o'apwv 

dvs'jawv, CC-TT' axpwv oupavwv swg 
axpwv auTWv. 

.YJV 6Vav ^5] o xXa- 
xa< 



<ra 



TO Sre'pocr. 

33 OUTW xai Ujixsr^, oVav J'6jrg 
jravra TaiJTa, yjvwtfxsrs bVi ^y^uc: 
eo'r/v ST/ ^^paijr. 

34 'Afjt-r/v Xs'yw i;^rv, ou py 
rapsX^ 79 ysvsa auT^, fiwg av 
ravra Taura ^Evsrai. 

35 *O oupavo^ xa/ ^ 7*5 ^aps- 
Xswfovrar oi 6s Xo'^oi juiou ou ^ 



36 Hs/ v 6; TTJS f 



(ca T'/jg 1 wpac, ousi 

oi ayygXXoi TWV oupavwv, s< /x'o 6 



37 "Otf'Tr'Sp 6s ai 'xjfxspaj T2 Nws, 
CUTW^ S(f<ra.i xai '/j ^apoutfia TOU 

OIOU TOU OtVopO^'TT'OU. 

SS'^tf^gp 7'ap ^av sv Ta^ >j. - 

Talj 'TfpO TOU 



Nwg e*V <n 
39 Ka; oux gyvcotfav, swg ^"X^sv 



o xaTaxujaog. xa< psv a^av- 
rag* ouVwff gtfrai xai 73 flfo poutf/a 
rou uiou TOU (xvdpw<7f 'U 
40 TOT- 6 J i b'tfovT, g'v <rJj '-f* 



plangent omnes tribus terras, 
et videbunt filium hominis 
venientem in nubibus coeli, 
cum efficicia et gloria multa. 

31 Et legabit angelos suos 
cum tuba vocis magnse, et 
congregabunt electos ejus a 
quatuor ventis, a summis 002- 
lorum usque extrema eorum. 

32 A vero ficu discite para- 
bolarn: quum jam ramus ejus 
fuerit tener, et folia germi- 
naverint, scitis quia prope 
a3stas. 

33 Ita et vos, quum videntis 
hsec omnia scitote quia prope 
est in januis. 

34 Amen dico vobis, non 
prseteribit generatio ha3C do- 
nee omnia ista fiant. 

35 Crelurn et terra pneteri- 
bunt : verum verba mea non 
prreteribunt. 

36 De autem die ilia et hora 
nemo scit, neque angeli cce- 
lorum, si non Pater meus 
solus. 

37 Sicut autem dies Noe, 
ita erit et adventus Filii ho- 
minis. 

38 Sicut enim erant in die- 
bus ante diluvium, comeden- 
tes et bibentes, nubentes et 
nuptui tradentes, usque quo 
die intravit Noe in arcam : 

39 Et non cognoverunt do- 
nee venit diluvium, et tulit 
omnes: ita erit et prassentia 
Filii hominis. 

40 Tune duo enn.t in a^ro: 



GREEK GRAMMAR. 



237 



SiS tfapaXa/j,avTai, xa/ o 



41 Auo dX^outfaj Iv TW pv 
fii'a tfapaXafAedvsrai, xa/ 



42 rpTj/opeirs ouv, oYi oCx o7- 
ia wpa b xupio UJAWV ep- 



43 'Exs^vo o; 
b ojx 



o s 
*oia <puXaxa 



av, xa/ oux av erne's <5i 
TJJV o/xi'av auroG". 



44 Aia TOUTO xa/ C 
-rojfjLor oVi, >j o'jpa 
lo^ TOU av^pw-rou e 



yivs<f&e 



45 TV apa ItfT/v 
og xa/ <ppo'vif/,o, ov 
aijTou IT/ <r 



aurou, 



xa/pw ; 

46 Maxapjo^ o 5ouXocr e 
ov sX^wv 6 xi;pio auToG" e 
coioG"v-7a o'J-rwcr. 

47 'AfjL'/^v X^u i(x~v, cVi e-TT/ 
Torr C-rap^outfiv aurou xar- 
';! au-rov. 

48 'Edv J= eJ 1 ^ 6 xaxc<: &>uXo 
gx.-rvof t'v TJ5 xap6i'a auTou* Xpo- 

Vl^rl XOplOJT /JLOU ^X^JM/. 

49 Ka/ ap|r)<rai T'jtfrsiv TOVS 
tf-jviJojXouj, etf^ifiv 65 xa/ cr/vsiv 

(JL5-rd TWV fAS^UOVTWV 

50 "Ilfei 'o x^pioc: rou ^ouXou 
SXSJVOD ^v r/ju,s'pa rj ou n'poo'Joxa, 
xa/ ev wpa ji ou yivwo'xEi. 

"5 1 Kai dt^To^r^si aurov, xa/ 
<ro (Jc'pocr auToy jj.Tcx TWV 

'/';rfi* fXcT etfrai 6 
xa/ c 



unus assumitur, et unus re- 
linquitur. 

41 Duae molentes in mola: 
una assumetur, et una relin- 
quetur. 

42 Vigilate ergo, quia nes- 
citis qua hora Dominus ves- 
ter venit. 

43 Illud autem scitote, quo- 
niam si sciret paterfamilias 
qua custodia fur venit, vigi- 
laret utique, et non sineret 
perfodi domum suam. 

44 Propter hoc et vos estote 
parati, quia qua hora non pu- 
tatis: Filius hominis ventu- 
rus est. 

45 Quis putas est fidelis 
servus et prudens, quern con- 
stituit dominus suus super 
familiam suam, ad dandum 
illis cibum in tempore ? 

46 Beatus servus ille, quern 
veniens dominus ejus, inve 
nerit facientem sic. 

47 Amen dico vobis, quoni- 
am super omnibus substantiis 
suis constituet eum. 

48 Si autem dixerit malus 
servus ille in corde suo : Tar- 
dat dominus meus venire. 

49 Et cocperit percutere con- 
servos, edere autem et bibere 
cum ebriosis: 

50 Veniet dominus serv> 
illius in die quo non expectat, 
et in hora qua non scit. 

51 Et dividet eum, et par- 
tern ejus cum hypocritis po- 
net: illic erit fletus, et stridor 
dentium. 



^38 



T -IE F1INCIPLES OF 



ANALYSIS OF 3! REEK VERBS MATTHEW II 

Prep. Aug. Root ind. imp. 3 pi. Prep, Root. lfut.3. 

1. Trap s yzv O'V-TO. 
Around did come they. 

Root. 3s. ind.pr. 

2. gtfr I V. 

Is he. 
Root. 1st pi. 

3. l<5 OjXV. 

See we. 

Aug. Root. 1st pi. 

4. ?) }-& ofxv. 
Have come we. 

Prep. Root. inf. 

5. tfpotf xuv 
Before fall 



12. < Xurf TttJ. 

Out come shall one. 
Root. 1 fut. 3 s. 

13. flroifjwxv sT. 
'Protect shall who. 

Aug. Root. 1 aor. ind. 3s 

14. y xpiw tf. 
did inquire he. 
Root . 2 aor. 3 s. 

15. eT . 

Say did he. 
Prep. Root. 1 aor. imp 2 pi 

About inqure do ye. 
Root. 2 aor. sub. 2 pi. 
% flr). 17. l;p v\ <T. 

Was troubled he. Found ye shall have. 

Aug. Root. c.v.ind.imp.3s. Prep. Root. 1 aor. imp. 2 pi 



to. 



Aug. Root. Pas. ind. 1 aor. 3 s, 



7. J tfuv^av TO. 
Did ask he. 

Root. c. v. 2 fut. mid. 3 s. 

8. yvv a TJ. 

Born he should be. 
Root. 2ajr. 3 pi. 

9. lV OV. 

Said they. 

Red. Root. Pas. inJ. perf. 3 s. 
10. yz y$v.<r( <rai. 

Written it has been 
Root. 2ds. 

11. r. 

Art thou. 



18. atf a^ysX are. 
Back bring word do ye. 

Prep. Root, (a g) 1 aor. sub. 1 s. 

19. tfpOO' XUV ?j tf 6J. 

Before fall may I. 

./#. J2oo#. 1 aor. dtp. 3 />/. 
20 <7ropsu 4 >j tfav. 
Depart did hey. 

. iwi^er. 3 *. 



X io ou. 
Behold thou. 

Root. 2 aor. 3 pi.. 
22. ?i$ ov. 

Seen had they. 



GREEK GRAMIIAR. 



239 



23. 



Prep. Root. 2 aor. 3 s. 

tfpo rr/ v. 
Before led it. 



aug.Root. 2 aor. ind. 3 . 
Ji. - : tfr TI. 
Stood it. 

Root. ind. imp. 3 *. 



25. 



Was it. 
dug. Root. 1 aor. ind. 3 pi. 

26. J p^ap T) tfav. 

Rejoice did they. 

.tfoof. 2 aor. ac* . 3 pi. 

27. 5Jp OV. 

Found they. 

Prep. Root. 1 aor. act. 3 pi. 

28. R'poo' s xuv 7j tfav. 
Before fall did they. 

Prep. dug. Root. 1 aor. 3 pi. 
9. tfpotf T] vsyx a v. 
Before did bring they. 

Prep. Root. 1 aor. inf. 

30. ava xajxtf 0* ai. 
Back turn to. 

Prep. dug. Root. 1 aor. a. 3pl. 

31. av g ^wp T] tfav. 
Back went they. 

.Roof . ind. pr. 3 *. mid. 
<paiv g <rai. 
Appears he. 

Prep. Root. imp. 2 aor. 2 i. 
irap a Xa? g. 

Up take (do) thou. 
.Roof . imp. 2 s. 

34. psuy g. 



32. 



33. 



35. 
36. 
37. 
38. 
39. 
40. 

41. 

42. 
43. 
44. 

45. 

46. 



Root. imp. pr. 2 . 

itfd i. 
Be thou. 

Root. sub. 2 aor. 1 s. 

el* w. 
Call I. 

Root. ind. pr. 3 t. 

y-sXX 51. 

Is about 

.Roof. inf. pr. 
rjT gJV. 
Seek to. 

Prep. Root. 1 aor. inf 
a*o Xs tf ai. 
De stroy to. 

Prep. dug. Root. 2 aor 
tfap s Xa/3 5. 
Up took he. 

Prep. Root. 1 aor. 3 s. 

ttVS p6Jp 7) tf gV. 



Back went 
Root. 3 s. 

? v. 
Was he. 



he. 



. suo. 1 aor. ja. 3 *. 



Flee (do) thou. 



Fulfilled might be it. 
dug. Root. ind. 1 aor. 1 *. 
I xaXs <f a. 
Called I. 

.Roof . 1 ao~. pass. ind. 3 s. 

V;tfaip & 7). 

Mocked was he. 
dug. Root .ind.l aor. pat. 3 s 
I duf/. w 6 ji. 
Enraged was he. 



^REEK GRAMMAR. 



Hoot. 2 (Lor.ind. act. 3 s. 

47. av r X s. 53. 
Killed he. 

Aug. Root, laor.ind.acl.3s. 

48. vj xpi.3 cJ tf s. 54. 

Enquired had he. 

dug. Root, laor.ind. pas. 3s. 

49. tfXyjp 6J $ if] . 55. 

Fulfilled was it. 
dug. Root. 1 aor.ind.pas. 3s. 

50. 7) XOU rf d 7]. 56. 

Heard was it. 
Aug. Root. imp. ind. 

51. % 0sX g. 57. 
did will 

Prep. Root, i aor. jpass. in/. 

52. TTapa xX 01 dij vai. 58. 
Consoled to be. 



Root . ind. pres. 3 pi 

sl(f i. 

Are they. 
.Roof . truf . pr. 3 s. mi< . 

9<xv s TOLL 

Appears he. 
Prep. Root. imp. 2 dor act. 



Up take (do) thou. 
Root. imp. pr.2s. dep 

TT'OpSU OU. 

Depart thou. 
Red. Root. ind. act.perf. 3 pi. 
<rs tivfo a <fi. 

Dead are they. 
dug. Root. 3 s. imp. ind. 

7) \& S V. 

Did come he. 



NUMERALS. 



1 ;, 


unus, 


2 Mo, 


duo, 


3 TpJ, 


tres, 


4 TSfftfap^, 


quotuor, 


5 tffVTg, 


quinque, 


6 i|, 


sex, 


7 <7r<ra, 


septem, 


8 oxrw, 


octo, 


9 vvs'a, 


novem, 


10 5s'xa, 


decem, 


11 v5xa, 


undecim, 



12 ^w^xa, duodecim, 

13 Tpirfxa/taxa, tredecim, 

14 rso'0'ap0'xaj'(jxa ) quotuorde 

15 rewsxai5gxa, quindecim, 

16 Kxaifom, sexdecim, 



17 kifToxaiSexa,, septemdecim, 

18 ox-rwxai'<5sxa, octodecim, 

19 s'wsaxai'cJsxa, povemdecim, 

20 g"xotfi, viginti, 

21 s'/xotfi g?^, viginti unus, 

22 gfaotfi 5uo, viginti duo, 
30 Tpi'axovra, triginta, 

40 Tso'(j'apaxov'ra,quadragmta, 
50 ^svTTjxovra, quinquaginta, 
60 l|^xov<ra, sexaginta, 
70 Ifidopyxovra, septuaginta, 
80 fyofjup<ovra, octoginta, 
90 swsv^xovra, nonaginta, 
.100 sxarov, centum, 
200 5axoVjoj, ducenti, 
300 Tpiaxotfioj, trecenti. 






PRINCIPLES 

OF THE 

GERMAN, SPANISH AND FRENCH LANGUAGES. 

THE ALPHABETS. 

FROCH. 

A ah 

B lay 

C say 

D day 

E a 

F eff 

G efay 

II aush 

I ee 

J zjee 

K kaw 

L eft 

M em 

N en 

o 

P .pay 

Q 7A 

R err 

5 ess 
T tay 
U we 
V ray 

X ecx 

Y ecgreck 

Z szed 

6 efc. 

* The former of these characters is initial or medial; the latter 
always final. 

21 241 



A 


GERMAX. 

2U 


a^ 


BPAMSH. 

A ah 


B 


23 b 


lay 


B 


lay 


C 


Gc 


tsay 


C 


thay 


D 


> b 


day 


D 


day 


E 


S c 


a 


E 


a 


F 


8f 


eff 


F 


a/a 


G 


g 


gay 


G 


hay 


H 


$ 


hah 


H 


d-chay 


1 


3 f 


ee 


I 


ce 


J 


3i 


yot 


J 


hotta 


K 


^! 


Jcah 


K 


kdk 


L 


21 


el 


L 


d-lay 


M 


5ft m 


em 


M 


d-may 


N 


ft n 


en 


N 


d-nay 





Do 








6 


P 


9> P 


pay 


P 


pay 


Q 


q 


*tt* 


Q 


koo 


R 


3t r 


air 


R 


d-ray 


S 


(5 fa* 


ess 


S 


d-say 


T 


1 


tay 


T 


tay 


U 


U u 


00 


U 


oo 


V 


35 


fow 


V 


vay 


w 


28 


vay 






X 


Kjc 


eex 


X 


d-Jccys 


Y 


2)9 


ipsclon 


Y 


eegrecagah 


Z 


3a 


tsett 


Z 


thaler 


& 


:c. 




& 


etc. 



142 



THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. 



There are also, in Spanish 

Ch Ll(iy) S (Ny) Rr 

chay ailyeay anyway air-ray 

[NOTE. Let the student remember that the name haa nothing to do 
\vith the pronunciaiion of a letter; no reliance will, therefore, be 
placed on the alphabetical cognomen of a letter for its sound.'] 



PRONUNCIATION OF THE GERMAN. 

51 like a in far. 

2fa protracted sound of a; as fcaS $dCtr, the hair. 

23 At the commencement of syllables, it is like 5 in lendj 

but at the close of a syllable, it sounds much like JP or pb; as 



yell 



ow. 



23 1 enunciate both consonants; as leBt, (lebt) lives. 
G before c, t, a, o, it, 9, like ts; as 
Before a, 0, It, and the consonants, like k; as 



(EirW 



circfe. 



Soncert, 



Sfj (Tsay-haJi) before a, 0, it, sounds like k; also at the 
commencement of a syllable, and before the consonants. After 
vowels and consonants, and before e and t, in French and 
Latin words, has a peculiar guttural sound, difficult to repre- 
sent in English. Observe the position of your tongue while 
enunciating the consonant 7^ in the word kind move the 
tongue back towards the throat a little distance, force the 
breath audibly, without the intonations of the voice, through 
he aperture between the tongue and the roof of the mouth, 
and you have the sound as exactly as it can be made by a 
foreigner. This sound occurs in such words as ba3 Ulid), the, 
doth; tie 9M$, the milk; &c. It has the sound of sh in 
3$, I; reid), rich, &c. &c. 

Gfyg like x; as ber DdjS, the ox. 

(H like k; as fcicf, thick. 



THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. 243 

T> This letter approximates more closely to the sound of 
/ or TII. The tongue is placed against the teeth (instead of 
the roof of the mouth), a little above where it is placed fur 
TII j closing the aperture between the roof of the mouth and 
the tongue the breath is emitted with the intonation of the 
voice, forming the sound of the German b. 

(5~long, like a in mate; as tyafce, have: short,* like e in 
met; as ba3 Snbc, the end. 

Se protracted e. 

like / in from, for, fount, c. 

%\ a little heavier sound than f single. 

like yk ; as gut, good ; gro, great, &c. At th. end of 
pyllables, <J has a sound similar to eh; as bcr 2Bcg, the way. 
Also, sometimes in the middle of syllables; as ber dkgen, the 
rain. 

Jp aspirates vowels, when placed before them ; as bcr tnt- 
met, the heaven. It is silent, and prolongs the vowel, when 
placed after it; as ba3 3afyr, the year ; roafytcn, to choose; tic 
lUjr, the watch, &c. 

3 long, like c in ??zc: short, like i injpm. 

3 (j) likcy; asja,yes. 

^ like &; as ta^ ^Itnb, //tc child. 

2 like 7; as fcaS Samm, ^Ae 7am&. 

9ft like m ; as bcr Sftann, the man. 

97 like 7i ; as neu, new. 

57g like ng ; as jung, young. 

O long, like d in ?zo; as ober: or short, like u in tub; as 
Oft, q/?r;i. 

^) like p ; as proven, to press. 

$fy like/; as bcr ^)rojj()ct, the prophet. 

^ like y; as tic ^ual, the torment. 

* A short vowel maintains its original sound, but ii pronounced 
quicker, and a little more compressed. Vowels before double letters 
arc short. 



244 



THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. 



Jft like r ; as 
@ like 



as 



the heart. 
^e safr. 



(Sdi like sh ; as t>ie <3$foefter, f 

X like t; as ber Sag, <Ae c?a^. 

In words of foreign derivation, terminating 
is pronounced like tse; as dotmntiott, convention: % like ts. 

U like oo ; as ber $ut, fAe Aa : short, like u in /w#; as 
bev tmb, *Ae e%. 
35 like /; as Son, /rom. 

SB like v ; as toatyr, frwe. 

$ like x; as bie 2trt, the axe. 
as ber t^I, $e s(yfe. 
as ge^n, few. 
in.Aatr, or e in wc; as ber 

fe like e in Aer; as fdjott, beautiful* 

U similar in sound to the French . In English, we have 
L D such sound. Observe the position of the lips in saying 
oC : with the lips remaining in this position, pronounce e long; 
draw the tongue slightly backward, and you will have the de- 
sired sound. Bear in mind that this is a compressed sound : 
notice that in saying we, you first enunciate oo (10), and after- 
wards e ; manage so as to pronounce the e at the same moment 
with oo (w), the toDgue being drawn a little backward, and 
pressed firmly against the upper double teeth, and you will 
encounter little difficulty in pronouncing the letter correctly. 



J like i ; 
3 like ts 
2t like ai 



DIPHTHONGS. 

2ht like ou; as baS $au3, the house. 
2U like i mpine; as ber 9ftai, May. 
51^ like i in pine. 

* This is as near as this sound can be represented by the English 
vowel. The sound is a little more open than e in her; the tongue 
is moved further forward. The best way to get this sound, is to 
satch it from a German, or some other acquainted with it. 



THE SPANISH LANGUAGE. 245 

(Et like i in pine. 

(9 like i iii pine. 

2(u like oi in noise (compressed sound\ 

(Ell like oi iii noise (compressed sound). 

3e like ce in feet. 

(Ei like i in mine. 



OF THE SPANISH. 

A is pronounced like ah ; as la cara, the face. 

B like I ; as bonito, pretty. 

C before e, i, like th in think; as elpincel (ei peenth&il), 
f Ae pencil. Before a, o } it, like k ; as cudl (kooal), which. 

D see German ). 

E like a ; as me (may), me. Short, like e in hen ; as 
el, $. 

F like /; as cafe", the coffee. 

G like h before e, i; as genio (hSi-nSo), genius. Before 
a, o, w, before consonants and after all vowels, like g in go ; 
as grande, great. 

H is always silent. 

I like e in me ; as el vino, t/ie wine. 

J like 7t, in all cases ; as, Jose* (Hosay), Joseph. 

K like k ; as kali, seaweed. 

L like 1; as el papel, tlie paper. 

M like m ; as manana (manyana), to-morrow. 

N like ; as no, ?ic^, 710. 

O like o ; as con gusto, with pleasure. 

P like p ; as pan, brcfi/i. 

Q like k; the subsequent ?* is not pronounced; as quo 
(kay), what. C is now generally used in the place of q. Wo 
write cual (kwdl), instead of quil, whirh. 

E soft, like r in f,<tr, fur, &c. : hard, like rr in parrar, to 



E 8 



246 



THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. 



extend. The soft sound is represented by a single r; the hard 
sound, by double rr. 

S like s in so; as sendr (sainydr), sir. 

T very similar to the German fc ; tengo, I have. 

U like oo ; as su (soo), your. 

V like v; as el vino, the wine. 

X occurs but seldom; pronounced the same as x in 
English. 

Y like cc, or y; as muy (moo-e*), very; y, and. 

Z like ill in throne ; as el lapiz (lapeeth), the pencil. 

Ch pronounced in all cases like ch in church ; as el chal&o, 
th.i vest. 

LI like ly ; as bello (bailyo), beautiful. 

S like ny ; as senorita (sainyoreeta), Miss. 

Rr see R. 



OF THE FRENCH. 

A js pronounced like ah; as alezan (al-zang), lay or 
horse, Paris, &c. : short, like a in 7ia<; as datte, date, a fruit 

B like 6; as le bal (leh bal), the ball. 

C like k before , o, u, I, r, t, in the same word; as calcul, 
calculation; clou (kloo), nail, tack. Before e, i, y, like s; 
likewise, with the cedilla ( , ) under it, before a, o, u, is pro- 
nounced like s; as a (sah), this, that. 

Ch like k; as chlamydc, a cloak. Like sh; as un cheval, 
a horse. 

D like d; as done, then. 

E [unaccented], like e in her. Often silent. See Ger- 
man 6. 

[accented], like a long; as cafe (coff-ay), coffee. 

6 like a in am; as le pere, tfie father. 

e same as e, but longer ; as tetc, the. head. 



THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. 247 

F like /; as fer, iron. 

G like g; as gant (gang), glove: like zh; as ge*sir, to lie, 
be buried. 

H like h. Often silent. 

I like e in English; as petite (pettit), little: short, like i 
m pin; as ici (isy), here. 

J like s in measure; as jamais (zhama), never; jour 
(zhoor), day. 

K like k ; as kynancie, quinsy. 

L like 1 : 11 like ly or l-yuh. 

\ A guttural sound, somewhat similar to ngk. 
N liken.* ) 

like o. 

P like p ; as pain, bread. 

Ph like /; as phare, light-house. 

Q like Spanish q; as que, that. 

II like r. Silent where it terminates a word, if preceded 

by. 

S like s or z. Often silent. 

Sc like s before e, i, y : before a, o, w, I, r, like sk. 
T like f. It has also, before t'a, ie t ieu, ion, a sound like 
ts or c; as tial, tion, tieux, &c. Often silent. 
Th like t } in all cases. 
U like German ii, 
V like v. 

X like 7i-s, >jz t sx, 7r, (before c), and z. Silent 
Y like cc. 
Z like z and s. 

DIPHTHONGS, &c. 

Ai is pronounced like ai in hair: also like ay in day. 
Ey is pronounced like cy in prry. 
Ei is pronounced like ai in hair. 

* The sound of the French nasals (m, n), can never be learned 
the.t are heard repeatedly. 



248 



THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 



Ay is pronounced like ai in hair. 

Ai, aie, ais, ait, aix, oi ; like ai in hair, but longer. 

Oi like wa m water : in a few words, like ai in hair ; as 
franyois, void, affoiblir, &c. 

Au, eau, aux, eaux, aud, auds, ao, ault, aults, auex, aut, 
auts, e:, oc, ocs, ods, oh, op, oqs, ot, 6t, ots, oth, oths, are 
each pronounced like o in no. 

le like yea. 

NASALS.* 

Am, an nearly like ang ; as ambition (angbissyong), artibi- 
turn; ancre (angkr), anchor. 

Aim, ain, ein, em, en nearly like short ang. 

Om, on nearly like ong. 

Um, un nearly like ung. 



THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 
GERMAN. 

PLURAL. 

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 

)ie, ber, ben, tie* 
Fern. Die, fcer, ber, tie, " " 

Neut. Da f be^, bent, ba. " " " " 

SPANISH. 



SINGULAR. 

NOM. Gen. Dat. Ace. 

Mas. )er, beet, bent, ben. 



SINGULAR. 

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 



PLURAL. 

Nom. Gen. Dat. 



Ace. 

las, de las, d las, las. 
los, de los, d los, los.|| 
No plural. 



Fern. La, de la, d la, la.f 
Mas. El, del, al, el.J 
Neut. Lo, de lo, d lo, lo. 

FRENCH. 

SINGULAR. 

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 

Mas. Le, du, au, le. 
Fern. La, de la, d la, la. 

* If the m or n is followed by a vowel, it ceases to be nasal ; but 
if it precedes a consonant, or terminates a word, it is a nasal. If it 
terminates a word, the next word commencing with a vowel, there is 
a sound of n after the nasal. 

f Or, a la. J Or, 4 el. \ Or, a las. || Or, a log. 



PLUEAL. 

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace, 

Les, des, aux, les. 
a (t u 



DECLENSION. 249 



[XoTE. When the French article, in the singular, precedes 
another WDrd commencing with a vowel or silent h, the final vowel 
of the article is dropped ; as 1'oncle, the uncle, for le oncle ; I'e'tude, 
tht ttudy, for la dtut.e ; 1'honeur, the honour, for le honeur.J 

TUB INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 
GERMAN. 

SINGULAR. 

Norn. Gen. Dat. Ace. 

Mas. (Etn, cineS, einen, einem. 

Fcm. Sine, cincr, eincr, eine. No plural. 

Neut (Em, eine3, einem, ein. 

SPANISH. 

6IXGCLAR. 

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 

Mas. Un, de un, a un, un. No plural. 

Fern. Una, de una, a una, una. 

FRENCH. 



8INGCLAR. 

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 



Mas. Un, d'un, a un, un. No plural. 

Fern. Une, d'une, h une, une. 

THE FRENCH PARTITIVE.* 

8IXQULAR. PLURAL. 

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 



Mas. Du, de,f & du, du. des, dc,f a des, des. 

Fern. DC la, def, & dc la, dc la. 

DECLENSION. 
GERMAN. 

The German noun is subject to certain terminal mutations, 
which, when they are arranged and classified, are denominated 
Declensions. Of these Declensions, some authors recogni.se 
eight, five, or four, while many accord that there are, in fact, 
but three. 

For the sake of simplicity and brevity, we shall arrange all 
the German nouns into three separate heads or declensions no 
more ; and in following out this arrangement, we shall class 

* Transit tej, torn*:, of tone, &c. T Or, <T 



250 



DECLENSION. 



Ace. 



all the singulars first in order, and afterwards the plurals, in 
their own place, on the plan of Le Bas and R4gnier. 

The Declensions arc determined by their mode of termina- 
tion. 

SINGULARS. 

First Declension. All nouns of this declension are either 
masculine or neuter, and make their genitive in 3, e, and enS. 

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 

>er immet,* be3 immels, bem immef, ben tmmeZ 
In like manner are declined all masculine and neuter nouns 

terminating in el, em, en, er; neuter, in it, djftt, lent, &c. &c. 
Nouns which already terminate in 3, 3, jt, f| , , take an e in 

the genitive before the 8, for sake of euphony ; as 

Nom. Gen. Dat. 

Das ar$,f be3 ar$es, bem 

Many nouns, also, take e, in this manner, when the final let- 
ter produces too close a sound to admit of an immediate sub- 
sequent 3. These nouns are of various terminations, as follows : 

2)a3 2cmb, the land; bd3 $int>, the child; fcer Sftantt, the 
man; ber ut, the hat; ber SCein, the wine, &c. 

Nouns in ettS* 

Nom. Gan. Dat. Ace. 

)et gunfe, be^ gun!en5, bem gitnfett, ben 
Second Declension. This declension comprises none but 
masculine nouns. The genitive termination is n or en. All 
the other cases of the singular and plural are like the genitive 
singular. 

) e r $ n a % e, the loy. 

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 

)er $nd>e, bes $nakn, bem -ftnafcen, ben ^nafcen, 
Most of the nouns of this declension, terminating in a con- 
sonant, make their genitive in en. 

* Heaven. [NOTE. The German noun always commences with a 
capital letter.] 

f The rosin. % Or, 

\ Formerly, and occasionally at the present day, 



DECLENSION. 251 






) e r 58 a r, tJie lear. 

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 

)er 33ar, bes SBaren, bem 23aren, ben 23aren. 
Third Declension. All the nouns of this declension are of 
the feminine gender. It takes no inflection in the singular, 
nor does it terminate in any fixed letter. 
^ r a it, a icoman. 
)ie grait, ber Srau, ber ftrait, bie grait. 

PLURALS. 

The various terminations of the nominative plural are f, 
n, en, en3, or like the nominative singular. 

When the nominative plural ends in n, all the other cases 
are the same. 

When the nominative plural does not end in n, the dative 
alone takes an n, and the genitive and accusative are like the 
nominative. 

No inconsiderable number of nouns change a, 0, It, and ait, 
of the singular, into a, o, ii, and ait. 

Masculine and neuter nouns, of the first declension, in el, 
er, en, lien, have their nominative plural like the nominative 
singular, and add n for the dative. 

D e r 21 b I e r, the eagle. 

PLURAL. 

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 

tic 3Mer, ber Slbler, ben Slblern, bie Slbler. 
!D a $5 teg el, the stL 



, ber Siegef, ben Stcgct, bie 

The greater part of the masculine nouns of the first declen- 
sion take (, in the nominative, genitive, and accusative, and n, 
in the dative plural ; as 

2) c r r e m b Ii n fl, //"' Granger. 

PLURAL^ 



linine and neuter nouns in tj), also take e; as 
T vi c> ^ c b c i in it t f 



[NOTE When p comes between two vowels, it is changed into ff.] 



252 



DECLENSION. 



A great number of nouns of the third declension in the 
singular also are declined in the same manner in the plural ; 
so also are nearly all neuter nouns, whose initial is the particle 
gc, and whose terminative is in any letter other than e, \, or er, 
in the nominative singular; as, singular, fcaS efcfyenf ; plural, 
tie efcfyenle, the gift, the gifts. 

Thus, also, are declined all neuter nouns terminating in 
tncnt ; as aframent, (Salramente, &c. There are, also, many 
neuters, whose distinctive features cannot be established. 

All such nouns of the first declension as ending properly 
in c, are often terminated by e or en j all nouns of the second 
declension, which take e in the genitive singular, and all 
feminine nouns in el, e, ee, ie,* form their plural by adding an 
n to the nominative singular. 

All nouns of the second declension, whose genitive ends in 
en, as 33ar, S3aren; all feminine nouns not noticed hitherto, in 
this description of the plurals ; and especially such as termi- 
nate in enb, et, fjeit, in, feit, fdjaft, img; and those derived 
from foreign tongues; also a number of masculine nouns, the 
nouns 23ett, led; emt>, shirt; ^erj, heart; Dfyr, ear; and 
nouns in or, incorporated from the Latin language; and a 
greater part of the nouns in tir, are all declined by adding en 
to the nominative singular termination. 

All masculine and neuter nouns in ttjilttt, as (sing.) t>er 
3Md)tf)um, the fortune; (plu.) t)ie Sfatdjfljumer, the fortunes; 
(sing.) bciS .Ipersogtfyum, the dukedom; (plu.) bte .fper^gtfjumer, 
the dukedoms. All such neuters as have not been included in 
the preceding explication, terminating generally in a mute, or 
the letters $, ft, fd): as (sing.) ba3 33ift>, the image; (plu.) fcte 
23ilttr, the images; (sing.) fcdS )ovf, the village; (plu.) fcie 
>orfer, the villages; and the following masculine nouns: 
23ofenrid)t, >orn, eiji, ott, fieifc, SOZann, Drt, 3flanb, SSormunb, 



* With the exception of Me SJftuttCt, mother; tic Sodjtcr, daughter, 
which make their plural -with the Umlaut (")/ tie gutter, t> 



DECLENSION. 



253 



1 , 2$urm, all make their plural in er, at the same time 
placing the Umlaut (") over the vowel or diphthong, in the last 
syllable in the word; as ott, (Cotter, God; 9ft cum, Sftanner, 
, &c. &c. 



man; auc 1 , aue 

We have been thus prolix with the German noun, in com- 
parison with the general brief style of this work, that the 
student might have no room for doubt; and for the sake of 
simplifying in a degree the preceding pages on the German 
noun, we submit, in one general view, a table, so arranged as 
to comprehend all the entire terminations in a body. 



1st DECLENSION. 

iline an'l Neuter Nouns. 


2d DECL'N. 
Masculine 
Nouns. 


3d DECLENSION. 
Feminine Nouns. 


SINGULAR. 


N. . 
G. (e) & 
D.-(e). 
A. . 


(On. 
(0 n. 
- (0 n. 


. 


PLURAL. 


N. e. 
G. e. 
D. en. 
A. e. 


-(n). 


er. 
er. 
ern. 
er. 


en. 

en. 
en. 
en. 


- (e) n. 
(e) n. 
(e) n. 
- (0 tu 


- (e) n. 
(0 n. 
- (0 n. 
(0 n. 


e. 
e. 
en. 
e. 



SPANISH FRENCH. 

The Spanish and French nouns are indeclinable. They 
merely add an s for the plural, (a few exceptions) ; but their 
terminations never vary for the case, which can only be deter- 
mined by the article or adjective prefixed, or by its syntactic 
relation. 

[NOTE. The genders, in German, are three, masculine, feminine, 
and neuter. In Spanish, three, but the neuter in Spanish includes 
only a few adjectives, used in the sense of nouns, and not limited in 
their extension ; as lo util, the useful; it has no plural. In French, 
there is no neuter nouns are either masculine or feminine, accord- 
ing to usage, or as the termination of the word denotes.] 
PLURALS OP NOUNS. 

German. The method of forming the plural of German 
nouns has been shown in the preceding Table of Declension. 

JSpanith. When the Spanish noun is terminated by a short 
22 



THE ADJECTIVE. 



vowel,* the plural is formed by adding an s to the termination 
of the singular; when the noun terminates in a long vowel or 
a consonant, the plural adds es to the singular terminative : 
e. g. first, carta, letter; cartas, letters; padre, father ; padres, 
fathers : second, verdad, truth ; verdades, truths ; tribii, tribe ; 
tribiies, tribes. Nouns which terminate in z, change z to ces; 
as lapiz, pencil; lapices. The plural of adjectives is formed 
in the same manner. 

French. The plural of French nouns is usually formed by 
the addition of an s; but when the noun (or adjective) ter- 
minates in u, preceded by one or more vowels, the plural is 
made by adding x ; as beau, beaux ; also nouns ending in al, 
ail, not followed by e final (ale, aile), make their plural by 
changing al, ail, into aux; as travail, travaux; mal, maux. 
These nouns, ciel, osil, aieul, also make their plural in x; 
cicux, yeux, aieux. These rules are also applicable to the 
adjective. 

THE ADJECTIVE. 
GERMAN. 

When the adjective is employed as an attribute, it is inde- 
clinable, but when it occurs in a qualifying phrase as an 
epithet, it becomes declinable ; so that the same adjective is at 
one time indeclinable, at another, declinable. We say, ber 
SSater gut iji, the father is good; tie Gutter gut tjt, the mother 
is good; fcaS ^tttfc gut ift, the child is good, &c. &c. But when 
it is employed as an epithet, it is declined as follows : 

1st. If the adjective immediately precedes the noun, and is 
not itself preceded by either the article definite or indefinite, 
or any other declinable word, it is declined thus : 

Bat. 



I 



Nom. 



SINGULAR. 

Gen. 



Ace. 



Mas. uter,f guteS (guten), gutem, guteu* 
Fern, ute, guter, guter, gute, 

Neut. utes, gutes (guten), gutem, gutes, 

* An accented vowel (d,, i 6, &c.) is long ; unaccented, is short. 
\ Good, of good, <fec. 



. 



THE ADJECTIVE. 255 



rt. (tfnte, gntcr, gnrcn, gutc. 

2d. When the adjective is preceded by the definite article, 
01 sorn. other determinate word, it is declined as follows : 

SINGULAR. 

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 

Mas. urc, guten, gutcn, guten. 
Fern, utc, guten, gutcn, gute. 
Xeut. ute, guten, guten, gute. 

PLURAL. 

Mas. Fein Neut, utett, guten, guten, guteit. 
3d. When preceded by the indefinite article, eitt, or any of 
the possessive pronouns, mem, my ; tein, thy; feitt, his, her ; 
itnfcr, our ; cuer, your ; i(jr, their; and rein, awy, it is declined 
in this wise : 

(HUB. 

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 

Mas. utcr, gutcn, gutcn, guten. 
Fern. <35ute, guten, gutcn, gute. 
Neut. iiteS, gutcn, gutcn, gutciJ. 
Participles are declined in the same manner. 

MSH FRENCH. 

The Spanish and French adjectives are indeclinable, and 
only form their plural in order to be of the same numbi 
the noun to which they are attached, according to the rules 
laid down on page 253. 

The Spanish and French participles conform to the same 
rules as their adjectives. 

N. B. The adjective must be of the same gender, numfi- /, 
and case as the noun to which it is attached in all the three 
tongues. 

OF THE ADJECTIVES USUALLY CALLED DEMONSTRATIVE 
PRONOUNS. 

GERMAN. 

>tefer, toiefe, btefcS, (hie, hc, hoc, Lat. ; ojfoj, ovV 7, tovto, 
6V.) this, these ; declined like gutcr. 

Scner, jenc, jcnc^, (ille, illa,illud, Lat.; JxciVof, ^, o, G>\) 
that, thot- 1 in the same manner. 



256 



INTERROGATIVES. 



)er, bte, bflS, used as a pronoun, instead of biefer, in imita- 
tion of the Greak (see page 153, Gr. Gram.), is thus declined: 

Nom. Gen. Lat. Ace. 

Mas. )er, beffett, bent, bem 
Fem. >ie, beren, ber, bte, 

tfeut. )as, beflfen (beg,) bent, bas. 

PLURAL. 

Mas. Fem. Neut. 2)te, beren (berer), benen, bie, 
TJerjenfge, to, $a, *Aose; berfelfce, the same, are compounds. 
The first part of the words, ber, follows the declension of the 
article, while the other part follows the declension of the 
adjective. 

(Soldjer, such, like, declined like btefer, 

SPANISH. 

Este (mas.), esta (fern, sing.), this; indeclinable. 
Estos (mas.), estas (fern, plu.), these; indeclinable. 
Ese (mas.), esa (fern, sing.), that; indeclinable. 
Esos (mas.), esas (fern, plu.), those ; indeclinable. 
Also, esto (neut. sing.), this, this thing, any tiling; indeclinable. 
And eso, (neut. sing.), that, that thing, any thing; " 
[NOTE. All these adjectives are indeclinable, and follow the 
general rule in forming their plural to agree "with their nouns.] 
FRENCH. 



Mas. 

Ce, cet, 
Celui, 



SINGULAR. 

Fem. 

cette, 
celle, 



this; 
that; 



Celui-la, celle-l&, the former; 
Ce!iri-ci ; celle-ci, the latter; 



PLURAL. 

Mas. Fem. 

ces, 

ceux, celles, those. 

ceux-lii, celles-lk, the former. 

ceux-ci, celles-ci, the latter. 



INTERROGATIVES. 

GERMAN. 
2B e I d) e r, who, which, what; thus declined : 

SINGULAR. 
Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 



Mas. SBeldjer, ftetcfyeS, toeldjem, 
Fem. SMdje, ttelcfyer, toetcfyer, foelcfye, 
Neut. SMcfyeS, foetdjetf, fteldjem, ft>el$e3. 

PLURAL. 

Mas. Fem. Neut. SBetcfye, n?etd)er, tteldjen, tvefcfye, 



PRECONJUNCTJYES. 257 

3B e r, wlio 9 to a $ f ichatf thus declined : 

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 

Mas. Fem. 2Ger, ftejjm (ttefji)/ focm, h?en. 
Neut. 



SPANISH. 

que, u-Ao. ? which? &c., is declined by being placed 
after the same particles as the definite article el. 
Cual (sing.), cuales (plu.) both genders, which f 
Que" (both genders and numbers), what ? 

FRENCH. 

Quel, quclle, quels, quelles, whidi? what? declined by placing 
oefore it the same particles that are placed before the article 
fa, la. 

Qui (of both genders and numbers), declined in the same 
manner. Quoi, what; like que. 

PRECONJUNCTIVES.* 
GERMAN. 

, which, that; declined same as n?eld)e$. 
, which, what ; like ttaS. 
(&0, who, whom; indeclinable. 

FRENCH. 

En, it, them, so; indeclinable. 

Y, it, so ; relating to something before it ; indeclinable. 

Le, it, &c., indeclinable. 

Ce qui, that which ; thus declined : 

Nom. Ce qui, that which. Dat. Ce h, quoi, that to which. 
Gen. Ce dont, that of which. Ace. Ce que, that which. 
[J'ai oublid ce dont vous me parliez, / have forgotten tJtat 
>/* which you were speaking to me.] 

SPANISH. 

The pronoun cuyo is used as a preconjunctive or interroga- 
tive. It always agrees with the thing possessed (not with the 
possessor), in gender, number, and case. [Wfwsepens are 
these ? i Cuyas son cstas plumas ? Whose book is this ? ^ Cuyo 

es cst libro ?] 

* Relatives. 
22* 






258 



PRONOUNS. 



PRONOUNS. 
GERMAN. 



Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 

Sing. 3d), If tneinef, my, mine, of me ; tnir, me, to me; mid), me. 
Plu.SBir, we) imfer, our, ours; un3, us, to us; unS, us. 

)u, tliou. 

Sing. )u, *Aow; beiner, thine, ofthee; bir, *Aee, to thee; bi$, ^Ace. 

Plu. 3Hy w ># e / eiter, yours, of you; eitdj,yow, to you; endj,y< 

(Er, fie, e3, Ae, she, it. 

Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. 

(r, Ae ; feiner, Jus ; i|m, Aim, to him ; ifttt, Az??i. 
(Sic, she; ifyrer, Aers; i^r, Aer, to Aer; fte, Aer. 
Si?, it ; feiner, iVs ; ifjm, if, to it ; i^it, it. 

PLURAL. 

(Ste, ^Aey ; i^rer, theirs ; i^nen, them, to them ; fte, them. 
The reflective pronoun has no nominative, and is thus 
declined : 

Gen. Dat Ace. 

Mas. (Seiner, of one's self; fid), to one' s self ; fid), one's self. 
Fern. 3$rer, of one's self; fid), to <Ws se(/V fid), owe's seT/1 
Neut. Reiner, of one's self; fid), to one's se{/*; pc^, one's self. 

PLURAL. 

3fyrer, o/ themselves; fid), to themselves; fid), themselves. 

[NOTE. The -word fc(b)T, or fc(0cr 7 often added to the personal pro- 
nouns, and answers the place of our word self; as id) fetOft, myself, 
&c.] 

The pronouns Sftan, one ', 3emanb, some one ; -fttemanb, no 
one, take c3 in the genitive, and en in the dative and accusa- 
tive. Occasionally, also, they are used indeclinable. 

StrcctS, something ; 9!id)t3, nothing, are indeclinable. 

(Sitter, some me; Reiner, any one, are declined like the ad- 

jective, guter. 

SPANISH. 

To, /. 

Nom Gen. Dat. ^ Acc.^ 

M. F. Yo /; de mi,' of me; d mi ; to me; d mi, me. 



PRONOUNS. 259 



PLURAL. 

Mas. Nos, nosotros, we; de nosotros, of us; 6, nosotros, nos, 

to us ; d nosotros, nos, us. 
Fern Nosotras, we; de nosotras, of us; & nosotras, nos, to us; 

d nosostras, nos, us. 

Tii, Mow. 
M. F. Tii,* tlwu; de ti, ofthee; d ti, te, to tJiee; d ti, te, thee. 

PLURAL. 

Mas. Vos,* \osotTOs, ye, you ; de vosotros, of you] d vosotros, os, 
to you ; d vosotros, os, you. 

Fern. Vosotras, ye, you ; de vosotras, of you ; d vosotras, os, 
to you; a vosotras, os, you. 

El, he; Ella, she. 

Mas. fil, fo; de 1, of him; d 61, le, se, to Am; d 41, le, lo, 7tini. 
Fern. Ella, she; de ella, of her; d ella, le, se, to 7ier; d ella, la, 7k?r. 

PLURAL. 

Mas. Ellos, they; de ellos, of them; d ellos, les, se, to tJiem; d 

ellos, los, tftew. 
Fern. Ellas, f7tcy; de ellas, of them; d ellas, les, se, to them; 

d ellas, las, tfiewi. 

The reflective pronoun has no nominative, and is thus de- 
clined : 

Norn. Gen. Dat 

De sf, of one's self; d sf, se, to one's self; d sf, se, one's self. 
N. B. Plural is declined like singular. 

FRENCH. 
Je, moi, I. 

Je,f moi,J 7; de moi, of me, my, mine; & moi, to me; me, 
moi, me.f 

PLURAL. 

Nous, we; de nous, of us, ours; h nous, to MS; nous, s. 

* Tti, vos, are seldom used in Spanish. Usted, (abbreviated U.) 
takes its place, except in very familiar conversation. 

f Used in all cases before the verb. 

J Used, 1st, After an intransitive verb; as c'est moi, it w 7, for 
c'est je ; c'est lui, it is he, instead of c'est il ; ce sont eux, it is they, 
or, they are. 2d, After an imperative mood, if it is affirmative, in- 
stead of me ; as donnez-moi, give me ; leve-toi, raite thyself; but if the 
imperative e, it follows the general rule .and takes me; as 

nc we donnez j.:is (A, not </ii-e mr ; ne te leve pas, do not raise up. 



260 



POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 



Tu, toi, ttiou. 
Tu,* toi,f tJiou ; de toi, of thee ; h, toi, to thee ; te, toi,f thee. 

PLURAL. 

Vous, you, ye; de vous, of you; a vous, to you; vous, you. 

II, elle, on, lie, she, one. 

Mas. II,* lui,f 7ic ; de lui, of Mm ; a lui, to 7n"m; le, lui,f 7w. 
Fern. Elle, s7ie ; d'elle, of her ; a elle, to her ; la elle, her. 
Neut. On, one, they, he, somebody, anybody, (indefinite inde- 
clinable). 

PLURAL. 

Mas Ils,* eux,f they ; d'eux, of them ; leur, a eux, to 

les, eux, them. 
Fern. Elles, they; d'elles, of them; k elles, to them; elles, tht 

The pronoun reflective, soi, is declined by adding the pre- 
position a and de. 

N. B. In imitation of the German and English, we fre- 
quently find meme attached to the personals, which we 
translate self; as moi-meme, myself, &c. 

OF THE ADJECTIVE, COMMONLY CALLED THE POSSESSIVE 
PRONOUN. 
GERMAN. 

9ft e in, my. 

Sftein, my ; meineS, of my; metnem, to my; nteinen, my. 
, my ; metner, of my ; meiner, tomy; metne, my. 
t my; ntetneS, of my; metnem, to my; meinc, my. 

PLURAL. 

Sftetne, my ; metner, of my ; metnen, to my ; meine, my. 

Unfer, unfere (or, unfre), unfer, our, ours. 

S)ein, beine, bein, thy, thine. 

Suer, eitere (or, cure), euer, your, yours. 

<5ein, feine, fetn, his, her, its. [Used when the 
name of the possessor is masculine or neuter]. 

3fy r > ifyre, ttyr, his, hers, its. [Used when the 
name of the possessor is feminine]. 

3tyr, i^tre, ityr, their, theirs. [For the plural of 
feitt and i^r, and for all the three genders]. 

* Sec a?j'-, (note f, p. 259). f See ante, (note j, p. 259). 



POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 261 

When the adjective mine relates to an antecedent, or agrees 
with a noun previously mentioned; as this is your hat, lut 
where is mine? the word mine is represented in German by 
tneincr, meiner, mcincd, or by ber, bie, bad mernige, 

Sfteiner, ntetne, meined, mine, that of mine. 

Unferer, unfere, unfered, ours, that of ours. 

>er, tie, bad mcinige, mine, that of mine. 

)er, bie, bad itnfricje, ours, that of ours. 
, tie, bad beintge, thine, that of thine. 
, bic, bad citrine, yours, that of yours. 

cr, bie, bad feinige, his, Jier, its. [Used if the 
name of the possessor is masculine or neuter]. 

2>er, bic, bad jfyticje, his, her its, theirs. [Used 
if the name of the possessor is feminine, or if the substantive 
for which they stand is plural]. 

f SPANISH. 

Mi, my. 
Mi, my ; do mi, of my ; d mi, to my ; mi, d mi, my. 



Mis, 7Ji y j de mis, ofmy; d mis, to my ; d mis, my. 
Tu* (sing.), tus* (plu.), thy ; declined as above. 
Su (sing.), sus (plu.), his, hers, its; declined as above. 
Nuestro, -a, -os, -as (mas. fern, plu.), our; " " 
Vuestro, -a, -os, -as (M. F. sing, plu.), your; " " 
Su (sing.), sus (plu.), their; " " 

The Spaniards, like the Germans, use some of these adjec- 
tives with the definite article prefixed, thus : 
Mas. El mio, mine; del mio, of mine; al mio, to mine; el or 
al mio, mine 

Fern. La mia, mine ; de la mia, of mine; d la mia, to mine; 
la <>r 11 la mia, mine. 

* In all good society, and ordinary conversation, the Spaniard 
makes use of de us'.ed, cr de usteds, (abbreviated de Z7.), instead of 
tu, tus, &c. 



262 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 



PLURAL. 

Mas. Los mios, mine ; de los mios, of mine ; d los mios, to 

mine ; los or & los mios, mine. 
Las mias, mine; de las mias, of mine; d las mias, to 

mine; las or d las mias, mine. 

And el tuyo, la tuya, thine; el suyo, la suya, 7m, hers; 
el nuestro, la nuestra, ours ; el vuestro, la vuestra, yours ; el 
suyo, la suya, theirs, with their plurals ; los tuyos, las tuyas, 
thine ; los suyos, las suyas, his, hers ; los nuestros, las nuestras, 
ours ; los vuestros, las vuestras, yours ; los suyos, las suyas, 
theirs, are all declined the same as el mio. 

FRENCH. 

Mon, my ; ton, thy; SQJI, his, hers, its; notre, our; votre, 
your; leur, their; are indeclinable, and add s to form the 
plural. MOD, ton, son, though masculine, are used before 
all feminine nouns commencing with a vowel or mute h ; as, 
mon heur, my hour ; ton ignorance, thy ignorance ; son assu- 
rette, his or her assurance. 

Mien, mine, is declined by prefixing the definite article, 
mienne (fern.), miens (mas. plu.), miennes (fern, plu.) ; tien, 
thine ; sien, his, hers, its ; notre (mas. and fern, sing.), notres 
(mas. and fern, plu.), our, ours; votre (mas. and fern, sing.), 
votres (mas. and fern, plu.), your, yours; leur (mas. and fern, 
sing.), leurs (mas. and fern, plu.), theirs, are all declined in the 
same manner as mien, and cannot be used in any case without 
the article. In imitation of the Germun, these adjectives re- 
late to an antecedent noun, with which they agree in gender, 
number and case. 






MOOD AND TENSE. 263 



Ger. -e. tc. fyabe gc* Ijatte ge* n?cr.t>c. -en roctbe. 1 



TABLE OF MOOD AND TENSE SIGNS. 

B INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Pres. Imp. Perf. Plup. 1st Fut. 2d Fut 

-en roctl 
ge-t fia&en 

Sp. -o. ba,*ia,f he,*habia.f habia, r. habre do. 

Fr. -r, re. ai(ions,^f a,*i,fu,{lai. avais, eus. er. aurai. 
iez.f) 

Eng. do- '-ed. have. had. shall, shall have. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

Ger. -c. (e) tc. fcafce ^ fyattc ge? rccrbe. Like Indie. 

Sp. -o. ase,* iese. All others like Indicative. 

Fr. w Like Indicative. 

Eng. may. might. may have, might have, shall, shall have. 

CONDITIONALS. 

PRESENT. PAST. 

Ger. routfce cn. tvurfce ge t Ija&en. 

Sp. 1st, aria,* eria,f iria.g 2d, ara,* 1st, habria. 2d, hubiera. 

iera,f iese,f ase.f 

Fr. rai- (ions,^[ -iez.J) aurai, ausse, -4. 

Eng. should. should have. 

IMPERATIVE. 
2d. 3d. 1st. 2d. 3d. 

Ger. (e). -c, cr. -cn nrir. -t. -cn fie. 

Sp. -a tti -e 41. -mos noso- -d vos en ellos. 

tros otros. 

Fr. -e. qu'il -e. -ons. -er. qu'ils -nt 

Eng. do thou. let him. let us. do ye. let them. 

INFINITIVE. 

German. Spanish. French. English. 

Pres. -cn. -ar, -er, -ir. er, ir, oir, re. t:. 

Perf. fcaOcn. haber -do. avoir. tc have. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Pres. -cnt>. -do. nt. -ing. 

Past. -t. habiendo, -do. 6. -d having. 

PERSONAL TERMINATIONS. 
Sing. Plu. Sing. Tlu. Sing. Plu. 

1st. e. cn. o, a, e, i. mas. The personal terminations of the 
2d. ft. t, cn. s, ste. is. French are numerous, and are 

3d. t, cn. en- c, e, o. an, en. determined by the pronoun. 

* 1st Conjug. f 2d Conjug. g 3d Conjug. V 1st person plum. 

t 2d person plural. 



2G4 



MOOD AND TENSE. 



INFINITIVE. 

; ser (or) estar ; etre, to be. 
PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 

cknb (or) tvcfenb ; siendo (or) estendo ; e"tant, being. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. PRESENT TENSE. 
Ger. 3d) bin/ bu (nft, cr ift, nnt finb, ifyr fctb, fie finb. 
Sp. Yo soy, tu eres, el, la es, nosotras somos, vosotros sois, ellos SOD. 
Sp. Yo estoy, tu estas, el, la esta, " estamos, " estais, " estan. 
Fr. Je suis, tu es, il, elle est, nous sommes, vous etes, ils, elles sont. 
Eng. I ain, thou art, he, she, is, we are, you are, they are. 
IMPERFECT TENSE. 

3d) roar, bu rc>ar(c)ft, cr roar, nut roarcn, ifjr rc>ar(c)t, fie rcaren. 
Yo era, tu eras, el era, nosotros e"ramos, vosotros erais, ellos eran. 
Yo estaba, tu estabas, el estaba, nosotros estabamos, vosotros est&b 

ellos estaban. 

Yo fui, tu fuiste, el fiie", nosot. fuimos, vosot. fuisteis, ellos fueron. 
"Estuve, "estuviste, "estuvo, "estuvimos, " estuvisteis, "estuvieron. 
J'e"tnis, tu 6tais, il 6tait, nous tions, vous 4tiez, ils e"taient. 
Je fus, tu fus, il fut, nous fumes, vous futes, ils furent. 
I was, thou wast, he was, we were, you were, they were. 

PERFECT TENSE. [&C. 

23tngcttK'fen,*tnft genKfcivftgeroefct^ftnb gerocfer^tfyrfetb, &c., fiefinb, 

He sido, has sido, ha sido, hemos sido, habeis sido, han sido. 

He estado, has estado, ha estado, hemos estado, habeis estado, han 

estado. 

Ai te, as ete, a e"te", avons e"te, avez e"te", ont e"te. 
Have been, hast been, has been, have been, have been, have been. 
PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

2Bar9cn?cfen / tvar(e)ft / &c.,n;ar,& c -?t i en / &c.,tX)ar(e)t / &c., n?atcn / &c. 
Hube sido (or) estado, hubiste, &c., hubo, &c., hubimos, &c., hubis- 

teis, c., hubieron, &c. 
Yo habia sido (or) estado, habias, &c., habia, &c., habiamos, &c. 

habiais, &c., hubian, &c. 
Avais (or) eus etc", avais, eus, &c., avait, cut, &c., avions, eumes, &o 

aviez, &c. &c. &c. 

Had been, hadst been, had been, had been, -had been, had been. 
FIRST FUTURE. 

SOBctbc fein, nritft fein x ivirb fetn, n)crt>en fctn, K)crbet / &c., njcrben, &c. 
Ser6 (estard), seras (estaras), sera (estara), ser6mos (ester^mos), 

ser6is (estarels), seran (esteran). 
Serai, seras, sera, serons, serez, seront. 
Shall be, shalt be, shall be, shall be, &c. &c. 
SECOND FUTURE. 

SSerbe gcwcfcn fctn, njtrft, &c., n;trb, &c., rcerbcn, &c., rccrbet, &c., 

rocrben, &c. 
Habr^ sido,f habrus sido,f habr4 sido,f habrdmos sido,f habr^is 

sido,f habran sido.j* 

Aurai 6t6, auras 6t6, aura 6t<$, aurons ^t6, aurez e^e", auront 6t6. 
Shall have, shalt have, shall have, shall have, &c. &c. 

* A repetition of thn uronoun is unnecessary. t Or estado. 



EXPLANATIONS. 



265 



EXPLANATION OF THE TEXT AND OF THE FIGURED 
PRONUNCIATION. 

THE TEXT is not encumbered by too much literalism ; 
and great pains have been taken to use correct expressions. 
Those words connected in a brace belong to one phrase, and 
are for the most part idiomatic expressions. All the notes to 
the references through the text explaining expressions, etc. 
will be found at the close of each part. The small figures are 
guides to the literal translation : thus enabling a person ac- 
quainted with one, to translate correctly the otJicr three languages. 

Inasmuch as there exist o.-rtm'n sounds in the foreign tongue* 
which ice do not have in English, the following table will be 
very important to him who has no teacher. 

GERMAN. 

Cifj, d) (guttural), represented in fig. pron. by CH. 
(El) (like sh), 
<$ (like k), 

3H, a$, ci, a?, 
2lii, eu, 

SPANISH 

8, represented in figured pronunciation by ny. 
LI, " " " " ly. 

FRENCH. 

U, represented in figured pronunciation by 
Eu, " " " " 

The nasals " " 

Oi, oix, &c. " " 

j } u tt tt <( 

The accents have been arranged according to the actual pro- 
nunciation. This (~) over a vowel denotes the vowel to be 
long; (~) is short; and (*) is the broad accent. Where it 
as thought necessary, the word has been divided into syllables. 



a 


(( 


t( 


sh. 


u 


tl 


u 


k. 


ti 


u 


u 


oe. 


u 


11 


(t 


ue. 


u 


11 


U 


& 


M 


(I 


u 


oi. 



ue. 
oe. 
ng. 

waw. 
zh. 



CONVERSATIONS IN 

GERMAN. SPANISH. 



n ctncm urf)(at>cn 

nenncn 4 <Sie 3 fciefed 5 ? 
Vee nenen see denes? 



tj* 3 ein 3 

ist ine shdhl. 



"Pee feel ist der prise f 



Tsane dollars. 



Stnfaufe 3 tjaben 3 
ine-ko\fdb hah-ben see 

fn Sottbon 7 gemacfjt 5 ? 
i"?t Lundun gemdCKt ? 



1 faufte 2 eine 3 
kowfta Ind owswdhl 



Don 5 <Spten 6 , Sanbern 7 , 
fun spitsen, bendern, musd- 
r lins y 

, SGoITenfloffen 10 , 
wolenstofen, 



oondfun Paris Inen bdllen 



fcer 18 f^onften 20 , 

c?er shoensten oond 



23 Xiicber 33 , 
rishe-ten ^uecher, kasemers, 

u. f m. 25 , it, f. w, 26 c 

^aBen 1 ' 3 te 2 onnenfc^irme 4 ? 
Hahben see sunensheermd ? 

3^* ^fl^e* fefyr 4 f^one 5 onnen 
7s/i hahbd sdre skoend sunen- 
sheermd 



Tienda de pa/fro y de kenzo. 

j Corao 1 se 3 llama 2 ' 4 eso 5 ? 
Kom5 say lyahmah dso ? 

Es 1 ' 3 un 3 chal 4 . 
Es oon chal. 

I Cual 1 es 3 el 3 precio 4 ? 
Quahl es el prathed f 

Diez 1 pesos 3 . 
De-dth pdsos. 

I Que 1 articulos a ha 3 comprado* 
Ka articoolos ah comprado 

tf. 4 en 8 Londres 7 ? 
Oosted en Londres f 



He comprado 1 ' 2 un 3 surtido* 
A comprah&o oon soortido 

de 5 encages , cintas 7 , museli- 
dd encahes, thintds y moosdlte~ 
nas 8 , nds, 



zaraza 9 



lana 



merina 10 , 



sarasa, Idn-ah mereenah 
chales 11 ; chaldse; 

y 13 de 13 Paris 14 un 15 cantidad ie 
e dd Paris oon can ted ad 

de 17 paiios 23 y casimires 24 , muy 
dd panyos e casemeres, mwy 

hermosos 20 y 21 muy ricos 23 , 
ermosos e mwy 

etc. 25 etc. 28 et cetera 28 . 



U. a quitasoles 4 ? 
Te-dnd oosted kitasdles f 

Tengo 1 ' 2 quitasoles 6 muy* her- 
Tenyo kitasdles mwy er- 



mosos 5 mosos 



CONVERSATIONS IN 

FRENCH. ENGLISH 



Magasin de drops. 

("(iinniont 1 ceci 5 s'appelle 4 -t-il ? 
Unnaitij sty sapel-t-il? 

C' 1 est 3 un 3 schale 4 . 
S' ate uwj y-lud. 

Qucl 1 en best 2 le 3 prix 4 ? 
Ktl any d lull pree? 

Dix 1 piastres 3 . 
Dee pyastr. 

Quelles 1 emplettes 3 avez 3 -vous 4 
Kel - z -any -pic t dry - roo 

faites 5 a 8 Londres 7 ? 
fat ah Loudr? 



J'ai achete 1 - a un 3 assortiment 4 
Zlid dxhtd ung asortimdng 

de 5 dentelles 8 , de rubans 7 , de 

duh tldntjtd, duh me^ay, duh 

mousselines 8 , 



de calicos 9 , d'etoffcs de laine 10 , 
duh calico, d'etof duh lan y 
de schales"; duh shal; 

et w a 13 Paris 14 , le 13 plus 19 beau 20 
d ah Pdry, Ink ^>/ue bo 

et** le plus preVjieux 23 choix 18 
a luh pluQ presuQQ shicaio 

de draps 33 , de casimirs 34 , 
duh drah, duh casimeer, 

etc. 24 etc. 26 etc. 28 

Tenez 1>8 -vous 3 dos parasols 4 ? 
Teny - voo dd parasol f 

J' 1 encai fl de 3 tres 4 -beaux 5 

a dvh trd - Id 



ZliaiKj ti 



At a di'y-'joods tlore. 
What 1 do 3 you 3 call 4 this 5 ? 

It 1 is 3 a 3 shawl 4 . 

What 1 is 3 the 3 price 4 ? 

Ten 1 dollars 9 . 

What 1 purchases" did 3 you* 

make 5 in 8 London 7 ? 

I 1 bought 3 an 3 assortment 4 

of 3 laces 8 , ribbons 7 , muslins 8 , 

prints 9 , de-laines 10 , shawls"; 

and 13 from" Paris 14 , a 15 lot 18 

of 17 the 18 most 19 beautiful" 
and 81 

rich 23 cloths 83 , casimeres 24 , 

&c. M &c. 88 

Do 1 you 3 have 3 parasols 4 ? 

I 1 have 3 some 8 very 4 fine 'para- 
sols 8 

207 



268 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



tsoo i-nem sdre nee-drvthen pri-sd. 



<2ie 3 gtanetfe 4 ? 
Hahben see fldneld ? 



velchd 



jeigen 5 ? tsiken? 



3aV rotten 8 

, rote ft flannel. 



nur 3 
JsA hahbd noor vise-sen. 

V ba^ 3 geniigt 3 ' 5 nicfjt 4 . 
0, c?as gdnnezhi nisht. 

3d) 1 mug 2 etma^ 4 rotten 5 

IsJi moos etwds roten hahbcn. 

(Sie 1 fonnen 2 i^n 4 ju 5 etnem 8 
See koenen een tsoo i-nem 



d 7 un 8 precio" muy 9 equita- 
ah oon prdtheo mwy d/eita- 
tivo 10 . te-vo. 



U. a bayetas 4 (frane- 
Te-dndoosted bah-ydtas (frane- 
las)?a Ids?) 

Tengo 1 * 3 algunas. ^Le mostra- 
TengOj alyoonas. Ld mostrah- 

rl 5 d U. 8 algunas 7 ? 

rd ah U. alyoonds ? 

Si 1 , las de 3 rojo 3 . 
See, las dd rolw. 

No 3 tengo 1 ' 3 mas que 3 blancas 4 
No tengo mas kd lldnlcas. 



No 1 ' 3 me 3 bastard 5 . 
No md bahstdn. 

Necesito 1 ' 2 - 3 algunas 4 rojas 5 . 
Netheseto dlgoonas ro/ias. 

Puede 3 U. 1 llevarlas 3 ' 4 al 5 - 
Pwddd oosted lyd-vdrlahs dl 



fcrtna,en 3 , nb 8 i()n 10 ge* tintorero 7 , y 8 hacerlas 5 ' 10 
Ferber bringen, oond een gd- teentordro e hdtherlahs 

tenir 41 . td-nyeer. 



ttnirbe 2 jvt 4 foftfpietto, 5 
Das vuerdd tsoo kostspeelizh 

unb 8 gu 4 ntiit)fam 7 fein 3 . 
oo nd tsoo muestim sine. 



Esc^me costaria 2 ' 3 ' 4 demasia- 
Aso md costdreeah ddmahseah- 
do 5 , do, 

y 8 sena 2 * 3 tambien demasiado 
eseryah tambyen ddmahseahdo 
tedioso 7 .^ ta-de-oso. 



ut lif , fo tvie 3 ' 4 Sie 5 C3 tuiin- Muy 1 bien 2 , sea 3 como 4 lo qui- 
so vee see dse VUQH Mwy byen, sd-ah Jcomo lo kee- 
ere 6 U. 5 c era U. 



shcn. 1st sonst noCll etvas 



U. 13 algo 9 > to 
Kce-erd oosted algo 



FRENCH. ENGLISH. 269 

a 7 tres fl -bas 10 prix" at 7 a 8 very 9 low 10 price". 

ah trd-bah pree. 

Avez'-vous 9 de la 3 flanelle 4 ? Have 1 you 2 any* flannels 4 ? 
o du/i lah d fland f 



Oui. Vous 6 en 7 montrerai- 3 ' 5 I 1 have 9 . Shall 3 1 4 show 5 you 6 
We. Vwz - any many tr era- some 7 ? 
je 4 ? zhuh? 

Oui 1 , de la 3 rouge 3 . Yes 1 , some 9 red 3 flannel 4 . 

We, (V la roozh. 

Je* n' 3 ai 2 que 3 de la blanche 4 . I 1 have 9 only 3 white 4 . 
Zhuh nd kuh d' la Uanysh. 

Oh 1 , ce Vest pas mon aflfaire. O 1 , that 3 will 3 never 4 do 5 . 
O, suh n'd pah many a/are. 

Je 1 veux 9 - 8 de la 4 rouge 5 . I 1 must 9 have 3 some 4 red 5 . 

Zi huh VQQ d* la roozh. 



Vous 1 n'avez 9 qu' a la 4 porter 3 You 1 can 9 take 8 it* to 5 a 8 
Voo n'avy k' ah lah portd 
chez 5 sha 

le 8 teinturier 7 ,* et 8 la 10 faire 9 dyer 7 ,and 8 have 9 it 10 coloured u - 
luh tanytUQryd, d lah fare 
teindre 11 . tanydr. 

Cc 1 serait w trop 4 codteux 5 et 8 That 1 would 9 be 8 too* expen- 
Suh sird tro cootoe d sive 5 

trop ennuyeux 7 . and 9 troublesome 7 . 

tro ewue-yce. 

Soit.f A votre plaisir 3 ' 4 - 5 ' 8 . Very 1 well 9 , just 8 as 4 you 5 
AJi votr pldzeer. 

Deeireriez t4 -vous ls autre choose". Is 7 there* any thing 10 

^>z o-lr 

23* 



270 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



<5ie 13 tjeute 15 fyaben mod)- 
vdhs see hoitd hahben mocch- 
ten 14 ? tin? 



eute a 



Huitd nix, mine her, ish 



, mein err s , idj 4 
mine her, ish 
bailee 5 3fyttm 6 > ddnkd eenen ; 

after 7 id) 8 tmbe 9 in 13 eintgen 14 ' 15 
dhber ish verdd in i-nizhen 

^a.qen 10 tinefcer 13 einfpre^en 10 ' 11 , 
Tahgen veeder ine-spreshen. 



Ish vlrdd e-nen sdre 



fein 3 , mein err 8 . 
ferboonden sine, mine her. 

D 1 , ntd)t a tm 3 eringften 4 ,e mein 
O, nisht im geringsten, mine 



nias 11 hoy 15 ? 
mas oy ? 

Nada 1 mas 1 ahora 3 ,d senoiy 
Nahdah mas ah-ordhjSain-yor, 

gracias 415 ' 6 ; pero 7 volvere 8 " 1 * 
grdthee-as; pdro volvd-rd 

en 13 pocas 15 dias 16 . 
en pokds de-as. 

Quedare 1 ** 3 muy 4 agradecido 5 
Ka-ddhrd mwy dgrdhdd-the-do 

4 fl U 7 . 

ah oosted. 



uten Xag 7 , mein 8 
Gooten tag, mine fro'md. 

uten 1 2ag 3 . 
Gooten Tag. 



No hay de que.e 
No i da kd. 



Bucn 6 dia 7 , amigo 9 mio 8 . 
Bwen de-ah, ame-go me-o. 

Bucn 1 dia 3 . 
Bicen de-ah. 



Vollcn see mish i-nizhd kalikoes 



^Hagame vcr 1 " 8 algunas 7 
Ha-gahmd ver algoonas 



fefyen 5 ' 3 Iaf[en :J f mein 
sd-dn IdsKen, mine her? 



9ft it 1 bem 2 grofjten 3 33ergnugen 8 . 
Mit dem grQQxtcu, fergnMQxkcn. 



ber* 
Vee feel iat der prise ? 

Die 1 ^veife 2 ftnb' ? yerfdjiebcn 4 , 
Dee pri-sti Bind femheeden^ 

%cr 7 iite 8 entj"prec^enb 5 ' 6 . f 
ee-rer (juetd ^ii'y resh&ad. 



telas pintadas 8 ,* senor 9 ? 
tolas pintah-das, sainyor f 

Con 1 muchisimo 2 ' 3 gusto 4 . 
Kon moochisemo goosto. 

I A como vende U. eso ? g 
Ah komo vendd U. dso ? 

Los 1 precios 2 son 3 varios 4 , 
Los pra-ihe-os son var-e-ox, 

en razon de 5 ' 6 ^ su 7 cualidad*. 
en rah-tlion dd soo quahl-e-dad. 



FRENCH. ENGLISH. 271 



chose 10 ' " en ce moment 15 ? g else 11 that 13 you 13 wish 14 to- 
sJtdzc c*iy suh tnomfagf day 15 ? 

Rien 1 , aujourd' hui a , monsieur, 3 Nothing 1 to-day 2 , sir 3 , I* thank 5 
Rydttff t Ozhoord 1 we t musyoc, 
je 4 vous 6 zhuh voo 

remercie 5 ; mais 7 j'aurai soin you 8 ; but 7 I 8 will 9 call 10 in'* 1 
remcrse ; md zltord swawng 

de repasser 8 - 13 sous peu 13 - lfj .h again" in 13 a 1 * few 15 days 18 . 
duh repdssd soo poe. 

Vous m'obligerez beaucoup 1 " 7 ,! I 1 shall 3 be 3 much 4 obliged* 
Voo m'oblcezherd lokoo, 

monsicur s . to 8 you 7 , sir 8 . 

mu.yoc. 

Oh 1 , 'il n'ya pas de quoi 2 ' 3 ' 4 ,k Q 1 , not" at s all 4 , sir 5 . 
0, il iicz ah pah duh queue, 
monsieur 5 , musyoe. 

Bon 6 -jour 7 , mon 8 ami 9 . Good 8 day 7 , my 8 friend 9 . 

]><nig zhoor, mong nammy. 

Bon^jour 9 . Good 1 day 8 . 



Voudriez^vous* bien me 4 faire 3 Will 1 you 3 let 8 me 4 look 5 at 9 
Voud-rya v<><> Iti/any muh fare 

voii^des 7 calicos 8 , monsieur 8 ? some 7 prints 8 , sir 9 ? 
vicaic dd kaleku, musyoe ? 

Avec 1 le a plus grand 3 ! plaisir 1 . With 1 the 9 greatest 8 pleasure 4 . 
Avck luhpluQ yrany plazccr. 

De quel 1 prix 4 sont-ils a ? m What 1 is 2 the 3 price 4 ? 

Duh kel pree sonyt-i' f 

Le 1 prix 5 varie 3 4 The 1 prices* are 8 various 4 , 

Luh prcc cdrcc 

euivant 5 - 8 la r f|inHt<5".n according 5 to 8 their 7 quality* 

tah 



272 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



fcter 1 ift 3 em 3 (Stiicf 4 , fetyr 5 fcfyim 8 , 
Heer ist ine st\iek } sdre 



fern 7 im etoeBe 8 , imb 9 baiter* 
fine im yd-vdbd, oond dower- 

fyaft 10 , fiir 11 nur 13 gtoci 13 dull* 
tj fuQr noor tswi shill- 



ing" intb 15 fed)3 GenfcK 



Aqui 1 esta 2 una 3 pieza 4 , 

Ak-ke estah oonah pyd-t7iah, 

bellisima 5 ' 6 , bellis-e-mah, 

de tegido 8 , muy lindo 7 , y 
da td-ke-do, mwy Undo, & 

durable^por^solamente^dos 13 
doorablc, por solah-mentd dos 

chelines 14 y 15 scis centavos. 18 
chelineiies e sd-is tlientalivos 



SBtrb 1 cr 3 serMeidjen 3 ? 
F^erc? der ferlllchen ? 

D 1 , netn 3 , ic 3 ^aBe 4 i()n 6 feftjF 
0, ?iz'e, tWi hahbd een selbst 

geproBt 5 . ie 1 f Bnnen 2 fed)3$d) n5 
ga-prdbpt. See koQnen sextsdne 

(Eden 6 aBmeffcn 4 ' 3 , unb 7 it)n 9 in 10 
elen dhbmesse?i, oond een in 

meine 11 SCo^nung 13 , 970. 13 (3a()0 
mind vo-nung, nummcro (tsaliT) 

42" Paulus 18 

tswi-oond-feertsig Powloos 



I Perdcra su color 1 ' * 3 ? i 
Perdd-rah soo /color ? 

O 1 , no 9 , la 8 he 4 probado* yc 
0, no, lali d pro-bah-do yo 

mismo. 7 Corteme 1 "" 4 k 
mees-mo. Kor-td-md 



fd)ic!en 8 . 
strassd ski ken. 



air sol soyllslie yasliiht verden. 



diez y seis 5 varas 8 , y 7 
dee-aith e sd-is varas, e 

envielas 8 - 9 a 10 mi 11 casa 13 , 
cnve-d-lds ah me cdsah, 

calle 17 de San 1 * Pablo 18 
kdld dd San Pdb-lo 

No. 13 42 14 . 

Noomd-ro quahr-cn'ah e dos. 

Le 1 enviere 2 ' 3 ' 4 d U. al punto 5 .! 
Ld enve-ard ah U. all poonto. 



mir* 3ftfatt 8 unb 7 He 1 ' 3 comprado 3 hilo e , 

Jsh hahbd meer tsveern oond d komprah-dd e-lo, 

9?abeln 8 , einen 9 ^tnger^ut 10 , agujas 8 , dedal 10 , 

Nahdeln, i-nen finy-er-hoot, ahaoohas, dd-dal, 



9 , <5d)eeren 13 , unb 14 fc^r 18 cera 13 , unas tijeras", 
Ydx, shd-rcn } oond sdre thd-rah, oonas te-1ier~ds t 

y u telas 18 muy 18 finas 17 , 
e td-lds mwy fe-nds, 



feincn toff 311 

fl-nen stojf two liemdtn 



FRENCH. ENGLISH. 273 



Voici 1 ' 3 une 3 piece 4 fort 5 belle 6 , Here 1 is 3 a 3 piece 4 , very 5 
Vwawse ue>i pe-ds fur bel, 






tres fine 7 , I'un grand usage 10 , beautiful 8 , fine 7 texture 8 , and" 
trd fin, $ any yranyd uezazh, 

a" deux 13 chelines 14 durable 10 , for 11 only 13 two 13 

ah doe slielin shillings 14 

six sola' 1 , net.o and 15 sixpence 18 (six cents.) 

see sol, nd. 

La couleur passera 1 - 3 -t-elle a ? Will 1 it 3 fade 3 ? 
Lali coolocr -passd-rali-t-el? 

Oh 1 , non a , j' 3 en 6 ai 4 O 1 , no 3 , I 3 have 4 tried 5 it 8 

0, nomj zliany a 

fait 1'epreuve 5 . Donnez-m'en 1 "* myself. 7 You 1 may 3 
fay I' u/iprocv. Don-nd-m' any 

seize 5 aunes 8 , measure 8 off 4 sixteen 5 

sdze on 

et 7 envoyezMes 9 a 10 ma 11 yards 8 , and 7 send 8 it 9 to 10 

e any-voyd - Id ah mah 

nee", rue 17 saint 15 my 11 residence 13 , No. 13 42 14 

rcse-ddnys rue sang 

Paul", numero 13 42 14 St." Paul 18 street 17 . 

numdro l;aran<jt-dis. 

Je vuis vous les envoyer de- It 1 shall 3 be 3 sent 4 immo- 
ZJiuh id coo lu-z-anyvoyd dull diately 5 . 
suite 5 .p sicit. 

Jc l viens 2 de m' 4 acheter 3 du 5 I 1 have 3 bought 3 me 4 
ZhuJi rydny dull m'dshtd due 

fil 8 , des aiguilles 9 , un d6 10 , some 5 thread 8 and 7 needles 8 , 
fil, dd - z - ay wit, uuy dd } 

de la" cire 13 , une paire de a ; thimble 10 , some 11 beeswax 13 , 
<!' Itih wr, ue/i pare dd 

ciseaux 13 , et 1 * de 15 tr6s 18 belle 17 scissors 13 , and 14 some 13 
sl:.-o, d duh trd Id 



274 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



gefauft 3 * 
gd-kowft. 

Sftein 1 23rut r 2 ^at 3 em 5 netted 8 
jyfme brooair hat ine noiyes 

5)aar 6 amafi^tn 7 ' 9 gefauft 4 . 
palir gd-mdshen gd-kowft. 



ante 2 tyat 3 fo eben 4 

Mind td/mtd hdht so aben 

eincn 6 fcfyimen 7 neiten 8 ->ut 9 
i-nen shoe.nen noi-ycn hoot 

ntit 10 einer 11 lleincn 12 brauer 13 
mit i-ner kli-nen Uow-er 

gcber 1 * gelauft 5 , wet^e^ 15 fu 17 
fd-der yd-Jtoicft, velches see 

auF 8 ^in? 9 W^ne 20 2Trt 21 gtert 16 * 
owf i-nd shoend art tseert. 

3d) 1 toiirbe 2 mtc^ nt^t 3 iuunbern 4 
Ish vuGrdd mish nisht voon-dern 

n?cnn 5 ifjr 12 13 3emattt> 6 ' 7 fetncn 10 
ven eer yd-mand si-nen 



para 

pdrah kamesas. 

Mi 1 hermano 3 ha 3 comprado 4 
Me ermdhno all kom-prado 

un 5 par 6 de 7 polaynas 9 nuevas. 8 
oonpdhr ddpold-enas noo-d-vds. 

Mia 1 tia 3 acaba 3>4 n de com 
Me-dh te-dh dk-ahbdh dd kom- 

prar 5 un 8 sombrero 9 hermoso 7 y 
prahr oon som-brd-ro er-mo-so e 

nuevo 8 , con 10 una 11 garzoti- 
nwd-vo } kon oonah garthote- 

ca 12 * 14 azul 13 que 15 la 17 embell- 
kah dth-ool kd lah embel- 



; ungeac^tet 14 
dntrfig mdciltd ; oongd-aCHtet 

pe 15 eine 18 ganj 17 alte t9 3uttgfer 20 
see i-nd (/ants altd younyfer 

ifi 16 3d) 21 Bttte 22 urn (gntf^utb- 
ist Ish bittd oom ent-shoold- 



ce i, 
e-thd nioo-chis-e-mo. 

No 3 seria 1 ' 2 sorprendido 4 ,o si 5 
No sd-re-ah sor-pren-de-do s5 

alguno 8 ' 7 la 12 - 13 cortejaria 8 " 11 ; 
dlgoo-no lah kor-td-hdr-yah ; 

aunque 14 sea 15 ' 16 una 18 don- 
ah-oon-kd sd-ah oonah don- 

celliduena 19 ' 20 Perdone- 
thelye-doo-enyah Per-do-nd- 

Queria 24 ' 25 



md 



Kd-re-aJi 



i^ 24 meine 25 ** 
egung ?s7i mi-nd sure 

tiorgcriicft 28 im 28 5TIter 30 
forydruekl im d^ter. 



decir 26 muy a7 adelantada 28 
dd-thcer mwy ddsldntahda 

en 29 aiios 30 . 
en anyfis. 



FRENCH. ENGLISH. 275 



toile pour faire des chemises 18 . very 16 fine 17 shirting 18 . 
ticaicl poor fare da sJimis. 

Mon 1 frere 2 a 3 achete* 4 une 5 paire 6 My 1 brother 3 has 3 bought* 
Along f rare ah ashty uen pare 

de 7 geutres 9 neuves 8 . a 5 pair 8 of 7 new 8 gaiters 9 . 

duh gQCtr nocv. 

Ma 1 tante 2 vient 3 - 4 d'acheter 5 My 1 aunt 3 has 3 just* 
Mah taityt vyanyt d'ashtd 

un 8 beau 7 chapeau 9 neuf 8 , purchased 5 a 8 beautiful 7 

ung bo shap-d noef, 

orne* d' 10 une 11 plume 14 bleue 13 new 8 hat 9 , with 10 a 11 little 1 * 
ornd a" uen pluem Hue 

qui 15 la 17 rend 16 - 18 blue 13 plume 14 that" sets 15 

lie, lah rang 

tres jolie 1 * 20 ' 81 . her 17 off 18 in 19 fine 20 style 21 . 

trd zholy. 

Je 1 ne 3 serais 8 point 3 e*tonne" 4 , I 1 shouldn't 2 - 3 wonder 4 if 5 
Zhuh nuh serdpwaicngt d-tdn~d t 

que 5 quelqu' 8 un 7 Iui l2 a some one 7 were 8 paying 9 his 10 

huh IceOe ung I we 

fit la cour 8 " 11 ; quoiqu' 14 addresses 11 to 19 her 13 ; not- 

ft lah koor; kwawk withstanding 14 

elle 15 soit 16 surannde 10 ' ao q she" is 18 quite 17 an 18 old 19 
cl sicaw suQr-dn-d 



liien des pardons* 1 " 83 r maid 30 I 21 beg 23 pardon 8 

l$ydng Ju p&rdBng 

Je 54 voulais 25 dire' 8 , I 34 should 25 say 28 , quite* 

Zliuh i-fjo-ld dctr } 

agec 29 - 30 . advanced in aM life 80 . 

agd 



276 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



ctncn 




uten 

Gooten tdy, mine her. 

Jpafcen 1 @ie 3 3lo<f e 4 ju 5 serfaufen 6 ? 
Hdhben see roekd tsooferkowfen? 



Con un Sastre. 

Buenos 1 dias 3 , senor 3 . 
J3wd-nos de-ds } sainyor. 



I Tiene 1 U. 3 vestidos 4 que 
Te-dnd U. veste-dos fed 
der 5 ' 6 ? 



ue ven- 
ven- 



, metn err 2 , tc^ 3 fyaB 

r, ish hahbd roQ- 



Si 1 , senor 3 , tengo 3 ' 4 vestidos 5 
/Se ? sain-yoTj tengo veste-dos 



i?on G aHen 7 (Sorted 

fun alien sortd. Velchd art 

ijon 11 Sflocf 13 foil 14 ic^ ia 3^nen 1 
fun rock sol ish' ee-nen 
jetgen 15 ? tsiken f 



de 6 todos 7 generos 8 . 
os hendros. 



Que 



genero 10 de 11 vestidos 13 le mos- 
Jiendro dd veste-dos Id mos- 
. 17 ? trdrdahU.? 



\ 'etnen 2 f^marjen 
Noon, i-nen shivdrtsen frahk, 



Bien 1 , un 3 vestido fino 3 ' 5 , y 
oon vestedo fe-no } e 



ijon fetnem Xuc^e 3 3d) 6 fcetvfe 7 
/ww fi-nem toocbd ish denkd 

bag 8 ift 9 am 10 mobernfien 11 . 
das ist dhm modernsten. 



negro 4 . Creo 6 ' 7 este 8 ' 9 vestido 
na-gro. Krd-o estd vestedo 

de modo 11 . 
dd modo. 



tttdjt 1 ganf fo 3 ntobevn 4 
Yetst nisht gants so modern 

a^ 6 ber 7 Ukrrod 8 Ukrrocfe 9 como 8 el 7 
alsderuQber-rock uQler-roekd homo el 



No 1 es tan 3 de modo 4 ahora 5 
No es tan dd modo ah-o-rah 



I 



saco 8 los sacos 3 
sako los sdkos 



mctjr 11 getragcn 13 , 
verden mdre gd-trdh-gen. 

ut 1 - 3 , benn 3 , aetgett @te 4 tnir 5 
tei-ken see meer 



enen 

i-nen ueber-rolc. 



tfl etncr 3 1<$ 4 bcnfe 5 ba^ 
ZZeer i's< i-ner ish denkd das 



er 



past. 



son 10 muy de modo 11 ' 13 . 
son mwy dd modo. 

Muy 1 bien 3 , enseneme 4 ' 3 
Mwy byeiij ensdin-yd-rnci 

un saco 7 . 
oow- sdko. 

Aqui 1 esta 3 uno 3 que viene 9 
Ah-ke estah oo-no kd ve-end 

bien d U. 8 P 
fyen all oosted. 



FRENCH. ENGLISH. 277 

Avec un Taillcur. At a Tailor-shop. 

Bonjour 1 a monsieur. 3 Good 1 morning 2 , sir 3 . 

Bontj-zhoor, miis-yoe. 

AvezMrous 3 des 3 habits 4 a 5 Have 1 you 3 any 3 coats* to 3 
Avy - voo dd-z-abe-z- ah sell 8 ? 
vendre 6 ? vanydr? 

Oui^monsieur^j'ai 3 ' 4 des habits 5 Yes 1 , sir 9 , I 3 have 4 coats 5 of 6 
Wc y tnus-yQQy zh'd dd-z-abe 

de 6 toutos 7 espece 8 . Quelle 9 every 7 description. 8 "What 9 
duh toot-s- espes. Kll 

sorte 10 d'habit 11 ' 13 rous 17 mon- kind 10 of " a u coat 18 shall 14 1" 
sor d'abe voo mony- show 18 you 17 ? 

trerai-je 14 " 16 ? trerd-zliuJi ? 

Sh~bien 1 , un a noir 4 de beau drap 3 . Well 1 , a 3 broadcloth 3 black 4 , 
Eh byaiKj, uny n ica v:rduli bo drd. 

Celui-la 8 me 6 semble 7 plus 10 frock 5 I 8 think 7 that 8 is 9 
Selice-lah muh sangbl pluc-~- 

5, la mode 11 . most 10 fashionable 11 . 

ah lah mod. 

Pas 1 autant 3 que 8 le 7 paleteau 8 Not 1 quite 2 so 3 fashionable 4 
Pah-z-o-taiifj kd luh 2>dlefo 

les paleteaux 9 sont 10 now 5 as 8 the 7 sack 8 sacks' 

Id pdleto sang 

plus d' usage 11 ' u . are 10 much 11 worn 13 . 

?^ue d'uc-zazh. 



Eh bien 1 ' 3 , done, 3 faites moi Very 1 well 3 , then 3 , show* me 5 
Eh byang, don yk, fat micaw 



un 8 paleteau. 7 a 8 sack 7 . 

-r-uny pdleto. 

En voici 1 ' 3 un 3 , qui 8 vous 8 Here 1 is 3 one 1 I 4 think* 
Any vicaicsy liny, kc voo 

sicra 7 - 9 , je 4 pense 5 . it 8 is r your 8 fit 9 . 

zhuh panys. 

24 



ftn'$rah } 



278 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH 



D 1 , ttein, ganj unt> gar nldjt 2 " 4 ,^ O 1 , de ninguna manera 2 " 4 ; es* 9 

0, nine, gants oond gar nishtj 0, da neen-goond mdndrah; 

er 5 if* 6 ttiel 7 gu 8 grog 9 cr 10 ttrirb 11 demasiado 7 ' 8 ancho 8 - , 

are istfeel tsoo grose are veerc? dd-mds-e-ah-dd ancho , 



nie 12 geniigen 13 * 
7? ee gd-nuQzhen. 



ift 3 ein anberu 3 , ein 
ist l?ie andern, ine 



no me ira jamas 12 ' ^.q 
wo md e-rah hamas. 

Aqui 1 esta 3 unotro 3 
Ah-ke estah oon-o-tro 



f tetnerer 4 er fu(^ en <Sie 5 btefen 6 * 
Idi-nerer -fersoochen see deesen. 

SDiefer 1 ift 3 fceffer 3 er |>af t 6 fe^r* 
Dee-ser ist besser derpdst sdre 



mas pequeno 4 , pruebela 5 ' 8 U. 5 
mahspdkdnyo,proo-d-bdlahU. 



goot. 



benfen 10 
Vds denken see 



ddrueber, shni - cfer . ? 



Es 1 ' 2 mejor 3 va muy bien 1 "" 8 , 
J.se md-hor vcih mwy l>yen. 

I Que 7 le parece 8 " 10 de 11 eso 1 
Ka Id pard-thd dd dso } 

senor sastre 13 ? 
sainyor sdstrd ? 



Sr ft^t S^nen 1 
Are sitst e-nen 



fe|r 4 gut 5 , 
sdre goot, 



Va muy bien 1 " 3 , 
mwy byen j 



vdhr-lish. Proeshtizh nix 

fonnte 10 



besser sitsen. 



T r as tsi der prise ? 



Are betregt noor drltsdne dollars. 



muy 4 bien 5 , 
mwy byen, 

ciertamente 6 . Nada 9 pue- 
the-ertamentd. Nah-dali pwd- 

da 10 ir 7 mejor 12 . 
dah eer mdJior. 



^A como le vende U. ? 
Ah komd Id vendd oosted f 

Solamente 3 trece 4 pesos 5 . 
Sol-ali-mentd trd-thd pd-sos. 



j 




Das 1 tji 2 gan^ 3 

ist gants billizh. 



fsh ferlwwfd alia mind I 



Es 1 ' 3 rnuy 3 de barato 4 . 
Es mwy dd barahto. 

Vendo 1 ' 2 todos 3 mis 4 vestidos 5 
Vriulo fodos mis vestedos 



FRENCH. 



ENGLISH. 279 



Oh 1 , mm 9 , ii'i'mt- dir tout 4 . II s 

//;/, Ji/r<lirny <f\lC too. 11 



Ccla 10 
<ih fro <l\uiy-plQQr. S'lah 



ne me va pas 11 
null inuli vali p<ili. 



Kn voici 1 * 8 un autrc 3 
Att'j I'wairny uny-H-otr 

plus etroit 4 , essayez 5 -le. 

a - ^7. 



II 1 va 2 t mieux 3 . II si-.-l : \ 
// cah myOQ. 11 *y<i-<I-<ili 

veille 4 - 8 . u Qu' 7 en"' 12 pensez 10 - 
vdlyuh. K J am/ pangsd- 

vous 9 , monsieur le tailleur 13 ? 
voo, ??tM.syoe luh tffl-yow ? 



\\ sied h, raerveille 1 " 3 5, mer- 
ll syd ah mcrcalyuli all tner- 

vielle 4 ' 5 , en verite 8 . C'est un 
an<j veretd. 



chef-d'ceuvre,v on ne 9 saurait 10 
on<j null so-ril 



rien 9 vous faire de mieux 11 ' 12 . 
1 00 fare dull myoc. 



Quel 1 en est a le 3 prix* ? 
AW any d Ink preef 

Ce 1 n'ost 3 que 3 treize 4 piastres 5 . 

n'd huh fi-d~r. 



C^est 3 bien a bon marche 4 . 
<S*<I tyany all Lony marslid. 
Jo 1 vends" tous 3 mes 4 habits 5 
Zhuh i-any too m<7 



O 1 , not 3 at 3 all 4 ; it 5 

is 8 quite 7 too 8 large 9 it 10 

will 11 never 13 do 13 . 

Here 1 is a another 3 

smaller* try 5 this 8 . 

That 1 is 2 better 3 very* fine 1 

fit 8 . What 7 do 3 you 9 think 10 

of 11 it 12 , tailor 13 ? 

Very 1 fine 2 fit 3 . Very 4 fine 5 , 

indeed. 8 Admirable 7 fit*. 

Nothing 9 could 10 sit 11 better". 

What 1 is 9 the 3 price 4 ? 

It 1 is 3 only 3 thirteen 4 dollars* 

That 1 is a quite 3 cheap 4 . 
I 1 sell 3 all 3 my* clothes 5 



280 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



ift s ber 9 
billig. Dees ist der 



>, 10 Sabert 11 . 

vdle-fi-ld laden. 

ier* ifP bag 3 efb 4 f$ s 
fleer ist das geld ish 



baratismos 6 . Aqui 7 esta 8 
bardtismos. Ak-ke estah 

la 9 tienda 11 baratisima 10 . 
lah tyenda bardtisemah. 

Aqui 1 esta 2 su 3 dinero 4 . 
estdh soo de-nd-ro. 



benfe 6 e$ 7 tj? rt 
denkd dse ist rish-tizh. 



; fottten 4 
rish-tizh, mine her; solten 



@te 5 irgeub 7 Stwa^ 8 me^r 9 gu 10 
see eer-kend etvahs mare tsoo 



Ami parecer 5 ' es 7 * 8 equitativo 9 . 
Ah me pdrdther es dkitahtevo. 

Si 1 ' 3 senor 3 . Cuando 4 neoe- 
/Se ; sdinyor. Quando nd-the- 

sitara 5 ' 6 alguna 7 cosa 8 ^ 
setdraJi algoonali 



meinem efc^aft 11 ' 12 ^ Belangenb, 
mi-nem gd-slieft Id-long-end, 



hagame el favor de darme 
Tidgdmd el fahvor dd ddrmd 



6 , fo laffen @ie e^ un^ 
gdbroivcuen, so Idsen see dse oons 



tttffem 1 



vissen. 



^ 4 tl)un 3 , 
IsTi verdd dse toon, mine her. 

uten 6 ^orgen 7 . 
Goo ten morken. 



la preferencia. 13 " 16 
lah preferentheah. 

Lo 4 hare 1 " 3 , senor 5 . 
Loh dh-rdj sain-j/or. 

Buen 6 dia 7 . 
Bwen de-ah. 



Seinfletber 3 ? 
Haben see blne-kli-der ? 

3a, id} 1 fyafo 3 SetnHeiber 5 
Yah, ish hali-ld blne-kli-der 

son 4 jebev 5 2Trt 8 itnb 7 (Mte 8 . 
fun ydder art oond yuetd. 



^Tiene 1 U. 3 pantalones 4 ? 
Tyd-nd U. pdntdlo-nes ? 

Tengo 1 ' 3 pantalones 3 de 4 todas 8 
Tengo pdntdlo-nes dd todas 

calidades 6 y 7 de todos generos 8 . 
kaledades e dd todos hend-ros. 



fovbcrn 4 <3ie 3 fiir 5 btefe^ 8 ^Cuanto 1 qaiere 2 ' 4 U. s por 5 
Vdhs furdern see fuer deeses Qudnto ke-erd U. por 
pahr ? este 6 par 7 ? esta pdhr ? 

Siete 1 pesos 3 . 
Se-dtd pd-sos. 



Secbcn dollars. 



FRENCH. ENGLISH. 281 



h bon inarche 8 . 'C' 7 est 8 cheap . This 7 is 8 

ah bony marshd. S'd 

le 9 magasin 11 au bon marche 10 . the 9 cheap 10 store 11 . 
lu?i maguzany d long marshd. 

Vous voici 1 - 2 1' 3 argent 4 Here 1 is 8 the' money 4 

Voo vicawsy l-arzhang 






C' 7 est 8 just 9 n'est ce pas ? w I 5 think 8 that* is 8 right 9 . 
S'd zhucst nd suhpahf 

C'est bien 1 - 2 , monsieur 3 . Quand 4 All 1 right 9 , sir 3 . When 4 
So, lyang, nittxyoc. Kang 

vous 5 de*sirerez 8 quelque 7 you 5 want 8 any 7 thing 8 

voo dd-scra-rd tedk 

chose 8 de 10 notre 11 resort 19 , more 9 in 10 my" line 1 *, 

shoz duh notr resor. 



venez nous voir. 13 ~ l8 x give 13 us 14 a 15 call 18 . 

vend noo vicau:r. 



Je n'y manquera^ pas, M r< 5 I 1 shall 9 do 8 so 4 , sir*. 
Zhuh n'd mang-kcrd pah t M. 

Bonjour ' 7 . Good 8 morning 7 . 

Bong-zlioor. 

Avez^vous 2 des 3 pantalons 4 ? Have 1 you 9 any 3 pantaloons 4 ? 
A rd 'Voo dd pang-lalong f 

Te 1 tiens 9 to'ates 5 sortes 8 de 4 I 1 have 9 pantaloons 3 of* all 
Z/nJi tyan<j (jot sort duh 

pantalons 3 , et 7 d'une grande kinds 8 and 7 descriptions 8 . 

jnin;/-f't-?'in'/, a 'Tung grang 
vari^t^ 8 . 



Que 1 voulez-vous 3 - 4 de 5 cette 3 What 1 do 9 you 3 ask 4 for* this 9 
Kd roold-voo Ink set pair 7 ? 

paire 7 ? pdr ? 

Sep', 1 piastres'. Seven 1 dollars". 

Sd ;>,-; 

24* 



282 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



1 ift 3 i\v* &iet 4 . 
Das ist tsoofecL 



Smdji 1 , toettit 3 @ie 3 We 5 
Nielli, ven see dee 

te$ 7<8 ud)es 9 unb 10 ben 11 
Hes tooches oond den 



in 23etrad)t y.etjen 4 . 
sclinit in bd-traCRt tse-en. 



@te 2 SGefhn 4 u 5 tier- 
Haliben see vesten tsoo fer- 
faitfen ? kmcfen? 



I 7 a/i, mi we 
tint 7 



.so? isli e-nen 



'-no, Atlas-vesta tsi-kcnf 

'Tlctn 1 , td^ 2 toiwfdje 3 ' 4 etne 5 on G 
Nine, ish vuenshd i-nd fan 



Es 1 ' 2 demasiado 3 ' 4 . 
Es dd~mahs-e-ado. 

No 1 , S r> , si 3 se 3 ha de juzgar 4 
JVo, ST., si sd ah da liooih-gar 

der la 5 calidad 6 y 10 de la 11 
da lali kal-e-dad e da laJi 

hechura 13 de 13 este 8 pano 9 . 
d-choo-rali da estd pdnyo. 

^Tiene U. 1 " 3 clialccos 4 quo 
Tyana U. chaldkoze kd 
vender 5 ' 6 ? vender ? 

Si 1 , senor 3 . ^Le enseiiare 3 " 4 
Se, sainyor. La cnsd-nyard 



a U. 6 un 7 chaleco 9 de raso 8 ? 
all U. oon chald-ko da rali-so? 

No 1 , prefereria 2 ^ 4 uno 5 
No, prdfer-er-e-aTi oond 



&& fangt an 2 - 3 gu 4 
kasi-nieer. Asc fengt an tsoo 

regtten 5 ; id) tenle 7 tc^ ge^e 
rdzlmen ; iWi denied ish <jd-d 



nad) ^)aufe 8 ~ u , Scgen^^te mtr 13 
^ach liow-za. L(tzhen see meer 

|enc 15 S3etn!letb';r lf5 unb 17 bicfe 18 
i/d-nd Irine-Jdi-der oond dwsd 



2Beftc 19 gufamuten 14 . ^'icr 20 ift 21 

vcstd tsoosainmcn . Ilcer ist 



id)'* gcbcnh 25 c^ 29 

Inc licmd f*h <jd-dcnkd use 



311 faufnv 2(5 2S legen 31 

oiaih tew l:oirfi-n Idzlien 



de casimiro 6 . Empesa 1 " 3 a* 
dd kdsS-me-ro. Empes-ah all 

Hover 5 , y voy 8 " 10 a casa 11 . 
Ii/over, e voy ah kah-sdfi. 

Enfardelad 13 ' 14 estos 15 panta- 
Enfahr-dd-lad estos panta- 

lones 16 y 17 este 18 chaleco 19 . 
Id-nes e estd chald-ko. 

Aqui 20 esta 21 una 23 camisa 2? . 
Ah-ke estali oonali kam-e-sah 

Quiero 24 ' 35 comprarla 56 " 29 tarn- 
Ke-ero komprahr-lah tam- 

bien 3 ". Enfardeladla 31 " 33 con 3 * 
Lyen. Enfahrdalad-lah kon 



FRENCH. ENGLISH. 283 



O' 1 est a trop* 4 . That 1 is 2 too 3 much 4 . 

S'd tro. 



Non 1 , si vous examinez 3 " 4 bien Not 1 when 3 you 3 consider 4 
, se voo-z-czamind Ityang 



.a 5 qualite du 7 ' 8 drap 9 , the 5 quality 6 of 7 the 8 cloth 9 , 

lali kCde-td due tlr<th, 

et 10 la 11 fagon 13 . and 10 the 11 make 13 of 13 them 1 *. 

d lah fasong. 

Avcz-vous 1 " 3 des gilets* a 5 Do 1 you 3 keep 3 vests 4 to 5 sell 8 ? 

Acy - voo da zhild-z-ah 
vendre 6 ? vangdr? 

Oui 1 , monsieur. 2 Vous 8 montre- Yes 1 , sir 3 . Shall 3 1 4 show 3 
Voo mongtrai- 



rai 3)5 -je 4 un 7 gilet 3 de satin 9 ? you 6 a 7 satin 3 vest 9 ? 
rd-zhuh ung zhild da sdtdny ? 



Non 1 , j' a en prefererais 3 ' 4 un 5 No 1 ; I 3 would 3 like 4 a 5 
, zh' ang prd-fcrerais ling 



de casimir 8 . II 1 commence 2 - 3 & cassimere 8 . It 1 is a beginning 8 
da kazemeer. 11 kom-angs ah 

pleuvoir 5 je 3 vais 9 ,z je 8 to 4 rain 5 I 8 think 7 I 8 will 9 
ploc-vicaicr zliuh vd } zhuli 



pense 7 , retourner 10 chez moi". return 10 home 11 . Put" me u 
pany*, rdtnornd chd micaw. 



l-'mpaquetez^'^-moi 13 ces" pan- up 14 those 15 pantaloons 18 and 17 
Emjtaketd mwaw sd pang- 

talons 18 et 17 ce 18 gilet 19 . Voici 20 * 21 that 18 vest 19 . Here 20 is 21 
t along d suh zhild. 



une 22 chemise 23 . Je^vais^zje 24 shirt 33 . I 24 think 25 I 26 will 97 
ue;i shinis. Zhuh va } zhuh 



. purchase 28 that 29 also 80 . Put* 
. I' a a/i' i ayalmany. 
tf/^-la" Met-d-lah 



284 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



(Sic e3 33 gu 31 bem 35 Ufcrtgcn 86 * 
see ase tsoo dem uebrigen. 

3a, 4 bas 3 ift 3 em 4 fefjt 5 fd)one3 6 
YaJij das ist ine sdre shoenes 
7 hemd. 



1 tft 3 fcer 3 5>rct^ 4 btefen 55 
l'7t/is *si der preis deesen 
hals-lmder ? 



los 35 otros articulos 38 . 
los o-tros alirtikoolos. 

Si 1 , es 2 ' 3 una 4 camisa 7 her- 

Se, es oona kam-e-sa er~ 

mosisima 8 . mosis-e-mah. 

Cuanto 1 pide U. 2 ^ por 5 esta 8 
Quanta pedd U. por estah 
corbata 7 ? korbatah ? 



Der 1 tft 2 fe()r ttiefcrig 4 
Der ist sdre ne-drizh 

uur 5 jivolf d)tt(inge 7 , 
tsivoelf shilingd. 



Es 1 ' 2 muy 3 de barato 4 . 
/d bdrdto. 



; legen 3 ' 5 (Sic biefelBe 4 
sdre yoot ; Idzhen see dee-selbd 

ju 8 bem 7 Ubrtgen 8 * 
uebrizhcn. 



Solamente 5 doce 8 chelines r . 
Soldmenta dot/id cliel-e-nes. 

Bien 1 ' 2 , bien 1 - 9 , enfardelad 3>5 - 
Byen, byen, enfahr-dd-lad- 



la 4 con 8 los 7 otros articulos 8 . 
la Icon los o-tros artikoolos. 



ctncn 



3d) 1 benfe 2 ic^ 3 tvitt 4 untcn 
Isli denkd ish vil oonlen 



Con un Zapatero. 

Me propongo 1 ' 3 * de ir 5 d la 
Ma propon go dd eer ah lah 



in tic tabt 7 (jefyen 5 , unb 8 mtr 10 
in dee stdt yd-en, oond meer 



etn 11 $aat 12 (5ttcfe( ls ' 14 laufcn 9 , 

iw palir steefel kowfen. 

Pollen 15 @ie 18 mid} 18 Begleiten 17 ? 
Vollen see mish begli-ten? 



ciudad 7 baja 6 , y 8 de comprar 9 
the-oodadbdhd, eddkomprdhr 

un 11 par 12 de 13 botas 14 . 
oon paJir dd botds. 



t 1 25erpugcn 3 , ntctn 

ij meinfroind. 



5 U. lG venir 17 conmigo 18 :' 
Ke-erd U. vd-neer kon-me-gof 

Con 1 gusto 2 , amigo 4 mio 3 . 
Kon goostdy amego me-o 



n 3 ober 4 fat)ren 5 ? 

Verden veer gd-en oder fdli-ren ? 



I Iremos d pie 1 " 3 , d 4 en coche*r 
Erdmos oh pe-a, 6 en Jcocha? 



FRENCH. ENGLISH. 285 



avec 34 les 35 autrcs articles 38 . it 33 up 33 with 34 the 35 rest 38 . 
tivek la-z- o-trc - za rtikl. 

Oui 1 , c' 2 est 3 une 4 tres 5 jolie 8 Yes 1 , that 3 is 3 a 4 very 5 fine 8 
We, s'dte UCTI trd zholy shirt 7 . 
chsmise 7 . shmis. 

Quel 1 est s le 3 prix 4 de 5 cette 8 What 1 is 3 the 3 price 4 of 5 this 8 
Kd d lali pree- duh set cravat 7 ? 

cravate 7 ? krdvdtf 

Elle 1 est 2 a 4 tres 3 bon marche" 4 That 1 is 3 very 3 cheap 4 
El d ah trd lung mdrshd 

Douze 8 chelins 7 , pas d'avantage 5 . only 5 twelve 8 shillings 7 . 
Dooz shelany pah d'dvdngtazh. 

Fort 1 bien 3 , envelloppez 3i5 -la 4 Very 1 well 3 , put 3 that 4 
For lyang, ang-vd-oDpd-lah 

avec 6 1' 7 achat 8 up 5 with 8 the 7 rest 8 . 

avek Vdshah. 



Magasin d Bottes. In a Shoe-store. 



Je suis d'avLs de descendre^ 8 I 1 think 3 1 3 will 4 go 5 down 8 
sice d'acc duh ddsdngdr 



en villc 7 pour m' 10 acheter 9 town 7 , and 8 buy' me 10 a 11 
a/*y L'il poor m'ashtd 

une 11 paire" de 13 bottes 14 . You- pair 12 of 13 boots 1 
uctt par duh lot. Voo~ 

Iez 15 -vous 18 m' 18 accompagner 17 ? Will"you 18 accompany 17 me 1 *? 
Id - coo m' a/c-ompun-yd ? 

Avec 1 pl.iisir 3 , mon 3 ami 4 . With 1 pleasure 3 , my 3 friend 4 

:.<-i r } inong-n-Cime. 



Irons-nous a pied 1 " 3 ou 4 prendrons- Shall we 3 walk 3 , or 4 ride 5 '( 
Tron<j-n<> n/i j,)/<l on prinigdrumj- 
nous v . iture 5 ? noo v uca ictucr? 



286 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



)*, laffen @ie 2 un 3 getjcn 4 ; 
0, la&en see dons gd-en ; 



bis 



e3 5 ijl 8 nur 7 tin 3 

dse ist noor ine shrit 



jit 10 einem 11 (Scfjutjlaben 12 ' 13 . 
feoo i-nem shoo-lahden. 



tt?ol)l 3 , bann 3 , soften 5 
we c?aw vollen veer 



Vamos, pues, d pie 1 " 4 . Porque 
Vdmos,pwdse } ahped. Porkd 

no 7 hay 5 ' que 7 un 8 paso 9 hasta 10 
no i kd oonpahso dstdh 

la 11 (primera) zapateria 1 * 13 . 
luh (pre-mdrdh) thdpatere-ah. 

IMuy 1 bien a ; vamos 4 "" . 
Mwy fyen, vdhmos. 



fcemerlt 1 " 8 , 
Bi-ltiftzh bd-merkt, bd-obdciL- 

teten 4 ' 6 



see yestern abend 



Setter 8 im 9 ' 10 Beater 11 ? 
e-ren fetter im ta-ali-ter? 



I A proposito 1 " 3 , ha 4 visto 6 U. ! 
Ah pro-poze-to all veesto U. 

su 7 primo 8 al 9 - 10 teatro 11 
soo pre-mo al td-atro 



Stein 1 , id) 2 Beoba(%tete 3 it)rt ni^t 4 , 
ne, t's/i bd-obaCHtetd een nicht, 



mi-ndgd-danken vdr-en tsoosdre 

mit 11 bem 12 @piele 13 kfd)aftigt 10 . 
wif^ c?em spe-ld bd-sheftigt. 

g^ 1 tvar 2 ein 3 fetjr 4 f^one^ 5 
-4se var tVie sure shocnes 



ayer por la 

ahyer por lah sdrdh ? 

No 1 , no 4 le he 3 visto 
No, no la d veesto 

Mi 5 espiritu 6 era 7 captivado 10 
Me espe-retoo d-rah kaptevddo 

por 11 la 13 pieza 13 . 
por la pidtlia. 



itcf 6 ; wurbc aBer 7 bitrdj 10 ben 11 
sluek ; voordd dhber doorsli den 

Unru^efttfter 13 tm 14 - 15 parterre 16 
oon-roo-d-stifter im parter-rd 

jii 8 oft 9 unterBrod)en 10 . 
tsoo oft oontcr-brochen. 



Sa 1 , er a n?ar 3 ein 4 fel)t 5 fomifdjer 

Yah, are vdr ine sure komisher 

Earner ab 7 . k 



Era 1 ' 2 una 3 pieza 6 muy 4 
A-rali oonah pe-d-thaJi mwy 

agradable 5 ; pero 7 interompi- 
dgrddalible ; pdro Inter-ompe* 

da 10 demasiado 9 , por 11 este 19 
da ddmafiseddo, por estd 

bribon 13 del 14 ' 15 patio 18 . 
bre-bon del pahte-o. 

Si 1 , era 2 * 3 un 4 bufonillo 5 ~ 7 . 
Se, d-rah oan buf-o-nilyo. 






FRENCH. 



ENGLISH. 



287 



March oil s 3 - 4 , il 5 n'y 7 
Marshony, il n'c 



O 1 , let 2 us 3 walk 4 ; it 5 



a 8 qu' 7 un 8 pas 9 d'ici, a 10 un" is 8 but 7 a 8 step 9 
ah k'ung pah d'lsy, ah ung 



magasirf* 3 a soulier 13 . 
magazang ah soolyer. 



to 10 a" shoe^-sh 




Eh bien^douc 3 , aliens Sipied 4 - 6 . Very 1 well 3 , then 8 , we 4 will* 
Eh lya ng, dongk, allong-z-ah pyd. go 8 . 



A 1 propos 2 - 3 , avez 4 -vous 5 vu 8 By 1 the 3 way 3 , did* you 5 

Ah propd - z - aid-voo rue 



hier 13 soir 13 , votre 7 cousin 8 
yer sicaicr, votr koozang 

theatre"? 
td-ah-tr ? 



observe 8 your 7 courin 8 at 9 
the 10 theatre 11 last 13 evening" 7 



Non 1 , je a ne 4 1'y ai 3 point 4 vu. No 1 , I 3 did 3 not 4 my 5 
Nony, zhuh nuh I'e a jwongvue. 

Mon 5 esprit 8 e*tait 7 trop 8 ' 9 mind 8 was 7 too 8 much 9 

M<>inj-n-K*pre -t-ety tro 

occup6 10 de n la 12 representation 13 , engrossed 10 with 11 the 13 play* 
ok\i.Qpdduh lah reprdsentase-onfj. 

iit a une 3 tr^s 4 belle 5 It 1 wa 9 a 3 very 4 fine 5 

, - 1 - ue>t trd lei 

piece 6 ; mais 7 trop 8 souvent 9 play 8 ; but 7 too 8 frequently 9 
pt-es ; rud tro soo-vang-tr 



interrompue 10 par" ce ia 
7r suh 



interrupted 10 by" that" 
rogue 13 in 14 the 15 pit 18 . 



Oui 1 . il 2 tftait 3 tres 5 comique 8 . Ves 1 , he 3 was 3 ajvery 5 comi- 
We,' il ttd trd fom-ik. cal 8 fellow 7 . 



phiisunt 13 du 1 *- 15 parterre 18 . 
</ue 



288 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



o 2 ; afar 1 fytv* f^ 4 ttir 3 
Gants so ; dber heer sind veer 

Betm 5 ' 8 (5djuf)Iaben 7 . Saffen 9 
lime shoo-ldden. Lassen 



]s verdad li2 .u. Pero 1 aqui 3 
7s verdad. 



@ie ims 10 eintreten 11 , 
see ocws ine-treten. 

oil 1 icf) 3 @te 4 ntit 5 einem 8 
ish see mit i-nem 



(5$utje 9 serfetjen 3 
shood versd-en ? 



Sftein 1 , ntetn ^err a ; id) 3 

mine her; ish ferlang-a 
ttefel 5 . s^/e?. 

5(rt 3 on 8 ttefeln 4 
Velchd art fun ste-feln 



estamos 3 ' 4 delante 5 de la 8 
estdmos dd-lantd dd lah 

zapateria 7 ' 8 . Entremos 9 " J1 
thapaterea. Entrd-mos 

I Quiere U. 1 " 5 v un 6 par 7 de 8 
Ke-erd U. oon par dd 

zapatos 9 ? 
thdpdtos 

No 1 , senor 2 ; quiero 3 ' 4 botas 5 . 
JV0, sainyor ; ke-cro botas. 

I Que 1 genero 3 de 3 botas 4 
Kd hendro dd botas. 



tse-en see for? fun kalbps- 



le agradece d U. 

Id agrahddtlid ah U. mas f 



Ijaut 8 , on gro^em 

howtj fun grosem Icalbpsfel, 

ober 10 i?on afftan 11 ? S^ 
M?i sdf-e-dn ? Ish 



hahbd i-nizha sdre shoend 

afftan 17 (Stiefct 18 , tvelc^e 19 i$ 
saf-e-dn stee-fel } velchd ish 



El piel becerillo 9 , de becerra 9 , 
Elpyel betherityo, dd betherahj 

(5 13 de cordoban 11 ? Tengo 12 ' 13 
o dd korddban f Tengo 

botas 18 de 17 cordoban 17 muy 15 
botas da korddban mwy 

fino 18 , que la vendrS 30 - 23 d U. 
fe-no, kd vendrd ah U. 



ijerfaitfen 23 toifl 21 . 
7% verkowfen mil. 



Velchd art kalbpsldder hahben 



frattgBpf$e 3 , 
Ish hahbd frantsoesiches, 



muy de barato 23 . 
mwy dd barato. 

^Que^enero 3 de 3 cuerodeterne- 

Ka hendro dd Tcwdro dd ternd- 

ro 4 tiene 5 U. 6 ? ro tydnd U. 

Tengo 1 cuero 2 de ternero 4 , 
Tengo kwdro dd terndro, 



FRENCH. 



ENGLISH. 289 



C'est vrai^.aa Enfin,bb 
S*d vrd. Ang-fang, 

nous voila 3 " 4 au 5 - 6 magasin 8 
noo vwawlah o magazang 

& bottes 7 . Entrons 9 -". 
ah lot. Angtrong. 

Vous 4 offrirai-je 1 " 5 une 
voo-z - offre-rd-zh - uen 

paire 7 de 8 souliers 9 ? 
par dull sool-yer ? 

Non 1 , monsieur 2 , je 3 ddsirerais 4 
Nbngj musyoe, zhuh ddzererd 
des bottes 5 . dd lot. 

Quelle 1 sorte 3 de 3 bottes 4 
Kd sort dd lot 

pr6ferez 5 ' y -rous 6 en veau 8 , 
prdfdrd - voo any vd, 



en vieux veau 9 , ou 1 
any VJ/QU vo, oo 



en maroquin 11 ? j' ia ai 13 de 14 
ang marokang ? zh'd duh 

tres 15 belles 18 bottes 18 en maro- 
trd bel lot-s -ang mar-o- 

quin 17 , que 19 je 20 puis 91 offrir 23 
kang, kith zhuh pwc-z-of-recr 



h, bon march^ 23 . 
ah long marshd. 

Quelle 1 espece 9 de 3 veau 4 avez 5 - 
Kel cspds duh vo anj- 
vous 8 ? voo? 



J' 1 ai des cuirs de veaux 4 de 
Ztid dd ktccer dull vo duh 



Quite 1 so 2 ; but 1 here 5 we* 
are 4 , at 5 the 8 shoe 7 -store 8 . 
Let 9 us 10 enter". 

Shall 1 1 2 accommodate 3 you 4 

% 
with 5 a 8 pair 7 of 8 shoes 9 ? 

No 1 , sir 3 ; I 3 want 4 boots 5 . 

What 1 kind 2 of 3 boots 4 
do 5 you 8 prefer 7 calfskin 8 , 
kipskin 9 , or 10 
morocco 11 ? I 13 have 13 
some 14 very" fine 18 morocco 17 
boots 18 , that 19 1 30 will 81 
sell 28 cheap 23 . 

What 1 kind 3 of 3 calfskin 4 have* 
you 8 ? 

I 1 have 3 French 3 calfskin 4 , 



25 



290 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



orbindreS 7 
Filadelfier, oond ordinares 

tf atMeber. (3<pak) eitten feljr 8 
Jcdlbsldder. (Ish hahbd) inen sdre 



fdjimen 9 SIrttfel 10 tton 

shoenen drtikel fun frantsocsi- 

fdjem^atMeber 13 . (Soil 14 ic(j 15 
shem kalbsldder. Sol* ish 



frances 3 , (k Filadelfia 5 , y fl 
fmnthes, dd Filadeffeah, e 

de algunos ordinaries 7 . (Ade- 
da algunos or dendreos. (Ahdcl- 

mas) otros generos 10 de 11 
mahs) otros hendros dd 

ternero 13 francos 13 , muy 8 boni- 
terndro franthes mwy bone- 



3f)nen 17 

e - ncn velches tsi-zhen ? 



Ven dse e-nen ga-fellig ist. 

^ter 1 ftnb 3 fte 9 3c^ 4 benfe 5 [te 8 
Heer sind see. Ish denkd see 



tos 9 . ^ Quiere U. verlos 14 " 18 ' 
tos. Ke-era U. verlos? 



Con mucho gusto 1 " 5 
Kon moocho goosto. 



Aquf 1 estan 2 ' 8 . 
Ah-ke estan. 



Creo 4 ' 5 que 
Krd-o kd 



3^nen 9 genau 10 ^jaffen 8 , 
verden e-nen gd-now pdssen. 



le calzan muy bien.x 
Id kalthan mwy by en. 



(Sie 1 fefjen 9 feT)r 3 
See sd-en sdre ploomp oond 
grog 6 cw$ a * gross ows. 



ntb'gen 3 ' 4 <3te a 
Fe-lrcht moezhen see 



am (tebften 6 (Safftan 5 -(3ttefeL 
ahm leebsten Saftjdn-ste-fd. 

Sc^ 1 tmtl 2 mir efnige 3 (2afftan B * 
hh vil mter i-nizha Safyan- 



befetjen 3 , ttenn 7 
ste-fel bd-sd-en, ven see er- 
lauben 9 , lowben. 



-frier 1 ift 2 ein 3 fe^r 4 [clones 5 
Heer ist ine sdre shoenes pahr, 



^nen 11 itnter 12 bem 13 
velc/ies ish e-nen oonter dem 



Me parecen li2 y muy 3 groceroa* 
Md pdrdfhen mwy grotheros 
y 5 anchos 8 . e dnchos. 

Quiza 1 le gustarian 2 " 4 mucbo 
Kethah Id goostdreahn mooch*) 

mas 6 z botas de maroqui 5 . 
mds } botas dd mdro-ke. 

Quiero 1 ' 2 ver 3 ' 4 algunas 5 de 
Ke-ero ver algunahs dd 

maroqui 8 , si 7 IT. 8 le gusta 9 . 
maroke se U. la goostah. 

Aqui t esta 2 un 3 par 8 muy 4 fino 5 , 
Ah-ke esta oonpahr mwyfenOj 

que 7 puedo 8 ' 9 vender 10 4 U. 11 
kd pwd-do vender all U. 






FRENCH. ENP.L'Sn. 291 



Fraii' iladrlphhi 5 , ct Philadelphia 5 , and 

Fr<tny.*, dtth Fdudt-lfyali, d 

iiu-iiu: d'ordinaircs 7 (J'ai) common. 7 A very 8 
manic <i ordiitdr. (ZlCCi) 

untro8 9 -beiu 9 ehoix 10 de 11 veaux 13 fine 9 article 10 of 11 French 19 
UIKJ trd - bo ehwaw duh co 

do France 12 . Vous 17 en 18 mon- calf 13 shall 14 I 15 
duh Franys. Voo-z-any indny- 



trorai 14 ' lB -je 15 quelques-uus 18 ? show 18 you 17 some 18 ? 
trcrd - z/iuh kelkd-z-ung ? 









S'il vous plait 1 4 .cc If 1 you 2 please. 8 

S' it voo pld. 

'Lcs s voici 1 - 8 . Elles 8 vous vont 7 - 8 Here 1 they 2 are 3 . I 4 think 5 
. Ell voo vong 



je 4 pcnsc 5 , a merveille 10 . they 6 will 7 fit 8 you 9 exactly 10 

zkiih puny* ah intrcalyuh. 

Kilos* ont 2 trop 3 ordinaires 4 ct 5 They 1 look 8 very 3 coarse 4 ani 1 

ninj trd ordindr d, large 8 . 

trop graudes . tro yrung. 

Vous 2 on pr^fercriez^, peut-etre 1 , Perhaps 1 you 9 would* like 4 
Vuo-z-an<j prufa 



en r^arouiu 5 . morocco 5 better 8 ' 

UIKJ Wd 



Aloutrcz ni'cii dedd maroquin 8 , I 1 will 9 look 3 at 4 some 5 
MongtT& iiiany duh inarukany, 

ua prie, (s' 7 il vous 8 plait 9 .) morocco 8 , if 7 you 8 please 9 . 
zhuh vuo prt, (s'il voo pld.) 



Kn voiri 1 nro fort 4 bolle 5 Here 1 is 9 a 3 very 4 fine 5 pair 8 , 

-// ucn for In I 

pair-; 8 , que 7 je 8 puis 9 vous 11 that 7 I 8 can 8 sell 10 you 11 
1'itr. /.-(i -Jtuli 



292 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH 



erjlen 14 tyni$ 15 tterfcwfen 10 faun 9 * menos 13 de 13 su precio 15 corri- 
er-sten prise verkowfen kan. menos da soo prdthed korry- 



G?3 18 ffnb 17 prad)ttge 18 (3ttefettt 19 , ente 14 .Son l6>17 botas 19 escelentes 18 . 
Ase sind preshtizhd ste-feln, entd. Son botds asthelentes. 

(Stub 1 e$ 3 fcefdjiibt$t 3 ? ;Son 1>a averiadas 3 ? 

Sind ase bd-zhedigt ? Son averiadas ? 

D 1 , nein 3 , id) 3 laufte 4 jte 5 aitf bem 8 O 1 , no 9 , senor, las 5 he compra- 
0, nine, ish kowfta see owfdem 0, no, sainyor, las d kompra- 



2htftt0tt 7 ;unt> 8 tattn 9 fte 13 
owk-tse-on; oond kan see 

fctflf g 14 o^ne 15 3Sertu(l 18 
billizh o-nd ferloost 

Jjcrfaitfen, 13 
ferkowfen. 



do 3 * 4 d 6 la almoneda 7 ; y 8 
do ah lah almond-dah; e 

puedo 9 venderlas 12 ' 13 muy de 
pwd-do venderlas vniwy da 

barato 14 sin 15 perdida 18 . 
barahto sin perde-da. 

^A cuanto las vende U. ? 
Ah quanto las vendd U. f 

Solamente 1 veinte 3 chelines 3 . 
Soldmentd vd-intd chd-le-ne& 



ifl 2 gtoet 3 tmb 5 fin 6 ^atBen 7 Es decir 1 ' 9 , dos 3 pesos 4 y 5 
Das ist tswi oond Ine halben Es ddtheer, dos pd-sos 3 



Vahs ist der prise ? 



Noor tsioantsig shillingd. 



, dollars. 



3a J , metn 
Yah, mine her. 



medio 7 . madeo. 

Si 1 , senor*. 
Se sainyor. 



ifl 2 fe^r 3 
Das ist sure lillizJi. 



ier 5 ift 8 bas 7 

Ileer -ist das geld. 



uten 1 Xavj 9 , metn 
Gooten tag, mine her. 



Es 1 ' 2 muy de barato 31 *. 
Es mwy da barato. 

Aqui 5 esta 6 su 7 dinero 8 . 
Ah-ke estah soo denaro. 

Buen 1 dia 2 , senor 3 . 
Bwen dahj sainyor. 



FRENCH. ENGLISH. 293 



vendre 10 & has prix.ee less 13 than 13 prime 14 cost 15 . 

vuiKjdr ah bah pre. 

Ce l8 sont t7 d'excellentes 18 bottes. 19 They 18 are 17 excellent 18 boo ts 1 *. 
Suh sony d'ezelanyt Lot. 

Sont 1 elles 2 avarices' 1 ? Are 1 they 2 damaged 3 ? 

Sony-l-el - z - avartd ? 



Oh 1 , non a , je 3 les 5 ai acheless 4 a 8 O 1 , no 8 ; I 3 bought 4 them 5 at* 
0, nony, z/iuh Id-z-d ashtd ah 

un encan 7 ; et 8 je 9 puis 10 les 13 auction 7 ; and 8 can afford 10 
uny anykang i dzhuhpice la, 



veudre tula a bon marche 14 , to u sell 13 them 13 cheap 14 , 

wxngdr ah bong mctnhd, 

sans 15 y perdre 18 . without" loosing 18 . 

sany-z-e perdr. 

Quel 1 en 5 - 8 est a le 8 prix 4 ? What 1 is 3 the 8 price 4 of 5 them 8 ? 

Kd any d luh pree? 

Seuleraent 1 vingt" chelins*. Only 1 twenty 2 shillings 8 . 

vauy sheldny. 



C'est 1 ' 8 deux 3 piastres 4 et 5 That 1 is 2 two 8 dollars 4 and 8 a f 
S'd doc pyastr d half 7 . 

demi 7 . 



Oui 1 , monsieur*. Yes 1 , sir*. 

We t 



1 ** a tres 3 bon marche 4 . That 1 is a very 3 cheap*. 
S'a-t - ah trd bony mars/id. 



En voici 5 - 8 Targent 7 ' 8 . Here 5 is 8 the 7 money*. 

Any vicawsy larzhany. 

Bonjour 1 a monsieur 1 . Good 1 day 9 , sir*. 

Bong-t&oor, v 



294 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



n c t n c m cwfitjlabcn. Con un Espctiero. 

t 1 <5te 2 ^artoffetn 4 jit 5 tter* ^Tiene 1 U. 2 patatas 4 que 5 ve 
Haliben see kartufeln tsoo fer- Te-dnd U. patatas kd ven~ 



lailfen 6 ? kowfen. 



der 6 ? der ? 



@o fciel @ie ttjoflen, mem >err 5 ? Cuantas quiere U.aa ; senor 5 . 
So feel see vollen, mine her. Qudntas ke~erd /"., sailor 



prbcrn 2 ' 4 <Sie 3 bafitr 5 - 8 ? ^Cuanto 1 quiere 2 ' 4 U. ? A 
Vas fiirdern see dah-fuer ? Quanto ke-erd U. por ell an ? 

Cincuenta 3 centavos 4 la* 
Theen-tlioo-entah tlicntavos lali 
fanega . fanagdh. 

Es 1>3 demasiado 3 ' 4 . 
Es ddmalisealido. 



Fwiftsizh tsents das booshel. 



ift 3 jit 3 fctel 4 . 
w^ tsoo feel. 



(Sie 1 lottnen 3 fte 4 in 5 trgenb 9 
See koenen see in eerkcnd 



cinem anbent 7 

l-nem andern ya-vmrtslddcn 



No 2 puede 2 U. 1 comprarh 
No pic d-d d U. komprarlas 

en 5 ninguna ' 7 especeria 8 , 
en ningoonaJi espd-the-erea 



ntd)t 2 untev 9 75 11 Scute 12 faufen 3 . menos 8 de 10 75" centavos 13 . 
nisht oonter 75 tsents kowfen. menus dd 75 tlicntavos. 

ut 1 , tc c liiunen 3 mtr s tuvc!) ben 5 Bien 1 . Pucde 3 U. 2 enviarme r ' 8 
Goof, see koenen nicer doorsh den By en. Pica-da U. envcdrmS 

^ttaBctt fi etttcn 10 23ufd)cI 11 6ringen 7 ' 9 una 10 fanega 11 por su mozo' 
knalihen i-nen looshel Irinyen oona fam'uja por soo motlio 



(affen 4 , 

lassen, oen a&c. e-neu Ld-lecbt. se ke-erd. 



si 12 quiere 13 - 14 . 



; 



ic 15 tt)cucr 18 tft ! bcr ^lafc 17 ? ^ Cuanto 15 vale 18 el queso 17 ? 
Vee to\rr ixt der k&csaf Qudnto vahld elkaso? 



dcttt?-. 



Tsdne 



Diez 1 centavos 3 . 
De-aith tlientali-vos. 



cben Sic mtr l ~ 3 
Gd-licn sre nicer 



fed)\? 4 ^)funb 5 Dame 1 " 3 seis 4 libras 5 de 8 man- 

w- r - pfoond Dali-md sd-is lebrds da man- 

Sitttcr 7 , jluct 8 T)ut3cnb Sier 10 ' 11 , teca 7 , dos 8 docenas de 10 hue- 

butter, tswl doot-slid i-yei\ tdkah, dos dothdntis da voU- 



FRENCH. ENGLISH. 295 



L'picerif. At a Grocery. 

Avez 1 -vous 2 des 3 pommesdeterre* Have 1 you 3 any 3 potatoes 4 to* 
Ard - voo (hi pom dull ter sell 8 ? 
a 5 vendre 8 ? ah vangdr f 

Autant qu'il vous plaira, M. 5 Any 1 quantity 2 of 3 them 4 , sir* 
0-tdng Jc il voo pld-rah, J/. 

Couibien les vendez-vous? What 1 do 9 you 3 ask 4 for 5 them 6 ? 

nuj 1(1 vana-dd-voo f 



Cinquante 3 sous 4 Ie 5 boisseau 6 . They 1 are 3 fifty 3 cents 4 per 5 
soo luh bwaicso. bushel 8 . 



C' 1 est 3 trop w That 1 is 2 too 3 high 4 (too much). 

S'a tro. 

Vous 1 ne a sauriez 2 les 4 acheter 3 You 1 cannot 2 buy 3 them 4 
J\"'iO itti/t sd-ryd Id-z-ashtd 

d' 5 aucun 8 * 7 Spicier* at 5 any 8 other 7 grocery 8 

d'd-kuny - uc-plsyd 

i\ moins 9 de 10 75 11 sous 13 . less 9 than 10 75 U cents 13 . 
ah niwairixj dull 75 soo. 

Eh bien 1 , envoyez 7 -m' 8 en, s'il 12 Well 1 , you 9 can 3 let 4 the 3 
Eh by any, anfj-uot/d-m'ang, s'il 

vous 13 plait 14 , un 20 boisseau 11 , boy 6 bring 7 me 8 up 9 a 10 
voo pld-t - UIKJ licau-xu, 

par votrc petit gar5on 8 .ff bushel 11 , if 13 you 13 please 14 . 

: /V jufy ijar&on<j. 

Quel 15 cat 18 la prix 18 du fromage 17 ? What 15 is 18 cheese 17 worth 18 ? 
K'l d hthprce duefromazh? 

IHx 1 sous 8 . Ten 1 cents 3 . 

. 

Donnez-moi 1 -* six 4 livres 5 de 8 Let 1 me 3 iave 3 six 4 pounds* of a 
Don-nd-micaw see Uvr dull 

; iinrs butter 7 , two 8 dozcn 9 of' eggs 11 , 



296 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



fiinf 12 $>fnnb 13 <3(fyinfen 14 , cm 15 
fvLBnf pfoond sliinken, ine 



$ 18 , bret 19 2etfc 20 
pfoond salts, drl llbe 

23rob M , fcier 23 spfunb 24 Sfyee 2 
&m?, ,/ker pfoond id, 

fiinf 2 ' pfunb ^affe 29 , itnb 30 
fuenf pfoond koffa, oond 

cine 31 Siiie 33 mit 33 ^feffer 34 , 
iwd ftiela mi'J pfejfer. 

^)ter 35 ift 38 ^crrlt^ed 

Heer ist herlishes sliwind- 

fletf^ 39 * SBaS 40 ifl 41 
Fas is< 



prise ? 
Gents 2 . 



!oftet 2 ' 5 btefer 3 33efen 4 

"Fas /;oste< deeser besen f 



itnb 

Fuenf oond tawantsig tsents. 

^aBe^ete 2 5Ipfel 4 ? 
Haliben see epfelf 

tflein 1 , mctn ^)err 2 , ttir 3 ^alten 
Nine, mine her, veer Jialten 
me 4 tt>eld)e r> * we velchd. 

(2te 3 mir 4 cine 8 Xiite 7 
see meer Ind frietd 



mit 8 57ct!cnpfcffer fl gcBen 3 ' 
miV Nelkenpfeffer gd-ben 

^it 1 Sergniigen 8 . 
Mit 



vos 11 ,cinco 13 libras 13 dejamon 14 , 
vos, thinko lebrds dd hdmdn, 

y una 15 libra 18 de 17 sal 18 , tres 18 
e oonah llbrah da sdl } tres- 

libras 20 de 21 pan 23 , cuarto 23 
lebrds dd pan } kwarto 

libras 24 de 25 te 28 , cinco 37 libras 
lebras dd ta } thinko lebras 

de 28 cafe 29 ; y 30 un 31 poco 32 cc 
dd kofd; e oon poko 

de 33 pimienta 34 . Aqui 35 esta sa 
dd pime-entah. Ah-ke estah 

escelente 28 puerco 39 . 
eselenta pwerko. 

I A como le vende U. ? 
Ah komo Id venda U. ? 

Ocho 1 centavos 3 . 
oko thentdvos. 

I Cuanto 1 vale 5 este 3 escoba 4 ! 
Quanto vdld estd eskobah? 

Veinte 1 y cinco 2 centavos 8 . 
Vyentd e thinko thentdvos. 

( jTiene 1 U. 2 algunas 3 manzanas 1 ? 
Tednd U. atyoonas mdnthdndsf 

No 1 , senor 2 , ningunas 4 ' 6 tengo 5 . 
No, saint/orj ninyoonas lengo. 

Dame 3 - 5 TJ. a 
Dd-md U. 

algunos - 8 clavos 9 . 
dlyoonos klavos. 

Con 1 gusto 9 . 
Kon yoo&to. 






FRENCH. ENGLISH. 297 

d' 10 ocuf3 11 ,cin^ 12 livrcs I3 dejam- five 12 pounds 13 ham", one 15 
d' ocf si:ny Ucr duh zham- 

bon 14 ,une 15 livre t8 dc 17 sel 18 ,trois 10 pound 10 of 17 salt 18 , three 18 
long, ue?i Ucr duh scl, trwaw 

livres 20 de 21 pain 23 , quatre 23 loaves 20 of 21 bread 23 , four 23 

Uvr duh pang, kdtr 

livres 24 de 25 the 28 , cinq 87 livres pounds 24 of 25 tea 26 , five 27 
duh tu, sank Uvr 

de 28 cafe 29 , et 30 un 31 peu 33 of 28 coffee 29 ; and 30 a 31 paper 33 

duh kojfd, d ung 



de 33 poivrc 34 . Voici 35 - 38 of 83 pepper 34 . Here 35 is 38 

duh p ic a u~ vr. Vic a icsy 

d' 37 excellent 38 cochou 38 (pore 39 ), some 37 excellent 38 pork 39 . 
d' exdlany koshony (pork). 



Combien se vend-il ? es What 40 is 41 the 43 price 43 of * 
Koniiyanfj sd vang-d-il? it 45 ? 

Unit 1 sous 3 . Eight 1 cents 2 . 

Ill' tOO. 

Quel 1 est 2 le prix 5 de ce 3 balai 4 ? What 1 is a this 3 broom 4 worth 5 ? 
Kel d luh pree diJi suh Italia ? 

Vingt 1 cinq* sous 3 . Twenty^five 3 cents 8 . 
Vang sank soo. 

/.'-voiis 3 des a pommes 4 ? Have 1 you 3 any 3 apples 4 ? 
Aru - voo dd pomf 

Non 1 , M. 3 , nous 3 n' 4 en 8 tenons 5 No 1 , sir 3 , we 8 never 4 keep 1 
, J/., 7200 n'ang tangnong them 8 . 



Donnez w -moi 4 un 8 peu 7 de 8 Will 1 you 3 let 3 me 4 have 5 a 8 
Donnd-mvdw un<j pQQ iuh 



clous de giroil paper of 8 allspice 9 ? 

kloo Juh -Ji rojl. 

Avec 1 plai-ir a With 1 pleasure". 

AvcJc L'i 



NOTES. 



GERMAN NOTES. 

a 2BiC fcief, how much, 
b The oi in this, and all other words, where printed in the 
Roman character, must be pronounced more like i than open oi. 
c U. f. ft. (itttb fo fteiter), and so forth. 
d (onfi, else ; nod), more ; etftCtc 1 , some ; (some more else 
e 9Hd)t im ertngften, not in the least, 
f (Entfprecfyenb, being answered for; taken into account. 
& efd)aft, occupation ; affair, 
h Of great calf's hide, (the same cxp. in Spanish and French). 



tin 

' 



SPANISH NOTES. 

a Bayeta is the more comprehensive word ; it signifies woollen 
labric, in general. It is sanctioned by the Academy in pre- 
ference to Jlanela or franela. 

b It me would cost exceedingly; and would be also (tambien) 
exceedingly (demasiado) irksome. 

c Let it be as you like it. d Ahora, at present. 

e Not there is of what, or about what, (to be thankful). 

f Telas pintadas, printed cloths. 

g At how much sell you this ? 

h En razon de, in reason of. i Will it lose its colour ? 

k Cut me off (cut off for me). 1 Al punto, at the point. 

m Telas para camisas, cloths for shirts. 

n Acaba, finishes to. o Surprised. 

p Que viene bien & U., that goes well on you. 

q It will go on me never, r If one has to judge of. 

B Propongo, I propose v. irr. from propones, to propose. 

t Yesterday for (at) the evening. 

u That is true, v Do you wish ? 

w Le agrad2sce, &c., it pleases you more. 

x Que le, &c., that they will go on very well (muy bien) ; 
calzar means to try on shoe*. 

y They appear to me. * Mucho mas, much more. 



NOTES. 299 



aa As much as you wish, or as much as you can desire. The 
same exp. iu French and German. 

bb You can bring (send) me up a bushel by the boy, if 
you please. 

cc Foco, little. 

FRENCH NOTES. 

a How does this call itself? b En, of it. 

c En, some of tliem ; I have some of them very fine. 

d Or, d' lah. e You have but to take it, &c. 

t Soil, let it be so. g Or, aujourd'hui. 

b. I shall have a care to pass this way again, after a little 
(sous pen). 

i You will oblige me much. 

k There is not (nothing) of that (for which you may thank 
me). Exp. similar to Spanish. 

1 Phis makes the superlative, m Sont-ils ? are they ? 

a The prices vary followuiy the quality, o Net, no more. 

p I am going (vais) to send them immediately (de suit). 

q Or, une veille fille. r Or, je demand pardon. 

s Or, il est beaucoup trop gross, il a trop d'ampleur, it has 
too great breadth. 

t Va, goes on. u It sits to a marvel. 

v It is a masterpiece, w Is it not ? 

x Come and see us. 7 I shall not fail to do so. 

* Je vais, / am fjoiny to. 

aa C'est vrai, that is true, bb At length. 

cc If it pleases you. dd Show me some of. 

e Or, an dessous It premier prix. 

ff You can send up a bushel, if it pleases you, by your 
little boy. 

gg How does it sell itself? 



100 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



[NOTE. The pronunciation is purposely suppressed in the following pages ; for, a* 
the student is supposed to have given marked attention to the rules of pronunciation 
as laid down in the first part of this work, and to have acquired the ability to pronounce 



ctb. 



Dinero. 



ix>ert>en 12 ~ 15 , 
mtr 19 ' 20 ford)e 

ntd)t 3 einen 5 



mir 4 3tt>ei 5 granfen 6 Quiere 1 U. 3 prestarme 3 ' 4 dos 5 
francos 6 ? 

bent 2 gropten 3 23ergniigen 4 . Con 1 muchisimo 2 ' 3 gusto 4 . 
3ft 1 biefeS 2 ein 3 Staler 4 ? Es 1 eso 3 un 3 peso 4 (thaler 4 ) ? 

SaVmein-frerr 2 ; SDiefe^ifWin 5 Si 1 , seiior 2 . Aquello 3 es 4 un 5 
^Pfennig 6 (3)enn9 9 .)* centavo 6 . 

(Sie 2 ein 3 paar 4 $fnnbe 5 ' 8 ^Tiene 1 !!. 3 dos 4 

pesos esterlines 8 
que 9 disponer 10 " 15 
y 16 prestarme 17 " 20 ? 

No 3 tengo 1>2 uno solo 5 maravedi 6 . 

Eso 1 es 3 lastimoso 3 . 

(Sie 3 biefe^ 4 einen 5 ^ Llama 1 " 3 eso 4 una 5 dima 8 
)ime 6 ? (diez centavos) ? 

3a 4 , itnb 2 fciefes 3 ift 4 ein 5 2lbler 8 Si 1 , y 3 esto 3 es 4 una 5 aguila 8 

(diez pesos). 

2)a0 1 ijt 2 ein 3 fnnf 4 S()aIerf^eitt s ' 6 . Es 1 ' 3 un 3 billete 8 de cinco 4 

pesos 5 . 

^onnen 1 @ie a eine 4 ^roiun 5 tvedj* Puede 1 U. 3 cambiarme 3 un 4 

fetn 3 ? crown 5 ? 

3ft 1 bas 3 ein 3 ntexifanif^en 4 ^Es 1 aquel 2 un 3 clieline 5 Meji- 

@t^it(ing 5 ? cano 4 ? 

^ein 1 ; e5 2 ift 3 englif($e5 4 eft> 5 . No 1 ; es 2 ' 3 moneda 5 inglesa 4 . 

ijt 3 ein 3 fpanifd)er 4 !Dot(ar 5 * Eso 1 es 2 un 3 peso 5 espanol 4 

ntir 4 eine 7 uinie 8 /; Puede 1 U. 3 cambiarme 5 ' 4 una 7 
guinea 8 ? 

Stein 1 , id) 2 fcmn 4 e3 nid)t 3 elb 4 No 1 , no 3 lo puedo 2 - 4 . La mone- 
ift 5 bei 8 ntir 9 gegenmartig 10 ' 11 da 4 esta 5 muy 6 escasa 7 ahora 11 
rar 7 * con 8 migo 9 . 



3ft 1 t>tefe$ fl etn 8 0ttter Soui^or 5 ? ^Es^ste 3 luis 5 bueno 4 ? 



FRENCH. ENGLISH. 301 

all words correctly, through the observance of these rules, and by means of continual 
practice in the preceding pages where the figured pronunciation occurs, it is deemed 
unnecessary to continue it (the pronunciation) any farther.] 

Argent. Money. 

Voulez'-vous 3 me 4 preter 3 deux 5 Will 1 you 3 lend 3 me 4 two' 
francs ? francs 6 ? 

Avec 1 Ic* 1 pins grand 3 plaisir 4 . With 1 the 3 greatest 3 pleasure*. 
Est'-ce lii 2 un 3 e*cu 4 ? Is 1 this 2 a 3 thaler 4 ? 

Oui 1 , monsieur 7 . C' 3 est un 5 Yes 1 , sir 2 . This 3 is 4 a 5 penny . 
sou . 

Avez 1 - vous 3 , sur 7 vous 8 quelques 4 Have 1 you 9 a 3 couple 4 of 3 
livres sterlings 8 , dont 9 vous 10 pounds 8 about 7 you 8 , that 9 
desirericz 11 vous dcfiiirc 18 "" 



pour 18 ni'en faire un prot 17 " 20 ? by^loaning^them^to^me 20 ? 

Je 1 n' a ai 3 pas 3 memo un 5 sou 8 . I 1 have 2 not 3 the 4 first 5 farthing . 

C J:l est 3 mallieureux 3 . That 1 is a bad 3 . 

kst-ce 1& dix sous ? Do 1 you 3 call 3 this 4 a 5 dime ? 

Oui 1 ; et 2 ceci 3 est 4 une 5 aiglc 8 Yes 1 ; and 3 this 3 is 4 an 5 eagle 8 . 

(10 piastres). 
C^est 3 un 3 assignat* de cinq* That 1 is a a 3 five 4 dollar 5 bill". 

piastres 3 . 
Pouvez^vous 2 changer 3 un 4 e*cu 5 ? Can 1 you 2 change 3 a 4 crown 5 ? 

Est 1 ce a un 3 chelin 5 mdxicain 4 ? Is 1 that" a 3 Mexican 4 shil- 

ling 5 ? 

Non 1 ; c'*est 3 de Targent 5 anglais 4 . No 1 ; it 3 is 3 English 4 money 5 . 
C M est 9 une 3 piastre 5 Espagnole 4 . This 1 is 3 a 3 Spanish 4 dollar 5 . 

Pouvez^vous 2 me 4 changer 5 une 7 Can 1 you 3 give 8 me 4 change 5 

guinee 8 ? for 8 a 7 guinea 8 ? 

Non, 1 je 3 ne 3 le puis 4 pas 3 . L'ar- No 1 , P can 4 not 3 money 4 is 9 

gent 4 me' fait de bien rares 7 ^ sc ^ with8 

: , , - . - , just 10 now 11 . 

visites, en ce moment 10 ' 11 . a 

Est 1 ce 3 un s bon 4 louis d'or 5 ? Is 1 this 8 a 3 good 4 louisd'or* ? 

20 



302 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH 



c 1 fl$t 3 gut 3 i 

aBer nid)t 6 oB er gut ijl, e3 7 ift 8 
jefct ttiel 9 falfd)e$ 10 (Mb 11 im 13 
Umtaufe 13 . liefer 14 ftefyt 15 ben* 
nod) 17 gut 16 au$ 15 * 

tterben anr 2 jeijt 8 in UeBer* 
fluf 4 ' 5 Betommen 3 , SSftir 15 ift 16 

erga^It worben 17 bie 7 SJZtnen 8 
in 9 SaItfornten 10 Hefern u eine 13 
groge 13 SKenge 14 , 

[tub 3 genetgt 3 ju 4 glauBen 5 
fei eine 7 5luff^neiberet 8 * 



e$ 5 tetne 7 



gute 11 S3emeife 13 , 

16 ju 14 uuterftii^en 14 * 



ntc^t 3 Begierig 4 , aber 7 i(^ 8 biu 9 



toffetgraBer 14 ' 15 t>o$ am 10 ' 17 
(nbe 18 afle 21 luo^^aBeuber 22 ' 23 
fein 20 iuerben 19 a^ 24 tie 25 
grakr 27 . 



c i n c m S55 i r t f) c. 



Parece 1 ' 3 bueno 3 . No puedo 
decirseloaU. Corre 8 mucba 9 
moneda 11 falsa 10 en 13 el co- 
mercio 13 .a Esta 14 parece 15 
todavia 17 buena 18 . 

El oro 1 esta 2 muy 4 abundante 5 
presentemente 8 . Me 15 ha 18 
dicho 17 que las 7 minas 8 
de 9 California 10 produzcan 11 
una 13 cantidad 14 muy abun- 
dante 13 . 

Muchos 1 son 3 dispuestos 3 d 4 

creer 5 que es 8 una 7 cnarla- 
taneria 8 . 

Aseguro 1 - 3 a U. 3 que 4 no 7 es 5 ' 6 
cbarlataneria 8 . Tengo 9 ' 10 
pruebas 12 muy autenticas" 
para 13 probar 14 my 15 asunto 16 . 

No 3 quiero 1 ' 2 ' 4 argiiir 6 ; pero 7 
soy 8 ' 9 de 10 parecer 11 que 1 * 
todos 21 los 13 buscadores 16 de 
patatas 14 seran 19 ' 20 final- 
mente 16 " 18 mas 22 ricos 23 que 24 
los 25 buscadores 27 de oro 28 . 



Con un Hostalero. 






ntiet^en 8 ? 

3ft 1 / ntein -^w. , .^/ , 
me 5 , 2Gas 8 fiir 
wiinfc^en 10 <Sie 9 ? i 
(Sie 14 ein 18 ntb'BIirte^' 
immb'BUrte^* 



18 



^Tiene 1 U. 2 cuartos 4 de 5 al- 
quiler 8 ? 

Si 1 , senor 2 ; tengo 3 ' 4 muchos 5 . 
^ Que 8 cuartos 7 quiere 10 U. u ? 
^Quiere 15 U. 14 un 16 apo- 

sento 17 con muebles 18 (5 18 
sin ellos 20 ? b 



FRENCH. 



ENGLISH. 



303 



1 jo 4 no saurais 

vous 5 dire 8 . II" court* 12 - ls b 
bcawup 9 de fausse 10 inon- 
naie 11 . Ccttc" piece parait 15 , 
cependant 17 , fort bonne 10 . 



It 1 looks? good 3 I 4 don't 5 
know 8 there 7 is 8 much 8 
bad 10 money 11 in 12 circula- 
tion 13 . That 14 looks 15 good 10 , 
however 17 . 



L'or 1 abonde 2 " 5 en ce moment 8 . 



On ni'a dit 15 ~ 17 que les 7 
mines 8 de 9 la California 10 en 
fou'nisscnt 11 uut.! 13 grande 13 
quantite 14 . 



Gold 1 is 3 getting 3 quite 4 plenty 5 
now 6 . The 7 mines 8 in 9 
California 10 yield 11 an 13 
abundant 13 quantity 14 , I 15 



ani 



told 17 



Bieudes persuinie.s 1 pensent 2 " 5 
que c'est 6 de ia 7 charla- 
tanerie 8 . 

Je 1 vous 3 assure 2 que 4 ce 5 n' 7 est 

Joint 7 de la charlatanerie s . 
' 9 ai' des preuves 18 authen- 

tiques 11 qui appuient 13 * 14 e 
mon 15 assertion 18 . 

Je 1 n' 3 ai a point 3 envie 4 d >5 argu- I 1 am 
menter fi ; inais 7 je 8 suis 8 
d' 10 opinion n que 13 tous les 13 



Many 1 are 3 inclined 3 to 4 think 5 
it 6 a 7 humbug 8 . 



I 1 assure 2 you 3 that 4 it 5 is 8 
no 7 humbug 8 . I 9 have 10 
authentic 11 proofs 13 to 13 
back 14 my 15 assertion 16 . 



2 not 3 desirous 4 of 3 ar- 
guing 6 but 7 I 8 am 9 of 10 



mineurs 15 dc pouimesdc terre 14 
seront 19 - 20 , apres 18 tout 17 - 18 , 

bien" plus 22 a lour aise-^d 
que 24 les 25 mincurs 27 d'or 26 . 



opinion 11 that 1 * the 13 pota- 
toe 14 diggers 15 ,in l6 the 17 end 18 , 
will 19 be 80 altogether^more 23 
wealthy 23 than 24 the 25 gold 28 
diggers 27 . 



Avec un Ilote. 
des 1 chambres 4 



louer" ? 



With a Landlord. 

Have 1 you 3 any 3 rooms 4 to 1 
let 8 ? 



Oui 1 , Mr. 9 , j' 3 en ai 4 plusieurs 5 . Yes 1 , sir 3 , I 3 have 4 several 5 
Quelles 8 chambres 7 vou- what 8 rooms 7 do 8 you 9 wish 10 
lez 10 -. /- 11 - 12 )? Vou- to 11 have 13 ? Do^you^wish 13 

Iez 15 -vous u une 18 chambre 17 an 16 apartment 17 furnished" 

or 19 unfurnished 20 ? 



meublee^ou 19 ! ic neubleo- ? 



304 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



fcraud)e 2 moMtrte 3 Simmer 4 . Necesito 1 - 3 aposentos 4 alhaja- 

dos 3 . 



bienetu 3 



ie 5 fjerein 8 sit 8 tre* 
ten 7 , 3d) 9 mitt 10 Sfjnen 12 bie 13 
3imnter 14 seigen 11 , ier 15 ift 18 
ber 17 aat 18 - 19 . 

1 ift 3 nidjt 3 fetjr 4 grog 3 ; afor 8 
er 7 pajH 8 ' 9 fiir 10 mid) 11 , 



ie 1 fet)en 2 ba 
was @ie fcebiirfen 8 , unb 9 bag 10 
bie 11 9)Met 13 fet)r 14 nett 15 ftnb, 13 
5ltte 16 9^tokt 18 [tub 19 on (of) 



finb 3 swei 3 5trmfliit)te 4 ' 5 , 
(Stiit)te 7 , etn 8 neiter 9 
) 10 , em 11 fc^oner 13 @pic= 
get 13 , itnb 14 fc()r 15 faitkrn 16 
SSor^ange 17 . 3lud) 18 [tub 21 an 23 
fceiben 24 Sciten 25 be^ 26>27 ^a- 
nuns 2 



ben 



@tc mid) 8 btc 4 



1>2 , men 



25?ir 2 njotlcn 1 fc()en 3 , 
S3ett 6 gut 8 ift 7 ; benn 9 ba3 10 
ift^bie^auptfadje 13 - 14 . 2Genn 15 
id) 16 ctn 18 gute5 19 S3ett 20 tjak 17 , 
fiimmere 23 ity 1 mify tvenig 2 
urn 24 ba 



e 1 Ionncn a jM) 3 Wn 9 
ixntnfd)cn' ? . 

bie 3 (Stitfce 3 aitf 5 bie 6 



Puedo 1 ' 3 servirle 3 ' 4 . Hdgame 

el favor 5 de entrar 7 ' 8 . En- 
senare 9 - 11 d U. 13 los 13 apo- 
sentos 14 . Aqui 15 esta 10 la 17 
sala 18 ' 19 . 

No 3 es 1 ' 2 muy 4 ancha 5 , pero 8 
me 11 cuadra 7 " 9 bien.c 

IT. 1 v6 2 que 3 hay 4 ' 5 todo 6 ' 7 lo 

que es necesario 8 ; y 9 que 10 
los 11 meubles 13 son 13 muy 14 
hermosos 15 . Todos 16 los 17 
muebles 18 son 19 de anacardo 20 . 

Aqui 1 estan 2 dos 3 paltronas 4 * 5 , 
seis 6 sillas 7 , un 8 nuevo 9 ta- 
piz 10 , un 11 espej o 13 hermoso 12 , 
y 14 colgaduras 17 muy 15 boni- 
tas iu ; ademas 18 ' 19 , estan 20 * 21 
alacenas 22 a 23 los ambos 24 
lados 25 de 26 la 27 cliimenea 28 . 






Hagame 1 ' 2 ver 3 los 4 cuartos de 
dormir 5 . 



Por aqui^senor^si le guste 4 " 8 . 

Veamos 1 " 3 , si 4 la 5 cama 8 esta 7 
buena 8 , porque 9 eso 10 es 11 
lo 13 principal 13 ' 14 . Si 15 ten- 
ga 16 ' 17 una 18 buena 19 cama 20 , 
nada 25 " 26 mas 27 quiero 21 ~ 24 .d 

No 3 puede 2 U. 1 tene^e una 5 

mejor 8 . 
^Abre 1>4 f el a cuarto 8 en 5 la a 

calle 7 ? 



FRENCH. ENGLISH. 305 



I 1 want 3 furnished 3 rooms.* 



II 1 me fout 3 des chambers* 
meubl&s 3 . 

. . ' j^ ^ I 1 can 2 accommodate 3 you*. 

Je 1 miis 3 vous 4 en donner. 3 ,->, , . / To 

F ( Please 5 to 6 walk 7 in 8 . I 8 

Ayez la bonte 5 d'entrer 6 " 8 . will 10 show" you 13 the 13 

Je' vais YOU/ montrer- r . ooms14 ' Here ' 5 isl8 the ' r 

les 13 chambres". Voici 15 ' 18 sitting 18 room 19 . 
le 17 salon 18 - 19 . 

IL 1 n' 3 est 2 pas 3 bien 4 grand 5 ; It 1 is 3 not 3 very 4 large 5 ; but* 

niais 8 il 7 fera 8 - 9 mon 11 affaire. it 7 will 8 do 9 for 10 me". 

Vous* voyez 3 qu' 3 il y 4 a 5 tout 6 - 7 You 1 see 2 that 3 there 4 is 5 every 8 

ce qui est necessaire 8 ; et 9 thing 7 necessary 8 ; and 9 that 10 

que" r ij ameublement ia en the" furniture 13 is 13 very 14 

est 13 fort 14 beau 15 . Tous 18 les 17 neat 15 . All 16 the 17 furni- 

meubles 18 sont 19 d'acajou 20 . ture 18 is 18 mahogany 20 . 

Voici 1 ' 3 deux 3 fauteuils 415 , six Here 1 are 3 two 3 arm 4 chairs 5 , 

chaises 7 , mi 8 tapis 10 tout six 8 chairs 7 , a 8 new 9 carpet 10 , 

neuf 9 , une 11 belle 13 glace 13 , a" fine 12 glass 13 ; and 14 very 15 

et de 14 tres 13 jolis 18 rideaux 17 ; neat 16 curtains 17 ; besides 18 

il y* a 21 , en 18 outre 19 , des that 19 , there 20 are 21 cup- 

arinoires 22 de 23 chaque 24 cotd 25 boards 22 on 23 both 24 sides 8 * 

de e8 la 27 chcniine'e 28 . of 28 the 97 chimney 28 . 

Montrez-moi 1 -^ les 4 chambres a. Lctl mc3 ^ the4 
coucher 5 . 

Thi Wa ^ S[T *> if 



De ce edt&ci** monfiieur 3 , s'il J 

- please* 

vous plait 4 " 6 . 

Voyons 1 - 3 si 4 le 5 lit 8 est 7 bon 8 ; Let 1 us a see 8 whether 4 the 3 

car* c'est 10 '" la le 13 princi- bed 8 is 7 good 8 ; for 9 that 10 

pal 13 - 14 . Quand^j'ai 16 ' 17 un 18 is" the 13 main 18 point 14 . 



bon- lit je- fais pcu de " n T t T T, . g 

bed 30 , I 21 hardly 29 care 5 

cas 82 * 23 du 24 reste 25 - 27 for 84 any 25 thing 28 else 87 . 

Vous* ne 2 sauricz 3 en desirer 3 ' 4 You 1 cannot 8 wish 3 for 4 a 5 

un 5 meilleur 6 - 7 . better 8 one 7 . 

La'chambreMonne-t-elle^esur 3 Docs 1 the a room 3 look* into 1 

Li* ru - r ': the 6 street 7 ? 

as* 



306 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH 



in\ mem -fterr 7 , fte" gefyt 4 nadj 5 
bent Oarten 7 fyinaus 4 * 

k|Ter 4 . 3d) 5 fd)tafe 9 



nidjt 8 gerne 7 sorn 13 I)inan3 13 , 
rcecjen 15 be3 16t17 SBagenge* 
rajfels 20 ' 21 . 



te 3 bie 8 anbern 7 
4 feljen 5 ? 
3d) 1 *ermtttf)c 2 bad 3 Sett 4 i|V 

gut r> . 3et 7 lommt eS 10 ' 11 

n~u77od) 9 auf 13 ben 13 $rei3 14 
an,* 2Ba^ 15 i^erlan^en 18 @ie 17 
fitr 18 bte 20 bret 21 Simmer 22 mit 23 



3d) 1 ()a^e 2 ben 5 @aal mit 7 eincm 8 
bcr 9 ' 10 Simmer 11 immer 3 fiir 13 
ier^el)n 13 @d)intnge 14 ijermte* 
tf)et 4 . @ie 15 follen 10 mir 18 fitr 23 
ba^ an^e 25 etne 19 uinee 80 
bie 21 2od)e 23 geBen 17 ba^ 25 
ift 27 nur 28 ftel^en 29 @(^iC(ini]e 30 
fiir 31 bte 32 anbere 33 tube 154 
unb 35 bte 38 



pitbe id) 1 



Sebenten 1 Sie, ba^btefe^ 
ber 6 - 7 Beften 8 eta 
ift 4 , mo 13 btc 14 aufer 15 fe()r 18 
teener 19 *ermiett)ct 17 werben 18 . 

, id) 2 untt 3 3^nen 5 etne 8 
(Shtinee 7 gebcn*; aber 8 id) 9 
fcrattd)e 10 - u cinen 15 X^eil 13 
w c -t4,i 5 ^eHcr^ 1 " unb 17 etnen 18 
^)Ia^ 19 um 20 .^olj 24 unb 23 $ofj- 
ten 22 auf bc.ua tucn 21 ju lonnen. 



No 1 , senor 2 , abre 3 ' 4 en 5 el 6 jar- 

din 7 . 
Mucho 3 mejor 4 . No 6 quiero- s7 

dormir 8 ' 9 en 10 un 11 cuarto 13 

que abre en la calle 13 , 

d 14 razon" del 16 ' 17 ruido 18 
de 19 los 20 coches 81 . 
^Quiere 1 ' 3 U. 2 ver 4 ' 5 los 6 otros 7 
cuartos 8 ? 

Creo 1 ' 3 que la 3 cama 4 esta 5 
buena 8 . Nada mas que del 



prccio. 7 * 14 



Que 15 quiere 10 ' 18 



U. 17 por 19 los 20 tres* 1 cuar- 
tos 32 y 33 la 24 cocina 25 ? 

He 1 ' 2 siempre 3 alquilado 4 la 5 
sala 6 y 7 uno 8 de' J los 10 cuar- 
tos 11 por 12 catorce 13 cheli- 
nes 14 . U. 15 me 18 dara 18 ' 17 



una ig guinea 20 a la semana 21 ' 21 
por 23 el 24 todo 25 . Es 26 ' 37 so- 
lamente 28 siete 89 clielines 30 
por 31 el 32 otro 33 cuarto 34 y 35 
la 30 coeina 37 . 

A mi parccer a ,li es 3 mucho 5 * 
de dinero s . 

Mire U. 1 que 2 este 3 - 4 cuartel 9 
es 8 el 7 mejor 8 de 10 la 11 ciu- 
dad 13 , y donde 13 las 14 casas 15 
son t8 muy 18 caras 19 (costosa^). 

Bien esta. Le dare 3 "* a U. 3 
una 6 guinea 7 , pero 8 necesi- 
to 9 -" una 12 parte 13 dc 14 la ts 
cantina 16 , y 17 un 13 lugar 1 * 
para 30 poner 31 mi horna 
guera 22 y 23 mi leno 24 . 



FRENCH. ENGLISH. 307 



No a 1 , monsieur 2 , elle 3 donne 4 No 1 , sir 2 ; it 3 looks 4 into 5 the fi 

sur 5 le jardin 7 . garden 7 . 

Tant 155 miens. 3 * 4 ; je 5 n'aime 6 ' 7 So 1 much 2 the 3 better 4 I 5 

point u 8 cci.'.her 9 dans 10 don't like 7 to" sleep 9 in 10 

n^ chambre 13 'sur la rue 12 ' a " frODt12 rooml3 > OQl4 ac ' 

une chainbn e , eouni u ofl c thc t 7 no ise 18 of i9 

a cause du 14 " 16 bruit 18 des 19 - 20 the 20 carriages 21 . 
voitures 21 . 

J)esirez-vous t ~ 3 voir 4 ' 5 les 6 autres 7 Do 1 you 2 wish 3 to 4 see 5 the 6 

chambres 8 ? other 7 rooms 8 ? 

Lc 3 lit 4 me 1 scmble a bon 6 . I 1 fancy 2 the 3 bed 4 is 5 good 6 . 



quo du prix.f Que de- wha" do-' vou" ask for'- 

mandez-vous lc -des IM1 trois" 

chambres-, et" de la- cni- *" three- rooms- with- 

sineM? the" kitchen^? 

J'ai 1>3 toujours 3 Iou6 4 , a, 12 qua- I 1 have 3 always 3 let 4 the 5 par- 

torze 13 chelines 14 , le 5 salon 6 , lour 8 , with 7 one 8 of 9 the 10 

et 7 une 8 seule chambre 11 . rooms 1 ', for 12 fourteen 13 shil- 

Vous^me^donnerez^^du 23 - 24 lings 14 . You 15 will 18 give 17 

tout 25 une 19 guine'e 30 par 21 me 18 one 19 guinea 20 a 21 week 23 

semaine 22 . Ce 28 n >28 est 27 que 28 for 23 the 24 whole 25 it 28 is 27 

sept 29 chelins 30 pour 31 l' 32 au- only 28 seven 29 shillings 30 

tre 33 chambre 34 et 35 la 38 cuis- for 31 the 32 other 33 room 34 

ine 37 . and 35 the 30 kitchen 37 . 

A vous dire vrai,g c' 3 est beau- I 1 think 2 it 3 a 4 great 5 sum 8 of 7 

coup 5 - 8 d' 7 argent 9 . money 8 . 

Considerez 1 que 2 c' 3 est 4 un 5 des 8 - 7 Consider 1 that 9 this 3 is 4 one 5 

meilleurs 9 quartiers 8 de 10 la 11 of 8 the 7 best 8 quarters 9 of 10 

ville- 'eT^ele 14 loyer 17 des * he " ^J^^f ihe " 

maisons" y est 18 fort 18 chcr 19 . ^f u s are lctl7 vei T 6 

high 19 . 

Kh bieu 1 , je a vous 5 donnerai 3 * 4 Well 1 , I 2 will 3 give 4 you 5 a* 

une" guine'e 7 ; mais bien en- guinea 7 ; but 8 I 9 must lj 

t ndu queh j' 9 aurai 10>11 une 13 have 11 a 12 part 13 in 14 the 15 

partie 13 de 11 la 15 cave 18 , et 17 cellar 18 , and 17 a 18 place 19 to 80 

un^endroit^pour^ymettre 21 put 21 coals" and 10 wood 34 

eluu-b -n dc tcrre'" "t' 






inun 



808 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



5e entiende asi.i Tendra 5 * 8 
U. 4 un 7 lugar 8 cerrado 

fcefommen 8 . SGann 18 benlen 19 con 9 Have 13 , k ^Cuando 16 
ie^ttOtt^Sfyrer^SBoIjnung 25 quiere 17 ' 19 U. 18 tomar 21 pos- 
Sefti} 23 ju 20 nefymeu 21 ? esion^de^sus^aposentos 25 ? 

3C ^A ett f e2 6 biCfC f ^^ S "T Me^r^io 1 . 2 de 3 venir 4 , y* 
^q)ia[en Derjutommen * . ^ e acor t ar me 6 aqui 7 e^ta 8 

noche 9 .Vea 10 U.que 11 todo 12 ' 13 
sea 14 preparado, 15 en 18 hora 
buena. 17 



guter S^tt 17 gured)! 15 e. 



ol)I 2 , rnetn 
fonnen 5 fo 7 friit) 8 fommen 
ig 11 ijl. 



Seraservido 1 - 2 , Senor. 3 Puede 4 >* 
venir 5 cuando 7 ' 8 ' 9 lo 
quiera 10 ' 11 . 



93 C g T fi 9 U n 9 e n. 

fy luunfc^e 2 3^Ufn 3 ctuen 4 
ten 5 



Salutaciones. 

Buenas 5 dias 6 tena 1 ' 2 U 3 . 



ic 1 Beftnben 2 ' 4 ie 3 fid) I)cute 5 ? ^Como 1 esta 3 U 3 . hoy 5 ? 



x>cf)l 2 , ify banlc 3 3^en*. Muy 1 bien 2 , Grracias 3 ' 4 . 
2 3^ 3 33efinben 4 ? ^Como 1 va a eu 3 salud 4 ? 

^ll"^ 1 * 1 ^ 1 '; Unb3ba * Perfectamente 1 - 2 , y 3 ^ 



esta* U ? 
>of)ttlid) 3 , mein ^err 3 . A 1 mi ordinario 2 , Senor 8 . 

grlaukn 1 (Sic mir 3 , mid) nad) 5 Permitame 1 ' 3 de 3 preguntar 4 a 5 
3()i*er 8 efunb()ett 7 ^u 3 erfun* U^como esta su salud 7 ?m 
bigcn 4 * 



^ttett^tcttt^cr^mtrifl 4 ' 5 Mil gracias 1 ' 3 , Senor 3 , No" 

md)t gans 7 n?ol)l . estoy4>5 muy7 buen()8> 

latjrlic^, 1 ba3 Bctrii(t s nic^ 3 ' 3 En verdad 1 , lo siento 2 " 5 mu- 

fcbr 4 . chisimo 4 . 



FRENCH. ENGLISH. 309 

Cela 1 est 2 entendu 3 . Yous 4 au- That 1 is 3 understood 3 . You 4 

rez* un - cndroit s qui f^~ Q shall* have 6 a 7 place- with- 

, a 10 lock 11 and" key 13 to 14 

h la clef 1 *- 14 . Quand 16 pen- it. When 18 do 17 you 18 

sez- 17 - 19 vous 18 occuper 20 " 23 vo- mean 19 to 20 take 21 posses- 

tre 24 appartement 25 ? sion 23 of 23 your 24 lodging 25 ? 



coucher 6 ce 8 soir 9 . Faites See 10 that 11 every 12 thing u 

ensorteque^i tout 1 ^" soit" is " read ^ 15 inl8 season 17 . 
pret 15 a 18 temps 17 . 

Fort 1 bien 2 , Monsieur 3 . Yous 4 Yery 1 well 3 , sir 3 . You 4 may 3 




pouvez* venir quand 7 ' 9 bon 1tl 
f. - . - , l please 11 . 

il YOUS plaira 10 ' 11 . 



Saluter. Salutations. 

Je 1 vous 3 souhaite 2 le 4 bon- I 1 wish 2 you 3 a* good 5 morn- 
jour 516 ing 6 . 

Comment 1 vous 3 portez- 2 - 4 vous, How 1 do a you 3 do 4 to-day 5 ? 
aujourd'hui 5 '^ 

Fort 1 bien 2 , je vous 4 remercie 3 . Quite 1 well 2 , thank 3 you 4 . 

Comment 1 est 3 votre 3 sante 4 ? How 1 is 3 your 3 health 4 ? 

Tres 1 bonne 2 et 3 la votre 4 ? Exceeding 1 good 2 : and 8 

yours 4 ? 

Commc 1 b, Tordinaire', Mr. 3 As 1 usual," sir 3 . 

Vous me 3 permittez 1 de 3 m'in- Permit 1 me 3 to 3 inquire 4 after 5 
former* do 5 votre sante 7 . your 8 health 7 . 

Merci 1 - 2 , monsieur 1 je 4 nc 6 n\3 Thank 1 you 3 , sir 3 ; I 4 am 5 not 8 
porte 5 pas 3 tres : -l '. very 7 well 3 . 

J a 'en mi/, vraiment 1 , bien Indeed 1 ! I* am 3 quite 4 sorry*. 



310 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



S5cim 9}Httag$cffen. 
ie 1 locfe 2 lautct 3 sum 4 (Effen 5 ; 
taffen 8 (Sic utts 7 bent SHufe 
folgen 3 - 11 , 

(Sic- nel)men 4 ? 



Toca 3 la 1 campanilla 3 por 4 la 
comida 5 ; entremos 8 "* y ic 
comama 11 . 



$tttbfleifc(j 2 , focnri idj bitten 
barf 3 - 5 *' 

<Sie 3 einen 4 Setter 5 up* 



que quiere U. quo lo 
sirva ? a 

Un poco 1 de vaca 3 , si le gusta*" 5 . 
4 Quiere 1 ' 3 U. 3 sopa 7 ? 



(Soil 1 t(^ 3 3()nen 4 ctma^ 8 son 7 
btefen 8 (Erbfen 9 or(egen 3 ? 

SBenn 1 e3 3()nen 3 gefatttg 3 tjl, 
metn err 4 

Pollen 1 @ie a bie 4 iite 5 fjaBen 3 , 
nttr 8 cin 



^Quiere 1 - 3 U. 3 un pedazo de 
puerco s ?o 

^Quiere U. que le sirva 1 " 5 
guisantes 9 ? 



@ie 2 



, wcnn 5 



! (Sine 3 SEajfc 8 XI)ce 5 . 
1 , ja 3 ntein ^crr 8 . 

@ic 2 fo 4 gut 5 fein 3 itnb 
bas 9 33rob 10 reic^en 8 ? 
btcfem 



Con mucho gusto 1 " 3 , Senor 4 . 

^Quiere 1 U. 2 hacerme 3 el 4 
favor 5 de 6 darme 7 ' 8 ? un 10 
pedazo 11 de 13 ternero 14 ? 

Con 1 gusto 3 . 

^Quiere 1 ' 3 U 3 . magro 4 , (5 s 
gordo 6 ? 

Un 1 poco 2 de 3 ambos 4 me gus- 

ta bien.q 

jMucliacho 1 ! una 2 taza 3 de 4 te 5 
Si 21 , si 3 , Senor. 



SSotten 1 @ie 2 etmas* 
ncl)mcn 3 ? 



Hagame U. el favor de 7 dar- 
me 8 pan i: . 

^ Quiere 1 U. 3 tomar 8 un poco 4 
de 5 esta 8 insalada? 7 



FRENCH. ENGLISH. 31) 



Diner. At Dinner. 

La 1 clochette 3 sonne 3 pour 4 ii- The 1 bell 3 rings 3 for 4 dinner 5 
ner 5 . Aliens 6 - 8 diner." let 8 us 7 go 8 in 9 and 10 dine 11 . 



Que 1 souhaitez- 3 ' 4 vous 3 ? What 1 will 3 you 3 have 4 ? 

Du 1 boeuf 3 s^il vous 4 plait 5 . Some 1 beef 3 , if 3 you* please*. 



Voulez-'vous 2 de la soupe 7 ? Will 1 you 3 have 3 a 4 plate 5 of 6 

soup 7 ? 






Dsirez- 3 vous 3 un morceau du Do 1 you 3 wish 3 for 4 pork 5 ? 
cochon 5 ? 

Vous 4 offrirai-je 1 - 3 de 5 - 8 ces 7 ' 8 Shall 1 1 3 help 3 you 4 to 5 some 8 
pois 8 ? of 7 these 8 peas 9 ? 

S l> il vous 3 plait 3 , Monsieur 4 . If 1 you 2 please 3 , sir 4 . 

VoulezMrous 3 avoir 3 la 4 bontS 5 Will 1 you 3 have 3 the 4 kindness 5 
de me 8 donner 7 un 10 mor- to 8 help 7 me 3 to 9 a 10 piece 11 
ceau 11 de 12 ce 13 veau- 14 lh, ? of 13 that 13 veal 14 ? 

Avec 1 plaisir 3 . With 1 pleasure 9 . 

D&ircz- 3 vous 3 du gras 4 ou 5 du Do 1 you 3 wish 3 fat 4 or 5 lean 8 ? 
maigre 8 ? 



Un 1 peu 2 de Tun, et de 1'autre 3 - 1 , A 1 little 3 of 3 both 4 , if 5 you 8 
8 5 'il vous 8 plait 7 . please 7 . 

Carson 1 ! une 3 tasse 3 de 4 the* 5 . Waiter I 1 A 2 cup 3 of* tea 5 . 

Oui 1 , oui a l Monsieur 3 . Ay 1 , ay 9 , sir 3 . 



Voudriez^vou*' Hen me fairc 
_ , pass 8 

-* le 9 pain 10 ? W ay ? 12 

Pren i un peu 4 de 5 Will 1 you' take 3 some 4 of 5 this 6 

cette 8 salade ? 7 salad? 7 



ceit 



312 



NOTES. 



GERMAN NOTES. 

a etjt auf, goes out. 

b Now conies it but yet on the price to, (Now it comes to 
the price). 

c I find that much gold (money). 

d The proper import of the expression is, that the statement 
is not only understood ; but agreed to. 

e Make every thing aright by good time. 

SPANISH NOTES. 

a The Market (Commerce), b "Without them. 

c Cuadra bien, please well, d I require nothing more. 

e Have, f Opens. 

g Nothing more but the price. 

h It appears to me. i One understands it so. 

k Cerrado con Have, fastened with a key. 

1 Preguntar a U., to inquire of you. 

m How is your health ? 

n What do you desire that I should help you to ? 

Pedazo, piece, p Dar, give, q "Would please me well. 

FRENCH NOTES. 

a Money makes rare visits to me in this moment. 
fc Court, circulates, runs, (from the Latin curro, to run), 
c Qui appuient, which help, d At their ease. 
e Gives it ? 

f It does not agitate itself. There is nothing more to be 
discussed at present, but the price. 
g To tell you the truth (yrai}. 
h Bien entendu que, it being well understood tfiat* 

1 En sort que, in such a manner that. 
k How do you carry yourself to-day ? 



POLYGLOT ARRANGEMENT 



OF A 



PART OF THE GOSPEL OF ST. MATTHEW. 



GERMAN. 

(fin, 

Stt>et, 



Sflttf. 

Gicben, 
Occult, 

CHf(elf), 
Stoflf, 
3)mjefjn, 
SDUriefen, 



<2iebeti}el;n, 



(rut tmt> 
SHerjij, 



(Siebciijijj, 



pttntart unfc ting, 

i Intnt'crt, 
taiciit, 



THE NUMERALS. 

(Cardinal.) 



SPANISH 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


uno, 


un(e), 


one. 


dos, 


deux, 


two. 


tres, 


trois, 


three. 


quatro, 


quatre, 


four. 


cinco, 


cinq, 


five. 


seis, 


six, 


six. 


siete, 


sept, 


seven. 


ocho, 


huit, 


eight. 


nueve, 


neuf, 


nine. 


diez, 


dix, 


ten. 


once, 


onze, 


eleven. 


doce, 


douze, 


twelve. 


trece, 


treize, 


thirteen. 


catorce, 


quatorze, 


fourteen. 


3uince, 


quinze, 


fifteen. 


iez y seis, 


seize, 


sixteen. 


diez y siete, 
diez y ocho, 
diez y nueve, 


dix-sept, 
dix-huit, 
dix-neuf, 


seventeen 
eighteen, 
nineteen. 


viente, 


vingt, 


twenty. 


viente y uno, 


vingt-un, 


twenty-one. 


treinta, 


trente, 


thirty. 


quarenta, 


quarante, 


forty. 


cincuenta, 


cinquante, 


fifty. 


sesenta, 


soixante, 


sixty. 


setenta, 


soixante-dix, 


seventy. 


ochenta, 


quatre-vingt, 


eighty. 


noventa, 


quatre-vingt-dix, 


ninety. 


ciento, 


cent, 


one hundred. 


ciento y uno, 


cent un, 


hundred and ono. 


dos ciento, 


deux cent, 


two hundred. 


mil, 


mille 


one thousand!. 


27 







314 



MATTHEW, CIIAPTEn II. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


1. Toil de 'irjo-ov yev- 


1. Or Jesus etant 


1. Now when Je- 


vrjOivros fv Br/d\/j, 


ne a Bethlehem, 


sus was born in 


rjy? 'louS.u'ay, tv 17/^6- 


ville de Juda, au 


Bethlehem of Ju- 


/>cu? 'HpcoSov TOV J3a- 


temps du roi He- 


dea, in the days 01* 


(TiAecof, tSou, fjt.dyoi 


rode, voici arriver 


Herod the king, be- 


OTTO uraroXcoj/ Tvape- 


des sages d'Orient 


hold, there came 


yevovTO els 'le/JocroXu- 


a Jerusalem, 


wise men from the 


/na, Xeyoi/rej' ' 




east to Jerusalem, 


2. Iloi) ea-Tiv 6 re- 


2. en disant : Oil 


2. Saying, Where 


\&f:ls j3.UTl\fVS TU>V 


est le roi des Juifs 


is he that is born 


lovdai&v ; f'{$op.fv yap 


qui est ne ? car 


king of the Jews? 


avTov TOV acrrepa eV 


nous avons vu son 


for we have seen 


Tr) avaroXfj KOL rj\6o- 


etoile en Orient, et 


his star in the east, 


fjifv TTpoo-Kvvrjo-ai auro>. 


nous sommes venus 


and are come to 




1'adorer. 


worship him. 


3. 'A^Koixras de 'Hpoo- 


3. Ce que le roi 


3. When Herod 


S?;? 6 /3u(riXeu? erapa- 


Herode ayant en- 


the king had heard 


^^?7, KCU Tratra c lf/)o- 


tend u, il en fut trou- 


these things, he was 


(roXuaa /xer' aurou. 


ble, et tout Jerusa- 


troubled, and all Je- 




lem avec lui. 


rusalem with him. 


4. Kat (rvvayayfav 


4. Et ayant assem- 


4. And when he 


Travrns rovs 'Ap^ifpety 


ble tous les princi- 


had gathered all the 


Kni Tpafj./j,aTf1s TOV 


paux sacrificateurs, 


chief priests and 


Miot), eTrvvddvfTO Trap" 1 


et les scribes du 


scribes of .the peo- 


aVT(0V 770U 6 XpKTTOS 


peuple, il s'informa 


ple together, he de- 


yewarai. 


d'eux ou le Christ 


manded of them 




devait naitre. 


where Christ should 






be born. 


5. Ot Se CLTTOV avTto 


5. Et ils lui dirent : 


5. And they said 


*Ev B/7$Xec/x TTJS 'lou- 


A Bethlehem, ville 


unto him, In Beth- 


d ai as ' OUTGO yap ye- 


de Judee ; car il est 


lehem of Judea : for 


ypmrrai 8ta row Trpo- 


ainsi ecrit par un 


thus it is written by 


(prjrov 


prophete : 


the prophet, 


6 " Kai ori/ B^^Xf- 


6. Et toi, Bethle- 


6. And thou Beth- 


e/i, yrj lovSa, ov8afj,&s 


hem, terre de Juda, 


lehem, in the land 


s\a%i<mj fl v Tols 


tu n'es nullement la 


of Juda, art not the 


fiyepcxriv 'loySa CK 


plus petite entre les 


least among the 


(roC yap e^eXeucrfrai 


gouverneurs de Ju- 


princes of Juda : for 


riyrwufisos, Otms TTOI- 


da ; car de toi sorti- 


out of thee shall 


/i-.i'fT -av XaoV /nou rov 


ra le Conducteur qui 


come a Governor, 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER II. 



315 



(1BRMAX. 

.; ^(\\i* ? 
itai jn "i>eiNi h.iu, mi 

eu i.uti-e, ;ui- 
,?>;[ De-o ftcuuu'' Jjpc- 

ftetx, ta r'amen 
l if 13 c iff u \>em 03un-- 



1cm, uut> fpractm 



.aeberue 



[mien rem vuViU-n 
im Qftorge nlanfc, inu< 
ftn& gefommcti 
an 511 be ten. 

3. X>a ta* fret* o-' 
nil JfpiTotcs fyftrctc, 
cvfctn*acf cr, uiiD nut 
ibm tat? saujc 3cru- 
falcm ; 

-I. Ui^ Hcfj t>cvfam= 
mclu 



tinea- rcm 
crforfcbte ton il;ufu, 
wo eiH-i|hu> f elite a,e= 
beveu 






5. Uut> ftf fasten 
iftm : 3 
tin |utifd)fn 

^enu alfo |Ul)et t qc-- 
fcbnebeu turd) ten 
spiephf ten : 
0. UuD Mi ^Bct^c^ 
hem, uu juMfcbeit i an- 
te, bi|t nut uicbtcu Me 
Heinjte uutcv Dcugur.- 
imt 3uba ; teuu aiu> 
tiv fell mir temmeu 
tev -O-'fM, rev fiber 



SI'ANISII. 

1. Y despu.es 
bubo nacido 
en Bethlehem dc 
Juil<'H en los dias 

del Rey llcrodcs, 
he aqui unos Ma^os 
vinicron del Orien- 
tc. a Jerusalei;). 

J. Dicioiulo ;l)on- 
de est'i el quo ha 
nacido rev de los 
Judios ? Porquo be- 
mos \ Telia 

en el Oricnto, v \ i- 



1 AIIX. 



]. At ,'esu nato i 



n 



in diebus Ilerodis 
. ecce Alayi ab 
lOrientibus ac< 
\ runt in Hierosoly- 

mam, dicentes : 

2. Ubi est natus 
rex Judosorum ? vi- 
dimus enim ejus 
stellam in Oriente, 
et \cnimus adorare 
(Mini. 



3. Audiens autem 

les re x, turba- 

tus est, ct omnis 

-)lvm'i cum 



o. ^ cuando ei 
Rey llcrodcs bubo 
oido es'o, tui - !)(')se \- 
con el toiia Jerus;-,- 
lem. iil!o. 

4. Y convocados i. E 
todos los principcs mimes prii-ci]. 
de los Sa >'-rii)as 

y los Escribas del populi, sciscitabatur 



pueblo pregunt61es 

donde habia de na- 
cer el Cbristo. 

5. Y cllos le dijo- 
ron: En Bethlehem 
dc Jndoa, porque 

asi csta. csi-riin j,,ir 
el profeta. 

6. Y tu Brthlr- 

ticrra de Juda, 



no errs 



mcnor 



los principcs 
Jmh'i, poi-(juc dc 



ah <-:s ubi Christus 
retur. 



5. At illi dixoru.it 
ei : In Bethlehem 
Jtnhi-aB : sic c-nim 
scriptum est per 
Prophetam : 

(5. Et tu BdUlc- 
hem terra Juda, ne- 
<maquam minima es 
in duciliiis Juda : ex 

te eiiim r\il)it (lilX, 



ti saldra el eaudillo (jui 

reghra ;. ! 



populum 



316 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER II. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


EXJ1LISII. 


'IcrpaqX." 


paitra mon pen pie 


that shall rule my 




d'Israel. 


people Israel. 


7. Tore 'Hpa>?7 Xa- 


7. Alors Herode, 


7. Then Herod, 


6 pa Ka\eo~as TOUS /Lta- 


ayant appcle en se- 


when he had privi- 


youff, ^/cpt/3coo-e Trap' 


cret les sages, s'in- 


ly called the wise 


a\jTo>v TOV xpovov TOV 


forma d'eux soi- 


men, inquired of 


(patvop.vov dorepos* 


gneusement du 


them diligently 




temps que 1'etoile 


what time the star 




leur etait apparue. 


appeared. 


8. Kal 7Tfp.\lras ctv- 


8. Et les envoyant 


8. And he sent 


TOI'V eiy B/7$Xeep,, et- 


a Bethlehem, il leur 


them to Bethlehem, 


TTC noptutfeWey, apt- 


dit : Allez, et vous 


and said, Go, and 


/3a>y e'erao-ar<F TTfpt 


informez soigneuse- 


search diligently for 


ToO iraiSiou (nav 5e 


ment touchant le 


the young child ; 


fvprjTf, aTrayye/Xare 


petit enfant ; et 


and when ye have 


/HOt, 07TWS KCtya) f\du>V 


quand vous Paurez 


found him, bring 


7T/>o<r/cw?;cra> avrw. 


trouve, faites-le-moi 


me word again, 




savoir, afin que j'y 


that I may come 




aille aussi, et que je 


and worship him 




Padore. 


also. 


9. Ot Se aKovo-ai/Ter 


9. Eux done ayant 


9. When they had 


ToC /3uo-tXea>, eVopfu- 


ouY le roi, s'en al- 


heard the king, they 


6rjo~av <al tdou, 6 


lerent ; et voici, 1'e- 


departed ; and lo, 


acrr^p, 6^ ei'Soy ei/ r^ 


toile qu'ils avaient 


the star, which they 


dvatoXfj, TTporjyev av- 


vue en Orient allait 


saw in the east, 


TOVS, ecos e\du>v earrj 


devant eux, jusqu'a, 


went before them, 


7Tava> ou 7^y ro TratSiW. 


ce qu'elle vint et 


till it came and 




s'arreta sur le lieu 


stood over where 




ou etait le petit en- 


the young child 




fant. 


was. 


10. 'iSovrey Se rov 


10. Et quand ils 


10. When they 


aarepa, x^P r l crav X a ~ 


virent 1'etoile, ils se 


saw the star, they 


pciv iifydXrjv (r<j)68pa. 


rejouirent d'une fort 


rejoiced with ex- 




grande joie. 


ceeding great joy. 


11. Kat cXpoirff fts 


11. Et etant entres 


11. And when 


Tjyi' ot/a'ui>, fldov TO 


dans la maison, ils 


they were come in- 


iratBiov /xera Mapi'as 


trouverent le petit 


to the house, they 


T/J? p,r]Tpos avTov Kal 


enfant avec Marie, 


saw the young child 


7To-6vTfs Trpoo-fKvvr)- 


sa mere, lequcl ils 


with Mary his moth- 


(Tav avra), feat dvoL^av 


adorerent, en se 


er, and fell down, 


res Toi'f drjrr<ivp(rb<; av- 


prosternant en terre; 


and worshipped 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER II. 



31T 






GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


mein SBoff 3frael ein 


mi pueblo. 




crr fep. 






7. 2) a t'evicf Jpcro; 


7. Entonces He- 


7. Tune Herodes 


tc tic 1cifcn tyfim; 


rodes llamados en 


clam vocans Magos, 


lied, tint erlentcte mit 


secrcto los Magos 


perquisivit ab eis 


gfcifUHMi il)ucu,waiiu 


inquirio de ellos 


tempus apparen s 


tcr tern rrfcfcicufti 


cuidadosamente el 


stellse. 


wave, 


tiempo en que apa- 






recio la estrella. 




8. Unt wies fie 


8. Y enviandoles 


8. Et mittens eos 


qcu 35ctl:lcbe:n, unt 


a Bethlehem les di- 


in Bethlehem, dixit: 


fyrad) : 3icl)et bin 


jo : Id, v preguntad 


Euntcs dilijrenter 


tint fcrfdttt tfcifiicj 


con diligencia por 


explorate de pucro : 


narf) tern Sttnwfin; 


el nino, y cuando 


cum autcm invene- 


tint wenu il)r c fiii.- 


le hubicseis hallado 


ritis, renunciate mi- 


tct, fc> fa .act cs mir 


hacedmelo saber, 


ll i ut et ego veniens 


ttMctcr, tag id) and) 


paraque vaya yo 


adorem eum. 


fommc, unt c au= 


tambien y le adore. 




bete. 




. 


9. 2{fe fie nun ten 


9. Y habiendo 


9. Illi autem audi- 


&6iiia. ac(;6rct fatten, 


ellos oido al Rey 


entes regem, profec- 


jp.AfH fie bin. Unt 


marcharonse. Y he 


ti sunt, et ecce, stel- 


fi,ct)c, tcr tcvn, ten 


aqui la estrella que 


la quam viderant in 


fie im Q}ior^fulaiitc 


habian visto en el 


Oriente, antcci-de- 


acfcncn batten, aiu.a 


Oriente iba delantc 


'S, usque dum 


l>ov ibneu bin, IMS tafj 


de ellos hasta que 


vcni<-ns slaret supra 


cr tain, unt jlant, 


llegando se parn 


u'.ii crat puer. 


cben iiber, ta^ i\u> 


sobre donde rslaha 




i;int(fiu war. 


el nifio. 




10. 2) a fie ten 


10. Y al ver la 


10. Videntes au- 


tevn faben, wurcfii 


estrella sc regocija- 


tcm strllam, iravisi 


fie tyod) evfrenet, 


ron con extremado 


stint <:;iti<lium mag- 




gozo. 


niiin valdc. 


11. Unt aiiiacn in 


11. Y r-ntrando ni 


11. Et von 


tas -^ans, unt faiftcn 


la casa hallaron al 


in domum, invene- 


tat* Svintlein nut 


nifio con su mad re 


rnnt puerum c\nn 


SOiaria, feiner ^Tut^ 


Maria, y postran- 


Maria isialrc cjus. 


ter, nnt fieleu meter, 


dosc lc ailoranin, y 


Et pr<icid-nt^ ado- 


unt tcteteii es an, 


abririul<i s\is ti 


ravcrvnt eUOT, 


unt tbatoi i 


sauroi 



318 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER II. 



GREEK 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


raJy, 7rpoo~f]VfyKav av- 


et, apres avoir de- 


him : and when 


roi ScSpa, xpucro^, <al 


ploye leurs tresors, 


they had opened 


\iftavoVf Kal fffivpvav. 


ils lui ofTrirent des 


their treasures, they 




presens, savoir, de 


presented unto him 




1'or, de Pencens, et 


gifts ; gold, and 




de la myrrhe. 


frankincense, and 






myrrh. 


12. Kal xpiiiuiTurOtv- 


12. Puis etant di- 


12. And being 


Tts /car' ovap pr) ava- 


vinement avertis 


warned of God in 


K.a.fjL'fya.i Trpos 'HpwS/p, 


dans un songe de 


a dream that they 


fit' ti\\rjs 6SoO avex>- 


ne retourner point 


should not return to 


prjo~av els TT^V xapaz> 


vers Herode, ils se 


Herod, they depart- 


avTUtv. 


retirerent en leur 


ed into their own 




pays par un autre 


country another 




chemin. 


way. 


13. 'Ai/axoopT/aai'Tcoi' 


13. Or, apres qu'ils 


13. And when 


Se atTcSt/, ifiov, ayyt- 


se furent retires, voi- 


they were depart- 


Xo? Kvptou (paiveTdt 


ci, Pange du Seign- 


ed, behold, the an- 


K.CIT 1 OVllp TW 'Io30-T)(p, 


eur apparut dans un 


gel of the Lord ap- 


Xe'ycof, 'Eycp^els 1 7ra- 


songe a Joseph, et 


peared! to Joseph 


pdXa/3e TO natftiov Kal 


lui dit : Leve-toi, et 


in a dream, saying, 


TTJV /ir/Tf'p'i aurou, /cai | prends le petit en- 


Arise, and take the 


(pevye d? A'tyvnTov fant et sa mere, et 


young child and his 


K0l lo-6l CKfl 0)S <ll> 

fiTTO) trot /xeXXet yap 

'HpcbS^f r]T(lv TO TTtU- 


t'enfuis en Egypte, 
et demeure la jus- 
qu'a. cc que je te le 


mother, and flee 
into Egypt, and be 
thou there until 1 


S/oi', rou ciTToXecrai au- 


disc ; car Herode 


bring thee word : 


ro'. 


cherchera le petit 


.for Herod will seek 




enfant pour le faire 
mourir. 


the young child to 
destroy him. 


14. *O Se tyepfels 


14. Joseph done 14. When he 


TrapeXa/^e TO Traifit'oi/ 


etant reveille, prit arose, he took ils.e 


/cat TJ)V p.r]TepT. avrov 


de nuit le petit en- > young child and his 


\ \ 5 < 

I'f/CTos', Kfu avf^cop?^- 


fant et sa mere, et mother by night. 


(TfJ/ ff Ar/UTTTOV. 


se retira en Egypte. and departed into 


Egypt : 


15. Kal !)v eKei ecof 15. Et il demeura 15. And was there 


TTJS Tf^fvrrjs 'HpcuSov la jusqu'a la mort until the loath of 


iva 7T\i]p<i)6fj TO prfltv 


fP Herode, afin que Herod : that it 


VTTO TOV Kvpltf* $ia 


f.i l accompli ce clout might b. fulfilled 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER II. 



319 



GERMAN. 


Sl'ANISII. 


IATIN. 


ge anf, nnt fcfoeni'tcii 


oro e incensio, y 


suos, obtulerunt e: 


itym C^olt, :II3ci(^ 


mirra. 


munera, aurum, et 


rand) nnt SDtyrrfjen. 




thus, et myrrham. 


12. lint <ect be-- 


12. Y avisados en 


12. Et responsi 


faijf it)iicn im Jramn, 


sucfios que no vol- 


secundum somni- 


ta|5 fie ftd) uicbt foil-- 


viesen a Herodes 


um, non reflectere 


ten trictcr 511 erote$ 


regresaron a su ti- 


ad Hcrodcm, per 


Iciifcn. lint fie SIVKII 


erra, por otro ca- 


aliam viam recesse- 


tnrd) cincn antcvii 


mino. 


runt in regioncm 


'JBe.a UMctcr in ityr 




suam. 


lank 






13. 2>a ftc abcr tyin* 


13. Ydespucsque 


13. Recessis au- 


rcc.<A a,ejpcun war en, 


hubieron ellos par- 


tem ipsis, ecce an- 


fiefye, ta crfcljien tei 


tido he aqui el an- 


gelus Domini appa- 


Grn.ael tot' cmi tern 


gel del Sefior apa- 


ret per somnium 


Sofeph im Sranm, 


rece en suefios a 


Joseph, dicens : Ex- 


nnt fpracfo : tcfye 


Joseph diciendo : 


citatus accipe pu- 


anf, nnt ninun ta 


Lcvantate y toma 


erum et matrem 


JCintlem nnt fcine 


al nifio, y a su ma- 


cjus, et fuge in 


SOintrcr ;u Mr, nnt 
flicbe tn^.Arvtcidant, 


dre y huye a Egip- 
to, y estate alii 


yEgyptum : et esto 
ibi usque dum di- 


nnt Meibe allta, bi<? 


hasta que yo te 


cam tibi. Futurus 


id) Mr faac ; tcnn ct> 


porque ha de 


est cnim Herodes 


ijl vorl^anten, tafj 


acontecer que 1 1 - 


qua?rcre puerum ad 


Icin ftubc, t\|felbe 


rodes busque al ni- 
fio para matarle. 


pcrdendum cum. 


nmjubrin.Aen. 


Z 




1 1. lint cr llant 


1 1. Y N-vantandu- 


1 1. Is autom cxci- 


anf, lint uafym ta-o 


sc el tomo dc IK- 


tatus acccpit pue- 


Sv'inMeiu nnt feme 


che al nifio y a su 


rum c-t matrem ejus 


Quitter ^n fid\ bep 


madre, y fu- 


nocte, et secessit in 


tfi- 97acbt, nnt ent- 


Egipto. 


^Egypttim : 


ind) in vS^rptenlant, 






).". Unt bdcl allta 


15. Y permanecio 


15. Kt erat ibi 


bi-o nad) tem $cte 


alii hasta la inucr;*- 


uscpic ad ubituni 


.uif Mft er-- 


'!< !! para- 


iis : ut adim- 





qur cuinp iiui a 



320 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER II. 



GREEK 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


TOV TrpoCpfjTov. Xeyoi>- 


le Seigneur avait 


which was spoken 


roy, u 'E AfyuTrrou 


parle par un pro- 


of the Lord by the 


cKoXfa-a TOV viov /AOU." 


phete, disant : J'ai 


prophet, saying, 




appele mon Fils 


Out of Egypt have 




hors d'Egypte. 


I called my son. 


16. ToTf 'Hpudrjs 


16. Alors He rode, 


16. Then Herod, 


I'Soby OTt fverrai^drj VTTO 


voyant que les sages 


when he saw that 


T<ov /zaycov, (0vfJ.<j>dr) 


s'etaicnt moques de 


he was mocked o* 


Xiaz>, Kal dTrocrTeiXus 


lui, fut fort en co- 


the wise men, wa 


dvflXe rravTas rovs 


le re, et il envoya 


exceeding wroth, 


TToiftas TOVS tv B?7$- 


tuer tous les cnfans 


and sent forth, and 


Xeeu, Kal eV Tracri rois 


qui etaient dans 


slew all the chil- 


opiots auTTjr, a77o 5te- 


Bethlehem, et dans 


dren that were in 


TOV? Kal fcarcorepco, 


tout son tcrritoire, 


Bethlehem, and in 


Kara TW ^povov ov 


depuis 1'age de deux 


all the coasts there- 


9/cpi/3axre ?rapa TWJ/ 


ans et au-dessous, 


of, from two years 


uaycov. 


selon le temps dont 


old and under, ac- 




il s'etait exactement 


cording to the timo 




informe des sages. 


which he had dili- 






gently inquired of 






the wise men. 


17. Tore eir\ripa>6T) 17. Alors flit ac- 


17. Then was ful- 


TO p^^f VTTO 'Ifpffiiov I compli ce dont avait 


filled that which 


roi) 7rpo(f>T)Tov, Xeyoi/- ; parle Jeremie Ic pro- 


was spoken by Jer- 


rov, I pliete, en disant : 


emy the prophet, 




saying, 


18. " *o)vj) ev 'Pa/xa 18. On a Oil I a 


18. In Rama was 


rjKovo-drj, tiprjvos Kal ! Rama un cri, une 


there a voice heard, 


K\avdp.os Kal oBvpfjibs 


lamentation, des 


lamentation, and 


TTO\VS, *Pa^/)X K\aiov- 


plaintes, et un grand 


weeping, and great 


cra TO. reKva. avrrjs 


gemissement ; Ra- 


mourning, Rachel 


Kal OVK rjOe^f rrapa- 


chel pleurant ses 


weeping for her 


K\r)6ijvaij OTI OVK 


enfans, et n'ayant 


children, and would 


W." 


point voulu etre 


not be comforted, 




consolee de ce 


because they are 




qu'ils ne sont plus. 


not. 


19. TfXcur^crai/ros Se 


19. Mais apres 


19. But when 


rou *Hpa>Sou, t5ou, ay- 


qu' He rode fut mort, 


Herod was dead, 


yfXof Kvp/ov Kar 1 oVap 


voici, Tange du Sei- 


behold, an angel of 


(piivfTai raj I&xrrtp eV 


gneur apparut dans 


the Lord appeareth 


Ai/i'.TT.o. 1 un songc u .K)S''t)!i, 


i;i a dream to Jo- 






321 



GEItv 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


JfpCIT tltl'd) frCll ^Pl'O- 


lo que hablo el Se- 


Domino per Pro- 


pfycteu tfcfaat fyat, fra 


fior por el profeta 


phetam, dicentem : 


fcafpricltf: '21 u$ a.?p; 


diciendo : De Egip- 


Ex Egypto vocav: 


tcu tyabe id) met nc it 


to llame a mi hijo. 


filium meum. 


ot}it cKvufcn. 






16. 5)a acfrcs itnn 


16. Entonccs He- 


16. Tune Herodes 


fafy, frafe a von frcn 


rodes cuando se vio 


videns quoniam illu- 


3Bcifc.ii bctvc4.cn roar, 


burlado de los Ma- 


sus esset a Magis, 


tpavfr a fcl)i* jovuU, 


gos irritose sobre 


iratus est valde : et 


uttfr fcfcirftc am*, nnfr 


manera, y envio, e 


mittens occidit om- 


licft allc infra 3 u 


hizo matar a todos 


nes pueros qui in 


23ctl;lei)cm tefrtat, 


los niuos, que ha- 


Bethlehem, et om- 


unfr an ityrcn .aaitjcn 


bia en Bethlehem, 


nibus finibus ejus, a 


rcnjcn, fric fra ju>fi^ 


y en toda su co- 


binatu et infra, 


jabvia uul> fravmtta 


ma rca de dos anos 


secundum tempus 


ttavcn, uacl) frcr $sit, 


abajo conforme al 


quod perquisivit a 


l>ic a mit glcijj von 


tiempo que el ha- 


Magis. 


t>cu QBcifcu alcvuct 


bi'a cuidadosamente 




^attc. 


inquirido de los Ma- 






gos. 




17. 2>a ijl affect, 


17. Entonces se 


17. Tuncadimple- 


frai* vUl'a.At i|l von frcm 


cumplio lo que ha- 


tum est dictum per 


^verlictcii 3crcmia, 


bia nablado por el 


Jeremiam prophe- 


&er fra fpvicljt : 


profeta Jcrcmias di- 


tam, dicentem : 




ciendo, 




18. Tluf frcm CScbiv-- 


18. Voz fue oida 


18. Vox in Rama 


gc bat man ciit (Sc- 


en Rama lamentos, 


audita est, ploratus 


ffbvcp acl)6vct r vicl 


y lloros y grandes 


et ululatus ct rjula- 


$\U.K!i, ^Bcincitt' 


gemidos : Raquel 


tus multus : Rachel 


unfr -ipculcu^ ; 5Kat}d 


llorando sus hijos y 


plorans natos suos, 


bnrciuetc ihrc S\in-- 


no quiso scr conso- 


et noluit cohjolari. 


frcr, uufr \polltc ftit) 


lada porque no ex- 


quia non sunt. 


utibt trcjlcit lajfcit ; 


isten ya. 




frcnn CL* ipv\v am? mit 






tl;ncn. 






19. 5)a abcr Jipcvo- 


19. Pero habien- 


19. Desinente an- 


frc^ ^c|Un-bfu irar, fie-- 


do muerto Herodes 


te m He rode, ecco 


be, fra ci|\bicn frcr 


he aqui un lingrl 


angelus Domini se- 


Snacl frci^ Jpani frcm 


del Scnor ajKirccio 


cundui i somnium 


3ofcv 1 / '' ivaiim in 


en sueuos u Joseph 


uppu ph in 






322 



MATTHEW, CHAPTERS II., Ill, 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. ENGLISH. 




en Egypte, seph in Egypt, 


20. Aeycoi>,'Eyep- 


20. et lui dit : 20. Saying, Arise, 


$ei? TrapaXot/Se TO 


Leve-toi, et prends le 


and take the young 


Traifiioi/, Atal rrjv p,r)- 


petit enfant et sa mere, 


child and his mother, 


Tepa avrov, KOI TTO- 


et fen va au pays 


and go into the land of 


pevov (Is yijv Io~pa- 


d'Isratil ; car ceux qui 


Israel : for they are 


r;X TedvTjKaori yap 


cherchaient a oter la 


dead which sought the 


Ol r)TOVVT$ Tf]V 


vie au petit enfant sont 


young child's life. 


^IfVYTjV TOV 7Tai5lOL>. 


morts. 




21. 'O fie cyepQfls 


21. Joseph done s'e- 


21. And he arose, 


7rapeXa/3e TOTrotot- 


tant reveille, prit le 


and took the young 


ov, Kal TT]V pyre pa 


petit enfant et sa mere, 


child and his mother 


OVTOV, KOI ij\6ev els 


et s'en vint au pays and came into the land 


yj]v 'Io-par)\. 


dlsrae'1. of Israel. 


22. 'A/coucra? fie 


22. Mais quand il 


22. But when he 


ort 'Ap^e'Xuo? /3a- 


eut appris qu'Arche- 


heard that Archelaus 


(TtXeuet eVi r^y 'lou- 


laiis regnait en Ju- 


did reign in Judea in 


8aia$ di/rt 'Hpwfiou 


dee, a la place d'He- 


the room of his father 


roO TrciTpos avrovy 


rode, son pere, il crai- 


Herod, he was afraid 


f(po[3r]dr]eKfld7re\- 


gnit d'y aller ; et etant 


to go thither : notwith- 


6flv xp^urio-^ety 


divinementaverti dans 


standing, being warn- 


fie /car' ^vap,ave^a)- 


un songe, il se retira 


ed of God in a dream, 


pr/o'ci' fls TCI pep*] 


en Galilee. 


he turned aside into 


Trjs FaXtXatay 




the parts of Galilee : 


23. Kat e'X^a)!/ 


23. Et y etant arrive 


23. And he came and 


KCLTO)K.r)CTfV (IS TTO- 


il habita dans la ville 


dwelt in a city called 


Xii/ Xeyo/ieV^f Na- 


appelee Nazareth, afm 


Nazareth : that it 


aptT, OTTOOS n\r)- 


que fut accompli ce 


might be fulfilled 


po)6r/ TO prjdev fita 


qui avait ete dit par les 


which was spoken by 


rcov 7rpo(f)r]Ta)i>, on 


prophetes : II sera 


the prophets, He shall 


Na^copatop K\rjdfj- 


appele Nazarien. 


be called a Nazarene 


<T6Tai, 




. 'Ey fie rat? 17- 1. Or en ce temps- 


1 In those days 


pepais eKcivais Tra- la vint Jean-Baptiste, 


came John the Baptist, 


payiverai 'ludwrjs prechant dans le de- 


preaching in the wil- 


<5 )3rt7rrtoT^j w- sert de la Judee, 


derness of Judea, 


"jiKrcrcdv ev TTI fpn~ 




uo) TTJS 'louSatar, 




2. Kat \eyaiv, 2. ct disant : Con- 


2. And saying, Re- 



,'ly- ver*issez-vous, car le 



pent ye : for the king- 



MATTHEW, CHAPTERS II., III. 



,00, 



GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


LAT1X. 


(5arjpteu(aut>, 


en Egipto. 


jEgypto, 


20. Unt> fpradi : @tc-- 


20. Diciendo : Le- 


20. Dicens : Ex- 


tye auf, unD iiimm fcas 


vantate y toma al ni- 


citatus accipe pu- 


Sfinfclciu HUD feme 


fio y a su madre, y 


erum, et matrem 


Gutter $it &IIMIU& jic= 


vete a tierra de Isra- 


ejus, eDfrvade in 


tye t)in in t>a$ *aut> 2>f-- 


el porque muertos 


terram Israel : 


vacl ; fie flnfc gt florbr u, 


son los que atentu- 


mortui sunt enim 


Me tern ftinfce uad) tern 


ban a la vida del nino. 


qucerentes ani- 


fcffcnt flaufrcn. 




mam pueri. 


21. Uut> er |!aul> auf, 


21. Entonces le- 


21. Hie autem 


mi&nabmfras ftiuMeiu 


vantandose el tomo 


excitatus accepit 


uuD fcinc OJiutter ju 


al nino, y a su ma- 


puerum et ma- 


fid?, nuD fam in tat> 


dre, y vinose a tierra 


trem ejus, et venit 


iaufc 3fvaef. 


de Israel. 


in terram Israel. 


22. 2)a ev atcr l}6vete, 


22. Mas habiendo 


22. Audiens au- 


tajj 2Jrd)dau$ im jufci= 


oido que Archelao 


tem quod Arche- 


fdxn iaufre Sf 6niA war, 


reynaba en Judea en 


laus regnare^ in 


an tatt fcine^ SEtatctf 


lugar de su padre He- 


Judaea pro Hero- 


J^evcte^, furd^tctc ev 


rodes temio ir alia y 


de patre suo, ti- 


fid) tal)in 511 fcmmcn. 


avisado en suenos se 


muit illo ire. Re- 


It ut im Ivaiim cmpfiA 


retiro a tierra de Ga- 


sponsus autem se 


ev I25efcl;l von (gctt, 


lilea. 


cundum somni- 


nuD 50.4 in ^ie Ocvtcr 




uin, scccssit in 


tet* c\altU\ifd)en iauDet-, 




partcs Galilaea?. 


23. ltn& fam, uuD 


23. Y vino y habito 


23. Et veiiirns 


wcl^uctc in frev taDt, 


en una ciudad llama- 


commigravit in 


^te ^a beifjt SRajarftfy ; 


da Nazareth paraque 


civitatcm dictam 


anf ba cvfulict iruvrc, 


se cumplicse lo (juo 


Xaxarct : ut im- 


tae ta .a.cfa t At i|t ou 


habian dicho los jro- 


plrivlur dictum 


^eln spvopbeten : Sv 


fetas : Sera Ihunadu 


per Propl iotas, 


foil 9lajaveiiu^ t;ci|5cu. 


Nazareno. 


Quod Nazoroeus 






vocabitur. 


1. B" frfv Beit fun 


1. Y on aquellos di- 


1. In autem die- 


3ol)aunei', tcv Sanfev, 


as vino Juan cl P>an- 


bus illis accedit 


nut v i ' c ^.Atc in tev 


tista ptvdicando en 


Joannes Raptista, 


^njle tes jntifd)en 


el desierto de Judea. 


pracdicans in de- 


iMibe^i 




serto Judsca?, 


2. UuDfrvacf): 5f)it: 


J. Y diciondo : Ar- 


2. Et dicens: 


S5u|jc^ai?^ mmclveid) 


repentios porque el 


Pcenitemini, ap- 






324 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER III. 



GHEEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


yiKe yap rj /3ao~t- 


royaume des cieux est 


dom of heaven is at 


Xei'a Tu>v ovpav&v. 


proche. 


hand. 


3. OVTOS yap CQ-TLV 


3. Car c'est ici celui 


3. For this is he that 


6 pr-jdels&k'Ho-iu- 


dont il a ete parle par 


was spoken of by the 


OV TOV 7TpO(f)r)TOV, 


Esai'e le prophete, en 


prophet Esaias, say- 


Xeyozroy, " &u>vr) 


disant : La voix de 


ing, The voice of one 


BoatvTOs Iv Trj fpi')- 


celui qui crie dans le 


crying in the wilder- 


juo, Eroi/xdcrare 


desert est : Preparez 


ness, Prepare ye the 


TTJV 68bi> Kvpiov, 


le chemin du Seigneur, 


way of the Lord, make 


evQetas Trotfire Tas 


aplanissez ses sen- 


his paths straight. 


TpLJSovs avTov. 


tiers. 




4. AVTOS de 'la>- 


4. Or Jean avait son 


4. And the same John 


dvvqs et^e ro ev8v- 


vetement de poil de 


had his raiment of 


pa Q.VTOV aTTO TOi- 


chameau, et une cein- 


camel's hair, and a 


X&v KafjLrjXov, Kal 


ture de cuir autour de 


leathern girdle about 


^utvrjv 8epp.aTivr]v 


ses reins ; et son man- 


his loins ; and his meat 


ncpl rj)f ocrfpvv av- 


ger etait des saute- 


was locusts and wild 


TOV f) de Tpofpr) 


relles et du miel sau- 


honey. 


avTOv fjv dxpiSes 


vage. 




Kal /jifXi aypiov. 






5. Tore e'e7TO- 


5. Alors les habitans 


5. Then went out to 


peveTO irpbs avTov 


de Jerusalem, et de 


him Jerusalem, and 


Ifpo(ToXv/j.a, Kal 


toute la Judee, et de 


all Judea, and all the 


7rao~it T) lovoaia, 


tout le pays des envi- 


region round about 


Kal irdo-a f) Trept^co- 


rons du Jourdain vin- 


Jordan, 


pos TOV 'lopftdvov, 


rent a lui. 




6. Kal e/Sajrr/* 


6. Et ils etaient bap- 


6. And were baptized 


^oi/ro eV raj 'lopSd- 


tises par lui au Jour- 


of him in Jordan, con- 


VT) VTT CIVTOV, e'^0- 


dain, confessant leurs 


fessing their sins. 


fioXoyovfievoi Tas 


peches. 




7. 'iScov 6e ?roX- 


7. Mais voyant plu- 


7. But when he saw 


Xovs rcoj/ &apLO-ai- 


sieurs des pharisiens 


many of the Pharisees 


wv Kal 2aSSou/cai- 


et des sadduceens ve- 


and Sadducees come 


0)1' pVOU.fVOVS 67TI 


nir a son bapteme, il 


to his baptism, he said 


ro /3dVTioyia au- 


leur dit : Race de vi- 


unto them, O genera- 


roi), etTrei/ auroTy, 


peres, qui vous a aver- 


tion of vipers, who 


Tcvvr)p.aTa e^ibvwv, 


tis de fuir la colere a 


hath warned you to 


ris VTredeigev viiiv 


venir ? 


flee from the wrath 1o 






325 



GERMAN". 


SPANISH. 


LATnr. 


i|t nac fycvbu; gcfem* 


reyno dc los cielos 


propinquavit e- 


men. 


estu ccrca. 


nim rcgnum COB- 






lorum. 


3. Unt> cr ifl lcr, von 


3. Porquc cstc cs 


3. Hie cnim est 


tern fcr spiepfyft % ( ; 


uqwl do quicii hablo 


pronmiHatus ah 


fata a.cfaa,t bat, lint* o.c-- 


el profota Isaias dici- 


Ksaia Pmpbcta, 


fprocbcu : (Si' ift cine 


cndo : Voz del quc 


dicente : Vox cla- 


timmc cincs spucDu 


clania en cl drsierto: 


mantis in d 


CUT!? in IUT 333u|lc, be; 


Apan-jad ! cainino 


Expedite viam 


vcitct rent -Ocvvn fccn 


del Scnor, liacctl dc- 


Domini, rectns fa- 


3D co., mil* mad)ct rid).- 


rochas su> sci: 


cite semitas ejus. 


ti.4 feme @tcia,f. 






T alnT, 3folMii= 


1. V ! inismo Juan 


4. Ipse autern 


nctf, battccm&lnr vcji 


Ih.'vaba un vcstido de 


Joannes babcbat 


CTamf r I6l)aare, unfc ei= 


pelos tic camcllo, y 


indumentum su- 


IUH Ic^clllcu (Burtcl 


un cinto dc cu- 


um e pilis cameli, 


urn fciuc ici^cu ; fciuc 


r desus lomos, 


et zonam pellice- 


pcifc alcr war Jpcu= 


y su comida oran lan- 


am circa lunibum 


ffbvcrfcu uuD wilfcr 


gostas y miel silv-<- 


suum : esca au- 


Jponig. 


tre. 


tem ejus erat lo- 


K5. X^a .aina 511 ibm 
iuam? tic @taftt 3 fs 


5. Entonces snlicj 
a el Jerusalem, y to- 


ct mel sil- 
vestre. 
r>. Tiinc exi'bat 
ad eum Hicroso- 


vttfalnn, iu^ ta-o ,aau^c 


da la Judea, y toda la 


lyma, et oninis 


,ubi iant, unD allc 


ticrra de la comarra 


Juda-a, c't unmis 


ivintci an tcm 3ortan, 


del Jordan. 


circum vicinia 






Jordan is. 


tint 1 licgfii ficft tan-- 


(. \ > ran bautiza- 


6. Et boptiza- 


fen von i^mnn^for^an, 


dos por el en rl Jor- 


bantur in Jordanc 


tu^ bct'anntcn iljrc 


dan confesando sus 


. f-onsitentcs 


finfrcn. 


pccados. 


peccata sua. 


7. 2((U* cr nnn Vide 
sptjarifacv nn& @atMi- 


7. Mas viendo que 
mucbos d, IMS rha- 


7. Vidensautem 
multos Pb. 


; fab 511 f cine v ianfc 


riseos osve- 


rum et Sadduca}- 


hMiimcn, fvvad) ci 311 


nian a su bautismo 


orum venientcs 


ihncn: 3l)v Ottcvn.vU'- 


les dijo ; ob rnirra- 


ad baj)lismum su- 


judnc, ircr l)at tcnn 


- ! (jui- 


um, dixiteis : Ge- 


cnd> a.nricfcn, ta^ i In- 


en os lia enscnadn ;'i niinina viprrn- 


tern tuftlnftigen ^m-n 


buir de la ira veni rum, quis deinun- 








326 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER III. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


(pvyelv OTTO TTJS 




come ? 


(j.fX\ovcrr)s opyTJs ; 






O. TiOLrj(TO,T OVV 


8. Faites done des 


8. Bring forth there- 


KapTTOV dfclOV TTJS 

fjLCTavoias* 


fruits convenables a la 
repentance. 


fore fruits meet for re- 
pentance : 


9. Kai fir) 86^rjT 


9. Et ne presumez 


9. And think not to 


\fyeiv (v euvroiff, 


point de dire en vous- 


say within yourselves, 


ITarepa e^o/zei/ rov 


memes : Nous avons 


We have Abraham to 


AjSpaa^i Aeyoo 


Abraham pour pere ; 


our father : for I say 


yap V/MV, oTt 8vva- 


car je vous dis que 


unto you, that God is 


rat 6 Geoff e< ra>v 


Dieu peut faire naitre 


able of these stones to 


\i6u>v TOVTW tyfi- 


de ces pierres meme 


raise up children unto 


pai reKva ra> A- 


des enfans a Abra- 


Abraham. 


$pad/z. 


ham. 




10. "H&7 Se Kai 


10. Or la cognee est 


10. And now also * 


r] divr) rrpbs TJ)I> 


deja mise a la racine 


the axe is laid unto 


oiav TCOV devdpuv 


des arbres ; c'est pour- 


the root of the trees : 


/ceTrai TTO.V ovv 


quoi tout arbre, qui ne 


therefore every tree 


divftpov fjLT) TTOIOVV 


fait point de bon fruit, 


which bringeth not 


Kapnov K.a\ov f K- j va etre coupe et jete 


forth good fruit is hewn 


KOTTTCTat, KO.I CIS 


au feu. 


down, and cast into 


7Tvp /SaAAerai. 




the fire. 


1 1 . *Eya) u.iv 


11. Pour moi, je 


11. I indeed baptize 


Qarrrifa vfj.ds tv 


vous baptise d'eau en 


you with water unto 


vdari els /nerdVoi- 


signe de repentance ; 


repentance : but he 


av 6 5e OTTiVca /tou 


mais celui qui vient 


that cometh after me 


epx6/J.vo$, io-xvpo- 


apres moi est plus pu- 


is mightier than I, 


rcpos fj.ov eVrii/, ov 


issant, que moi, et je 


whose shoes I am not 


OVK flfj.1 iKavbs TO. 


ne suis pas digne de 


worthy to bear : he 


VTroS^/iara jSaard- 


porter ses souliers ; 


shall baptize you with 


crat, avTos t'/zas 


celui-la vous baptisera 


the Holy Ghost, and 


SaTTTtVei fv Trvev- 


du Saint-Esprit et de 


with fire : 


uan dyta) Kai Trvpi 


feu. 




12. Ov TO TTTVOV 


12. 11 a son van en 


12. Whose fan is in 


ev rrj X fl P' a^rou, 


sa main, et il nettoiera 


his hand, and he will 


Kai 8iaKa6apiel TTJV 


entitlement son aire, 


thoroughly purge his 


aXava O.VTOV, Kai 


et il assemblera son 


floor, and gather his 


<TVVagl TOV (TLTOV 


froment au grenier ; 


wheat into the garnei ; 


aVTOV (if TT)V U7TO- 


mais il brulera la paille 


but he will burn up 


dfjKrjv, TO Se ,\v- 


au feu qui ne sVteint 


the chaff with un- 






MATTHEW, CHAPTER TIT. 327 


'IAN. M'VM>!I. 


LATIN. 


ciitnnncn ircvfrct '. dcra 


stravit vobis fu- 






gere a futura ira? 


8. @cl;er 511, ttnit 


8. Prodncid pucs 


8. Facil. 


mbtfdMtfnic gnubtc 


frutos dignos dc ar- 


fructus dignos 


tor 35utjc. 


repentimiento. 


poenitentiae. 


:. .Tcnr'ct nnr niebt, 


9. Y no penseis en 


9. Et ne arbitre- 


tat$ il;r bcr cud) irollt 


decir interiormente : 


mini dicere in vo- 


faa.cn : 3tr I) a ben '2i- 


A Abraham tcnemos 


bis ipsis : Patron 


brutyam $um 33-ita- 


por padre ; porque yo 


habemus Abra- 


3d) facie ciub : (ett <>* digo : que podero- 


ham ; dico enim 


IHTIIUCJ rein '21 bra ham 


so es Dios para Ic- 


vobis,quon:am po- 


ani> t ic fen (-rrcincn 


vantar hijns a A lira- 


test Deus de lapi- 


S\ inter jn enrcrfcn. 


ham aim de cstas pi- 


dibus istis suscita- 




t-dras. 


re natos Abraha3. 


10. i|l fcben Me 


10. Y ahura tamhi- 


10. Jam vero et 


*2(rt ten ^5aumen an tie 


r-n ya -!u pucs'a la 


src-uris ad radi- 


QLDnv^el .Acle.qt. 2)a; 


segur a la raiz dr Ins ccin arborum ad- 


nun, irclduT 23amn 


arboks. Y todn ar- jaccr. Omnis er- 


nicbt ,^ure giucfct brin- 


bol que no produce ii<> arhor nnn fa- 


$ct, irivD ab^cl^aueu 


buen fruto cor'adn cic;is {'nirtum bo- 


uuD iiu' gcucr cjeircr- 


sera, y echado al Cu- num. r.viditur, et 


fcn. 


ego. in i^ncin jacitur. 


11. 3cfc tanfc cud) mit 


11. Yo en vcrdad 1 qui- 


^ajfer jiir ^nfje; tcr 


os bautizo en ajrua 


dcia baptize vos 


aber naci mir foinmt. 


para arrepentimien- 


in aqua in pri'iii- 


ut itarfcr, tenn id), 


to, mas el que viene 


tcntiam, (jui au- 


tern ub and) nicbt ,AC- 


en pos de mi, mas 


tciil post in. 


nn^fam bin, (cine@cbn-- 


poderoso es que yo, 


ens, fortior me 


l}e ^u travel! ; cev \nvfr cuyos zapatos no soy 


est : cujus non 


end) nut cem Jpeili>un digno de llevar. El 


sum idoiK 


(Sei|t unD nut gcucr os bautizara en el 


(M-aim-nta portare, 


taufen. 


Espiritu Santo, y eh 


ipse vos beptiza- 




fuego. 


bitinSpiritusanc- 






to et igni. 


12. Unt> er bat feine 


12. Su bieldo csta 


12. Cujus venti- 


"2Borff(t)auffl in fcincr 


en su mano, y lim- 


labrum in manu 


J5anD; cr inrD feme piara bien la era, y 


sua,et perm mda- 


$cnnc fc.Acn, nnt ten recogera su trigo en 


bit aream s.iam, 


viin-ijen infcinc^cbciu la trox mas la paja 


etcongrcgabit tn- 


ne fanuncln ; abcr tie la quemara en un 1'u- licnm suum in 


yrcn trivt er ivvbrcn- fp> iucxtinguihlc. horrcum : at pa- 



"2" 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


III. 


GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


pov KaTUKavo-fi nv- 


point. 


quenchable fire. 


pl darj3eo~T(p. 






13. Tore irapayi- 


13. Alors Jesus vint 


13. Then cometh Je- 


rernt 6 'lr)o-ovs dno 


de Galilee au Jourdain 


sus from Galilee to 


TTJS FuXtXatus eVl 


vers Jean pour etre 


Jordan unto John, to 


roy *Iop$dvr)i> npos 


baptise par lui; 


be baptized of him. 


TOV laxunnjVf TOV 






^a7rTio~6fji>ai vrr' 






avTov. 






14. 'O Se 'Icoai/- 


14. Mais Jean Pen 


14. But John forbade 


VTJS difKtoXvfv av- 


empechait fort, en lui 


him, saying, I have 


TOV, Xe'ycoi>, Eya> 


disant : J'ai besoin 


need to be baptized of 


Xpetuv e^co i>7r6 crou 


d'etre baptise par toi, 


thee, and comest thou 


(3cnrTio~dijvai t Kal 


et tu viens vers moi ! 


to me ? 


(TV epx?7 Tpos 1 fie ; 






15. 'ATTOKptdfls 


15. Et Jesus repon- 


15. And Jesus an- 


de 6 'l^o-ovs fiTre 


dant, lui dit : Laisse- 


swering said unto him, 


Trpos ai/Tov "A.<ps 


moi faire pour le pre- 


Suffer it to be so now : 


apTt ' ovT(o yap 


sent, car il nous est 


for thus it becometh us 


irpeirov eVriv r/fiiv 


ainsi convenablc d'ac- 


to fulfil all righteous- 


TrXTypcocrai TTUCTUJ/ 


complir toute justice. 


ness. Then he suf- 


diKaioavvrjv Tore 


Et alors il le laissa 


fered him. 


d(j)ir]o~ii> UVTW. 


faire. 




16. Kai ^aTrrio-- 


16. Et quand Jesus 


16. And Jesus, when 


^6ty 6 'l?y(7oO? di/e'- 


cut ete baptise, il sor- 


he was baptized, went 


jQjy fi>6us OTTO roi/ 


tit incontinent hors de 


up straightway out of 


vSarof, KOI tSou, 


I'eau ; et voila, les 


the water : and lo, the 


aj/f6)x<9/7o-ai> aura) 


cieux lui furent ou- 


heavens were opened 


oi ovpavoi, Kal fide 


verts, et Jean vit PEs- 


unto him, and he saw 


TO TTVV[J,a TOU QeOV 


prit de Dieu descen- 


the Spirit of God de- 


KaTafiulvov axrei 


dant comme une co- 


scending like a dove, 


npio~Tepai>, Kai ep- 


lombe, et venant sur 


and lighting upon him : 


YOftei'Ol' 7T aVTOf. 


lui. 




17. Kal iSoi/, 00)- 


17. Et voila une voix 


17. And lo, a voice 


j/^ ex rw^ ovpavaiv, 


du ciel, disant : Celui- 


from heaven, saying, 


Xt'youcra, OL/TOS eV- 


ci est mon Fils bien- 


This is my beloved 


riy 6 vios fiov 6 


aime, en qui j'ai pris 


Son, in whom I am 


d/a7TT;To>, tv w eiJ- 


mon bon plaisir. 


well pleased. 






MATTHEW, CHAPTER III. 



329 






GERMAN*. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


nni mit froicjcm gcucr. 




learn comburet ig- 






ni inextinguibili. 


13. 3u tcr 3m fam 


13. Entonces Jesus 


13. Tune acce- 


3cfu$ aus (alilaa an 


vino de Galiba al 


dit Jesus a Gali- 


Kit 3m-tcn 311 Sofyan-' 


Jordan a encontrar u 


Iroa ad Jordanem 


fir, tafj er ful) fcen it;m 


Juan para ser bauti- 


ad Joanne m, bap- 


.aufcu licfec. 


zado de el. 


tizari ab eo. 


14. 2(ber Sefcamice: 


14. Mas Juan se lo 


14. At Joannes 


ftcfyrcte ifym, uut> 


estorbaba diciendo : 


prohibebat eum, 


fprad) : 3d) bcfrarf 


i Yo he menester ser 


dicens: Ego usum 


roo(}(, raj} id) fcon tiv 


bautizado de ti, y tu 


habeo a te bapti- 


flftauft IPCVDC ; uiiD Mi 


vienes a mi ? 


zari, et tu venis 


fommfi ju mir ? 




ad me ? 


15. 3>cfu$ abcr ant; 


15. Y respondiendo 


15. Respondens 


roovtctc, mifc fpract) 311 


Jesus le dijo : ^ De- 


autem Jesus dixit 


it?m: iag jf^t a[fof;n; 


ja esto ahora porque 


ad eum, Sine in- 


alfo cifbuljrct csf uue:, 


asi nos conviene 


terim : sic enim 


allc tfcrccbti^fcit gu 


cumplirtoda justicia. 


decens est no- 


erfullcu. 2)vi iicg cr c^ 


Entonccs condescen- 


bis implere om- 


it;m 511. 


dio. 


nem justificatio- 






nem. Tune di- 






mittit eum. 


16. Uui> ^a 3cfu^ .AC-- 


16. Y despues que 


16. Et baptiza- 


tauft iravjlic^ cu ba^ 


Jesus fue bautizado, 


tus Jesus, ascen- 


t)cvauf aug tern \B3af-- 


subio luego del a^ua, 


ditstatimdeaqua: 


fcr ; im& ftct)c, tv\ t(;vit 


y he aqui se le abri- 


Et ecce aperti 


fid) rcr J^immcl auf 


eron los cielos, y vio 


sunt ei caeli, evidit 


ubfv tbm. Uufc 3cl)aiu 


al Espiritu de Dios 


Spiritum Dei de- 


nc^ fat) ten (r ijl (5ot-- 


descendiendo como 


scendentum sicut 


tc^/.Alcid) a(t' cine Jau- 


paloma y viniendo 


columbam, et ve- 


be ^cvab faljrcu, uufc 


sobre el. 


nientem super 


itbcv il}u fommcii. 




eum. 


17. UuD ftet^f, cine 


17. Y he aqui una 


17. Et ecce vox 


timme l>om Jfptmmd 


voz del cielo que de- 


de caelis, dicens : 


bcrab |>rad) : 2>ic^ t|t 


cia : Este es mi hijo 


Hie est filius me- 


mcin hcbcr ol)u, an 


muy querido, en qui- 


us dilectus, in quo 


ircUlKm irb x2Bol)(3C.- 


en tengo toda mi 


complacui. 


fa/Icu t}abe. 


complacencia. 





28* 



!30 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER IV. 



GBEEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


1. To TC 6 '1/7- 


1. Alors Jesus fut 


1. Then was Jesus 


(rovs avfydr] els TTJV 


emmene par 1'Esprit 


led up of the Spirit 


f'prj/jLov vnb TOV 


au desert, pour y etre 


into the wilderness, to 


TTvev/jiaTOs, Tretpaa- 


tente par le diable. 


be tempted of the 


Brjvai inro TOV dia- 




devil. 


/3oXov. 






2. Kui VT]CTTV(Ta. 


2. Et quand il eut 


2. And when he had 


rjp.ep.is Tfo-aapd- 


jeune quarante jours et 


fasted forty days and 


KOVTfl K(H VVKTO.S 


quarante nuits, finale- 


forty nights, he was 


Teao-iipaKuvTa, vcr- 


ment il eut faim. 


afterward an hungred. 


Tepov eVeo/acre. 






3. Kui TrpocreX- 


3. Et le tcntateur 


3. And when the 


6u>v avTco 6 7Tipd- 


s'approchant, lui dit : 


tempter cainc to him, 


cof, finev Ei vlos 


Si tu es le Fils de Dieu, 


he said, If thou be the 


fL TOV QeOV, Ct7T 


dis que ces pierres dc- 


Son of God, command 


Iva ol \idoi OVTOI 


viennent des pains. 


that these stones be 


(ipToi ytvdovTdi. 




made bread. 


4. *O Se aTTOKpL- 


4. Mais Jesus repon- 


4. But he answered 


fle\S fiTTf reypaTr- 


dit, et dit : 11 est ecrit : 


and said, It is written, 


Tat OVK eV a/>ra> 


L'homme ne vivra 


Man shall not live by 


p.6i>c>y ^crerat at/- 


point de pain seule- 


bread alone, but by 


6pd)7TOS, aXX' TTL 


ment, mais de toute 


every word that pro- 


iravTi prj/jiaTi. IKTTO- 


parole qui sort de la 


ceedeth out of th& 


pevofievcp diet aro- 


bouche de Dieu. 


mouth of God. 


uaros Qsov. 






5. Tore rrapaXap.- 


5, Alors le diable le 


5. Then the devil 


/Savet avTov 6 8td- 


transporta dans la 


taketh him up into the 


/SoXof els Tr]i> ayiav 


sainte ville, et le mit 


holy city, and setteth 


TToAlI/, K.il lO-TTJO-lV 


sur les creneaux du 


him on a pinnacle of 


a\JTUV 67TI TO TTTfpV' 


temple ; 


the temple, 


.yiov TOV itpov. 






6. K;u \eyfi (w- 


6. et il lui dit : Si tu 


6. And saith unto 


T6J El VIUS 1 TOll 


es le Fils de Dieu, jette- 


him, If -thou be the 


Oeo, /3aAe crtaf- 


toi en bas ; car il est 


Son of God, cast thy- 


TOI/ /carco yeypmr- 


ecrit : 11 ordonnera a 


self down : for it is 


rai ya/j, ""On rols 


ses anges de tc porter 


written, He shall give 


dyytXoif fivroG ef- 


en leurs mains, de peur 


his angels charge con- 


TfXeinu Trepl O"o0, 


que tu ne heurtes ton 


cerning thec : and in 


fcai eTTi %dp(i)V a- 


pied centre quelque 


their hands they shall 


poto-i o-e, /i?;7rore 


lierre. 


bear ihoc up, lest at 


irpoo~/<o'^/v;s Tr/jot 




any tane thou dash 



I 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER IV. 






GERMAN". :-H. 


LATIN. 


1. 2Xi iravD 3rfu$ 


1. Entonces Jesus 


1. Tune Jesus 


bom (n|l in Me 3J3iV- 


fue llevado por el 


actusestin 


fk gefufyrct, auf ^a b " IT Espiritu al desierto 


tum a Spiritu, 


to lit* cm 'icilfil VCVflifbr para ser tentado del 


tentari a diabolo. 


tru i'M\ 


diablo. 




2. HUD fra cr iner$ifl 


2. Y habiendo ayu- 


2. Et jcjunans 


SX^e unE> vtcrjtci Dlaclv 


nado quarenta dias y 


dies quadraginta, 


re flff after l;accc, r)iw 


qtiaronta noches de- 


ct noctes quadra- 


gevrc ityu. 


spues tuvo hambre. 


ginta, postreinum 






esuriit. 


3. Uut> t<er SBcrfiiebcv 


3. Y llegandose a 


3. Et accidens 


trat^u i l)m, uuDfpvacb: 


el el tentador le dijo : 


ei ten tat or, dixit : 


33 ill Mi (Sorted (^n, 


Si eres Hijo de Dios, 


Si filius es Dei, 


fo fpnrb, tajj fciefc 


di que estas piedras 


die ut lapides isti 


feme ibcot) rcei'fceu. 


se hagan panes. 


panes fiant. 


4. llnfr cr aiihrovtctc, 


1. Mas ('1 rcspondi- 


4. Ille autem re- 


unD fprafb : 6;^ jtc- 


cnrlo le dijo : Escri- 


spondens, dixit : 


l}ct cu'l^ncbni : SDct 


to esta : no de solo 


Scriptum est,Xon 


SKnifcb it bet uicbt vom 


pan viviriiel bombre, 


in pane solo vi\ - et 


^BvoD altcui, fonreni 


mas d<: toda palabra 


homo, sed in om- 


V>OH ciiifin jcvUicbcu 


ilc de la boca 


ni verbo cxcuntc 


QJDovt, tae; Miub ^cu 


de Dios. 


per os Dei. 


9}7niiD Settee; ijcljct. 






f>. c ^a furrtc ihu tcr 


5. Entonces le to- 


5. Tune assu- 


Saifd mit fiib in Me 


rn n d diablo, le llevo 


mit cum diabolus 


tycilijK ^5rart, ui^ jlch 


a la Santa Ciudad, y 


in sanctam civi- 


Iftc ilMi auf Me 3nuif 


'ro las al- 


tatcm, ct statuit 


r> JciiipcU, 


inenas del templo. 


cum super pinna- 






culmn tcmpli. 


(>. Ui^ fprub ^tt il)in: 


(>. Y le dijo : Si 


It dicit ei : 


S 25l|l Ml (iHHtfi* @0l)ll, 


eres Ilijo dr D'ms Si films t-s Dei, 


fo la)j Mcb hiuab ; rcint 


echate de aqui abaJM. 'ipsumde- 


cs.' |tfl)cr ftcfibvicbfii : 


ponjuo cserit" JUm. Scriptum 


(r ir-ivD fciiini (Siivulu 


que te eneomcndara cst cnim, Quia 


fiber ^u- a^cfclU tlMin, 


a sus anirc-Ics, \' t< man- 


UllD JIC ircrfeil Met) Ulf toinaruii en sus ma- dabit de tc, et in 


ten anfrfil traACU, auf nos paraque tu pie no manibus tollcnt 


ba^(UNili(ltgu$4ltCbt tn.pio/e cdii : f'nrii' im- 


u iuni .ia. pingas ad bpidem 



332 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER IV. 



GREEK. 


FBENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


\i6ov TOV TroSa 




thy foot against a 


cw." 




stone. 


7. "E(p7 avrw 6 


7. Jesus lui dit : 11 


7. Jesus said unto 


I^crous ndXii/ye- 


est aussi ecrit : Tu ne 


him, It is written again, 


ypaTrrai, * ! OI;K e/c- 


tenteras point le Seign- 


Thou shalt not tempt 


TreipdVet? K.vpiov 


eur ton Dieu. 


the Lord thy God. 


TOV Qeov o~ou." 






8. ndXii' Trapa- 


8. Le diable le trans- 


8. Again, the devil 


\ap,ftdvi CIVTOV 6 


porta encore sur une 


taketh him up into an 


Sid/3oXoy ety opos 


fort haute montagne, 


exceeding high moun- 


V\IST]\OV \lav, Kal 


et lui montra tous les 


tain, and sheweth him 


SeiKvvo-iv aura) Trd- 


royaumes du monde 


all the kingdoms of 


cras ray /3ao~iXet'as 


et leur gloire ; 


the world, and the glo- 


roO KoV/xov, /cai r^j/ 




ry of them, 


9. Kal Xeyei av- 


9. et il lui dit : Je te 


9. And saith unto 


rw Taura TrdWa 


donnerai toutes ces 


him, All these things 


O-Ot 0)0-0), e'ai> 7T6- 


choses, si, en te pros- 


will I give thee, if thou 


0-0)1' TTpOO-KVVTjO-rjS 


ternant en terre, tu 


wilt fall down and wor- 


poi. 


m'adores. 


ship me. 


10. Tore Xeyet 


10. Mais Jesus lui 


10. Then said Jesus 


aura 6 'l^o-oOf, "Y- 


dit : Va, Satan ; car il 


unto him, Get thee 


uraye, OTTIQ-O) p.ou 


est ecrit : Tu adoreras 


hence, Satan : for it is 


o-arai/a. Tfyparr- 


le Seigneur ton Dieu, 


written, Thou shalt 


Tai yap, " Kvpiov 


et tu le serviras lui 


worship the Lord thy 


TOV Qeov o~ov Trpoo-- 


seul. 


God, and him only 


KvvficreLS, KOI avr&J 




shalt thou serve. 


1 1 . Tore d(pLrj(riv 


11. Alorsle diable le 


11. Then the devil 


O.VTOV 6 Sid/3oXos 


laissa, et voila, les an- 


leaveth him, and be- 


/cat tSou, ayyeXoi 


ges s'approcherent, et 


hold, angels came and 


rrpoo-rjXdov, KOI 5i- 


le servirent. 


ministered unto him. 


IJKOVOVV aOroi. 






12. AKoixras Se 


12. Or Jesus ayant 


12. Now when Jesus 


o I^o"oDs ort Io)" 


ou'i dire que Jean avait 


had heard that John 


dw^y TrapeSo'^?/, d- 


ete mis en prison, se 


was cast into prison, 


ve^^prjcrev els TTJV 


retira en Galilee. 


he departed into Gali- 


FaXiXaiai/. 




lee; 


13. Kal *caraAi- 


13. Et ayant quitte 


13. And leaving Naz- 


TO>I/ r)i/ N a Draper, 


Nazareth, il alia de- 


areth, he came and 


sA&ui/ <(iT(A<r](jtv meurer H Capernaum, dwelt in Capernaum, 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER IV, 



333 



MAX. 


Sl'ANISII. 


LATIN'. 






pedem tuum. 


7. 2\i HTacl) 3 c fui* 


7. Y Jesus le dijo : 


7. Ait ill i Jesus: 


juifjm : ^Sirftmitti |ie= 


tainbien ostaescrito : 


Rursurn scriptjm 


txt rtuib vufibnebi'ii : 


No tentaras al Sefior 


est : Nun tcnlahis 


>u feiljt (Sort, M'lnen 


tu Dios. 


Dominum Deum 


Jpcrvn, iiutt iH'vfucbni. 




tuum. 


8. IPirffium futyrctc 


8. DC nuovo el dia- 


8. Iterum assu- 


iiju t*iT Icufd nut fub 


blo le subio a un 


mit cum diabolus 


Ruf ruicii |Vl;r tyctyni 


monte muy encum- 


in montem excel- 


ft5cv,4, HUD jcuutf i|tn 


brado, y le mostro 


suin valde, et os- 


alle SKihtf rev IDclr 


todos los reynos del 


tcndit oi omnia 


nut) ityvc -fpmliobh'it; 


mundo, y la gloria de 


rcirna inundi, et 




ellos. 


gluriam eorum : 


9. Unt> fpvacb 511 ifym: 


9. Yle dijo : te dare 


9. Et elicit ei : 


Xhctf allcs trill til) Mr 


todas estas cosas si 


Hrcc omnia tibi 


.acbcu, fo Mi uictHT-- 


postrado me ado- 


dabo, si c 


fill|i, HUD mtd) vuibc-- 


rares. 


adoravcris me. 


tcfh 






10. 2>a |>rac() 3rfi^ 


10. Entonces Jesus 


10. Tune (licit 


311 il;m : J^cbf Dub ircci 


.londio : Apar- 


ei Jesus : Abi Sa- 


VOll mir, IUU ! Dciill tute Satanas ; porquc 


tana ; script urn 


Cs? ftclH ACj'fbncbcn : ( ^ll cscrito csta : Adora- 


est enim, Domi- 


foll|laubfccn (J?ott/ frri= 


ras al Seno.r tu Dios, 


num Drum tuum 


lieu -Oain, HUD il;m 


y ^ cl solo scrvirus. 


adorabis, ct illi 


allciu Dicucn. 




soli servics. 


11. f 4>a lHv(if|j il)n 


11. Entonces le de- 


11. Tune (limit 


rci l;u]\[ ; unD ftctjc, 


jo el diablo, y he 


tit cum diabolus : 


ta tiMfcii ^u Sn.Afl j 


aqui I. a llc- 


et ecce angeli ac- 


tl;m, unD Mciucu it;;n. 


garon, y le Servian. 


int, et mi- 






nistrabant ri. 


]-2. Ta unit 3ffne: 


12. Mas cuando Je- 


1'J. Audielis ;iu- 


h6vftc, ^^l|5 3^l>uiuci" 


sus oyo (juc Juan cs- 


tcm Jesus (jiuid 


bJbcraunoortct irar, 50.^ 


taba en pris'uii volvi- 


Joannes traditus 


cr ni Da? galildifiljc 


ose a Galilca. 


>sit ill 


iant ; 




(ialilii-aii, : 


i:J. Ui^ vcrficfj Me 


1?. Y ibjando a 


l.S. Et relin- 


(?c.irr )ia;u'cti\ him 


Na/arcili, vino, y 


<iuens Na/.aret 


tuiD irooiuc 311 apa- 


niiiro rn ^apharna- 


veniens commi 






334 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER IV. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


fls KaTrepvaovp, TTJV 


ville maritime, sur les 


which is upon the sea- 


TrapadaXaao'iav, ev 


confins de Zabulon et 


coast in the borders of 


opiots Zaj3ov\uw Kal 


de Nephthali ; 


Zabulon and Neph- 


N00aXei/i. 




thalim ; 


14. "iva 7r\r)pa)0fi 


14. afin que fut ac- 


. 14. That it might be 


TO prfQev dta 'Hcratou 


compli ce dont il 


fulfilled which was 


ToG irpocpfjTov, Xe- 


avait ete parle par 


spoken by Esaias the 


yovTos, 


Esai'e le prophete, 


prophet, saying, 




disant : 




15. " TV Za/3ou- 


15. Le pays de Za- 


15. The land of 


Xcbv Kai yq Ne(p$a- 


bulon, et le pays de 


Zabulon, and the land 


Xct/z, 6Sof 6a\do-o-r)s, 


Nephthali, vers le 


of Nephthalim, by the 


Trepav TOV 'lopSdfou, 


chemin de la mer, au- 


way of the sea, be- 


FaXiXaca raif tdvwv. 


dela du Jourdain, la 


yond Jordan, Galilee 




Galilee des Gentils ; 


of the Gentiles : 


16. *O Xaoy 6 Ka- 


16. ce peuple, qui 


16. The people 


&f]p.fvos iv (7/coret, ei- 


etait assis dans les 


which sat in dark- 


5e (jbajy fieya, <ai roly 


tenebres, a vu une 


ness saw great light ; 


KaOrjfjievois ev X^PQ 


grande lumiere ; et a 


and to them which 


Kal ovaa davaTov, (pus 


ceux qui etaient assis 


sat in the region and 


dyeretXef auroTy." 


dans la region et dans 


shadow of death, light 




Pombre de la mort la 


is sprung up. 




lumiere s'est levee. 




i ry > . \ / j/ 

1 / . ATTO rore ^p- 


17. Des-lors Jesus 


17. From that tin.T& 


aro 6 'I?;a-o0y KTjpvcr- 


commen^a a precher, 


Jesus began to preach 


(Tiv, Kal \eyciv, Me- 


et a dire : Convertis- 


and to say, Repent . 


rai/ofire rjyyLKf yap 


sez-vous, car le roy- 


for the kingdom of 


T) /3a(rtXeia rw* ovpa- 


aume des cieux est 


heaven is at hand. 


VO)V. 


proche. 




18. HepnraTwv 6e 


18. Et comme Je- 


18. And Jesus, walk- 


Trapa T^J/ ^aXacrcrav 


sus marchait le long 


ing by the sea of Gal- 


r^ff FaXiXataf, ei5e 


de la mer de Galilee, 


ilee, saw two breth- 


6uo tzSeX^ouy, 2i/xa)- 


il vit deux freres, sa- 


ren, S'mon called Pe- 


pa r6i> Xeyd/xf voi' Ile'- 


voir Simon, qui fut 


ter, and Andrew his 


Tpov, Kal *A.vdpfcaf 


appele Pierre, et An- 


brother, casting a net 


TOV dde\(pov auroC, 


dre, son frere, qui je- 


into the sea ; for they 


^dXXoi/ray d^L^Krj- 


taient leurs filets dans 


were fishers. 


(TTpov fls TTJV 6d\acr- 


la mer, car ils etaient 




vav rjo-av yap a\t- 


pecheurs. 





MATTHEW, CHAPTER IV. 



G2RMAN. 


SPANISH. 


LAX IX. 


nanm, f ic fa Itcgt am 


um ciudad maritima 


gnu it in Caper- 


SDTccr, an ten CSvcnjcn 


en los confines cie 


naum inariti- 


3abnlon nnf Slrp^t^ 


Zabulon, y Nephta- 


mam : in finibus 


lim. 


lim. 


Zabulon et Neph- 






thalim. 


14. fluf tag cvfudcr 


14. Paraque se 


14. Ut adimple- 


rcnvf e, fat? fa flcfa.At ijt 


cumpliese lo que fue 


retur pronuncia- 


fnrct) ten sprepljctcn 


dicho por el profeta 


tum per Isaiam 


3cfaia, fcv fa fpridjt : 


Isaias que dijo. 


Prophetam, di- 






centem : 


15. Sag *anf 3atu-- 


15. La tierra de Za- 


15. Terra Zabu- 


(on, nnt> fas *anf 


bulon, y la tierra de 


lon, et terra Neph- 


SRrpIjtWim/amSBfSf 


Nephtalim, camino 


thali, viam maris 


t>c$ SXftftt*, jcnfcit fcs 


del mar al otro lado 


ultra Jordanem, 


3>orfan, nnf Me fycif-- 


del Jordan, Galilea 


Galiloea gentium : 


iiifd)e (Saltlaa, 


de los Gentiles. 




16. SasSJoI^fcasiu 


16. Pueblo sentado 


16. Populus se- 


giuffcvnife* fag/ fyat cin 


en tinieblas vio gran 


dens in tenebris, 


Srofe'fS iic(H .Affc(?cn, 


luz y a los que mo- 


videns lucem 


unb Me fa fajjcu am 


raban en la region y 


magnam, et se- 


Ortc.nnf fatten fee? 


sombra de la muerte, 


dentibus in regi- 


^rfc^, rcnctt i|t cin 


luz les amanecio. 


one et umbra mor- 


$id)t aufgegangnt. 




tis, lux orta est 






eis. 


17. 5Bcn fee 3dt an 


17. Desde aquel 


17. Ex tuncccR- 


fin,^ 3cfu6 an 511 pvcfri-- 


punto comenzo Jesus 


pit Jesus praedica- 


j^cn, nnb ju fa.acn : 


a predicar y u dccir : 


iv. ft dicere: Poe- 


^but ^uge, fas JJpim-- 


Arrepentios porque 


nitemini : appro- 


mc(vcirt) ijl nal}c fycvbci; 


el reyno de los cielos 


pinquavit cnim 


.Act'ommcu. 


esta cerca. 


rcuiium ca^lorum. 


18. 2ils nnn 3cfns 


18. Y Jesus yendo 


18. Circumam- 


an fcm calt(aifd)cn 


por la costa del mar 


bulans autem Je- 


?DTccvc .Aiiu, fa() cr 


de Galilea vio a dos 


sus juxta mare 


jirccn Stftter, imon, 


hermanos Simon, lla- 


Galilrecc, vidit du- 


fci- fa l)c:gt spctrusf, 


mado Pedro, y An- 


os fratres, Simo- 


unf Zlufrcas, fetucii 


dres su hermano que 


nem dictum Pe- 


55ntfcr ; fie iravfcn 


echaban la red en cl 


trum,et Andrcam 


itnc 97c^c ins Wiccv, 


mar, pues cran pes- 


u ejus, mit- 


fccnn fie iravcn gifcljcr. 


cadores. 


ten ns vcniculum 







in mare ; (erant 






enira pises ores.) 



336 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER TV. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


19. Kai A/yft av- 


19. Et il leur dit : 


19. And he saith un 


TOLS) Afure OTTICTU) 


Venez apres moi, et 


to them, Follow me, 


UOU, /Cai 7TOlTj(TtO VfJids 


je vous ferai pecheurs 


and I will make you 


dXids dvdp<i)Tro)i/. 


d'hommes. 


fishers of men. 


20. Ot Se fvtieas 


20. Et ayant aussi- 


20. And they 


(f>eiTf? Ta SiKTua, 


tot quitte leurs filets, 


straightway left their 


',Ko\ovurjcrtii> acrco. 


ils le suivirent. 


nets, and followed 






him. 


21. Kai Trpo/Say 


21. Et de la etant 


21. And going on 


tfT^fy, fi<5f i/ uAAouy 


alle plus avant, il vit 


from thence, he saw 


<**;o af Adjoi's, laKoo- 


deux autres freres, 


other two brethren, 


ftoi' rof roC Ze,3e3ai- 


Jacques, fils de Ze- 


James the son of Zeb- 


pu, /c;it 'icoart'^i/ TOV 


bedee, et Jean, son 


edee, and John his 


aO(\(bbi> avroi), ev 


frere, dans une na- 


brother, in a ship with 


T) TrAoico p.fT(i Zf/3e- 


celle, avec Zebedee, 


Zebedee their father, 


Sat'ou rou Trarpos av~ 


leur pere, qui rac- 


mending their nets : 


reoi/, KarapTL^ovTas 


commodaient leurs fi- 


and he called them. 


TO. St/crua (iwreoj/ /cat 


lets, et il les appela. 




22. Oi 5e eudeas 


22. Et ayant aussi- 


22. And they im- 


dfpevres TO TrAoToi/ 


tot quitte leur nacelle 


mediately left the 


/cat TOJ> rrcirepa av- 


et leur pere, ils le 


ship, and their father, 


To>i> ) T)Ko\ovdr)crai> 


suivirent. 


and followed him. 


ai'rw. 






*o. Kat TrzpiTjyev 


23. Et Jesus allait 

r*n>* tr\nto In l^o 1 1 1 A A 


23. And Jesus went 

nVirmt rill f^:ililr>f> 






. 
6 'irjaovs, 8t8d(TK(i)V 



, AC u 



I 



/3a(7tAetjy, /cat dep.i- 
Trei'a)!/ Trdcruv votrov 
/cat 7rao-.ii/ p.a\aKiau 

V TO) AaO). 

24. Kai aVJ/Aflfi/ 
^ dxo;) auroO etf oAr/i> 
r^v Supt'ai/, Kai TT/JOO 
yveyxav ai/rut itav 
Tas TOVS /ca/ccof %ov- 
ras, noiKiXuis vuaots 



enseignant dans leurs 
synagogues, prechant 
Tevangile du roy- 
aume, et guerissant 
toutes sortes de mala- 1 
dies, et toutes sortes ' 
de langueurs parmi le 
peuple. 

24. Et sa renom- 1 
mee se repandit par 
toute la 9yrie ; et on 
lui presentait tons 
ceux qui se portaient 
mal, tourmentes de 



teaching in their syn- 
agogues, and preach- 
ing the gospel of the 
kingdom, and healing 
all manner of sick- 
ness, and all manner 
of disease among the 
people. 

24. And his fame 
went throughout all 
Syria : and they 
brought unto him all 
sick people that were 
taken with divers dis- 



MATTHEW, CHAI'TER IV. 



337 



GERMAN. 


SI'AXISH. 


LATIN. 


19. Unr- cr fpradj $u 


19. Y les dijo : Se- 


19. Et ait illis : 


tb iicn ; goljjct mir 


guidme, y yo hare 


Venite post me, 


mid) ; icfi trill each ;u 


que seais pescadores 


et faciam vos pis- 


D?fnfd)fUsgifft)CfHitt4; 


de hombres. 


catoreshominum. 


C(KH. 






20. 23afot>fdicgfnfU 


- 20. Y ellos dejadas 


20. Illi autcm 


ifyrc 9ic$c, un& felucca 


al instante las redes, 


continue dimit- 


ifym it act). 


le siguieron. 


tentes retia, secu- 






ti sunt euni. 


21. Unb la cr Von 


21. Y pasando de 


21. Et proce- 


fcamtcu ircitcr a,in,4, fa(; 


alii adclantc vio a 


dens inde, vidit 


cr $u>ccn aur-cre SBtft* 


otros dos hermanos 


alios duos f ratres, 


frcr, Sar'obum, KH 


Jacobo hijo de Zebe- 


Jacobum Zebe- 


ofyu Scbf&ii, it lit* deo, y su hcrmano 


doei, et Joannem 


30(}aiinfm,feincn3)rfti Juan quo estaban en 


fratrcm ejus in 


fccr/ im (Set iff/ mit nn barco con su pa- 


navi cum Zebe- 


tfyrnn 33atcr 3 f ^ffr^/ 


dre Zebedeo remen- 


doeo patre eorum, 


baft fie ifyrc 97c^e |licf'- 


dando las redes, y 


resarciectc* retia 


feu ; ituD cr riff fie. 


les llam.j. 


sua : et vocavit 
eos. 


22. SBafb Dcvftcgcn fie 


22. Y ellos imme- 


22. Illi autern 


^a6 cbiff unD il)rcu 


diatamente dejaron 


statim dimittentes 


33ater, imt> fol^fcu i(;m 


el barco, y su padre, 


naviculam et pa- 


uacl). 


y le siguieron. 


trem suum, secu- 






ti sunt eum. 


23. Hub 3cfu$ jiin.A 


23. Y rccorrio Je- 


23. Etcircuibat 


umber tin ^attjctt ,aalt- 


sus toda la Galiloa 


totum Galilscam 


laifdjctt iat^c, Ictjrctc 


ensefiando en las Si- Jesus, docens in 


in t^eu @d)itleii, mio 


nagogas de ellos, y 


synagogis eorum, 


pvcM.Atc ^vX^ ^iMtt.Acli: 


predicando el Evan- 


et praedicans eu- 


urn vou tern fHcicb, 


gelio del reyno, y 


angelium regni, 


un& l;ci(etc al(cr(en 


curando toda enfcr- 


et sanans omnem 


curbf ituD Kranf|;cit 


medad, y toda dolen- 


morbum, et om- 


tin SBolf. 


cia en el pueblo. 


nem infirmitatem 
in populo. 


24. Itt^ fctu crttrt)t 


21. Y corrio su fa- 


24. Et abiit au- 


crfitoll in tat* ,aair,e 


ma por toda la Syria 


ditio ejus in totam 


^rriculai^. Ui^ jtc 


y le traian todos los 


Syriam , et obtu- 


btad)trn ',11 il)mv\llerler 


enfermos atacados de 


lerunt ei omnes 


5\ ran t'c , in 1 1 tnanch cr I ci> 


os males y tor- 


male habcntes, 


6rurtcn m^ I'.ual be 


mentos, y los posei- 


variis norbis, et 


29 







338 



MATTHEW, CHAPTERS IV., V. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


KOI fiavavois avvf^o- 


dlverses maladies, les 


enses and torments 


ftevovs, Kai daiuovi- 


demoniaques, les lu- 


and those which were 


o}j.fvovs, Kai aeXrjvi- 


natiques, les paraly- 


possessed with devils, 


ao/jivovs, Kai Trctpa- 


ticj-.-es, et il les gue- 


and those which were 


\VTIKOVS KCU fdepd- 


rissait. 


lunatic, and those that 


7rfV(rfv avTovs. 




had the palsy ; and he 
healed them. 


25. Kai fjKO\oi/0r]' 


25. Et de grandes 


25. And there fol- 


(TCIV aVTCO O^Xoi TToX- 


troupes de peuple le 


lowed him great mul- 


Aoi dnb TTJS FaXiXai- 


suivirent de Galilee, 


titudes of people from 


as Kai Ae/caTTo'Xfcoy et de Decapolis, et de 


Galilee, and from De- 


Kai 'lepoo-oXv/jLuv Kai \ Jerusalem, et de Ju- 


capolis, and from Je 


*Iovda/ar, Kai Trepav 


dee, et de dela le 


rusalem, and from 


TOV 'lopddvov. 


Jourdain. 


Judea, and from be- 






yond Jordan. 


1. '!&>/ de rois 


1. Or Jesus voyant 


1. And seeing the 


0\\OVS nvf$T) IS TO 


tout ce peuple, mon- 


multitudes, he went 


opos ' Kai KaOio~av- 


ta sur une montagne ; 


up into a mountain : 


TOS avTov, 7rpoo~f)\- 


puis s'etant assis, ses 


and when he was set, 


6ov ai>T(p oi padrjral 
avrov. 
2. Kai avoi^as TO 


disciples s'approche- 
rent de lui ; 
2. et ay ant com- 


his disciples came un- 
to him. 
2. And he opened 


CTTo/jia avTou, e'Si'Sa- 


mence a parler, il les 


his mouth, and taught 


O-KCV avTovs-, Xeywi/, 


enseignait de la sorte : 


them, saying,- 


3. Ma/copiotot7rra>- 


3. Bienheureux sont 


3. Blessed are the 


^Ot TO) TTVCVfJidTl, OTl 


les pauvres en esprit ; 


poor in spirit : foi 


avT&v e&Tiv T) /Sacrt- 


car le royaume des 


theirs- is the kingdom 


Xci'a Tu>v ovpav&v. 


cieux est a eux. 


of heaven. 


4. MaKdpioioiTrev- 


4. Bienheureux sont 


4. Blessed are they 


6ovvT6s, on avroi 


ceux qui pleurent ; 


that mourn : for they 


7rapaK\r)Of)(rovTai. 


car ils seront conso- 


shall be comforted. 




les. 




5. Ma/eapioi ot Trpa- 


5. Bienheureux sont 


5. Blessed are the 


ty, OTI avTol K\r)po- 


les debonnaires ; car 


meek : for they shal^ 


sop.T](rov(ri rr)j/ y^v. 


ils heriteront la terre. 


inherit the earth. 


6. MaAcaptoi oi Trei- 


6. Bienheureux sont 


6. Blessed are they 


va>VTes Kai 8i\l/-a>vTs 


ceux qui sont affa- 


which do hunger and 


TTjl BtKMOOVtnjV^ OTl 


mes et alteres de la thirst after righteous- 

i n o 4- 1 / r* /-*oi* ilcj ooiT^nt noc?c? 'Vvi* tnotr cnnli 



MATTUKV. . ERS TV . V. 



339 






'.'AN. 


S 1<M. 


LATIN. 


bafrct, tic 33cfc|]cncu, 


dos del demonio y 


torminibus com- 


tie SQTculfitfl^ttaeii uut 


los lunaticos y los 


prehcnsos, et dae- 


Me <iobtbrucbia,ai ; 


paraliticos ; y los cu- 


moni.cos,et luna- 


unt cr rnacbtc fie alle 


raba. 


ticos, et paralyti- 


gcfmiD. 




cos : et curavit 






eos. 


25. 1lirtc*fof<ueibm 


25. Y le segufan 


25. Et secutge 


iiarfe viel 33olfg aits? 


grandes multitudes 


sunt cum turbos 


@ad(aa, aus ten jcbu 


de pueblo de Galilea, 


multaedeGalilrca, 


raDtcu ivu 3crufa: 


y de Decapolis y de 


et Decapoli, et 


lem, aii'o tcni juttfcbni 


alern y de Ju- 


Hierosolymis, et 


Saute, unD veil jenfeit 


dea, y de la otra ban- 


Judasa, et trans 


&f 3erDaiiL>. 


da del Jordan. 


Jordanem. 


1. 2)a er a6cr taS 


1 Y viendo Jesus 


1. Videns autem 


^5eif fab, jUiia, cr auf 


las gentes subio u un 


turbas, ascendit 


eineu U5cra,, mit fcfctc 


monte y habiendose 


inmontem : etse- 


|kb, iiuc- feme 3iiiia,ev 


sentado llegaron a. el 


dente eo, advene- 


traten 311 ihn. 


sus discipulos. 


runt ei discipuli 






cjus. 


2. lint cr that feincn 


2. Y abriendo su 


2. Et aperiens 


SDIiuiD aitf, Icljrctc |ic, 


boca les enscfiaba di- 


os suum, docebat 


nut fprarfo : 


ciendo. 


cos, dicens : 


3. @dig fiut, tic ta 


3. Bienaventurados 


3. Beati paupe- 


gciilltcb arm fiu t; teiui 


los pobres de csj>iri- 


res spiritu, quo- 


Ms Jpjiumclvcicl) i|Ul;r. 


tu, porque de ellos es 


niam ipsoruin cst 




d rcynodc loscielos. 


regnum coclormn. 


4. eliA fint r tie ta 


1. Bienaventuradoa 


4. Bf.-iti Inp-n- 


(eib traten ; tenii fie 


iiigidos, porque 


tes, quia ipsi con- 


foUen ^etr6jlec irertcu. 


ellos scran consola- 


solabuntur. 








5. eli^ fiut tic 


."). IVienaventurados 


5. Beati mites 


(2anftuuitl}uKH i tcim 


los mansos, porque 


quoniam ipsi hrr 1 - 


fie irerDeu tvi (fitreub 


ellos recibiran en hc- 


reditabuntterrcni. 


bcfi^cn. 


la ticrra. 




6. @e(ig ftut, tie ta 


6. Bienaventurados 


G. Beati 


Inni.aert nut tnrftft 


los que tiencn hain- 


entes et sitientcs 


nacb ter (^erccbci>ir'ctt; 


bre y scd de justicia, 


justitiam, quoni- 


l(}\\\ fie fclleu fact wcv-- 


porque ellos 


am ij>si satura- 



340 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER V. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


rat. 


rassasies. 


be filled. 


7. MaKapioi ol eXe- 


7. Bienheureux sont 


7. Blessed are the 


f)fJLOVS, OTL dVTol e'Xe- 


les misericordieux ; 


merciful : for they 


r)6f}o~ovrai. 


car misericorde leur 


shall obtain mercy. 




sera faite. 




8. MaKapioi ol Ka~ 


8. Bienheureux sont 


8. Blessed are the 


dapnl Trj KapSi'a, ort 


ceux qui sont nets de 


pure in heart : for 


avrol TOV Qebv o^ov- 


coeur ; car ils verront 


they shall see God. 


rai. 


Dieu. 




9. MaKapioi ol ei- 


9. Bienheureux sont 


9. Blessed are the 


pffVOTTOioit OTL avTol 


ceux qui procurent la 


peace-makers : for 


viol Qeov K\T)0r)o-ov- 


paix ; car ils seront 


they shall be called 


rai. 


appeles enfans de 


the children of God. 




Dieu. 




10. MaKaptoioiSe- 


10. Bienheureux sont 


10. Blessed are they 


5lO)yp,e'fOl VKV 1- 


ceux qui sont perse- 


which are persecut- 


Kaioo~vvr]s, on O.VTWV 


cutes pour la justice ; 


ed for righteousness' 


etmv T) /SacriXeia T>V 


car le royaume des 


sake : for theirs is the 


ovpavwv. 


cieux est a eux. 


kingdom of heaven. 


11. MaKapioi ecrre 


11. Vousserezbien- 


11. Blessed are ye 


OTav oj/eiSiVcocrii/ 


heureux quand on 


when men shall re- 


y/xay Kat dtoo^&xri, 


vous aura injuries et 


vile you, and perse- 


KGU 6177COO-1 TTay 7TO- 


persecutes, et quand, 


cute you, and shall 


z/^poi/ prjpa Kcitf 


a cause de moi, on 


say all manner of evif 


Vfj.S)v, '^/fv^ofj.evoL, 


aura dit faussement 


against you falsely. 


fVfKCV fp,OV, 


contre vous toute 


for my sake. 




sorte de mal. 




12. Xaiptre *cal 


12. Rejouissez-vous, 


12. Rejoice, and be 


ayaXXtacr^f, on 6 


et tressaillez de joie, 


exceeding glad : for 


UlO~dbs V/JLUtV 7TO\VS 


parce que votre re- 


great is your reward 


ev rols ovpavois ' ov- 


compense est grande 


in heaven : for so 


ra> yap fdica^av rovt 


dans les cieux ; car 


persecuted they the 


rrpocpf ras TOVS Trpb 


on a ainsi persecute 


prophets which were 


vp.av. 


les prophetes qui ont 


before you. 




ete avant vous. 




13. 'Ypel? eo~T TO 


13. Vous etes te scl 


13. Ye are the salt 


a\as TTJS yrjs. 'Eai/ 


de la terre ; mais si 


of the earth : but if 


8e ro aXa? fj.(opavOrj, 


le sel perd sa saveur, 


thfcVsalt } ia ve lost his 


iv TIV i (i\io~drio-fT(n ; 


avec quoi le salera-t- 


savor, wherewith shall 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER Y. 



841 



GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


ecu. 


saciados. 


buntur. 


7. clifl flirt tie 


7. Bienaventurados 


7. Beati miseri- 


'EavmfyerjivKii ; teuu 


los misericordiosos, 


cordes, quoniam 


\tc ujevtMi Q5arm(jcrjtg; 


porque ellos alcanza- 


ipsi misericordia 


teit fv(ana,eii. 


run misericord in. 


afficientur. 


8. elig flirt, Me rcu 


8. Bienaventurados 


8. Beati mundi 


.c^ J^crjeus flirt ; teiui 


los limpios de cora- 


corde, quoniam 


tc iwfccu oct f el) au 


zon, porque ellos ve- 


ipsi Deum vide- 


ii. 


run a Dios. 


bunt. 


9. @e(ic\ flirt ie 


9. Bienaventurados 


9. Beati pacifi- 


fji'tflfevtifleu ; fccnu fie 


los pacificos, porque 


ci, quoniam ipsi 


inerteu (Better Jviirtcr 


ellos scran llamados 


filii Dei vocabun- 


^eigen, 


hijos de Dios. 


tur. 


10. @e(i.A flirt, Me urn 


10. Bienaventura- 


10. Beati per- 


(SeveebtuU'eit rosllfii 


dos los que padecen 


secutione affecti 


fettfvlget raerbf n ; teun 


persecucion por cau- 


propter justitiam, 


taff$immr(rti(6i)i il?r. 


sa de la justicia, por- 


quoniam ipsorum 




que de ellos es el 


est regnum coelo- 




reyno de los cielos. 


rum. 


11. cfic\ fer>t> if)r, 


11. Bienaventura- 


11. Beati estis 


fuiicud)fcic99?cufd)cii 


dos sois cuando os 


quum maledixe- 


inn ineuietiriileii fcbmA- 


maldijeren, y os per- 


rint vos, et perse- 


(;eu mrt Vfefela.cn, uirt 


siguieren, y dijcrcn 


quuti fuerint, et 


veteu allfilci) Uebel^ 


lodo mal de vosotros 


dixerintomnerna- 


witcr cud), fo fte Da-- 


con falsedad por mi 


lum verbum ad- 


taii lugeu. 


causa. 


vci-sum vos, men- 






tientcs, propter 






me. 


12. @cij& fv6()(id) 


12. Gozaos y ale- 


12. Gaudete et 


turt grtro|t f cs? wirr 


graos porque es gran- 


cxultatc, quoniam 


fuel) im ^unmel iroljl 


de vuestro galardon 


merces vestra 


bcfotyttftroctftru. 2)cn 


en los cielos, porque 


multa incoelis,sic 


alfo habfii flc verfel.Aet 


asi persiguieron ;'i los 


enim persequuti 


Me ^Pvopheten, Die vcr 


profetas que fueron 


sunt Proplietas 


fuel) geitcfcu flirt. 


antes de vosotros. 


qui ante vos. 


13. 3t)c fcnb bas? 


13. Vosotros sois 


13. Vos estis sal 


alj tev Q5r&e. 3Bo 


la sal de la tierra, 


terra? ; si ; 


nun tat> alj btiium 


y si la sal pcrdicre 


sal Infatuatutn sit, 


um-fr, i^omit irill man 




in (juo sulictur f 


29* 



W U I', I 1 



342 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER V. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


fls Oltl> IQ-XVfl fTt, 


on ? 11 ne vaut plus 


it be salted ? it is 


fl /ii? 2\r)df)i>ai eo), 


rien qu'a e~tre jete 


thenceforth good for 


Kal KaTarraTelo-dai 


dehors, et foule des 


nothing, but to be cast 


U7TO TGbV CH/up(D7r(O1S* 


homines. 


out, and to be trodden 






under foot of men. 


14. 'Yueli fWe TO 


14. Vous tes la lu- 


14. Ye are the light 


(p<0S TOV KOO-fJ-OV. Ou 


miere du monde. 


of the world. A city 


dvvaTat TroXts Kpvftij- 


Une ville situee sur 


that is set on an hill 


vai (Trdva) opovs KZI- 


une montagne ne peut 


cannot be hid. 


j,ivr] 


point etre cachee. 





15. Oudf Kaiovai 


15. Et on n'allume 


15. Neither do men 


\{>Xvov, Kal Tide'acriv 


point la larnpe pour 


light a candle, and 


"iiiTov vno TOV a68t- 


la mettre sous un 


put it under a bushel, 


OJ>, dXX' 1Tl TrjV 


boisseau, mais sur un 


but on a candlestick : 


\vxyL~iv, Kal Xd/i7m 


chandelier, et elle 


and it givcth light un- 


Tracri TOIS- ev Trj oi/ua. 


eclaire tous ceux qui 


to all that are in the 




sont dans la maison. 


house. 


16. OUTC> Xa/xA^d- 


16. Ainsi,que votre 


16. Let your light 


TO) TO 00> VpLtoV fJL- 


lumiere luise devant 


so shine before men, 


irpovdcv TU>V dvOpat- 


les ' hommes, afin 


that they may sec 


irav, OTTO)? 'idaxriv 


qu'ils voierit vos 


your good works, and 


vutov TO. KaXa fpya, 


bonnes oeuvres, et 


glorify your Father 


Kal do^daaxri TOV 


qu'ils glorifient votre 


which is in heaven. 


KaTpCl VfJLUV TOV fV 


Perequiestauxcieux. 




rols ovpavols. 






17. Ml) VOp,l(rT]T 


17. Ne croyez pas 


17. Think not that 


OTI q\6ov KaTaXGcrai 


que je sois venu ane- 


I am come to destroy 


TOV VOfJLOV, fj TOVS 


antir la loi ou les pro- 


the law, or the proph- 


jrpoiprjTas ' OVK fj\- 


phetes ; je ne suis 


ets : 1 am not come 


6ov KaTaXv&aiy dXXa 


pas venu les anean- 


to destroy, but to ful- 


irXrjpaxrai. 


tir, mais les accom- 


fil. 




plir. 




18. 'Ap,rjv yap Xe- 


18. Car je vous dis, 


18. For verily I say 


ya> vjjuv, CMS av ?ra- 


en verite, que jus- 


unto you, Till heaven 


ot\6rj 6 ovpavbs Kal 


qu'a ce que le ciel et 


and earth pass, one 



ty yrj, iu>ra ev r) p.ia 
Kfpaia ov p.f) Trape'X- 
6rj (ITTO TOV v6p,ov t ecoff 



un seul iota, ou un in no wise pass from 
seul trait de lettre, nr the law, till all be ful- 
passera point, qae ' filled, 
toutes ces choses ne 



Mr.TTHEW, CHAPTER V. 



343 



GEKMAN. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


fafjcn? ? ijtjunicfcts 


hardsalada? No vale 


ad nihilum valet 


tyinfiM't nnfcc, Dcnn Daft 


ya para nada sino 


ultra, si non ejici 


man ct.* i}inansfd)utte, 


para ser echada fue- 


foras, et concul- 


nnt> laij'c c$ Die kurc 


ra- y pisada de los 


cari ab homini- 


jevtvctnu 


hombn s. 


bus. 


11. 3l;vfci;D Datfiicfct 


1-1. Vosotros sois la 


14. Vtscstislux 


ta- 333 clt. <$ mafl 


uz del mundo. Una 


muhdi : non po- 


Die @taDt, tic auf ct-- 


ciudad situacla sobre 


test civitas ab- 


ucin 25cra.e licgt, uicbt 


un monte no puedc 


scondi supra mon- 


vcrbora.cn fei;n. 


esconderse. 


tcm posita. 


Viait JilllDCt rtltd) 


15. Ni se enciende 


15. Neque ac- 


nidjt cm iidjt an, uiit> 


una vela para poner- 


cendunt lucer- 


fct e$ nutcr tincn 


la bajo un celemin 


nam, et ponunt 


d)ctfd, fonDevn auf 


sino en el candelero, 


earn sub modio, 


ciucit icuducv, fo Icucl)-- 


y asi alumbra a todos 


sed super cande- 


tct CL> tntcu alien, Die 


los de la casa. 


labrum, ct lucet 


tm J^aufc jiuD. 




omnibus in domo. 


16. 'Zllfo Ia|]ct cucr 


16. Brille asi vu- 


16. Sic luceat 


iicljt Icitfbtcii vci' ten 


estra luz dclante de 


lux vestra coram 


kutcu, Dalj |tc cure c\n-- 


los hombres paraque 


hominibus, ut vi- 


tcu 3QBcii'c fcl) en, HUD 


vean vuestras bucnas 


deant vestra pul- 


cuvcu 23atcr im J^im- 


obras y glorifiquen a 


ch ra opera, etglo- 


mcl |?i-cifcu. 


vuestro Padre que 


rificent Patrem 




esta en los cielos. 


vestrum qui in 






coelis. 


17. 3ftr fofJc nicfct 


17. No crei'iis que 


17. Nc putetis 


iral;ucu ( Daj; id) cufem-- 


yo he vonido a abro- 


quod veni dissol- 


mcu bin, Das (^cfci^ 


gar la Ley 6 los pro- 


icgcm, aut 


TIC sprcvl)ctcn 


tetaa : no he vrnido 


Prophetas ; non 


aufju(6|'cn. 3d) bin 


a abrogarlos sino a 


vcni dissolvere, 


uttbt ,4clcmuicn auf^ii: 


liacerlos cumplidos. 


sed adimplere. 


1 6 feu, fen DC vii in crfnl- 






Icn, 






18. 2Vmi id) fa.^c end) 


18. Porque en vcr- 


18. Amen quip- 


b : S5i^ Dafj 


dad os digo que an- 


pe dico vobis, do- 


^immcl niiD (SrDe jcr-- 


tes pasarun el cielo 


nee pniMercatcoc- 


cl)c, iriiD nid)t jfi^c- 


y la tierra, que deje 


lum et terra, jota 


l;cn ra t(fin|lc U5iic^ 


de pasar una jota 6 


unum, aut unus 


|tabc, nod) ^in litcl 


una tilde de la Ley 


;ip<-x lion prajter- 


vom ( ;- Dan c-:- 


>i;i fpic todiis I.- 


ibit a logo, donee 


ilidafl, 


oniiiiu iiant. 



344 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER V. 



C-REEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 




soient faites. 




19 Off cav ovv 


19. Celui done qui 


19. Whosoevei there- 


\vo"[j p.iav TCBI> cVro- 


aura viole Pun de cey 


fore shall break one 


Xcoj/ TOI TU>V TUV e'Xa- 


petits commande- 


of these least com- 


Xia-T&v, KM StSa>; 


mens, et qui aura 


mandments, and shal] 


OVTO) TOUff d.vdpu)- 


enseigne ainsi les 


teach men so, he shall 


TTouff, eXaviorof K\T}- 


hommes, sera tenu le 


be called the least in 


dfjcrerai eV rrj /Sacri- 


plus petit au royaume 


the kingdom of heav- 


Xeia rcdf ovpavatv 


des cieux ; mais celui 


en : but whosoever 


Off 8' ttl/ TTOtqcn; KO.I 


qui les aura faits et 


shall do and teach 


Si5u/7, OVTOS /-icyjff 


enseignes, sera tenu 


them, the same shal. 


\Tjdi')(Trai cv TTI 


grand au royaume 


be called great in the 


0a<rtXct'0 rap ovpa- 


des cieux. 


kingdom of heaven. 


20. Ae'ya) -yap 


20. Car je vous dis 


20. For I say untc 


v/xii', on eav p.fj ?re- 


que si votre justice ne 


you, That except your 


pio'crevo'T] 17 SIKCUOO'W- 


surpasse celle des 


righteousness shal 1 


y;; {//Ao3f TrXeloi/ ra>y 


scribes et des phari- 


exceed the righteous- 


rpa/zpirt'coi/ *ai $a- 


siens, vous n'entrerez 


ness of the scribes 


pi(rai(t)v t ov p.rj el- 


point dans le roy- 


and Pharisees, ye 


O~\uT]T6 6lf T/yl/ /3aO"l- 


aume des cieux. 


shall in no case enter 


"hciav Toiv ovp(tv(ai>. 




into the kingdom ot 






heaven. 


fii, HfCOU<T(ZT OTl 


21. Vous avez en- 


21. Ye have heard 


eppedr) Tols dpxaiois, 


tendu qu'il a etc dit 


that it was said by 


Ov (povevcreis off S' 


aux anciens : Tu ne 


them of old time. 


uv (povevo-g, e^off 


tueras point ; et qui 


Thou shalt not kill : 


eorai r t ^ Kpi(rei. 


tuera sera punissable 


and whosoever shall 




par le jugement. 


kill, shall be in dan- 






ger of the judgment : 


22. 'Eya> 5e Xcyo) 


22. Mais moi, je 


22. But I say unto 


UJLUJ/, on Traff o opyi- 


vous dis que qui- 


you, That whosoever 


op.fvo$ r&i dSeX0w 


conque se met en co- 


is angiy with his 


ciurou fiKiQ) ecovoff 


le re sans cause con- 


brother without a 


c'orai r^ Kpi(Ti oe 


tre son frere, sera pu- 


cause, shall be in 


8 1 af fi7T>/ ra aSeX- 


nissable par le juge- 


danger of the judg- 


^)ai auroC pa/ca ej/o- 


ment ; et eelui qui 


ment : and whosoev- 


^off earrcf* TW o^fve- 


dira a son frere, Ra- 


er shall say to his 


Sptw off 6 av i7r^ 


cha, sera punissable 


brother, Raca, shall 


/Ltcope, ei/o^nff eVrai 


par le conseil ; et ce- 


be in danger of the 


fiff TI ye'f j vay roy 


lui qui lui dira, Fou, 


council : but whoso- 






MATTHEW, CHAPTER V. 



345 









GEBMAK. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


19. \S3cr nun (in$ 


19. De modo que 


19. Qui ergo sol- 


bon biefen r'{cui|tcn <Sc-- 


el que quebrantase 


verit unum man- 


botcu antl6fft, nsiD Id); 


uno de estos miriimos 


datorum istorum 


ret &ic K'ntc aifo, fccr 


mandamientos, y en- 


minimorum, et 


unvt> Dcr RieinfU fycigm 


senase asi a los hom- 


docuerit sic ho- 


itu ^imtneli'cid) ; irci* 


bres, sera llamado 


mines, minimus 


c abcr ttyut nnDlefyret, 


muy pequeno en el 


vocabitur in reg- 


tcr unrD cn'oft l/ci|jcu 


reyno de los cielos. 


no caelorum : qui 


im J&immcUcid). 


Mas el que los guar- 


autem fecerit et 




dare y ensefiare, este 
sera llamado gninde 


docuerit, hie mag- 
nus vocabitur in 




en el reyno de los 


regno ccelorum. 




cielos. 




20. 2) en u id) fa<K 


20. Porque yo os 


20. Dico enini 


end) : (Si? fa; tennenve 


digo que si vuestra 


vobis, quod si non 


Q5cvcd)tia,lcit be|fer, 


justicia no fuere ma- 


abundaverit jus- 


frflW tUT @d)liftC\C- 


yor que la de los 


tilia vcstra plus 


Iffyrtcn unt> spljavifaer, 


'Escribas y Pharisees 


ScribarumetPha- 


fo werDft il)v nid)t in 


no cntmrcis en el 


risseorum, non in- 


t>a ^immclvcid) foms 


reyno de los cielos. 


trabitis in regnum 


men. 




coolorum. 


21. 3>^) r f}a6ti\cl}crct/ 


21. Oisteis que fue 


21. Audistisquia 


tajj }it Den 211 tni .^cfvUU 


dicho a losantiguos: 


pronunciatum est 


i|l : !&ufoll|l uid)t tof- 


no mataras, y cual- 


antiquis: Non oc- 


tcn ; we i- abrr ^6^tct / 


quiera que matare, 


ridcs : qui autem 


tcr |VlI ^^l' (cvtd)tt? 


qucdara obligado a 


occiderit, obnox- 


fd}itlDi^ fa;n. 


juicio. 


ius eritjudicio. 


^abfr faAcruci): 


22. Mas yo os digo 


22. Ego autem 


i- mit feiiifiu iSvus 


que cualquiera que 


dico vobis, quia 


l-fi- jnnift, ta- ijl tci' 


se cnojare con su 


omnis irascens 


(S?evivbti* fi'bulDiA; irev 


hermano, qitcilaru 


fratri suo inline 


abet* jn fmiem 23rbet 


sujcto a juicio, y cu- 


rito, obnoxius erit 


l>i>H : SHid)a/ DC I* i|t 


ahniiera cme Ihunarc 


judicio : qui au- 


tC'o 5Katl/t* jd)iilt > i>\ ; 


A su hcriiiano, 


tcin dixcrit fratri 


ircr aba- fa.u : 2)n 


quedari sujcto al Sy- 


suo Raca obnox- 


97avr, tcr i|t tct> bel-- 


iH'dric Mas el que 




;u Illicit? fdjnlf i f v 


le llainarc iu-i 


qui autem dixcrit 




qwdura. sujeto al fu- 


fatue, obnoxius 



346 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER V. 



GHEEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


TTUp )ff. 


sera punissable par 


ever shall say, Thou 




la geienne du feu. 


fool, shall be in dan- 






ger of hell-fire. 


23. *Eai/ ovv Trpoo"- 


23. Si done tu ap- 


23. Therefore, it 


(pepys TO da>pov O-QV 


portes ton ofFrande a 


thou bring thy gift to 


eVi TO dvo-taa-Trjpioi', 


I'autel, et que la il te 


the altar, and there 


Ka/tet fjivrjaOfjs, OTI 6 


souvienne que ton 


rememberest that thy 


d$(\tp6s crou fx et r * 


frere a quelque chose 


brother hath aught 


<ara (rou, 


centre toi ; 


against thee, 


24. v A<ej eW TO 


24. laisse L\ ton of- 


24. Leave there thy 


8(cpov o"OU, efjiTrpoar- 


frande devant 1'autel, 


gift before the altar, 


6ev rov dvcnaa-TripL- 


et va te reconcilier 


and go thy way ; first 


ov, /cat UTrayf, TrpoS- 


premierement avec 


be reconciled to thy 


rov SiaXXay?7$6 TW 


ton frere ; puis viens, 


brother, and then 


d5fX(/>&> o-ou, *ai To- 


et offre ton offrande. 


come and offer thy 


re e'X#a)i/ Trpocrcpepe 




gift. 


TO ScopoV o"ou. 






25. ''l(r6i fvvoaw 


25. Sois bientot 


25. Agree with thine 


T&) at-TiS/KW o-ou Ta- 


d'accord avec ta par- 


adversary quickly, 


^i, ceo? OTOU ei eV 


tie adverse, tandis que 


while thou art in the 


T^ 60) fJLGT* CtVTOV, 


tu es en chemin avec 


way with him ; lest 


fJ,T)TTOT6 <T TTOpaSft) 


elle ; de peur que ta 


at any time the ad- 


O aVTldlKOS TW KplTf}, 


partie adverse ne te 


versary deliver thee 


Kcil 6 Kpirtjs (re ?ra- 


livre an juge, et que 


to the judge, and the 


paM TO) VTTTJpeTr), 


le juge ne te livre au 


judge deliver thee to 


K.a.1 els <pv\aKr)v 


sergent, et que tu ne 


the officer, and thou 


P\rj0f)(rr). 


sois mis en prison. 


be cast into prison. 


26. 'A/Jirjv Xeya) 


26. En verite, je te 


26. Verily, I say 


aoi, ou /zi) ee\0fls 


dis que tu ne sortiras 


unto thee, Thou shult 


eKeWev (t)s av ano- 


point de la, jusqu'a 


by no means come 


dajs TOV ecrxarov KO- 


ce que tu aies paye 


out thence, till thou 


SpdvTrjv. 


le dernier quadrain. 


hast paid the utter- 






most farthing. 


27. 'H/coua'aTe on 


27. Vou? avez en- 


27. Ye have heard 


epp0r] Tols dp^aiois 


tendu qu'il a ete dit 


that it was said by 


Ou p,oixfvo-is 


aux ancien; : Tu ne 


them of old time, 




commettras point 


Thou shalt not com- 


arlultere. 


mit adultery : 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER V. 



347 



GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 




ego del infierno. 


erit in gehennam 






ignis. 


23. 2)arum, rocnu l>u 


23. For tanto si tu 


23. Si ergo of- 


tctuc (8abe auf tern 


llevares tu ofrenda 


fers munus tuum 


HI tar opfcr|l, unD roir|t 


al altar y alii te a- 


ad altare, et ibi 


iillta riiigcbfnf'f bag 


cordares que tu her- 


recordatus fueris. 


tcilt 25vubcr ctn>a iri- 


mano tiene algo con- 


quia frater tuus 


tcr tied fyabc, 


tra ti, 


habet aliquid ad- 






versum te, 


24. @o lag allta fcov 


24. Deja tu ofren- 


24. Relinque ibi 


tern Hltar tciuc (Sabr, 


da ante el altar y ve- 


munus tuum ante 


nut gctjc suvov t)in, 


to : reconciliate pri- 


altare, et vade, 


uut> tocv|"6t)iic bid) mit 


mero con tu herma- 


prius reconciliare 


bciucm U5vubci* ; wnb 


no, y despues ven y 


fratri tuo, et tune 


alstaiiu fomm, unb op-- 


presenta tu ofrenda. 


veniens offer mu- 


fcrc bcinc (Sabc. 




nus tuum. 


25. cr; willfa^rig 


25. Acomodatecon 


25. Esto bene- 


bciucm t 2Bitftfac^ft 


tu adversario pron- 


sentiens adversa- 


bftlb/ ticircil tu nocb 


tamente micntras es- 


rio tuo cito, dum 


bci) it;m auf &cm ^C.AC 


tas con el todavia en 


es in via cum eo : 


bijl, auf tag tui) tcr 


el camino, no sea 


ne forte te tradat 


^vlDitcvfacbcv uicbt tci*-- 


que el adversario te 


adversarius judi- 


malciu|l ubcvv\unrovtc 


entrcgue al Jucz, y 


ci,et judex te tra- 


tern SHicbtcr, uut> tcv 


el Juez te entregue 


dat ministro, ct in 


Hid)tcv iibfvaiitirovtc 


al ministro, y seas 


custodiam conji- 


ticl) tern 2)iciw, unt 


echado en la carcel. 


ciaris. 


n?crtc|l iu ten Stcrtcr 






gcwovfcn. 






26. 3d) facjc Mr : 


26. En verdad te 


26. Amen dico 


\H3aljvlid), tu n?ir|t 


digo que no saMras 


tibi, non cxios in- 


nidjt Vou tanucu tyc-- 


de alii hasta que pa- 


de, donee reddas 


rauit fommcH, bit? tu 


gues al ultimo mara- 


novissimum qua- 


and) ten Icfctcu feller 


vedi. 


drantem. 


ST-S^rMtgcWret, 


27. Oisteis que fue 


27. Audistisquia 


tag jubrniltengefttgc 


dicho a los antiguos : 


pronunciatum est 


i|l : 2)ufoll|t nicljt cl;c- 


No cometeras adul- 


antiquis : Non 


h'cc^cu. 


terio. 


mcechaberis 




348 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER V. 



GREEK. 


FKEXCH. 


ENGLISH. 


28. 'Eyt> de Xeyco 


28. Mais moi, je 


28. But I say unto 


VfJUV, OTl TTllS 6 /3Xe- 


vous dis que qui- 


you, That whosoever 


TTOOV yvvaiKO. Trpos TO 


conque regardc une 


looketh on a wo*nan 


eTriOu}Jirj(r(ii avTrjV, 


femme pour la con- 


to lust after her, hath 


fjbri fp,OL^evcrev au- 


voiter, il a deja corn- 


committed adultery 


TTJV iv rfj Kiipftiq 


mis dans son coeur 


with her already in 


avrov. 


un adultere avec elle. 


his heart. 


29. Ei Se 6 o(/>0aX- 


29. Que si ton ceil 


29. And if thy right 


/Ltdp o-ou 6 Se^ios 


droit te fait broncher, 


eye offend thee, plur k 


o~Kav8a\iei o~e, ee- 


arrache-le, et jette-le 


it out, and cast it from 


Xe avroz>, KHI /3aXe 


loin de toi ; car il 


thee : for it is prof- 


OTTO <rov crvptpepei 


vaut rnieux qu'un de 


itable for thee that 


yap o~o, iva drroXr]- 


tes membres perisse, 


one of thy members 


TO.I tv TWV /zeXaii' 


que si tout ton corps 


should perish, and not 


crou, feat /z]) oXov TO 


etait jete dans la ge- 


that thy whole body 


(rco/xa trou (3\r)dr) els 


henne. 


should be cast into 


yffvvav. 




hell. 


30. Kai et 17 degid 


30. Et si ta main 


30. And if thy right 


rov x f * L P crKavSaXi- 


droite te fait bron- 


hand offend thee, cut 


ei o-e, KKo\lfov av- 


cher, coupe-la, et 


it off, and cast it from 


TTJV, KOI /3aXe OTTO 


jette-la loin de toi ; 


thee : for it is prof- 


o~oO crvfJicpepsi yap 


car il vaut mieux 


itable for thee that 


crot, iva dTroXrjTai ev 


qu'un de tes mem- 


one of thy members 


TCOV jueXwj/ o~ov, /cat 


bres perisse, que si 


should perish, and not 


^ oXoj/ ro cr</Lia 


tout ton corps etait 


that thy whole body 


a-ou P\r)6rj fls ytev- 


jete dans la gehenne. 


should be cast into 


vav. 




hell. 


31. 'Eppedrj 8e on 


31. 11 a ete dit en- 


31. It hath been said, 


os av dTToXixrrj TTJV 


core : Si quelqu'un 


Whosoever shall put 


yvvaiKa auroO, fiorco 


repudie sa femme, 


away his wife, let him 


a^r^ aTTOorao'ioi' 


qu'il lui donne la let- 


give her a writing of 




tre de divorce. 


divorcement : 


32. 'Eyw Se Xe'yco 


32. Mais moi, je 


32. But I say unto 


v/iii/, ori 6s av aTTo- 


vous dis que qui- 


you, That whosoever 


\vo-rj rr]V vj/at/ca at5- 


conque aura repudie 


shall put away his 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER V. 



349 



GERMAN. SPANISH. 


LAT1X. 


28. 3Maberfafleend): 28. Yo os digo pu- 


28. Ego autem 


'IDcr eut 2Bab anfic; cs que todo aquel 


dico voLis, quia 


fyet iln-tT ut becictn-cn, que pusiere los ojos 


omnis conspici- 


rer bat fcioit nut i!?r en una muger para 


ens mulierem ad 


tie be gebvodKit in 


codiciarla ya come- 


concupiscendum 


feii rm fptTjeu. 


tio con ella adulterio 


earn, jam moecha- 




en su corazon. 


tusesteamincor- 






de suo. 


29. 2lero.evt Md) aber 


29. Y-si tu ojo de- 


29. Si autem 


oein vedjtcs Zluge, fo 


recho te fuere oca- 


oculustuus dexter 


rcife" c aits?, mi ft wivf 


sion de caer, sacalo 


scandalizat te, 


es toon tii\ &$ i)t Mr 


y arrojalo fuera de 


erue eum, et pro- 


beffer, &afj cincs center 


ti, porquc mas te va- 


jice abs te ; con- 


(SltcDcv vcrtevbe, into 


le que perezca uno 


fert enim tibi 


nid)t rer gan^c $cib in 
Me 6U< genoorftn wer- 


de tus miembros que 
no, que todo tu cuer- 


ut pereat unum 
membrorum tuo- 


De. 


po sea arrojado al in- 


rum, et non totum 




fierno. 


corpus tuum con- 






jiciatur in gehen- 






nam. 


30. Herbert ttd) ccine 


30. Y si tu mano 


30. Et si dex- 


red)tc J^anD, fo t)aue fte 


derecha te fuere oca- 


tera tua manus 


ab,nut>irivf fie toon Mr. 


sion de caer cortala, 


scandalizat te, ab- 


ijl tir bejfer, taj^ 


y lanzala de ti pues 


scinde earn, et 


eijtc^ tciner ^lictcr 


mejor te es el que 


projice abs te : 


tocrccrbe, nnD nidjt ter 


perezca uno de tus 


confert enim tibi 


ganje ieib in tic J^6lle 


miembros que no el 


ut pereat unum 


geworfcn wev^e. 


que todo tu cuerpo 


membrorum tuo- 




sea arrojado al infi- 


rum, et non totum 




erno. 


corpus tuum con- 






jiciatur in gehen- 






nam. 


31. <$ \\l and) qcfacjt : 


31. Hase dicho : 


31. Pronuncia- 


^cr fid) toon fetnem 


Cualquiera que repu- 


tum est autem, 


QJCeibe fdieiret/ ter foil 


duire a su muger de- 


quod quicumque 


tl)r gcbeu eincn djeis 


la carta de divorcio. 


absolvent uxorem 


tcbnef. 




suam, det ei re- 






pudium. 


32. %(h aber faoie end): 


32. Mas yo os digo 


32. Ego autem 


'HnT fid) von feinem 


que cualquiera que 


dico vobis, quia 


^eibe fctjcicct, (ctfff^ 


n-pudidrc u su mu- 


quicunque absol- 


30 






350 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER V. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


roC-, rrapeKTos Xoyou 


sa femme, si ce n'est 


wife, saving for the 


nopveias, Troiet av- 


pour cause d'adul- 


cause of fornication, 


TTJV p<nxao-6ai Kal 


tdre, il la fait devenir 


causeth her to com- 


os eav a.TTo\ikvp,f.vr^v 


adultere ; et qui- 


mit adultery : and 


yafj.rjo-7], /loi^arat. 


conquc se mariera a 


whosoever shall mar- 




la femme repudiee, 


ry her that is divorced. 




commet un adultere. 


committeth adultery. 


33. Hd\lV fjKOVO'a- 


33. Vous avez aussi 


33. Again, ye have 


re on tpptdrj rois 


appris qu'il a ete dit 


heard that it hath been 


apxaiois OUK firi- 


aux anciens : Tu ne 


said by them of old 


op/c^a-ets, OTroSaxreis 


parjureras point; mais 


time, Thou shalt not 


de T6> Kvpico TOVS 


tu rendras au Seign- 


forswear thyself, but 


OpKOVS O~OV ' 


eur ce que tu auras 


shalt perform unto the 




promis par jurement. 


Lord thine oaths : 


34. 'Eyw 8e Xeyco 


34. Mais moi, je 


34. But 1 say unto 


v/juv, p.rj o/MOcrat 


vous dis : Ne jurez 


you, Swear not at all : 


oXcos p-r)Te ev ra> 


en aucune maniere ; 


neither by heaven ; 


ovpaixp , on 6p6vos 


ni par le ciel, car 


for it is God's throne : 


eWt roG GeoO 


c'est le trone deDieu ; 




35. Mi^re eV riy yfj, 


35. ni par la terre, 


35. Nor by the 


on VTTOTrooioV eo~n 


car c'est le marche- 


earth ; for it is his 


ra>i> TroScoi/ auroi) 


pied de ses pieds ; ni 


footstool : neither by 


^re 6is le/JocroAv/ia, 


par Jerusalem, parce 


Jerusalem ; for it is 


ort TrdXis eVrt TOV 


que c'est la ville du 


the city of the great 


fifyaXov /SaatXecos * 


grand roi. 


King: 


36. M^re ev TTJ 


36. Tu ne jureras 


36. Neither shalt 


Kpa\7) o~ov Ofj.6o"ns, 


point non plus par ta 


thou swear by thy 


on ov di/vcHTM piav 


tete ; car tu ne peux 


head, because thou 


rpixa. Xeu/oyi/ rj p.e- 


faire un cheveu blanc 


canst not make one 


\aivav Trot^o-ai. 


ou noir. 


hair white or black. 


37. "Eora> Se 6 Xo'- 


37. Mais que votre 


37. But let your 


yos vfj.a>v, Nut, i/ai 


parole soit : Oui, Oui, 


communication be, 


Ou, ou ro 5e TTC- 


Non, Non ; car ce 


Yea, yea ; Nay, r;ay : 


oio~'Tov rourcoi/, e/c 


qui est de plus est 


for whatsoever is 


rof TTOVTIpOV 0~TIV. 


mauvais. 


more than these <xm- 






eth of evil. 


5C). H<OU(T(IT6 OTt 


38. Vous avez ap- 


38. Ye have heard 


fppturj, O0^aXu6*/ 


pris qu'il a ete dit : 


that it hath been said, 



MATTHKW, CHAPTER V. 



351 



GERMAN. 


s i sir. 


LATIX. 


DC mi inn (Shcbnu'b ) 


gcr a. no ser por cau- 


verit uxoreni su- 


DIT m.ubct, Dafe jic Me 


sa de fornicacion, 


am, excepta rati- 


(()c bcicbt ; unD ircr 


hace que el la 


one fornicationis, 


cine 21bjjcf(tiet'fite frci: 


adultera, y cualqui- 


facit earn moe- 


ct, fccr bricl)t Die Stye. 


cra que se case con 


cliari : et qui ab- 





la divorciada comete 


solutam duxerit, 




adulterio. 


adulterat. 


33. 3f)r fyabt reciter 


.'i:>. Tambien oiste- 


33. Iterum au- 


flcf^ret, Daft }ii Dcu 211-- 


is que fue dicho a los 


distis quia pro- 


*c:i acfao.t tft: Tu foil it 


antiguos. No te per- 


nunciatum est an- 


Jet nc u falfcbcn (5iD 


juraras, mas cumpli- 


tiquis : Non per- 


tl^un, iniD fo(l|t ott 


rus lo que hubieres 


jurabis : reddes 


fcciucu <ID tyalrni. 


juradoal Scnor. 


autem Domino 






juramenta tua. 


34. 3>ffc aba* fao,c cud): 


31. Mas voosdigo: 


34. Ego autem 


fcafe" it;r allcrMngc mcfct 


No jure is de ninguna 


dico vobis, non 


fdnrerni follt, ircDcr 


manera ni por el cie- 


jurare omnino, 


bcr Dem JDimmd, Dcun 


lo porque es el trono 


neque in cselo, 


er i\\ (ottc$ ta!)l; 


de Dios. 


quia thronus est 






Dei: 


35. 3(toc(> bct> Dec Oh-; 


35. Ni por la tierra 


35. Neque in 


DC, Dcin ftc i|t fciurr 


porque es la pcana 


terra, quia scabel- 


SH^C cbcmcl ; uod> 


de sus pies ni por 


lum est pedum 


. ufalcni, Demi fie 


Jerusalem porque es 


ejus : neque in Hi- 


i|l cinci? v\vo|jcii ^^uiJit' 


la ciudad del gran 


erosolyma, quia 


taDt. 


Key. 


ci vitas est magni 








36. Tiucf) fclffl DH 


36. Ni juraras por 


36. Neque in 


nid)t bci^ Dciiiein J^anf- 


tn rabeza porque no 


capite tuo jurave- 


te fd)i&6rcu; Demi Du 


puedes hacer un ca- 


ris, quia non po- 


Vevma^fl uttfct eiu eini-- 


bello bianco 6 negro. 


tes unum capil- 


$c* $aar treit; oDei* 




lum album autni- 


fibirai'; ;u niacbcu. 




grum fac- 


37. Sure 9tcDc aba- 


37. ..Mas vuestro 


37. Sit autem 


fen: ^a, ja; item, uciii. 


Imblar sea si, si ; no, 


sermo vester, Eti- 


^IBa^ Davfibcv i|l, Dat? 


no ; porque lo que 


am, etiam, Non, 


i|t vein Ucbcl. 


cxccdc de esto, de 


non : quod autem 




mal procede. 


abundans his, a 






nnlo est. 


36. ^br babt .acl^rct, 


38. Habeisoidoque 


38. Audistisquia 


tat? Da c\iM>U i\\ : 21 u^ 


fur dicho ojo por ojo, pronuneiatumest: 



352 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER V. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


dvrl o$0aX/ioC, Kal 


CEil pour ceil, et dent 


An* eye for an eye, 

1 A\ f* 


otjvTa avTL oSov: "> 


pour dent. 


and a tooth for a 






tooth. 


39. *Eyco de Xrvca 


39. Mais moi, je 


39. But I say unto 


vulv, p.rj ai/ricrr^i/ai 


vous dis : Ne resistez 


you, That ye resist 


T<5 7TOVr)p(p ' aXX' 


point au mal ; mais 


not evil : but whoso- 


ocrrty ae paffitrti eVl 


si quelqu'un te frappe 


ever shall smite thee 


Trjv 8eidz/ a-ov o-ia- 


a ta joue droite, pre- 


on thy right cheek, 


ydi/a, o-Tpeij/ov avra> 


sente-lui aussi 1'autre. 


turn to him the other 


rful TJ)I> aXXr)V ' 




also. 


40. Kai r<5 6e\ov- 


40. Et si quelqu'un 


40. And if any man 


ri CTOL Kpidijvai, Kal 


veut plaider contre 


will sue thee at the 


TOV ^trco^d crou Xa- 


toi, et t'oter ta robe, 


law, and take away 


/Seiv, a0f? aurco Kal 


laisse-lui encore le 


thy coat, let him have 


TO lp.ariov. 

At *- \ <V 


manteau. 

A 1 T^i _ 1 1 


thy cloak also. 

A 1 A 1 1 



41. Et si quelqu'un 
te veut contraindre 
d'aller avec lui une 
lieue, vas-en deux. 

42. Donne a celui 
qui te demande, et ne 
te detourne point de 
celui qui veut em- 
prunter de toi. 

43. Vous avez ap- 
pris qu'il a ete dit : 
Tu aimeras ton pro- 
chain, et tu ha'iras j 
ton ennemi. 



44. 'Eyco de Xe'yco 44. Mais moi, je 
vp.^ dyaTrare TOVS vous dis : Aimez vos 
exdpovs v/iajj/, eCXo- ennemis, et benissez 

yelre TOVS Karapa)- \ CCUX qui VOUS mau- 
fjLevovs v/j.as, Ka\ws dissent ; faites du bien 
Troteire TOVS p.io~oiiv- ! a ceux qui vous ha- 



41. Kat orris 
ayyapeva-ei ptX 
VTraye per' avrov 
Suo. 

42. T&> (IITOVVTI (T 5 

dt'Sou /cat rov 6e\ov- , 
ra aTro crov davei- 
(raadaL p.fj aTrocrrpa- 
$gs. 

43. 'HKoucrarf ort 
cppt&rj, ' Ay an f] erf is 
rbv Tr\r)(rlov crov, Kal 

[JUCrf)(TflS TOV 



Ka irpov- 
vrrep TQJV 



issent, et priez pour 
ceux qui vous cou- 
rent sus et vous per- 



41. And whosoevei 
shall compel thee to 
go a mile, go with 
him twain. 

42. Give to him that 
asketh thee, and from 
him that would bor- 
row of thee, turn not 
thou away. 

43. Ye have heard 
that it hath been said, 
Thou shall love thy 
neighbor, and hate 
thine enemy : 

44. But I say unto 
you, Love your ene- 
mies, bless them that 
curse you, do good 
to them that hate you, 
am 3 pray for them 
which despitefully use 
you and persecute 
you; 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER V. 



353 



GEUMAJf. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


.ac HIU 2Uijjc, 3^)it urn 


y diente por diente. 


Oculum pro ocu- 


3$ii. 




lo, et dentem pro 






dente. . 


39. 3d)abcrfa>iccud): 


39. Mas yoosdigo: 


39. Ego autem 


IM|$ ibr utcbt imc-n^vc; 


No opongais resis- 


dico vobis, non 


bcu feUt tern Itcbd ; 


tcncia a la injuria, 


obsistere malo : 


feulcrii fo Mr jcmant> 


antes si alguno te hi- 


sed quicumque te 


emeu trciel) cucbt auf 


riese en la mexilla 


percusserit in 


Scincu reel) ten iBacfcn, 


derecha, presentale 


dcxtcram tuam 


frcm bietc frni an&crn 


la otra. 


maxillam, verte 


ami) JMV. 




illi et aliam. 


40. llnffojcmanfcmit 


40. Y si alguien 


40. Et volenti 


Mr vcdHeit in 11, tint* 


quisiere ponerte pley- 


tibi judicium pa- 


tcincu SHoef iicfymcn, 


to y quitarte la tuni- 


rari, et tunicam 


t>cm la|j and) fccu 2Duup 


ca, alargale tambien 


tuam tollere, di- 


td 


tu capa. 


mitte ei et palli- 






um. 


41. UitD fo tid) jfj 


41. Y si alguno te 


41. Et quicun- 


maut) u6tt)iflct cine 


compeliere a una le- 


que te angariave- 


SDTctU, fo g((c mtt il}m 


gua ve con el dos. 


rit milliare unum, 


pro. 




vadecum illoduo. 


4-J. (Sieb fccm, ^el 


42. Al que te pidi- 


42. Petenti te, 


Mel) bittct ; imfr irei^c 


ere, dale ; y al que 


da : et volentem 


Met) uidu VOH Pern, &cv 


te quisiese pedirpres- 


a te mutuare, ne 


Mr abborgcu trill 


tado, no le vuelvas 


avcrtaris. 




las espaldas. 




43. 3^r l^abt .ad)6rt, 


43. Habeisoidoque 


43. Audistisquia 


bttggffacttilt: X>ufdl|r 


fue die ho: A ma IMS u 


pronunciatum est, 


teiueu 97aeb|leu licbcii, 


tu proximo, y abor- 


Diliges proximum 


uu& tciueu gciuD bap 


rcccrus a tu encini- 


tiiuii), et odio ha- 


feu. 


go. 


bebis inimicura 






tuum. 


44.3d) afrtrfage rod): 


44. Mas yo os digo : 


44. Ego autem 


iicbct euvc gcu^c ; |Vc\-- 


Amad a vuestrosene- 


dico vobis, Diligi 


uet, Me cud) |itiel)en ; 


migos bendccid ! los 


te inimicos ves- 


tt)ut irol)l Dcucu, Me 


que os maldicen : 'a- 


tros, benedicite 


euel) ba|feu ; butct fin 


ced bien a los quo os 


maledicentes vos: 


tic, fo cud) bele^igcu 


odian, y orad por los 


benefacite odien- 


uuD vcrfol.acu ; 


que os calumnian y 


tibus vos, et orate 




p^rstgaen. 


pro infestantibus 






vos et insectanti- 




854 



MATTHET7, CHAPTERS V., VI. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


KOI 8ia>KovT(0i vfjias 


secutent ; 




45. "OTTCOS ykvrjcr&rj 


45. afin que vous 


45. That ye may be 


viol rov rrarpos u/aa>f 


soyez les enfans de 


the children of your 


rov fv ovpavols, on 


yotre Pere qui estaux 


Father which is in 


rov fjXtov avrov ava- 


cieux ; car il fait le- 


heaven : for he mak- 


fXXft eVl TTOvrjpovs 


ver son soleil sur les 


eth his sun to rise on 


/eat dyadovs-, <ol (3pe- 


mechans et sur les 


the evil and on the 


}(L 7T\ 8l<aiOVS KOi 


gens de bien, et il en- 


good, and sendeth 


uSjcous. 


voie sa pluie sur les 


rain on the just and 




justes et sur les in- 


on the unjust. 




justes. 




46. *Eav yap dya- 


46. Car si vous ai- 


46. For if ye love 


rri]o~r]T TOVS dyanfov- 


mez seulement ceux 


them which love you, 


ras V(j.ds, riva p,io~6bv 


qui vous aiment, 


what reward have ye ? 


f\T ; OV)(l Kal OL 


quelle recompense en 


do not even the pub- 


reXcoi/ai TO avrb TTOI- 


aurez-vous ? Les pe- 


licans the same ? 


oixri ; 


agers me me n'en 






font-ils pas tout au- 






tant ? 




47. Kai lav ao"7ra- 


47. Et si vous faites 


47. And if ye salute 


<rr)<rdf TOVS aSeX- 1 accueil seulement a 


your brethren only, 


$ovs vfj.c*)v \LOVOV, rt 


vos freres, que faites- 


what do ye more than 


Trepifrcrbv iroiflre ; 


vous plus que les 


others ? do not even 


fl>XjL Ka ^ ^ TcXcoi/ai 


autres ? Les peagers 


the publicans so ? 


VTQ) TTOIOVO'IV ; 


meme ne le font-ils 






pas aussi ? 




48. *E(Tf(T0C OVV 


48. Soyez done par- 


48. Be ye therefore 


Vp-fls TtXftOi, &0"7rfp 


fails, comme votre 


perfect, even as your 


6 Trarrjp V/J.QJV 6 ev 


Pere qui est aux cieux 


Father which is in 


TOLS ovpavois reXeios 


est parfait. 


heaven is perfect. 


eo-Tt. 






1. ITpoo-e^ere r^i/ 


1. Prenez garde de 


1. Take heed that 


(\erj^ioa"vvrjv vfj,>v p.r 


ne pas faire votre 


ye do not your alms 


TTOLflv f^Trpoa-Bev roir 


aumone devant les 


before men, to be seen 


avOpoiTrtov, Trpbs T'I 


homines pour en etre 


of them : otherwise 


GeaQrjvui avrols e. 


regardes ; autrement 


ye have no reward of 


de p.f)yf, piadov ov< 


vous n'en recevrez 


your Father which is 


fX T 7ra P * T( ? i" ar pt 


point la recompense 


in heaven. 


vH&v TO) fV rois ou- 


de votre Pere qui est 




pavois. 


a x cieux. 





MATTHEW, CHAPTERS V., VI. 



355 






GE.EMAN. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 






bus vos. 


45. TCuf Dag if)r Km-- 


45. Paraque seals 


45. Ut sitis filii 


Dcv feijD enres SBatcvS 


hijos de vuestro Pa- 


Patris vestri qui 


im JSpiiiuncf. SDcnu cv 


dre que esta en los 


in cselis, quia so- 


lafe't fctre onne auf= 


cielos el cual hace 


lem suum produ- 


.aefceii fiber Me 35fy"eii 


salir el sol sobre ma- 


cit super malos et 


iniD fiber Me iiten, 


los y buenos, y llue- 


bonos, et pluit su- 


uuD lAgt rejuieu ubcv 


ve sobre justos, e in- 


per justos et in- 


(ereeljtc uuD Uncjc- 


justos. 


justos. 


v eel) re. 






46. >cmt fo ifyr lie-- 


46. Porque si ama- 


46. Si enim di- 


bet, Die cud) licbni,rcat? 


is a los que os aman, 


lexeritis diligen- 


rcevDct tin* fur ioljn fya= 


,; que recompensa ha- 


tes vos, quam 


ben ? $i)uu uidjt Dap 


beis de tener ? <; No 


merceclem habe- 


fclbc and) Die 36llucr ? 


hacen lo mismo aun 


tis? nonneetpub- 




los publicanos ? 


licani idem faci- 






unt? 


47. Unb fo if)r end) 


47. Y si saludais 


47. Et si salu- 


nur ]\i curcu 55ruDeru 


solamente a vuestros 


taveritis fratres 


frcimft(tcf) tfyiitt a^ 


hermanos <; que mas 


vestros tantum, 


tbut it)r fon^eriirf)f6 ? 


hace is que los otros ? 


quid abundans fa- 


^t)uu uidjt Die WlHtt 


^ No hacen tambien 


citis ? nonne et 


a(fo? 


lo mismo los publi- 


publicani sic faci- 




canos ? 


unt? 


48. 2)arum fodt if)r 


48. Sed pues voso- 


48. Estote ergo 


VollPcmmcu fci^u, yi(cidv 


tros perfectos asi 


vos perfecti, sicut 


wieeucr ^3atcrim im-- 


como vuestro Padre 


Pater v ester qui 


mc( vollfommeu i(t 


que esta en los cie- 


in cajlis, perfec- 




los es perfecto. 


tus est. 


1. J^abtMeaufeure 


1. Mirad que no 


1. Attendite mi- 


^llmcfeu, Dag il;r Die 


haguis vuestra li- 


sericord iam ves- 


uid)t gf bet Dor Dcu ieits 


mosna delante de los 


tram non facere 


ten, Dag il)r von it}ueu 


hombres con el fin 


ante homines, ad 


^cfct)cu \rci-Dct ; il)r 


de ser vistos de ellos 


spectaji eis : si 


^abtauDcr^t-'ciucuiol)!! 


de otra manera no 


autem non, mer- 


ben cuv cm 23 ate v im 


tendreis galardon de 


cedem non habe- 


Jpimmrf. 


vuestro Padre que 


tis apud Patrem 




o .'-'i rn los cielos. 


v strum qui in 



356 MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI. 


GKEEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


2. "QTOV oyr rrotf/s 


2. Lors done que tu 


2. Therefore, when 


f\CT)p.OO-Vl>T]V, pry 


feras ton aumone, ne 


thou doest thine alms, 


0-0X7710-779 ep7r/?3o-6Yz/ 


fais point sonner la 


do not sound a trum- 


O-QU, (DGTTfp oi V7TO- 


trompette devant toi, 


pet before thee, as the 


KpLTal 7TOIOVO~IV (V 


comme les hypocrites 


hypocrites do, in the 


rals o~vvayu>ya"is Kal 


font dans les syna- 


synagogues, and in 


V Tals pv fiatS ) O7T03S 


gogues et dans les 


the streets, that they 


$odO'6u>O~lV V7TO TV)V 


rues, pour en etre ho- 


may have glory of 


dvdpMircov. y Ap.r)v 


nores des hommes. 


men. Verily, I say 


Xe'yco vp.lv, aTTf'xovo-i 


En verite, je vous dis 


unto you, They have 


TOV p.io~6bv avT&v. 


qu'ils resolvent leur 


their reward. 




recompense. 




3. Sou 5e TTOIOVV- 


3. Mais quand tu 


3. But when thou 


TOS e'Xer^ioavi/ryi/, pr) 


fais ton aumone, que 


doest alms, let not thy 


yj/coro) 17 aptorepd 


ta main gauche ne 


left hand know what 


(TOU * 

4. "On-coy ^ o-ou r) 


sache point ce que 
fait ta droite. 
4. Afin que ton au- 


thy right hand doeth : 
4. That thine alms 


f\er)p.oo~vvr] ev ra> 


mone soit dans le se- 


may be in secret: 


KpVTTTa Kal 6 Trarrjp 


cret ; et ton Pere qui 


and thy Father, which 


(TOV 6 /3XeVa>Z/ V TO) 


voit ce qui se fait en 


seeth in secret, him- 


KpUTrrw, avro? aTro- 
Scoo"ei ooi ev TO) <pa- 
vepw. 
5. Kat oral/ Trpoo"- 


secret t'en recom- 
pensera publique- 
ment. 
5. Et quand tu prie- 


self shall reward thee 
openly. 

5. And when thou 


/ > w rf 

fuyiy, OVK 60*77 coo"7rep 


ras, ne sois point 


prayest, thou shalt not 


of VTro/cptrai, ort ^)t- 


comme les hypo- 


be as the hypocrites 


Xoi)o"ii/ cy rats 1 oaiva- 


crites ; car ils aiment 


are : for they love to 


ycoyats /cai ei/ rats 


a prier en se tenant 


pray standing in the 


ywiais TOV TrXaret- 


debout dans les syna- 


synagogues, and in 


cov co-rcoreff irpoo-fv- 


gogues et aux coins 


the corners of the 


Xfo-6ai, OTTCOJ ai/ (pa- 


des rues, afin d'etre 


streets, that they may 


vcoort TOIS dvdpwiTois 


vus des hommes. En 


be seen of men. Ver- 


'Ap.f]v Xt'ya) vptv, ort 


verite, je vous dis 


ily, I say unto you, 


airexovo-i TOV fJLio-tibv 


qu'ils re^oivent leur 


They have their re- 


avrcoi/. 


recompense. 


ward. 


6. 2u Se oral/ Trpoo-- 


6. Mais toi, quand 


6. But thou, when 


ev^iy, eio-eX^e eiy TO 


tu pries, entre dans 


thou prayest, enter 


rapieloV o-ou, /cat 


ton cabinet ; et lyant 


into thy closet, and 


rXetc-.iff T^ dpai; 


ferme ta porte prie 


when thou hast shut 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI. 



357 



GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 






cselis. 


2. ^cuu Mt nun 2(f= 


2. Asi que cuando 


2. Cum ergo fa- 


mofcu flicbft, folljl Mt 


haces limosna no ha- ciseleemosymm, 


nicbt (aifcit vor Mr po-- 


gas que se toque la ne tuba clanxeris 


fannen, n?tc Me Jfpntd}-- 


trompeta delante de 


ante te, sicut hy- 


lev tfynn in Den @dnt= 


ti, como hacen los 


pocrite faciunt in 


[en, nut* anf t>en (Safs 


hipocritas en las si- 


synagogis et in 


feu, auf frafe" ftc fcon ten 


nagogas, y en las cal- 


vicis, ut glorifi- 


icntcn .aer/ricfcn UKV-- 


les para atraerse hon- 


centur ab ho mini- 


fcen. ^aljrlicb, id? 


ra de los hombres. 


bus : amen dico 


fagc curb: tc fyafceit 


En verdad os digo 


vobis, excipiunt 


ifyven iel;n fcaljin. 


que ya recibieron su 


rnercedem suam. 




recompensa. 




3. ^ciui Mi aba 2U-- 


3. Mas cuando des 


3. Te autem fa- 


mcfcii <uc bit, fo I aft 


limosna haz que tu 


ciente eleimosy- 


fccinc mire Jjpan& nicln 


mano izquierda, no 


nam, nesciat si- 


tri|fcn, n>a$ Me vccl)tc 


sepa lo que hace tu 


nistra tua quid fa- 


((at; 


derecha. 


ciat dextera tua. 


4. 2(uf taj? ^ctn 2((= 


4. Paraque tu li- 


4. Utsittuaelee- 


in of en vcrborflfn fci; ; 


mosna quede sccreta, 


mosyna in secre- 


ttitD ^ctH ^Datcr, tfi* in 


y tu Padre que ve en 


to : et Pater tuus 


ba^ ^3erborgriic ftcfyct, 


lo secreto, tc prcmi- 


videns in secreto, 


n>ii^ ttve tergfUfn cf- 


ara en publico. 


ipse reddct tibi in 


fentdcl). 




manifesto. 


5. UnMvrni^n tctell, 


5. Y cuando ores 


5. Etquumores, 


follf^ frit ntcbt fei;n iric 


no seas como los 


non eris sicut hy- 


tie fuol>(cr, ^te ^ac|cv^ 


hipocritas : Porque 


pocritse : quia a- 


ne jUbeu uut> bcten in 


ellos aman el orar en 


mant in synago- 


ten ibnlcn, HMD an 


pie en las sinagogas 


gis, et in angulis 


ten Sctni anf ten (Sap 


y en las esquinas de 


platearum stantes 


fm/ anf Dafj fie von frcn 


las calles para ser 


orare, ut appare- 


ieitten grfe^rn iwien. 


vistos de los hombres. 


ant horninibus. 


^Baljrdcfj.ifbfagrcurf): 


En verdad os digo 


Amen dico vobis, 


@ie l;aben il;ven iol}u 


que ya recibien su 


quod excipiunt 


ba^in, 


recompensa. 


mercedem suam. 


6. ^ODenn ^n abcv be; 


6. Mas tu cuando 


6. Tu autcm 


tcjl, fo ^cl^e in rcni 


orares entra en tu 


cum ores, intra in 


^viinmcrlciiMiu^fcbdc: 


.iposcnto, y cerrada 


cubiculum tuum, 


gc tie $l;ftr 511, niiJ 4 


la puertaora u tu Pa- 1 et claudens psti- 



go Me 



358 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


tTOV, 7Tp6(Tfvat 1 < 


ton Pere qui te voit 


thy door, pray to thy 


jrarpi o~ov TOJ eV TO> 


dans ce lieu secret ; 


Father which is in 


Kpu7rra> Kai 6 Trutr/p 


et ton Pere qui te voit 


secret ; and thy Fa- 


O-OU 6 /3Xe7Ta>I> et/ TO) 


dans ce lieu secret, 


ther, which seem in 


Kpu7rra>, an-oSioo-ei 


te recompensera pub- 


secret, shall reward 


trot 6f raj (paveput. 


liquement. 


thee openly. 


7. Upotrcvxopcvoi 


7. Or, quand vous 


7. But when ye pray, 


de p.rj (3aTTO\oyf)crr)- 


priez, n'usez point de 


use not vain repeti- 


re, uxnrep ol edviKoi 


vaines redites, comme 


tions, as the heathen 


doKovvi yap on tv 


font les pai'ens ; car 


do : for they think 


TTJ TToXuXoy/a nurcoy 


ils s'imaginent d'etre 


that they shall be 


flo-aKovo-df)0-ovTcu. 


exauces en parlant 


heard for their much 




beaucoup. 


speaking. 


8_ .. \ ? r 
. M?7 Ol/I/ O/JLOICO- 


8. Ne leur ressem- 


8. Be not ye there- 


6rJT6 avTols oiSe yap 


blez done point ; car 


fore like unto them : 


o 7raT))p Vfioav a>i> 


votre Pere sait dequoi 


for your Father 


Xpeiav e^ere,7rpo roi) 


vous avez besoin, 


knoweth what things 


v/xas atr^crat avroj/. 


avant que vous le lui 


ye have need of be- 




demandiez. 


fore ye ask him. 


9. Ot/rcos ouv 


9. Vous done priez 


9. After this manner 


rrpoo-evxeo-de vpeis 


ainsi : Notre Pere qui 


therefore pray ye : 


Ilarep TJJJI.MV 6 ev Tols 


es aux cieux, ton nom 


Our Father which art 


ovpavols, ayiao~6f)T<ji) 


soit sanctifie. 


in heaven, Hallowed 


TO OVO/J.O. (TOV ' 




be thy name. 


10. 'EX&ra> 77 ^a- 


10. Ton regne vi- 


10. Thy kingdom 


crtXeia crou yevijOfj- 


enne. Ta volonte 


come. Thy will be 


ra> TO 6e\Tjp,d o-ou, 


soit faite sur la terre 


done in earth as it is 


eb? ei/ oupa^w, Kat 


comme au ciel. 


in heaven. 


11. TOJ/ aproi/ jj- 


11. Donne-nous au- 


11. Give us this day 


fJLQ)V TOV TflOVQ~lOV 


jourd'hui notre pain 


our daily bread. 


dbs rjfjuv o~f}jjiepov. 


quotidien. 




12. Kat acpfff i^p.Ij' 


12. Et nous quitte 


12 And forgive us 


ra 6(pL\fjfjiaTa fj/jiwv^ 


nos dettes, comme 


our debts, as we for- 


O)S Kill f)/J.fls dfpiffJLCV 


nous quittons aussi les 


give our debtors. 


Tols 6(pfl\TaiS f][JL(tV. 


dettes a nos debiteurs. 




13 Kai p.f) do- - 


13. Et ne nous in- 


13. And lead us not 


veyKrjS fj/jids (Is Tret 


duis r>oint en tenta- 

tirm mni<a rli^ivro. 


into temptation, but 

lol ITTOV no Trr\KV r*\7ll 



I 



359 






GERMAN". 


SPANISH. 


LATIX. 


Fete ju tetnem 33atcr 


dre en secreto, y tu 


um tuum, ore. Pa 


im 33rrbora,fiifii ; tint 


Padre que ve en lo 


trem tuum qiu in 


I>eiu ^3ater, IHT in fratf 


secreto, te recompen- 


secreto : et Pater 


SBfrborgnif fufyft/roirfc 


sara en publico. 


tuus conspicien? 


t>tr vcvgdtcii otfent-- 




in secreto, reddet 


licfc. 




tibi in apparent!. 


7. Uut> rocnu i(;r be- 


7. Y al orar no ha- 


7. Orantes au- 


tet, follt il)r nifbt Viel 


bleis mucho como 


tem ne inania lo- 


ylappern, rcie frte ei= 


los Gentiles creyen- 


quamini, sicut 


fcen ; i^enii fie mei?ncu, 


do que ban de ser 


ethnici, arbitran- 


fie nerl>ni ertyeret, 


oidos por su mucho 


tur enim quod in 


wcnu fie vide 3Borte 


hablar. 


multiloquio suo 


mactjcu. 




exaudientur. 


8. 2) arum follt if)r 


8. No os asemejeis 


8. Ne igitur as- 


curt) it)ucu iiidn glcidv 


a ellos : porque vu- 


similemini eis : 


en: Suer 33ater roeijj, 


estro Padre sabe de 


novit enim Pater 


n>a$ ibr betnirfet, e^e 


lo que teneis necesi- 


vester quorum u- 


teuu it?r i^u bitter. 


dad antes que voso- 


sum babetis, ante 




tros le pidais. 


vos petere eum. 


9. 2)arum folft if)r 


9. Vosotros puesha- 


9. Sic ergo ora- 


alfc 1 bcteu : Unfer ^5vi-- 


beis de orar asi : Pa- 


te vos : Pater no- 


ter in tern J^tmmel ! 


dre nuestro que estas 


ster qui in ca3lis, 


2)eiu 9lame irerDe ge= 


en los cielos santifi- 


sanctificetur no- 


^riUgft, 


cado sea tu nombre. 


men tuum. 


10. X>ein fHcirf) Fom= 


10. Vengael tu rey- 


10. Adveniat 


me. 2)ciu ^OBille c\e= 


no : hagase tu volun- 


regnum tuum. 


fcbebe auf Si- Den, n>ic 


tad en la tierra asi 


Fiat voluntas tua, 


tin J^immel. 


como en el cielo. 


sicut in ccelo et in 






terra. 


11. ttufer tAgCtc^ftf 


11. Danos boy nu- 


11. Panem no- 


S5roD gicb uu6 tyeute. 


estro pan cotidiano. 


strum super sub- 






stantialcm da no- 






bis hodie. 


12. Ui^ vcrgicb iui^ 


12. Y perdonanos 


\'2. Et dimitte 


unfiTC @dnilDen/ irte 


nuestras deudas ad 


nobis debita no- 


vo\v uuffrn@ct)ii(Dtgctn 


como nosotros perdo- 


stra, sicut et nos 


Vcv^cben. 


narnos a nuestros 


dimittimus debi- 




deudores. 


toribus ncstris. 


13. Uut fahre nue: 


13. Y no nos drjes 


13. Et ne infe- 


JUCbt III ^Clfud)!!!^, 


caeren tentacion mas 


ras nos in tenta- 


fouDeiu cvl6fc nut? von 


librunos de mal por- 


tionem, sed libera 



860 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


f]p.ds dno TOV TTOVT;- 


nous du mal. Car a 


For thine is the king- 


pov OTI o~ou eanv 


toi est le regne, et la 


dom, and the power, 


f) /3ao*iXet'a, Kal f) 


puissance, et la gloire 


and the glory, for ev- 


dvvapts, Kal f) o'a, 


a jamais. Amen. 


er. Amen. 


els TOVS al&vas 






djjLTjV. 






14. 'Eay yap d<prj- 


14. Car si vous par- 


14. For if ye for- 


re rots dvdptiirois TCI 


donnez aux hommes 


give men their tres- 


7rapa7rra>/zara avrcov, 


leurs offenses, votre 


passes, your heavenly 


d(pf]o~fi Kal vp.1v 6 


Pere celeste vous par- 


Father will also for- 


TTUTTJP v/jLtov 6 ovpd- 


donnera aussi les vo- 


give you : 


vios ' 


tres. 




15. *Eav 5e ^117 


15. Mais si vous ne 


15. But if ye for- 


d(prJTe roT? dvOpwrrois 


pardonnez point aux 


give not men their 


TO. 7rapa7rra>/iara av- 


hommes leurs of- 


trespasses, neither 


rtoi/, ou'Se 6 Trnrqp 


fenses, votre Pere ne 


will your Father for- 


VJJiaV d<pT]0~fl TO. TTCt- 


vous pardonnera point 


give your trespasses. 


pa7rra>p.ara u/zcov. 


non plus vos offenses. 




16. "Oral/ Se 1/77- 


16. Et quand vous 


16. Moreover, when 


CTTevrjTe, p.rj ylveo~0e 


jeunerez, ne prenez 


ye fast, be not as the 


a>o~7rep ol VTro/cpirat, 


point un air triste, 


hypocrites, of a sad 


<TKv6po)Tvoi d(pavi- 


comme font les hypo- 


countenance : for 


ovo~i yap TO. 7rp6o~a)- 


crites ; car ils se ren- 


they disfigure their 


?ra aurooi/, OTTCOS (pa- 


dent tout defaits de 


faces, that they may 


I'coa'i rot? dv6pu>7rois 


visage, afin qu'il pa- 


appear unto men to 


veo~TevovT$. AJJ.TJV 


raisse aux hommes 


fast. Verily, I say 


\tyCO Vp.1v, OTL C17TC- 


qu'ils jeunent. En 


unto you, They have 


XOVO~L TOV p,io~dbv av- 


verite, je vous dis 


their reward. 


Tciv. 


qu'ils reoivent leur 






recompense. 




17. 2u oe ve(TTva>v 


17. Mais toi, quand 


17. But thou, when 


a\f\^ai o~ou rj)i/ Ke~ 


tu jeunes, oins ta tete, 


thou fastc st, anoint 


(paXrjv, Kal TO 7rpoo~- 


et lave ton visage ; 


thine head, and wash 


arrov aov vfyac 




thy face ; 


18. "OTTOJS p.r) (pa- 


18. afin qu'il ne 


18. That thou ap- 


vfjs Tols dvdp&Trois 


paraisse point aux 


pear not unto men to 


vr)o~Tev(i)Vi aXXa rw 


hommes que tu 


fast, but unto thy Fa- 


rrarpi trou rai cv ra> 


jeunes, mais a ton 


ther, which is in se- 


KpUTTTW * KCU 6 TTtt- 


Pere qui est present 


cret : and thy Father, 


riyp o~ov 6 fBXeirav ev 


dans ton lieu secret ; 


which seeth in secret, 


rai KpuTrnu, aTroScacret 


et ton Pere qui te voit 


shall reward thee 






MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI. 3G1 


GERMAN'. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


tern Uebef. Demi tein 


que tuyo es el reyno, 


nos a malo. Quo- 


ift Mi* SHeid), unt tie 


el poder, y la gloria 


niam tuum est 


Sraft, unt tie aT= 


porlossiglos. Amen. 


regnum, et po- 


lid^eit in CrcUr'eit. 




tentia, et gloria in 


Zlmeii. 




secula. Amen. 


14. Semi fo ifyr ten 


1 1. Porque si per- 


14. Si enim di- 


SDienfdKii ifyre gefyicr 


donareis a los hom- 


miseritis homini- 


Vcrgcbcr, fo irirt end) 


bres sus ofensas vu- 


bus lapsus eorum, 


cner fyimmlifdxr 33ater 


estro Padre celestial 


dimittet et vobis 


aud) verge ben. 


os perdonara tambien 


Pater vester cse- 




a vosotros. 


lestis. 


15. ^o if)r abev ten 


15. Mas si no per- 


15. Si autem 


SDTenfdKit it)vc gefylev 


donareis a los hom- 


non dimiseritis 


uid)t vergebec, fo roirt 


bres sus ofensas tam- 


hominibus lapsus 


cud) euev 33atcr enve 


poco vuestro Padre 


ipsorum, nee Pa- 


gefyler and) nicljt vcv- 


os perdonara vues- 


ter vester dimittet 


geben. 


tras ofensas. 


lapsus vestros. 


16. SBcnu iftr fajlct, 


16. Y cuando ayu- 


16. Quum au- 


follt ityv nicljt fanev fe-- 


neis no os pongais 


tem jejunatis, ne 


fyen/ trie tie end)Ier; 


qaritristes como los 


fiatis sicut hypo- 


tenn fie verjtcllfu ibre 


hipocritas, los cuales 


critce, obtristati ; 


2lngefid)ter / auf tag fie 


desfiguran sus rostros 


obscurant enim 


Vov ten kntcu fcbciucn 


para hacer ver a los 


facies suas ; ut 


mit ifyrem ga|lcn. 
QOBa^vIid), id) fageend): 


hombresque ayunan. 
En verdad os digo 


appareant homi- 
nibus jejunantes. 


ic l}abeu il}ren iol;n 


que ya recibien su 


Amen dico vo- 


tat; in. 


recompensa. 


bis, quia recipiunt 






mercedem suam. 


17. 3Bcnn tu aber 


17. Mas tu cuando 


17. Tu autem 


fa|U|l, fo falbe tein 


ayunes unge tu cabe- 


jejunans, unge tu- 


J^aupMiuD wafdjc tein 


za y lava tu cara. 


um caput, et fa- 


^lngrftd}t ; 




ciem tuain lava : 


18. 2tf tag tu nid>t 


18. Para no hacer 


18. Ut ne appa- 


fdjcinc|t vor ten kitten 


ver a los hombrcs 


reas hominibus 


mit teinem gajUn, fon-- 


que ayunas sino a tu 


jejunans, sed Pa- 


tevnvov teiucm^ater, 


Padre que esta en lo 


tri tuo qui in se- 


wclcber Verborgeu i|l ; 


secreto y tu Padre 


creto : et Patei 


unt tein ^Batcr, tcr in quo vc en lo secreto 


tuus vidciis in se- 


ta^ ^ei'borgene fldjct, to recumpcnsaru en 


creto, reddet tibi 



kvi'O tVlk 



302 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGL18H. 


O-oi fv TO> (pavepdp. 


dans ton lieu secret 


openly. 




te recompensera pub- 






liquement. 




19. Mr/ 6r}(ravpif- 


19. Ne vous amas- 


19. Lay not up tor 


TC Vfjuv dqcravpovs 


sez point des tresors 


yourselves treasures 


67TI TTJS yf)S, OTTOV 


sur la terre, que les 


upon earth, where 


(rrjs Kal /3pc3o-t? d(pa- 


vers et la rouille con- 


moth and rust doth 


vifi, Kul OTTOV *Xe- 


sument, et que les 


corrupt, and where 


rrrai diopvo~o~ovo~t t 


larrons percent et de- 


thieves break through 


/Cat KXf7TTOVO~l ' 


robent. 


and steal : 


20. &r)o~avpifT$e 


20. Mais amassez- 


20. But lay up for 


Vfuv 6r]cravpoi)S fv 


vous des tresors dans 


yourselves treasures 


OVpaVCp, O7TOV OVT 


le ciel, ou ni les vers 


in heaven, where nei- 


en)?, oure jSpaxris 


ni la rouille ne con- 


ther moth nor rus 


cKpavifci) Kal OTTOU 


sument rien, et ou les 


doth corrupt, and 


/cXeTTTat ou diopvo~- 


larrons ne percent ni 


where thieves do no 


crovo-iv, ovos K\e- 


ne derobent. 


break through nor 


7TTOVO~LV. 




steal. 


21. "OTTOU yap fo~- 


21. Car oai est votre 


21. For where your 


nv 6 6r)o~avpbs v/zdw', 


tresor, la sera au^si 


treasure is, there wil 


e/cet eWat /cat 17 /cap- 


votre cceur. 


your heart be also. 


di'a -vjjLtov. 






2'2. *O Xu^i/os ToC 


22. L'ceil est la lu- 


22. The light of the 


(TOifJ-aTOS O~TIV 6 


miere du corps ; si 


body is the eye : if 


6<pdj.\p.6s eav ovv 6 


done ton ceil est net, 


therefore thine eye be 


6(pda\iJ.6s o-ov cnrXovs 


tout ton corps sera 
eclaire. 


single, thy whole body 
shall be full of light. 


faoTfivov fcrrai 






tf^O J T7Ai/ A^ x f 


23. Mais si ton ceil 


23. But if thine eye 


6<p0aXfJ.6s <rov Trovrj- 


est mal dispose, tout 


be evil, thy whole 


pbs 17, oXoy TO o"t5p,a 


ton corps sera tene- 


body shall be full of 


TOU (TKOTflVOV (TTCll. 


breux ; si done la 


darkness. If there- 


Et ouy TO (pats TO v 


lumiere qui est en 


fore the light that is 


aot, CT/COTOS e'ort, TO 


toi n'est que tene- 


in thee be darkness, 


(T/ccJTos 1 Troaoj/ ; 


bres, combien seront 


how great is that 




grandes les tenebres 


darkness ! 




memes ? 




24. OtSfts 1 SvvaTai 


24. Nul ne peut ser- 


24. No man can 


Jvo-i Kvoiois dovXev- vir deux maitres ; car, 


serve tvyo w asters ; 



MATTHEW. CHAPTER VI. 



363 



GERMAN. SPANISH. 


LlkTIX 


rcirD Diri? ver^cltcu cf; publico. 


i.i manifesto. 


feu rl id). 






19. 3br foUt cud) 


19. No amontoneis 


19. Ne thesau- 


nubr cbaHe fa mm e In 


tesoros para vosotros 


rizate vobis the- 


auf SiDeu, Da fie Die 


en la tierra, en don- 


sauros in terra, 


Shorten uuD Der 9lo|t 


de la polilla y el 


ubi aerugo et tinea 


freifni, nuD Da Die 2Dic; 


orin los consumen y 


exterminat, et ubi 


be iud) grabcunuD|Ut)-- 


en donde los ladrones 


fures perfodiunt, 


leu. 


los desentierran y ro- 


et furantur. 




ban. 




20. @ammcft curt 


20. Mas amontonad 


20. Thesauri za- 


abcv dMKc im 1111= 


para vosotros tesoros 


te autem vobis 


tncl, Da fie nxDer 50iot-- 


en el cielo en donde 


thesauros in cselo, 


tcu nod) 9\o|t fveifcu, 


ni la polilla ni el 


ubi neque aerugo, 


tuiD Da Die Sicbe nubr 


orin los consumen, y 


neque tinea ex- 


nadj giMbeii, nod) fUh-- 


en donde los ladrones 


terminal, et ubi 


f ' ' 

Icn. 


no los desentierran 


fures non efFodi- 




ni roban. 


unt, nee furantur. 


21. !Tciw.o cuer 


21. Porque donde 


21. Ubi euim 


d.M i]l, Da i\i and? 


esta vuestro trsoro 


est thesaurus ve- 


fuci J^rr|. 


alii esta tambien vu- 


st* T, ihi critetcor 




estro corazon. 


vestruin. 


J2. '4>a^ Tluqc ill De 


22. Luz de tu cu- 


J'J. Lucernacor' 


h-ibce: iubt. ' 3Beuu 


erpo es tu ojo, por lo 


poris est oculus : 


Dciu 2(u.AC cinfaict.A i|t, 


que si tu ojo fuere 


si igitur oculus 


fo iniD Dcin^au^cv icib 


sencillo, todo tu cu- 


tuus simplex fue- 


Udjt fa; 11. 


crpo estara. lleno de 


rit, totum corpus 




luz. 


tuum lucidum 






erit. 


23. 3Bnm aber Dciu 


23. Mas si tu ojo 


23. Si autem 


TiitAC cm d)alP i|i, fo 


fuerc maligno todo 


oculus tuus mains 


uurD Deiu cjanjcr icib 


tu cuerpo esta -a. lie- 


fuerit, totum cor- 


(iii|lcr fern. 2cuu 


no de tinichlus. Asi 


pus tuum tcnc- 


aber Da? hcbt, Dai* ni 


que si la luz que hay 


brosum erit. Si 


Div i|t, iii|tevui(5 iff, 


eu ti es tiniclilas <?CU- 


ergo lumen quod 


irie t^ref; \rivD Dauu tie 


an grain Irs scran las 


in te, tent-brae 


ginjUrutlj j'elbev fepu '< 


misiuas tiuieblas ? 


sunt, tencbne 






qunnta? ? 


21. 97 i email D fanu 


2^ Ninguno pur-do 


'J \. Nemo pr> 


jirccu Jpericn Dieueu ; 


servir a ri. 


test (luobus diuni- 



jirccu J 



364 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI. 



GKEEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


tiv * T) yap TOV eva 


ou il haYra Pun, et 


for either he will hate 


fUO-TjCTfl, Kai TOV T- 


aimera Pautre ; ou il 


the one, and love the 


pov dyanrjcrei Jj evbs 


s'attachera a Pun, et 


other ; or,else he will 


dvde^fTai, Kai TOV 


meprisera Pautre ; 


hold to the one, and 


eTtpov KaTcKppovrj- 


vous ne pouvez servir 


despise the other. Ye 


o~fi ' ov 8vvao~0 0eo) 


Dieu et Mammon. 


cannot serve God and 


dovXfvfiv Kai yu.cz/i- 




Mammon. 


25. Aia TOVTO Xe'yoo 


25. C'est pourquoi 


25. Therefore I say 


VfJUV, pr) p.fpi/j.vaT6 Trj 


je vous dis : Ne soyez 


unto you, Take no 


^vxfi vp-uv, TI <pdyr)- 


point en souci pour 


thought for your life, 


Tf t Kai T'L Trirjre p.rj- 


votre vie, de ce que 


what ye shall eat, or 


de TO) (ra)/Mart vu&v, 


vous mangerez, et de 


what ye shall drink ; 


Tl l'OUO~T)(Tu ' OV Y( 


ce que vous boirez ; 


nor yet for your body, 


q tyvxr] TrXelov eVri 


ni pour votre corps, 


what ye shall put on. 


TT]S TpO(j)^S, KOI TO 


de quoi vous serez 


Is not the life more 


<ra>/ia rov (vo'vp.aTOs ; 


vetus. La vie n'est- 


than meat, and the 




elle pas plus que la 


body than raiment ? 




nourriture, et le corps 







plus que le v^tement ? 




26. 'E/ijSXe^are s 


26. Considerez les 


26. Behold the fowls 


Ta Trereim rou ovpa- 


oiseaux du ciel, car 


of the air : for they 


VOV, OTl OV O~7TlpOV- 


ils ne sement, ni ne 


sow not, neither do 


<rtv, ovoe 6epiovo-LV, 


moissonnent, ni n'as- 


they reap, nor gather 


ov8e o~vvdyovo~iv ds 


semblent dans des 


into barns ; yet your 


dTroOfjKas, Kai 6 ?ra- 


greniers, et cepen- 


heavenly Father feed- 


Ttjp vfjLwv 6 ovpdvtos 


dant votre Pere ce- 


eth them. Are ye not 


Tpecpct avrd. Oi>x 


leste les nourrit. 


much better than 


VfJifls p.a\\ov 8tu<i)e'- 


N'etes-vous pas beau- 


they ? 


pfTe avTcov ; 


coup plus excellens 






qu'eux ? 




27. Tis 8e e^ vp.u>v 


27. Et qui est celui 


27. Which of you 


fiCplfJLVU)V bvVUTai 


d'entre vous, qui 


by taking thought can 


Trpoadelvai eVi TTJV 


puisse par son souci 


add one cubit unto 


f]\t,Kiav avTov Tvr)\vv 


ajouter une coudee a 


his stature ? 


tva ; 


sa taille ? 




28. Kai TTfpl eV5u- 


28. Et pourquoi 


28. And why take 


fj-aTos TL ufpijjLvaTf ; 


etes-vous en souci du 


ye thought for rai- 


KaTap.dd(T( Ta Kpiva 


vehement ? Apprenez 


ment ? Consider the 


TOV dypor ra>s avd- 


comment croissent les 


lilies of the field, how 




MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI. 



365 






GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


cnfwclw er wirb finen 


porque 6 aborrecera 


nis servire : aut 


fjaifen unt> ten aiitcrn 


al uno y amara al 


enim unum ode- 


licbeu ; ot'cr ir& ei= 


otro, 6 se allcgara al 


rit, et alterum di- 


ncm antjAiiflcn, uut> ten 


uno y menospreciara 


liget : aut unum 


aiifceni vciMcbtrn. 3l)r 


al otro. No pod e is 


amplexabitur, et 


feiiuct nubt (ett Me- 


scrvir a Dios y a las 


alterum despiciet. 


urn HUD (cm SDtanv 


riquczas. 


Non potestis Deo 


men. 




servire et mam- 






monae. 


25. 2) arum fa^e id) 


25. For esto os di- 


25. Propter hoc 


cufh : Gorget mcbtfur 


go : no and e is afa- 


dico vobis, ne 


cucr ieben, UMS itjr ef= 


nados por vucstra 


anxiemini animae 


feu uut> tnufeiiUHTfret; 


vida pensando que 


vestr3e,quid man- 


and) mcbt fur curcn 


habeis de comer 6 


ducetis, et quid 


icib, n\i tl;v anjicl)cii 


que habeis de beber, 


bibatis : neque 


mi-fret. 3|t nirlit Me 


ni por vuestro cuer- 


corpori vestro, 


Jebcn mct)r, t*emi Me 


po que habeisde ves- 


quid induamini. 


pcifc ? UuD ^cr icib 


tir. No vale mas 


Nonneanimaplus 


mct^r, tcuu Me K(ci- 


la vida que el alimen- 


est esca, et cor- 


tuug ? 


to, y el cuerpo que 


pus indumento ? 




el vestido ? 




26. cl^ct ^tc 336$c( 


26. Mirad las aves 


26. Inspicite in 


tnitcr ^cm J^immcl viu : 


del cielo que no siem- 


volatilia caeli, 


ftc facu nictn, ftc mi ten 


bran ni siegan, ni re- 


quoniam non se- 


niobt, fie fammelu nidjt 


cogen en troges, y 


minant, neque v 


in Me cbcunen, uur 


vuestro Padre celes- 


metunt, neque 


cuev iMinmlifcbei-^Batev 


tial lasalimenta ^ no 


congregant in 


at)vet fie tocli. CIJD 


vale is pues vosotros 


horrea, et Pater 


il)r teuu nic()t \?iel 


mucho mas que e- 


vester cailestis 


met}r, tcuu fie ? 


llas? 


pascit ilia. Non- 






ne vos magis ex- 






cellitis illis ? 


27. ^ec i|t unter 


27. Y quien de vo- 


27. Quis autem 


end), ^er feiucv idu.Ae 


sotros dandosc a dis- 


ex vobis anxiatus 


eiue (5l(e jfecn mc.ae, 


currir podra anadir 


potest adjicere ad 


cb er oileicb (arum for- 


un codo a su estatu- 


staturam suam 


get? 


ra? 


cubitum unum " 


28. ltut> warnm fov-- 


28. Y <; porque os 


28. Et circa ves- 


<Kt it)v fur Me Kleu 


afanais por el vesti- 


timentum quid 


tuii}* ? dniuet tie ii= 


do ? Contemplad los 


anxiamiiii ? Ob- 


lieu anir (cm j5clte, mie 


lirios del cainpo CO- 


scrvutc l ; lki agri 



366 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


j/ei* ov KOTna, ovde 


lis des champs ; ils 


they grow ; they toil 


VT]6ti. 


ne travaillent ni ne 


not, neither do they 




filent. 


spin : 


29. Ae'yw 6e vp.1v, 


29. Cependant, je 


29. And yet I say 


OTI oi'8e 2oX<tyt&)z/ eV 


vous dis que Salomon 


unto you, That even 


TTacrrj rfj 86rj avTOV 


meme, dans toute sa 


Solomon, in all his 


*re/Kf/3dXero &)S 6V 


gloire, n'a pas ete ve- 


glory, was not ar- 


TOVTOOV 


tu comme Pun d'eux. 


rayed like one of 






these. 


30. Ei Se TOV XP~ 


30. Si done Dieu 


30. Wherefore, i. 


rov TOV aypov (rf)ne- 


revet ainsi I'herbe des 


God so clothe the 


pov 6Wa, KOI avpiov 


champs, qui est au- 


grass of the field, 


fls KXifiavov /3aXXo- 


jourd'hui sur pied, et 


which to-day is, and 


fJlfVOV, 6 0fO9 OVTdJS 


qui demain sera jetee 


to-morrow is cast into 


dfj.<pivvvo-iv, ov TroX- 


au four, ne vous ve- 


the oven, shall he not 


Xa> (JLO\\OV u/Aay, oXt- 


tira-t-il pas beaucoup 


much more clothe 


yoTTioroi ; 


plutot, 6 gens de* pe- 


you, O ye of little 




tite foi ? 


faith ? 


31. MJ; GUI/ /zfpt- 


31. Ne soyez done 


31. Therefore take 


(jLVrjo-rjTfy XeyovTfS, 


point en souci, di- 


no thought, saying, 


Tt (f)dy(i)fJ.V) jj Tl TTl- 


sant : Que mange- 


What shall we eat? 


<BflfI^, ^ Tl TTCpt/Sa- 


rons-nous ? ou que 


or, What shall we 


\o>fjLfda ; 


boirons-nous ? ou de 


drink ? or, Where- 




quoi serons-nous ve- 


withal shall we be 




tus ? 


clothed ? 


32. ITai/ra yap 


32. Vu que les 


32. (For after all 


ravra ra ^VT; eVt- 


pai'ens recherchent 


these things do the 


f^rel niSe yap 6 ?ra- 


toutes ces choses ; car 


Gentiles seek :) for 


ri)p vp.a)v 6 ovpdvios, 


votre Pere celeste 


your heavenly Father 


ort XP3C fTf TOVTM 


connait que vous 


knoweth that ye have 


diravrw. 


avez besoin de toutes 


need of all these 




ces choses. 


things. 


33. ZrjTflre 5e TT/JW- 


33. Mais cherchez 


33. But seek ye first 


roi/ rrjv (3a.(riXfiav TOV 


premierement le roy- 


the kingdom of God, 


QfOV, KClt TT)V OlKCtlO- 


aume de Dieu et sa 


and his righteousness, 


wvr\v O.VTOV, KCII Tav- 


justice, et toutes ces 


and all these things 


ra Travra irpocrTfdr]- 


choses vous seront 


shall be added unto 


<rerai vfjuv. 


donnees par dessus. 


you. 


34. M^ ouj/ p.fpi- 


34. Ne soyez done 


34. Take therefore 


VLVrjo-Tjre fls TT)V av- 


point en souci pour 


no thought for the 


tiov T) yap avpiov 


U lendcmair car le 


morrow : for the moi- 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VI. 



367 



GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


f(e rcacbfcii : fie at bets 


mo crecen : ellos no 


quomodo augen 


tcu nicftr, and) fpiuucii 


trabajan, ni hilan. 


tur : non fatigan- 


fie nid)t. 




tur, neque nent. 


29. 3d) faa,c fud), tMfe* 


29. Y sinembargo 


29. Dico autem 


and) @4f0mo ni allcr 


os digo que ni aun 


vobis, quoniam 


fciucr ett(td)fcu nicftt 


Salomon en medio 


nee Salomon in 


bcflnc<ef .qerocfeu i|t, 


de toda su gloria no 


omni gloria sua 


ah' fcevfclbcu Sine. 


estuvo vestido como 


amictus est sicut 




uno de estos. 


unum istorurn. 


30. @o tcnn oft 


30. Pues si la yer- 


30. Si autem 


fcas IMS aiif tern gc(= 


ba del campo que 


fcenum agri hodie 


tc a(fo f-'lnDct, t-aS fcod) 


hoy es y manana es 


existens, et eras 


tycnte jUtyct, nub mcr- 


echada en el homo, 


in clibanum in- 


<Kii in tru Ofeu a.nrer= 


Dios la viste asi <; no 


jectum, Deus sic 


feu urn-fr, folltc cr CMS 


os vestira mucho mas 


circumornat, non 


nicftt VMcImcl)r cud) 


a vosotros hombres 


multo magis vos, 


tfyiui? Oiljr fticiuajaits 


de poca fe ? 


exigua) fidei ? 


bia.cn ! 






31. Saturn follt ifyr 


31. No os afaneis 


31. Ne igitur 


nicftt fbr.acu, nut> faa.cu : 


pues diciendo que 


anxicmini, dicen- 


'IBas rccrfrcu wir c|feu ? 


comeremos ? 6 que 


tes : Quid man- 


2Ba$ irci^cn trir triu-- 


beberemos ? 6 con 


ducabimus, aut 


feu? QBDomit n?erten 


que nos cubriremos ? 


quid bibemus, 


trir nns r'lci&cn. 




aut quid circum- 






amiciemur ? 


32. 91 ad) fcfcftcm a[- 


32. (Porque los 


32. Omnia enim 


(en trad)tcu tic JP>citcn. 


Gentiles buscan estas 


hoec gentes inqui- 


X)rnu cncr l)immlifd)cr 


cosas) porque vues- 


runt. Novit enim 


^atcv weitj, tafj ifyr tcjj 


tro Padre celestial 


Pater v ester ca> 


a lies beDnvfct. 


sabe que teneis nc- 


lestis quod opus 




cesidad de todas es- 


habrtis horum 




tas cosas. 


omnium. 


33. Start) fct am cr-- 


33. Buscad pues 


33. Qurcritc au 


|lcn iiadj tcm 5Kcid)c 


primero el reyno de 


tern primum reg- 


C^ettcs, ui^ uart) fciucr 


Dios, y su justicia, y 


mini Dei, ct jus- 


(Sctcrttt^f eit ; fo irirt 


todas estas cosas os 


titiam ejus,cthaec 


cuclt "eld)cs alleS ;n= 


seran anadidas. 


omnia adponen; 


fallen. 




tur vobis. 


Saturn fetflft 


34. Asi que no an- 


31. Ne igitut 


niiK fur leu auDcvu 


deis ?ni(lad()sos por 


anxicmini incra.*): 


t-''i ; tCUll tci cl on -It- manana, nuni eras cunibit 






368 



MATTHEW, CHAPTERS VI., VII. 



FRENCH. 



ENGLISH. 



p.eptfj.vfj<Ti ra eav- \ lendcmain prendra row shall take thought 
i] Tj/jif- soin de ce qui le re- ; for the things ofitr.elf. 



T] KCIKLO. CLVT1]$. 



P.T) 

2. *Ef (o yap xpi- 
f, KpiOrj- 
tv a> fj.e- 



rpa) 

TpT)df)O~fTCll VJJUl>. 



3. Ti ftXfTTflS TO 

Kapfpos TO fv TO) 
6(pdd\nco TOV dSeX- 
(^>oO o~ov, TTJV de ev 

TO) (70) O<p6a\[JL(0 5o- 
KOV 0V KdTCtVOfls ; 

4. *H TTCO? epfls rio 
dde\(pw aov, v A06y 

6/C/3(iX<U TO K(ip(pOS 

drrb TOV o(pda\fj,ov 
o~ov ; Kal I8ov f) 80- 
<os fv TO) o(pda\}i(p j 
rou 

5. 'YrroKpiTa, ZK- 

/SaXf TTpWTOV TTJV 80- 
KOV 6K TOU 0<p6u\fJiOV 

aov, Kal TOTf oiafiXf- 
\f/is fV/3aXeti/ TO 
K(ip(pos K TOV 6(pfla\- 
fjiov TOV do\(pov aov. 
,6. Mr) 8d>TC TO ayt- 
ov Tols Kvo~l t p.rj8e 
j^aXr/Tf TOVS fiapya- 
piras vp.u>v ep.~rpo- 

tltftV T(t)l> %Ulp(i)l 'llj- 



garde : a chaque jour 
suffit sa peine. 



Sufficient unto the 
day is the evil thereof. 



}. Ne jugcz point, 1. Judge not, that ye 
afin que vous ne soy- be not judged. 
ez point juges. 

2. Car de tel juge- 1 2. For with what 
ment que vous juge- judgment ye judge, 
rez, vous serez juges ; ! ye shall be judged ; 



et de telle mesure j and with what meas- 
que vous mesurerez, ' ure ye mete, it shall 
on vous mesurera re- 
ciproquement. 



3. Et pourquoi re- 



be measured to you 

again. 

3. And why behold- 
gardes-tu le fetu qui : est thou the mote that 
est dans 1'oeil de ton ! is in thy brother's 
frere, et tu ne prends eye, but considerest 
pas garde a la poutre ' not the beam that is 
qui est dans ton oeil ? in thine own eye ? 

4. Ou comment dis- 1 4. Or how wilt thou 
tu a ton frere : Per- ! say to thy brother, 
mets que j'ote de ton j Let me pull out the 
O3il ce fetu, et voila, | mote out of thine 
tu as une poutre dans j eye ; and behold, a 
ton oeil ? j beam is in thine own 

I e y e - ? 

5. Hypocrite, ote j 5. Thou hypocrite, 
premierement de ton ; first cast out the beam 
ceil la poutre, et apres out of thine own eye ; 
cela tu verras com- ! and then shalt thou 
ment tu oteras le fetu see clearly to cast out 
de Poeil de ton frere. the mote out of thy 

brother's eye. 

6. Ne donnez point 6. Give not. that 
les choses saintes aux which is holy u.nto the 
chiens, et ne jetez ! dogs, neither cast ye 
point vos perles de- your pearls before 
vant les pourceaux, swine, lest they tram 



MATTHEW, CHAPTERS VI., VII. 



369 



GERMAN 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


morpentc Sag tiitt fur 


porque el dia de ma- 


suaipsius : sufH- 


ba$ cine fora.cn. t? 


nana traera su cui- 


ciens diei mahtia 


iff gcniig, bafj cin jcg= 


dado ; bastale al dia 


sua. 


licfccr Sag fcinc eigcnc 


su proprio afan. 




spiage fyabc. 






1. SKicbut nicfcf, auf 


1. No juzgueis pa- 


1. Ne judicate, 


taft ifor nidjt gcndjtct 


raque no seais juz- 


ut non judicemi- 


rccrtct. 


gados. 


ni. 


2. 2)cnn mic rccfcftev-- 


2. Porque con el 


2. In quo enim 


If i) cvirtt 1 1; i- ridstct, 


juicio con que juzga- 


judicio judicave- 


ttcrr-ct it}v gcriduct 


reis sere is juzgados, 


ritis, judicabimi- 


tucrtcn ; nnr- mitireld); 


y con la medida con 


ni : et in qua 


crici; SPfaafj it)r mqfct, 


que midiereis se os 


mensura mensi 


rcirD cud) gcme|fcn wev- 


volvera a medir. 


fueritis, remetie- 


tcn. 




tur vobis. 


3. IDae? fiefjejt tu aba 


3. Y <f porque ves 


3. Quid autem 


ten pUttcr in tei- 


la mota en el ojo de 


intueris festucam 


JK6 25ruDci* 2*ugc, unt 


tu hermano y no 


quce in oculo fra- 


rcirft nid)t gcn?al)r ten 


echas de ver la viga 


tris tui, at in tuo 


25a(fen in teincm Tin-- 


que esta en tu ojo ? 


oculo trabem non 


gc ? 




animadvcrtis ? 


4. Otcr \r>\( tavf|l tn 


4. O i como dices 


4. Aut quomodo 


fagcn JH teincm 95ru 


a tu hermano, deja 


dices fratri tuo : 


tev : J&a(t, id) trill tiv 


que saque la mota de 


Sine ejiciam fe- 


ten plittev aui> tci-- 


tu ojo, y he aqui tu 


stucam de oculo 


nem 2lugc jiffycn ? uut 


tienes una viga en tu 


tuo, et ecce trabs 


fict}e, fin 25alte i|l in 


proprio ojo ? 


in oculo tuo ? 


teincm '2iugc. 






5. 2Mi J^eucfefer/ jic-- 


5. Hip lorita, echa 


5. Hypocrita, 


t)e am crjUn ten 95a(: 


primero .a viga de 


ejice primum tra- 


fen am? tcincm 2Iuge ; 


tu ojo, y entonces 


bem de oculo tuo, 


tarnad) beftctjc, iric tn 


veras claramente pa- 


et tune intueberis 


ten plittcr an tei= 


ra sacar la mota del 


ejice re festucam 


net* S ^5vuter5 liugc $ic-- 


ojo de tu hermano. 


de oculo fratris 


t}C|t. 




tui. 


6 3t)v follt ta J^ci= 


6. No deis lo santo 


6. Nc dotis SMIIC 


(igtl)um nubt ten Jpnn- 


a los perros ni eclie- 


turn canilms, ne- 


ten gcben, unt cure 


is vuestras perlas de- 


que mittatis mar- 


sperlcn follt it}v uicbt 


lante de los puercos, 


guritns vestraa 


^)cr tic anc roerfcu ; 


no sea que las hu- 


ante porcos, toe 



fcer tie 



'610 


MATTHEW, CHAPTER 


VII. 


GItEEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


TTOTf KaTaTraTrjcraxriv 


de peur qu'ils ne le" 


pie them under their 


avTovs lv rols TTOcrU' 


foulent a leurs pieds, 


feet, and turn again 


OUroSf, Kai (TTpa(peV- 


et que se retournan 


and rend you. 


Tfs pf)t;u)criv vp.as. 


ils ne vous dechirent. 




7. Airetre, Kai &J- 


7. Demandez, et i 


7. Ask, and it shall 


6f)(TTai vp.1v r]Tf1- 


vous sera donne ; 


be given you ; seek, 


Tf, KCU (Vpf](TfTf ' 


cherchez, et vous 


and ye shall find ; 


KpovfTf, KOI avoiyr}' 


trouverez ; heurtez, 


knock, and it shall be 


a~Tai vp.1v. 


et il vous sera ouvert. 


opened unto you : 


8. lias- yap 6 at- 


8. Car quiconque 


8. For every one 


T&V Aa/z/3afft, Kai 6 


demande, revolt ; et 


that asketh, receiv 


grjTWV eupicTK.fi, Kai 


quiconque cherche, 


eth ; and he that seek- 


TO> KpovovTL avoiyr]- 


trouve ; et il sera ou- 


eth, findeth ; and to 


a-fTai. 


vert a celui qui 


him that knocketh, it 




heurte. 


shall be opened. 


9. *H TLS 1(TTIV f 


9. Mais qui sera 


9. Or what man is 


vpwv avdpurros, ov 


Phomme d'entre vous 


there of you, whom 


eav aiTr)(Tr] o vios av- 


qui donne une pierre 


if his son ask bread, 


TOV aprov, p.r) \idov 


a son fils, s'il lui de- 


will he give him a 


C7ri.d&crfi aura ; 


mande du pain ? 


stone ? 


10. Kat lav l^dvv 


10. Et s'il lui de- 


10. Or if he ask a 


aiTTjCrr], p.fj O(pW 7Tl- 


mande un poisson, lui 


fish, will he give him 


Scoaei avrai; 


donnera-t-il un ser- 


a serpent ? 




pent ? 




11. Et ovv vfj-fls, 


11. Si done vous, 


11. If ye, then, be- 


novrjpol ovTfs, oiSarf 


qui etes mechans, sa- 


ing evil, know how to 


6o/iara ayciQa 8i86vai 


vez bien donner a vos 


give good gifts unto 


Tols TfKVOlS Vp.WV, 7TO- 


enfans des choses 


your children, how 


cro) p.a\\ov 6 Trarrjp 


bonnes, combien'plus 


much more shall your 


vp.a>v, 6 fv roils ovpa- 


votre Pere qui est aux 


Father which is in 


vols, Saxret tlya^a 


cieux, donnera-t-il des 


heaven give good 


Tols airoOo'ti' avrov ; 


biens a ceux qui les 


things to them that 




lui demandent ! 


ask him ? 


12. TLavra ovv otra 


12. Toutes les 


12. Therefore all 


av QeXrjTf "iva. Trotai- 


choses done que vous 


things whatsoever ye 


<TIV Vp.1v Ol tivdpWTTOl, 


voulez que les 


would that men should 


ourut Ka\ vp.f1s Troifl- 


hommes vous fassent, 


do to you, do ye even 


Tt avTols OUT is yap 


faitcs-les-leuraussi dc 


so to them : for this 


etrnv 6 yo;>at K ( 01 


memc, car c'est la loi 


is the law and tho 






371 



GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


ttuf &af? fie Mffe(biccu 


ellen con sus pies y 


forte conculcent 


uidn jcrtvctcn mit il)- 


volviendose contra 


eas in pedibussu- 


rcu gufefn, iinD fid) 


vosotros os despeda- 


is, et conversi di- 


tvririfii, nn& cud) jcv; 


cen. 


rumpant vos. 


tfijjfii. 






7. iBittft, forcirbnirf) 


7. Pedit, y se os 


7. Petite, et da- 


cif.Arbfii ; fudKt, fo n?cv= 


dara : buscad, y ha- 


bitur vobis : qute- 


cct ibr fhifrfii ; flepfet 


llareis : Hamad, y se 


rite,et invenietis: 


an, fo ifii'D end) aufgfs 


os abrira. 


pulsate, etaperie- 


tfyan, 




tur vobis. 


8. 2)cnn iw ba bit- 


8. Porque todo a- 


8. Omnis enim 


tct, IUT cinpfaiuu; unfr 


quel que pide recibe ; 


petensaccipit : et 


11? e i" tM judH't, rev ftn ; 


y el que busca halla, 


quairens invenit, 


tct; unc- ircv fa an-- 


y al que llama se le 


et pulsanti iperi- 


flopfct, Dem n>ir& aiif- 


abriru. 


etur. 


9. IDcldKV \\1 nnter 


9. O quien de vo- 


9. Aut quis est 


fuel) 9Q?cnfd)cn, fo il)n 


sotros es el hombre 


ex vobis homo, 


fflll @0t)ll bittCt 11111 


a quien si su hijo pi- 


quern si petierit 


25rot>, ^el il;m cinen 


die re pan acaso le 


filiussuuspanem, 


tein bictc? 


dara una piedra ? 


nunquid lapidem 






dabit ei ? 


10. 0^cr fo cr if)n 


10. O si le pidiere 


10. Etsipiscem 


bittet inn cinen gii'eb, 


un pez, acaso le dara 


petierit, nunquid 


tei tt}iu cine eljlvin^e 


una serpiente ? 


serpentem dabit 


biete? 




ei? 


11. o ^enn it)r, CMC 


1 1 . Si vosotros pues 


11. Si ergo vos 


ibr ^od1 arA fajf, r"6n= 


sicndo mains sahris 


mali existentes, 


net fciinod) emeu S\uis 


dar buenas dadivas a 


nostis data bona 


tern ante (\ibcn ^e-- 


vuestros hijos ^ cuan- 


dare filiis vestris, 


^cn, wif iMflmebr n?irD 


to mas vuestro Pa- 


quan o magis Pa- 


flier SBatfr im Jpimmc! 


dre que esta en los 


ter vesper qui in 


nte^ vv.'ben tc.ivii, Me 


cielos dara biu-nas 


ca'lis, dabit bona 


il;n bitten. 


dadivas a los que se 


petentibus se ? 




las pidien-n .' 




12. Tides nun, rcas? 


1'2. Asi que todo lo 


12. Omnia ergo 


ibr wollet, tafi cud) Me 


quo quisiereis (jue los 


qu?ecumque vul- 


ifiitc tbnn fiMlcn, t\u- 


hnnihres liaiian con 


tis ut faciant vo- 


tl)iit ibr ibiifii ; t\i i\\ 


vosotros, hacedlo asi 


his homines, ita 


tae; (S5ffc iiuD Die spies 


tamhicncon 


i'acite illis. 


pb/cicn. 


ellos : porque esta es 


Ha7C enim e-'' 




372 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


rrpofptJTai. 


et les prophetes. 


prophets. 


13. El(T(\dfT dm 


13. Entrez par la 


13. Enter ye in at 


TTJS (TTevrji TTV\TJS ' 


porte etroite, car c'est 


the strait gate ; for 


on TrXareia f] nv\r], 


la porte large et le 


wide is the gate, and 


Kal eujivx&pos TJ 6Sop 


chemin spacieux qui 


broad is the way, that 


f) d-ndyov&a els rrjv 


mene a la perdition ; 


leadethto destruction, 


tt7ra>Xeiaz>, Kal TroXXoi 


et it y en a beaucoup 


and many there be 


fla-iv ot elcrfpxopevoL 


qui entrent par elle. 


which go in thereat : 


St' avrrjs. 






14. "On (TTi>r) y/ 


14. Car la porte est 


14. Because strait is 


TTV\T], Kill TtdXiufjievr) 


etroite ; et le chemin 


the gate, and narrow 


fj 6Sbs f) dndyovcra 


est etroit qui mene a 


is the way, which 


fls rfjf ^coryy, Kal 0X1- 


la vie ; et il y en a 


leadeth unto life, and 


yoi flalis ol evpivKCV- 


peu qui le trouvent. 


few there be that find 


res avnyv. 




it. 


15. TLpo(T^eTe de 


15. Or gardez-vous 


15. Beware of false 


OTTO T(ov \lsevdo7Tpo- 


des faux prophetes, 


prophets, which come 


(pr]Ta>v, olrivef ep^ov- 


qui viennent a vous 


to you in sheep's 


rai npos vaas ev ev- 


en habits de brebis, 


clothing, but inward- 


bvpao-i TTpopdrav, 


mais qui au-dedans 


ly they are ravening 


eo'codcv 8e eicrt Xv/cot 


sont des loups ravis- 


wolves. 


apirayes. 


sans. 




16. 'ATTO Tfiav Kap- 


16. Vous les con- 


16. Ye shall know 


TTWV avTQiv emyva)- 


naitrez a leurs fruits : 


them by their fruits. 


(recrde avrovs. M^rt 


Cueille-t-on les rai- 


Do men gather grapes 


iruXXeyou<Ttl> CITTO a- 


sins a des opines, ou 


of thorns, or figs of 


KavBwv crTafpvXrjV, T) 


les figues a des char- 


thistles ? 


dno Tpij36\o)v (rvKa ; 


dons ? 




17. OUTCO irav SeV- 


17. Ainsi tout bon 


17. Even so every 


dpov dyadbv Kapirovs 


arbre fait de bons 


good tree bringeth 


KaXovs Troiei ro de 


fruits ; mais le mau- 


forth good fruit ; but 


cranpov devdpov Kap- 


vais arbre fait de 


a corrupt tree bring- 


7TOVS TTOVTjpOVS TTOtet. 


mauvais fruits. . 


eth forth evil fruit. 


18. Ov fivvarai 


18. Le bon arbre ne 


18. A good tree can- 


dtv8pov dyaObv Kap' 


peut point faire de 


not bring forth evil 


TTOVS novrjpovs TTOteli/, 


mauvais fruits, ni le 


fruit, neither can a 


oOSe 8ev$pov vairpov 


mauvais arbre faire 


corrupt tree bring 


KdOTTOVS KaXoVS 7TOI- 


de bons fruits. 


forth good fruit. 


19. Ilav dtvdpov p.T) 


19. Tout arbre qui 


19. Every tree that 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII. 



373 



GERMAN. 


SPAXISH. 


LATIN. 




la Ley y los Profctas. 


Lex et Prophetse. 


13. ctxt ciu Mir eft 


13. Entrad por la 


13. Intrate per 


Me cn.AC spfortc ; fccnn 


puerta angosta, por- 


angustamportam, 


Me spfortc t|l n?eit, mi ft 


que ancha es la pu- 


quia lata porta et 


ter -BBco, i|l brcit, ter 


erta, y espacioso el 


spatiosa via du- 


gnr 33ert>ammni|j abs 


cainino que conduce 


cens ad perditio- 


fiifjrct; nno ityvcr fine 


ii la perdicion, y mu- 


nem,et multi sunt 


V>ie(e, Me tavauf mau- 


chos son los que en- 


ingredientes per 


tffit 


tran por ella. 


earn. 


14. Hub tie spfortc 


14. Porque estrecha 


14. Quia angus- 


i)t encie, unt> frer 3B;.4 


es la puerta, y an- 


ta porta, et stricta 


ijt fcbmal, tei' jinn ie- 


gosto el camino que 


via ducens ad vi- 


ben fuljrct; two roeuU 


conduce a la vida y 


tam, et pauci sunt 


pe ftno ityrer, Me ifyn 


pocos son los que 


invenientes earn. 


fUltfiS. 


atinan con 61. 




15. @et)et eueft v>or, 


15. Guardaos de los 


15. Attendite ve- 


Vor Den faffcftftt ^Pro- 


falsos profetas que 


roafalsis j,-ophe- 


ptjeten, tie tu ebaf^s 


vienen a vosotros 


tis, qui veniunt ad 


fleiteni ju cneb fom-- 


vestidos de pieles de 


vos in indumentis 


meu ; iinrenti.A aber 


ovejas y por dentro 


ovium, intrinse- 


ftu&fiereiiJeuDe-IBolfe. 


son lobos rapaces. 


cus autem sunt 






lupi rapaces. 


16. 2(u if)rfii gruefts 


16. Por sus frutos 


16. A fructibus 


ten folk il)v fie crr'en- 


los conocereis. Aca- 


eorum agnoscetis 


en. Sfann man aiicft 


so se cogen uvas de 


eos. Nunquidcol- 


^raubeu lefeu UPH ten 


los espinos, 6 higos 


ligunt a spinis 


J^cnieu, cter gci^eu 


de los abrojos ? 


uvam, aut de tri- 


toon ten 2)i|UIn ? 




bulis ficum ? 


17. 2I(fo em je,^(icber 


17. Asi mismo todo 


17. Sic omnis 


filter ^5aum brin.qet 


arbol bucnollcva bu- 


arbor bona fruc 


,ante gvfidue ; aba- em 


en fruto, y el arbol 


tus bonos facit . 


fanler rBaum bringct 


malo lleva mal fruto. 


at cariosa arbor 


arge grucftrc. 




fructus malos fa- 






cit. 


18. in .auter 33 aum 


18. No puede el 


1ft. Non potest 


faun ntebt ar.a.f gn'ubte 


arbol bueno llevar 


arbor bona fruc- 


brinc\cn, nnt em fauler 


mal fruto, ni el ar- 


tus malos facere, 


23anm r'ann uieftt gute 


bol malo llevar fruto 


neque arbor cari- 


gviiiljtc bfingcn. 


bueno. 


osa fructus pul- 






chros facere. 


19. Sin jeglirfjcv 


19. Todo arbol que 


19. Omnis arboi 



374 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


7TOIOVV KCtpTTOV KO\OV 


ne fait point de bon 


bringeth not forth 


CKKOTTTfTat, KOI fls 


fruit, est coupe et je- 


good fruit is hewn 


rri'p /SaXXerai 


te au feu. 


down, and cast into 






the fire. 


20. "Apaye OTTO TWV 


20. Vous les con- 


20. Wherefore by 


Kaprrwv avrav eVi- 


naitrez done a leurs 


their fruits ye shall 


yva)(rfo~df CIVTOVS. 


fruits. 


know them. 


21. Ov was 6 Xe- 


21. Tous ceux qui 


21. Not every one 


ycov /not, Kvpie, Kv- 


medisent: Seigneur! 


that saith unto me, 


pif, eitrfXeucrerat fls 


Seigneur ! n'entre- 


Lord, Lord, shall en- 


Trfv fta(ri\iav TU>V 


ront pas dans le roy- 


ter into the kingdom 


ovpavatv aXX' 6 TTOI- 


aume des cieux ; mais 


of heaven ; but he 


a>v TO 6e\r)fj.a TOV 


celui qui fait la vo- 


that doeth the will of 


irctTpos p.ov TOV ev 


lonte de mon Pere 


my Father which is 


ovpavols. 


qui est aux cieux. 


in heaven. 


22. IloXXoi epovo~i 


22. Plusieurs me di- 


22. Many will say 


p,0l CV fKflVT) TTJ T]fJi- 


ront en ce jour-la : 


to me in that day, 


pa, Kuptf, Kvpie, ov 


Seigneur ! Seigneur ! 


Lord, Lord, have we 


TO) <ra> ofo/nan Trpo- 


n'avons-nous pas pro- 


not prophesied in thy 


tijnrrevtrapcv, /cat r<p 


phetise en ton nom ? 


name ? and in thy 


o-w oi/o/zart Saijudi/ia 


et n'avons-nous pas 


name have cast out 


e^e/3aXo/Mfi/, /cat T<B 


chasse les demons en 


devils ? and in thy 


o-o) oi/o'/iari dvvd/jLfis 


ton nom ? et n'avons- 


name done many 


TroXXay e7TOir)O~a.p.GV ; 


.nous pas faitplusieurs 


wonderful works ? 




miracles en ton nom ? 




23. Kal roYe O/LIO- 


23. Mais je leur di- 


23. And then will I 


Xo-yj^cra) auroty, 6'rt 


ra alors tout ouverte- 


profess unto them, I 


ovSeTrore eyvcov vfj-as ' 


ment : Je ne vous ai 


never knew you : de- 


aTro^copetrc aV' e'/zou 


jamais reconnus ; re- 


part from me, ye that 


ot epya6fj.VOi TTJV 


tirez-vous de moi, 


work iniquity. 


avo^i'iav. 


vous qui vous adon- 






nez a 1'iniquite. 




24. Hay GUI/ OO~TIS 


24. Quiconque en- 


24. Therefore who- 


aKOVl f.LOV TOVS Xo- 


tend done ces paroles 


soever heareth these 


youy TGVTOVS, KOI noi- 


que je dis, et les met 


sayings of mine, and 

1 1.1 T "11 


fl O.VTOVS, OfJ.OLO)0~U> 


en pratique, je le com- 


doeth them, I will 


avTov dvftpl (ppovip.0), 


parerai a 1'homme 


liken him unto a wise 


OO~TtS (i)KOu6p,T)O~f TTfV 


prudent, qui a bati sa 


man, which built his 


OtKtaV aVTOV 67T\ ^fjV 


maison sur la roche ; 


house upon a rock : 


T&TpilV ' 







MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII. 



375 



-.: VN. 


- \^n. 


LAT I X. 


334UIH, frcr nid)t j^utc 


no llcva buen fruto, 


non faciens fruc- 


griuttc bnmct, rrirfr 


oriado v ccha- 


tum pulchrum, 


4Ku'Numi uiiD nit? gcu- do al fucgo. 


exscinditur, et in 


rr a.;ir-cvfeii. 


. 


ignem injicitur. 


20. 2>4vmn an itjvcu 


20. For sus frutos 


20. Itaque ex 


gnulncn folk ii;r. fie 


pues los conocereis. 


fructibus eorum 


CVtYllllfll. 




agnoscetis 


21. Ctf rocvfrcn imbt 


21. No todo aquel 


21. Non omnis 


allr, Me }ii mir f4a.eii : 


que me dice Sen or, 


dicens mihi, Do- 


eiT, eiT ! in tab Sefior, entrara en el 


mine, Domine, 


Jpimmdrdd) fommcii ; reyno do los cielos, 


intrabitinregnum 


fouDcni t>ic fen \H3iiini sinoaquel que hicie- 


caelorum : s< d fa- 


tfynn memei? 33atrr re la voluntad de mi 


ciens voluntatem 


im immd. Padre que esta en 


Patris mei, qui in 


los cielos. 


crelis. 


22. (5$ lUCl^fli toiclc - ) '- ) . -Muchos me di- 


22. Multi dicent 


311 mir f4^cu an jcncm ran en aquel r lia Se- 


mihi in ilia die : 


^4 ( ^c: J^fir, J^cvr, t}4= nor, S-nor ^no he- 


Domine, Domine, 


bra inr uicbt in tciucm mos profetizado en 


nonne tuo nomi- 


9l4incit ,ACirci|fa>Kt if tu nombre ? ^ y no 


ne prophetavi- 


Mlca wir uicln in tci-- hcmos en tu nombre 


mus, et tuo no- 


iicm 37a:ncu ^cuffl lanzado demonios ? 


mine damonia 


rtUSi.Acriif bcu ? J^4bcn ; y hecho muchos mi- 


ejecimus, et tuo 


iv ir uifbt in tciucm lagros en tu nombre ? 


nomine i fticien- 


91 4in c u vicic 11} 4 ten 


tias multa- 


fttt? 




inns : 


-\um irei^c id) 


j:J. Y entonces yo 


2:J. Ettunccon- 


ti'iieu bitenueu : 3d) Ics dire claramente. 


fitebor illis, Quod 


l}4bc end) nod) nie ci: Nunca os conoci ; 


nunquam in;vi 


f'4iiut ; irdilu't 4llc von aparteode mi ope- 


vos ; absccdiit- a 


mii, \i)t llcbekl;4ter. 


de la maldad. 


me omnes ope- 






rantes iniquita- 






tem. 


24. 3>4vnm, irer tie-- 


21. For tanto todo 


24. Omnis ergo 


fe indue SKct^e bcrct, 
unt that fie, ten vcr- 


aquel quo oye estas 
mis palabras y las 


quicunque audit 
mea verbs 


Aleid)e id) ciiu-iu flu.Aeii 


oa, lo compa- 


et far 


[OTaniic, tcv fciu JF>ait$ 


raru a un hombre milabo ilium viro 


aiif cinen gdfcu IMU-- 


> que edifice su 


prudenti, qui irli- 


etc. 


sobre peiia. 


ficavitdoinmn su- 




am sujn-r pet-am 






376 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


25. Kai Kare^r) f) 


25. et lorsque la 


25. And the rain 


PpX*l> Ka * *l^6 v i 


pluie est tombee, et 


descended, and the 


Trora/Lioi, Kai cirvev- 


que les torrens sont 


floods came, and the 


TOV 01 avep.01, Kai 


venus, et que les 


winds blew, and beat 


Trpoa-fTTfcrov rfj oiKia 


vents ont souffle, et 


upon that house ; and 


fKfivr], Kin OVK eire- 


ont donne contre 


it fell not : for it was 


o~e TfOfp. fXtcoro yap 


cette maison, elle 


founded upon a rock. 


\ \ / 
TTi Tnv 7TTpav. 


n'est point tombee, 






parce qu'elle etait 






fondee sur la roche. 




26. Kai Tray o d- 


26. Mais quiconque 


26. And every one 


KOVUOV p.ov rovs Xd- 


entend ces paroles 


that heareth these 


yovs TOVTOVS, Kai p.fj 


que je dis, et ne les 


sayings of mine, and 


7roia>i> avrovs, 6/j.oiu)- 


met point en pratique, 


doeth them not, shall 


0Tj(7fTai avopi fjLcopo) 


sera semblable a 


be likened unto a 


OCTTLf (UKoSd/iJyO'e TTJV 


1'homme insense, qui 


foolish man, which 


oiKiav avrov errl TTJV 


a bati sa maison sur 


built his house upon 


SfJifJt.OV ' 


le sable ; 


the sand : 


27. Kai Kare[3r) TJ 


27. et lorsque la 


27. And the rain 


Ppoxr), Kai rj\6ov ol 


pluie est tombee, et 


descended, and the 


Trora/ioi, Kai eirVfV" 


que les torrens sont 


floods came, and the 


<rav ol avcfioi, Kai 


venus, et que les 


winds blew, and beat 


Trpoo'CKowciv Trj oiKia 


vents ont souffle, et 


upon that house ; and 


fKeivrj, Kill <=irc(r 


ont donne contre 


it fell : and great was 


Kai ijv ri TTTOHTIS av- 


cette maison, elle est 


the fall of it 


Tijs fifydXr]. 


tombee, et sa ruine 






a ete grancle. 




28. Kai tyevfro 


28. Or 51 arriva que 


28. And it came to 


ore crwfr&eo'ftt 6 


quand Jesus eut ache- 


pass, when Jesus had 


Irjcrovs TOVS \6yovs 


ve ce discours, les 


ended these sayings, 


TOVTOVS, f(7T\f)a- 


troupes furent eton- 


the people were as- 


O~OVTO ol o^Xot eyri 


nees de sa doctrine ; 


tonished at his doc- 


rrj SiSa^^ auroii 




trine : 


29. Hv yap 5tSd- 


29. car il les ensei- 


29. For he taught 


<rKa)j avrovt w? eov' 


gnait comme ayant 


them as one having 


o~tav e^coy, Kni ou^ 


de 1'autorite, et mm 


authority, and riot us 


tas ol ypaju^iareiy. 


pas comrne les 


the scribes. 




scribes. 





MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII. 



377 



GERMAN'. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


25. 2)a nun dn *pfas 


25. Y dcscendio 


25. Et descen- 


re.acn fid, niiD dn (>c; 


lluvia, y vinieron ri- 


dit pluvia et vene- 


rcaifrr Fain, UIID irel;e= 


os, y soplaron vien- 


runt flumina, et 


ten Die vSBinr-e, HUD 


tos, y dieron con im- 


flavcrunt venti, et 


flicftcn an Da utT, 


petu sobre aquella 


procubuerunt do- 


fid c Dod) nicfor, Denn 


casa y no cayo por- 


mui illi, et non 


c war auf ciucu gelfcn 


que estaba cimenta- 


cecidit : fundata 


gcgrunDct. 


da sobre pefia. 


erat enim super 






petram. 


26. UnD recr Dicfc 


26. Y todo aquel 


26. Et omnig 


mcine SHcDc tj&rcr, nnD 


que oye estas mis 


audiens mea ver- 


tl)iit fie nidir, Dcr i|t 


palabras, y no las 


ba haec, et non 


fiiicm tb&ridncn 50?an= 


cumple, sera seme- 


faciens ea, assi- 


lie alcicb, Dcr fciu Jpaus 


jante a un hombre 


milabitur viro 


auf Den anD bancte. 


loco que edifico su 


stulto, qui sedifi- 




casa sobre arena. 


cavit domum su- 






am super are- 






nam : 


27. 3)a nun cin tyUfr 


27. . Y descendio 


27. Et descen- 


rcacn fid, nuD r'am cm 


lluvia, y rios vinie- 


dit pluvia, et ve- 


<ara|Fcr, iinD wd)crcii 


ron, y soplaron vien- 


nerunt flumina, et 


Die vlDinDc, iinD jiicfc'cu 


tos, y dieron impetu- 


flaverunt venti, et 


an Dat> Jpant?, Da fid ct^ 


osamente sobre a- 


proruerunt domui 


unD tl^at cinen grofjen 


quella casa, y cayo, 


illi, et cecidit, et 


Sad 


y fue grande su rui- 


fuit casus illius 




na. 


magnus. 


28. UnDcsbcaabficb, 


28. Y sucedio que 


28. Et factum 


Da 3e|"u^ Dicfc 5HcDc 


cuando Jesus hubo 


est, quum con- 


VoliciiDi't hatte, cntfe^tc 


concluido estos razo- 


sum masset Jesus 


fid) Da^ ^)oii: fiber fei- 


namientos las gentes 


sermones hos,stu- 


ne iel;rc. 


estaban pasmadas dc 


pebant ilium tur- 




su doctrina. 


ba3 super doctrina 






ejus. 


29. 2)enn er ^rcDi.^tc 


29. Porque los en- 


29. Erat enim 


geiralti.q, nuD nid)t n?i: 


senaba como quien 


docens eos ut auc- 


Die ^djriftgddjrten. 


tiene autoridad y no 


toritatem habens, 




a la manera de los 


et non sicut Scri- 




Escribas. 


bae. 




378 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 



GREEK. 
1. Kara/3ai/ri Se 

aUT<5 B7TO TOU OpOVS, 


FRENCH. 

1, Et quand il fut 
descendu de la mon- 
tagne, de grandes 
tioupes le suivirent. 


ENGLISH. 

1. When he was 
come down from the 
mountain, great mul- 
titudes followed him. 



r<, Xeycov Kupie, eai> 
6e\rjs, Sui/acrai /ie xa- 



3. Kai eKTfivas rrj 



2. Kai I8oii \fTrpos \ 2. Et voici, un le- 
preux vint et se pro- 
sterna devant lui, en 
lui disant : Seigneur, 
si tu veux, tu peux 
me rendre net. 

3. Et Jesus etendant 
la main, le toucha, en 
6 'Irjo-ovs, Xe'yooi' disant : Je le veux, 
ee'Xw, Ka6apL<r0r)Ti sois net ; et inconti- 
Kai evdevs eicaOapi- nent sa lepre fut gue 

(rdrj CIVTOV f] XeTrpa. rie. 



4. Puis Jesus lui dit: 
Prends garde de ne le 
dire a personne ; mais 
va, et te montre au 
sacrificateur, et offre 
le don que Moise a 
ordonne,afin que cela 
leur serve de temoi- 
gnage. 

5. Et quand Jesus 
fut entre dans Caper- 
naum, un centenier 
vint a lui, le priant, 



6. et disant : Sei- 
gneur, mon serviteur 
est paralytique dans 
ma maison, et il souf- 
fve cxtremement. 

7. Jesus lui dit: J'i- 



4. Kai Xey aur<5 
o 'l^trous" "Opa /iT;- 
bevl fiTrrjs ' aXXa 
VTrayf, areavrov 8el- 

%OV TO) Ifpfl, K.O.L 

irpoaevfyKe TO dwpov, 
6 TT/Jocrerale Mcoo-^ff, 
els J-aTViov avrols. 



5. EtVeX#o'i/rt 
r5 I^croO i 
vaovp., 
avrqi 

avrbv, 



6. Kai Xe'ycav, Ku- 
pif, 6 Trat? p,ov J3e- 

8\T]T(lt CV TTJ OIKIO. 

s Gciv&s 



7. Kui Xc'yft 



2. And behold, there 
carne a leper and wor- 
shipped him, saying, 
Lord, if thou wilt, 
thou canst make me 
clean. 

3. And Jesus put 
forth his hand, and 
touched him, saying, 
I will ; be thou clean. 
And immediately his 
leprosy was cleansed. 

4. And Jesus saith 
unto him, See thou 
tell no man ; but go 
thy way, show thyself 
to the priest, and offer 
the gift that Moses 
commanded, for a tes- 
timony unto them. 

5. And when Jesus 
was entered into Ca- 
pernaum, there came 
unto him a centurion, 
beseeching him, 

6. And saying, Lord, 
my servant lieth at 
home sick of the pal- 
sy, grievously tor- 
mented. 

7. And Jesus saiA 



'Ey<u A- rai, et je le guerirai. | unto him, I will come 



MATTHEW, CHAPTEU VIII. 



379 



GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


1. X)a cr abfr Vom 


1. Y cuando hubo 


1. Descendeute 


25cr^c fyerab ain.a fola^ 


descendido del monte 


autem eo de mon- 


tc itymvicl 33oU't? nad). 


le seguian muchas 


te, secutie stint 




gentes. 


eum turbae mul- 






tse. 


2. Unb fiffyf, fin Tdier.- 


2. Y he aqni vino 


2. Et ecce le- 


faia,fr fain, nnb bctcte 


un leproso, y le ado- 


prosus veniens, 


bn an, unb fprad) : 


raba diciendo Sefior, 


adorabat eum, di- 


Jfpa-r, fo bu will ft, 


si tii quieres puedes 


cens : Domine, si 


fann|t bn mid) rooty I 


limpiarme. 


velis, efficax ea 


rrini4.nt. 




me mundare. 


3. Unb 3ffne? jtrcrftr 


3. Y estendiendo 


3. Etextencena 


feinc anb am*, rfiljrc; 


Jesus la mano le to- 


manum, tetigit 


tf it)n an, nnb fprad) : 


co diciendo : Quie- 


eum Jesus, di- 


3d) roillt? tbnn; fft) a.f= 


ro, se limpio, e in- 


cens : Volo, mun- 


ranker. U:ib alfobafb 


mediatamente quedo 


dare. Et confes- 


rcarb fr Don fcincm 


limpio de su lepra. 


tim m un data est 


2ln*fa(j rein. 




ejus lepra. 


4. Itub 3cfit fprad) 


4. Entonces Jesus 


4: Et ait illi Je- 


}it if)m : @tc tyf ju, fa- 


le dijo : Mira no lo 


sus : Vide, nemi- 


a,f ctf nicmanb ; fon- 


digas a nadie mas ve, 


ni dixeris : sed 


bfrn pffye t)in, nnb jcU 


presentate al Sacer- 


abi, teipsum os- 


a,f bid) bcm spric|Ur, 


dote, y ofrece el don 


tende sacerdoti, 


nnb opfcre bif abf, 


que Moyses ordeno 


et offer munus 


bif S07cfft' bffotytcn bat, 


en testimonio a ellos. 


quod prsecepit 


$n ctiifin 3fSuifj iibcr 




Moyses, in testi- 


fif. 




monium illis. 


5. 2) a abfr 3cfm* cin-- 


5. Y habiendo en- 


5. Introeunte au- 


^qiiiA ^n Qfapfrnanm, 


trado Jesus en Ca- 


tem Jesu in Ca- 


trat fin anptmann 


pharnaum se llego a 


pernaum, acces- 


jn itym, ber bat ifyn, 


el un centurion ro- 


sit ad eum Cen- 




gandole. 


turio, appellans 






eum, 


6. Unb fprad) : J^fvr, 


6. Y diciendo : Se- 


6. Et dicena : 


mfin S\iifd)t (if.At jn 


nor, mi criado esta 


Domine, puer 


Oanfc, nnb i|l .aidubvu; 


postrado en cama 


meus jacet in do- 


diiA, unb tyvit grofjc 


paralitico reciamente 


mo paralyticus, 


Ouaf. 


atormentado. 


vehementer dia- 






cruciatus. 


7. 3ff6 fprad) jn 


7. Y Jesus le dijo : 


7. Et ait illi Je 


i^m 3d) trill rom- 


Yo in' y If sun.irc. 


sus : Ego veniena 






380 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


0&V OepaTreiHTa) av- 




and heal him. 


rov. 






8. Kai uTTOKpidels 


8. Mais le centenier 


8. The centurion 


6 Kar6vTap\os efforj 


lui repondit : Sei- 


answered and said, 


Kuptf, OVK eip.1 i<a- 


gneur, je ne suis pas 


Lord, 1 am not wor- 


vbs tva p.ov inro rrjv 


digr.e que tu entres 


thy that thou should- 


CTTfyrjv flcreXdrjs ' 


sous mon toit ; mais 


est come under my 


d\\a povov fiVe Ao- 


dis seulement la pa- 


roof : but speak the 


ya>, Kai iadrjareTai 6 


role, et mon serviteur 


word only, and my 


Trais pov. 


sera gueri. 


servant shall be 






healed. 


9. Kai yap e'ycb av- 


9. Car moi-meme, 


9. For I am a man 


0pu7r6s fifJ-i virb e- 


qui suis un homme 


under authority, hav- 


nvaiav, f^ a>v ^ 


constitue sous la puis- 


ing soldiers under 


epavrbv arrpaTiatTas ' 


sance d'autrui, j'ai 


me : and I say to this 


Kal Aeyco rovra), TTO- 


sous moi des gens de 


man, Go, and he go- 


pev^rt, Kai Tropeue- 


guerre, et je dis a 


eth ; and to another, 


rat Kai a A Aw, e'p- 


Pun : Va, et il va ; et 


Come, and he cometh; 


X v > Kai tp^erat 


a un autre : Viens, et 


and to my servant, 


Kai raj SoyAw /zov, 


il vient; et a mon 


Do this and he doeth 


Troirjcrov ToCro, Kai 


serviteur : Fais cela, 


it. 


TTOtfl. 


et il le fait. 




10. 'A^fouo-as- 6e 6 


10. Ce que Jesus 


10. When Jesus 


'l^o-ous-, edavpao-e, 


ayant entendu, il s'en 


heard it, he marvelled, 


Kal dire TOLS axoAou- 


etonna, et dit a ceux 


and said to them that 


6ovarw ' A./j,r)v Ae'ya) 


qui le suivaient : En 


followed, Verily I say 


VfiiV) ovde ev TO> 'icr- 


verite, je vous dis que 


unto you, I have not 


pai^A TQcravTrjv TTL- 


je n'ai pas trouve, 


found so great faith, 


amv evpov. 


n:eme en Israel, une 


no, not in Israel. 




si grande foi. 




11. Acyoo Se i5fui>, 


11. Maisje vous dis 


11. And I say unto 


ori TroAAoi Z7ro di'a- 


que plusieurs vien- 


you, That many shall 


roAcoi' Kai Sucr/icoi' 17- 


dront d'Orient et 


come from the east 


^ovcrt, Kai aVaKAt^- 


d'Occident, et seront 


and west, and shall 


<rovTai fMCTa 'A/3pua/x 


a table dans le roy- 


sit down with Abra- 


Kai 'lo-aaK Kai 'la- 


aume des cieux, avec 


ham, and Isaac, and 


KO)/3 V Trj /3aortAi'a 


Abraham, Isaac et 


Jacob, in the kingdom 


raij/ ovpavSiV ' 


Jacob. 


of heaven : 


12 Oi 5e vfot TYIS 


12. Et les enfans du 


12. But the children 



1 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 



381 



GEKMAX 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


twit, iniD ilw cicfnnfr 




curabo eum. 


tnadKit. 






8. 2>cr $4tiprmann 


8. Entonces el cen- 


8. Et respon- 


ntrocrtrtr, ttnb fprad) : 


turion le respondio 


dens Centurio ait: 


JfuTv, icb bin nicbr 


diciendo: Senor yo 


Domine, non sum 


lucrcl?/ iMfe" tit nutcr 


no soy digno de que 


idoneus ut meum 


mctii 2Xub flctjcit ; foil: 


entres debajo de mi 


sub tectum intres: 


tern fpiiib ii nr ciu 


techo, mas di sola- 


sed tantum die 


^ort, fo rrirD mcin 


mente la palabra, y 


verbum, et sana- 


ftncdjt gcfuiiD. 


sanara mi criado. 


bitur puer meus. 


9. T>cnn id) bin fin 


9. Porque yo tam- 


9. Etenim ego 


9ftciifrt\ ta$n IUT 


bien soy hombre su- 


homo sum sub 


Obriflfdt nnrcrtfjan, 


jeto a la autoridad de 


auctoritatem, ha- 


mrt tyabc uutcr mir 


otro, y tengo a mis 


bens sub meip- 


Kncn?hiccbtc ; iwb 


ordenes soldados, y 


sum milites : et 


Wfini icb fagc $n ciiicm : 


digo a este : Ve y 


dico huic, Vade, 


<d?e 1)111; fo <Kl;ct 


va ; y al otro ven, y 


et vadit : et alii, 


cr ; itnD jum antcni : 


viene : y a mi cria- 


Veni, et venit : et 


omm Ijcr, fo fommt 


do : haz esto, y lo 


servo meo, Fac 


cr ; miD ;n inciurm 


hace. 


hoc, et facit. 


Kncduc : i^m Da^, fo 






tl}iit cr*. 






10. 2)a ba* 3cfn* 


10. Al oir Jesus se 


10. Audiensau- 


(j&rctc, vcnrni^crtc cr 


maravillo y dijo a 


tem Jesus, mira- 


jld), ituD fpi'vicb jit ^c-- 


los que le seguian : 


tus est : et ait se- 


IICH/ Mr itjm iuubfel.A : 


En verdad os digo 


qucntibus: Amen 


ten : vU3alu'Iid\ icb f,i-- 


que no he hallado fe 


dico vobis, neque 


,qc ciub, folcbcu <Un-- 


tan grande, no, ni en 


in Israel tantam 


bcii habc icb in 3fracl 


Israel. 


fidem inveni. 


llU'bt .ACfllllDCU. 






11. Tiber idifa.Accurb: 


11. Y os digo que 


11. Dico autem 


^3ic(c ipfi^cu foramen 


vendran muchos de 


vobis, quod mulli 


Vom SCKorcjcii nuD i>om 


oricntc, y de occi- 


ab orientibus et 


Tlbei^, ni^ mit Tlbra- 


dente, y se sentanin 


occidentibus ve- 


(MUI UIID 3|"aaf nuD 


con Abraham, e 


nient, et recum- 


3afob im J>iinmclvcid) 


Isaac y Jacob en el 


bent cum Abra- 


ttfcn. 


rsyno de los cielos. 


ham, ct Isaac, et 






Jacob in regno 






caelorum. 


12. Ttbcr tie ^iubcr 


12. Y los hijos del 


1'J. Filii autem 



UB. ill? 



382 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VII. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


^acriXeias 1 K(3\rjdT)- 


royaume seront jetes 


of the kingdom shall 


(rovTai els TO VKOTOS 


dans les tenebres de 


be cast out into out- 


TO fg&TfpOV ' fKfl 


dehors, ou il y aura 


er darkness : there 


eorai 6 K\avdp.bs Kai 


des pleurs et des 


shall be weeping and 


6 J3pvyp,bs TQ)v odov- 


grincemens de dents. 


gnashing of teeth. 


TOtV. 






13. Kai fiTTfv 6 


13. Alors Jesus dit 


13. And Jesus said 


'irjo-ovs ra> 6/caroi/- 


au centenier : Va, et 


unto the centurion, 


rap^ep un-aye, KOI 


qu'il te soit fait selon 


Go thy way ; and as 


a>s eViOTeucras yevrj- 


que tu as cru. Et a 


thou hast believed, so 


BrjTO) (rot. Kai laOrj 


i'heure m6me son 


be it done unto thee. 


o Trots O.VTOV ev TTJ 


serviteur fut gueri. 


And his servant was 


&po. eKeivrj. 




healed in the self- 






same hour. 


14. Kai 6\do)V 6 


14. Puis Jesus etant 


14. And when Jesus 


'Irjcrovs els Tr]v oiKiav 


venu dans la maison 


was come into Peter's 


Jlerpou, eiSe Trjv rrev- 


de Pierre, vit la belle- 


house, he saw his 


Qepav avTOv j3ep\rj- 


mere de Pierre qui 


wife's mother laid, 


fifv^v KCL\ TrupeVo-ou- 


etait au lit, et qui 


and sick of a fever 


<rav 


avait la fievre. 




15. Kai T^v^aro TTJS 


15. Et lui ayant tou- 


15. And he touched 


X^ipbs avTrjs, Kai d- 


che la main, la fievre 


her hand, and the fe- 


<pT)KV aVTrjV 6 TTVpf- 


la quitta : puis elle se 


ver left her : and she 


TOS Kai rjyepQr), /cat 


leva, et les servit. 


arose, and ministered 


8irjKovet aurw. 




unto them. 


16. 'O\^tas de ye- 


16. Et le soir etant 


16. When the even 


vop,evrjs TrpocrrjveyKav 


venu, on lui presenta 


was come, they 


aurai ai^io{>ib/MeVov 


plusieurs demoni- 


brought unto him 


TroXXouy (cat egefia- 


aques, desquels il 


many that were pos- 


Xe ra Trvevp-aTa Xo- 


chassa par sa parole 


sessed with devils . 


yw, Kai Travras rows' 


les esprits malins, et 


and he cast out the 


KaKcos e^oj/ras e'#e- 


guerit tous ceux qui 


spirits with his word, 


pdrrevo-fv. 


se portaient mal ; 


and healed all that 






were sick : 


17. ""OTreoff TrXrjpa)- 


17. afin que fut ac- 


17. That it might 


#7 TO /5r;^ei/ 8ia *H- 


compli ce dont il avait 


be fulfxLed which was 


craiou roi) TrpofpfjTov, 


ete parle par Esaie 


spoken by Esaias the 


\eyovTos u Auros 


le prophete, en di- 


prophet, saying, Him- 


TO? do-flevfias fjfJL&v 


sant : II a pris nos 


self took our infirmi- 


eXa/3e, KOI ray i/oo-ouy 


langueurs, et a porte 


ties and bare our sick 


f8d(TTa(rff ." 


nos maladies. 


nesses. 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 



383 



GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. . 


gejtcftcn in Die anftcvjte 


reyno seran echados 
a las tinieblas esteri- 


regni ejicientur ID 
tenebras exterio- 


gintlcvnift fyinang, Da 


ores. Alii sera el 


res : ibi erit fle- 


roivD fcr>n Jpenlcn unD 


llanto y el crugir de 


tus, et fremitus 


SafynHappcn. 


dientes. 


dentium. 


13. UnD Sefng fprad) 


13. Y Jesus dijo al 


13. Et dixit Je 


311 Dem anptmanne : 


centurion : Ve y co- 


sus Centurioni : 


(Sefye fyin, Div gcfcljefyc, 


mo creiste asi te sea 


Abi, et sicut cre- 


rote Du gcglaubct (ja|l. 


hecho. Y fue sano 


didisti, fiat tibi. 


UnD fcin ftnedu roavD 


el siervo en aquella 


Et sanatus est 


gefwiD 311 Dcvfelbigen 


hora. 


puer ejus in hora 


tnnDe. 




ilia. 


14. UnD 3>cfng Fain 


14. Y habiendo 


14. Et ingressus 


in spetri Jpaug, nnD 


llegado Jesus a la 


Jesus in domum 


fafye, Daft fetne @cl)n)ie-- 


casa de Pedro vio a 


Petri, vidit so- 


gennnttcv lag, nnD fyat-- 


su suegra postrada 


crum ejus jacen- 


te Dag gicbcv. 


en cama, y con fie- 


tem et febrici- 




bre. 


tantem : 


15. 2)a griff cv if)ve 


15. Y toco su ma- 


15. Et tetigit 


JfpanD an, nnD Dag ie= 


no, y la fiebre la dejo, 


manum ejus, et 


bcr fccvltcft fie. UnDftc 


y levantose, y los 


dimisit earn fe- 


ftanD auf, nnD Dienete 


servia. 


bris : et surrexit, 


ifynen. 




et ministrabat eis. 


16. Tim TibenD aber 


16. Y venida la tar- 


16. Vespere au- 


bvad)tcn fie v>te(e 93 c= 


de le trajeron inu- 


tem facto, obtu- 


ffljcnc 511 il)m; nnD ev 


chos endemoniados, 


Icrunt ei dsemoni- 


tvieb Me ^etftev aus? 


y con su palabra lun- 


acos multos, et 


nut vIOorcfn/ nuD macb-- 


zaba los espiritus, y 


ejiciebat spiritus 


tc allevlcn krant'e ge- 


euro a todos los do- 


verbo et omnes 


fnnD. 


lientes. 


male habentes sa- 






nabat : 


17. Tinf Daft evfnllet 


17. Para que se 


17. Utadimple- 


wnrDc, Dag gefavU i|^ 


cumpliese lo que fue 


retur dictum per 


Ditnto Den ^prcpt^cten 


dicho por el profeti 


Isaiam Prophe- 


3cfaia, Der Da fpcidjt: 


Isaias, cuando dijo 


tam, dicentem : 


Sv t)ar nnfcvc @d)n?ad)-- 


El mismo tomo nu- 


Ipse ijfirmitates 


Ijcitauf |id) genommcn, 


estras enfermedades, 


nostras acccpit,ct 


unD nnfcvc ^citdjc Ijat 


y cargo con nuestras 


oegrotationes por- 



M|V 14 HM 



384 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 



GREEK. 


PRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


18. lOCOl/ 06 6 1^- 


18. Or Jesus voyant 


18. Now when Je- 


crovs TroXXous o^Xou? 


autour de lui de 


sus saw great multi 


Trept auro.y, e/ctXeu- 
crev drre\6elv els TO 


grandes troupes, com- 
manda de passer a 


tudes about him, he 
gave commandment 


irepav. 


1'autre rivage. 


to depart unto the 






other side. 


19. Kat irpodfK- 


19. Et un scribe 


19. And a certain 


6(ov efy Fpa/ijuareu?, 


s'approchant, lui dit : 


scribe came, and said 


? ' A J4 ' 

iirev aura) moa- 


Maitre, je te suivrai 


unto him, Master, I 


ovcaXe, a/coXou^^cra) 


partout ou tu iras. 


will follow thee 


o~oi OTTOU eaj/ airep- 




whithersoever thou 


X.V- 




goest. 


20. Kat Xeyet au- 


20. Et Jesus lui dit: 


20. And Jesus saith 


ra) 6 'l^crou? At 


Les renards ont des 


unto him, The foxes 


a\d>7reKs (pu>\eovs 


tanieres, et les oi- 


have holes, and the 


e^oucrt, Kai ra Treret- 


seaux du ciel ont des 


birds of the air have 


va rou ovpavov Kara- 


nids ; mais le Fils de 


nests ; but the Son of 


crKrjvaxj-fLS 6 8e uto? 


1'homme n'a pas oil 


man hath not where 


rou dvdptiTTOV ou/c 


il puisse reposer sa 


to lay his head. 


e^et TJ-OU rr]V K(pa- 


tele. 




\T)V K\IV1J. 






21. "Erepos Se rcoy 


21. Puis un autre de 


21. And another of 


fj.a0r)r)v nvrov eiTrei/ 


ses .disciples lui dit : 


his disciples said un- 


aura) Kupte eTrtrpe- 


Seigneur, permets- 


to him, Lord, suffer 


\/AoV /not Trpcorov 


moi d'aller premiere- 


me first to go and 


aTTcX^flv, KOI &i\|mi 


ment ensevelir mon 


bury my father. 


rov Trarepa p.ov. 


pere. 




22. *O Se 'ir/crous 


22. Et Jesus lui dit: 


22. But Jesus said 


e?7rf v aura) 'A*o- 


Suis-moi, et laisse les 


unto him, Follow me ; 


Xou^t /zot, *rat "xpfs 


morts ensevelir leurs 


and let the dead bury 


rovs veKpous Qd-^sai 


morts. 


their dead. 


TOVS eavTwv vexpovs. 






23. Kat fp.[3di>Ti 


23. Et quand il fut 


23' And when he 


aura) els TO 7r\olov, 


entre dans la nacelle, 


was entered into a 


r)Ko\ovdr)<rav aura3 ot 


ses disciples le sui- 


ship, his disciples fol- 


padrjTal auroO. 


virent. 


lowed him. 


24. Kat tSou, o'eto"- 


24. Et, voici, il s'e- 


24. And behold, 


MOff /ie'ya* eyewro 


leva sur la mer une si 


there arose a great 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 



385 






GERMAN. SPANISH. 


LAT1N. 


er get rag en. 


dolencias. 


lavit. 


18. Uut Da 3efug Did 


18. Mas como vie- 


18. Videns au- 


33o(?g urn ft eft fafye, 


se Jesus muchas gen- 


tem Jesus multas 


fyieg er fyiuuber jenfeit 


tes al rededor de si, 


turbas circum se, 


teg iDtecrg fafyrcu.. 


ordeno pasar a la 


jussit abire in ul- 




otra parte del lago. 


terius. 


19. Uut c^ trat $u 


19. Y llegandose a 


19. Et accedens 


ifym ein eftriftgefcfjrs 


el un Escriba le dijo : 


unus Scriba, ait 


ter, Dcr fpracft jn itym : 


Maestro te seguire 


illi : Magister, se- 


SDfeifter, id) mil Mr 


adonde quiera que 


quar te quocum- 


fofgcu, wo t>n fyingcfycjt. 


fueres. 


que ieris. 


20. 3efu* fagtc ju 


20. Y Jesus le dijo 


20. Et dicit ei 


ifym: 2>ie gucftfe fya-- 


las zorras tienen ma- 


Jesus : Vulpes fo- 


ten (Srubcu, uuD Die 


drigueras y las aves 


veas habcnt, et 


236gef nuter tern im= 


del cielo nidos, mas 


volucres coeli um- 


me( fyabcu 3ftc|tcr; aber 


el Hijo del hombre 


bracula : Filius 


teg SOTenfcfteu olju 


no tiene donde recli- 


autem hominis 


fyat nieftt, ta er fein 


nar su cabeza. 


non habet ubi ca- 


Jpaupt l^inlege. 




put reclinet. 


21. Uut ein anfccrer 


21. Y otro de sus 


21. Alius autem 


nuter feiucn 3nAern 


discipulos le dijo : 


discipulorum ejus 


fpraeft ju il)m : J^crr, 


Seuor permite que 


ait illi : Domine, 


erlaube mir, Dag id) 


primero vaya y enti- 


permitte milii pri- 


^ingfftc, nut $u\>or 


erre a mi padre. 


mum abire, et se- 


meiueu ^23ater begrabe. 




pelirc patrem me- 






um. 


22. 2(bev 3efu(J fpraeft 


22. Mas Jesus le 


22. At Jesus ait 


ju i(;m : Selge tu mir, 


dijo : sigueme y de- 


illi : Sequere me, 


nut lag Die Gotten i(;re 


ja que los muertos 


et dimitte mortu- 


Gotten begrabeu. 


entierren a sus mu- 


os sepelire suos 




ertos. 


mortuos. 


23. Uut cv trat in tag 


23. Y habiendo el 


23. Et ascen- 


cftitf, nut feiue 3uu ; 


entrado en un barco 


dente eo in navi- 


ger fofgten il}m. 


le siguieron sus dis- 


culam,secutisunt 




cipulos. 


eum discipuli e- 






jus. 


24. Uut ftelje, ta er^ 


21. Y he aqui sc 


24. Et ecce mo- 


ftob fid) eiu grogeg Uu- 


levanto una tempes- 


tus magnus f'uc- 


33 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


ev TTJ ddKdo'O'r), coare 


grande tempete, que 


tempest in the sea, 


TO TrXotOZ/ KaXvTTTf- 


la nacelle etait cou- 


insomuch that the 


adai VTTO Ttov Kvp.d- 


verte de flots ; et Je- 


ship was cove/ed with 


TQ>V avros de e/ca- 


sus dormait. 


the waves : but he 


0v8e. 




was asleep. 


25. Kal TJ-poo-eX- 


25. Et ses disciples 


25. And his disci- 


66vres ol padrjTal 


vinrent, et 1'eveille- 


ples came to him, and 


avrov fjyeipav avrov, 


rent, en lui disant : 


awoke him, saying, 


\eyovTfs- Kvpie, o-<5- Seigneur, sauve-nous, 


Lord, save us : we 


O-OM fjpas, aTroXXu- 


nous perissons ! 


perish. 


26. Kat Xeyet av- 


26. E; il leur dit : 


26. And he saith 


rois Tt SetXot ecrre, 


Pourquoi avez-vous 


unto them, Why are 


oXiyon-to-rot ; Tore peur, gens de petite 


ye fearful, O ye of 


eyepOfls eVert^o-e 


foi ? Alors s'etant 


little faith ? Then he 


rots dve/nois Kal rfj 


leve, il parla forte- 


arose, and rebuked 


ffaXdcrcrr} Kal eyhf- 


ment aux vents et a 


the winds and the 


TO yaXrjvr) pcyaKr). 


la mer, et il se fit un 


sea ; and there was 




grand calme. 


a great calm. 


27. Oi 8e av6pu>- 


27. Et les gens qui 


27. But the men 


TTOI edavp.a<rav, Xe- 


etaient la s'en eton- 


marvelled, saying, 


yovres ' UoTaTros 


nerent. etdirent: Qui 


What manner of man 


eo-TLv OVTOS, on Kill est celui-ci que les 


is this, that even the 


ot civep.oi Kal rj 6d- vents meme et la mer 


winds and the sea 


Xacro-a VTraKovovo-tv 


lui obeissent ? 


obey him ! 


28. Kat eXSovri 


28. Et quand il fut 


28. And when he 


auraJ et? ro Trepav ds \ passe a. Fautre cote, 


was come to the othei 


rqv x^pav TVV Tep- 


dans le pays des Ger- 


side, into the country 


yearjvwv^ vrr]VT-q(rav 


gesem'ens, deux de- 


of the Gergesenes, 


avTw dvo 8aip,ovt6- moniaques etant sor- 


there met him two 


p,fvoi, eK TCOI/ jjivr)fj,fL' ; tis des sepulcres vin- 


possessed with devils, 


uv e^ep^o'/zei/ot, ^a- ' rent le rencontrer ; et 


coming out of the 


Wot Xt'ai/, coo-re p.rj ils etaient si dange- 


tombs, exceeding 


o-^ueti/ Tiva TrapeX- reux que personne ne 


fierce, so that no man 


0elz> Sta rfjs 68ov pouvait passer par ce 


might pass by that 


falvns. 


chemin-la. 


way. 


29. Kal Ibov frpa- 


29. Et, voici, ils 


29. And behold, they 


av, XeyovTfS" Tt s'ecrie rent, en disant : 


cried out, sa ,*ing, 


nviiv Kai crm, 'ir/croO Qu'y a-t-il entro nous 


What have we o do 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 



387 






GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


(KtKim im SDtccr, alfo, 


tad tan pmndo en el 


tus est in rnari, 


feaaurt) M fbiflciu 


mar que las o!as cu- 


ita ut naviculam 


nut 3Edlcu bcM'ctt 


brian el barco. Y el 


operiri sub flucti- 


WAV* ; uuD cr fcfclicf. 


dormia. 


bus : ipse vero 






dormiebat. 


25. Un* fcic fancier 


25. Y llegandose a 


25. Et acceden- 


tiMtcu 511 ibm, 11111* 


el sus discipulos le 


tes discipuli ejus, 


ircrftcii ibu auf, mit> 


dispertaron diciendo: 


suscitaverunt e- 


fpiM'.lvii : a-r, tyiljf 


Senor, salvanos que 


um,dicentes: Do- 


iui, irur VctDcilcu ! 


perecemos. 


mine, salva nos, 






perimus. 


26. 2\i faatc cr ;u 


2R. Y el les dijo : 


26. Etdiciteis: 


tfjiifii : 3 In* SUcinfllaii; 


^ Que temeis 6 hom- 


Quid timidi estis, 


bivKii, iranim fa>D ibr 


bres de poca fe ? Y 


exiguaa fidei ? 


fo fuiTlufam if tluf 


Icvuntandose repren- 


Tune surgensim- 


fianft auf, uut> 6rtro- 


din u los vientos y a 


peravit ventis et 


l)cti' DCH ^JDu^ uiiD Da? 


la mar y siguiose 


mari, et facta est 


9)?ccr ; taiDaiDceigaH] 


gran bonanza. 


tranquiliitas mag- 


Hillf. 




na. 


27. X>ic SDTcnfrtfii 


27. Y los hombrcs 


^7. At homines 


vilnu vrnrui^cftnt ficb, 


se maravillaron y 


mirati sunt, di- 


HUD fpradn'ii : ;23a5? i)t 


decian : ^ Quic-i e 


3 : Qualis 


^a^ fur ciu 93?auu, &afj 


este que hastu l>s 


est hie, quia et 


ihu ITMHD UHD SWccr 


vientos, y el mar le 


vend et mare obe- 


fain i|l ? 


obedecen ? 


diunt ei : 


28. Ui^ cr Fain jcm 


28. Y cuando Je- 


28. Et venienti 


fdt ^ce; iDTccref, in frto 


sus hubo pasado a 


Usi in ulterius in 


(^c.^n^ ^cl (&cr,acfc- 


la otra parte del la- 


regionem Gerge- 


iicr. 2\i UffVn li'in 


el p.- us de los 


senorum, occur- 


ciit.ar.acu jira-u '.Scfff* 


scnos vinieron 


rerunt ei duo da> 


fcuc, Me Kimcii viu^ ^cu 


a su encuentro dos 


moniaci de monu- 


%o^rrngrabern, HUD 


endenKMiiadofl que 


mentis exeuntes, 


warcu |'c!n- jU'immifl, 


salian de los sepul- 


s?evi nimis, ita ut 


alfc, tat; utcmauD tic: 


cros de tal mam-ra 


non valcre quen- 


fel be crajjc iruiDcI 


fieros que nadie po- 


quam transire ocr 


toiuite. 


dia pasar por aquel 


viam illam. 




camino. 




29. Hub jlc()c, ftc 


29. Y he aqui que 


29. Et eccc cla 


fdn-ifcu un* fpracbut : 


mprzanm u dar <^ri- 


ina\cnint, dxen- 


21ft) 3i|'n, Mi (gol}ll 




tcs : Quid nob> 



rl 



388 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


vie TOV Qfov , y\dfs 


et toi, Jesus, Fils de 


with thee, Jesus, thou 


2>Se Trpb Kaip iv /3a- 


Dieu ? Es-tu verm 


Son of God ? art thou 


(ravicrai f)iJ,as; 


ici nous tourmenter 


come hither to tor- 




avant le temps ? 


ment us before the 






time ? 


30. *Hi/ Se paKpav 


30. Or, il y avait un 


30. And there was 


drr' CIVTCOV dye'Xi; ^ot- 


peu loin d'eux un 


a good way off from 


pUtV TToXXcOf fiotTKO- 


grand troupeau de 


them an herd of mary 


p.evr). 


pourceaux qui pais- 


swine, feeding. 




sait. 




31. Oi Se da.tfj.ovcs 


31. Et les demons 


31. So the devils 


7rapeKa\ovi> avrbv, 


le priaient, en disant : 


besought him, saying 


\eyovTes ' Et eV/3aA- 


Si tu nous jettes de- 


If thou cast us out, 


Xay q/iay, eVtrpe^oi' 


hors, permets-nbus 


suffer us to go away 


^ur^ OTreX^eti' eij 


de nous en aller dans 


into the herd of 


r^v dyeX^i/ rail/ X*~ 


ce troupeau de pour- 


swine. 


pcoz>. 


ceaux. 




32. Kat tlnev av- 


32. Et il leur dit: 


32. And he said un- 


rois 'YTrdyerf. Oi 


Allez. Et eux etant 


to them, Go. And 


5e ef\d6vTfs d?r^X- 


sortis, s'en allerent 


when they were come 


6ov fls rrjv aye\r}v 


dans le troupeau de 


out, they went into 


rS)V xoi'pa>i>. Kat Idov, 


pourceaux ; et, voila, 


the herd of swine : 


&pp.r](TC Tracra f) dye- 


tout ce troupeau de 


and behold, the whole 


Xr) T&V xoipwv Kara 


pourceaux se preci- 


herd of swine ran vio- 


TOG KpTjp.VOV IS TT]V 


pita dans la mer, et 


lently down a steep 


6a\a<T(Tav, Kal cnre- 


ils moururent dans place into the sea, 


6aVOV V TOIS vdcKTlV. 


les eaux. 


and perished in the 






waters. 


33. Of 8e /SOGTKOI/- 


33. Et ceux qui les 


33. And they thai 


Tfs tyvyov, KOI drreX- gardaient s'enfuirent, 


kept them fled, and 


66vT(s ds rr]v 7r6\tv, et etant venus dans la 


went their ways into 


aTrqyyfiXav 7rai/ra, 


ville, ils raconterent 


the city, and told ev- 


al ra TWV 8ai/j.ovi- 


toutes ces choses, et 


ery thing ; and what 


{optvatf. 


ce qui etait arrive aux 


was befallen to the 




demoniaques. 


possessed of the dev- 






ils. 


3*r. Kai Idov, Tracra 


34. Et voila, toute 


34. And behold, the 


fj TroXis (ri\0ev els 


la ville alia au-devant 


whole city came out 


<jrvvdvTT)o-iv TCU 'irj- 


de Jisus; et Tayant 


to meet Jesus : and 


TOV ' Kal iSoi/rec av- 


vu ii.3 le prierent de 


when they saw him, 


*"fiV) 7rapKii\C(rav o- 


sr retirer de leur 


they besought him 






MATTHEW, CHAPTER VIII. 



389 



GERMAN. SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


(Soffcs, was? Ijal'eit wir 


nemos que ver con- 


et tibi, Jesu fili 


mtt Mr jn ttymi? J5i|l 


tigo Jesus Hijo de 


Dei ? Venisti hue 


Mt tycrscr'ommcn mit? 


Dios ? ^ Has venido 


ante tempus tor- 


JH qnalcn, ctje tcnn e? 


aca a atormentarnos 


que re nos ? 


3cit M~t ? 


antes de tiempo ? 




30. St> war al?er fcr= 


30. Y lejos de ellos 


30. Erat autera 


lie von ifyncn ciuc c\ro fee 


estaba paciendo una 


longe ab illis grex 


Jm-cc @anc an tcr 


gran piara de puer- 


porcorum multo- 


QBcitc. 


cos. 


rum pascens. 


31. 2)a baton if)H Me 


31. Y los demomos 


31. Verum dae- 


$cufd, Hilt fpraclKll : 


le rogaron diciendo : 


mones appella- 


< 2Billjt MI wit? austrei: 


Si nos echas de aqui 


bant eum, dicen- 


ten, fo crlaiibe nn$ in 


permitenos que vay- 


tes : Si ejicis nos, 


tic JJpccrtc due ju 


amps a aquella piara 


permitte nobis 


fa ^ veil. 


de puercos. 


abire in gregem 






porcorum. 


32. ltu& cr fprad) : 


32. Y el les dijo, 


32. Et ait illis, 


gvihrct l)in. 2)a fuljvcu 


Id. Y habiendo ellos 


Abite. Illi autem 


fie au-o, UUD ful)vcu in 


salido se fueron a la 


exeuntes abierunt 


tic Jpccm @i\nc. itnt> 
fictX, tic c^anjc Recite 


piara de los puercos. 
Y he aqui que toda 


in gregem porco- 
rum. Et ecce ir- 


auc jh'ivjtc fict) mit 


la piara de los puer- 


ruit totus grex 


ftiicm ^3cunn in tat? 


cos se precipito en la 


porcorum per 


OTu'Cf/ niiD crfolfcu iiu 


mar por un despefia- 


prseceps in mare, 


2Bajfar, 


dero, y perecieron en 


et mortui sunt in 




las aguas. 


aquis. 


33. Unb tie irtcn 


33. Y los que los 


33. Pastores au- 


jlcljen, nut Ain^cn Ijin 


guarduban huyeron 


tcui fugerunt, et 


in tic tatt, nnt fas- 


y se fueron a la ciu- 


ntcs in civi- 


ten ta allc^, nnt i?ic 


dad, y lo contaron 


tairin, nunciave- 


c mit ten ^3efc|fenen 


todo con lo que ha- 


runt omnia, et ilia 


crgaugeu war. 


bia acontecido a los 


quae doemoniaco- 




endemoniados. 


rum. 


34. Unt fie^e, ta flin,4 


!U. Y he aqui que 


34. Et ecce tota 


tic j^anje catt t)rvau^ 


toda la ciudad salio civitas exiit in oc- 


3cfu ent.ae^eii. Unt ta 


a encontrar a Jesus, pursum Jcsu. E 


fie it)ii faljer, frateu fl" 


y al verle le ro^aron vidcntes cum, ro 



ibn, ta}; cr ten if/rcr is gabunt ut transi 



Wll, t|> 



890 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


7TCO? p,T(lJ3[: Q.7TO TOM' 


pays 


that he would depart 


6pi(OV dVTfdV. 




out of their coasts. 


1. Kai ffjLJBas els 


. 1. Alors, etant en- 


1. And he entered 


TO 7rXo?oi/, dicirepa- 


tre dans la nacelle, 


into a ship, and passed 


tre, Kai rj\&v els rr\v 


il .repassa la mer, et 


over, and came into 


Ibiav iroKiv. 


vint en sa ville. 


his own city. 


2. Kai iSou, Trpocre- 


2. Et, voici, on lui 


2. And behold, they 


fapov aurai TrapaXf- 


presenta un paraly- 


brought to him a man 


TIACOV 67TI K\IV7]$ @- 


tique couche dans un 


sick of the palsy, ly- 


pXTjfjLfvov ' teal idobz/ 


lit. Et Jesus voyant 


ing on a bed : and 


6 'l/70-ous* r))i> TTIO-TIZ/ 


leur foi, dit au para- 


Jesus, seeing their 


avrdw>, tfTre T&> TTCE- 


lytique : Aie bon 


faith, said unto the 


oaXuriKW Qdpcrfi 


Courage, mon fils ! 


sick of the palsy, Son, 


TKVOV t d<pf(i)VTO,i (TOt 


tes peches te sont 


be of good cheer; thy 


il afJiapTiai o~ou. 


pardonnes. 


sins be forgiven thee. 


3. Kai iSoy, Tii/ey 


3. Et, voici, 


3. And behold, cer- 


rail/ TpafJi/iareMV ei- 


quelques-uns des 


tain of the scribes said 


JTOI> eV eauToiff Ov- 


scribes disaient en 


within themselves, 


TOS /3Xao"<^)^jLier. 


eux-memes : Celui- 


This man blasphem- 




ci blaspheme. 


eth. 


4. Kai iScbf 6 'l?;- 


4. Mais Jesus, con-. 


4. And Jesus, know- 


(rovs rets evdvp.rj(rets 


naissant leurs pen- 


ing their thoughts, 


aiTCOV, flTTfV Il/aTl 


sees, leur dit : Pour- 


said, Wherefore think 


vp.e'is evdv/j.e'io'de TTO- 


quoi pensez-vous du 


ye evil in your hearts ? 


vijpa ev Tais napftiais 


mal dans vos cceurs ? 




5. Tiydp tfTTtv fv~ 


5. Car lequel est le 


5. For whether is 


KOTTUTfpov, flntiv 


plus aise, ou de dire : 


easier to say, Thy 


A.(fre(i)VTai aoi ai 


Tes peches te sont 


sins be forgiven thee ; 


ft/jLapriai rj eiTreif 


pardonnes ; ou de 


or to say, Arise, and 


'Eyeipai Kai nepijrd- 


dire : Leve-toi, et 


walk ? 


rei ; 


marche ? 




6. "Iva Se eiS^rf, 


6. Or, afm quc vous 


6. But that ye may 


OTI c^ovtriav ex fl 


sachiez que le Fils 


know that the Son of 


vlos TOU dvOponrov 


de Thornme a le pou- 


man hath power on 


tjrl TTJS yrjs dfaevai 


voir sur la terre de 


earth to forgive sins, 


5/Ltapriay Tore Xeyei 


pardonner les peches, 


[then saith he to the 


'$ TraoaXvT <w 'E- 


il dit afors au paraly- 


sick of the palsy,) 









MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX. 



391 



GE1UAN. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


rcuje tt>cie()eu roolltc. 


terminos. 


ret a finibus eo- 






rum. 


1. 2)a trat er in t>at? 


1. Y entrando en 


1. Et ascendens 


rt)iff, uni> fuhr it>ie= 


un barco paso a la 


in naviculam, tra- 


t>er -fyeiuber, tint) him 


otra ribera, y vino a 


jecit, et venit in 


ui feme tafct. 


su ciudad. 


propriam civita- 






tem. 


2. Uut> ftefye, fcafrracrj: 


2. Y he aqui le tra- 


2. Et ecce offe- 


ten fie jn ifytn eincn 


jeron un paralitico 


rebant ei paraly- 


idufc>rnd)igcn/ l>er 


postrado en un lecho, 


ticum in lecto ja- 


lag auf eiuem 25ette. 


y vicndo Jesus la fe 


centem : et vi- 


5)a nun 3cfn^ ifyreu 


de ellos dijo al para- 


dens Jesus fidem 


(Slanben fat), fpracb ei- 


litico : Ten confian- 


illorum, dixit pa- 


ju frnn idbtbrndjis 


za, hijo, tus pecados 


ralytico: Confide 


gen: fi;gctre|t,mein 


te son perdonados. 


fili, remittuntur 


ofyu, beiue uufceu 




tibi peccata tua. 


ftufc Dir iHTgebeu. 






3. Uu& ficfje, ctfidjc 


3. Y he aqui algu- 


3. Et ecce qui 


untcr ten (grin* iff AC* 


nos de los Escribas 


dam Scribarum 


Iet)rteufprad)eu bei) fid) 


decian para consigo: 


dixerunt in seip- 


felbft : 2>iefer ia|Urt 


Este blasfema. 


sis : Hie blasphe 


(gotr. 




mat. 


4. 2)a abcr 3efu5 i()re 


4. Y viendo Jesus 


4. EtvidensJe 


etaufeu fal), fprad) 


sus pensamientos dijo 


sus cogitationes 


er : -ID arum Oeut'et iljr 


I porque pensuis mai 


eorum, dixit, Ut 


fo Ttvge^ in enveu J^er- 


en vuestros corazo- 


quid vos cogitatis 


jen ? 


nes ? 


mala in cordibus 






vestris ? 


5. 3BeMe i\l leid)-- 


5. i dial cosa es 


5. Quid enim 


ter, 511 fiiAeu : i)ir fii^ 


mas facil decir per- 


est facilius, di- 


bcinc aufreu vcrgc^ 


donados te son tus 


cere : Dimittun- 


beu ; o^er jit agcn : 


pecados, 6 decir le- 


tur tibi peccata 


tet;c auf, un) trau- 


vantate y anda ? 


an dice re, Eri 


Me? 




gere, et ambula ? 


6. Tluf tag ify abev 


6. Pues paraque se- 


6. Ut autem sci- 


n?i|fct, ^a|5 c-efr *3}Tcnfd)- 


pais que el Hijo del 


atis quod auctori- 


en ot)u 50?acbt tyabe 


hombre tiene potes- 


tatcni iiabet Fili- 


auf Srten, tie iui: 


tad en la tierra de 


us hominis in ter- 


ten ',11 verAcbrii,fpi\uh 


pcnl. >n;ir PC-- 


ra r<- mi Mere pec- 


fv jii tetn id?rbritflM : [Qvantate (dijo cl ca- 


cata : t'.mc ait 



392 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


yfjflels apov o~ov TTJV 


tique : Leve-toi, 


Arise, take up thy 


K\ivr)v, Kal VTraye eis 


charge ton lit, et t'en 


bed, and go unto 


TQV OIK.OV O~OV. 


va en ta maison. 


thine house. 


7. Kat eyzpdflf, 


7. Et il se leva, et 


7. And he arose, 


dirfjXOev els TOV ot- 


s'en alia en sa mai- 


and departed to his 


KOV avrov. 


son. 


house. 


8. 'iSoVres fie oi 


8. Ce que les troupes 


8. But when th 


0^X01 eOavpacrav, Kal 


ay ant vu, elles s'en 


multitude saw it, thej 


co^a0~ui> TOV Qeov^ 


etonnerent, et elles 


marvelled, and glori- 


TOV dovra fovo~iav 


glorifierent Dieu de 


fied God, which had 


TOtavTTjv TOIS dvdpat- 


ce qu'il avait donne 


given such power un- 


TTOl?. 


une telle puissance 


to men. 




aux hommes. 




9. Kat Trapdycov 6 


9. Puis Jesus pas- 


9. And as Jesus 


'IT)O~OVS fKeWev, fiftev 


sant plus avant, vit 


passed forth from 


av6pa)7Tov KaOf)p.(vov 


un homme, nomme 


thence, he saw a man 


firl TO reXawo>, 


Matthieu, assis au lieu 


named Matthew, sit- 


MaTdalov \ey6fjLfvov 


du peage, et il lui dit : 


ting at the receipt of 


Kal Xeyet aura), 'A/co-' 


Suis-moi, et il se le- 


custom : and he saith 


XovQei fJLOi. Kat dva- 


va, et le suivit. 


unto him, Follow me. 


(TTaS t T]KO\Ov6f]O~V 




And he arose, and 


avTco. 




followed him. 


10. Kai eyli/ero av- 


10. Et comnre Je- 


10. And it came to 


rov dvciKdfjievov ev 


sus etait a table dans 


pass, as Jesus sat at 


TTJ otKta, /cat tSou, 


la maison de Mat- 


meat in the house, 


TroXXoi reXooi/at Kat 


thieu, voici, plusieurs 


behold, many publi- 


d/zaprcoXot eX^oVrcs, 


peagers, et des gens 


cans and sinners 


OTjvavtKctVTO r&i 1^- 


de mauvaise vie, qui 


came and sat down 


cruv Kal rots p.adrj- 


etaient % venus la, se 


with him and his dis- 


ratp avroO. 


mirent a table avec 


ciples. 




Jesus et ses disciples. 




11. Kai ISovres ol 


11. Ce que les pha- 


11. And when the 


^aptcratot, efTroj/ rots 


risiens ayant vu, ils 


Pharisees saw it, they 


p,adt]Tals UVTOV ' Ata- 


dirent a ses disciples : 


said unto his disci- 


ri /ifra rc5v reXcoi/cav 


Pourquoi votre mai- 


ples, Why eatetn 


/cat 4/xapra)Xa>i/ eo-^t- 


tre mange-t-il avec 


your Master with pub- 


6 Sifidcr/caXoff u- 


des peagnrs et des 


licans and sinners ? 


Mtui/ ; 


gens de mauvaise 






vie ? 





MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX. 



898 






GERlIiN. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


oni : tcfyc auf, fycbe 


tonccs al paralitico) 


paralytico : E> 


fccin 25 etc auf, uufc gc-- 


toma tu lecho, y vete 


rectus tolle tuum 


fye brim. 


a tu cas.a. 


lectum, et abi in 






domum tuam. 


7. Uut> cr ffanfc auf, 


7. Y levantose y se 


7. Et erectus 


wife giug fycim. 


fue a su casa. 


abiit in domum 






suam. 


8. 2)a tas SBotf fras 


8. Y cuando le vie- 


8. Videntes au- 


fat;, vcvnnmfccvtf c$ 


ron las gentes se ma- 


tem turbae, timu- 


ficb, uiiD price: @ott, 


ravillaron y glorifica- 


erunt, et glorifi- 


fccr felcbc SDTacbt ten 


ron a Dios, por ha- 


caverunt Deum, 


D?cnfcl)cu gcgcbcu fyat. 


ber dado tal potestad 


dantem auctorita- 




a los hombres. 


tem talem homi- 






nibus. 


9 Uufc fra 3cfu$ DOU 


9. Y pasando ade- 


9. Et pneteri- 


fcauucu ajna,, fafy cr ci- 


lante de alii Jesus 


ens Jesus hide, 


ncu SQicnfcljcu am 3^1 


vio a un hombre que 


vidit hominem se- 


ficu, t>cr I}tcf5 30?at-- 


estaba sentado en 


dentem intelonio', 


tl)aut*, uuD fprad) ni 


donde se recibian los 


Matthceum dic- 


iljm: 8^^f oiir, Uul> cr 


tributes, el cual se 


tum : ct ait illi : 


OauO auf, uiiD folgtc 


llamaba Matheo, y 


Sequere me : et 


ifym. 


le dijo : Sigueme, y 


surgcns sequutus 




el levantose y le si- 


est eum. 




guio. 




10. Hut ce: bc.Aab ficb, 


10. Y acaecio que 


10. Et factum 


ra cr ju iiffbc fag im 


estando Jesus senta- 


est eo discum- 


J^auff, ficl)c, ^a famcn 


do a la mesa en la 


bente in demo, et 


l?iclc 3^i(nrt uub itu-- 


casa, he aqui vinie- 


ecce multi publi- 


ftfr/ nnft fafffl ',u Jifcbc 


ron muchos publica- 


cani ct peccatores 


in it ;}[cfii uuD fcincn 


nos y pecadores, y 


venientes, dis- 


3iuigcvii. 


se scntaron a comer 


cumbebant cum 




con 61 y sus discipu- 


Jesu, et discipu- 




los. 


lis ejus. 


11. X^a t>a ^ic ^Pba- 


11. Y al verb los 


11. Et videntes 


fa[)cu. fpracbcu 


Pharisees dijeron a 


Pharissi'i dicebant 


He \v fciufu 3uuacni: 


sus discipulos <; por- 


discipulis ejus : 


vIDarum iifctcucr ^u'i- 


que vuestro Maestro 


Qua re cum pub 


|tcr nut Bi'iucru tiut> 


come con publicanos 


licanis et pecca 


G&ntrrr ^ 


y pecadores ? 


toribus man ducal 






Magistcr vesier ? 




394 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


12, 'O de .rjo-ovs 


12. Mais Jesus 1'a- 


12. But when Jesus 


aKova-as, elrrtv av- 


yant entendu, leur 


heard that, he said 


Tols Ov xpeiav f- 


dit : Ceux qui sont 


unto them, They that 


XOVVLV ol ivxvovTcs 


en sante n'ont pas be- 


be whole need not a 


'arpoO, dXX' ot Ka- 


som de medecin, mais 


physician, but they 


roos e^oi/res. 


ceux qui se portent 


that are sick. 




mal. 




13. IlvpcvQevTes de 


13. Mais allez, et 


13. But go ye an 


p-ddere TL fo-Tiv "E- 


apprenez ce que 


learn what that mean 


Xfov $eX<, Kal ov 


veulent dire ces pa- 


eth, I will have mer- 


Gixjiav " ov yap fj\- 


roles : Je veux mise- 


cy, and not sacrifice : 


fiov KaXecrai dixaiouj, 


ricorde, et non pas 


for I am not come to 


a\X' dpapTGoiXovs els 


sacrifice ; car je ne 


call the righteous, but 


licravoiav. 


suis pas venu pour 


sinners to repentance. 




appeler A. la repen- 






tance les justes, mais 






les pecheurs. 




14. ToVf Trpoo-e'p- 


14. Alors les disci- 


14. Then came to 


%ovrai avra> 01 /-ta$ji- 


ples de Jean vinrent 


him the disciples of 


rat 'Iwawov, \eyov- 


a lui, et lui dirent : 


John, saying, Why do 


TS' Atari fj/jLels Kal 


Pourquoi nous et les 


we and the Pharisees 


oi 3>apio~aioi vr)o~Tev- 


pharisiens jcunons- fast oft, but thy dis- 


ouev TroXXa, oi de 


nous souvent, et tes ciples fast not ? 


fJLadrjrai o~ov ov vrj' 


disciples ne jeunent 




(TTf VOV(TL ; 


point ? 




15. Kai ctircv av- 


15. Et Jesus leur re- 15. And Jesus said 


roT? 6 'lycrovs ' M^ 


pondit : Les gens de unto them, Can the 


dvvavrai oi viol rov 


la chambre du nou- children of the bride- 


iruu(pajvos TTfvdelv, 


veau marie peuvent- chamber mourn, as 


^)' ocrov p.er' 1 avrmv 
CO-TIV 6 wp.<pios ; 


ils s'affliger pendant long as the bride- 
que le nouveau ma- groom is with them ? 


cXevo-ovrai 3e ^/xe'pat 


rie est avec eux ? 


but the days will 


orav aTrapBrj arr av~ 


Mais les jours vien- 


come when the bride- 


rco v 6 WfJ.<f>tos, Kal 


dront que le nouveau 


groom shall be taken 


TOTf VT)OTV(TOVTIV. 


marie leur sera ote, 


from them, and then 




et c'est alors qu'ils 


shall they fast. 




jeuneront. 




16. Ovfels 8f ITTL- 


16. Aussi personne 


16. No man putteth 


jSaXXet fTrifi\r)p,a pa 


ne met une piece de 


a piece of new cloth 


<ovs dyvd(pov CTT 


drap neuf a un vieux 


unto an old garment : 


'/t-jrio) TraXatai ' a/pe 


habit ; car ce qui est 


for that which is put 






MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX, 



395 



GERMAN. 


SrANISH. 


LATIN. 


12- 2)a ta5 3ffu 


12. Mas oyendolo 


12. At Jesus au- 


fy&vcfN , fpiarfj ei jn \ty 


Jesus les dijo : no 


diens, ait illis : 


lieu : 2)ic tavf en bc- 


tienen los que estan 


Non usum habent 


tiiifcn teg 2Ir$tc6 niefot/ 


sanos necesidad de 


valentes medico, 


fontcni tic ftranfcn. 


medico, sino los que 


sed male haben- 




estan enfermos. 


tes. 


13. (Scfyet afrcr ()in, 


13. Id pues, y a- 


13. Euntes au- 


tint Icrnct, irag tatt 


prended lo que sig- 


tem discite quid 


fei) : 3d) t)abe 3Bot)U- 


nifica : Misericordia 


est, Misericordi- 


gcfaflcu an 25aimf?ci= 


quiero, y no sacrifi- 


am volo, et non 


giflfcit, nut iiicbt am 


cio, porque no he 


sacrificium. Non 


Opfcr. 3d) bin <icom-- 


venido a llamar los 


enim veni vocare 


mcn, tic ft'utcr gin 


justos sino los peca- 


justos, sed pecca- 


S3n|jc 311 infcn, nut 


dorcs a arrepentimi- 


tores ad pceniten- 


ntdjt tie giommen. 


ento. 


tiam. 


14. 3&f Famcn tic 


14. A esta sazon 


14. Tune ade- 


3ugcr Sofyannig gu 


vinieron a el los dis- 


unt eum discipuli 


ibm, nut fpracfab : 


cipulos de Juan di- 


Joannis, dicentes: 


'TBarum fallen iriv imt 


ciendole ^ porque 


Quare nos et Pha- 


tie spljarifder fo vicf, 


nosotros y los Phari- 


risaei jejunamus 


unt teinc 3&ngrt faflrti 


seos ayunamos con 


frequenter, disci- 


nid)t? 


frequencia, y tus dis- 


puli autcmtui non 




cipulos no ayunan ? 


jejunant ? 


15. 3cfw^ fprad) gn 


15. Y Jesus les di- 


15. Et ait illis 


il)ncn : ^Bie f6nncn 


jo <; pueden acaso los 


Jesus, Nunquid 


tie Jp)odr,citlcutc icit 


que estan de bodas 


possunt filii spon- 


tia^en, fo lan^e tcr 


andar afligidos mien- 


si lugere quam- 


25iautuum bei> i()ncn 


tras el esposo esta 


diu cum illis est 


i|l ? ($ n>iit abcv tic 


con ellos ? Mas vcn- 


sponsus ? Veni- 


gcit femmen, tag tcr 


dran (lias en <; 


ent autcm dies, 


SBrdntigam toon ifyncn 


esposo les sera (nn'ta- 


quinn auferetur 


Acnommcn wilt ; a(g- 


do ; y entonces ayu- 


ab eis sponsus, et 


tann ircvtcn fie fajkn. 


naran. 


tune jejunabunt. 


16. SKicmant flicfct 


16. Nadic echa re- 


16. Nemo au- 


ein alteg Klcit mit ct= 


miendo dc pafio re- 


tem injicit injec- 


ucin iawcn von neiiem 


cio en vestido viejo, 


tionem panni ru 


l iucl) ; tenn tcv iappc 


porque el tal rcmien- 


dis in vestimen 






396 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


yap TO TrXfjpaua av~ 


mis pour remplir, em- 


in to fill it up taketb 


TOV O.TTO TOV ipariov. 


porte de Phabit, et la 


from the garment, 


Kal xflpov a^io-pa 


dechirure en est plus 


and the rent is made 


yiveTai. 


grande. 


worse. 


17. OuSe jSaXXow- 


17. On ne met pas 


17. Neither do men 


>'tv olvov veov els 


non plus le vin nou- 


put new wine into old 


O.CTKOVS rraXaiovs ' el 


veau dans de vieux 


bottles : else the bot- 


de wye, pr'jyvvvTai 


vaisseaux; autrement 


tles break, and the 


ol do-Kol, Kal 6 olvos 


les vaisseaux se rom- 


wine runneth out, and 


e/c^arai, /cat 01 uavtol 


pent, et le vin se re- 


the bottles perish : but 


aTroXouzmu a\Xa 


pand, et les vaisseaux 


they put new wine 


(3d\\ovariv olvov veov 


perissent ; mais on 


into new bottles, and 


ety do~Kovs Kaivovs, 


met le vin nouveau 


both are preserved. 


Kal dfjLfpoTCpa o~vv- 


dans des vaisseaux 




TTjpovvTat. 


neufs, et 1'un et Pau- 






tre se conservent. 




18. TaCra avrov 


18. Comme il leur 


18. While he spake 


\a\ovvTos avToIsy 


disait ces choses, voi- 


these things unto 


i8ov, ap^fov e\Ou)V 


ci venir un seigneur 


them, behold, there 


TTpoo-eKvvei aurai, Xe- 


qui se prosterna de- 


came a certain ruler, 


yav "On t) dvydrr^p 


vant lui, en lui di- 


and worshipped him, 


(J.OV apn T\VTT)- 


sant : Ma fille est de- 


saying, My daughter 


(Tfv aXXd e'X^cbi/, 


ja morte ; mais viens, 


is even now dead : 


67T ides rfjv X ^P a rov 


et pose ta main sur 


but come and lay thy 


eV avrrjv, Kal ^<7e- 


elle, et elle vivra. 


hand upon her, and 


rat. 




she shall live. 


19. K;u cyepticls 6 


19. Et Jesus s'etant 


19. AndJesus arose, 


Ir)o~ovs f]Ko\ovdr)o~ev 


leve, le suivit avec 


and followed him, and 


avr&j, Kal ol fj,adrjTal 


ses disciples. 


so did his disciples. 


O.VTOV. 






20. Kai Idov, yvvrj 


20. Et, void, une 


20. (And behold, a 


aiuoppoovo-a ScoSe/ca 


femme travaillee 


woman, which was 


Trj, irpoo~f\6ovcra 


d'une perte de sang 


diseased with an issue 


o7Ti.o~dev, fj\lfaro TOV 


depuis douze ans, vint 


of blood twelve years, 


KpUO-TTfO'oV TOV faa- 


par derriere, et tou- 


came behind him, and 


TlOV aVTOV ' 


cha le bord de son 


touched the hem of 




vehement. 


his garment. 


21. *E\eyf yap Iv 


21. Car elle disait 


21. For she saJ 


favTy Eai* JJLOVOV 


en elle-meme : Si 


within herself, If I 


a^coaai roii f/iart'ou 


seulement je touche 


may but touch his 






MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX. 



397 



GERMAX. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


rctfit fcod) rcietev fcom 


do se lleva parte del 


turn vetus : aufert 


^(eifce, tint) t>ec SHift 


mismo vestido, y la 


enim plenitudi- 


roivt> argev 


rotura se hace peor. 


nem ejus a vesti- 






mento, et pejor 






scissura fit. 


17. 5DTau faflct and) 


17. Ni tampoco 


17. Neque mit- 


nid)t 5D?o]t in altc 


echan vino nuevo en 


tunt vinum no- 


d)laud>c ; anftcrtf tic 


odres viejos. De 


vum in utres ve- 


<>d)Uudx jcrrcijjcu, 


otra suerte se rom- 


teres : si autem 


uuft t>cv CDTojt iriv ft 


pen los odres y el 


minus, rumpun- 


twfcbuttct, HUD tie 


vino se derrama, y 


tur utres, et vi- 


d)laud)c f ommcii urn: 


se pierden los odres. 


num effluit, et 


fout>eni man fatfrt 


Mas echan el vino 


utres pereunt : 


Diojt in ueuc cMaus 


nuevo en odres nue- 


sed mittunt vi- 


dje, fo wcrftcu fie bcnftc 


vos, y asi se conser- 


num novum in li- 


mit einanftci- befjaltni. 


va lo uno y los otros. 


tres novos, et am- 






bo conservantur. 


18. >a ev fofcftc* mit 


18. Mientras el les 


18. Hsec illo lo 


ifyueu reftete, ficfye, fta 


estaba diciendo estas 


quente eis, ecce 


fam ftevObcvfleu ciucr, 


cosas he aqui vino 


princeps veniens, 


uut fief vcv ifym uie= 


un cierto hombre 


adorabat eum di- 


ter, uub fyrart) : ^evr, 


principal, y le adoro 


cens : Quod filia 


metue ^odjtev i]l jet 


diciendo : Sefior mi 


mea modo de- 


ge|lovl>eu; abcv fomnt/ 


hija acaba de morir, 


functa est : sed 


uu& lege tctue J^auD 


pero ven, pon tu ma- 


veniens impone 


auf fie fo nw-fc fie (e-- 


no sobre el la y vivi- 


manum tuam su- 


beutJA* 


ra. 


per earn et vivet. 


19. Hut 3efus jlaut 


19. Y levantandose 


19. Et surgens 


auf, tin ft folgte il}m 


Jesus le fue siguien- 


Jesus sequebatur 


nad), uuft feme 3uu^er. 


do con sus discipu- 


eum, et discipuli 




los. 


ejus. 


20. Unft fielje, ein 


20. Y he aqui una 


20. Et ecce mu- 


3Beib, fta^ jn>6(f 3fvi^-- 


muger quo hacia 


lier sanguiflua 


rc fteu s ^5Iutc\anc; ,qe- 


doce afios que pade- 


duodecim annis, 


l)abt, trat von (tttfrn 


cia un flujo de san- 


accedens retro, 


t\i, uuft vufjvctc feiiiet? 


gre, llegandose por 


tetigit fimbriara 


Xlcitc^ aum an. 


detras le toco la orla 


vestimenti ejus. 




de su vestido. 




21. 2)en fie fpracfe 


21. Porque decia 


21. Dicebat e- 


bep fid) fclbjt : 50?6d)te 


ella entre si : si yo 


nim in seipsa : 


jcfe nuv feiu 5vlev> a- 


puedo tocar tan sola- 


Si tantum tetige- 


84 



ict) nuv |( 



398 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX. 



avrou, 



22. O 



23. Kal e'X0a>i> 6 

'irjO-OVS flS TT)V OIKL- 

av TOV ap-^ovroSy Kal 
lda)i> TOVS av\r)Tas, 
Kal TOV ox\oi> 6opv- 



24. Ae'yet avroTy 



son vetement, je se- 
rai guerie. 

22. Et Jesus s'etant 
retourne, et la regar- 
avTrjv, fine Qdpa-ft ' dant, lui dit : Aie bon 
QvyaTfp 7) nio-TLs ^courage, ma fille ! ta 
o-ou <rcVa>K/ o-e. Kal foi t'a sauvee. Et 
eo-<adrj fj ywf) OTTO dans ce moment la 
TTJS &pas fKtivTjs. femme fut guerie. 



23. Or quand Jesus 
fut arrive a la maison 
de ce seigneur, et 
qu'il eut vu les joueurs 
d'instrumens, et une 
troupe de gens qui 
faisait un grand bruit, 

24. il leur dit : Re- 
tirez-vous, car la 
jeune fille n'est pas 
morte, mais elle dort ; 
et ils se moquaient de 
lui. 

25. Apres done 
qu'on eut fait sortir 
toute cette troupe, il 
entra, et prit la main 
de la jeune fille, et 
elle se leva. 

26. Et le bruit s'en 
re pandit par tout ce 
pays-la. 

27. Et comme Je- 
sus passait plus loin, 
deux aveugles le sui- 
virent, en criant et 
disant : Fils de David, 



dneO^ve TO Kopdaiov, 
dXXa KaOfvSei. Kal 
KareyeXcoi/ avTOv. 

25. "Ore 8^ e'e- 
r)0r) 6 ox\os, clo~- 

<paTrjo-e TTJS 
ibs avTrjs, Kal 
rjyepdr) TO Kopdo-iov. 

26. Kal ej 

TTJV y^v 



27. Kal TrapdyovTi 
'xfidev r< 'irjo-ov, 



dvo 

re?, /cal Xe'-yoire? 
T)p.a.Sy vie 



garment, I shall be 
whole. 

22. But Jesus turned 
him about ; and when 
he saw her, he said, 
Daughter, be of good 
comfort : thy faith 
Viath made thee 
whole. And the wo- 
man was made whole 
from that hour.) 

23. And when Jesus 
came into the ruler's 
house, and saw the 
minstrels and the peo- 
ple making a noise, 



24. He said untc 
them, Give place : fea* 
the maid is not dead, 
but sleepeth. And 
they laughed him to 
scorn. 

25. But when the 
people were put forth, 
he went in, and took 
her by the hand, and 
the maid arose. 

26. And the fame 
hereof went abroad 
into all that land. 

27. And when Jesus 
departed thence, two 
blind men followed 
him, crying, and say- 
ing, Thou son of Da- 






aie p'tie de nous ! I vid, have mercy on 



us. 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER IX. 



399 



GEUMAV. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


rufjrcti, fo rnivDc id) 


mcnte su vestido, 


ro vestimentum 


grfiuti. 


sere sana. 


ejus, servabor. 


li\i itMnDte fidi 


22. Y volviendcsc 


22. At Jesus 


3cfii 11111, HUD fat) fie, 


Jesus y viendola la 


conversus, et vi- 


tuiD fpvad) : a? a,c; 


dijo ; ten confianza 


dens earn, dixit : 


Croft mnue Secbtor, 


hija, tu fe te ha sal- 


Confide filia, fides 


Dem (Blaube bat Dtr CK= 


vado. Y quedo la 


tua servavit tc. 


fyolfcu. UHD Dag 30Bcib 


muger sana desde 


Et sei*vata est 


roavD arfuuD ju DcrfcU 


aquella hora. 


mulier ab hora 


bigcu CUHDC. 




ilia. 


23. UnD a(g cr in Dcg 


23. Ycuandollego 


23. Et veniens 


Obcrfh'u Jfpau* him, 


Jesus a casa de aquel 


Jesus in domum 


tuiD fat) Me sp fr if ci- 
int D Dag ecummd Dfg 


hombre principal, y 
vio los tar.edores de 


Principis, et vi- 
dens tibicines et 


^elfg, 


flautas y a la gente 


turbam tumultu- 




que hacian ruido. 


antem, 


24. pvacft cr ju 


24. Dijoles : Reti- 


24. Dicit illis : 


ihliril : 333cifbct, DCllll 


raos, pues la mucha- 


Recedite : non 


Das 937v\4t>lciu i|t nirbt 


cha no esta muerta 


enim mortua est 


tcDt, font cvu eg fcblAfc. 


sino que duerme. Y 


puella, sed dor- 


IthD ftc vcrlacljCfii il}ii. 


hacian buria de c-1. 


mit. Et deride* 






bant cum. 


25. Tttg abcr Dag 


25. Y echada que 


J.~>. Quum vero 


SBLMPaiit'vKtncbcinrar, 


fue la gente fuera, 


ejectaessetturba, 


.Aiiia cv t)iuciu, unD cr- 


entro : y la tomo de 


ingressus apprc- 


aviff fie bci> Dcv JipanD ; 


la mano, y la mucha- 


hendit rnanmn 


Da |huiD Dag 9}?&gDUill 


cha se levanto. 


ejus, et surrcxil 


fttlf. 




puella. 


26. UuD Dicg (grrftfbt 


26. Y corrio la fa- 


26. Et txiit fa- 


cviVboli in Da|fclbu)c 


ma de esto por toda 


ma hoec 'n uni- 


c\aiqc JanD. 


aquella ticrra. 


versam terrain 






illam. 


27. UuD Da^cfug l>ou 


27. Y cuando par- 


27. E> trans. - 


Daiuit'ii wciccr .aiu^, 


tio Jesus de aquel 


unte inde 


foUtcu i 17111 v rcf|1 


lugar le siguieron 


sequuti sunt cum 


^luiDc uad>, Die fdn'ic: 


dos ciegos gritando 


duo creci, cla- 


cu mi D (vracbcu : % ^d) 


y diciendo : Hijo de 


inantcs, ct dicon- 


Du @ohu SaviDg, cv-' 


David t<-n miscricor- 


ere no- 


barmc Didi mif<r ! 


dia ;!' 


stri fili David. 



400 



MATTHEW, CHAPTEK IX. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


28. 'EX$6Vrt Se 


28. Et quand il fut 


28. And when he 


fls rj)i> olnLav, TTpocr- 


arrive dans la maison, 


was come into the 


rfkQov avr<3 ol TV- 


ces aveugles vinrent 


house, the blind men 


0Xol, Kal Xeyet au- 


a lui, et il leur dit : 


came to him : and Je- 


roiff 6 'looms' Hi- 


Croyez-vous que je 


sus saith unto them, 


o~TcvT ort dvva.fj.at 


puisse faire ce que 


Believe ye that I am 


TOVTO Troiijcrai ; Ae- 


vous me demandez ? 


able to do this ? They 


youo-iy avra>, Nat 


Us lui repondirent : 


said unto him, Yea, 


Kupte. 


Oui, vraiment, Sei- 


Lord. 




gneur. 




29. Tore q^aro 


29. Alors il toucha 


29. Then touched 


raw 6(pda\p>v av- 


leurs yeux, en disant : 


he their eyes, saying, 


rc5v, Xeyaw Kara 


Qu'il vous soit fait 


According to your 


i^martt^/iw* ye- 


selon votre foi. 


faith be it unto you. 


30. Kal az/ew^^j/- 


30. Et leurs yeux 


30. And their eyes 


(TCLV QVTOOy Ot O(DuClA~ 


furent ouverts ; et Je- 


were opened ; and 


/zot Kal eW/Spi/iiiJ- 


sus leur defendit avec 


Jesus straitly charged 


craro avrols 6 '177- 


menaces, disant : Pre- 


them, saying, See 


Tous', Xeya)^ Opare 


nez garde que per- 


that no man know it. 


UJySels yiva)o-KT(o. 


sonne ne le sache. 




31. Ot Se ee\66v- 


31. Mais eux etant 


31. But they, when 


Tfs di(pr)iJLio-av avTov 


partis, repandirent sa 


they were departed, 


9 f/N " ^ 1 / 


renommee dans tout 


spread abroad his 




ce pays-la. 


fame in all that coun- 






try. 


32. Aura>i> 5e e'^- 


32. Et comme ils 


32. As they went 


fpXop.eva>v, t5ou, 


sortaient, voici, on lui 


out, behold, they 


7rpoo~r)i>eyKav aura) 


presenta un homme 


brought to him a 


avdpaiTTOv KciXpbv Sat- 


muet et demoniaque. 


dumb man possessed 


(JLOVi^OfJLfVOV ' 




with a devil. 


33. Kal e K >B\r)6ev- 


33. Et quand le de- 


33. And when the 


TOS TOV daifJLOVLOV, 


mon eut ete chasse 


devil was cast out, 


f\d\r]o~fv 6 Ko)(p6s ' 


dehors, le muet par- 


the dumb spake : and 


/cat 6av[j.ao~av ol 


la ; et les troupes s'en 


the multitudes mar- 


9^X01, Xeyoires ^Ort 


e tonne rent, en disant : 


velled, saying, It was 


ouSeTrore c(pdvr) ov- 


II ne s'est jamais rien 


never so seen in Is- 


T<OS fv ra> 'lo-pa^X. 


vu de semblable en 


rael. 




Israel. 




34 Oi 5e ^apt- 


34. Mais les phari- 


34. But the Phari- 



40! 






GE3M \y. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


28. tint ta er fycim 


28. Y llegado a la 


28. Venienti au- 


fam, trateu Me 2Min= 


casa los ciegos vinie- tern in domum, 


ten 311 if)m. lint 3 fs 


ron a el. Y Jesus accesserunt ad 


fug fpracb ju ityuen : 


les dijo ^ Creeis que eum casci. Et 


Glauber ifyr, tafe irb 


puedo hacer esto ? dicit eis Jesus : 


curb fotfbft? tbnn Fa nn ? 


Ellos digeron Si, Creditisquod pos- 


5\i fpracbfn fie. 3 it itym: 


Sefior. 


sum hoc facere ? 


fiT, ja. 




Dicunt ei : Uti- 






que Domine. 


29. anif}reteer ifyrc 


29. Entonces les 


29. Tune tcti- 


2lu>uu an, nut fpracb : 


toco los ojos dicien- 


git oculos eorum, 


(Fiut) oKfd)ct)e nacf) en- 


do : Segun vuestra 


dicens : Secun- 


r fin <l an ben. 


fe asi os sea hecho. 


dum fidem ve- 






stram fiat vobis. 


30. Unt if)re TIiMcn 


30. Y fueron abier- 


30. Et aperti 


irurtcn iKfcffuct. lint 


tos sus ojos, y Jesus 


sunt eorum oculi: 


3n" U!? bftrobctc ftf/ 


les encargo estrecha- 


etcomminatusest 


unt' fpvacrj : ehet jn, 


mente diciendo : mi- 


illis Jesus, di- 


&afjcs niemaiiD crfa^rc. 


rad que nadie lo se- 


cens : Videte ne 




pa. 


quis sciat : 


31. Tiber f(c ^iiifirii 


31. Mas habiendo 


31. Illi autem 


am", nuD macbten ityn 


ellos salido de alii 


exeuntes diffama- 


niclnbai* in tcmfclbijcn 


divulgaron su fa ma 


verunt eum in 


f^anjen Saute. 


por toda aquella ti- 


tota terra ilia. 




erra. 




32. T*a nun tiefe wa= 


32. Y al salir ellos, 


32. Illis aulem 


ten l)inaug ^cr'cmmcn, 


he aqui le trajcron 


egressis, ecce ob- 


ficbe, ta braduen fie ^u 


un hombre mudo po- 


tulerunt ei homi- 


il)in final 90?fnfclfn, 


seido del demonio. 


nem mutum dae- 


ta- war |himm nut be- 


' 


moniacum. 


fi'lKii. 






3'J. Unt ta ter ^ten-- 


3'}. V lanxado fue- 


33. Et ejr>o,to 


fcl war an^ftrifbrn, 


ra el demonio el mu- 


Gosmonio, locutus 


retete ter tuiniiu 1 . 


do hablo, y las gen- 


cst mutus, et mi- 


lint ta$ ^olf ini'wniu 


tes maravilladas de- 


ratae sunt turhsc, 


tcrte ftfb, nnt fprarb : 


cfan : nunca se vio 


dicentes, Nun- 


Dlct^e^ iji nod) me in 


tal cosa en Israel. 


quaui apparuitsic 


3l"i*ael erfeljcn wortcn. 




in Israel. 


31. Tiber tie ^pfyari- 


31. Mr) IK Phari- 


31. Pharisaeiau- 


34* 



402 



MATTHEW, CHAPTERS IX., X. 



raio; 

~ i 



TO> apxovri Tu>v dai- 
eK/3dXXei ra 



35. Kai 

6 'irjcrovs Tas TroXecs 
irdvas Kai ray Kco/zay, 
fv Tats o~v- 



auri> Ka 



vayayats 

Kr)pva-(ra>v TO evayys- 

\ioi> 



Kai oepaTrevtois iracrav 
voaov Kai naa-av pa- 
\aKiav ev ra> Xa<3. 



36. 'l8a>z> de TOVS 
o^Xovy, ecnrXayxvi- 
(rdrj Ttepl avrcoi/, ort 
rjcrav eK\f\v/jievoL Kai 
fppLfj.fj.evoi 6)O"ei Trpo- 
/Sara pr) e^ovra TTOI- 
/ueVa. 

37. Tore Xeyf i roTy 
p,adr}Tals avTOv 'O 
fiev 6fpi(rfj.bs TroXuf, 
ct 8e epydrat oXiyoi 



38. Aff)6r]T ovv 

TOV KVpLOV TOV 6e- 



\rj epydras eiy roi/ 
avrov. 



1 . Kai 7T/)O(TKaXe- 
(rdfAfvos TOVS ScoSe- 
Ka uadnTas auroC, 



Tiav Kara TTi'eu/xarcof 



FRENCH. 

siens disaient : II 
chasse les demons 
par le prince des de- 
mons. 

35. Or Jesus allait 
dans toutes les villes 
et dans les bourgades, 
enseignant dans leurs 
synagogues, et pre- 
chant 1'evangile du 
royaume, et gueris- 
sant toutes sortes de 
maladies, et toutes 
sortes d'infirmites 
parmi le peuple. 

36. Et voyant les 
troupes, il en fut emu 
de compassion, parce 
qu'ils etaient disper- 
ses et errans comme 
des brebis qui n'ont 
point de pasteur. 

37. Et il dit a ses 

disciples : Certes la 
moisson est grande, 
mais il y a peu d'ou- 
vriers. 

38. Priez done le 
seigneur de la mois- 
son, qu'il envoie des 
ouvriers en sa mois- 
son. 

1. Alors Jesus a- 
yant appele ses douze 
disciples, leur donna 
puissance sur les 
esprits immondes 
pour les '.hasser hors 



ENGLISH. 



sees said, He casteth 
out devils, through 
the prince of the 
devils. 

35. And Jesus went 
about all the citie^ 
and villages, teaching 
in their synagogue? 
and preaching tto 
gospel of the king 
dom, and healing ev 
ery sickness, and ev- 
ery disease among 
the people. 

36. But when he saw 
the multitudes, he was 
moved with compas- 
sion on them, because 
they fainted, and were 
scattered abroad, as 
sheep having no shep- 
herd. 

37. Then saith he 
unto his disciples, 
The harvest truly is 
plenteous, but the la- 
borers are few. 



38. Pray ye there 
fore the Lord of the 
harvest, that he will 
send forth laborers 
into his harvest. 

1. And when he had 
called unto him his 
twelve disciples, he 
gave them power 
against unclean spir- 
its, to cast them out, 






MATTHEW, CHAPTERS IX., X. 



GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


facr fpradKii : r trcb 


seos decian : por me- 


temdicebant: In 


bet Me nt fc Uns Mir d) 


dio del principe de 


principe daemoni- 


IHT Sciifcl Obcvftcn. 


los demonios echa 


orum ejicit da3- 




fuera los demonios. 


mones. 


35. UnD 3cfu$ Aina, 


35. Y Jesus iba re- 


35. Et circumi 


umfyer in allc tdfrtc 


corriendo todas- las 


bat Jesus civitates 


imt> 0?uU'ftc, (cfyrctc in 


ciudades y villas cn- 


omnes, et castel- 


ibrcu dnilcn, mit> 


senando en sus sina- 


la, docens in sy 


prcMfltc t>at> Svanacli-- 


gogas y predicando 


nagogis eorum, el 


um von tcm Hetd), 


el Evangelio del rey- 


pradicans euan- 


unt fycifctc adcvlci; 


no, curando toda en- 


gelium regni, et 


citcfcc/ nut) allcrlci; 


fermedad y toda do- 


curans omnem 


ftraur'fyeit im 33o[F. 


lencia en el pueblo. 


languorem, et 






omnem infirm ita- 







tern in populo. 


36. tint) fca cr fcas 


36. Y al ver aque- 


36. Videns au- 


SBctf fat), jammertc it)n 


llas gentes tuvo com- 


tem turbas, mi- 


fcctfclbi^cu ; t>cnn fie 


pasion de ellas, por- 


sertus est de eis, 


wareu i>crfd)inad)tct 


que estaban abatidas 


quia erant vexati, 


in^ jcr|^rcuct, irie t>ic 


y desparramadas co- 


et dispersi sicut 


djafe, ^ic fciucu $iv-> 


mo ovejas sin pastor. 


oves non haben- 


ten Kxbcu. 




tes pastorem. 


37. Xa fprad) er ju 


37. Entonces dijo 


37. Tune dicit 


fciucu 3un ( Acni : 3)ic 


a sus discfpulos : 


discipulis suis : 


Crnte i|t grcfj, aber 


Verdaderamente la 


Messis quidem 


wcni^e fiut bcr 2d'bci-- 


mies es copiosa ; 


inulta, operarii 


tcr. 


mas los trabajadores 


autem pauci. 




son pocos. 




38. 2)anun bittct ten 


38. Rogad pues al 


38. Supplicate 


J^cmi ^cl Snitc, ta^ 


Sefior que cnvic tra- 


ergo domino mes- 


cr TJrbcitcr in fcinc 


bajadores a su mics. 


sis, ut emittat o- 


Srntc fci^c. 




pcrarios in mes- 






sem suain. 


1. ltnt> cr rtcf fcinc 


1. Entonces lla- 


1. Et advocans 


|w6(f 3umer 511 fid), 


mando a si sus doce 


duodecini disci- 


uiiD ^ab it)iicn s D7ad)t 


discipulos les dio po- 


pulos suos, dedit 


uber t'tcitnfanbcni (Sets 


testad sobre los espi- 


illis potestatem 


IUT, rat; jic ^icff(bcn 


ritus inmundos j>ar:i 


spirituum iminun- 


aiL'tncbi'ii, inir hciU'-- lau/arlos i ;- <!<iru:ii. ul cjicere 



auvcvici^ 



40 1 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER X. 



GREEK. 


FRENCH.' 


ENGLISH. 


(3aXX fiv aura, /cat 


des possedes, et pour 


and to heal all man- 


tiepcnreveiv iratrM v6- guerir toutes sortes 


ner of sickness, and 


o-ov /cut irdorav paXa- de maladies, et toutes 


all manner of disease. 


Kiav. 


sortes d'infirmites. 




2. T<3t> de a>Se/ca 


2. Et ce sont ici les 


2. Now the names 


aTToa-rdXa)!/ ra ov6- noms des douze apo- 


of the twelve apostles 


p,ara eVrt raura ties : Le premier 


are these : The first, 


Trpcoro?, Stpcov 6 Xe- est Simon, nomme 


Simon, who is called 


yo^ei/or IleYpoff, /cat Pierre, et Andre, son 


Peter, and Andrew, 


'Ai/fipe'aff 6 ddeXtpbs frere ; Jacques, fils 


his brother ; James 


avrou 'la/cco/Sos- 6 de Zebedee, et Jean, 


the son of Zebedee, 


rou Zf/SeSaiou, /cat 


son frere ; 


and John his brother ; 


*Ia>aW?7S 6 dSeXcpos 1 






avroO 






3. "fuXlTTTTOS 1 , /Cat 


3 "Philippe et Bar- 


3. Philip, and Bar- 


BapPoXopatoy co- 


thelemi ; Thomas, et 


tholomew ; Thomas, 


pa?, /cat Mar^.uos 6 


Matthieu, le peager ; 


and Matthew the pub- 


re\d)VTjs 'la/ca>/3oy 6 


Jacques, fils d'Al- 


lican ; James the son 


TOV 'AAcpatou, /cat 


phee, et Lebbee, sur- 


of Alpheus, and Leb- 


Ae/3/3atoy 6 eVt/cXq- 


nornme Thaddee ; 


beus, whose surname 


^eis Oaddatof 




was Thaddeus ; 


4. St'/iou/ 6 Kai/a- 


4. Simon Canane- 


4. Simon the Cana- 


i/trT/ff, /cat 'louSas 6 


en, et Judas Iscariot, 


anite, and Judas Is- 


Icr/captcor/ys", 6 /cat 


qui meme le trahit. 


cariot, who also be- 


Trapadovs avrov. 




trayed him. 


5. Tourouy rouy Sa>- 


5. Jesus envoya ces 


5. These twelve Je- 


Sf/ca aTreWetXei/ 6 douze, et leur com- 


sus sent forth, and 


I^crovs 1 , Trapayyfi'Xa? 


manda, en disant : 


commanded them, 


auror?, Xe'ycoi/ Eiy 


N'allez point vers les 


saying, Go not into 


6oy fdv&v p.r) drreX- 


Gentils, et n'entrez 


the way of the Gen- 


0f)T) KOI CIS 7TO\IV 


point dans aucune 


tiles, and into any 


Sa/zapetrcoj/ p.^ et<r- 


ville des Samaritains ; 


city of the Samari- 


X#r?re 




tans enter ye not. 


6. Hopeveo-de 8e 


6. mais plutot allez 


6. But go rather to 


p,aXXoi> vrpos ra TTpd- 


vers les JDrebis per- 


the lost sheep of the 


|3ara ra drroX a>Xdra 


dues de la maison 


house of Israel. 


o?/<ou 'icrpr.^X. 


d'Israel. 




7. Ilopei ofJLCVOi $e 


7. Et quand vous 


7. And as ye go, 


Krjpia-a-fTf Aevoires' serez partis, prichez, 


preach, saying, The 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER X. 



405 






GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


LATIN. 


ten allcvfcr; citctjc, 


rar toda enfermedad 


eos, et curare 


unb alici'lci; Svvaufyeit. 


y toda dolencia. 


omnem languo- 






rem, et omnem 






infirmitatem. 


2. SDie DTamcu aba- 


2. Y los nombres 


2. Duodecim au- 


ter jrcMf 2tyO|W ftllfc 


de los doce Aposto- 


tem Apostolorum 


Dtcfc: 2>a- cvjlc @i-- 


les son estos : el pri- 


nomina sunt haec : 


moji, gcuauut spetru* ; 


mero Simon llamado 


Primus, Simon 


iwt> Zlufcrcag, fciu 8ni= 


Pedro y Andres su 


dictus Petrus, et 


fccr ; 3afobu$, 3cbc; 


hermano, Jacobo hijo 


Andreas frater 


fcdi ofyn ; wtt> 3o-' 


de Zebedeo, y Juan 


ejus, Jacobus Ze- 


fyamic, fciu 95nt&cr ; 


su hermano. 


bedcei, et Joannes 






frater ejus. 


3. spf)i(ippu ; uu& 


3. Felipe y Barto- 


3. Philippus et 


25avtfyo(omau ; Stye-- 


lome : Tom as y Mu- 


Bartholomoeus : 


mat? ; mrt 2D?attbau, 


theo el pnblicano : 


Thomas et Mat- 


fcev 3^^fi*; 3*fobug, 


Jacobo hijo de Alfeo, 


tha3uspublicanus: 


ZKpftai ot}ii; Mbfc 


y Lebeo por sobre 


Jacobus Alphsei, 


u^, mit tern 3^cu 


nonibre Thadeo. 


et Lebba?us cog- 


t^bdiU ; 




nominatus Thad- 






daeus : 


4. tmoji l>cu aua; 


4. Simon el Cana- 


4. Simon Cha- 


mit> 3>uta^ 3fcl)ariott), 


neo, y Judas Iscari- 


nanitcs, et Judas 


wclcfccv tl}u vcrvtctt). 


otes el mismo quo le 


Iscariotcs, qui et 




entrego. 


tradens eum. 


5. 2)icfc }tt^ffan^tc 


5. Estos doce envio 


5. Hos duode- 


3cfu, gcbot illicit uub 


Jesus y les mandu 


cim legavit Jesus, 


(pvacb : (ct?ct utcfct 


diciendo : no andeis 


denuncians eis, 


auf rci- cifceu tvajjc , 


por camino de Gen- 


dicens : In viam 


uiiD jtc^ct nid)t tit m- 


tiles ni entreis en ci- 


gentium ne abie- 


Oamavitcc tAttc; 


udad alguna de los 


ritis, et in civita- 




Samaritanos. 


tem Samaritano- 






rum me intrave- 






ritis. 


6. ci^cru .AC^ct l^iu 


6. Mas id antes a 


6. Ite autem ma- 


jutcn tocvlovucii char 


las ovejas perdidas 


gis ad oves perdi- 


feu au^ tern J^aufe %\-- 


de la casa de Israel : 


tas domus Israel. 


tad. 






7. (^cl;ct abcv wit* 


7. Id, y predicad 


7. Euntcs an- 


pvm.vKt, nut) fprccl)ct : 


diciendo : el n-ynu 


te mp rood icate,di- 



406 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER 



GREEK. 


FRENCH. 


ENGLISH. 


"On fjyyiKf*- -7 /3uw 


en disant : Le roy- 


khgdcm of heaven 


Xei'a ran/ oiif.ava>v. 


aume des cieux est 


is at hand. 




proche. 




8. 'Ao-tfei/oCz/ras $e- 


8. Guerissez les ma- 


8. Heal the sick, 


paTreuere, Xe7rp}i>? 


lades, rendez nets les 


cleanse the lepers, 


Ka$apt'Vre, vpovs 


lepreux, ressuscitez 


raise the dead, cast 


eyei'pere, daip.6via 


les moils, chassez les 


out devils : freely ye 


e/c/3aXXere Scopeai/ 


demons hors des pos- 


have received, freely 


e'Xd/3eTe, dapeav So- 


sedes ; vous 1'avez re- 


give. 


re. 


^u gratuitement, don- 






nez-le gratuitement. 




9. Mi) KTr](rr)(r6e 


9. Ne faites provi- 


9. Provide neither 


\pva~bv, /tTySe cipyv- 


sion ni d'or, ni d'ar- 


gold, nor silver, nor 


poi/, /ti^Se ^aX/cov ety 


gent, ni de monnaie 


brass, in your purses ; 


Tas Cctivtis u/xcoi/ * 


dans vos ceintures ; 




10. Mi) Trrjpav els 


10. ni de sac pour 


10. Nor scrip for 


6Soi/, /i?;Se Syo xtrai- 


le voyage, ni de deux 


your journey, neither 


l/ay, /MfjSe uTroSq/xara, 


robes, ni de souliers, 


two coats, neither 


^Se pdfidovs agios 


ni de baton ; car Pou- 


shoes, nor yet staves : 


yap 6 epydrrjs rrjs 


vrier est digne de sa 


for the workman is 


Tpo<prjs aiirov tvrtv; 


nourriture. 


worthy of his meat. 


11. E?s ^ 6 1 av 


11. Et dans quelque 


11. And into what- 


TrdXlI/ jj KOijJ-rjV fl(T\- 


ville ou bourgade que 


soever city or town 


6r]Te, eerdo-are rt's 1 


vous entriez, infor- 


ye shall enter, inquire 


ev avTrj agios ecrn 


mez-vous qui y est 


who in it is worthy ; 


Aca^ei /zeiVare eco? a 


digne de vous loger ; 


and there abide till 


4^eX^^re. 


et demeurez chez lui 


ye go thence. 




jusqu'a ce que vous 






partiez de la. 


. 


12. Ettrep^o/ifi/oi 


12. Et quand vous 


12. And when ye 


oe ets r^y oiKiav, 


entrerezdans quelque 


come into an house 


do-Trdaao-Oe avriyi/. 


maison, saluez-la. 


salute it. 


13. Kai eai/ ^icy t ^ 


13. Et g?. cette mai- 


13. And if the house 


17 oiKt'a a^i'a, eXdera) 


son en esf digne, que 


be worthy, let your 


jy elpfjvr) vp.a)v en-' 


votre paix vienne sur 


peace come upon it : 


avrrjv ' tav de /j.rj ij 


elle ; mais si elle n'en 


but if it be not wor- 


d^i'a, 77 flprjvr) vfj.au> 


est pas digne, que vo- 


thy, let your peace 


Trpoy v/ias friarpa- 


tre paix retour~!3 a 


return Jo you. 


ff)f}T<0. 


vo': >. 





: 



MATTHEW, CHAPTER X. 



407 



GEK.MAX. 


SPANISH. 


LATIX. 


3)aS J^iinmefreid) ijt 


de los cielos esta cer- 


centes : Quia ap- 


uatye fyevbei; gcr'ommeu. 


ca. 


propinqnavit reg- 






num caelorum. 


8. 9D?ad)ec tie ftraiu 


8. Curad enfermos, 


8. Infirmos cu- 


feu >ufmit, veinia.et tie 


limpiad leprosos. re- 


rate, leprosos 


2lusfagia.eii, rcerfet tic 


sucitad muertos, lan- 


mundate, mortu- 


"Jotton anf, trcibrt tie 


zad demonios : de 


os suscitate dae 


Seufel an. It info lift 


valde recibisteis, dad 


mones ejicite : 


babt it)r t empfan.Acn, 


de valde. 


gratis accepistis, 


umfcujt gcbt eS and). 




gratis date. 


9. 3(;r fodt uiet)t 


9. No lleveis oro ni 


9. Ne possideatis 


(^o(t, nod) ilber, 


plata ni cobre en vu- 


aurum, neque ar- 


nod) rj in enreu CSnr- 


estras bolsas. 


gentum, neque ses 


teln fyaben ; 




in zonis vestris : 


10. 2lnd) feine Safebe 


10. Ni alforja para 


10. Non peram 


jnr 3ea,fat?rt, and) 


el camino, ni dos tu- 


in viam, neque 


uiebt $n?eeu SHorfe, r'ctnc 


nicas, ni zapatos, ni 


duas tunicas, ne- 


C-^dMiljc, and) feiurn 


baston ; porque el 


que calceamenta, 


terfeu. 2)eun eiu trabajador,* digno es 


neque virgam : 


2lr beuer i|t feinev 


de su alimento : 


dignus enim ope- 


pcifc trertl;. 




rarius alimento 






suo est. 


1 1. IBo ihr aber in 


11. Mas en cual- 


11. In quam- 


eine (?tatt oter ^XJiavr't 


quieraciudad 6 aldca 


cunque autcm ei- 


^ebft, ta ttfunDigft 


donde cntrareis, in- 


vitatem aut ca- 


end), ob j email t tanu^ 


t'nrniaos (! (juicn hav 


stellum Lntravcri- 


ncn fep, tcr et' ircrtb 
iff ; nut bei> tcinfclbcu 


en clla, (jiic sea dig- 
no ; y monu! alii 


qnis in e;i dignus 


bleiber, bis iljv x>on 


hasta que salguis. 


sit : et ibi manete 


tannen ^icbet. 




donee exeat is. 


1-J. HBo il)r aber in 


12. % Y al cntrar en 


1'2. Intran 


ein J^aus .ae^et, fo a.riV 


la casa saludadla. 


tcin in domum, 


ijfrlbigf. 




salutatc cam. 


Di. Uut fo es taijY(- 


13. Y si la casa fu- 


l.S. Et si qtii- 


bi>\e Jp.iiiS irertl) ifl, 


ere digna, v 


demfueritdomus, 


iriit euer grietc anf 


pa/ vrtnlr.'i sohre 


digna, ini^redia- 


jic t'Oinnu'U. 3l^ e<? olla, mas si no lucre tur pax vcstra su- 


al\ % r nidit irevtl), fo digna vucstra j>a/ sc \tr\- cam : si au- 


wirt |id) ener griete volvcrA ;'. tcinnonfueritdig- 


meter jn end) roeuteu. 




na, pax vestra ad 


1 


vos convertatur. 



' v ) 



ADVERTISEMENT 



THE INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



The following pages, prepared for the convenience of the mer- 
chant, the man of business, and the mechanic, may not be 
deemed altogether unimportant by the scholar or learned ama- 
teur, as a book of etymological reference. 

Every one must have observed the unusual emigration to our 
shores of Germans, Spaniards and French. Coming into daily 
intercourse with these foreigners, the merchant, more especially, 
will find this little work vastly beneficial to him; and will regard 
it as an indispensable auxiliary in the transaction of business. 
The more recent discoveries of gold have induced an extraordi- 
nary influx of the inhabitants of all nations, more especially of 
Spain, France and Germany; and it is strange that no attempt 
has hitherto been made to produce a work of this kind, the im- 
mense benefit of which must be perceived by the most casual 
observer. 

The compiler did not deem it necessary to include all the words 
in these languages, as, in many instances, after the primitive 
radical is given, it would be a superlative waste of space to add 
the derivations which follow according to fixed rules, and are, 
consequently, obvious to every one. 

Hoping that these few pages will serve to fill a void hitherto 
seriously felt in the commercial and literary world, the compiler 
offers them to a generous public, trusting that they will be re- 
ceived with the same spirit of kindness which has guided the 
writer in the compilation of the work, and which has ever been 
the characteristic of the American people. 



INTERNATIONAL 



COMMERCIAL DICTIONARY, 



tfet frituipl aut> gaiiai Moris 



ENGLISH, GERMAN, SPANISH AND FRENCH 
LANGUAGES, 

WITH MAXT OF THEIR DIRTVATTVKS, 

MUTUALLY TRANSLATED INTO EACH OTHER. 

COMPILE) FROM BTAXDARD AUTHORS, 

BY B. S. BARRETT. 



BUFFALO: 

E. R. JEW LIT 4 CO., BTEEEOTTPERS, 161 MAIN ST. 
35 



EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS 

USED IN THE DICTIONARY. 



. substantive. 
v. verb. 
adj. adjective. 
adv. adverb. 
prep, preposition, 
cow/, conjunction. 



int. interjection, 
m. masculine, 
/. feminine. 
n. neuter. 
m.f. masculine or 
feminine. 



Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1857, 

BT B. S. BARRETT, 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States, for the Northern District 
of New York. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



ABA. 

Abaft, 
Abandon, 



Abasement, 

Abash, 

Abate, 

Abatement, 

Abbey, 

Abbreviate, 

Abbreviation, 

Abbre viator, 

Abdicate, 

Abdication, 

Abdomen, 

Abduct, 

Aberration, 

Abet, (assist,) 

Abettor, 

Abhor, 

Abhorrence, 

Abhorrent, 

Abhorrer, 

Abid, 

Abiding place, 

Ability, 

Abject, 

Abjection, 

Abjure, 

Abjuration, 

Ablation, 

Able, 

Able-bodied, 

Ablution, 

Aboard, 

Abo 

Abolish, 

Abolition, 



GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 

Nach dem hint- En popa, De la proue. 

ertheile, 

Verlassen, Abandonar, Abandonner. 

Niederlassen, Abatir, Humilier, 

Erniedrigung,/. Abatimiento, m. Abaissement, m. 
Beschamen, Avergonzar, Rendre honteux. 
Vermindern, Minorar, Dimtnuer. 

Abnahme, /. Rebaxa, /. Diminution, /. 

Kloster, n. Abadia,/. Couvent, m. 

Abkiirzen, Abreviar, Abreger. 

Abkiirzung,/. Compendio, m. Abreviation, /. 
Abkiirzer, m. Abreviador, m. Abreviateur, m. 
Aufgeben, Abdicar, Abdiquer. 

Abdankung, /. Abdicacion, / Abdication, /. 
Unterleib, m. Abdomen, m. Abdomen, m. 
Abziehen, Tirar, (una cosa Oter, separer. 

de otra), 

Abweichung, /. Aberacion,/ Aberration, / 
Helfen, Apoyar, Supporter, 

Anstifter, m. Fautor, m. Promoteur, m. 

Verabscheuen, Aborrecer, Abhorrer. 

Abscheu, m. Aborrecimiento, Detestation, /. 
Verabscheuend, Llenode horror, Pleined'horreur. 
Vt r;ibscheuer,m.Aborrecedor, m. Celuiquiabhorre 
Bleiben, Habitar, sufrir, Demeurer. 

Wohnort, m. Habitacion, /. Demeure, /. 
Vermogen, n. Potencia,/ Pouvoir, m. 
Wegwerfen, v. Repulsar, v. vil, Rebute, v. t ab- 

niedrig, adj. adj. ject, vil, adj. 

Niederthtchtig- Baxeza, vileza,/. Abjection,/ 

keit, / 
Abschworen, Abjurar, 



Abjurer. 

Abschworung,/.Abjuracion, /. Serment, m. 

Wegnahme,/. Quite, m. Ablation, /. 

Geschickt, Capaz, habil, Capable. 

Stark, riistig, Forzudo, Robuste. 

Abwaschen, 7?. Ablution,/. Ablution,/. 

An Bord, A' bordo, X A bord. 

Aufcntruilt, m. Domicilio, m. Demeure,/. 

Abschaffen, Abolir, Abolir. 

Abschaffung, /. Abolicion, /. Abolition, /. 






4:12 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



ABO. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 


Abominable, 


Abscheulich, Abominable, Abominable. 


Abomination, 


Abscheu, m. Odio, m, Haine, /. 


Abortion, 


Fehlgeburt, /. Aborto, m. Abortion,/. 


Abortive, 


Unzeitig, Abortive, inutil, Abortif,-ve. 


Abound, 


Ueberfluss ha- Abundar, Abonder. 




ben, 


About, 


Urn, im, an, in, Cerca, Autour de. 


Above, 


Ueber, oben, Encima, sobre, Sur, au desus de. 


Abridge, 


Abkiirzen, Abreviar, Abreger. 


Abridgement, 


Abkiirzung,/. Compendio, m. Abregement, m. 


Abrupt, 


Abgebrochen, Quebrado, Soudain,-e. 


Abscess, 


Geschwiir, n. Absceso, m. Abces, m. 


Abscind, 


Abschneiden, Cortar, Retrancher. 


Abscond, 


Verbergen, Esconderse, Se cacher. 


Absence, 


Abwesenheit, /. Ausencia,/. Absence,/. 


Absent, 


Abwesend, adj. Ausente, adj. Absent, eloigne, 




entfernen, v. ausentarse, v. adj. s'absen- 




ter de, v. 


Absolute, 


Unumschrankt, Absoluto, Absolute, libre. 


Absolution, 


Lossprechung, /. Absolucion, /. Absolution, /. 


Absolve, 


Lossprechen, Absolver, Absoudre de. 


Absorb, 


Verschlucken, Absorver, Absorber. 


Abstain, 


Sich enthalten, Abstenerse, Se priver de. 


Abstemious, 


Enthaltsam, Abstemio, Absteme, sobre. 


Abstinence, 


Enthaltsam- Abstinencia,/. Abstinence,/. 




keit,/. 


Abstract, 


Abziehen, v. ab- Abstraer, v. Abstraire, v. 




gezogen, adj. abstracto, adj. abstrait, adj. 


Abstruse, 


Verdeckt, Abstruso, Abstrus,-e. 


Absurd, 


Ungereimt, Absurdo, Absurde. 


Absurdity, 


Albernheit, /. Absurdidad, /. Incongruite, /. 


Abundance, 


Ueberfluss, m. Abundancia,/. Abondance,/. 


Abundant, 


Ueberniissig, Abundante, Abondant. 


Abuse, 


Missbrauch, s.m. Abuso, m. abu- Abus, s. m. 




misbrauchen, v. sar, v. abuser, v. 


Abuser, 


Verfiihrer, m. El que abusa, Abuseur, m. 


Abusive, 


Missbrauchend, Abusivo, Injurieux,-se. 


Abyss, 


Abgrund, m. Abismo, m. Abime, m. 


Academic, 


Akademisch, Academico, Academique. 


Academy, 


Akademie,/. Academia, /. Academic, /. 


Accede, 


Hingehen, Acceder, Acceder. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



413 



ACC. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Accelerate, 


Beschleunigen, 


Acelerar, 


Accelerer. 


Acceleration, 


Beschleunig- 


Aceleracion,/. 


Acceleration,/. 


Accent, 


Acccnt, s. m. 


Ace n to, s. m. 


Accent, s. m. 




accentuiren, v. 


acentuar, v. 


prononcer, v. 


Accentuation, 


Tonsetzung, /. 


Acentuacion, / 


'Accentuation, / 


Accept, 


Annnehmen, 


Aceptar, 


Accepter. 


Acceptable, 


Annehmlich, 


Aceptable, 


Acceptable. 


Acceptance, 


Annahme,/ 


Aceptacion, / 


Acceptation,/. 


Access, 


Zugang, MI. 


Acceso, m. 


Acces, m. 


Accessible, 


Zugunglich, 


Accesible, 


Accessible. 


Accessory, 


Beigefiigt, 


C(5mplice, 


Complice. 


Accident, 


Zufall, Vorfall,/n. 


Accidente, m. 


Accident, m. 


Accipient, 


Empfanger, MI. 


Recibidor, m. 


Recipient, m. 


Acclamation, 


Zuruf, m. 


Acclamacion,/ 


Acclamation, /. 


Acclivity, 


Steilheit,/. 


Cuesta ariba,/ 


Elevation,/ 


Accommodate, 


Schlichten, 


Surtir, 


Accommoder. 


Accommoda- 


Anpassung,/ 


Adaptacion, / 


Accommode- 


tion. 






ment, m. 


Accompani- 


Begleitung, / 


Acompanami- 


Accompagne- 


ment, 




ento, m. 


ment, m. 


Accompany, 


Begleiten, 


Acompanar, 


Accompagner. 


Accomplice, 


Mitschuldige, m. 


Complice, m. 


Complice, m.f. 


Accomplish, 


Erfullen, 


Efectuar, 


Accomplir. 


Accomplish- 


Vollendung, /. 


Complemento,??i. 


Accomplisse- 


in (/lit, 






ment, m. 


Accord, s. 


Uebereinstimm- 


Acuerda, s.f. 


Accord, s. m. 




ung, s.f. 






Accord, 'v. 


Versohnen, v. 


Acordar, v. 


Accorder, v. 


rdance, 


Uebereinstimm- 


Conformidad,/ 


CpnformitI, /. 


Accordingly, 


Nach, gemass. 


Segun, 


Selon. 


Acc< 


A ntre ten, 


Saludar, 


Accoster, saluer 


Account, s. 


Rechnung, s.f. 


Cuenta, s.f. 


Compte, s. m. 


Account, v. 


Rechnen, ?;. 


Tenur, contar, v. 


Expliquer, v. 


Accountant, 


Rechner, m. 


Contador, m. 


Compteur, m. 


Account- book, 


Rechnungsbuch, 


Libro (in) de 


Livre (rri) de 






cuentas, 


comptes. 


Accumulate, 


Aufhaufen, 


Acumular, 


Amasser. 


Accumulation, 


Anhaufung,/. 


Acumulacion,/. 


Accumula- 




^. 




tion, /. 






INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



ACG. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Accuracy, 


Genauigkeit,/. 


Cuidado, m. 


Precision, /. 


Accurate, 


Genau, 


Exacto, 


Exacti-e. 


Accurse, 


Verfluchen, 


Maldecir, 


Maudire. 


Accusation; 


Anklage, f. 


Acusacion, f. 


Accusatio'i, f. 


Accuse, 


Anklagen, 


Acusar, 


Accuser. 


Accuser, 


Ankliiger, m. 


Acusador, m. 


Accusateur,- 








trice, m.f. 


Accustom, 


Gewohnen, 


Acostumbrar, 


Accoutumer. 


Accustomed, 


Gewohnt, 


Frequente,[to,ra. 


Coutumier,-e. 


Acervation, 


Auf haufung, /. 


Amontonamien- 


Entassement, m. 


Ache, s. 


Pein, s.f. 


Dolor continua- ' 


Pein,/. mal, s.jn. 






do, s. m. 




Ache, v. 


Schmerzen, v. 


Doler, v. 


Avoir mal, v. 


Achieve, 


Ausftihren, 


Executar, 


Execute r. 


Achievement, 


Ausfiihrung, /. 


Execucion, /. 


Exploit, m. 


Acid, 


Sauer, 


Acido, 


Acide, piquant. 


Acidity, 


Saure,/. 


Agrura, /. 


Acidite,/. 


Acknowledge, 


Erkennen, 


Reconocer, 


Confesser. 


Acknowledg- 


Anerkennung, f. 


Reconocimien- 


Aveu, m. con- 


ment, 




to, m. 


cession, f. 


Acme, 


Gipfel, m. 


El ultimo pun- 


La plus haute 






to, m. 


pointe, /. 


Acquaint, 


Bekanntmachen, 


Imponer, 


Informer. 


Acquaintance, 


Bekanntschaft,/. Conocimiento, m. Connaissance, /. 


Acquiesce, 


Einwilligen, 


Allan arse, 


Acquiesc^r. 


Acquire, 


Erwerben, 


Adquirir, 


Acquerir. 


Acquisition, 
Acquit, 


Erwerbung,/. 
Freimachen, 


Adquisicion, /. 
Libertar, 


Acquis, m. 
Decharger. 


Acquittal, 


Lossprech- 


Absolucion,/. 


Absolution, /. 




ung,/. [des,w. 






Acre, 


Morgen Lan- 


Acre, m. 


Acre, /. 


Across, 


Kreuzweise, 


De traves, 


a travers. 


Act, . 


Verhand- 


Hecho, 5. 7?2. 


Acte, s. m. 




lung, s. f. 






Act, v. 


Handeln, v. 


Hacer, v. 


Agir, jour, v. 


Action, 


Handlung, /. 


Accion, hecho,7tt. 


Action,/. 


Actively, 


Thatig, 


Activo, 


Actif, ve. 


Actor, 


Schauspieler,m. 


Agente, actor,wi. 


Acteur, m. 


Actress, 


Schauspieler- 


Comedianta, /. 


Actrice, come- 




in, f. 




dienne,/. 


Actual, 


Wirklich, 


Actual, 


Actuel, reel. 



IXTK IIXATIOXAL DICTIONARY. 



415 



ACT. 


GERMAN-. SPAXISQ. 


FRENCH. 


Actuate, 


Treiben, Mover, 


Pousser, exciter. 


Acute, 


Spitzig, scharf, Agudo, 


Aigu. 


Ada 


Sprichwort, n. Adagio, m. 


Adage, m. 


Adamant, 


Diamant, m. Diamante, m. 


Adamant, m. 


Adapt, 


Anpassen, Adaptar, 


Adapter. 


Add, 


Hinzuthun, Anadar, 


Ajouter. 


Addict, 


Widmen, Dedicar, 


S' appliquer a. 


Addition, 


Hinzusetzen, n. Adicion,/. 


Addition,/ 


Address, v. 


Anreden, v. Hablar, v. 


Addresser, v. 


Aiidress, s. 


Ver\vendung,s./. Recurso (m) 


Addresse, s. /. 




[dige, m. verbal, 




Adept, 


Kunstverstan- Adepto, m. 


Adepte, m. 


Adequate, 


Angemessen, Adequado, 


Adequat,-e. 


Adhere, 


Anhangen, Pegarse, 


Adherer. 


Adherent, 


Anhangend, Adherente, 


Adherent 


Adhesion, 


Anhangen, n. Adhesion,/. 


Adhesion, / 


Adieu. 


Lebe wohl ! a Dios, 


Adieu. 


Adjacent, 


Anliegend, Adyacente, 


Adjacent 


Adjourn, 


Aussetzen, Diferir, 


Ajourner. 


Adjournment, 


Aufschub, m. Suspension,/. 


Ajournement, m. 


Adjure, 


Beschworen, Juramentar, 


Adjurer. 


Adjutant, 


Adjutant, m. Ayudante 


Adjutant, m. 




mayor, m. 




Administer, 


Verwalten, Administrar, 


Administrer. 


Administra- 


Venvaltung,/. Administra- 


Administra- 


tion, 


cion,/. 


tion,/. 


Administrator, 


Verwalter, m. Administrador,m Administrateur. 


Admiration, 


Bewunderung,/. Admiracion, /. 


Admiration,/. 


Admire, 


undern, Admirar, 


Admirer. 


Admission, 


Zulassung,/ Admission,/. 


Admission,/. 


Admit, 


Zulassen, Admitir, 


Admettre. 


Admonish, 


Erinnern, Amonestar, 


Avertir. 


Adopt, 


An Kindes Statt Adoptar, 


Adopter. 




annehmen, 




Adoption, 


Annahme, an Adopcion,/. 


Adoption, / 




Kindes Statt,/. 




Adoration, 


Anbetung,/. Adoracion,/ 


Adoration, / 


A durc, 


Anbeten, Adorar, 


Adorer. 


Adorn, 


Zieren, Adornar, 


Decorer, 


Adornation, 


Schmuck, m. La accion (/.) 


Decoration, /. 




de adornar, 








416 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



ADV 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Advance, 


Vorriicken, 


Avanzar, [to, m. 


Avancer, 


Advancement, 


Fortschritt, m. 


Adelantamien- 


Avancement, m. 


Advantage, 


Vortheil, m. 


Ventaja, /. 


Avan tage, m. 


Advent, 


Advent, m. 


Adviento, m. 


Avent, m. 


Adventure, s. 


Abenteuer,s. n. 


Aventura, s.f. 


Aventure, s.f. 


Adventure, v. 


Wagen, v. 


Aventurar, v. 


Aventurer, v. 


Adverb, 


Nebenwort, n. 


Adverbio, m. 


Adverbe, m. 


Advert, 


Achtung geben, 


Atender, 


Observer. 


Advertise, 


Benachrichtigen, 


Avirsar, 


Avertir. 


Advertisement, 


Nachricht, /. 


Noticia, /. 


Avertissement. 


Advertiser, 


Anzeiger, m. 


Advisador, m. 


Avertisseur, m. 


Advice, 


Nachricht,/. 


Consejo, m. 


Conseil, avis, m. 


Advise, 


Rathen, 


Conejar, 


Conseiller. 


Advocate, ,9. 


Advocat, s. m. 


Abogado, s.m. 


Avocat-e, s. m.f. 


Advocate, v. 


Vertheidigen, v. 


Abogar, v. 


Defender, v. 


Affable, 


Gesprachig, 


Afable, 


Affable. 


Affinity, 


Verschwager- 


Afinidad,/ 


Affinite,/. 




ung, / 






Affix, 


Beifiigen, 


Anexar, 


Joindre a 


Afflict, 


Aengstigen, 


Afligir, 


Affliger. 


Affliction, 


Leiden, n. 


Afliccion, / 


Affliction, /. 


Affront, s. 


Angriff, *. rn. 


Afrenta, s.f. 


Affront, s. m. 


Affront, v. 


Angreisen, v. 


Encarar, v. 


Affronter, v. 


Afoot, 


Zu Fusze, 


A' pie, 


\A pied. 


Afraid, 


Furchtsam, 


Amedrentado, 


Affraye. 


After, 


Nach, 


Despues, 


Apres. 


Again, 


Wieder, 


Otra vez, 


Encore. 


Against, 


Wider, gegen, 


Contra, 


Contre. 


Age, 


Alter, n. 


Edad,/ 


Siecle, age, m. 


Agent, 
Aggravate, 
Aggravation, 


Agent, m. Operative, m. 
Schwerer,[ung,/Agravar, 
Verschlimmer- Agravacion, /. 


Agent, m. 
Aggraver. 
Aggravation, /. 


Aggrieve, 


Kranken, 


Apesadumbrar, 


Vexer. 


Agitate, 


Bewegen, 


Agitar, 


Agiter 


Agitator, 


Unwalt, m. 


Timon, m. 


Agitateur, m. 


Ago, 


Vorbei, 


Pasado, 


Depuis. 


Agonize, 


Peinigen, 


Estaragonzando, Agoniser. 


Agony, 


Pein, / [men, 


Agonia, /. 


Agome, peme,y. 


Agree, 


Uebereinstim- 


Concordar, 


S'accorder. 


Agreeable, 


Gemasz, 


Conveniente, 


Plaisant,-e. 


Agreed ! 


Topp! richtig! 


Establecido! 


Fini ! D'accord ! 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



417 



AGR. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Agreement, 


Uebereinstini- 


Concordia,/ 


Accord, m. 




mung, /. 






Agriculture, 
Air, 


Landbau, m. 
Lust,/. 


Agricultura,/. Agriculture,/. 
Ayre, Zefiro, m. Air, m. brise, /. 


Alarm, s. 


Larm, s. m. 


Alarma, s.f. 


Alarme, s.f. 


Alarm, v. 


Larm blassen, v. 


Alarmar, v. 


Alarmer, v. 


Alas, 


Ach, o weh ! 


Ay! 


Helas! 


Album, 


Stammbuch, n. 


Librito, m. 


Album, m. 


Alcohol, 


Rectificirter 


Alcohol, m. 


Alcohol, m. 




Weingeist,ra. 






Alderman, 


Rathsherr, m. 


Senador 6 mag- Alderman, m. 




[Bier, n. 


istrador, m. 




Ale, 


Ungehopftes 


Cerveza, /. 


Aile, / 


Algebra, 


Algebra,/. 


Algebra,/. 


Algebra,/. 


Alike, 


Gleich, 


Descender, 


Pareillement. 


Aliment, 


Nahrung, /. 


Alimento, m. 


Aliment, m. 


Alimony, 


Unterhalt, m. 


Alimentos, m. 


Pension, /. 


Alive, 


Lebendig, 


Vivo, viviento, 


Vivant,-e. 


All, 


All, aller, jeder, Todo, 


Tout,-e, chaque. 


Allay, 
Allow, 


Legiren, 
Erlauben, 


Ligar, 
Admitar, 


Allier. 
Admettre. 


Allowance, 


Erlaubnisz,/ 


Permission, /. 


Indulgence, /. 


Allspice, 


Piment, m. 


Pimento, m. 


lipice, /. 


Allusion, 


Anspielung, /. 


Indirecta, f. 


Allusion, /. 


Almighty, 


Allmiichtig, 


Omnipotente, 


Tout-puissant. 


Almost, 


Fast, beinahe, 


Casi, 


Presque. 


Alms, 


Almosen, n. 


Limosna, /. 


Aumdne,/. 


Aloes, 


Aloe,/. 


Aloe, 6 linalo, m. 


Aloes, ?n. 


Aloft, 


Hoch, iiber, 


Arriba, 


En haut. 


Alone, 


Allein, 


Solo, solamente, 


Seul,-e. 


Along, 


L;ings, 


A' lo largo, 


De long. 


Already, 


Bereits, 


A' la hora esta, 


Deja. 




Ebenfalls, 


Tambien, 


Aussi. 


Alter, 


Aendern, 


Alterar, 


Changer. 


Alteration, 


Veranderung, /. 


Alteracion,/. 


Alteration, /. 


Although, 


Obgleich, 


Aunque, 


Quoique. 


Alum, 


Alaun, m. 


Alumbre, m. 


Alum, m. 


Ahv 


Immer, stets, 


Sierapre, 


Toujours. 


Amaze, 


Erschrccken, 


Aterrar, 


;Attonner. 


Ambassador, 


Gesandte, m. 


Embaxador, m. 


'Ambassadeur,77. 


Ambiguity, 


Zweideutigkeitr/. Ambiguedad, /. 


Ambiguite,/. 






418 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



AMB. 

Ambition, 


GERMAN. 

Ehrgeiz, m. 


SPANISH. 
Ambicion, /. 


FRENCH. 
Ambition,/. 


Ambitious, 


Ehrgeizig, 


Ambicioso, 


Ambitieux, /. 


Amiable, 


Liebenswiirdig, 


Amable, 


Aimable. 


Amicable, 


Freundschast- 


Amigable, 


Doux,-ce. 




lich, 






Amid, 


Mitten in, 


Entre, 


Parmi, entre. 


Among, 


Unter, zwischen, 


Entre, 


Parmi, dans. 


Amount, s. 


Betrag, s. m. 


Importe, s. m. 


Somme, f. 


Amount, v. 


Betragen, v. 


Retirar, v. 


Se monter, v. 


Amuse, 


Unterhalten, 


Entre tener, 


Amuser. 


Amusement, 


Unterhaltung, f. 


Diversion, /. 


Amusement, m. 


Analogy, 


Analogie, /. 


Analogia,/. 


Analogie, /. 


Analyze, 


Auslasen, 


Analizar, 


Analyser. 


Anatomy, 


Zergliederung- 


Anatomia, /. 


Anatomic, /. 




skunst, /. 




' 


Anchor, 


Anker, s. m. 


Ancla, s.f. 


Ancre, s.f. 


Ancient, 


Vor alters, 


Antiquo, 


Ancienne. 


And, 


Und, 


7 


Et. 


Angel, 


Engel, m. 


Angel, m. 


Ange, m. 


Anger, 


Zorn, m. 


Colera,/. 


Colere,/. 


Animal, 


Thier, n. 


Animal, m. 


Animal, m. 


Annex, 


Beisiigen, 


Anexar, 


Annexer-a. 


Annihilate, 


Vernichten, 


Aniqu^ar, 


Aneantir. 


Annuity, 


Yehrgeld, n. 


Renta, /. 


Annuite, /. 


Another, 


Ein anderer, 


Otro, 


Autre. 


Answer, 


Antwort, s. f. 


Respuesta, s.f. 


Reponse, s.f. 


Antagonist, 


Gegner, m. 


Antagonista, m. 


Antagoniste, m. 


Antemeridian, 


Vormittagig, 


Manana, 


Avant midi. 


Antichrist, 


Antichrist, m. 


Antechristo, m. 


Antichrist, m. 


Antiquarian, 


Alterthumsken- 


Antiquario, m. 


Antiquaire, m.f 




ner, m. 






Antiquity, 


Alter, n. 


Antiguedad, /. 


Antiquite, /. 


Anvil, 


Amboss, m. 


Yunque, m. 


Enclume,/. 


Any, 


Jeder, jede, 


Qualquier, 


Quelque. 


Apology, 


Schutzspruch,m. 


Apologia, /. 


Apologie,/. 


Apostate, 


Abtriinnige, 


Apostata, 


Apostat. 


Apostle, 


Apostel, m. 


Apostol, m. 


Apotre, m. 


Apparel, 


Kleidung, /. 


Trage, m. 


Habillement, m. 


Appear, 


Erscheinen, 


Aperecer, 


Paraitre. 


Applaud, 


Beifall geben, 


Aplaudir, 


Applaudir.[ment. 


Applause, 


Beifall, m. 


Aplauso, m. 


Applaudisse- 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



419 



APP. 


GERMA.V. SPAXISH. 


fUMB. 


Apple, 


Augapfel, m. Manzana,/. 


Pomme, /. 


Application, 


Anwendung, /. A plication, /. 


Application,/. 


Apply, 


Auslegen, Aplicar, 


S'appliquer a. 


Appoint, 


Bestimmen, Senalar, 


Appointer. 


Appointment, 


Bestimmung, /. Estipulacion, /. 


Appointment, m. 


Apprentice, 


Lehrling, m. Aprendiz, m. 


Apprentice, m.f. 


Approve, 


Billigen, Gustar, 


Approver. 


April, 


April, m. Abril, m. 


Avril, m. 


Apron, 


Schiirze,/ Devantal, m. 


Tablier, m. 


Aqueduct, 


Wasserleitung,/. Aqueducto, m. 


Aqueduc, m. 


Arbitrary, 


Willkiirlich, Arbitrario, 


Arbitraire. 


Arbitrate, 


Entscheiden, Arbitrar, 


Arbitrer. 


Arcade, 


Bogengang, m. Boveda,/. 


Arcade, /. 


Arch, 


Bogen, m. Arco, m. 


Arche,/. 


Architect, 


Baumeister, m. Arquitecto, m. 


Architect, m. 


Argue, 


Disputiren, Razonar, 


Raisoner. 


Argument, 


Beweis, m. Argumento, m. 


Argument, m. 


Arise, 


Aufsteigen, Levantarse, 


Se lever. 


Aristocracy, 


Aristokratie, /. Aristocracia, /. 


Aristocratic, /. 


Arithmetician, 


Rechenmeister, Arithmetico, m. 


Arithmeticien,?7i. 


Arithmetic, 


Rechenkunst, /. Arithmetica,/. 


Arithmetique, /. 


Arm, 


Arm, m. Brazo, m. 


Bras, 7/1. 


Army, 


Armee,/. Exercito, m. 


Armee, /. 


Around, 


Rings, herum, Circa, 


Autour de. 


Arrange, 


Orduen, [men, Colocar, 


Arranger. 


Arrest, 


in Beschlagneh- Prender, 


Arreter. 


Arrival, 


Ankunft,/. Arribo, m. 


Arrivee, /. 


Arrive, 


Ankommen, Arribar, 


Arriver a. 


Arrow, 


Pfeil, ?7i. Flecha,/. 


Fleche,/. 


Arson, 


Mordbrennerei, El delito, m. 


Arson,/, [sion. 


Art, 
Artery, 


Kuust, List, /. Arte, cautela, /. 
Pulsader,/. Arteria, f. 


Art, m. profes- 
Artere,/. 


Artful, 


Kiintslich, ArtiBctoso, 


Ruse,-e.' 


Article, 


Artikel, m. Articulo, m. 


Article, m. 


Artillery, 


Artillerie,/. Artilleria, /. 


Artillerie, /. 


Artist, 


Kunstler, m. Artista, m 


Artiste, m. 


Ascent, 


Als, da, sofern, Como, 
Aufsteigen, n. Subida,/. 


Presque, comme. 

Elevation,/. 


Ashes, 


Asche, /. Ceniza,/. 


Cindres,/. 


Aside, 


Bei seite, a lado, 


A cote, a part 


Ask, 


Urn etwas bitten, Pedir, 


Demander. 






420 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



ASL. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 


Asleep, 


Schlasend, Durmiendo, En dormi. 


Aspire, 


Streben, Aspirar, Aspirer a. 


Ass, 


Esel, m. eselin,/. Asno, m. Ane, m. anesse,/. 


Assassin, 


Menchelmorder, Assassator, m. Assassin,-e, m.f. 


Assassinate, 


Verratherischer Asesinar, Assassiner. 




weise ermorden, 


Assault, 


Angriff, s. m. an- Asalto, s. m. ac- Assaut, s. m. at- 




greisen, v. ometer, e. taquer, v. 


Assembly, 


Bersammlung, /. Asamblea, /. Assemblee, /. 


Assertion, 


Behauptung, /. Asercion, /. Assertion, /. 


Assess, 


Beschatzen, Carcar, Taxer. 


Assessment, 


Schatzung,/. Derechos, m. Taxation,/ 


Assessor, 


Beistzer, m. Asesor, m. Assesseur, m. 


Assign, 


Anweisen, Asignar, Assigner. 


Assignation, 
Assignee, 


Anweisung, /. Asignacion, /. Assignation, /. 
Curator (m.) de Podatorio, m. Depute, m. 




masse, 


Assignment, 


Anweisung, /. Senalamiento, m. Consignation, /. 


Assist, 


Beistehen, Asistir, Assister, aider. 


Assistance, 


Beistand, m. Asistencia,/ Assistance,/ 


Assistant, 


Gehiilfe, m. Asistente, m. Auxiliaire, m. 


Associate, 


Theilnehmer, s. Socio, s. m. Associe,-e, m. f. 




m. begleiten, v. asociar, v. associer, v. 


Assort, 


Mit waaren ver- Colocar, Assortir. 


Assortment, 


sehen, [glada, 
Sortiment, n. Colecion, / arre- Assortment, m. 


Assure, 


Versichern, Asegurar, Assurer. 


Astonish, 


Erschrecken, Asombrar, Etonner. 


Astonishment, 


Bestiirzung,/. Pasmo, m. ^tonnement, m. 


At, 


Zu, an, bei, &c. A', al, Au, a la, sur, &c. 


Atheism, 


Gottesleugnung, Ateismo, m. Atheisme, m. 


Atheist, 


Gottesleugner,?7i. Ateista, ateo, m. Atheiste, m. f. 


Atlas, 


Landkarten- Atlas, m. Atlas, m. 




sammlung, /. 


Atmosphere, 


Dunstkreis, m. Atmosfera,/ Atmosphere,/. 


Atone, 


Ausgleichen, Expiar, accordar, Expier. 


Atonement, 


Vergiitung, /. Concordia, / Expiation, /. 


Attach, 


Verhaften, Prender, Attacher, lier. 


Attachment, 


Verhaftneh- Amistad, / Attachement, m. 




mung,/. 


Attack, 


Angriff, s. m. Ataque, s. m. Attaque, s.f. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



421 



ATT. 

Attempt, 

Attend, 
Attendance, 
Attendant, 
Attention, 

Attest, 

Attorney, 

Attract, 

Auction, 

Auctioneer, 

Audible, 

Audience, 

Aunt, 

Author, 

Authority, 

Authorize, 

Autograph, 

Autumn, 

Avenue, 

Average, 

Avert, 

Avocation, 

Awake, 

Away, 
Awful, 
Awl, 
Ax, 

Axle, 
Azure, 



UERMA.V. 

Versuch, s. m. 



FREXCH. 



SPANISH. 

Ataque, s. m. in- Essai, a. m. tent- 
versuchen, v. tentar, v. er, v. 

Aufmerken, Atender, servir, Acompagner. 

Service, m. 

El que atiende, Compagnon, m. 
Atencion,/ Attention,/. 



Aufwartung, /. Corte, m. 
Aufvviirter, m. 
Aufmerksam- 

heit,/ 
Bezeugen, 



Atestisjuar, Attester. 



Bevollmachtigte, Procurador, m. Avoue, m. 



Anziehen, 
Auction, /. 



Atraer, 
Almoneda, /. 



Attirer, inviter. 
Encan, m. 



Auctionator, m. Pregonero, m. Vendeur m. a 

de almoneda, Tenchere. 
Audible, 
Audiencia,/. 



Horbar, 
Audienz, /. 
Muhme,Tante,/Tia,/. 
Urheber, m. Autor, m. 
Ansehen, n. Autoridad, /. 
Bevollmachtigen, Autorizar, 
Unterschrift, / 
Herbst, m. 
Allee,/. 



Haut, chair,-e. 
Audience, / 
Tante,/. 
Auteur, m. 
Autoritc,/ 
Autoriser. 



Frohndienst, m. Averia,/. 

Abwenden, 

Berufi m. 



Autographo, m. Autograph, m. 
Otono, m. Automne, m.f. 

Entrada,/. Avenue,/. 



Average, m. 

Desviar, Detourner. 

La accion (/.) de Emploi, m. pro- 

blamar, fession, /. 

Aufwachen, v. Despartar,v. des- Eveiller, v. 
wach, adj. pierto, adj. eveille, a. 

Weg, fort, Ausente, Absentee. 

Ehrwiirdig, Tremendo, Sublime. 

Pfrieme, /. Lesna, /. Alene, /. 

Axt, f. [/. Segur, hacha, / Hache, cognee,/ 

Axe, (amwagen)Exe, 71. Essieu,-x, m. 

Himmelblau, Azul, claro. Azur, bleu. 



B. 

Babe, Saugling, m. Infante, m. Enfant, m. 

Bachelor, Junggeselle, m. Soltero, m. Bachelier, m. 

Riicken, s. m. zu-Espalda,s./. mon- Dos, s. m. secon- 

reiten, v. atr a caballo,v. der, v. 

36 



422 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



BAG. 


GEFIMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 


Bacon, 


Speck, m. Tocino, m. Lard, m. 


Bad, 


Krank, schlecht, Mai, malo, Mauvais,-e. 


Badge, 


Zeichen, n. Divisa, /. Marque, m. 


Bag, 


Sack, m. Saco, m. Sac, m. poche, /. 


Bailiff, 


Landvogt, m. Alguacil, m. Bailli, m. 


Bake, 


Backen, Cocer, en horno. Boulanger. 


Balance, 


Wage, s. f. er-Balanca, s. /. ba- Balance, s. f. pe- 




\vagen, v. lancear, v. ser, v. 


Ball, 


Ball, m. Kugel,/ Bola, bala, /. Balle, /. 


Balloon, 


Lustball, 77i. Bola (/.) de co- Ballon, m. 




lumna. 


Ballot, 


Wahlkugelchen. Balota, 5. /. ba- Ballotte, s.f. bal- 




s.m. ballotiren,v. lotar, v. lotter, v. 


Balm, 


Balsam, m. Balsamo, m. Baume, m. 


Bane, 


Gift, n. Veneno, m. Poison, m. 


Banish, 


Verbannen, Destarrar, Bannir. 


Banishment, 


Verbannung,/ Destierro, m. Bannissement,?w. 


Bank, 


Ufer, n. damm, Banco, m. Bord, rivage, m. 




m. Geldbank,/. banque, /. 


Banner, 


Pannier, n. Bandera,/. Barmiere,/. 


Baptism, 


Taufe,/. Bautismo, m. Bapteme,/ 


Baptize, 


Taufen, Bautizar, Baptiser. 


Bar, 


Stange, s.f. sper- Palenque, s. m. Barre, s. f. bar- 




ren, v. atrancar, 1 ?;. [m. rer, v. 


Barbarian, 


Barbar, m. Hombre barbaro, Barbare, m. 


Barbarous, 


Grausam, Barbaro, Sauvage. 


Barber, 


Barbier, m. Barbero, m. Barbier, m. 


Bare, 


Blosz, adj. ent- Desnudo, adj. Nue,a$. depou- 




bloszen, v. desnudar, v. iller, v. 


Bargain, 


Handel, s. m. Ajuste, s. m. pac- Marche, s.m. bar- 




handeln, v. tar, v. guigner, v. 


Bark, 


Baumrinde, s. f. Barco, s. in. la- Barque, s. f. a- 




bellen, v. drar, v. boyer, v. 


Barn, 


Scheune,/. Granero, m. Grange,/. 


Barrel, 


Tasz,?i. Tonne,/. Barril, huso, m. Baril, tonneau,^. 


Barren, 


Unfruchtbar, Esteril, Sterile. 


Barter, 


Tausch, s. m. Trafico, s. m. Troc, s. m. 


Base, 


Niedrig, adj. Baxo, adj. fondo, Bas,-se, adj. bas, 




bass, s. m. s. m. s. m. 


Bashful, 


Schamhaft, Vergonzoso, Modeste, timide. 


Basket, 


Korb, m. Cesta, canasta,/. Panier, m. 






INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



423 



BAS. 



GEKMA.V. 



SPANISH. 



S 



Bason, basin, Becken, n. Jofayna,/. 

Bass, Bass, m. Esparto, m. 

Bat, Fledermaus,/ Garrote, m. ^ 

Bath, n. bathe, Bad, n. Bahung, Bafio, s.m. banir, 

v. s.f. baden, v. v. 

Batter)', Angriff, m. Bateria,/. 

Battle, Schlacht,/. Batalla,/. 

Bayonet, Bajonnet, n. [n. Bayoneta, /. 

Beach, Strand, m. Ufer, Costa./. 

Beacon, Larmzeichen, n. Valiza,/. 

Beak, Schnabel, m. Pico, m. 

Beam, Balken,Strahl,w. Viga, /. rayo, m. 

Bear, Bar, s. m. tragen, Oso, s. m. llevar 

v. alguna cosa, v. 

Beard, Bart, m. Barba,/ 

Beast, Thier, n. Bestia,/. 

Beau, Stutzer, m. Caballero, m. 

Beautiful, Schon, Herraoso, 

Beauty, Schonheit,/. IJermosura,/. 

Because, Darum, weil, Porque, 

Beck, Wink, 5. m. Cabecco, s. m. 

Become, Werden, Hacerse, 

Bed, Bett, n. Cama,/. [locos, 

Bedlam, Tollhaus, n. Casa (/.) de 

Biene,/. Abeja,/. 

Buche,/. Hay a,/. 

Rindfleisch, n. Vaca,/. 

Bier, n. Cerveza,/. 

Riibe, /. Acelga, /. 

Begiinstigen, Favorecer, 
;cn, Engendrar, 

Bettler, n. Mendigo, m. . 

Anfangen, Empezar, 

Anfan Principio, m. 

Beneiden, Envidiar, 

Sich betragen, Proceder, 

Betragen, n. Modal, m. 

Enthauptcn, >llar, 

Hinter, [Siehe ! Detras, atras, 

Ansehen, v. Ver, v. he ! int. 

Dasein, n. Existencia,/. 



:ech, 
Beef, 

Befriend, 

sgin, 

ginning, 
grudge, 

Behavior, 

liind, 
:hold, 
Being, s. 



FMCMOH. 

Bassin, m. 

Basse, /". 

Massue, crosse,/. 

Bain, ,v. ?w. se 
baigner, v. 

Batturie, /. 

Bataille,/. 

Baionnette,/. 

Bord, rivage, m. 

Phare, m. 

Bee, m. [/ft. 

. Poutre, f. rayon, 

Ours, s. m. por- 
ter, v. 

Barbe, /. [m. 

Bete, /. animal, 

Petit mailr.', m. 

Beau, bel, belle. 

Beaute, /. 

Parce que. 

Signe 6'. /. 

Convenir, a, 

Lit, m. 

Petites maisons. 

Abeille, /. 

IIcti< . 

Boeuf, m. 

Biere,/. 

. poiree,/. 

Supporter, 

Rogendrer. 

Mendiant,-e,w./. 

Commencer, 

Commencement. 

Nier, envier. 

Se conduire. 

Deportment, m. 

Decapiirr. 

Deiiere, ;ipres. 

Voir, v. Voici! 

fitre, m. 



424: 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



BEL. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Belch, 


Riilpsen, 


Regoldar, 


Roter, vomir. 


Belie, 


Beliigen, 


Contrahacer, 


Contredire. 


Belief, 


Glaube, m. 


Creencia,/. 


Croyance, foi,/. 


Believe, 


Glauben, 


Creer, 


Croire. 


Bell, 


Glocke,/ 


Campana, /. ' 


Cloche,/. 


Bellow, 


Brullen, 


Bramar, 


Beugler. 


Bellows, 


Blasebalg, m. 


Fuelles, m. 


Soufflet, m. 


Belly, 


Bauch, m. 


Vientre, m. 


Ventre, m. 


Belong, 


Betreffen, 


Pertenecer, 


Appartenir. 


Below, 


Unter, unten, 


Debaxo, abaxo, 


Au dessous de. 


Belt, 


Gehenk, n. 


Carrea, /. 


Ceinturon, n. 


Bench, 


Bank,/, [gen v. Banco, m. fvar, v. 


Bane, m. 


Bend, 


Biegung,/ bie- 


Comba, /. encor- Pli, s. m. plier, v. 


Beneath, 


Unter, 


Abaxo, 


Sous. 


Benefit, 


Wohlthat,*./. 


Beneficio, s. m. 


Bienfait, 5. m. 


Bequeath, 


Vermachen, 


Mandar, 


Leguer a. 


Bereave, 


Berauben, 


Despojar, 


Depouiller. 


Berry, 


Beere,/. 


Baya, /. 


Baie, /. 


Beseech, 


Bitten, flehen, 


Suplicar, 


Prier, conjurer. 


Beset, 


Besetzen, 


Sitiar, acosar, 


Assieger. 


Beside, 


Auszer, neben, 


Cerca, ademas, 


X A cote de. 


Besiege, 


Belagern, 


Sitiar, 


Assieger. 


Best, 


Beste, 


Mejor, 


Meillemye. 


Bestow, 


Schenken, 


Dar, conferir. 


Donner. 


Bet, 


Wette, s.f. 


Apuesta, s.f. 


Gageure, /. 


Betide, 


Begegnen, 


Sucedar, 


Arriver. 


Betray, 


Verrathen, 


Exponer, 


Trahir. 


Betroth, 


Verloben, 


Desposar, 


Fiancer. 


Better, 


Besser, 


El mejor, 


Meilleur,-e. 


Between, 


Zwischen, 


Entre, 


Entre. 


Bewitch, 


Beheren, 


Encantar, 


Enchanter. 


Beyond, 


Ueber, jenseits, 


Mas alia, 


Au dela de. 


Bible, 


Bibel,/. 


Biblia,/. 


Bible, m. 


Bid, 


Entbieten, 


Pedir, mandar, 


Proposer. 


Bidding, s. 


Befehl, m. 


Orden, m.f. 


Commande. /. 


Big, 


Dick, kuhn, 


Grande, 


Gros, large. 


Bigamy, 
Bigot, 


Bigamie,/. 
Scheinheilige, m. 


Bigaraia, /. 
Partidario, m. 


Bigamie, /. 
Bigot,-e, m.f. 


Bile, 


Beule, Galle,/. 


Bilis, colera,/. 


Bile, /. clou, m. 


Bilge, 


Leek werden, 


Hacer agua. 


Couler. 


Bilious, 


Gallenhaft, 


Bilioso, 


Bilieux-se. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



425 



BIL. 


GERMAX. SPANISH. FREMH. 


Bill, 


Schnabel, Bill,/. Pico (m) de ava, Bee, billet, m. 


Billow, 


Woge, Welle,/. Oleada, /. V;i-ue, /. 


Bin, 


Kasten, m. Lade, Despensa,/. Coffre, m. 


Bind, 


Binden, Atar, \m. Enchainer, 


Binder, 


Binder, ?n. Enquadernador, Relieur, lieur, m. 


Biped, 


Thier, n. Animal de dos Bipede, m. 




pies, m. 


Birch, 


Birke, Ruthe,/. Abedul, m. Bouleau,-x, m. 


Bird, 


Vogel, m. Ave, m. Oisseaux-x. m. 


Birth, 


Geburt,/. Nacimiento, m. Naissance,/. 


Biscuit, 


Zwieback, m. Galleta, /. Biscuit, ni. 


Bishop, 


Bischof, m. Obispo, m. Eveque, m. 


Bit, 


Bissen, m. Stiick, Bocado,7?i. Morceau,-x, m. 


Bite, 


Beiszen,kranken, Morder, Mordre, pincer. 


Bitter, 


Bitter, Amargo, Amer,-e. 


Black, 


Miirrisch, Negro, obscuro, Noir, sombre. 


Black-lead, 


Reisz-blei, n. Lapiz-plomo, m. Minedeplorab,/. 


Blacksmith, 


Grobschmied, m. Herrero, m. Forge ron ///. 


Bladder, 


Blase,/. Vexiga,/. [mo, Vessie, entiure,/. 


Blade, 


Blattchen, n. Pala (/.) de re- Lame, tige,/. 


Blarae, 


Tadel, *. m. Calpa,/. Blame, crime, m. 


Blameless, 


Untadelhaft, Inocente, Innocent, -e. 


Blanket, 


WolleneDecke,/. Manta,/. Couverture /. 


Blaspheme, 


Gott liistern, Blasfemar, Blasphemer. 


Blasphemer, 


(iotti'slasterer,. Blasfemo, m. Blasphemateur. 


Blast, 


Windstoss,s. m. Nublo, s. m. Bouttee, a. m. 


Blaze, 


Flamme, s.f. Llama, s. /. bril- Flamme, s.f. 




Flammen, v. lar, v. allumer, v. 


Bleach, 


Bleichen, Blanquear, Blancher. 


Bleacherv, 


Blfich, f. Blanqueria, /. Blanchisserie,/. 


Bleat, 


Bloken, s. n. v. Balido, s. m. Belement, $. m. 




balar, v. beler, v. 


Bk" 


Bluten, San^-rar, Saigner. 


Blemish, 


Makel, s. m. Tacha, s.f. Tache, s. f. 


Blend, 


Besudeln, Mezelar, Meier. 


Bless, 


Segnen, Bendecir, Benir, louer. 


Blind, 
Blindness, 
Bliss, 


Blind, falsch, Ciego, Aveugie. 
Blindkeit,/. Ceguedad,/. Aveu^lement, m. 
Seligkeit,/. Gloria,/. ' Beatitude,/. 


ter, 


Blatter, s.f. Vexiga, s.f. Vesicule, s.f. 


Bloat, 


Aufblasen, Ilinchar, S' enfler, gonfler. 




426 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



BLO. 

Block, 

Blood, 

Blood-thirsty, 

Bloom, 

Blot, 

Blotch, 

Blotting-paper, 

Blow, 

Blue, 

Bluff, 

Blunder, 

Blunt, 

Blur, 

Blush, 

Bluster, 
Board, 
Boarder, 
Boast, 

Boat, 

Bobbin, 

Bodice, 

Bodkin, 

Body, 



SPANISH. 



FRENCH. 



Bloc 



Bohea, 

Boil, 

Boisterous, 

Boiler, 

Bold, 

Bombard, 

Bond, 

Bondage, 

Bone, 

Bonfire, 

Bonnet, 

Book, 

Boom, 



GERMAN. 

Block, Klotz, m. Zoquete, ,<?. m. .Bloc, s. m. 
Blut, n. Sangre, m. Sang, m. 

Blutdiirstig, \y. Sanguinario, Sanguinaire, 
Bliithe,s. bluhen, Flor,s./.enchar,v Fleur,s.fleurir, 
Klecks, s. m. Borron, s. m. Tache, s. f. 
Blatter,/. Roncha,/. Pustule, [lard,w. 

Loschpapier,?i. Teleta,/. Papier brouil- 

Stosz,m.wehen,v Golpe,s. soplar,v. Coup,s.souffler,v. 
Blau, Azul, Bleu, d'azur. 

Grob, Agreste, Rude, fier,-e. 

Schnitzer, s.m. Desatino, s. m. Erreur, s.f. 
Stumpf, adj. Lerdo, adj. em- ^Emousse, adj. 

abstumpfen, v. botar, v. emousser, v. 

Klecks, s. m'. Borron, s. m. 
Schamrothe, s.f. Chapa, s.f. 
errothen, v. hacer roxo, v. 

Ruido, s. m. 

Tabla, s.f. 

Mes, ano, m. 

Jactancia, s.f. 
jactar, v. 



Sturm, s. m. 
Brett, n. Kost, /. 
Kostganger, m. 
Prahlerei, s.f. 

prahlen, v. 

Boot, n. Fahre,/. Bote, m. 
Schnur, Spule,/. Bolillo, m. 
Schniirbrust,/. Corse, m. 
Haarnadel, /. Punzon, m. 
Leib, Korper,ra. Cuerpo, m. 
Sumpf,Morast,w Pantano, m. 



Tache, s.f. 
Rougeur, s.f. 

rougir, v. 
Fracas, s. m. 
Planche, s. f. 
Pensionnaire, m. 
Parade, s.f. 

vanter, v . 
Bateau,-x, m. 
Bobine,/. 
Corset, m. 
Poinon, m. 
Corps,homme,7. 
Marais, m. 



Theebuh, wi. 
Kochen, 
Stiirmisch, 
Sieder, m. 
Ktihn, frech, 
Bombardiren, 



E specie de te.w. The-bou, m 



Hervir, 
Barrascoso, 
Cocedor, m. 
Intrepido, 
Bombardear, 



Band,tt.Strick,w. Grillo, n. 
Knechtschaft, /. Cautiverio, m. 
Knochen, m. Hueso, m. 
Freudenfeuer, n. Fuego (m.) de 

regocijo. 

Damenhut, m. Bonete, m. 
Buch, n. Libro, m. 

Querstange, /. Botalon, m. 



Bouillir. 
Violence. 
Bouilloire,/. 
Hardi,-e, rude, 
Bombardier. 
Lien, m. 
Captivite,/. 
Os, m. arrote, /. 
Feu (m) de joie 
[tft, 

Bonnet, chapeau, 
Livre, m. 
Borne, perche, / 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



427 



BOO. 


QERMVX. SPANISH. FRENCH. 


Boon, 


Gabe,s.lustig,a$. Dadiva, s. alegre, Present,s.bon, a< 


Boot, 


Stiefel, m. Ganancia,/ Botte,/. 


Booty, 


Beute,/. Raub, Botin, m. Butin, pillage, m. 


Born, 


Geboren, Nacido, Ne. 


Borough, 


Marktfl ecken, m. Ciudad, /. Bourg, m. 


Borrow, 


Borgen, Tomar fiado, Emprunter. 


Bosom, 


Busen, m. Seno, m. Sein, m. 


Boss, 


Buckel, /. Clavo, m. Bosse, /. 


Botanical, 


Botanisch, Botanico, Botanique. 


nist, 


Botaniker, m. Botanista, m. Botaniste, m.f. 


Botany, 


Krauterkunde, /. Botanica, /. Botanique, /. 


Botch, 


Flickwerk,s.tt. Roncha, s.f. Endure, s.f. 


Both, 


Beide, Ambos, los dos, Tous deux. 


Bottle, 


Flasche,/. Botella,/. Bouteille, /. 


Bottom, 


Grund, Boden,7?i. Fondo, m. Fond, m. 


Bough, 


Ast, m. Brazos de arbol, Branche, f. 


Bound, 


Sprung, m. Limite, s.m. des- Limite, s.f. limi- 




prallen, v. lindar, v. ter, v. 


Boundless, 


Grenzenlos, Illimitado, Illimite, [te,/. 


Bounty, 


Pramie,/. Generosidad, /. Bonte, generosi- 


Bow, 


Bug, s. m. Reverencia, f. Salut, m. cour- 




beigen, v. encorvar, v. ber, v. 


Bow, (bo.) 


Bogen, m. Arco, m. Arc, archet, m. 


Bowels, 


Eingeweinde, n. Intestinos, m. Entraillles,/. 


Bowl, 


Becken, *. n. Taza, s. f. Bassin, s. m. 


Box, 


Biichse,/. Box, m. caxa,/. Buis, tn. caisse,/. 


Boy, 


Knabe,Junge,m. Muchacho, nino, Gargon, m. 


Brace, 


Band, s. n. Abrazadera, s.f. Paire,5./. Her, v. 




schniiren, v. bracear, v. 


Brad, 


Nagel, m. Clavo, m. Clou, sans t6te. 


Brag, 


Prahlen, Jactarse, Vanter. 


rart, 


Prahler, m. Fanfarron, m. Bravache, m. 


Braid, 


Flechte, s. /. Trenza, *./. tren- Noeud, s. m. tres- 




flechten, v. zar, v. ser, v. 


Brain, 


Gehirn, n. Celebro, m. Cerveau-x, m. 


Brake, 


Farnkraut, n. Helechal, m. Buisson, m. [m. 


Bran, 


Kleie, /. Salvado, m. Son, bran de son, 


Branch, 


Zweig, s. m. Rama, s.f. Branche,*./. 


Brand, 


Brand, s. m. Tizon, s. m. Tison, s. in. 


Brandy, 


Branntwein, m. Aguardiente, m. Brandevin, m. 


Brask-r, 


Kohlpfanne, f. Latonero, m. Brasier, m. 






428 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



BRA. 

Brass, 


GERMAN. 

Kupfer, n. 


SPANISH. 
Bronce, m. 


FKENCH. 
Airain, m. 


Brat, 


Kind, n. Balg,m. 


Rapaz, prole, m. 


Petit marmot, m. 


Bravado, 


Groszprahlerei,/. 


Bravata, /. 


Bravade,/. 


Brave, 


Tapfer, 


Bravo, 


Brave, 


Bravery, 


Prahlerei, /. 


Pompa, /. 


Courage, m. 


Bray, 


Schallen, 


Majar, 


Broyer, v. 


Bread, 


Brod, n. 


Pan, m. 


Pain, m. 


Breadth, 


Breite,/. 


Anchura,/ 


Largeur,/. 


Break, 


Brechen, 


Romper, 


Rompre, casser. 


Breakfast, 


Friihstuck, n. 


Almuerzo, m. 


Dejeuner, s. m.v. 


Breast, 


Brust,/. 


Pecho, m. 


Poitrine, /. 


Breath, 


Athem, m. 


Aliento, m. 


Haleine,/. 


Breathe, 


Athmen, 


Alentar, 


Respirer. 


Brevity, 


Kiirze,/. 


Brevidad,/. 


Brevete",/. 


Brew, 


Brauen, 


Hacer licores, 


Brasser. 


Brewer, 


Brauer, m. 


Cervecero, m. 


Brasseur, m. 


Brewery, 


Brauhaus, n. 


Cerveceria, /. 


Brasserie, /. 


Bribe, 


Geschenk, s. n. 


Cohecho, s. f. 


Present, m. 


Brick, 


Ziegelstein, m. 


Ladrillo, m. 


Brique,/. 


Brickie, 


Zerbrechlich, 


Quebradizo, 


Fragile. 


Bridal, 


Brautlich, 


Nupcial, 


Nuptial,-e. 


Bride, 


Braut,/. 


Novia,/. 


Epouse, /. 


Bridge, 


Briicke, /. 


Puente, m. 


Pont,chevalet,wi. 


Bridle, 


Zaum, wi. 


Brida,/.freno,m. Bride,/, frein, m. 


Brier, 


Stauch, m. 


Zarzo, m. 


Ronce, /. 


Brig, 


Brigg, m. 


Bergantin, m. 


Brigantin, / 


Brigade, 
Bright, 


Brigade,/. 
Hell, klar, 


Brigada,/. 
Claro, 


Brigade, /. 
Brilliant,-e. 


Brim, 


Rand, m. 


Borde, m. 


Bord,extremite,/ 


Brimstone, 


Schwefel, m. 


Azufre, m. [res, 


Soufre,/. 


Brindle, 


Schecke, 


Veriedad de colo- Tavelure, tache. 


Brine, 


Salzwasser, n. 


Salmuera, /. 


Saumure, mer,/. 


Bring, 


Bringen, 


Llevar, traer, 


Apporter. 


Brink, 


Rand, m. 


Orilla,/. 


Bord, m. 


Bristle, 


Borste, s.f. 


Cerda, s.f. 


Soie, s. f. 


Broach, 


Bratspies, s. m. 


Espeto, s. m. 


Broche, s.f. 


Broad, 


Breit, grosz, 


Ancho, claro, 


Large, gros,-se. 


Brogan, 


Holzschuh, 7?i. 


Zapato, m. 


Soulier, m. 


Broker, 


Makler, m. 


Corredor, m. 


Courtier, w. 


Brook, 


Bach, s. m. 


Arroyo, s. m. 


Ruisseau-x, s. m. 


Broom, 


Pfriemenkraut,w. 


Escobera,/. 


Genet, ballai, m. 






INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



429 



BRO. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Broth, 


Fleischbriihe,/. 


Caldo, m. 


Freze, m. 


Brother, 


* Bruder, m. 


Hermano, m. 


Bouillon, m. 


Brotherly, 


Bruderlich, 


Fraternal, 


Fraternel,-le. 


Brown, 


Braun, 


Bruno, 


Brun,-e. 


Bruise, 


Schlagen, v. 


Contusion, s.f. 


Contusion, s.f. 


Brush, 


Biirste, s.f. 


Bruza, s.f. 


Brosse, s.f. 




biirsten, v. 


acepillar, v. 


brosser, v. 


Brute, 


Vieh, a. n. 


Bruto, s. m. 


Brute, s.f. 


Bubble, 


Wasser-blase, /. 


Burbuja, s.f. 


Bouteille, s.f. 


Bud, 


Knospe, s.f. 


Pimpolla, s.f. 


Bouton, s. m. 


Budget, 


Ranzen, ?n. 


Talego portatil, 


Petit sac, m. 


Buffalo, 


Biiffel, m. 


Bufalo, m. 


Buffle, m. 


Buffet, 


Schlagen, 


Combatir, 


Souffleter. 


Buffoon, 


Possenreiszer, m. Bufon, m. 


Bouffon. 


Bug, 


Wanze,/ 


Chinche, m. 


Punaise,/. 


Bu sgy> 


Einspiinner, m. 


E specie de carro, 


Voiture,/. 


Bugle, 


Waldhorn, n. 


Corneta, /. 


Cor de chasse,m. 


Build, 


Bauen, 


Edificar, 


Batir. 


Bulk, 


Klumpen, m. 


Tamano, m. 


Grandeur. 


Bull, 


Stier, m. 


Toro, m. 


Taureau, m. 


Bullet, 


Kugel,/. 


Bala de metal, 


Balle/.boulet, m. 


Bully, 


Kuppler, s. m. 


Espadachin, m. 


Tapageur, m. 


Bumper, 


Voiles Glas, n. 


Copa, lleno, 


Rasade, /. 


Bunch, 


Bund, Biindel, n. 


Nudo, racimo, m* 


Bosse,/. 


Bundle, 


Bund, n. 


Atado, lio, m. 


Paquet, m. 


Bung, 


Spund, m. 


Bondon, m. 


Bondon, m. 


Buoy, 


Boje, / 


Boy a,/. 


Bouee, /. 


Buoyant, 


Bebend, 


Boyante, m. 


Flottant,-e. 


Bur, 


Klette,/. 


Cadillo, m. 


Bardane, /. 


Burdock, 


Klette,/. 


Bardana, /. 


Glouteron, m. 


Burden, 


Last,/. 


Carga, 


Fardeau,-x, m. 


Burgamot, 


Bergamotte, /. 


Pera bergomota, Bergamote, /. 


Bureau, 


Schreibtisch, m. 


Escritorio, m. 


Bureau,-x, m. 


Burglar, 


Dieb, m. 


Robador, m. 


Voleur, m. 


Burn, 


Brand, s. m. 


Quemadura,5./. 


Brulure, s.f. brii- 




brennen, v. 


quemar, v. 


ler, v. 


Burst, 


Bersten, 


Reventar, 


Crever. 


Bury, 


Vergraben, 


Enterrar, 


Enterrer. 


Bush, 


Busch, m. 


Arbusto, m. 


Buisson, m. 


Bushel, 


Scheffel, m. 


Fanega,/. 


Boisseau,-x, m. 


Bustle, 


Gerausch, s. n. 


Bullicio, s. m. 


Bruit, m. 






430 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



BUS. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Busy, 


Geschaftig, adj. 


Ocupado, adj. 


Actif,-ve, adj. oc- 




beschaftigen, v. 


ocupar, v. 


cuper, v. 


But, 


Aber, nur, als. 


Excepto, 


Mais. 


But, 


Ende, s. n. an- 


Limite, cabo,s.7/i. Bout, s. m. heur- 




grenzen, v. 


hincharse, v. 


ter, v. 


Butcher, 


Fleischer, s. m. 


Carnicero, s. m. 


Boucher, s. m. 




schlachten, v. 


matar, v. 


egorger, v. 


Butchery, 


Fleischbank, /. 


Carruceria, / 


Boucherie, /. 


Butter, 


Butter,/ 


Manteca,/. 


Beurre, m. 


Buttery, 
Button, 


Speisekammer,/. Mantecoso, m. 
Knopf, s. m. zu- Boton, s. m. 


Depense,/. 
Bouton, s. m. 




knopfen, v. 


abotonar, v. 


boutanner, v. 


Buttress, 


Stiitze,/. 


Estribo, m. 


Arc-boutant, m. 


Buy, 


Kaufen, 


Comprar, 


Acheter. 


Buyer, 


Kaufer, m. 


Comprador, m. 


Acheteur-se,?w./ 


By, 


Durch, von, zu, 


For, 


Par, de, a, au, 


Bye (good,) 


Lebe wohl, 


a Dios, 


Adieu. 


Cabbage, 


Kohl, m. 


Berza,/. 


Chou,-x, [/. 


Cabin, 


Cabinet, n. 


Cabana, /. 


Petite chambre, 


Cabinet, 


Cabinet, n. 


Gabinete, m. 


Cabinet, m. 


Cable, 


Ankertau, n. 


Cable, m. 


Cable, m. 


Cadet, 


Cadet, m. 


Cadete, m. 


Cadet, m. 


Cage, 


Vogelbauer,s.w. 


Jaula, s.f. en- 


Cage, s. /. enca- 




einspenen, v. 


jaular, v. 


ger, v. 


Cake, 


Kuchen, m. 


Bollo, m. 


Gateau-x, m. 


Calash, 


Kalesche, /. 


Calesa,/. 


Caleche./. 


Calculate, 


Ausrechnen, 


Calcular, 


Calculer. 


Calculation, 


Berechnung, / 


Calculacion, /. 


Calcul, m. 


Caldron, 


Kochtopf, m. 


Caldera,/. 


Chaudron, m. 


Calender, 


Kalender, m. 


Calandria,/. 


Calandre,/. 


Calf, 


Kalb, n. 


Pontorrilla, /. 


Veau-x, m. 


Calico, 


Kattun, m. 


Calicad,/. 


Indienne, / 


Call, 


Nennen, 


Llamar, 


Appeler. 


Calm, 


Windstille, s.f. 


Calmo, s. m. 


Calme, s. m. cal- 




ruhig, adj. 


tranquilo, adj. 


me, adj. 


Calomel, 


Calomel, n. 


Mercurio dulce, 


Calomel, m. 


Calumny, 


Verleumdung,/ Calumnia,/. 


Calomnie,/. 


Cambric, 


Kammertuch, n. 


Batista,/. 


Batiste,/. 






r* 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



431 



CAM. 

Camel, 

Camomile, 

Camp, 

Campaign, 

Camphor, 

Canal, 

Canary-bird, 

Cancel, 

Cancer, 

Candid, 

Candidate, 

Candle, 

Candle-snuffer, 

Candlestick, 

Candor, 

Cannibal, 

Cannon, 

Canon, 

Canopy, 

Cant, 

Canter, 

Canto, 
Canvass, 



GERMAN. SPANISH. 

Kameel, n. Camello, m. 

Kamille,/. Manzanilla, /. 

Lager, s. n. cam- Campo, s. m. 

piren, v. acampar, v. 

Feldzug, m. Campaiia,/. 
Kampfer, m. Alcanfor, m. 
Canal, m. Canal, m. 

Canarienvogel,w Canario, m. 
Ausstreichen, Cancelar, 



Krebs, m. 
Weisz, 
Candidat, m. 
Licht, 11. 
Lichtputze, /. 



Cancer, m. 
Candido, 
Candidate, m. 
Candela,/. 



FRENCH. 

Chameau,-x, m. 
Camomille,/. 
Camp, s. m. 

camper, v. 
Campagne,/. 
damphre, m. 
Canal,-aux, m. 
Serin, m.f. 
Canceller. 
Can ere, m. 
Blanc,-he. 
Candidat, m. 



Chandelle,/. 
Despabiladeras,/Moucheur (m) d( 



Canvasser, 

Cap, 
apable, 
apacity, 

Cape, 

Capit-al,-ol, 



Captain, 
apt 

aptivity, 
ar, 

iss, 
Card, 



I 

C 



cbandelle. 

Leucbter, m. Candelero, m. Chandelier, m. 
Biederkeit, /. Candor, m. Candeur,/. 

Kannibal, m. Canibal, m. [ria, Canibale, m. 
Kanone,/. Canon de artille- Canon, m. 

Kanon, m. Canon, m. Canon,statute,77i. 

Traghimmel, m. Dosel, m. Dais, pavilion, m. 

Heuchelei, s.f. Gerigonza, s.f. Argot, s. m. jar- 

winfeln, v. almonedear, v. gonner, v. 

Pasz, s. m. Galope, s. in. Galop, s. m. 

galopiren, v. galopear, v. galopear, v. 
Gesang, m. Canto, m. Chant, m. 

Cannevas, s. m. Lona, s.f. solici- Canevas, s. m. 
prufen,v.[ler,w. tar, v. sollicker, v. 

Stimmensamm- Solicitador, m. Solliciteur, m. 
Miitze, Haube,/. Gorro, m. Gorra, Chnpeau, m. 

;, tiichtig, Capaz, Capable. 

Umfang, m. Capacidad,/. Capacite,/. 
Kragen, m. Cabo, in. Collet, m. 

Hauptstadt,*./. Capitolio, s. m. Chapiteau-x,s.m. 

peinlich, adj. capital, adj. capital, -e, adj. 
Hauptmann, m. Capiun, m. Capitaine, m. 
Einnehmen, [/ Cautivar, Captiver. 

(l'-f:ingen;chat't, Cautiverio, m. Captivite,/. 
Karren, m. Carreta,/. Charrette,/. 

TodterKorper,w Res muerta, /. Carcasse, /. 
Karte, /. ' Naype, m. Carte, curde, / 



432 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



CAR. 

Cardinal, 

Care, 

Careful, 

Careless, 

Caress, 

Cargo, 

Carmine, 

Carnage, 

Carol, 



Carpenter, 

Carpet, 

Carriage, 

Carry, 

Cart, 

Carve, 

Case, 

Cash, 

Cashier, 

Cask, 

Cast, 

Castle, 

Castor, 

Cat, 

Cataract, 

Catch, 

Cathedral, 

Catholic, 

Cattle, 
Cause, 

Caution, 

Cavern, 

Cedar, 

Celebrate, 

Celebration, 

Celestial, 



GERMAN. SPANISH. 

Cardinal, s. m. Cardinal, s. m. 
vornehmst, adj. cardinal, adj. 
Sorge,Vorsicht,/Cuidado, m. 
Besorgt, Cuidadoso, 

, Nachlassig, Descuidado, 
Liebkosen, Acariciar, 

Schiffsladung,/. Carga,/. 
Car rain, m. Carmin, m. 

Blutbad, n. Carniceria,/. 
Lied, s. n. sin- Villancico, 



FllENCH. 

Cardinal, s. m. 
cardinal,-e, adj. 

Soin, m. 

Soigneux,-se. 

Negligent,-^. 

Caresser. 

Cargaison, /. 

Rouge, carmin- 

Carnage, m. 

Chanson joy- 
gen, v. can tar, v. euse, s.f. chan- 
ter, v. 

Zimmermann, m. Carpintero, m. Charpentier, m. 
Teppich, m. \m. Tapete de mesa, Tapis, m. 
Fuhre, /. Wagen, Porte, Coche, m. Voiture, /. [ter. 
Tragen, fuhren, Llevar, Porter, transpor- 



771. 



Caxero, m. 



Karren, m. 

Graben, 

Futteral, n. 

Baares Geld, 

Cassirer, m. 

Fasz, n. Helm,m. Barril, m. 

Werfen, Tirar, mudar, 

Schloss. n. \n. Castillo, m. 

Biber, Biberhut, Castor, m. 

Katze,/ Cato, m. 

Wasserfall, n. Cascada,/. 

Fangen, Coger, 

Domkirche, /. Catedral, /. 

Katholik, s. m. Catolico, s. m. 

katholisch,ac?/. catolico, adj. 
Rindvieh, n. Ganado, m. 
Ursache, 5. /. Causa, s. f. 
verursachen, v. causar, v. 
Vorsicht, s.f. 

warnen, v. 
Hohle,/. 
Ceder,/. 
Feiern, 
Feier,/ 



Himmlisch, 



CarrOjCarromato, Charrette,/ 
Grabar, Couper. 

Estado, m. [te, Boite,/ [tant,w. 
Dinero comtan- Argent eornpt- 

Caissier, m. 

Tonneau,-x, m. 

Jeter, lancer. 

Chateau,-x, m. 

Castor, m. 

Chat, m. 

Chute (/)d'eau. 

Saisir, prendre. 

Cathedrale,/ 

Catholique, s.m. 
catholique, adj. 

Betail, m. Betes. 

Cause,/ cau- 
ser, v. 

Prudence, s. f. 
avertir, v. 

Caverne, / 

Cedre, m. 

CSlebrer. 

Celebration,/ 

Celeste. 



I 



Cautela, s. f. 
prevenir, v. 



Caverna, /. 
Cedro, m. 
Celebrar, 
Celebracion, /. 
Celestial, 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 






CEL. 


GEKM.V.V. ISH. FKEXCH. 


Cellar, 


Keller, m. Sdtano, m. Cave,/cellier,?rc. 


Cent, 


Hundert, n. Ciento, ?n. Cent, m. 


Centinel, 


Schildwache, f. Centinela, m. Sentinelle, f. 


Centre, 


Mittelpunkt. m. Centro, m. Centre, m. 


Century, 


Jahrhundert, n. Centuria, /. Centur,-ie, /. 


Ceremony, 


Ceremonie,/ Ceremonia,/. Ceremonie,/. 


Certain, 


Gewisz, Cierto, certain, Certain, -e. 


Certificate, 


Bescheinigung,/. Certificacion, /. Certificat, m. 


Certify, 


Vergewissern, Certificar, Certifier. 


Cessation, 


Stillstand, m. Cesacion,/. Cessation,/. 


Chaff, 


Spreu,/. Zurron, m. Faille,/. 


Chain, 


Kette,/ Cadena,/ Chaine,/ 


Chair, 


Sitz, Stuhl, m. Silla, /. Chaise, /. 


Chalk, 


Kreide./.Kalk,wi. Greda, /. Craie, marne,/. 


Chamber, 


Kammer,/. Camara,/. Chambre,/. 


Chance, 


Zufall,/. Fortuna,/ Hasard, m. 


Chancellor, 


Kanzler, m. Canciller, m. Chancelier,?7i. 


Chancery, 


Kanzlei,/. Cancilleria,/. Chancellerie,/. 


Change.', 


Wechseln,v.Ver- Mudar, v. mu- Changer, v. 




anderung, s.f. danza, s.f. changement,s.m. 


Chap, 


Maul,.s.spalten,v. Grieta,s/.rajar,v. Fente,s/*.fendre,v 


Chapel, 


Capelle,/ Capilla,/. - Chapelle,/. 


Character, 


Schriftzug, m. Caracter, m. Caractere,w. [m. 


Charcoal, 


Holzkohle,/. Carbon, m. Charbon de bois. 


Charge, 


Ladung, s.f. Cargo, s. m. Charge, s.f. 




laden, v. encargar, v. charger, v. 


Charity, 


Gutmuthigkeit/. Oaridad,/ Charite,/. 


Charm, 


Zauber, s. m. Encanto, s. m. Charm, s. m. 




bezaubern, v. encantar, v. charmer, v. 


Charmer, 


Zauberer, m. Encantador, m. Enchanteur, m. 


Chart, 


Seekarte,/. Cartadenavigar, Carte marine,/. 


Charter, 


Urkunde,/. Privilegio, m. Titre, m. [ser,v. 


Chase, 


Jadg,*./. Jagen,v Caza,s./ cazar,y. Chasse,*./. clias- 


Chaste, 


Keusch, Casto, puro, Chaste, tidele. 


Chastity, 


Keusehheit,/. Castidad,/. [m. Chastete,/. 


Chattel, 


Vermogcn, n. Bienes muebles, Biens, m. 


Cheap, 


Wohlfeil, Barato, X A bon marche. 


Cheat, 


Betrug, 5. m. Trapa, s. f. Tromperie, s.f. 




betriigen, v. enganar, v. tromper, v. 


Check, 


Einhalt, s. m. Rechazo, s. m. Obstacle, s. m. 




hemmen, v. reprimir, v. arretter, v. 
37 






434 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



CUE. 

Cheek, 

Cheese, 

Chemistry, 

Chesnut, 

Chess, 

Chest, . 

Chew, 

Chicken, 

Chief, 

Child, 
Chill, 

Chimney, 

Chin, 

Chip, 

Chisel, 

Chocolate, 
Choice, 

Choose, 
Chord, 

Christ, 

Christian, 

Christmas, 

Church, 

Churn, 

Chemist, 

Cider, 

Cinnamon, 

Circle, 

Circulate, 

Circulation, 
Circumcise, 
Circumcision, 
Circumference, 



GERMAN. 

Wange,/. 
Kiise, m. 
Chemie,/. 
Kastanie, /. 



SPANISH. 

Carrillo, m. 
Queso, m. 
Quimica,/. 
C astan a, j-[d rez, 



Schachspiel, n. Juego(??i)de axe- 
Kiste, Lade,/. Area,/. 
Kauen, Mascar, 

Kiichlein, Polluelo, m. 

Erste, s. m. Principal, adj. 
oberst, adj. Xefe, s. m. 
Kind, n. Infante, m. \y. 

Frost, s. m. kalt Frio, s. m. enfriar, 
raachen, v. 

Chimenea, /. 
Barba,/. 
Brizna, s.f. 
astillar, v. 



Kara in, n. 
Kinn, n. 
Span, s. m. 

schneiden, v. 
Meissel, s. m. 

meizeln, v. 
Chocolate,/. 



Escoplo, s. m. 
escoplear, v. 
Chocolate, m. 
Wahl, s.f. aus- Elecion, s.f. es- 

erlesen, adj. cogido, adj. 
Wahlen, Escoger, 

Saite,/ mit Sai- Cuerda, s.f. en- 
ten beziehen,v. cordar, v. 
Christus, m. Christo, m. 
Christ, m. Christiano, m. 

Weichnachten,w. Navidad, /. 
Kirche, /. Iglesia, /. 

Butterfass, s. n. Mantequera, s.f. 

schiitteln, v. agitar, v. 
Scheidekiinstler, Quimico, m. 
Aepfelwein, m. Sidra,/. 
Zimmt, m. Canele,/. 

Zirkel, Kreis, m. Circulo, circo, m. 
In Umlauf brin- Cercar, 

gen, [lauf, m. 

Umlauf, Kreis- Circulacion,/. 
Beschneiden, Circuncidar, 
Beschneidung,/. Circuncision,/. 
Umkreis, m. Circunferencia, 



FRENCH. 
Joue,/. 
Fromage, m. 
Chimie,/. 
Chataigne,/. 
Echeco, m. \m. 
Caisse,/. coffre, 
Macher. [m. 
Poulet, poussin, 
Chef, s. m. 

principal, adj. 
Enfant, m.f. 
Froid, s. m. 

glacer, v. 
Chemince,/. 
Menton, m. 
Copeau,-x, ,9. m 

hacher v. 
Cisseau-x, s. m. 

ciseler, v. 
Chocolat, m. 
Choix, s. m. 

Choisi,-e, adj. 
Choisir. 
Corde t s./. mon- 

ter, v. 
Christ, m. 
Chreten,-ne,m. 
Noel, m. 
Eglise,/ 
Baratte, 

baratt*, v. 
ChimistJ m. 
Cidre, wf. 
Cinnamome, n. 
Cercle, m. 
Circuler. 

Circulation, /. 
Circoncire. 
Circoncision,/. 
Circonfereuce, /. 






i- 

' 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



435 



cm. 


MAN. 


BPAJOU. 


MJH. 


Circumnavi- 


Unischiften, 


Navegar al rede- 


Navijmcr autour 


gate, 




dor, 


de. 


Circumstance, 


Umstand, m. 


Circunstancia,/ 


Circonstance, /. 


Circumstantial, 


Zuiullig, 


Accidental, 


Accidentel,-le. 


Circus, 


Circus, m. \m. 


Circo, m. 


Circque, m. 


rn, 


Wasserbehalter, 


Cisterna, f. 


Citerne, /. 


Cite, 


Vorladen, 


Citer a juicio, 


Citer. 


City, 


Stadt,/. 


Ciudad,/. 


Ville, cite,/. 


Citizen, 


Burger, m. 


Cindadano, m. 


Citoyen,-ne,/.wi. 


Civil, 


Biirgerlich, 


Civil, 


Civil,-e. 


Civilize, 


Gesittet machen, 


Civiiizar, 


Civiliser. 


Claim, 


Anspruch, s. m. 


Demanda, s.f. 


Demande, s. f. 




" machen, v. 


demandar, v. 


Demander, v. 


Clap, 


Klappern, 


Batir, 


Batir, claquer. 


Clarify, 


Abklaren, 


Clariticar, 


Clarifier. 


Clasp, 


Ilaken, s. m. 


Broche, i-. m. 


Agrafe, *./. 




zuhaken, v. 


abrochar, v. 


agrafe- r, i'. 


Class, 


Classe,/. 


Clase,/. 


Classe,/ 


Classical, 


Classich, 


Clasico, 


Classique. 


Clatter, 


Gerassel, *. n. 


Resonancia, s.f. 


Choc, s. m. faire 




zanken, v. 


resonar, v. 


du bruit, v. 


Clause, 


Redt-satz, m. \y. 


Clausula, [rar,v. 


Clause,/ 


Claw, 


Klaue,/ kratzen, 


Garra,*./.dt -sgar- Griffe, gratter,v. 


Clay, 


Thon, Lehm, m. 


Arcilla,/. 


Argille,/ 


Clean, 


Kcin, glatt, adj. 


Limpio, adj. lim- 


Popre, adj. net- 




reinigen, v. 


piar, v. 


toy or, c. 


Clear, 


Hell, klar, adj. 


Claro, adj. clari- 


Claire, adj. 




.i^t-n, v. 


licar, v. 


eclaircir, v. 


cigy, 


Geistlichkeit,/ 


Clero, m. 


Clerge, m. 


ClerK 


Geistliclu-, m. 


Clerigo, m. 


Clerc, m. 




Geschickt, 


Diestro, 


Habile. 


ClimaB, 


Klima, /?. 


Clima,/ 


Cliraat, m. 


Climb,f 


Klimmt'n, 


Subir, 


Grimper sur. 


Clinch, 


Befestigen, 


Empuiiar, 


Empoigner. 


Cling, 


Anhangen, 


Col gar, 


Se tener a. 


Clip, 


Abschneiden, 


Abrazar, 


Embrasscr. 


Cloak, 
Clock, 


Mantel, m. 
Schlaguhr,/. 


Capa,/. 
Relox, m. 


Manteau,-x, fit. 

IJurloirc-,/ 


Close, 


Zumachen, v. 


Cerrar, v. cerra- Former, v. en- 




verborgen, adj. 


do, adj. 


forme, adj. 


Closet, 


Cabinet, n. 


Retrete, m. 


Cabinet, m. 






4db INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


CLO. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Cloth, 
Clothe, 


Zeug,m. Tuch, n. 
Bekleiden, 


Pano, m. 

Vestir, 


Toile,/ drap, m. 
Habiller. 


Clothes, 


Kleidung, /. 


Vestidos, m. 


Habillement, m. 


Clothier, 


Tuchhandler, m. 


Fabrikante (m) 


D rapier, m. 






de panos, 




Cloud, 


Wolke,/. 


Nube,"/. 


Nue,/ nuage,77i. 


Clove, . 


Kloben, m. 


Clavo, m. 


Clou de girofle,i 


Clown, 


Grobian, m. 


Patan, m. 


Paysan, m. 


Club, 


Keule,/. 


Clava,/. 


Massue, /. 


Cluster, 


Schwarm, s. m. 


Racimo, s. m. 


Amas, s. m. 




hausen, v. 


apinar, v. 


amasser, v. 


Coach, 


Kutsche, /. 


Coche, m. 


Carosse m. 


Coal, 


Kohle,/ 


Fuego, m. 


Charbon, m. 


Coalition, 


Vereinigung,/. 


Union, / 


Coalition, / 


Coarse, 


Grob, roh, 


Baste, 


Grossier. 


Coat, 


Roch, m. Fell . 


Cassaca,/ 


Habit, m. 


Coax, 


Schmeicheln, 


Lisonjear, 


Flatter. 


Cobble, 


Flicken, 


Chapucear, 


Saveter. 


Cobbler, 


Pfuscher, m. 


Chapucero, m. 


Savetier, m. 


Cock, 


Hahn, m. 


Gallo, m. 


Coq, m. 


Code, 


Gesetzbuch, n. 


Libro, m. 


Code, m. 


Coffee, 


Kaffee, m* 


Cafe, m. 


Cafe, m. 


Coffin, 


Sarg,w. Diite,/. 


Ataud, m. 


Biere,/ 


Cogent, 


Dringend, 


Convincente, 


Convainquant,-e. 


Coin, 


Ecke,/. Keil, m. 


Moneda, /. 


Monnaie,/ 


Coincide, 


Zusammentref- 


Coincidir, 


Coincider. 




fen, [/. 






Coincidence, 


Zusammenkunft, 


Coincidencia,/ 


Coincidence, / 


Cold, 


Kalte, kalt, adj. 


FriOyS.m. kio,adj. 


Froid,froid,-e,ad)' 


Collar, 


Halsband, ?i. 


Collera, / 


Collier, m.*' 


Collect, 


Sammeln, 


Congregar, 


Ramasser. 


Collection, 


Sammlung,/. 


Colecion,/ 


Collection,/. 


Collector, 


Sammler, m. 


C elector, m. 


Collecteur, m. 


College, 


Collegium, n. 


Colegio, m. 


College, m. 


Collegian, 


Student, m. 


Colegial, m. 


Membre m. d'un 








College. 


Collegiate, 
Collision, 


Collegialisch, Colegial, 
Collision,/ Colision, /. 


Collegial,-e. 
Choc, m. 


Colonel, 


Oberste, m. 


Coronel, m. 


Colonel, m. 


Colony, 


Kolonie, /. 


Colonia,/ 


Colonie, / 


Colt, 


Hengstfullen, n. 


Potro, m. 


Poulain, m. 






INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



437 



COL. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


PREXCU. 


Column, 


Columne,/. 


Columna,/. 


Colonne,/. 


Corab, 


Kamm, m. 


Peyne, m. 


Pcigne, m. 


Combat, 


Kampf,s.w. strei- 


Combnte, s. m. 


Combat, s. m. 




ten, v. 


combatir, v. 


combattre, u. 


Combine, 


Verbinden, 


Combinar, 


Joindre. 


Come, 


Kommen, 


Venir, 


Venir. [-ne, m.f. 


Comedian, 


Schauspieler, m. 


Comediante, m. 


Commedien, 


Comedy, 


Lustspiel, 7i. 


Comedia, /. 


Comedie,/. 


Comet, 


Comet, m. 


Cometa,/ 


Comete,/. 


Comfort, 


Trost, s. m. tros- 


Confortacion,.*?./. Secours, s. m. 




ten, v. 


confortar, v. 


consoler, v. 


Comforter, 


Troster, TTI. 


Consolador, m. 


Consolateur, m. 


Comical, 


Possierlich, 


Comico, 


Comique. 


Command, 


Befehl, s. m. 


Mando, s. m. 


Odre,4-.m., com- 




befehlen, v. 


mandar, v. 


mander, v. 


Commander, 


Befehlshaber, m. 


Comandante,ra. 


Commandant, m. 


Command- 


Hochste Ge- 


Mandato, m. 


Command- 


ment, 


w;ilt, /. 




ment, m. 


Commence, 


Beginnen, 


Comenzar, 


Commencer. 


Comment, v. 


Bemerkungen 


Comentar, 


Commenter. 




machen, 






Comment, n. 


Anmerkung,/. 


Comento, m. 


Commentaire,7?i. 


Commentator, 


Ausleger, m. 


Comentador, m. 


Commentateur. 


Commerce, 


Ge \verbe, n. 


Comercio, m. 


Commerce, m. 


Commercial, 


Mcrkantisch, 


Comercial, 


Commercial, -e. 


Commission, 


Auftnig, m. 


Coraision, /. 


Commission, f. 


Commit, 


Uebergeben, [m. 


Cometer, 


Confier a. 


Committee, 


engerAusschusz, 


Junta(/)decom- Comiie, m. 






misionados.rw. 




Common, 


Gemein, 


Comun, [?;i. 


Commun,-e. 


Commotion, 


Bewegung,/. 


Levantamteoto, 


Emeu: 


! Communica- 


MiLtheilung,/. 


Comunicacion,/. 


Communica- 


tion, 






tion, f. 


Communion, 


Gemeinschaft,/. 


Comunidad, /. 


Communion,/. 


Community, 


(jlcnu-inde, 


Comunidad,/ 


Communaute. 


Compact, 


Betrag, 6\ m. 


Pacto, .9. m. com- 


Pacte, .v. m. 


Companion, 
Company, 


Gedrungen,ow?/. pacto, adj. 
Gesellschafter,7rc Companero, rn. 
Zunft, /. Compaiiia, /. 


c impart, adj. 
Compagnon, m. 
Gompaguie,/. 


Compart-, 


Vergleichcn, 


Comparar, 


Comparer. 


Comparison, 


Vergleichung,/. 


Comparacion, /. 


Comp.iraison,/ 



\J\JH4 L/ill C 

Comparis 



438 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



COM. 

Compass, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 
Compass, s. m. Circulo, s. m. Tour, 5. m. 




einschliessen, v. circuir, v. entourer, v. 


Compel, 


Zwingen, Compeler, Forcer. 


Compete, 


Concurriren,[gen Disputar, Concourir. 


Compile, 


Zusammentra- Compilar, Compiler. 


Complain, 


Beklagen, Quejarse, Deplorer. [m.f. 


Complainant, 


Klager, m. Querellante, m. Complaignant,-e. 


Complaint, 


Klage,/. Queja,/ Plainte,/. 


Complement, 


Erganzung,/. Complemento,ra. Perfection,/. 


Complete, 


Vollenden, v. Completar, v. Acomplir, v. 




vollstandig, adj. "completo, adj. complet,-e,ac//. 


Complexion, 


Ansehen, n. Complexo, m. Complexion,/. 


Complicate, 


Verwickeln, v. Complicar, v. Compliquer, v. 




verwickelt,arf/. complicado,ac?/. complique,-e,ad[/. 


Compliment, 


Compliment, s.n. Cumplimiento,^. Compliment, m. 




griissen, v. cumplimentar,^. complimenter, v. 


Comply, 


Einwilligen,[zen, Cumplir, Condescendre a. 


Compose, 


Zusammenset- Componer, Composer. 


Composition, 


Schreibart, /. Composicion, /. Composition, /. 


Compositor, 


Setzer, m. Compositor, m. Compositeur, m. 


Comprise, 


Begreifen, Comprehender, Contenir. 


Compulsion, 


Zwang, m. Compulsion,/. Contrainte, /. 


Compute, 


Rechnen, Computar, Compter. 


Comrade, 


Camerad, m. Camarada,/. Camarade, m.f. 


Conceal, 


Verhehlen, Callar, Celer, cacher. 


Conceit, 


Gedanke, m. Concepcion, /. Imagination, /. 


Conceive, 


Fassen, \m. Concebir, Concevoir. 


Conception, 


BegrifF, Vorsatz, Concepcion,/. Conception. 


Concern, 


Sorge, s.f. Negocia, s.f. Affaire, s.f. con- 




betrefFen, v. concernir, v. cerner, v. 


Concert, 


Concert, n. Concierto, m. Concert, m. 


Concise, 


Gedrungen, Conciso, Concis,-e. 


Conclude, 


Schlieszen, Concluir, Conclure. 


Conclusion, 


Scliluss, m. Conclusion,/. Conclusion, /. 


Concord, 


Eintr cht,/. Concordia,/. Concorde,/. 


Concourse, 


Zulauf, m. [men, Concurso, m. Concours, m. 


Concur, 


Uebereinstim- Concurrir, Concurir. 


Concurrence, 


Uebereinstimm- Concurrencia,/. Concours, m. 




ung,/ 


Condemn, 


Verdammen, Condenar, Condamner. 


Condemnation, 


Verdammung,/. Condenauon. f Condemnation,/ 



I 



IXTKIiXATK >.\ AL DICTIONARY. 



439 



CON. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISU. 


run 


Condense, 


Verdichten, 


Condensar, 


Condons. -r. 


Condition, 


Zustand, m. 


Condicion,/. 


Condition, /. 


Conduct, 


Geleit, s. n. fiih- 


Conducta, s,f. 


Conduit, s.f. 




ren, v. 


conducir, v. 


mener, v. 


Conductor, 


Fiihrer, m. [f. 


Conductor, m. 


Conducteur, m. 


Confectionery, 


Zuckerbiickerei, 


Confiteria,/ 


Laboratoire, m. 


Confer, 


Vergleichen, 


Conferenciar, 


Conferer. 


tionf 


Bekennen, 


Confesar, 


Confesser,/. 


Confession, 


Zeugniss, n. 


Confesion,/. 


Confession, 


( 'onlide, 


Vertrauen, 


Confiar, 


Se fier. 


Confidence, 


\'t rtrauen, n. 


Confianza,/. 


Contiance,/. 


Confine, 


Grenze, s. f. an- 


Confin, s. m. 


Bourne,5.?i.confi- 




grenzen, v. 


confinar, v. 


ner,v. [ment,???. 


Confinement, 


Verhaft,/. 


Prision, /. 


Emprisonne- 


Confirm, 


]>t:st:itigen, 


Confirmar, 


C on firmer. 


Conflagration, 


Feuersbrunst,/. 


Conflagracion, /. 


Incendie,/. 


Conflict, 


Kampf,s.m. kam- 


Conflicto, s. m. 


Combat, s. m. 




pfen, v. 


luchar, v. 


lutter, v. 


Conform, 


Sich richten, 


Conformar, 


Conformer. 


Confuse, 


Verwirren, 


Confundir, 


Meier. 


Confusion, 


\\T\\ irrung,/. 


Confusion,/. 


Confusion,/. 


Congratulate, 


Gliick wiinschen 


Congratular, 


Congratuler. 


Congregation, 


Versammlung,/ 


Agregado, m. 


Congregation, / 


Congress, 


Congress, M.fs./Cono-reso, m. 


Cong res, m. 


Conjecture, 


Muthmaszung, 


Conjectura, s. f. 


Conjecture, *./. 




. mutlimaszen,i/. 


conjecturar, v. 


conjecturer, v. 


Conjugal, 


Ehelich, 


Conyugal, 


Conjugal,-e. 


Conju_ 


Conjugiren, 


Juntar, 


Unir, maric-r. 


Conjugation, 


Verbindung, /. 


Conjuncion,/. 


Conjugaison,/. 


Conjunction, 


Bindewort, n. 


Conjuncion, f. 


Conjunction,/. 


Conjuiv, 


Beschworen, 


Conjurar, 


Conjurer. 


Conjurer, 


Beschworer, m. 


Conjurador, m. 


Enchanteur, m. 


Connect, 


Verbinden, [m. 


Juntar, 


Joindre. 


Connexion, 


Zusarnmenhang, 


Connexion,/. 


Connexion,/. 


Connive, 


Wink 


Guinar el ojo, 


Connivcr. 


Conquer, 


^en, 


Conquistar, 


Conquerir. 


Conqu 


Kroh.jrung,/. 


Conquista,/ 


Conquete,/. 


Conscious, 


Bewuszt, 


Consabido, \s. m. Sensible, [s. m. 


Consent, 


Einwilligung, s.f. Consentimiento, 


Consentement, 




eiuwilligen, v. 


consentir, v. 


consentir, v. 


Consequence, 


Einflus.s, in. 


Conseqiiencia, / 


Consequence, /. 






440 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



CON. 

Conservative, 

Consider, 

Consideration, 

Consist, 

Consistent, 

Consolation, 

Console, 

Conspiracy, 

Conspire, 

Constable, 

Constant, 

Constitute, 

Constitution, 

Constrain, 

Constraint, 

Construct, 

Constructor, 

Construction, 

Consult, 

Consume, 

Consumption, 

Contact, 

Contain, 

Contempt, 

Contend, 

Content, 

Contentment, 
Contest, 

Continent, 
Continual, 
Continue, 
Contract, 

Contradict, 
Contradiction, 
Contrary, 
Contrast, 

Contribute, 



GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 

Erhaltend, Conservative, Preservative. 

Betrachten, Considerar, Considerer. 
Ueberlegung,/. Consideracion,/. Consideration, /. 
Bestehen, Consistir, Consister. 

Dicht, fest, Consistente, Conforme. 

Trost, m. Consolacion, /. Consolation,/. 

Consoler. 

Conspiration, / 

Oonspirer. 

Connetable, 

Constant,-e. 

Constituer. 

Constitution, /. 



Consolar, 



Trosten 

Versch\vorung,/Conspiracion, f. 

Verschworen, Conspirar, 

Hascher, m. Alguacil, m. 

Standhaft, Constante, 

Ausmacken, [/. Constituir, 

Staatsverfassung Constitucion, /. 

Zwingen, Constrenir, [m. Contraindre. 

Zwang, m. Constrenimiento Contrainte,/. 

Errichten, Construir, Construire. 

Erbauer, m. Arquitecto, m. Batisseur, m. 

Erbauung,/. Construccion, /.Construction,/ 



mn Rath fragen, Consultarse, 
Verzeliren, Consumir, 

Verbrauch, m. 
Beriihrung, /. 
Enthalten, 
Verachtung,/. 
Streiten, 
Befriedigen, v. 
Zufrieden, a. 



Consume, m. 
Contacto, m. 
Contener, 
Disprecio, m. 
Contender, 
Contentar, v. 
contento, adj. 



Consulter. 
Consumer. 
Consomption,/. 
Contact, m. 
Contenir. 
Mepris, m. 
Disputer. 
Contentir, v. con- 
tent,-e, a. 



Zufriedenheit, f. Contentamiento, Satisfaction, /. 
Streit, s. m. strei- Contienda, s. /. Contestation, s.f. 

ten, v. contestar, v. disputer, v. 

feste Land, n. Continente, m. Continent, m. 
Ununterbrochen Continuo, Continual,-le. 

Sortsetzen, Continuar, Pursuivre. 

Vertrag, s. m. Contrato, s. m. Contrat, s. m. se 

verkiirzen, v. contratar, v. contracter, v. 
Widersprechen, Contradecir, Contredire. 
Widerspruch, m. Contradiccion, / Contradiction, /. 
Zuwider, gegen, Contrario, Contniire. 

Abstich, s. m. Contraste, s. m. Contraste, s. m. 

abstechen, v. contrastar, v. contraster, v. 
Beitragen, Contribuir, Contribuer. 






INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



CON. 

Contribution, 
Contrivance, 
Contrive, 
Control, 

Controversy, 

Convalescence, 

Convalescent, 

Convene, 

Convenience, 

Convenient, 

Convent, 

Convention, 

Conversation, 

Converse, 

Conversion, 

Convert, 

Convey, 

Conveyance, 

Convict, 

Conviction, 

Convince, 

Cook, 

Cool, 



: 



Cooper, 
Copartner, 

trtncrship, 
Cope, 



opious, 

Pf1 

Coquette, 

Coral, 
Cord, 
Core, 






GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 

Steuer,/. Cooperacion, f. Contribution,/! 

Erfindung,/ Idea, /. Invention,/. 

Erfinden, Idear, Inventor. 

Gewalt, s.f. be- Contra-lista, s.f. Controle, s. m. 

herrschen, v. reprimer, v. controler, v. 
Streit, m. Controversia, /. Dispute,/. 

Genesung,/. Convalecencia, / Convalescence,/. 
Genesend, Convaleciente, Convalescence. 

Vorladen, Convocar, Assembler. 

Schicklichkeit,/. Conveniencia, / Aise,/. 
Schicklich, Conveniente, Convenable. 

Kloster, n. Convento, m. Couvent, m. 

Versammlung,/. Convencion,/ Convention,/. 
Gesprach, n. Convercion, /. Conversation,/. 
Umgang baben, Conversat, Converset. 

Umkehrung, / Conversion,/ Conversion,/. 
Bekehrter, s. m. Converse, s. m. Proselyte a. in. 

bekehren, v. convertir, v. convertir,v. 
Fiihren, tragen, Transporter, Transporter. 
Wegfuhren, ;i. Conduccion, / Transport, m. 
Verbrecher, a.m. Convicto, s. m. Forgat, s. m. re- 

wigerlegen, v. convencer, v. futer, v. 
Ueberfuhrung,/Conviccion,/. Conviction,/. 
Ueberzeugen, Convencer, Convaincre. 

Koch, m. ko'chin, Cocinero, s. m. Cuisinier, s. m. 

s.f. kocben, v. cocinar, v. cuisiner, v. 

Kaltsinnig, adj. Fresco, adj. en- Frais, calme, adj. 

erkalten, v. friar, v. rafraichir, v. 

Kiiper, m. Tonelero, m. Tonnelier, m. 

Theilhaber, m. Companero, m. Associe,-e, m. f. 
Gcnossenscbaft/Compania, /. Association,/ 
Decke, s.f. kara- Capa (?./.) plu- Calotte, s. /. 

pfen, v. vial, cubrir, v. s' opposer, a, v. 

Haufig, Copiose, Copieux,-se. 

Abschrift,/. Copia,/ Copie, example/ 

Coquette, / . Dama presuraida Coquette, /. 

de hermosa, / 

Koralle, /. Coral, m. Corail,-aux, m. 

Seil, n, Strick, m. Cuerda,/. Corde, /. 

Greibs, Kern, m. Corazon, m. Coeur, m. 
Korkbaum, in. Alcornoque, m. Liege, m. 



442 INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 

COR. GERMAN. SPAMSH. FRENCH. 

Corn, Korn, n, Grano, m. Ble, grain, m. 

Corner, Winkel, m. Angulo, rn. Angle, coin, m. 

Cornice,. Karniess, n. Cornica,/. Corniche,/. 

Corporal, > ., .Corporal, m. Caporal, m. Corporal,-aux, m 

Corporation, Gemeine,/. Cabildo, m. Communaute, /. 

Corporeal, Korperlich, Corporeo, Corporel,-le. 

Corps, Truppencorps, n. Cuerpo, m. Corps, m. [m. 

Corpse, Leichnara, m. Cadaver, m. Corps, cadavre, 

Correct, Verbessern, v. Corregir, v, cor- Corriger, v. cor- 

verbessert,o?/. recto, adj. rect,-e, adj. 

Correction, Verbesserung,/. Correccion, /. Correction,/. 

Correspond, Uebereinstim- Corresponder, ' Corresponds. 



Correspond- 
ence, 



Uebereinstim- 

men, 

Briefwechsel,w 
[m. 



Corresponden- 
cia, / [m. 



Corrode, 

Corrosive, 

Corrupt, 

Corruption, 
Cosmetic, 

Cost, 
Costive, 

Cot, 

Cotton, 

Couch, 

Cough, 

Council, 



Zernagen, 
Zerfressend, 
Verderben, v. 

verfault, adj. 
Faulniss,/. 



Correspond- 

ance, /. [m. 

Correspondent, Correspondent, Correspondieute, Correspondant, 

Corroer, Corroder. 

Corrosivo, Corrosif,-ve. 

Corromper, v. Corrompre, v. 

corrompido, a. corrompu,-e, a. 
Corrupcion, /. Corruption,/. 
Verschonerungs- Cosmetico, m. Cosmetique, m. 
mittel,ft.[ten,v. [tar, v. [couter, v. 

Kosten, s.f. kos- Coste, 5. m. cos- Depense, s.f. 
Verstopft, Estrenido de Constipe,-e. 

cererpo, 

Hiitte,/, Cabana,/. Cabane,/. 

Baumwollen, /. Algodon, m. Coton, m. 
Ruhebett,[ten, v. Silla poltrona,/ Lit, m. [ser, v. 
Husten,s.m.,hus- Tos, s.f. toser, v. Toux, s. f. tous- 
Rathsversamm- Concilio, m. Concile, m. 






Counsel, 






Count, 



Ueberlegung,s./. Consejo, s. m. Conseil, s. m. 
rathen, v. aconsejar, v. conseiller, v. 

Rechnen, v. Contar, v. con- Compter, v .corn- 
Graf, s. m. de, s. m. pte, *. m. 

Countenance, Gunst, s.f. billi- Semblante, s. m. Contenance, s.f. 

gen, v. sostener, v. favoriser,v.[m. 

Counter, Zahlpfennig, m. Contador, m. Jeton, Comptoir, 

Counterfeit, Nachmachen, v. Contrahacer, v. Contrefaire. v. 

nachgemacht, a. contrahecho,a forge,-e, adj. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



443 



cou. 

Counterpane, 
Country, 
County, 
Courage, 
Course, 
Court, 
Courtship, 

Cousin, 

Covenant, 

Cover, 

Covetous, 

Cow, 

Coward, 

Cozen, 

Crack, 

Cradle, 

Craft, 

Crafty, 

Crag, 

Cramp, 

Crank, 
Crape, 
Crash, 

Cravat, 
Crave, 

raw], 

razy, 
Cream, 
Create, 
Creation, 
Great' r, 
Creature, 
Credible, 
ilit, 

Creditor, 



Primo, m. 
Contrato, m. 
Cubierta, s.f. 

cubrir, v. 
Codicioso, 
Vaca, /. 
Cobarde, m. 
Enganar, 
Salto, s. m. 

hender, v. 



GERMAN-. SPAMSU. 

Bettdecke, /. Colcha, /. 
Landschaft, /. Pais, m. 
Grafschaft, /. Condado, m. 
Muth, m. Corage, m. 

Lauf, Gang, m. Corrida,/. 
Hof, Vorhof, m. Corte, m. 
Gunstlewer- . Corte, m. 

bung, /. 
Vetter, m. 
Vertrag, m. 
Decke, s.f. 

'decken, v. 
Begierig, 
Kuh,/. 
Mem me, /. 
Betriigen, 
Spalte, s.f. 

platzen, v. 

Wiege,/. [be,?i. Cuna,/. 
Kunst,/. Gewer- Arte, m. 
Listig, [sen, m. Astuto, 
Klippe,/. Fel- 
Kampf, s. m. 

driicken, v. 
Kurbel,/. 
Krepp, m. 
("krach, s. n. 

krachcn, v. 
I falsbinde,/. 
Bitten, 
Kriechen, 
Gebrechlich, 
Kahm, m. 

Erschaffen, Crear, 

Schopfung, /. Creacion, /. 
j'trr, ///. [n. Criador, m. 
GeschOpf, Thier, Criatura,/. 
Glaub wiirdig, Creible, 
Glaube, s. m. Credito, 5. m. 

glauben, v. creer, v. 

Giiiubige, m. Acreedor, m. 



FKKNCII. 

Courte-pointc,/. 



Cumte,district,m. 
Courage, m. 
Course,/. 
Cour,/. 
Galanterie, /. 

Cousin.-e, m.f. 

Contrat, m. 

Convert, s. m. 
couvrir, v. 

A vide. 

Vache,/. 

Lache, m. 

Tromper. 

Fente, s. m. 
fendre, v. 

Berceau,-x, m. 

Metier, m. 

Adroit,-e. \m. 

Despenadero, m. Rocher escrape, 
Lana, s.f. Crampon, s. m. 

lanar, v. [rol, cramponner,v. 
Hierro (m.) de fa- Levier, m. 
Crespon, m. Crepe, m. 
Estallido, s. m. Craquement,s.7w. 

romper, v. craqueter, v. 

Corbata, /. C ravate, /. 

Rogar, Implorer. 

Arrastrar, Kauiper. 

Qucbrantado, Casse,-e, folle. 
Crema,/. Creme,/. 

Creer. 

Creation,/. 

Create ur, m. 

Creature,/. 

Croyable. 

Foi, s.f. Croire v. 

Cr^ancier,-e,7./. 



444= 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



ORE. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 


Credulous, 


Leichtglaubig, Credulo, Credule. 


Creed, 


Glaubensbe- Credo, m. Confession, /. 




kenntniss, n. de foi. 


Creek, 


Kleine Bucht,/. Gala,/. Petite baie,/. 


Creep, 


Schleichen, Arrastrar, Ramper, trainer. 


Crew, 


Schiffsvolk, n. Quadrilla,/. Bande,/. 


Crime, 


Verbrechen, n. Crimen, m. Crime, m. 


Criminal, 


Verbrecher, s.m. Reo, s. m. Criminel,-le, s.m. 




peinlich, adj. . criminal, adj. criminal,-le,a<2/. 


Cripple, 


Kriippel, s. m. Coxo, s. m. Estropie,-e,s.?./. 




verstiimmeln, v. derrenger, v. estropier, v . 


Critic, 


Kritiker, m. Critico, m. ' Critique, m.f. 


Criticise, 


Beurtheilen, Criticar, Critiquer. 


Criticism, 


Beurtheilung,/. Critica,/. Critique,/. 


Croak, 


Quaken, Croaxar, Croasser. 


Crockery, 


Topferwaare,/. Yidriado, m. Poterie,/. 


Crocodile, 


Crocodile, n. Cocodrilo, m. Crocodile, m. 


Crook, 


Haken, s. m. Gancho, s. m. Croc, s. m. 




krummsein, v. incorvar, v. courber, v. 


Crooked, 


Schief, krumm, Corvb, Courbe,-e. 


Crop, 


Kropf, m. Buche de ava, m. Recolte, /. 




Kreuz, s. n. Cruz, s.f. Croix, s./. 


Cross, 


kreuzen, v. atravesar, v. croiser, v. 


Croup, 


Braune,/. Obispillo, m. Croupe,/. 


Crow, 


Krahe, s.f. Barra, s.f. Corneille, s.f. 




krahen, v. cantar el gallo,v. coqueliner, v. 


Crowd, 


Haufe, s. m. Caterva, s.f. Foule, s.f. 




drangen, v. amontonar, v. presser, v. 


Crown, 


Krone, s. f. Corona, s.f. Couronne, s.f. 




kronen, v. coronar, v. couronner, v. 


Crucifixion, 


Kreuzigung, /. Crucifixion,/. Crucifiement, m. 


Crucify, 


Kreuzigen, Crucificar, Crucifier. 


Cruel, 


Grausam, [en,z;. Cruel, [zar, v. Cruel,-Ie. [ser, v. 


Cruise, 


Krug,s.m. kreuz- Xicara, s. f. cru- Course, 5. /. croi- 


Crush, 


Stoss, s. m. Colision, s.f. Choc, s. m. 




quetschen, v. apretar, v. presser, v. 


Crust, 


Kruste,/. Costra, /. C route,/. 


Cry, 


Geschrei, s. n. Alarido, s. m. Cri, s. m. 




schreien, v. gritar, v. crier, v. 


Crystal, 


Krystall, m. Cristal, m. Cristal, m. 


Cuckoo, 


Kuckuk, m. Cuclillo, m. Coucou, m. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



445 



cue. 

Cucumber, 
Cue, 
Culprit, 
Cultivate, 
Cultivation, 
Cunning, 
Cup, 
Cupidity, 
Curate, 
Curb, 

Curd, 

Curdle, 

Cure, 

Curiosity, 

Curious, 

Currant, 

Currency, 

Current, 

Curry, 
Curse, 

Curtain, 
Curve, 

Cushion, 

Custody, 

Custom, 

Customary, 

Customer, 

Cut, 

Cutlass, 

Cutler, 

Cylinder, 

Cypress, 

Czar, 



GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 

Gurke,/. Cohombro, m. Concombre, m. 

Queue,/. Cola,/. Queue,/. 

Verbrecher, m. Reo acusado, m. Accuse,-e, m.f. 
Ausbilden, Cultivar, Cultiver. 

Ausbildung, /. Cultura,/. Culture,/. 

Erfahren, Sabio, experto, Adroit,-e. 

Becher, m. Copa, /. Coupe, tasse, /. 

Begierde,Lust,/. Concupicencia,/. Cupidite,/. 
Pfarrgehiilfe, m. Tenientedecura, Cure, m. 
Kinkette,s./.im Barbada, s. f. Gourmette, s.f. 
Zaurne halten,v. refrenar, v. 
Quark, m. [en, Cuajada,/. 
Gerinnen mach- Cuajarse, 






Heilung, s.f. Cura, s.f. 

curiren, v. curar, v. 

Seltenheit, /. Curiosidad,/. 

Neugierig, Curioso, 

Korinthe,/. Grosellero, m. 

Courantgeld, n. Circulacion, /. 

Strom, s. m. Arroyo, s. m. 
umlaufend, adj. corriente, adj. 

Garben, Curtir pieles, 

Fluch, s. m. Maldicion, &'./. 

fluchen, v. maldecir, v. 

Vorbang, s. m. Cortina, s.f. 

umhangen, v. rodear, v. 

Kriimme, s.f. Corva, s.f. 

kriimmen, v. encorvar, v. 

Kissen, n. Coxin, m. 

Verhaft, m. Custodia,/. [m. Garde,/. [/. 
Gebrauch,Zoll,m Costumbre, Uso, Coutume, mode, 

Gebruuchlich, Usual, Habituel,-le. 

Kunde, m. Parroquiano, m. Chaland, m. 

Sclmitt, s. m. Corte, s. m. Morceau,w. tran- 

schneiden, v. cortar, v. che,*./.couper,v. 
Hirschfanger,[m. Espada, ancha,/. Coulelas, m. 

Messerschmied, Cuchillero, m. Coutelier, m. 

Walze, /. Cilindro, m. Cylindre, m. 

Cypresse,/. Ciprcs, m. Cypres, m. 

Czar, m. Zar, m. Czar, m. 
38 



gourmer, v. 
Lait caille, m. 
Cailler. 
Remede, s. m. 

guerir, v. 
Curiosite,/. 
Curieux,-se. 
Gadelie,/. 
Circulation, /. 
Courant, s. m. 

courant,-e, adj. 
Corroyer. 
Malediction, s.m. 

maudire, v. 
Rideau,-x, s. m. 

enfermer, v. 
Courbure, s.f. 

courber, v. 
Coussin, m. 



446 



DAG. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 

GERMAN. SPANISH. 



FRENCH. 



D. 



Dagger, 
Daily, 


Dolch, m. 
Taglich, 


Daga,/ 
Diario, 


Poignard, m. 
Journalier,-e, 


Dainty, 


Leckerhafy, 


Delicado, 


Exquis,-e. 


Dairy, 


Hollanderei, / 


Oficina,/ 


Laiterie,/. 


Daisy, 


Ganseblume,/ 


Margarita, /. 


Marguerite, /. 


Dale, 


Thai, n. 


Canada, / 


Vallon, m. 


Dally, 


Tandeln, 


Bobear, 


Badiner. 


Dam, 


Damm, s. m. 


Presa, s.f. 


Digue, s.f. 




dammen, v. 


repressar, v. 


enfermer, v. 


Damage, 


Schade,sw.Scha- Dano, n. danar,v. 


Dommage, s. m. 




den zufiigen, v. 




endomager, v. 


Dame, 


Dame, Frau,/ 


Dama,/. 


Dame,/. 


Damn, 


Verdammen, 


Condenar, 


Damner. m 


Damp, 


Nebel, s. m. 


Niebla, s.f. 


Humidite, s.f. 




feucht, adj. 


Humedo, adj. 


humide,a. [f. 


Damsel, 


Madchen,/ 


Damisela,/. 


Jeune damoiselle 


Dance, 


Tanz, s. m. 


Danza, s.f. 


Danse, s.f. 




tanzen, v. 


baylar, v. 


danser, v. 


Dandelion, 


Lowenzahm, m. 


Diente de ledn, 


Dent de lion,/ 


Danger, 


Gefahr,/. 


Peligro, m. 


Danger, m. 


Dangerous, 


Gefahrlich, 


Peligroso, 


Dangereux,-se. 


Dare, 


Diirfen, 


Osar, 


Oser. 


Dark, 


Dunkel, adj. 


Obscuro, adj. 


Obscur,-e, adj. 




Dunkelheit,* 1 ./ 


obscuridad, s.f. 


tenebres, s.f. 


Darken, 


Verdunkeln, 


Obscurecer, 


Obscurcir.' 


Darling, 


Liebling, s. m. 


Predilecto, s. m. 


Favori, s. m. 




theuer, adj. 


querido, adj. 


aime,-e, adj. 


Darn, 


Stopfen, 


Surcir, 


Bentraire. 


Dart, 


Wurfspiess, s. n. 


Dardo, s. m. 


Dard, s. m. 




werfen, v. 


lanzar, v. 


lancer, v. 


Dash, 


Schlag, m. 


Cheque, s. m. 


Choc,w,barre,s/ 




schlagen, v. 


arrojar, v. 


jailler, v. 


Date, 


Dattel, s.f. 


Data, s.f. 


Date, s.f. 




datiren, v. 


ponar la data, v. 


dater, v. 


Daub, 


Beschmieren, 


Pintor rear, 


Barbouiller. 


Daughter, 


Tochter,/. 


Hiia,/ 


Fille,/. 


Dawn, 


Dammerung, s.f. Alba, s. f. 


Point, s. m. 




tagen, v. 


amanecer, v. 


poindre, v. 






INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



447 



DAY. 


QEKMAX. SPAMS.M. 


FRENCH. 


Day, to-day, 


Tag, in. heute, Dia, m. ahora, 


Jour,m. aujourd, 


Deacon, 


Diaconus, m. Diacono, m. 


Diacre, m. [hui. 


Dead, 


Todt, Muerto, 


Mort,-e. 


Deaf, 


Dumpf, Sordo, 


Sourd,-e. 


Deafen, 


Taub machen, Ensordar, 


Assourdir. 


Deal, 


Tbeil, s. m. Trato, s. m. 


Partie, s.f. 




austheilen, v. distribuir, v. 


trafiquer, v. 


Dealer, 


Kartengeber, m. Interventor, m. 


Merchand,-e, m. 


Dealing, 


Handel, m. Modo de obraiyw 


. Commerce, m. 


Dear, 


Lieb, Querido, 


Cher,-e, 


Death, 


Tod, m. Muerte,/. 


Mort,/. 


Debate, 


Streit, s. m. Debate, s. m. 


Debat, s. m. 




disputiren, v. drbatir, v. 


debattre, v. 


Debility, 


Sch wachheit, /. Debilidad, /. 


Debilite,/. 


Debt, 


Schuld,/. Deuda,/. 


Dette,/ [m.f. 


Debtor, 


Schuldner, m. Deudor, in. 


Debiteur,-trice, 


Decanter, 


Flasche,/. Botella,/. 


Flacon, m. 


Decay, 


Verfallen, v. Tisica, s.f. 


Declin, s. m. 




Verfall, s. m. decaer, v. 


decliner, v. 


Decease, 


Absterben, s. n. Muerte, s.f. 


Deces, s. 772. 




sterben, v. morir, r. 


deceder, v. 


Deceit, 


Betrug, m. Engafio, m. 


Fraude,/. 


Deceive, 


Betriigen, Enganar, 


Tromper. [m.f. 


Deceiver, 


Verfuhrer, m. Engafiaddr, m. 


Trompeur,-se, 


uber, 


December, m. Diciembre, in. 


Decembre, m. 


Decent, 


Zuchtig, Decente, 


Decent,-e. 


le, 


Entscheiden, Decidir, 


Decider. 


Decision, 


Entscheidung,/. Decision,/. 


Decision,/ 


Deck, 


Verdeck, y. n. Cubierta, s.f. 


Til lac, s. m. 




verdecken, v. Cubrir, v. 


couvrir, v. 


Declare, 


Erkliiivii, Declarar, 


Declarer. 


Decline, 


Abweichen, Declinar, 


Dechoir,decliner 


Decorate, 


\\T/.icivn, Decorar, 


Decorer, orner. 


Decorum, 


Anstandigkeit,/. Decoro, m. 


Decorum, m. 


Decree, 


Beschluss, *-. in. Di-rrcto, s. m. 


Dccret, s. m. 




beschlieszen, v. decretar, v. 


decerner, v. 


Dedicate, 


Zui-ignen, Dedicar, 


Dedier. 


Dedication, 


Zueignung,/. Dedicacion,/. 


Dedicace, /. 


Deduce, 


iten, Deducir, 


Deduire. 


Deduct, 


Abziehcn, Deducir, 


Deduire. 


Deduction, 


Abzug, m. Deducion,/. 


Consequence,/ 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



DEE. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Deed, 


That, Handlung, Accion,hazana,y! Action, f. 


Deep, 


Tief, dunkel,arf/. Profondo, adj. 


Profond,-e, adj. 




Meer, s. n. Pielago, s. m. 


Her, s.f. 


Deer, 


Rothwild, n. Ciervo, m. 


Cerf, m. 


Deface, 


Entstellen, Borrar, 


Detruire. 


Defame, 


Verleumden, Disfamar, 


Diffamer. 


Default, 


Fehler, m. Omision,/. 


Defaut. 


Defeat, 


Vernichtung, s.f. Derrota, s.f. 


Defaite, n. 




schlagen, v. derrotar, v. 


defaire, v. 


Defect, 


Gebrechen, n. Defecto, m. 


Defaut, m. 


Defence, 


Vertheidigung,/. Defensa,/. 


Defense, /. 


Defend, 


Vertheidigen, Defender, 


Defendre. 


Defendant, 


Vertheidiger, m. El que defiende, 


Defendcur, m. 


Defer, 


Aufschieben, Defirer, 


Differer. 


Define, 


Bestimmen, Definir, 


Definir. 


Definition, 


Erklarung, /. Definicion, /. 


Definition,/. 


Deform, 


Verunstalten, Desformar, 


Defigurer. 


Deformity, 


Ungestaltheit, /. Deformidad,/. 


Diflformite. f. 


Defray, 


Auslegen, Costear, 


Defrayer. 


Defunct, 


Verstorben, Defunto, 


Defunct,-e. 


Defy, 


Herausfordern, Desafier, 


Defier.^ 


Degenerate, 


Ausarten, v. Degenerar, v. 


Degenerer, v. 


Degradation, 


ausgeartet, adj. degenerante, a. 
Herabsetzung, /. Degradation,/. 


degenere, adj 
Degradation, /. 


Degrade, 


Herabsetzen, Degradar, 


Degrader. 


Degree, 


Stufe,/. Grad,m. Grado, m. 


Drade, degre, m. 


Deign, 


Wiirdigen, Dignarse, 


Daigner. 


Deist, 


Deist, m. Deista, m. 


Deiste, m. 


Deity, 


Gottheit, [heit,/. Deidad,/. 


Deite,/. 


Dejection, 


Niedergesclagen Melancholia, /. 


Abattement, ?. 


Delay, 


Aufschub, s. m. Dilacion, s. f. 


Delai, s. m. 




verzogern, v. dilatar, i>. 


tarder, v. 


Delegate, 


Abgeordnete,sw. Delegado, s. m. 


Delegue, s. m. 




versenden, v. delegar, v. 


deleguer, v. 


Deliberate, 


Ueberlegen, Deliberar, 


Deliberer. 


Deliberation, 


Ueberlegung, f. Deliberacion, /. 


Deliberation, /. 


Delicacy, 


Zartheit, /. Delicadeza. /. 


Delicatesse,/. 


Delicate, 


Sein, zart, Delicado, 


Delicat,-e. 


Delicious, 


Hochst, Delicioso, 


Charmant,-e. 


Delight, 


Vergniigen, $. n. Delicia, s. f. 


Delice, s. m. 




ergdtzen, v. deleytar, v. 


plaire, v. 



I X TAXATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



Delightful, 

Delinquent, 

Delirium, 

Deliver, 

Deliverance, 

Delude, 

Deluge, 

Delusion, 
Demand, 

Democracy, 
Democrat, 



GKK- 

Angenehm, 

Verbrecher, m. 

Wuhnsinn, m. 

Befreien, 

Befreiung,/. 

Tauschen, 

Sundiluth,s./. 

iiberfluthen, v. 
Betrug, m. 



FKENCH. 

A gi cable, [m.f- 
Delinquant,-e, 
Deiire, m. 
Delivrer. 
Livraison,/. 
Tromper. 
Deluge, s. m. 
submerger, v. 



SPANISH. 

Delicioso, 
Deliqiiente, m. 
Delirio, m. 
Dar, entregar, 
Entrega,/. 
Engaiiar, 
Deluvio, s. m. 
deluviar, v. 

Dolo,w. ilusion,/. Fourberie,/. 
Forderung, *./. Demanda, s.f. Demande, s.f. 
fordern, v. demandar, v. demander, v. 

Demokratie,/. Democracia, /. Democratic,/ 
Demokrat, in. Democratico, m. Democrat, rn. 
Niederreiszen, Demoler, Demolir. 

Geist, Teufel, m. Demonio, m. Demon, in. 
Krwcisen, Demonstrar, Demonstrer. 

Demonstration, IJeweis, m. Demonstracion,/Demonstration,/. 

Dt-n, Ilohle, Grube,/. Caverna,/. Caverne, /. 

Denial, Verneinung,/! Denegacion,/. Deni, refus, m. 

Denomination, Benennung,/. Denominacion,/. Denomination,/ 



Demon, 





Denote, 
Denounce, 

nse, 

ntist, 
eny, 

irt, 

Dapartore, 
Depend, 
Dependence, 
Dependent, 
Deplorable, 

t-pul; 

posit, 
epot, 

]>i'pravity, 

iution, 

Di'prossion, 



Bezeichnen, 
Ankiindigen, 
Dicht, fest, 
Zahnarzt, m. 

Leugnen, 
hen, 



i^uji 



Denotar, Denoter. 

Denunciar, Denoncer. 

Denso, Dense. 

Dentistia, m. Dentiste, m. 

Negar, Nier. 

Partir, Sortir, partir. 

AbreTse,/Tod, m Partida, /. Depart, m. 

Herabhioflpao, Pender, Dependre. 

Abh&ngigkeit,/ Dependencia,/. Dependance,/. 

Abhangig, [dig, Dependiente, Dpendante. 

1)( kia-enswur- Deplorable, Deplorable. 

Beklagen, [u- 1 ,//^ Deplorar, D^plorer. 

Depone ntc, m. Deposant, m. 

Pland, s. n. Deposito, s. m. Depot, s. m. 

niederlegen, v. depositar, v. dcjioser, v. 
Depot,Magazin,/i Depot, posito, m. Depot, in. 

\\-nlrt l)rii, Drjiravar, Depraver. 

Verdoi benheit,/. Depravaeion, / Corruption, /. 

Pliinderung, /. Depredacion,/. Depredation,/. 

Niederclriicken, ( Yiinprimir, Depnmer. 

Qnterdriiekun^, C'omnresion. /'. Depression,/ 
3S 



450 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



DEP. 

Deprive, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 

Berauben, Privar, Priver. 


Depute, 


Abordnen, Deputar, Deputer. 


Deputy, 


Abgeordnete, m. Deputado, m. Depute, m. 


Derange, 


Storen, Desarreglar, Deranger. 


Deride, 


Verlachen, Burlar, Railler. 


Derision, 


Spott, m. Irrision,/. Derision. 


Derive, 


HerJeiten, Derivar, Deliver. 


Descant, 


Discant, s. m. Discante, s. m. Discours, s. m. 




trill ern, v. discantar, v. haranguer, v. 


Descend, 


Sich senken, Descender, Descendre. [m.f. 


Descendant, 


Abkommling,m. Descendiente, m. Descendant,-e, 


Describe, 


Beschreiben, Describir, Decrire. 


Description, 


Beschreibung,/. Descripcion, /. Description,/ 


Desert, 


Wiiste,/. verlas- Desierto, s.m. Desert, s. m. 




sen, v. desertar, v. deserter, v. 


Deserter 


Abtriinniger, m. Desertor, m. Deserteur, m. 


Deserve, 


Verdienen, Mercer, Meriter. 


Design, 


Plan, s. m. Designio, s. m. Dessein, s. m. 




entwerfen, v. designar, v. designer, v. 


Desire, 


Verlangen, s. n. Deseo, s. m. Desir, m. de- 




wiinschen, v. desear, v. sirer, v. 


Desirous, 


Wiinschend, Deseoso, Desireux,-se. 


Desist, 


Abstechen, Desistir, Se desister de. 


Desk, 


Schreibepult, n. Escritorio, m. Pupitre, m. 


Despair, 


Verzweiflung, s.f. Desconfianza, s.f. Desespoir, s. m. 




verzweifeln, v. desesperar, v. desesperer, v. 


Despatch, 


Bericht, s. m. Despacho, s. m. Expedition, s.f. 




abschicken, v. despachar, v. depocher, v. 


Desperate, 


Yerzweifelt, Desesperado, Desespere,-e. 


Despise, 


Verachten, Despreciar, Mepriser. 


Despite, 


Hasz, s.m. zum Despecho, s. m. Malice, s.f. 




Trotz, prep. apesarde,prej9. malgre, prep. 


Despond, 


Verzagen, Desconfiar, Desesperer. 


Despot, 


Despot,m.[walt/. Despota, m. Despote, m. 


Despotism, 


Willkiirliche Ge- Despotisrao, m. Despotisme, m. 


Destination, 


Bestimmung, /. Destinacion,/. Destination, /. 


Destine, 


Verhangnisz, n. Destino, m. Destinee,/. 


Destitute, 


Verlassen, Destitudo, Delaisse,-e, 


Destroy, 


Zerstoren, Destruir, Detruire. 


Destruction, 


Vernichtung, /. Destruccion, /. Destruction,/. 


Detach, 


Absondern, Separar, Detacher. 






INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



451 



DET. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 


Detachment, 


Detachement,n. Destacamenkyrc. Detachement,m. 


Detain, 


Vorenthalten, Retener, Detenir. 


Detect, 


Aufdecken, Descubrir, Decouviir. 


Detection, 


Entdeckung,/. Avcriguacion,/. Decouverte, /. 




Abschrecken, Dasanimar, Detourner. 


Determination, 


Entscheidung,/. Determinacion,/ Determination,/. 


J)i.-t-rmine, 


Beschlieszen, Determinar, Determiner. 


Detest, 


Verabscheuen, Detestar, Detester. 


Dethrone, 


Entthronen, Destronar, Detroner. 


Detract, 


Abziehen, Detractar, Medire. 


Detraction, 


Verleumdung,/. Detraccion, /. Detraction,/. 


Detriment, 


Schade, n. Detrimento, m. Detriment, m. 


Detrimental, 


Nachtheilig, Perjudicial, Prejudiciable. 


Develop, 


Enthiillen, Desenvolver, Developper. 


Deviate, 


Abweichen, Desviarse, S'eloigner. 


Devil, 


Teufel, m. Diablo, m. Diable, m. 


Dew, 


Thau, m. Rocio, m. Rossee,/. 


Diamond, 


Diamant, m. Diamante, m. Diamant, m. 


Diaper, 


Serviette,/. Servilleta, /. Linge ouvre, m. 


Diary, 


Tagebuch, n. Diario, m. Jourual,-aux, m. 


Dice, 


Wiirfel, m. Dados, m. Des, m. 


Dictate, 


Dictiren, Dictar, Dieter. 


Dictionary, 


Worterbuch, n. Diccionario, m. Dictionnaire, m. 


Die, 


Sterben, Morir, Mourir. 


Differ, 


Abweichen, [/. Diferenciarse, Differer. 


Difference, 


Verschiedenheit, Diferencia, /. Difference, /. 


Different, 


Unterschieden, Diferente, Diflerent,-e. 


Difficult, 


Schwierig, Dificil, Difficile. 


Difficulty, 


Sch wierigkeit, /. Dificultad, /. Difficulte,/. 


Dig.' 


Graben, bohren, Cavar, Creuser. 


Digest, 


Verdauen, Digerir, Digerer. 


Digestion, 


Verdauung,/. Digestion,/. Digestion,/. 


.ify, 


Ehren, Dignificar, Elever a. 


Dignity, 


Wiirdo, /. Dignidad,/. Dignite,/. 


ent, 


Fleiszig, Diligente, Diligent,-e, 


Dim, 


Dunkel, Obscuro, Obscur,-e. 


Dimple, 


Griibchen, n. Hoyo, m. Fossette, /. 


Din, 


Schall, m. Ruido violento,m Bruit, m. 


Dine, 


zu Mittag essen, Dar de comer, Diner. 


Dinn 


Mittagsmahl, n. Comida,/. Dine, m. 


Diocese, 


Kirchsprengel,7?i. Diocesis, /. Diocese, TTI. 






i/J'. 



452 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



DIP. 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



FRENCH. 



Dip, 


Eintunken, 


Mojar, 


Plonger. 


Diploma, 


Urkunde, /. 


Diploma, /. 


Diplome, m. 


Dire, 


Graszlicb, 


Horrendo, 


Terrible. 


Direct, 


Gerade, adj. 


Dire c to, adj. 


Direct,-e, adj. 




richten, v. 


dirigir, v. 


[f. diriger. v. 


Dirge, 


Klagelied, n. 


Cancion lugubre, Chant fun ebre,7n 


Dirk, 


Dolch, m. 


Especie de daga, Poignard, m. 


Dirt, 


Koth, Dreck, m. 


Cieno, m. 


Boue,/. 


Dirty, 


Schmutzig, 


Baxo, 


Crotte,-e. 


Disable, 


Entkraften, 


Inhabilitar, 


Aftaiblir. 


Disadvantage, 
Disagree, 


Naehthell, m. 

Nicht iiberein- 


Menoscabo, m 
Disconvenir, 


. Desavantage, m. 
Disconvenir. 




stimmen, 






Disagreeable, 


Unpaszlich, 


Contrario, 


Desagreablc. 


Disappear, 


Verschwinden, 


Desaparecer, 


Disparaitre. 


Disappoint, 


Vereiteln, 


Frustrar, 


Frustrer. 


Disappoint- 


Vereitelung,/. 


Chasco, m. 


Contretemps, m. 


ment, 








Disaster, 


Unstern, m. 


Desastre, m. 


Desastre, m. 


Disband, 


Abdanken, 


Descartar, 


Casser. 


Discard, 


Verstoszen, 


Descartar, 


Ecarter. 


Discern, 


Unterscheiden, 


Discernir, 


Discerner, voir. 


Discharge, 


Entladung, s.f. 


Descarga, s.f. 


Decharge, s.f. 




entladen, v. 


descargar, v. decharger, v. 


Disciple, 


Schiiler, m. 


Discipulo, m. 


Disciple, m. 


Disconsolate, 


Trostlos, 


Desconsolado, 


Inconsolable. 


Discord, 


Missklang, s. m. 


Discordia, s.f. 


Discorde, s.f. 




misslingen, v. 


discordar, v. 

T\ 


discorder, v. 

r> i 



Discount, Abzug, s. m. Descuento, s. m. Rabais, s. m. 

discontiren, v. descontar, v. escompter, v. 
Discourage, Muthlosmachen, Desalentar, Decourager. [m. 
Discouragement Abschreckung,/ Desaliento, / Decouragement, 
Discourse, Unterredung,s/. Discurso, s. m. Discours, s. m. 

sprechen, v. conversar, v. discourir, v. 
Discover, Aufdecken, Descubrir, [m. Reveler. 

Discovery, Entdeckung, /. Descubrimiento, Decouverte, /. 
Discrete, Getrennt, Discrete, Discret,-e. 

Discretion, Besonnenheit, /. Discrecion, /. Discretion,/ 
Disdain, Verachtung, s.f. Desden, s. m. Dedain, s. m. 

verschmahen, v. desdenar, v. dedaigner, v. 
Disease, Krankhcit, /. Mai, m. Maladie, / 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



453 



DIS. 


GhuucAX. 


SPANISH. 


FREXCH. 


Disembark, 


Ausschiffen, 


Desembarcar, 


Debarquer. 


Disgrace, 


Ungunst,s./. aus- 


Ignominia, s.f. 


Honte, s. f. 




serGunstsetzen,i>, 


desgraciar, v. 


deshonorer, v. 


Disgraceful, 


Schimpflich, 


Vergonzoso, 


Deshonorant,-e. 


Disguise, 


Verkleidung, s.f. 


Disfraz, s. m. 


Deguiser. 




verkleiden, v. 


disfrazar, v. 




Disgust, 


Eckel, m. 


Disgusto, m. 


Deo-out, m. 


Dish, 


Schiissel,/. 


Fuente, plato,w. Plat,w. ecuelle,/. 


Dishonorable, 


Schandlich, 


Deshonroso, 


Deshonorable. 


Disinherit, 


Enterben, 


Desheredar, 


Desheriter. 


Disinterested, 


Uneigenniitzig, 


Disinteresado, 


Desinteresse,-e. 


Disjoin, 


Trennen, 


Desunir, 


Dejoinder. 


Dislike, 


Miszfallen, s. n. 


Aversion, s/per- 


Degout, s. m. 




nicht mogen, v. 


sona desaprobar, 


desapprouver,v. 


Dislocate, 


Verenken, 


Dislocar, 


Disloquer. . 


Dislodge, 


Verlegen, 


Desalojar, 


Deloger. 


Dismal, 


Elend, 


Triste, 


Triste. 


Dismay, 


Schrecken, s. m. 


Desmayo, s. m. 


Terreur, s.f. 




erschrecken,v. 


desmayar, v. 


epouvanter, v. 


Dismiss, 


Entlassen, 


Despedir, 


Congedir. 


Disobedience, 


Ungehorsam, m. 


Disobediencia,/ 


Desoboissance,y! 


Disobey, 


Ungehorsamen, 


Deobadecer, 


Desobeir. 


Disorder, 


Unordnung, /. 


Desorden, m. 


Desordre, m. 


Dispatch, 


Bericht, s. m. 


Despacho, s. m. 


Expedition, s.f. 




abschicken, v. 


despachar, v. 


deprecher, v. 


Dispel, 


Zerstreuen, 


Esparcir, 


Chasser. 


Display, 


Schau, s. f. 


Ostentacion, s.f. 


Montre, s.f. 




auskramen, v. 


ostentar, v. 


deployer, v. 


Displeasure, 


Missvergniigen,w 


Desplacer, m. 


Deplaisir, m. 


Disposal, 


Anordnung,/. 


Disposicion, /. 


Disposition, /. 


Dispose, 


Anordnen, 


Disponer, 


Disposer. 


Disposition, 


Einrichtung,/ 


Disposicion, /. 


Disposition, /. 


Dispute, 


Streit, s. m. 


Dtsputa, s./. 


Dispute, s.f. 




disputiren, v. 


disputar, v. 


disputer, v. 


Disregard, 


Vernachlassig- 


Desatencion, s.f. 


Indifference, s.f 




ung, s.f. ver- 


desatender, v. 


negliger, v. 




nachlassigen, v. 






Dissemble, 


Verbergen, 


Disimular, 


Feindre. 




Zerstreuen, 


Desparramar, 


Dissiper. 




Liederlich, 


Desparrama, 


Dissipe. 


Dissolution, 


Auflosung,/. 


Disolucion, /. 


Dissolution,/. 



451 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



DIS. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Dissolve, 


Auflosen, 


Disolver, 


Dissoudre. 


Distance, 


Feme,/. 


Distancia, /. 


Distance, /. 


Distant, 


Entfernt, 


Distante, 


Distant,-e. 


Distemper, 


Krankheit, /. 


Mai, m. 


Maladie,/. 


Distil, 


Destilliren, 


Distilar, 


Distiller. 


Distillery, 


Brennhaus, n. 


Distilatorio, m. 


Distilerie, /. 


Distinct, 


Unterschieden, 


Distinto, 


Distinct,-e. 


Distinguish, 


Auszeichnen, 


Distinguir, 


Distinguer. 


District, 


Bezirk, m. 


Distrito, m. 


District, m. 


Disturb, 


Storen, 


Perturber, 


Interrompre. 


Disunion, 


Trennung,/. 


Desunion, /. 


Desunion,/ 


Ditch, 


Graben, m. 


Zanga, .;'. 


Fosse, m. 


Ditto, 


Desgleichen, 


Dicho, 


Le meme. 


Diversion, 


Zeitverti^ib, m. 


Diversion, /. 


Diversion, / 


Divide, 


Theilen, 


Dividir, 


Diviser. 


Divine, 


Wahrsagen, v. 


Adivinar, v. 


Diviner, v. 




gottlich, adj. 


divino, adj. 


divin,-e, adj. 


Divinity, 


Gottheit,/. 


Divinidad, / 


Divine te,/ 


Division, 


Theilung,/[>/ 


Division,/. 


Division, / 


Divorce, 


Ehescheidung, 


Divorcio, s. m. 


Divorce, s. m. 




Ehe auflosen,v. 


divorciar, v. 


divorcer, v. 


Dizzy, 


Schwindelig, 


Vertiginoso, 


E'cervele,-e. 


Do, 


Thun, machen, 


Hacer, 


Faire. 


Dock, 


Doche,/Kreuz,?i Mazlo, dique, m. 


Queue, plante,/. 


Doctor, 


Doctor, Arzt, m. 


Doctor, m. 


Docteur, m. 


Dodge, 


Herumziehen, 


Trampear, 


Biaiser. 


Dog, 


Hund, m. 


Perro, m. 


Chien, m. 


Dogma, 
Dollar, 


Lehrsatz, m. 
Thaler, m. 


Dogma, m. 
Dolera, /. 


Dogme, m. 
Piastre,/. 


Dome, 


Dom, m. 


Casa,/. 


Voute,/ dome, 7?i. 


Domestic, 


Hauslich, 


Domestico, 


Domestique. 


Doom, 


Schicksal, s. n. 


Sentencia, s. f. 


Sentence, s.f 




beschlieszen, v. 


sentenciar, v. 


juger, v. 


Door, 


Thiir,/. [m.Puerta,/. 


Porte,/. 


Dose, 


Gabe,/. Antheil, 


Dosis,/. 


Dose,/ 


Dot, 


Punkt, m. 


Tilde, m. 


Point, m. 


Double, 


Doppelt, adj. 


Doble, adj. 


Double, adj. 




verdoppeln, v. 


doblar, v. 


doubler, y. 


Doubt, 


Zweifeln, s. m. 


Duda, s.f. 


Doute, s. m. 




zweifeln, v. 


dudar, v. 


douter, v. 


Dough, 


Teig, m. 


Masa,/. 


Pate,/ 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



455 



DOV. 

Dove, 

Dower, 

Down, 

Dozen, 

Draft, 

Drag, 

Dragoon, 
Drain, 

Dram, 

Drama, 

Draw, 

Dray, 

Dread, 

Dream, 

Dreary, 
Dress, 

Drift, 
Drink, 

Drive, 

Driver, 

Drop, 

Dross, 

Dro 

Drover, 

Drown, 

Drug, 

Druggist, 

D'T> 

Duck, 
Due, 






GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 

Taube,/. Palomo, m. Colombe,/. 

Brautschatz, m. Dote, m. Dot,/. donaire,?n. 

Flaumfeder, s.f. Plumon, 5. m. Duvet, s. m. 

nieder, prep. abaxo, prep. en bas, prep. 

Dutzend, n. [m. Docena, /. Douzainc, 
Tratte,/. Abzug, Ocupado altriar, Billet, desein, m. 

Zugnetz, s. n. Carrctilla, s.f. Drague, s. f. 
arrastrar, v. trainer, v. 

Dragon, m. Dragon, m. 

Desaguadero,57?i. Tranchee, s.f. 
escurnr, v. 

Dracma,/. 

Poema, /. 

Tirar, chupar, 

Treno, m. 



ziehen, v. 
Dragoner, m. 
Graben, s. m. 

ableiten, v. 
Scbluck, 
Schauspiel, n. 
Ziehen, 
Schleife,/. 

Schrecken, s. m. Miedo, s. m. 

sebr furchten,v. temer, v. 

Traum, s. m. Sueno, s. m. 

traumen, v. sonar, v. 
Traurig, 
Kleider, s. n. 

putzen, v. vestir, v. 

Trieb, m. Ziel,&.ft. Impulse, s. m. 

aufhiiufcn, v. impeler, v. 
Trank, s. m. Bebida,s./. 

trinken, v. beber, v. 



Dragme, /. 
Drame, m. 
Tirer, dessiner. 
Charette, /. 
Peur, s.f. 

craindre, v. 
Songe, s. m. 

songer, v. 

Triste, espantoso, Triste,affroyable. 
Vestido, s. m. Habit, s. m. 

habiller, v. 
But,monceau,sw. 

pousser, v. 
Boisson, s.f. 

boire, v. 
Chasser de. \m. 



Treiben, Impeler, 

Fuhrmann, [s.m. Empujador, m. Chassoir, cocher, 

Perle,/. Tropfen, Gota, 5. /. Goutte, sf. laisser 

ausgieszen, v. destilar, v. [les, ^ tomber, v. 
Schlacke, /. Escoria de meta- Ecume, /. 
Heerdc, f. Manada,/ Troupeau,-x, m. 

Viehhirt, m. Empujador, m. Bouvier, m. 
Ertr&oken, Ahogar, Noier. 

Arznei,/. Droga,/. Drogue,/. 

Droguist, m. Droguero, m. Droguiste, m. 
Trocken, adj. Arido, adj. Seche, adj. 

trocknen, v. secar, v. secher, v. 

Ente,/. A'nade, m.f. Canard, m. 

Recht ,5. n. Debido, s. m. Du, s. m. 
gebuhrend, adj. exactarnente, adj. due, adj. 



456 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



DUE. 

Duel, 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 

Sweikampf, m. Duelo, m. Duel, m. 


Duke, 
Dull, 


Herzog, m. Duque, m. Due, m. 
Dumm, stumpf, Lerdo, Emousse,-e. 


Dumb, 


Stumm, Mudo, Muet,-te. 


Dun, 


Glaubiger, s. m. Seto, s. m. Creancier, s. m. 




mahnen, v. executar, v. importuner, v. 




dunkel, adj. bruno, adj. brun, adj. 


Dust, 


Staub, s. m. Polvo, s. m. Poufiere, s.f. 




bestauben, v. despolvorear, v. nettoyer, v. 


Dutch, 


Hollander, s. m. Holandes, s. m. Hollandais,-e, 




hollandish, adj. & adj. [m. s. m. cfc adj. 


Duty, 
Dwell, 


Pflicht, Wache/. Deber, impuesto, Devoir,m. taxe,/. 
Wohnen, Habitar, Habiter. 


Dwelling, 


Wohnung, /. Habitacion, /. Demeure, /. 


Dye, 


Farbe, n. Tinte, 5. m. Teinte, s.f. 




farben, v. tenir, v. teihdre, v. 


Dysentery, 


RotheRuhr,/. Disenteria, /. Dysenteric,/ 


Each, 


Jeder, Qualquier, Chacun,-e. 


Eager, 


Sauer, heftig, Ansioso, Vehement,-e. 


Eagle, 


Adler, m. Aguila,/. Aigle, m.f. 


Ear, 


Ohr, Gehor,w. Oreja,/. Oreille,/. 


Early, 


Friih, zeitig, Temprano, De bon heure. 


Earn, 


Erwerben, Ganer, Gagner. \m. 


Earth, 


E rde, / Tierra, /. Terre,/ Globe, 


Ease, 


Musse,/ Quietud, / Aise,/. repos, m. 


East, 


Osten, m. Oriente, m. Est, Orient, m. 


Easy, 


Ruhig, Facil, Aise,-e, facile. 


Eat, 


Essen, Comer, Manger, 


Eclipse, 


Finsterniss, s.f. Eclipse, s. m. Eclipse, s.f. 




yerdunkeln, v. eclipsar, v. , eclipser, v. 


Economy, 


Wirthschaft,/. Economia,/ Economic,/. 


Eddy, 


Wirbel, m. Remolino, m. Mascaret, m. 


Edge, 


Scharfe,/ Filo, m. punta,/ Tranchant, m. 


Edging, 


Einfassung,/ Orla, Orilla,/. Bordure,/. 


Edifice, 


Gebaude, n. Edificio, m. Edifice, m. 


Editor, 


Herausgeber, m. Editor, m. Editeur, m. 


Educate, 


Erziehen, Educar, Instruire. 


Education, 


E rziehung, / E ducation, /. E ducation, /. 









INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



457 



EEL. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 




Aal, m. Anguila, /. Anguille, /. 


Effect, 


Wirkung, s.f. Efecto, s. m. Effet, s. m. 




bewirken, v. efectuar, . effectuer, v. 


Effort, 


Anstrengung, /. Esfuerzo,/. Effort, m. 


Egg, 


Ei, n. [den, Huezo(m)deave, (Euf, m. 


Either, 


Einer von bei- Qualquiera, L'un ou 1'autre. 


. Elapse, 


Verfliessen, Pasar, Se passer. 


Elate, 


Aufblahen, Engreir, Fier,-e. 


Elbow, 


Elbogen, m. Codo, m. Coude, m. 


Elect, 


Wahlen, Elegir, Elire, choisir. 


Election, 


Erwiiklung,/ Elecion,/. Election,/ 


Elective, 


Wahlend, Elective, Electif,-ve. 


Elector, 


Wahlmann, m. Elector, m. Electeur, m. 


Electricity, 


Elektricitat, /. Electricidad, /. Electricite,/. 


Elegant, 


Geschmackvoll, Elegante, Elegant,-e. 


Elegy, 


Trauergediclit,n. Elegia,/. Elegie,/ 


Element, 


Element, n. Elemento, m. Element, m. 


Elevate, 


Erhohen, Elevar, Exacter. 


Elevation, 


Erhohung,/ Elevacion,/ Elevation,/. 


Elevator, 


Heber, m. Elevador, m. Elevateur, m. 


Elocution, 


Vortrag, m. Elocucion,/ Elocution,/. 


Elogy,-gium, 


Lobrede,/ Elogio, m. Eloge, m. 


Elope, 


Entlaufen, Escapar, S'enfuir. 


Else, 


Anders, sonst, Otro, Autre. 


Elude, 


Abwenden, Eludtr, Eluder. 


Elusion, 


Ausflucht,/. Escapatoria, /. Artifice, m. 


E maculate, 


Reinigen, Quitar manchas, Emaculer. 


Emanate, 


Herruhren, Emanar, Emaner. 


Emanation, 


Ausfluss, m. Emanacion,/ Emanation,/. 


Emancip 
Emancipation, 
Emarginate, 


P"'freien, Emancipar,/. Emanciper. 
Freimachung, /. Emancipacion,/ Emancipation,/ 
Ausranden, Quitar la margen,Emarger. 


Embarras, 


\\-rwirrfn, Embarazar, Embarrasser. 


Embarrass- 
merit, 
Embassador, 


Verwirrung, /. Embarazo, m. Embarrs, ?n. 
Gesandte, m. [/. Embaxador, m. Ambassadeur,w. 


Em! 


GliihendeAscbe, Rescoldo, m. Cendreschaudes, 


Emblem. 


Sinnbild, n. Emblema,/. Embleme, m. 


Embrace, 


Umarmung s.f. Abrazo, s. in. Embrassement, 




umarraen, v. abrazar, v. einbrasser, v. 


Embroil, 


Vcrwirren, Embrollar, Brouiller. 

. 






458 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



EME. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Emersion, 


Sichtbarwerden, Emersion, 


Emersion, f. 


Emetic, 


Brechmittel, n. Emetico, m. 


/ * j 

Emetique. 


Emigrant, 


Auswanderer, m. El que emigra, 


Emigre,-e, m.f. 


Emission, 


Aussendung, Emision 1 ,/. 


Emission,/. 


Emperor, 


Kaiser, m. Emperador, m. 


Empereur, m. 


Employ, 


Beschaftigen, Emplear, 


Employer. 


Employment, 


Geschaft, n. Empleo, m. 


Emploi, m. 


Empress, 


Kaiserin, /. E mperatriz,/. 


Empera trice,/. 


Empty, 


Leer, adj. aus- Vaciar, v. 


Vide, adj. 




leeren, v. vacio, adj. 


vider, v. 


Enable, 


In Stand setzen, Habilitar, 


Habiliter. 


Enact, 


Verrichten, Estabiecer, 


Ordonner. 


En.tmel, 


Emailliren, Esmaltar, 


Emailler. 


Enclose, 


Einhangen, Cercar, 


Clorre. 


Encourage, 


Ermuthigen, Animar, 


Encourager. 


Encrease, 


Wachsthum, s.n. Aumento, s. m+ 


Augmenter. 




wachsen, v. aumentar, v. 




Encroach, 


Eingriffthun, Userpar, 


Empieter. 


Encyclopedia, 


Encyklopadie, / Enciclopedia,/. 


Encyclopedie,/. 


End, 


Ende, s. n. Fin, s. m. aca- 


Bout, s. m. 


* 


endigen, v. bar, v. 


finir, v. 


Enp 1 ear, 


Werth machen, Encarecer, 


Concilier 1'amitie. 


Endeavor, 


Be'streben, s. n. Esfuerzo, s. m. 


Effort, s. m. 




. versuchen, v. esforzarse, v. 


s'efforcer, v. 


Endorse, 


Indossiren, Rotular, 


En dosser. 


Endure, 


Aushalten, Aguantar, 


Endurer. 


Enemy, 


Feind, m. Enemigo, m. 


Enemi,-e, m.f. 


Energy, 


Thatigkeit, /. Energia, /. 


Energie,/ 


Enforce, 


Verstarken, Esforzar, 


Affermir. 


Engage, 


Verpflichten, Empenar, [m. Engager. 


Engagement, 


Verpflichtung, /. Empenamiento, 


Engagement, m. 


Engine, 


Maschine,/. Ingenio, m. 


Machine, /. 


Engineer, 


Ingenieur, m. Ingeniero, m. 


Ingenieur, m. 


English, 


Englische, Ingles, 


Anglais. 


Engraft, 


Einpfropfen, Atar, 


Greflfer. 


Engrave, 


Eingraberi, Grabar, 


Graver. 


Enigma, 


Rathsel, n. Enigma,/. 


Enigme,/. 


Enjoy, 


Geniessen, Gozar, 


Jouir. 


Enjoyment, 


Genuss, m. Gozo, m. 


Jouissance, /. 


Enough, 


Genug, Bastante, 


Suffisance, assez. 


Enquire, 


Untersuchen, Inquirir, 


Demander. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



459 



ENR. 


GEIOIA.V. SPANISH. 


FRENCU. 


Enrage, 


Aufbringen, Infurecer, 


Irriter. 


Enrich, 


Bereichern, Enriquecer, 


Enrichir. 


Enrol, 


Einschreiben, Alistar, 


Enroler. 


Enshrine, 


Einschliessen, Guardar como 


Enchasscr. 




reliquia, 




Ensign, 


Kennzeichen, n. Bandera,/. 


Signal, m. 


Enslave, 


Zum Sclaven Esclavizar, 


Assujettir. 




machen, 




Ensnare, 


Verstricken, Entrampar, 


Surprendre. 


Entangle, 


Verwickeln, Enredar, 


Embarrasser. 


Enter, 


Eintreten, Entrar, 


Entrer. 


Enthusiasm, 


Begeisterung, /. Entusiasmo, m. 


Enthousiasme,/i 


Enthusiast, 


Schwarmer, m. Entusiasta, in. 


Enthousiaste,wi. 


Entice, 


Anlocken, Haligar, 


Inciter. 


Entitle, 


Betiteln, Titular, 


Intituler. 


Entrance, 


Eingano-, s. m. Entrada, s.f. 


Entree, s.f. 




entziicken, v. absortar, v. 


extasier, v. 


Entrap, 


Verstricken, Entrampar, 


Attraper. 


Entreat, 


Behandeln, Rogar, 


Solliciter. 


Entry, 


Einfubr,/. Entrada,/. 


Passage, m. 


Enumerate, 


Aufziihlen, Enumerar, 


Denombrer. 


Envelope, 


Umschlag, m. Envoi vedero,m. 


Enveloppe,/. 


Epaulet, 


Epaulett, n. Charretera (/.) 


Epaulette,/. 




al hombro, 




Epidemical, 


Einheimisch, Epidemial, 


Epidemique. 


Episcopal, 
Epistle, 


Bischoflich, Episcopal, 
Brief, m. Epistola,/. 


Episcopal, -6 

Epitre,/. 


Epoch, 


Zeitabschnitt, m. Epoca,/. 


Epoque,/. 


Equal, 


Gleich, Igual, 


Egal,-e. 


Equality, 
Equinox, 


Gleicheit, /. Igualdad, / 
Tag- und Nacht- Equinoccio, m. 


Egalite. 
Equinoxe, m. 




erleiche, f. 




Equivocal, 


O 9 J * 

Zweideutig, Equivoca, 


Equivoque. 


Era, 


Aera,/. Era,/. 


fire, epoque,/. 


Erase, 


Abkratzen, Raer, 


Effacer. 


Erasement, 


Vertilgung,/. E.vterminio, m. 


Rature, /. 


Err, 


Erren, ^ ir, 


Errer. 


Erroneous, 


llcrumirrend, Errante, 


Errone,-e. 


Error, 


Irrthum, m. Error, m. 


Erreur,/. 


Erudite, 


Unterrichtet, Erudito, 


Erudit,-e. 


Erudition, 


Gelelirsamkeit,/. Erudicion,/. 


Erudition, /. 






460 

ESP. 

Escape, 

Espouse, 

Esquire, 

Essence, 

Essential, 

Estate, 

Esteem, 

Estima-te,-tion, 

Eternal, 

Eternity, 

Ether, 

Ethics, 

Etiquette, 

Evangelist, 

Evasion, 

Even, 

Evening, 

Event, 

Ever, 

Everlasting, 

Evidence, 

Evil, 

Evolve, 

Evolution, 

Exact, 

Exalt, 

Examination, 

Examine, 

Examiner, 

Exceed, 

Exceeding, 

Excel, 

Excellence, 

Excellent, 

Except, 

Excess, 

Exchange, 

Excise, 

Excite, 

Excitement, 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



GERMAN. SPANISH. 

Davon laufen, Huir, 

Verloben, Desponsarse, 

Schildknapp, m. Escudero, m. 



Wesen, n. Esencia,/. 

Wesentlich, Esencial, 

Zustand, m. Estado, m. 

Schatzen, Estimar, 

Schatzung,/. Estimacion,/. 

Ewig, Eterno, 

E wigkeit, /. E ternidad,/. 

Aether, m, Eter, m. 

Sittenlehre, Etica,/. 

Hofsitte,/. Rotulo, m. 

Evangelist, m. Evangelista, m. 

Ausflucht,/. Evasion,/. 

Eben, glatte, Llano, 

Abend,/. Vespertino, m. 

Vorfall, m. Evento, m. 

Jemals, [/ Siempre, 

Immerwahrend, Eterno, 

Beweis, m. Evidencia,/. 

Uebel, s. n. Maldad, s. f. 
bose, adj. malo, adj. 

Entwickeln, Desenvolver, 
Entwickelung,/. Desplegadura,/. Evolution,/. 

Eintreiben, Exiger, Exiger. 

Erheben, Exaltar, Elever. 

Priifung,/. Examinacion,/. Examen, m. 

Priifen, Examinar, Examiner. 

Untersucher, m. Examinador, m. Examinateur, m. 



FRENCH. 

Eviter. 
Promettre. 
Ecuyer, m. 
Essence,/. 
Essentiel,-le. 
Etat, m. 

Priser,Regarder. 
Supputation, /. 
Eter-nel,-le. 
Eternite, /. 
Ether, m. 
Ethique, /. 
Etiquette,/. 
Evangeliste, m. 
Evasion, /. 
Egal,-e. 
Soir, m. 
Evenement, m. 
Toujours. 
Eternal,-le. 
Evidence,/ 
Mai, 5. m. 

mauvais,-e, adj. 
Deplier. 






Ueberschreiten, Exceder, 
Uebermassig, Excesivo, 
Uebertreffen, Sobresalir, 
Vortrefflichkeit/Excelencia, /. 
Hervorragend, Excelente, 
Ausnehmen, 
Uebermass, n. 
Austauschen, 
Accise, 



Erregen, 
Anregung, /. 



Exceptuar, 
Exceso, m. 
Cambiar, 
Excisa, 
Excitar, 
Estimulo, m. 



Exceder. 

Excessif,-ve. 

Exceller, 

Excellence,/. 

Excellent,-e. 

Excepter. 

Exces, m. 

Echanger. 

Impot, m. 

Exciter. 

Motif, m. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



461 



EXC. 



GERMAN. 

Exclaim, Ausrufen, 

Exclamation, Ausruf, m. 

Exclude, Ausschliessen, Excluir, 

Exclusion,[cate Ausschliessung./ Exclusion,/. 

Excommuni- Ausschliessen, Excomulgar, 

Ausflug, m. 

Entschuldigen, 

Vollaehen, 

Vollzie.her, m. 

Ausflihrung,/. 

Vollziehend, 

Ausnehmen, 

Befreiung,/. 

Aeussern, 

Anstrengung,/. Esfuerzo, m. 

Ausdiinsten, Exhalar, 

Darbieten, Exhibir, 



Excursion, 

Excuse, 

Execute, 

Executer,-or, 

Execution, 

Executive, 

Exempt, 

Exemption, 

Exert, 

ion, 

Exhale, 
Exhibit, 
Exhort, 
Exhortation, 
Exile, 



SPANISH. FKEXCH. 

Exclamar, Crier. 

Exclamacion,/. Clamour,/ 1 . 

Exclure, 

Exclusion,/. 

Excommunier, 

Excursion,/. 

Excuser. 

Executor, [ra./. 

Executeur,-trice 

Execution,/. 

Executif,-ve. 

Exempter. 

Exemption,/. 

Fai re des efforts. 

Effort, m. 

Exhaler 

Exhiber. 



Excursion,/. 

Excusar, 

Exccutar, 

Executor, m. 

Execucion,/. 

Executive, 

Exentar, 

Exencion,/. 

Esforzar, 



Exhorter. 



Exist, 

Existence, 

Expect, 

uition, 
lience, 
lite, 
:ition, 

Expel, 
nee, 

;ence, 
Experiment, 

late, 

.:ion, 

Expiration, 
Expire, 
Explain, 
Explanation, 



Ermahnen, Exhortar, 

Ermahnung,/. Exhortacion,/. Exhortation,/. 

Verbannung,*./. Exilio, s. m. Exil,6-.?/t. exiler,v. 

verbennen, v. desterrar, v. 

Sein, Existir, 

Dasein, n. Existencia,/. 

Erwarten, Esperar, 



Exister. 
Existence,/ 

Attendre. 



Envartung,/. Expectacion, /. Expectation,/. 

Schicklichkeit,/. Aptitud,/. Expedient, m. 

Erleiehtern, Expedir, Faciliter. 

Schnelligkeit,/. Expedicion, /. Expedition,/. 

reiln-n, Expeler, I'lia 

Ausgabe,/. Y. xp<-nsa,/l I epense, /. 

Tlii-uer, Pii'idign, Depensier,-e. 

Erfahrung, s.f. Experencia, s.f. Experience, s.f. 



30 



erfahren, v. 
Versuch, s. m. 

versuchen, v. 
Abbiissen, 
Biissung,/. 

Aushauehen, ?i. Expiracion,/. 
Ausliauchen, Expirar, 
Erklaren, Explsmar, 

Erklarung,/. Explanacion,/. 



expenmentar,v. expoiimenter, v 
Exprrimento,s.7W.ExpiTiciHv, s.f. 
experiinentaiyi'. experimenter, 



Expiar, 

Exj'iarion, /. 



Expier. 

Expiation,/ 

Expiraiion,/. 

Mourir. 

Expli'juer. 
Explication, f. 



462 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



EXP. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 


Explicit, 


Ausdrticklich, Explicito, Explicite. 


Explode, 


Auspochen, Dar. grita, Siffler. 


Explore, 


Erforschen, Explorar, Explorer. 


Export, 


Ausfiihren, Extraer, Exporter. 


Exportation, 


Ausfuhr, /. Extraccion,/. Exportation,/. 


Expose, 


Aussetzen, Exponer, Decouvrir. 


Exposure, 


Darlegung,/. Manifestacion,/. Exposition, /. 


Express, 


Express, s. m. Expreso, s. m. Expres, s. m. 




ausdriicken, v. representar, v. exprimer, v. 


Expression, 


Ausdruck, m. Expresion,/. Expression,/ 


Exquisite, 
Extend, 


Auserlesen, Exquisite, Exquis,-e. 
Ausdehnen, Extender, Etendre. 


Extension, 


Ausdehnung, /. Extension,/. Extension,/. 


Extensive, 


Ausgedehnt, Extenso, Etendu,-e. 


Exterminate, 


Ausrotten, Exterminar, Exterminer. 


Extermination, 
Extinct, 


Ausrottung, /. Exterminacion, /Extermination, / 
Ausgeloscht, Extinto, [sion, Eteint,-e. 


Extort, 


Abzwingen, Cometer extor- Extorquer. 


Extract, 


Ausziehen, s.n.v. Extracto, s. m. Extraire, v. ex- 




extraer, v. trait, s. m. 


Extravagant, 


Ausschweifend, Extravagante, Extravagant,-e. 


Extreme, 


Ausserst, hochst>Extremo, Extreme. 


Eye, ^ 


Auge, n. Ojo, m. QEil, yeux, m. 


Eye-sight, 


Sehvermogen, n. Vista, /. Vue, /. 


Fable, 


F 

Fabel,/ Fabula, /. Fable,/. 


Face, 


Gesicht, n. Cara, /. Face, /. visage,w. 


Fact, 


Thatsache,/. Hecho, m. Fait, m. 


Faction, 


Aufruhr, m. Faccion, /. Faction, /. 


Factory, 


Factorei, /. Factoria, /. Factorerie, /. 


Fade, 


Verschwinden, Marchitar, Faner. 


Fail, 


Fehlen, Perecer, Manquer. [m. 


Failure, 


Mangel, m. Falta, /. Faute, /.defaute, 


Faint, 


Verschwinden, Languido, Languissant,-e. 


Fair, 


Schon, Hermcso, Beau. 


Faith, 


Glaube, m. Fe, /. Foi, /. [s.f. 


Fall, 


Fallen, v. Fallow, Caer, v. caido,s./Tomber,v. chute 


False, 


Falsch, Fulso, Faux,-sse. 


Fame, 


Geriicht, n. Fama, /. Renom, m. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



463 



FAM. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Family, 

Fan, 


Familie,gattung/Familia, /. 
. Fiicher, s. m. Abanico, s. m. 


Famille, /. 
Eventail, s. m. 




facheln, v. 


abanicar, v. 


uventer, v. 


Fancy, 


Einbildung,/. 


Fantasia, /. 


Fantaisie, /. 


Fur, 


Weit, ^ 


Lejos, 


Loin. 


Farewell, 


Abschied, s. m. 


Despedida, s. f. 


Adieu,-x, s. m. 




lebe wohl ! int. 


a dios! int. 


adieu! int. 


Farm, 


Pachtgut, n. 


Heredad,/. 


Ferme, /. 


Farmer, 


Pr.chter, m. 


Arrendatario, m. 


Fermier,-e, m.f. 


Fashion, 


Form, gestalt,/. 


Forma, / [ar, v. 


Fagon, mode,/. 


Fast, 


Fest, a. fasten,?;. 


Firme,ac[/. ayun- 


Ferme,a.jeuner v. 




Fett, plump, 


Gordo, 


Gras. 


Fate, 


Schicksal, n. 


Fato, m. 


Destin, m. 


Father, 


Vater, m. 


Padre, m. 


Pere, m. 


Fear, 


Furcht, s.f. 


Miedo, s. m. te- 


Crainte, s.f. 




fiirchten, v. 


mer, r. % 


craindre, v. 


February, 


Februar, m. 


Febrero, m. 


Fevrier. 


Female, 


Weib, n. 


Hembra,/ [ro, m Femelle. \m. 


Fence, 


Vertheidigung,/ Defensa,/ repa- 


Garde, /. enclos, 


Ferry, 


Fahre,/ 


Barco, m. 


Bateau, m. 




Fieber, n. 


Fiebre, m. 


Fievre, /. 




Wenig, 


Poco, 


Peu. 


Fiddle, 


Geige, /. 


Violin, m. 


Violon, m. 


Field, 


Feld, n. 


Campo, 


Champ, m. 


Fight, 


Gefecht, s. n. 


Batalla, s.f. pe- Combat, s. m. 




fechten, v. 


lear, v. 


combattre, v. 


Fill, 


Fiillen, 


Llenar, 


Remplir. 


Find, 


Finden, 


Encontrar, 


Trouver. 


Fine, 


Fein, 


Fino, 


Fin,-e, subtil,-e. 


Finger, 


:.ger, m. 


Dedo, m. 


Doigt, m. 


Fire, 


Feuer, n. 


Fuego, 771. 


Feu,-x, m. 


First, 


, erstlich, 


Primero, 


Premier,-e. 


Fish, 


Fisch, m. 


Pez, m. 


Poisson, m. 


Five, 


Fiinf, 


Cinco, 


Cinq. 




Befestigen, 


Fixar, 


Fixer. 




Fla ggc, / 


Espedana,/. 


Pavilion, m. 




Flamme, /. 


Llama, /. 


Flamme,/. 




Fleisch, ;i. 


Carne, m. 


Chair,/ 


Flock, 


Heerde, s. f. 


Manada, s.f. 


Troupeau,-x, 5.771. 




sich sammeln,v. 


congregarse, v. 


concourir, v. 


Flood, 


Fluth,/. 


Diluvio, m. 


Deluge, flux,7n. 



flood, 



464: 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



FLO. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Floor, 


Fuszboden, m. 


Pavimento, m. 


Plancher, m. 


Flour, 


Feine Mehl, n. 


Harina, /. 


Farine, /. 


Flower, 


Blume,/. 


Flor,/. 


Fleur,/. 


Fluid, 


Fliissigkeit,/. 


' Suco, m. 


Fluide, m. 


Fly, 


Fliege, s.f. 


Mosca, s.f. 


Mouche, s.f. 




fliegen, v. 


volar, v. 


voler, v. 


Foam, 


Schaum, 5. m. 


Espuma, s.f. 


Ecume,/. 




schaumen, v. 


espumar, v. 


ecumer, v. 


Fob, 


Tasche,/. 


Faltriquera,/. 


Gousset, m. 


Fog, 


Dicker Nebel,w? 


.Niebla,/. 


Brouillard, m. 


Follow, 


Folgen, 


Seguirse, 


Suivre. 


Food, 


Speise, /. 


Alimento, m. 


Nourriture, /. 


Fool, 


Thor, Narr, m. 


Bobo, Idiota, m. 


Simple,m. fou,m 


Foot, 


Fusz, m. 


Pie, m. 


Pied, pie, m. 


For, 


Fur, 


Por, 


Pour. 


Forbid, 


Verbieten, 


Prohibir, 


Defendre. 


Forehead, 


Stirn,/. 


Frente, m. 


Front, m. 


Foreign, 


Fremd, 


Extrangero, m. 


Etranger,-e. 


Foreigner, 


Auslander, m. 


Extrangero, m. 


Etranger,-e. m.J 


Forget, 


Vergessen, 


Olvidar, 


Oublier. 


Fork, 


Gabel,/. 


Tenedor, m. 


Fourche, /. 


Form, 


Form,/. 


Forma,/ 


Forme,/. 


Fort, 


Festung,/. 


Fuerte, m. 


Fort, m. 


Fortune, 


Gliick, n. 


Fortuna, /. 


Fortune,/. 


Four, 


Tier, 


Quatro, 


Quatre. 


Fox, 


Fuchs, m. 


Raposa, zorra, /. Renard,-e, m. f. 


Fraction, 


Bruch, m. 


Fraccion, /. 


Fraction,/. 


Fracture, 


Bruch, s. m. 


Fractura, s.f. 


Fracture,/. 




brechen, v. 


quebrar, v. 


casser, v. 


Frame, 


Gebaude, n. 


Fabrica,/. 


Structure,/. 


Fraud, 


Betrug, m. 


Fraude, m. 


Fraude,/. 


Free, 


Frei, 


Libre, 


Libre. 


Freeze, 


Frieren, 


Helarse, 


Geler. 


French, 


Franzosich, 


Frances, 


Franais. 


Fresh, 


Frisch, 


Fresco, 


Frais. 


Friend, 


Freund, m. 


Amigo, m. 


Ami,-e, m.f. 


Fright, 


Schreck, s. m. 


Susto, s. m. 


Frageur, s.f. 




erschrecken, v. 


Espantar, v. 


effrayer, v. 


Fringe, 


Franse, /. 


Franja,/. 


Frange,/. 


Frolic, 


Scherz, m. 


Fantasia, /. 


Boutade,/. 


From, 


Vor, von, aus, 


Despues, 


De, a, aux, d*. 



II 

I 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



465 



FRO. 


iuir. 


SPANISH. FKENCII. 


Front, 


Stirn,/Gesicht,;i Frente, m. Front, m. 


Frost, 


Frost, Reif, [s.f. 


Helada,/ Gelee,/ 


Frown, 


GerunzelteStirn, 


Ceno, 5. m. Froncement, s.m. 




finster ausse- 


cenar, v. se refrogner,v. 


Fruit, 


Frucht,/. [hen,v. 


Fruto, m. Fruit, in. 


Fry, 


Fischbrut, s.f. 


Enxambre, s. m. Frai, s. m. 




rosten, v. 


freir, v. frire, v. 


Full, 


Voll, [m. 


Lleno, Plein,-e. [m. 


Fun, 


Scherz, Hintere, 


Diversion,/ Divertissement, 


Fury, 


Raserei, /. 


Furor, m. Furie, furcur,/. 


Future, 


Zukunft, s.f. 


Futuro, s. m. Futur,-e, s. m. 




kiinftig, adj. 


& adj. & adj. 


G. 


Gab, 


Schnattern, 


Mentir, Babiller. 


Gable, 


Giebel, m. 


Pared apinada,/Toit, m. 


Gain, 


Gevvinn, s. m. 


Ganancia, s.f. Gain, s. m. 


Gallon, 


gewinnen, v. 
Gallone,/. 


ganar, v. gagncr, v. 
Galon, m. Gallon, m. 


Gallows, 


Galgen, m. 


Horca,/ Gibet, m. 


Gamble, 


Hoch spielen, 


,} ugar en excesso, Jouer. 


Gambler, 


Spieler, m. 


Tabor, in. Filou, m. 


Game, 


Spiel, n. 


Juego, m. Recreation,/. 


Gammon, 


Schinken, m. 


Jamon, m. Jambon, m. 


Garden, 


Garten, in. 


Huerla, /. Jardin, m. 


Garret, 


Dachstube,/. 


Guardilla,/. (ialetns, m. 


Garter, 


Hosenband, n. 


Cenogil, m. [s. /. Jarretiere, / 




AngaffVn, tt. n. 


Contemplacion, Regard, a. m. 




starren, v. 


ojear, v. [/. regardeiv 1 . [/. 


Gem, 


Edelstein, m. 


Piedra, preciosa, Pierre precieuse, 


ler, 


Geschlecht, n. 


Especie,/. Genre, m. 


Generous, 


Grossmiithig, 


(u-iH-roso, Genereux,-se. 


ius, 


Schutzgoist, in. 


Genio, m. Genie, m. 




Artig, ft -in, 


Urbano, Poli,-e, elegant. 




Vornehm,hofiich 


SUHVC, Dou\. 


man, 


H.-IT, [ung,/. 


Gentilhombre,w. Monsieur. 


iphy, 


Erdbeschreib- 


Geografia, / Geographic, /. 


,an, 


Dcutsche, 


Aleman, Allcmand. 




Erhalten, 


Grangcar, ner. 


Ghost, 


Geist, m. 


Alma racional,/ Esprit, m. 



466 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



GIF. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Gift, 


Gabe,/. Don, m. 


Don, present, m. 


Gin, 


Schlinge,/. Trampa,/. 


Trebuchet, m. 


Girl, 


Madchen, n. Doncillita,/. 


Fille,/ 


Give, 


Geben, Dar, donar, 


Donner. 


Glad, 


Heiter, [m. Alegre, 


Content,-e. 


Glass, 


Glas, n. Spiegel, Viclrio, m. 


Verre,m. Glace,/ 


Globe, 


Kugel, /. Globo, m. 


Globe,ra.spherejf 


Gloom, 


Dunkelheit, /. Opacidad, /. 


Obscurite,/. 


Glory, 


Ruhm, Preis,ra. Gloria,/. 


Gloire,/. , 


Glutton, 


Vielfrass, m. Gloton, m. 


Glouton,-ne, m.f. 


Go, 


Scheu, Andar, ir, 


Aller. 


God, 


Gott, m. Dios, m. 


Dieu, m. 


Gold, 


Gold, n. Oro, aureo, m. 


Or, m. 


Good, 


Gut, Wohl, Bueno, 


Bon,-ne. 


Govern, 


Regieren, Gobernar, 


Govern er. 


Governor, 


Beherrscher, m. Gobernador, m. 


Gouverneur, m. 


Grace, 


Anmuth, /. Gracia, /. 


Grace,/. 


Grain, 


Korn, n. Grano, m. 


Grain, ble, m. 


Grand, 


Gross, Grande, 


Grand,-e. 


Grape, 


Weinbeere,/. Uva, /. 


Raisin, m. 


Grass, 


Gras, n. Yerba, /. 


Herbe, /. 


Grasshopper, 


Grashupfer, m. Langostino, m. 


Sauterelle,/. 


Grave, 


Grab, s. n. Sepultura, s.f. 


Tombeau, s. m. 




feierlich, adj. Grave, adj. 


serieux,-se, adj. 


Gravel, 


Kies, m. Cascajo, m. 


Gravier, m. ( 


Gray, 


Grau, Gils, 


Gris,-e. 


Great, 


Gross, Grande, 


Grand,-e. 


Greece, 


Griechenland, n. Grecia,/. 


Grecque,/. 


Greek, 


Griechisch, Greco, 


Grec. 


Green, 


Griin, Verde, 


Vert. 


Grind, 


Reiben, Moler, amoler, 


Moudre. 


Grist, 


Korn, Mehl, n. Mollenda, /. 


Monture,/. 


Grocer, 


Gewurzkramer, Especiero, m. 


Epicier,-e, m.f. 


Grocery, 


Kramervvaare,/. Especieria, /. 


Epecerie,/. 


Ground, 


Grund, m. Tierra, /. 


Terre,/. 


Grow, 


Wachsen, Crecer, 


Croitre. 


Grove, 


Hain, m. Arboleda, 


Bocage, m. 


Gudgeon, 


Griindlich, m. Gobio, m. 


Goujon, m. 


Guest, 


Gast, m. Huesped, m. 


Con vie, m. 


Guide, 


Fiihrer, s. m. Guia, s. m. 


Guide, s. m. 




leiten, v. Guiar, v. 


conduire, v. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



467 



GUI. 


liKKMAN. 


Si'AMsH. 


FRENCH. 


Guinea, 


Guinee, /. 


Guinea, /. 


Guinee, /. 


Gulf, 


Meerbusen, m. 


Gulfo, m. 


Golfe, m. 


Gun, 


Geschiitz, n. 


Ajma,/. Fusil,7?i 


. Fusil, m. 






H. 




Habit, 


Zustand, m. 


Estado, m. 


Habitude, / 


Hair, 


Haar, n. 


Pelo, m. 


Cheveu,-x, m. 


Half, 


Halite, s.f. 


Mitad, s.f. 


Moitie, ./. 




halb, adj. 


medio, adj. 


demi,-e, adj. 


Hall, 


Saal, m. 


Salon, m. 


Palais, m. 


Ham, 


Schenkel, m. 


Corva,/. 


Jambon, m. 


Hammer, 


Hammer, s. m. 


Martil lo, s. m. 


Marteau,-x, s. m. 




hammern, v. 


martillar, v. 


marteler, v. 


Hand, 


Hand, Faust,/. 


Mano, m. 


Main,/. 


Handle, 


Hanhabe, s.f. 


Mango, s. m. 


Anse, s.f. 




beriihren, v. 


. Palpar, v. 


manier, v. 


Handmaid, 


Magd,/ 


Doncella, /. 


Servante,/. 


Handsaw, 


Handsage, /. 


Sierra de mano, 


Scie (/.) a main. 


Handsome, 


Bequem, schon, 


Hermoso, 


Beau, bel, belle. 


Hang, 


Hangen, 


Colgar, 


Pendre. 


Happen, 


Sich ereignen, 


Acontecer, 


Venir. 


Happy, 


Gliicklich, 


Feliz, 


Heureux. 


Harbor, 


Hafen, m. 


Albergue, m. 


Refuge, havre,w. 


Hard, 


Hart, heftig, 


Duro, 


Dur,-e. 


Hardship, 


Ungemach, n. 


Injuria,/. 


Durete,/. 


Hark! 


Horch ! 


Ho! Oyes! 


Ecoute ! 


Harm, 


Unrecht, n. 


Maklad,/. 


Mal,Dammage,w. 


Harmless, 


Unschadlich, 


Sencillo, 


Innocent,-e. 


Harness, 


Harnisch, ?n. 


Guarniciones,/. 


Harnais, m. 


Harp, 


liar ft-,/. 


Arpa,/. 


Harpe,/. 


Harpoon, 


Harpune,/. 


Arpon, m. 


Harpon, m. 


Hart, 


Hirsch, m. 


Ciervo, in. 


Cerf, m. 


Harvest, 


Ernte, s.f. 


Agosta, s. ?>?. 


Moisson, /. 




ernten, 


recoger, v. 


moissonner, v. 


Haste, 


Eile, *./. 


Priesa, s.f. 


Hate, s. m. 




eilen, v. 


acelerar, v. 


hater, v. 




Hut, m. 


Sombrero, m. 


Chapeau,-x, m. 


'iet, 


Beil, n. 


.I, m. 


Hachette,/. 




11 ass, s. m. 


Odio, s. m. 


Haine, s.f. 




liassen, v. 


detestar, v. 


hair, v. 



468 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



HAT. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Hatter, 


Hutmacher, m 


. Sombrerero, m. Chapelier, m. 


Have, 


Haben, 


Traer, haber, 


Avoir. 


Haven, 


Hafen, m. 


4 Puerto, m. 


Havre, m. 


Hawk, 


Falke, m. 


Halcon, m. 


Fauc,on, m. 


Hay, 


Heu, n. 


Heno, m. 


Foin, m. 


He, 


Er, derjenige, 


El, 


11, lui. 


Head, 


Haupt, n. 


Cabeza,/. 


Tete,/ 


Heal, 


Heilen, 


Curar, 


Guerir. 


Health, 


Gesundheit,/. 


Salud,/ 


Sante,/. 


Healthy, 


Gesund, 


Sano, 


Sain,-e. 


Heap, 


Haufe, s. m. 


Monton, s. m. 


Amas, s. m. 




haufen, v. 


amontonar, 


v. entasser, v. 


Hear, 


Horen, 


Oir, 


Entendre. 


Heart, 


Herz, n. 


Corazon, m. 


Coeur, m. 


Hearth, 


Herd, m. 


Hogar, m. 


atre, m. 


Heat, 


Hitze, s.f. 


Calor, s. m. 


Chaleur, s.f. 




erhitzen, v. 


calentar, v. 


chauffer, v. 


Heavy, 


Schwer, 


Grave, 


Pesant,-e. 


Hedge, 


Hecke,/. 


Seto, m. 


Haie,/. 


Heel, 


Terse,/ 


Talon, m. 


Talon, m. 


Heifer, 


Junge Kuh,/ 


Vaquilla, / 


Genisse, /. 


Heir, 


Erbe, m. 


Heredero, m. 


Heritier, m. 


Heiress, 


Erbin,/. 


Heredera, /. 


Heritiere, /. 


Hell, 


Holle,/ 


Infierno, m. 


Enfer, m. . 


Help, 


Hiilfe, s.f. 


Ayuda, s.f. 


Aide,&'./. aider,v. 




helfen, v. 


ayudar, v. 


[cognee. 


Helve, 


Stiel, m. 


Destral, m. 


Manche(m.)d'u- 


Hemp, 


Hanf, m. 


Canamo, m. 


Chanvre, m. [ne. 


Hen, 


Henne,/. 


Gallina,/ 


Poule,/. 


Hence, 


Von hier, 


De aqui, [mugar, Loin d'ici[femme 


Henpeck, 
Her, 


Schurigeln, 
Sie, 


Dominadar de 
De ella, su, 


la Gouverner par sa 
Elle, la, lui. 


Herb, 


Kraut, n. 


Yerba,/. 


Hebe,/. 


Here, 


Hier, 


Aqui, 


Ici. 


Heretic, 


Ketzer, m. 


Herege, m. 


Heretique, m. f. 


Hermit, 


Einsiedler, m. 


Ermitano, m. 


Hermite, m. 


Hero, 


Held, m. 


Heroe, m. 


Heros, m. 


Hesitate, 


Anstossen, 


Dudar, 


Hesiter. 


Hew, 


Hauen, 


Tajar, 


Hacher. 


Hide, 


Haut, s.f. 


Cuero, s. m. 


Peau,-x, s.f. 


verstecken, v. esconder, v. 


cacher, v. 



IXTI-i: i. 



4G9 





Sl'AM-Mil. NCH. 


High, 


Hoch, stolz, Alto, ITaut,-e. 


iiiii, 


Hug* ,:;ul<>, m. Colline,/. 


Hin 


Hindcrn, Impedir, Empecher. 


Ilii 


pe,y! Gozne, Gond, pivot, m. 


Hint, 


Wink, s. m. einen Indirecta, s.f. Suggestion, s. f. 




Wink geben, v. apuntar, v. insinuer, r. 


Hip, 


Ilagebutte,/. Cadera,/. Hanche,/! 


Hire, 


Meithen, [ber, m. Alquilar, Louer, engager. 


Historian, 


Geschichtsschrei.Historiador, m. Historien, m. 


History, 


Geschicbte, /. Historia,/. Histoire, /. 


Hit, 


Schlagen, Golpear, Frapper. 


Hitch, 


Sicli scbieben, Saltar, Se demener. 


Hive, 


Bienenstock, m. Colmena,/. Ruche,/. 


Hoax, 


Erdichtung,/. Engano, m. Charlatanerie,/. 


Hobby, 


Klepper, m. Sacre, hobin, m. Hobereau,-x, m. 




Haue, s. f. Azada, s. f. Houe, s. f. 




hacken, t 1 . cavar, v. houer, v. 


Hog, 


Schwein, n. Puereo, m. Cochon, m. 


HogfjMi, 


Sehweinisch, Porcuno, Gourmand,-e. 


Hold, 


llalten, s. n. <fc v. Tener, v. Tenir, v. 




agarro, s. m. prise, s.f. 


Hole, 


Loch, //. Agujero, m. Creux, m. 


Holy, 


Heilig, Santo, Saint,-e. 


Home, 


ILius,?;. Casapropria,/. Demeure,/. 


Homely, 
Hone, 


Nicht verfeinert, Liso, Grossier. [passer. 
W'tz>ti-in, //'. Piedra,/. Pierre (/) a re- 


Honest, 


Anstandig, Honrado, HOJ. 


Hoi: 


Ehrlichkeit,/, llonestidad,/. Hen6teU 


aey, 
Hood, 

Hoof, 


Honig, m. Miel, m. [muger. Mi<-l, m. 
Haube,Kappe,/. Caperuza (/.) de Chaperon, m. 
Huf, m. Klaue,/. Pesuna,/. t, m. 


Hook, 


Hakcn, a. in. & v. Garabato, s. m. Croc, s. in. 




enganchar, v. accrocl 


Hoop, 


Ixeif, .v. m. bin- Aro, s. in. Cerceau,-x, 6'. m. 




den, v. -ir, r. lin. 


Hop, 


Hiipfen, s. n. Salto, s. m. Houblon, s. m. 




Hopfen, v. sal tar, v. sauter, v. 


Hope, 


Iloffnung, s.f. Experanza, s.f. Esperance, s.f. 




hnfton, v. t-spcrar, v. 


Hop; 


Hupfer, Saltador, m. Sauteur,-se,7?i./. 


Horn, 


i. n. Cuerno, m. Corne,/. 




40 



470 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



IIOR. 
Horror, 
Horse, 
Horticulture, 
Hospital, 
Hospitality, 
Host, 
Hostile, 
Hostility, 
Hostler, 
Hot, 
Hotel, 
Hour, 
House, 
Hover, 
How, 
However, 
Howl, 
Howsoever, 
Hug, 

Huge, 

Hull, 

Hum, 

Human, 
Humane, 
Humanity, 
Humble, 

Humbug, 

Humiliation, 

Humorous, 

Humor, 

Hump, 

Hundred, 

Hunger, 

Hungry, 

Hunt, 

Hunter, 

Hurricane, 



GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 

Scliauder, ra. Horror, m. Horreur, /. 

Pferd, n. Caballo, m. Cheval,-aux, m. 

Gartenbau, m. Jardineria,/. Jardinage, m. 

Krankenhaus, n. Hospital, m. H6pital,-aux, m. 

Gastfreiheit,/. Hospitalidad, /. Hospitalite,/. 

Wirth, m. Hueste,patron,m H6te,m. hostie,/. 

Feindlich, Hostil, Hostile. 

Feindseligkeit,/. Hostilidad, /. Hostilite, /. 

Stallknecht, m. Mozo(m)depaja, Valet, m. 

Heisz, eifrig, Calido, caliente, Chaud, ardent. 

Gasthof, m. Posada, fonda,/. Hotel, m. 

Stunde,/ Hora,/. Heure,/ 

Haus, n. Casa, /. Maison,/. 

Schweben, Colgar, Roder autour. 

Wie, Como, [sea, Comment. 

Dennoch, Como quiera que Copendant. 

Heulen, Aullar, Hurler. 

Doch, jedoch, 



Aullar, 
Anque, 
Umarmung, s.f. Abrazo, s. m. 

umarmen, ?;. abrazar, v. 
Ungeheuer, Vasto, 
Hiilse, Schale,/. Cascara,/. 
Summen, ,9. n. Zurnbido, s. m. 

summen, v. zumbar, v. 
Menschlich, Humano, 
Leutselig, Humano, 

Menschlichkeit,/Humanidad, /. 
Demlithig, adj. Humilde, adj. 

erniedrigen, v. humillar, v. 
Betrug, m. Trampa, /. 

Erniedrigung,/. Humillacion, /. 



Quoique. [s.m. 
Embarassement, 

embrasser, v. 
Grand, vaste, 
Casse,/. 
Bruit sourd, s.m. 

murmurer, v. 
Mortel. 
Bon, tend re, 
Humanite,/. 
Bas, adj. humi- 

lier, v. 

Charlatanerie,jC 
Humiliation, f. 



Launisch, Grutesco, Plaisant. 

Feuchtigkeit, /. Humor, genio,wz. Humeur,/. 

Buckel, m. Giba, joroba,/. Bosse,/ 

Hundert, n. Ciento, m. Cent, m 

Hunger, m. Hambre, m. Faim,/. 

Hungerig, Hambriento, Affame. 
Jagen, verfolgen, Men tear, segnir, Chereher. 

Jager, m. Monte ro, m. Chasseur, m. 

Orkan, m. Hurucan, m. Ouragan, m. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



471 



HUB. 


GERMA.X. 


on. 


Fmu 


Hurry, 


Eile, *./. 


Precipitacion,s/. 


Hate, *./. 




eilen, v. 


atropellar, v. 


hater, v. 


Hurt, 


Verletzung, s.f. 


Mai, 6\ m. 


Dommage, s. m. 




verwunden, v. 


daiiar, s. 


nuire a, v. 


IIu*band, 


Ehemann, m. 


Marido, m. 


Mari, m. 


Hush, 


Still ! int. stil- 


Chiton! int. 


Chut! int. 




len, v. 


apaciguar, v. 


calmer, v. 


Husk, 


Hulse, s.f. 


Cascara, s.f. 


Cosse, *./. 




aushiilsen, v. 


descascarar, v. 


cosser, v. 


Hut, 


Hutte, /. 


Choza,/. 


Hutte, cabane, /. 


Huzza, 


Heisa, int. 


Viva! int. 


Vive! int. faire 




zurufen, v. 


vitorear, v. 


des cris, v. 


Hydrogen, 


-jrstoff, m. 


Hidrogeno, m. 


Hydrogen, m. 


Hydrophobia, 


Tscheu,/. 


Hidrofobia,/. 


Hydrophobie, / 


Hymn, 


Lobgesang, m. 


Himno, m. 


Hymne, /. 


Hypocrisy, 
Hypocrite, 


Heuchelei,/. 
Heuchler, 


Hypocresia,/. 
Hiproerita, m. 


Hypocrisie, /. 
Hypocrite, m.f. 


Ilypoti 


Hypothese,/. 


Hipotesis,/. 


Hypethese,/. 


Hyss 


I>'p, m. [den,/. 


Hisopo,?tt.[terico, 


Hyssope,/. 


rics, 


Mutterbeschwer. 


Parasismo his- 


Vapeurs, /. pi. 






I. 




I, 


Ich, 


To, 


Je. 


Ice, 


. m. 


Velo, m. 


Glace,/. 


Icicle, 


ipfcn, m. 


Cerrion, m. 


Gla^on, m. 


I-inglass, 


Hausenblase,/. 


Colpaez, m. 


Colle de poisson. 


Idea, 


Idee,/.Begriff,w. Idea,/. 


Idee, /. 


Identical, 


Eineilei, 


Identico, 


Identique. 


Identify, 


IndeiUificiren,[/. Identiticar, 


Identifier. 


Idiom, 


Spracheigenheit, 


Idioma,/. 


Idiome, m. 


Idiot, 


Dunimkopf, m. 


Idiota, m. 


Imbecille, m. /. 






Ocioso, 


Paresseux,-se. 


Idol, 


nbild, n. 


Idolo, m. 


Idole,/ 


If, 


Wrnn, wofern, 


Si, aunque, 


Si, pourvu que. 


Ignominious, 


Schimpllich, 


Ignominioso, 


Ignominieux,-se. 


nice, 


Unwi>sriiheit,/. 


Ignorancia, 


Ignorance, /. 


uit, 


Unwissend, 


Ignorante, 


Ignorant, --. 


111, 


Uebel, bose, 


. enfermo, 


Manvais,-e. 


jal, 


tzwidrig, 


Ilegal, 


Illicite. 


Illegible, 


Unleserlich, 


Ilegible, 


Point lisible. 






472 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



ILL. 


GERMAN. 


SPAKISH. 


FRENCH. 


Illegitimate, 


Unehrlich, 


Ilegitimo, 


Illegetime. 


Illiterate, 


Ungelehrt, 


Indocto, 


Ignorant, rude. 


Illness, 


Bosheit,/. 


Mal,m.maldad,/. Maladie, /. 


Illume,-ine, 


Erleuchten, 


Iluminar, 


Illuminer. 


Illumination, 


Erleuchtung,/. 


Iluminacion, f. 


Illumination,/. 


Illustrate, 


Erhellen, 


Ilustrar, 


Illustrer. 


Illustration, 


Erklarung,/. 


Ilustracion,/. 


Explication,/. 


Illustrious, 


Edel, beruhmt, 


Ilustre, 


Illustre. 


Image, 


Bild,Ebenbild, n. 


Imagen,/. 


Image, statue,/. 


Imaginary, 


Eingebildet, 


Imaginario, 


Imaginaire. 


Imagination, 


Einbildung,/. 


Imaginacion,/. 


Imagination, /. 


Imagine, 


Ersinnen, 


Imaginar, 


Imaginer. 


Imbue, 


Eintauchen, 


Tinturar, 


Imbiber. 


Imitate, 


Nachahmen, 


Imitar, 


Imiter. 


Imitation, 


Nachahmung,/. 


Imitacion, /. 


Imitation,/. 


Imitator, 


Nachahmer, m. 


Tmitador, m. 


Imitate ur, m. 


Immaterial, 


Unkorperlicb, 


In material, 


Irnmatedel. 


Immediate,-ly, 


Unmittelbar,a<f/. 


Immediato, adj. 


Immediat,-e, adj. 




sogleich, ado. 


& adv. 


sur 1' instant,cfo, 


Immense,-ity, 


Unermeszlich,- 


Immens-o, 


Illimite,infinite,/ 




keit,/. 


-idad,/. 




Immerse, 


Eintauchen, 


Sumergir, 


Plongur. 


Immersion, 


Untertauchung./Inmersion,/. 


Immersion,/. 


Immigrate, 


Einwandern, 


Transmigrar, 


Immigrer. 


Immolate, 


Opfern, 


Inmolar, 


Immoler. 


Immoral, 


Unsittlich, 


Depravado, 


Immoral,-e. 


Immortal, 


Unsterblich, 


Inmortal, 


Immortel,-le. 


Immovable, 


Unbeweglich, 


Inmoble, 


Immobile. 


Immutable, 


Unveranderlich, 


Inmutable, 


Immuable. 


Imp, 


Teufelchen, n. 


Hijo, diablilhyw. 


Diablotin, m. 


Impair, 


Vermindern, 


Empeorar, 


Alterer. 


Impart, 


Mittheilen, 


Dar, conceder, 


Accorder. 


Impartial, 


Unparteiisch, 


Imparcial, 


Impartial,-le. 


Impatience, 


Ungeduld,/. 


Impaciencia, f. 


Impatience, / 


Impatient, 


Ungeduldig, 


Impaciente, 


Impatient,-e. 


Impeach, 


Anklagen, 


Estorbar, 


Accuser. 


Impede, 


Verhindern, 


Empedir, 


Empecher. 


Impediment, 


Hindernisz, n. 


Impedimento,7?i. 


Obstacle, m. 


Impenitent, 


Unbuszfertig, 


Impenitente, 


Impenitent,-e. 


Imperative, 


Befehlend, 


Imperative, 


Imperatif. 


Imperfect, 


Unvollkommen, 


Imperfecto, 


Imparfait. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



473 



IMP. 

Imperfection, 

Imperial, 

Impersonal, 

Impertinence, 

Impertinent, 

Impetuosity, 

Impetuous, 

Impiety, 

Impious, 

Implore, 

Imply, 

Impolite, 

Import, 

Important, 

Importation, 

Importer, 

Impose, 

Imposition, 

Impossibility, 

Impossible, 

I m poster, 

Impress, 

Impression, 

Improper, 

Impropriety, 

Improve, 

Improvement, 

Imprudf 

Imprudent, 

Impudence, 

Impudent, 

Impulsiyive, 

Impute 1 , 

Inaction, 
Inactive, 
Inadeqtu 
Inanio 

Inaugurate, 



Violento, 



GEKMA.N. 

Unvollkommen 

heit,/ 
Kaiserlich, 
Unpersonlich, 
Anmaszung,/. 
tins tatt haft, 
Ungestlim, m. 
Heftig, 

Gottlosigkeit,/. Impiedad,/. 
Gottlos, 
Anflehen, 
Einwickeln, 
Unhoflich, 
Inhalt, s. m. 

einfiihren, v. 
Wichtig, 
Einfuhr,/. 
Importcur, m. 
Auflegen, 
Auflegung,/. 



SPANISH. FKEXCH. 

Imperfeccion, f. Imperfection,/. 



Imperial, Imperial. 

Impersonal, Impersonnel. 
Impertinencia,/. Impertinence, /. 
Impertinente, Impertinent. 
Impetuosidad,/. Impetuosite,/. 



Impetueux. 
Impiete, /. 
Impic. 
Implorer. 
Impliquer. 



Impio, 

Implorar, 

Implicar, 

Desortes, 

Tendencia, s.f. Importance, s./. 

entrar, v. importer, v. 

Importante, Important,-e. 
Importacion,/. Importation,/. 



Inaugur; 



Importador, m. Iraporteur, m. 

Imponer, Imposer. 

Imposicion,/. Imposition,/. 
Unmoglichkeit, /Imposibilidad, /. Impossibilite,/. 

Unmoglicb, Impossible, Impossible. 

Betriiger, m. Impostor, m. Imposteur. 

Eindriicken, Imprimir, Imprimer. 

Eindruck, m. Impresion,/. Impression,/. 

Unschicklich, Impropio, Impropre. 

Unpaszlichkeit,/Impropiedad, /. Impropi iete, /. 

Verbessern, Mejorar, Avancer. 

\'i.-rbt i sserung, /. Mejora, /. Avancement, m. 

Unvorsiclitigkcit Imprudencia,/. Indescretion, /. 

Unvor^icliUi;-, Imprudente, Imprudent,-e. 

rntheit Impudencia, /. Impudence, /. 

Unversehamt, Impudico, Impudent,-- 
Antricb,(m.)end 1 Impuls-o,(m)-ivo Motif, in. 

ZuivchiH-n, Imputar, Imputt-r. 

In, an, zu, bei, En, En, dans. 
Umhathigkeit,/. Inaccion,/. [dad, Inaction,/. 

Unthathig, [sen, Falto de activi- Inactif,-ve. 

Kicht angemes- Inadequado, Disproportionne. 

Unbescelt, Inanime, Inanime. 

Einwoihen, Inau<>-urae:<>n, Installer. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY 



INC. 

Incapable, 

Incapacity, 

Incense, 

Incentive, 

Incessant, 

Inch, 

Incident, 

Incivility, 

Inclination, 

Incline, 

Include, 

Income, 

Incommode, 

Incomparable, 

incompatible, 

i nconceivable, 

j nconsistent, 

Inconstant, 

Incorporate, 

Incorporation, 

Incorrect, 

Incorrigible, 

Incorrupt, 

Incorruptible, 

Increase, 

Incur, 
Indebt,-ed, 
Indecent, 
Indecision, 

Indeed, 

Indelicacy, 

Indemnify, 

Indemnity, 

Indenture, 

Independence, 

Independent, 

Index, 

Indian, 



GBR MAX. SPANISH. 

Unfahig, Incapaz, 

Unfahigkeit, /. Incapacidad,/ 

Weihrauch, s.m. Incienso, s. m. 
rauchern, v. exasperar, v. 

Antrieb, m. Incentive, m. 

Unaufborlich, Incesante, 

Zoll, m. Pulgada,/. 

Zufall, m. Incidente, m. 

Unhoflichkeit,/. Incivilidad,/. 

Neigung,/. Inclinacion,/. 

Neigen, lenken, Inclinar, 

Einschlieszen, Incluir, 

Einkommen. n. Renta,/. 

Beliistigen, Incomodar, 

Unvergleichlich, Incomparable, 

Unvertraglich, Incompatible, 

Unbegreiflich, Inconceptible, 

Unvereinbar, Inconsistente, 

Unbestandig, Inconstante, 

Einverleiben, Incorporar, 



FRENCH. 

Incapable. 
Incapacite, f. 
Encens, s. m. 

ir liter, v. \m. 
Aiguillon, motif, 
Incessant,-e. 
Pouce, m. 
Incident, m. 
Incivilite, /. 
Inclination, f. 
Inclinir. 
Comprendre. 
Revenu, m. 
Incommoder. 
Incomparable. 
Incompatible. 
Inconcevable. 
Inconsequent. 
Volage. 
Incorporer. 



Einverleibung,/. Incorporacion, /. Incorporation, /. 
Unrichtig, Defectuoso, Incorrect. 

Unbesserlich, Incorregible, Incorrigible. 
Unverdorben, Incorrupto, Pur,-e. 
Unverweslich, Incorruptible, Incurruptible. 
Zunahme, s.f. Aumento, s. m. Augmentation, 

wachsen, v. acrecentar, v. s.f. croitre, v. 
Einfallen, Incurrir, [do, Encourir. 

Verptlichte-n,-t, Obligar, adeuda- Endett-er,-e. 
TJnanstandig, Indecente, Indecent,-e. 

Unentscblossen- Indecision,/. Indecision,/. 

heit,/ 

Wirklich, Verdaderamente En verite. 

Unzartheit, /. Groseria, /. Indelicatesse, /. 
Schadlos halten, Indemnizar, Indemniser. 
Schadloshaltung Indemnidad,[da, Indemnite,/ 
Vertrag, m. [/ Escritura denta- Contrat, in. 
Unabbangigkeit, Independencia,/Independance,/ 
Unabhangig, Independente, Independant,-e. 
Anzeiger, m. Indice, m. Index, m. 

Indian, (m.) -ish, Indian, m. china, Indien,(m.)-ne. 



i: vn: I:\ATIOXAL DICTIONARY'. 



475 



IND. 


GERMAN. 


SPANKS. 


H. 


Indif 


Anzeigen, 


Indicar, 


Indiquer. 


Indifferent, 
Indigestion, 


Gleichgiiltig, 
Unverdaulich- 


Indiferente, 
Indigestion, /. 


Indifferent 

Indigestion,/. 




keit,/. 






ition, 


Unwille, m. 


Indignacion,/ 


Indignation, /. 


Indigo, 


Indigo, m. 


Indigo, m. 


Indigo, m. 


ireet, 


Unbedachtsam, 


Indiscreto, 


Indiscret,-e. 


Indisputable, 


Unstreitig, 


Indisputable, 


Indisputable. 


I ndividual, 


Individuum, m. 


Individuo, m. 


Individu, m. 


Individually, 


Personlich, 


Individual, 


Individuel,-le. 


Individuality, 


Einzelheit,/. 


Individualidad,^ 


rindividualite, /. 


Induce, 


Leiten, 


Inducir, 


Persuader, v. 


Indulge, 


Befriedigen, v. 


Favorecer, v. 


Tolerer, v. 


Indulgence, 


Befriedigung,/ 


Indulgencia,/. 


Indulgence,/. 


Industrious, 


/ig. 


Industrioso, 


Industrieux,-se. 


Industry, 


FK'isz, m. 


Industria, /. 


Industrie,/. 


Inevitable, 


irmeidlich, 


Inevitable, 


Inevitable. 


Infamous, 


Ebrlos, 


In fame, 


In fame. 


Infant, 


Kind, n. 


Infante, m. 


Infant, m. f. 


Infect, 


Anstecken, 


Infectar, 


Infecter. 


Infer, 


Herbeifuhren, 


Liferir, 


Inferer. 


Inferior, 


Untergebene, s. 


Inferior, s. m. 


Inferieur,-e, s. m. 




m.f. unter, adj. 


& adj. 


f. & adj. 


Infernal, 


Hollisch, 


Internal, 


Infernal,-e. 




Beunruhigen, 


Infestar, 


Infester. 


Infidel, 


iubige, m. 


Intiel, a. 


Infidele, m.f. 


Infinite, 


Unendlich, 


Infinito, 


Infmi,-e. 


Infirm, 


Kranklich, 


Enfermo, 


Faible, infirme. 


Inflam*-, 


Anziinden, 


Inflamar, 


Enflamnu-r. 


Inflammation, 


Entziindung,/ 


Intlamacion,/ 


Inflammation,/ 


Inflict, 


Xufii 


gar, 


Infligir. 


Inform, 


Unterrichten, 


Informar, 


Informer. 


Information, 


richt, m. 


Inforraacion,/, 


Information,/. 




Sinnreich, 


Ingenioso, 


lni;Tnicux,-se. 


uity, 


Scharfsinn, m. 


Ingeniosidad, /. 


Esprit, m. 


uous, 


Freimuthig, 


Ingenuo, 


Ingenu,-e, fran< 


Ingratitude, 


Undankbarkeit,/ Ingratitud, / 


Ingratitude,/! 


bit, 


Bewobnen, 


Habitar, 


Habiter. 


:it, 


Erben, 


Heredar, 


Heriter. 


Inheritance, 


Erbrecht, n. 


H.'p'iim,/. 


Ileritagc, m. 


Inhuman, 


Unmenschlicb, 


Inhuman*), 


Inhu:nain,-e. 









476 


INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 


INI. 


- 
GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 


Iniquity, 
Initial, 


Sunde, Bosheit,/Injusticia, /. Iniquite,/. 
Anfanglich, Inicial, Initial,-e. 


Initiate, 


Einfiihren, Iniciar, Initier. 


Injection, 


Eingebung,/. Inyeccion,/. Injection,/. 


Injure, 


Verletzen, Injuriar, Nuire a. 


Injury, 


Nachtheil, m. Injuria,/. Dommage, m. 


Ink, 


Dinte, /. Tiuta, / E ncre, /. 


Inn, 


Wirthshaus, n. Posada,/. Hotellerie,/. 


Innocen-ce,-t, 
Inquest, 


Anschuld,(/)-ig, Inocen-cia,(/)-teInnocen,-ce/. -t. 
Nachforschung,/ Inquisition, /. Enquete,/. 


Inquire, 


Erkundigen, Inquirir, Demande. 


Insane, 


Uusinnnig, Insano, Fou, folle. 


Insect, 


Insect, n. Insecto, m. Insecte, m. 


Insert, 


Einschalten, Inserir, Inserer. 


Insight, 


Einsicht,/. Conocimiento,w. Connaissance,/. 


Insignificant, 


Unbedeutend, Frivolo, Insignificiant,-e. 


Insinuate, 


Beibringen, Insinuar, Insinuar. 


Insist, 


Stehen, Insistir, Persister. 


Insolence,-t, 


Trotz,(m.)-ig, Insolen-cia(/)-te Insolen,-ce,(/)-t 


Inspect, 


Besichtigen, Reconocer, Inspecter. 


Inspire, 


Einathrnen, Inspirar, Inspirer. 


Instance, 


Ansuchen, n. Instancia,/ Instance,/. 


Instant, 


Augenblick, m. Instante, m. Instant, m. 


Instead, 


Statt, In lugar de, Au lieu de. 


Instinct, 


Nasurtrieb, m. Instinto, m. Instinct, m. 


Institute, 


Gesetz, s. n. Institute, s. m. Institut, s. m. 




einsetzen, v. instituir, v. instituer, v. 


Institution, 


Verordnung, /. Institucion, /. Institution,/. 


Instruct, 


Unterricliten, Instruir, Instruire. 


Instrument, 


Werkzeug, Instrumento, m. Instrument, m. 


Insult, 


Beleidigung, s.f. Insulto, s. m. Insulte, s.f. 




verspotten, v. insultar, v. insulter, v. 


Insure, 


Versichern, Asegurar, Assurer. 


Intel lect,-ual, 


Verstand,(m)-ig, Entendimiento,^. Intellect,(m)-uel. 




m. intelecto,a^'. 


Intend, 


Ausstrecken, Intentar, Proposer. 


Intense, 


Gespannt, Intenso, Intense. 


Intensity, 


Starke,/. Exceso, m. Intensite,/ 


Intention, 


Spannung,/. Intencion,/. Dessein, m. 


Interest, 


Interesse, s. n. Interes, s. m. Interet, s. m. 




betheiligen, v. interesar, v. interesser, v. 



X A IK- X A L DICTION A I : V . 



477 



INT. 


:-u. 




Interesting, 


Anziehend, Interesant, 


Intercssant,-e. 


IlU- : 


Sicli streifen, Entremeterse, 


kS'interposer. 


Interior, 


Innerlich,[kunft, Interior, 


Interieur,-c. 


Interjection, 


Dazwischcn- Interjeccion, /. 


Interjection,/. 


Intermission, 


Unterlassung,/ Intermision, /. 


Intermission,/. 


Interrupt, 


Trennen, Rumpido, 


Interrompre. 


rval, 


Zwishenraum, m. Jntervalo, m. 


Intervalle, m. 


Interveiw, 


Zusammenkunft, Vista formal, /. 


Entrevue,/. 


Intimate, 


Innerea<7/.zuver- Intimo, udj. 


In time, adj. 




stehen geben,v. insinuar, v. 


in timer, v. 


Into, 


llinein, Dentro, 


Dans, entre. 


Intoxicate, 


Berauschen, Embriagar, 


Enivivr. 


Intrepid, 


Unerschrocken, Intrepido, 


Intr^pide. 


Intricate, 


Verworren, Intrincado, 


Embarrasse r e. 


Intrigue, 


viekelung,/ Manejo, m. 


Intrigue,/. 


Introduce, 


Einfuhren, Introducir, 


Introduire. 


Intrude, 


Eindringen, Intrudm; 


irrer. 


Invade, 


Einfallen, Invadir, 


Envaliir. 


Invalid, 


Invalide, .v. in. Invalido, s. m. 


Envali'le, s. m. 




kraftlos, uJj. iV mlj. 


adj. 


Invention, 


Eriiiid-en,-ung,/Invent,-ar,-o,m. 


Inven;-er,-ion, /. 


Inviolate, 


L'nvurlet/t, Jnviolado, 


Invi' 


Invi 


-ichtbar, Invisible, 


Invisible. 


Invitation, 


Einladung,/ Convite, m. 


Invitation,/. 


Iron, 


I/. Hi 


1-Vr, m. 


}> 


Spottreil Ironia, /' 


Ironic,/. 


In 


iderstelilich, Irresistible, 


-tible. 


Irritable, 


-n, Jrritar, 


Irri 


id, 


!,/. 


He,ile,/. 


ae, 


iida, s.f. 


Issue, s.f. 


Isth: 


Jiuslaufen, r. snlir, v. 
Erdenge,/. Isimo, 


sortir, V. 
Istlnr. 


It, 


. 1,,, 


Le, ce, il, elle. 




Knitze, s.f. Sarna, s.f. 
ju-k-n, /. jiicar, v. 
Selbst, sich, Mismo, 
ubein, n. Marlil, m. 
Epheu, m. Yedra,/. 


Gale, s.f. 
demanger, r 
Soimeme. 

Lierre, m. 




J. 




Jabber, 


Plaudern, Charlar, 


Jabotter. 






4T8 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



JAC. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Jacket, 


Jacke,/. 


Xaqueta, /. 


Jaquette, /. 


Jail, 


Gefangniss, n. 


Carcel,/ 


Prison,/. 


January, 


Januar, m. 


Enero, m. 


Janvier, m 


Jar, 


Knarren, s. n. 


Jarro, s. m. 


Choc, s. m 




klappern, v. 


reiiir, v. 


detonner, v. 


Jaundice, 


Gelbsucht,/. 


Ictericia, /. 


Jaunisse, /. [/. 


Jaw, jaws, 


Kinnbacken, m. 


Quixada,/. 


Machoire,bouche 


Jealous, 


Eifersiichtig, 


Zeloso, 


Jaloux,-se. 


Jelly, 
Jest, 


Gallerte,/. 
Spass, s. m. 
spassen, v. 


Jalea, /. 
Chanze, s.f. 
bufonearse, v. 


Gelee,/ 
Bon mot, s. m. 
badiner, v. 


Jewel, 


Juwele, /. 


Piedra preciosa,/ Bijou,-x, m. 


Job, 


Arbeit,/. 


Negozuelo, m. 


Petit ouvrage,w. 


Join, 


Verbinden, 


Juntar, 


Joindre. 


Joint, 


Gelenk, s. n. 


Gozne, s. m. par- 


Jointure, s.f. 




verbunden, adj. 


ticipante, adj. 


commun,-e,ac??'. 


Jolly, 
Jolt, 


Frohlich, 
Stoss, s. m. 


Alegre, 
Traqueo, s. ?. 


Plaisant,-e. 
Cahot, s. m. 




stossen, v. 


traquear, v. 


cahoter, v. 


Journal, 


Tagebuch, n. 


Diario, m. 


Journal,-aux, m. 


Journey, 


Reise,/. 


Jornada,/. 


Voyage, m. 


Joy> 


Freude, /. 


Alegria,/ 


Joie,/. plaisir,m. 


Judge, 


Richter, s. m. 
richten, v. 


Juez, s. m. 
juzgar, v. 


Juge, s. m. 
juger, v. 


Judgment, 


Gericht, n. 


Juicio, m. 


Jugement, m. 


Jug, 


Krug, m. 


Jarro, m. 


Broc,m.cruche,/. 


July, 
Jump, 
June, 
Jury, 


Julius, m. 
Springen, 
Junius, m. 
Geschwornen,w. 


Julio, m. Juillet, m. 
Saltar, Sauter. 
Junio,w. [dos,w. Juin, m. 
Junta(/)dejura- Jures, m. pi. 


Just, 


Gericht, eben, 


Justo, 


Juste, justement. 


Justice, 


Gerechtigkeit,/. 


Justicia,/ 


Justice, / 


Justify, 


Rechtfertigen, 


Justificar, 


Justifier. 


Juvenile, 


Ju endlicb, 


Juvenil, 


Jeune. 






K. 




Keel, 


Kiel, Kegel, m. 


Quilla,/. 


Quille,/. 


Keen, 


Scbarf, strenge, 


Afilado, agudo, 


Aigu,-e. ^ 


Keep, 


Halten, 


Tener, cuidar, 


Tenir, retiner. 


Keeper, 


Aufseber, m. 


Tenedor, m. 


Garde, m. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



479 



KEG. 


GERMA.JT. SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Keg, 


* Fasschen, n. Barrica,/. 


Caque,/. [/. 


Kernel, 


Kern,m. Druse,/ AJmendra,/. 


Amande, graine, 


Kettle, 


Kessel, m. Caldera,/. 


Chaudiere, /. 


Key, 


Schliissel, m. Llave, clave,/. 


Clef,/, quai, m. 


Kick, 


Fusstritt, s. m. Puntapie, s. m. 


Ruade, s. /. 




treten, v. patear, v. 


ruer, v. 


Kid, 


Ziegenlamm, n. Cabrito, m. 


Chevreau,-x, m. 


Kidnap, 


Stehlen, Hurtar ninos, 


Enlcver, voler. 


Kidney, 


Niere, /. Rinon, m. 


Rognon, m. 


Kill, 


Todten, Martar, 


Tuer. [x, m. 


Kiln, 


Ofen, m. Horno, m. 


Four, fourneau,- 


Kin, 


Verwandschaft/Conexion, /. 


Allie,-e,.7tt./. 


Kind, 


Art, s.f. Genero, s. m. 


Genre, s. m. 




giitig, adj. benevolo, adj. 


bon, adj. 


Kindness, 


Giitigkeit,/. Benevolencia, /. 


Bonte,/. 


King, 


Konig, m. Rey, m. 


Roi, m. 


Kingdom, 


Konigreich, n. Reyno, m. 


Royaume, m. 


Kiss, 


Kuss, s. m. Beso, s. m. 


Baiser, s. m. 




kiissen, v. besar, v. 


&v. 


Kitchen, 


Kiiche,/. Cocina,/. 


Cuisine, /. 


Knack, 


Handgriff, m. Chuckeria,/. 


Adresse, /. 


Knave, 


Bube, Schelmm. Bribon, m. 


Frifon, m. 


Knead, 


Kneten, Amasar, 


Petrir. 


Knee, 


Knie, n. Rodila, curva,/. 


Genou,-x, m. 


Knife, 


Messer, n. Cuchillo, m. 


Couteau,-x, m. 


Knit, 


Stricken, Enlazar, 


Tricoter, lier. 


Knob, 


Knopf, m. Prominencia,/. 


Bossc, /. 


Knock, 


Klopfen, Colidir, tocar, 


Frapper. 


Knot, 


Knoten, Ast, m. Nudo, lazo, m. 


Noeud, m. [tre. 


Know, 


Wissen, kennen, Conocer, 


Savoir, Connai- 




L. 




Label, 


Zettel, m. Esquela,/. 


Ecriteau,-x, m. 


Labor, 


Arbeit, s. /. Trabajo, labor, 


Travail, s. m. 




arbeiten, v. a. in. trabajar, v. 


travailler, v. 


Lace, 


Schnur, s. f. Lazo, s. m. 


Lacet,5.w.lacer,v 




schniiren, v. abrochar, v. 




Lack, 


Mangel, s. m. Falta, s. f. . 


Besoin, s. m. 




bediirfen, ?;. carecer, ?'. 


manquer de, v 


Lad, 


Knabe, Junge m. Mozallon, m. 


Gargon, m. 



480 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



GERMAN. 



SPANISH. 



FRENCH. 



Echelle,/. [/. 
Dame,demoiselle 
Agneau,-x, m. 
Estropie, 
Plainte, s.f. 
lamentre, v. 



LAD. 

Ladder, Leiter,/. Escala,/. 

Lady, Dame,/. Senora, ledi,/. 

Lamb, Lamm, n. Cordero, m. 

Lame, Lahm, Lisiado, 

Lament, Wehklage, s.f. Lamento, s. m. 

klagen, v. lamentar, v. 

Lamp, Lampe,/. [nen, v. Lampara/[trar,v Lampe, / [ 

Lance, Lanze, s.f. stech- Lanza, s.f. pene- Lance, /,<?. perce r 

Land, Land, Terreno, pais, m. Terre,/.pays, m. 

Landlord, Gutsbesitzer, m. Huesped, m. Proprietaire, m. 

Landscape, Landschaft, /. Pais, region, m. Paysage, m. [m. 
Language, Sprache, / Lengna,/. Langue/langage 

Lantern, Lanterne,/ Linterna,/ Lanterne,/ 

Lap, Lappechen, n. Faldas,/ pi. Giron m. [m. 

Lapse, Fall, Verfall, m. Caida,/[puerco, Laps ecoulemen 

Lard, Speck, m. Manteca (/) de Lard, m. 

Large, Grass, weit, Grande, ancho, Large, grand, 

Lark, Lerche, /. Alondra,/. Alouette/ [ter v. 

Lash, Hieb, s. m. Latigazo, s. m. Coup s. m. fouet- 

peitschen, v. azotar, v. 

Lass, Madschen, n. Doncella, /. Fillette, / 

Last, Leisten,s.m.[ac?/. Horma, s.f. du- Laste, s. m. durer 

wahren,v.letzte, rar ^.ultimo adj. v. dernier, adj. 
Latch, Klinke. s. f. Aldeba, s.f. cer- Loquet, s. m. 

zuklinken, v. rarconaldebav. fermer, v. 
Late, Spat, letzt, Tardio, tarde, Tard,-e, lent,-e. 

Latent, Verborgen, Escondido, Cache,-e, secret. 

Lath, Latte, s.f. mit [v. Lata,/ liston s.m. Latte sf. latter v. 

Latten versehen. ponar listas, v. 
Lathe, Drechselbank, / Torno, m. [adj. Tour, m. [adj. 

Latin, Latein, s. n. Latin, s. m. latino, Latin, s. m. latine 

lateinisch, adj. 
Laugh, Lachen, s. n. Lavadero, s. m. Ris, s. m. rire, v 

verlachen, v. mofar, v. 

Launch, Fortlassen, Botar al agua, S'elancer, lancer. 

Laurel, Lorbeer, m. Laurel guindo,m. Laurier, m. 

Law, Gesetz, Recht, n. Ley,/derecho,m Loi,/ droit, m. 

Lawn, Grasplatz, m. Linon, prado, m. Plaine,/liiion,w. 

Lawyer, Rechtgelehrte,m Abogado, m. Avocat, m. [s.f. 

Lay, Lage, s.f. legen,v. Lechos, s. m. Couche,chanson, 

poner, v. pondre, v. 



. 



' 



IXTKRXATIOXAL DICTIOXA1IY. 



481 






LAZ. 


.; i.v. >isii. .(. 


Lazy, 


Faul, langsam, Pnvzoso, tardo, Paresscux,-se. 


Lead, 


Blei, s.u. leiten,v. Plomo, s. m. Plombe, s. m. 




conducir, v. guider, v. 


Leaf, 


Blatt, n. Hoja,/. Feuille,/ 


ue, 


Bundniss, s. n. Liga, s.f. Ligue, s.f. 




verbinden, v. confederarse,v. se liguer, v. 


Leak, 


Spalte, s.f. Obertura, s.f. Fente, s.f. 




durchlassen, v. derramarse, v. s'ecouler, v. 


Lean, 


Mager, adj. Magro, adj. Maigre, adj. 




lehnen, v. inclinarse, v. s'appuyer, v. 


Leap, 


Sprung, s. m. Salto, s. m. Saut, s. m. 




springen, v. saltar, v. saillir, v. 


Learn, 


Lerncn, Aprender, [s. m. Apprendre. 




Pachtzeit, s.f. Arrendimiento, Bail, s. m. 




verpachten, v. arrondar, v. loucr, v. 


Least, 


Kleinste, adj. Miniomo, 5. m. Moindre, moins, 




Atom, s. m. & adj. s. m. <fe adj. 


Leather, 


Leder, n. Cuero, m. Cuir,w.peau,-x,/. 




Abschied, s. m. Licencia, s.f. Conge, s. m. 




lasscn, v. dexar, v. quitter, v. 


Lecture, 


Lcsen, s. n. Discurso, s. m. Lecture, s.f. 




unterrichten, v. instruir, v. instruire, v. [m. 


Ledger, 


Hauptbuch, n. Libro, mayor, m. Livre de compte, 




Link, Sinicstro, Gauche. 




IH in, /?. Keule,/. Pierna,/. pie, wi.Jambe,/. 


icy, 


iiachtniss, n. Legado, m. Legs, in. 


-ture, 


Gesetzgebende Legisladura,/. Legislature,/. 




Ma.-ht,/. 


Lemon, 


Limoni- Limon, m. Limon, m. 


Lend, 


hen, borgen, Prestar, ;er. 


rth, 


iuer,/. Longitud,/. Longuer,duree,/. 


Lent, 


it,/. Quaresma,/. Careme, m. 


;rd, 


ard, in. Leopardo, m. Leopard, m. 




Klt-iner, Menor,menos, m. Moins, m. 


m, 


Lehre,/. Text,w. Leccion,/. Le9on,/ 




-en, Conceder, dexar, Louer, laisser. 




Schrift,/.Brie^m. Letra, carta,/. Lettre,/. 


ice, 


LaHisli, m. Lechuga,/. Laitue,/. 




he, s.f. Llano, ?. m. u,-x, s. m. 




;''h, adj. igualar, v. aplanir, v. 


T 


1, m. Palanca,/. Levieiy/i.barrc,/. 



482 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



LIA. GERMAN. 

Liar, Liigner, m. 

Liberty, Freiheit,/. 

Library, Bibliothek, /. 

License, Erlaubniss, s.f. 

gestatten, v. 
Lick, Schlag, s. m. 

lecken, v. 

Lid, Deckel, m. 

Lie, (falsely,) Lauge, Luge, s.f. 

liigen, v. 

Lie, (down,) Liegen, schlafen, 
Life, Leben, n. 

Lift, Heben, s. n. 

aufheben, v. 
Light, Licht,s?i.ldschen, 

v.Licht, adj. 
Light,of weight Leicht, hurtig, 



Like, 

Likeness, 

Lily, 

Limb, 

Lime, 

Limit, 

Line, 
Linen, 

Lion, 

Lip, 

Liquid, 

Listen, 

Literature, 

Little, 

Live, 

Lo! 

Load, 



Gefallen, v. 

gleich, adj. 
Gleichniss, n. 
Lilie,/. 

Glied,7z.Rand,w. 
Leim, Kalb, m. 
Grenze, s. f. 

begrenzen, v. 
Linie, s.f. 

liniren, v. 
Leinwand, s. f. 

leinen, adj. 
Lowe, m. 
Lippe,/. > 
Fliissigkeit, s.f. 

fliissig, adj. 
Lauschen, 
Literatur, /. 
Weinigkeit, s.f. 

wenig, adj. 
Leben, wohnen, 
Siehe ! 
Ladung, s.f. 

laden, v. 



SPANISH. 

Embus tero, m. 
Libertad, /. 
Libreria,/. 
Licensia, s.f. 
' licenciar, v. 
Chupa, s.f. 

lamar, v. [m. 
Tapa,/. parpado, 
Mentira, s. f. 

mentir, v. 
Consistir, 
Vida,/. 
Alzamiento, s.m. 

alzar, v. 

Luz, 5. /. encen- 
dar,v. claro, adj. 
Ligero, leve, 
Gustar, v. 

semejante, adj. 
Semejanza,/. 
Lirio, 

Miembro, m. 
Cal, m. 
Li mite, s. m. 

limitar, v. 
Linea, s.f. for- 

rar, v. 
Lienzo, lino, s.m. 

de lienzo, adj. 
Leon, m. 
Labio, m. 
Licor, s. m. 

liquido, adj. 
Escuchar, 
Literatura,/. 
Poso, s. m. 

escaso, adj. 
Vivir, subsistir, 
He aqui ! 
Carga, s.f. 

cargar, v. 



FRENCH. 

Menteur,-se,w/. 
Liberte,/. 
Bibliotheque,/. 
License, s.f. 

autoriser, v. 
Coup, s. m. 

lecher, v. 
Couvercle, m. 
Mensonge, s. m. 

mentir, v. 
Recline r,coucher. 
Vie, existence,/. 
Effort, 5. m. 

elever, v. 
Lumiere, s./.allu- 
mer,v. clnir,adj. 
Leger,-e. 
Aimer, v. 

semblable, adj. 
Ressemblance, /. 
Lis, m. 
Membre, m. 
Chaux,/. 
Borne, s. f. 

limiter, v. 
Ligne, s.f. 

doubler, v. 
Toile, s.f. 

de linge, adj. 
Lion, m. 
Levre, /. 
Liqueur, s. f. 

liquide, adj. 
Ecouter. 
Litterature, /. 
Peu, s. m. 

petit,-te, adj. 
Vivre, demeurer. 
Voici! voila! 
Fardeau,-x, s.m. 

charger, v. 



TXT I R X ATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



483 



I.'A. GERMAN. 

Loaf, (Bread,) Laib,m. Broad, TO. Pan, m. 



Loan, 

Local, 

ist, 
Lodge, 

Log, 
Logic, 

Loin, 
Loiter, 
Lone,-ly, 
Long, 

Longitude, 
Look, 

Loop, 

Loose, 
Loosen, 
Lord, 
Lose, 

Lot, 
Loud,-ly, 

Love, 

Luck, 

Lumber, 

Lump, 

Lunatic, 

Lungs, 

Luscious,-ly, 

Lust, 

Lust 
Lye, 



Darlehen, n. Prestarmo, m. 

Oertlicb, Local, 
Scbloss, s. n. *Cerraja, s.f. 

verwickeln, v. cerrar, v. 

Sclilosschen, m. Broche, m. 

Heuscbrecke,/. Langosta,/. 
Loge,*./ 

wobnen, v. alogar, v. 

Klotz, m. Leno, m. 

Logick,/. Logica,/. 

Lende,/. Lomo, m. 

Zaudern, Haraganear, 

Einsam, Solitario, 

Verlangen, v. Antojarse, v. 

lang, adj. largo, adj. 

Lange,/. Longitud,/. 

Blick, *. m. Aspecto,s. m. 

sehen, v. mirar, v. 

/ Scblinge, s.f. Ojal, s. m. 

scbniiren, v. parar, v. 

lLos, locker, Suelto, floxo, 

Pfsmachen, Desunirse, 
THerr, Lord, m. 

Verspielen, Perder, 

Verlust, m. Perdida,/. 

Loos, n. Suerte, lote, 

Laut, Ruidoso, 

Liebe, s.f. Amor, s. m. 

lieben, v. [adj. amar, v. 



I'KEXCII. 

Pain, m. 
Pret, m. 
Local,-e. 
Serrure, s.f. 
fermer, v. 
Agrafe, /. 
Sauterelle,/. 
Alogimiento,5.w. Loge, s.f. 



loger, v. 
Bucbe,/. 
Logique,/. 
Longe, queue, /'. 
Tarder. 
Solitaire. 
Desirer, v. 

long,-ne, adj. 
Longitude, /. 
Regard, s. m. 

regarder, v. 
Ganse, s.f. 

fermer, v. 
Lache. 

Delier, detacter. 
Senor, Dios, m. Seigneur, m. 
Perdre. 
Pertc, /. 
Lot, sorte, m. 
Haut, 
Amour, s. m. 

aimer, v. 



" 



Brullen.iuiiedrig Mugtr,#.baxo,ae?/.Mugir, v. bas, adj. 
Gliick, n. Acaso, suceso,m. Hasard, m. 

Geriill, n. Armotaste, m. Gros bagage, m. 

Klumj)en, m. Pedazo, m. Morceau,-x, m. 

Mttiul.suchtige,m. Lunatico, [m.pl. Lunatique, m. 
Liinp Bofes, pulmones, Poumons, m.^;/. 

siiss, Mt-loso, delicioso, Doux,-ce. 

Lust, s.f. >, in. Convoitise, s.f. 

hren, ?'. gustar, v. convoiter, v. 

Glanz, m. Lustro, m. Lustre, eclat, ?/?. 

Lauge,/. Lcxia, /. Lessive,/. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



MAG. 


GERMAX. SPANISH. 


ERENCH. 




M. 




Machine, 


Maschine,/. Maquina,/ 


Machine, /. 


Machinist, 


Mechaniker, m. Maquinista, m. 


Machiniste, m. 


Mad,-ly, 


Wahnsinnig, Distraido, loco, 


Furieuxyse. 


Madam, 


Madam,/. Senora,Madama, 


Madame, / 


Madder, 


Krapp, in. Rubia,/. 


Garance,/. 


Magazine, 


Magazin, n. Magacen, m. 


Magasin, m. 


Magic,-al,-ly, 


Zauberkunst.s./. Magia, s.f. 


Magie, s.f. 




magisch, adj. magico, adj. 


magique, adj. 


Magistrate, 


Obrigkeit,/. Magistrado, m. 


Magistral, m. 


Magnanimous, 


Grossmlithig, Magnanimo, 


Magnanime. 


Magnet,-ism, 


Magnet,-ismus,mPiedra iman,/ 


Aimant, s. m. 


Magnificence, 


Grosse,Pracht,/. Magnificencia,/ 


Magnificence, /. 


Magnify, 


Vergrossern, Magnidcar, 


Exagerer. 


Mahogany, 


Mahagonyholz,?ft Caoba, 


Acajou,-x, m. 


Maid, 


Jungfer,/. Doncella, /. 


Fille, vierge,/. 


Mail, 


Panzer, s. m. Mala, s.f. 


Malle, poste, s.f. 




bepanzern, v. mallar, v. 


armar,poster,v. 


Maim, 


Verstiimmeln, Mutilar, 


Mutiler, estopier. 


Main, 


Haupttheil, s. m. Oceano, 5. m. 


Ocean, s. m. 




vornehmste,ad/. mayor, adj. 


principal, adj. 


Majesty, 


Majestat,/ Magestad, /. 


Majeste, / 


Major, 


Major, s. 't/i. Sargento mayor, 


Major, *. m. 




grosser, adj. s.m. mayor, adj. 


plus grand, ad/'. 


Majority, 


Mehrheit,/ Pluralidad, /. 


Majorite,/ 


Make, 


Machen, Hacer, fabricar, 


Faire, produiro. 


Maker, 


Verfertiger, m. Hacedor, m. 


Faiseur, m. 


Malady, 


Krankheit, /. E nfermedad, /. 


Maladie, /. 


Male, 


Miinnchen, s. n. Macho, s. m. 


Male, s. m. 




mannlich, adj. masculine, adj. 


& adj. 


Malice, 


Bosheit, /. Malicia, /. 


Malice,/ 


Mall, 


Schlag, s. m. Mallo, s. m. 


Mail let, s. m. 




schlagen, v. palear,v. [da,/ 


battre, v. 


Malt, 


Malz, 71. Cebada prepara- 


Dreche,/. 


Mamma, 


Mamma, /. Mama,/ [m. 


Mam an,/, [m. 


Man, 


Mensch,Mann,m. Hombre, criado, 


Homme, servant, 


Manage, 


Verwalten, Manejar, 


Menager. 


Manager, 


Verwalter, m. Administrador,m 


Directeur, m. 


Mane, 


Mahne,/ Grin, clin,/ 


Criniere, /. 


Manger, 


Krippe, /. Pesebre, m. 


Mangeoire, m. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



485 



MAN. 


GEKMAX. SPANISH. veil. 


Manhood, 


Menschheit, /. Masculinidad,/. Yirilite,/. 


Manifest, 


Offenbaren, v. Manifesto, adj. Manifester, v. 




offenbar, adj. manifestar, v. evident,-e, adj. 


Mankind, 


Menschenge- El genero hu- Genre humain,. 




schlecht, 7i. rnano, in. \m. 


Manner, 


Art, Manier,/. Manera,/. modo, Maniere,/. 


Mantle, 


Tauftuch, s. n. Manto, s. m. Manteau,-x, m. 




bedecken, v. cubrir, v. 


Manufacturer, 


Anfiihrer, m. Artesano, m. Manufacturier, m 


Manufacture, 


Fabricat, s. n. Manufactura, s.f. Manufacture, s.f. 




verfertigen, v. fabricar, v. fabriquer, v. 


Manufactory, 
Manure, 


Manufactur,/. Fabrica,/ Fabrique,/. 
D linger, s. in. Abono, s. m. Engrais, s. m. 




anbauen, v. abonar, v. furaer, v. 


Manuscript, 


Handschrift,/. Manuscrito, m. Manuscrit, m. 


Many, 


Viele, mancher, Mucho, Beaucoup de. 


Map", 


Landkarte, s.f. Mapa, s.f. Carte, s.f. faire 




zeichnen, v. delinear, v. une carte, v. 


Mar, 


Flecken, s. m. Mancha, s.f. Dommage, s. m. 




verderben, v. injuiiar, v. gatcr, v. 


Marble, 


Marraor, s. in. Marraol, s. m. Marbre, s. m. 




marmorn, adj. marmoreo, adj. marbre,-e, adj. 


March, 


Marz,Marscli,s?/2. Marzo, .<?. m. Mars,7. marche, 




marschiren, v. marchar, v. s. f. marcher, v. 


Mare, 
Margin, 


Suite,/. Alp, m. Yegua,/. Cavale,/. 
Hand, m. Margcn, m. Marge, s.f. 


Marine, 


Seesoldat, *. m. Marina,*./. Marine, s.f. 




zurSeegehorig,a raarino, adj. niarin,-c, adj. 


Mark, 


Marke, s.f. Marca, s./. Marque, s. f. 




morkon, r. marcar, v. marquer, v. 


Market, 


Markt, Handel, m Mercado, m. Marche, m. 


Marriage, 


H'-irath,/. Maridage, 1/1. Manage, m. 


Marrow, 


i'Ytt, Mark, n. Tuetano, w. Moelle,/. 


Parry, 


Heirathen, Casarse^ Marier, epouser. 


area, 


Morast,Sumpf,;/i. Pantano, m. Marais, m. 


arshal, 


Marschall, s. m. Mariscal, s. m. Marechal, s. m. 




ordnt'ii, v. ordenar, v. ranger, v. 


Martyr, 


Miirtyrer, s. m. Martir, s. m. Martyr,-e,. m.f. 




quiilen, v. martirizar, v. raartyriser, v. 


Marvel, 


Wunder, s. n. Maravilla, s.f. Mcrveille, s.f. 




sich wundcrn,i'. ninravill-ir, i f . s'etoiimT, r. 




41 






486 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



MAS. 

Masculine, 
Mask, 

Mason, 
Mass, 

Mast, 
Master, 

Mat, 

Match, 

Mate, 

Mathematician, 
Mathematics, 
Matter, 
May, 

Mayor, 

Me, 

Meal, 

Meadow, 

Mean, 

Measles, 
Measure, 

Meat, 

Mechanic, 

Mechanism, 

Medal, 

Meddle, 

Medicine, 

Mellow, 

Melody, 
Melon, 
Melt, 
Member, 



GERMAN. SPANISH. 

Mannlich, Masculino, 

Maske, s. f. Mascara, s.f. 

vermummen, v. enmascarar, v, 
Maurer, in. Albanil, m. 

Masse,Menge,*./'. Masa, s. f. 

haufen, v. espesar, v. 

Mastbaum, m. A'rbol, palo, m. 
Meister, s. m. Maestro, s. m. 

beherrschen, v. sujetar, v. 
Matte, s.f. Estera, s.f. 

verflechten, v. esterar, v. 
Lunte,/. Docht, Mecho, s. m. 
s?ft.vergleichen,v. igualar, v. 
Gefahrte, s. m. Consorte, s. m. 

verbinden, v. casar, v. 
Mathematiker,m. Matematico, m. 
Mathematik, /. Matematica, /. 
Stoff,w. Sache,/. Materia,/. 
Mai, s. m. mo- Mayo, s. m. 



FRENCH. 

Masculin,-e. 
Masque, s. m. 

masquer, v. 
Magon, m. 
Masse, s.f. 

amasser, v. 
Mat, m. faine,/. 
Maitre, s. m. 

surmonter, v. 
Natte, s.f. 

natter, v. 
Meche, s.f. 

egaler, v. 




gen, v. 



poder, v. 



Biirgermeister, Corregidor, m. 
Mich, mir. Me, 

Mehl, n. Comida, /. 

Weise,/. Meth, m. Pradero,prado,m 
Niedrig, mittel,a. Baxo, mediano,a . 
meinen, v. hacer animo, v. 
Masern,/ pi. Sarampion, m. 
Masstab, s. m. Medida, s.f. 

ermessen, v. medir, v. 
Fleisch, n. Carne, vianda,/. 

Handwerker, m. Mecanico, m. 
Mechanismus, m. Mecanismo, m. 
Schaustiick, n. Medalla,/. 
Mischen, Medlar, 

Arzenei, /. Medecina, /. 

Weich, adj. Madura, adj. 

weich machen,v. sazonar, v. 
Melodie,/. Melodia,/. 

Melone,/. Melon, m. 

Schmelzen, Disolver, 

Glied, Stuck, n. Miembro, m. 



egaler, v. [m. 
Mathematician, 

Mathematiques,/ 
Matiere,/. 
Mai, s. m. pou- 

voir, v. 
Maire, m. 
Moi, me. 



Prairie,/. 

Bas, moyen, adj. 

vouluir, v. 
Rougeole, /. 
Mesure, s.f. 

mesurer, v. 
Viandc,/. 
Artisan, m. 
Mecanisme, m. 
Medaille,/. 
Se mcler de. 
Medecine, / 
Mur,-e, adj. 

amollir, v. 
Melodie, f. 
Melon, m. 
Fondre. 
Membre, m. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



487 



Membrane, 



OKUMA.V. 









Mend, 
Mention, 

Merchant, 

Merrury, 

Mercy, 

Merit, 

Merry, 

ige, 
nger, 

th, 
ieurs, 

Metal, 

r, 
Method, 

Middle, 

Mi"ht, 

Mild, 

Mile, 

Military, 
Milk, 

Mill, 

Miller, 

Milliner, 

Million, 

Mind, 



Minor, 



ITautehen, n. Membrana,/. Membrane,/. 

hlni>s, n. Memoria, /. Meaioire,/. 

rn, Reparar, Jtepaier. 

Erwahnung, s.f. Mencion, s.f. Mention, s.f. 



erwahnen, c. 
Kaufmann, m. 
Quecksilber, n. 

Verzeihung,/. 

Verdienst, s. n. Merito, 6'. HI. 

verdienen, /. 
LusMiT, lehhaft, 
Gericht, a. n. 
speisen, v. 
Botschaft,/. 
, ///. 
is, ni. 



mencionar, v. menuoner, r. 

Comerciante, in. Marchand,-* . 

Mercurio, m. Men-are, in. [ /. 

Misericordia,/. Pitie, misericord 3 

Me; he, 6-. vi. 

merecer, v. me.iter, v. 

Risueno, alegre, Plaisant,-e. 

Rancbo, s. m. Mets, s. m. 

hacer, rancho,?'. manger, v. 

Mensage, m. M'-v-a^e, m. 

Mensagero, in. Courrier, in. 
M'-H is, Cristo,m. Messie, Christ,/;?. 

Die Herrn, in.pl. Seliores, in. pi. Messieurs, m.pl. 

Metall, m. [/^Metal, m. Metal, aux, m. 

Lufterscheinung '' , m. Meieoiv, HI. 

Mctbode, \Vei.se, MeLodo, in. Methode,/ 

Mitte, /'. Medio, m. Milieu, m. mi-,/. 

Macbt,/. P.xler, m. P.u\ir,w. force,/. 

Sanft, mild, Indulgente, Don 

Meile,/ |.s-.;/ ? .Milla,/ Mill-. 

Soldatenstand, Soldadesca, s.f. Miliee, *./. 
kriegerisch, adj. militar, adj. militaire, adj. 

Milch, A-./. Leclic, s.f. Lait, s. m. 

nielken, v. ordeuar, v. traire, v. 

Muhle,^*. Molino, nt. Moulin, m. 

Miiller, ;//. Molinero, in. Mi-unier, in. 

Putzhandlerin,/ Modfsta,/ 
Million,/ Millon, in. 

:lh, i'. n. Mente, ,s\/. 
merken, /'. atender, a. 

Mina, *./. 

mio, u dj. 
Mineral, in. 
Miuistro, s. m. 
ministrar, v. 



Mine, 

Mineral, 


Grube, s.f. 
mein, adj. 
Mineral, n. 
Minister, .9. //?. 
darreichen, >\ 




Unmiindige, .m, Menor, .s. m. 
kleiner, adj. & 



Million, m. 

Esprit, -s\ m. 

ivmarquer, v. 
Mine, ft.f. 

le mien, adj. 
Mineral, -aux, in. 
^linister, s. m. 

administrer, r. 
Mineur,-e, s.in.f. 
adj. 



488 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



MIN. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Mint, 


Miinze, s.f. 


Menta, s.f. 


Menthe, s.f. 


Minute, 


Minute, s.f. 


Minuto, s. m. 


Minute, s.f. 




genau, adj. 


menudo, adj. 


petit,-e, adj. 


Miracle, 


Wunder, n. 


Milagro, m. 


Miracle, m. 


Mire, 


Schlamm, 5. m. 


Cieno,s. m. 


Boue, s.f. 


Mirth, 


Frohlichkeit,/. 


Aleo-ria, /. 


Gaiete, /. 


Misanthropy, 


Menschenhass,wi Misanthropia, /. 


Misanthropic, /. 


Miscarry, 


Misslingen, 


Abortar, 


Avorter. 


Mischief, 


Ungliick, n. 


Daiio, mal, m. 


Malheur, m. 


Miscreant, 


Unglaubige, m. 


Religionario, [to, 


Mecreant, m. 


Miser, 


Geizhals, in. 


Hombre avarien- 


Avare, m.f. 


Miserable, 


Elend, 


Miserable, 


Miserable. 


Misery, 


Triibsal,/ 


Miseria, /. 


Misere,/. 


Misfortune, 


Ungliick, n. 


Desgracia,/. 


Infortune,/. 


Miss, 


Fraulein, s. n, 


Lenorita, s.f. 


Demoiselle, s.f. 




missen, v. 


echar, v. 


manquer, v. 


Missile, 


Geworfen, 


Arrojadizo, m. 


Missive, /. 


Mission, 


Sendung,/. 


Mision, /. 


Mission,/. 


Missionary, 


Missionar, m* 


Misionero, m. 


Mtssionaire, m. 


Mist, 


Nebel, m. 


Niebla,mollma,/Brouillard, m. 


Mistake, 


Irrthum, s. m. 


Equivocacion,s./. 


Erreur, s.f. 




irren, v. 


errar, v. 


errer, v. 


Mistress, 


Frau,/. 


Am a, sefiora,/. 


Maitresse,/. 


Mite, 


Milbe,/.Heller,w. Mitad, cresa, f. 


Charangon, m. 


Mix, 


Mischen, 


Mezclar, 


Meier. 


Mixture, 


Mischung, /. 


Mixturaj/. 


Melange, m. 


Mob, 


Pobel, s. m. 


C a nail a, s.f. 


Foule, s. f. 




einhiillen, v. 


tumultuar, v. 


insulter, v. 


Mock, 


Gespott, s. n. 


Mofa, s.f. mo- 


Raillerie, s. f. 




verspotten, v. 


far, v. 


moquer, v. 


Mode, 


Art, Zufalligkeit, Modo, m. 


Mode, fagon, /. 


Model, 


Masstab, s. m. 


Modelo, s. m. 


Modele, s. m. 




abforraen, v. 


modelar, v. 


mouler, v. 


Moderate, 


Massigen, v. 


Moderar, v. 


Mod^rer, v. 




massig, adj. 


moderado, adj. 


modere,-e, adj. 


Modern, 


Neu, modisch, 


Moderno, 


Moderne. 


Modest, 


Bescheiden, 


Modesto, 


Modeste. 


Modesty, 


Bescheidenheit/Modestta,/. 


Modestie,/. 


Modulate, 


Moduliren, 


Modular, 


Moduler. 


Moist, 


Feucht, 


Humedo,xugoso, 


Humide, moite. 


Moisten, 


Anfeuchten, 


Humedecer, 


Mouiller. 



IX TK RX ATIOXAL DICTION ATIY. 



489 



MOI. 


: v.v. 


ISH. 


sea. 


Moisture, 


''/ 


Ilumedad,/. 


Moiu-ur,/. 


Molest, 

Moment, 


'M, 

Augenblick, m. 


Molestar, 

Momento, m. 


Molester. 


Monarch, 


Monarch, ///. 


Mona re a, m. 


Monarque, roi, m. 


Monarchy, 


Monarchic, y. 


Monarquia,/ 


Moiiarcliie, / 


;ery, 


Klost.er, n. 


Monasterio, in. 


C'ouvent, /,/. 


Monday, 


Montag, m. 


Lunes, m. 


Lundi, 


y, 


(j.-ui. ;;. 


Moneda,/ 


Argent, ?72. 




Monch, m. 


^Monge, in. 


Moine, 


Monkey, 


Atfe, Maulafftyji Mono,wz. mona,/. 


Singe, guenon,/. 


Monotonous, 


Eintonig, 


Monotono, 


Mono 


Monster, 


iieuer, n. 


Mmistruo, in. 


, m. 


Month, 


Monat, in. 


MBS, 


Mois, m. 


Monument, 


Denkmal, n. 


Monumenta m. 


Monument, m. 




Art,/ modus,. Mo lo, m. 


Ilumeur,/ 


Moon, 


Mood, m. 


Luna,/ 


Lune,/ 


Mop, 


Wischlappen,sm. 


Aljofii'a, s.f. 


Torchon. 5. m. 




abwischen, v. 


lini[)i;u\ c. 


Irotter, i\ 


Moral, 


Lchre, .v./. 


Moralidad, s.f. 


Morale, s.f. 




moralisch, <z<y/. 


moral, adj. 


moral, -e, adj. 


Morality, 


Sittlichkeit,/. 


Etica,/ 


Moral it c,/ 




M(,'hr, gri 


Mas, 


Plus davantage. 


Moral 


Morgen, y//. 


Maiiana, dias,/. 


Matin, m. 


Morrow, to- 




Mali ina, 


Demain. 




;i, ?;i. 


-, m. 


Moirt'aii,-x, m. 


Mortal, 


Slerbliche, //*. 


Mortal, tti. 


Mirte . 


MorUr, 


r,Moi lel,w 


Morter 


Mortii-r, cimcnt, 


Mort;.. 


Unterpfac 


llipoteca, s.f. 


llvpothe(jue,5./. 


' '"}' 


verpfanden, r. 

Todten, ka>u-ien, 


hipotecar, v. 

Mortilicar, 


hypothequer, v. 
Mortifier. 




impf, 


Mulio, rnu- 


Moti- 




M'-i>t, meisten, 


L nr los mas, 


Le, la plus. 


T, 


Muti 


Madr< 


ie, / 


>n, 


J leweffu 


Movimiento, in. 


Mouvement, m. 




Bewegru 


Motive >, x. in. 


Miitif, s. in. mo- 




bewegen, <nlj. 


& adj. 


teur,-trice, adj. 




Wahlsprneh, m. 


Mote, HI. 


Devis 


Mould, 


. l-'lcck, s.ia. 


Molm, -s\ m. 


Moille, .v. m. 




for men, c. 


enmohecerse, v. 


Illoiiler, r. 


Mount, 


11 n 


Monte, s. m. 


Mont, s. in. 




steij,' n, V. 


montar, v. 


monter, v. 



490 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



MOU. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Mountain, 


Berg, m. 


Montano, m. 


Montagne,/! 


Mourn, 


Trauern, 


Lamentar, 


Pleurer,deplorer. 


Mouse, 


Maus, /. 


Raton, m. rata,/. Souris,/. 


Mouth, 


Mund,m. Maul,n. 


Boca, entrada,/. 


Bouche,gueule,/ 


Move, 


Bewegen, leiten, 


Mover, 


Mouvoir, agiter. 


Mow, 


Schoppen, s. m. 


Camara, s.f. 


Moue, s.f. 




mahen, v. 


guadanar, v. 


faucher, v. 


Much, 


Viel, sehr, 


Mucho, 


Beaucoup. 


Mucous, 


Schleimig, 


Mocoso, 


Glaireux,-se. 


Mud, 


Schlamm, m. 


Cieno, lodo, m. 


Bourbe, boue,/! 


Muff, 


Muff, m. 


Manguito, m. 


Manchon, m. 


Muffle, 


Bedecken, 


Emboyar, 


Affubler. 


Mug, 


Krug, Becher,w. Jarro, m. 


Godet, pot, m. 


Mule, 


Maulthier, m. 


Mulo, m. 


Mule,/, mule t,m. 


Multiply, 


Vermehren, 


Multiplicar, 


Multiplier. 


Mumps, 


Braune,/. 


Murria,/. 


Esquinancie,/. 


Murder, 


Mord, s. m. 


Asesinato, s. m. 


Meurtre, s. m. 




ermorden, v. 


asesinar, v. 


tuer, v. 


Murmur, 


Gemurmel, s. n. 


Murmurio, s. m. 


Murmure, s. m. 




murmeln, v. 


murmurar, v. 


murmurer, v. 


Muse, 


Muse, s.f. 


Musa, s.f. 


Muse, s.f. 




nachdenken, v. 


meditar, v. 


mediter, v. 


Museum, 


Museum, n. 


Museo, m. 


Museum, m. 


Music, 


Musik, /. 


Miisica, /. 


Musique, /. 


Musician, 


Musicant, m. 


Musico, m. 


Musicien,-ne,7W^. 


Musk, 


Bisam, m. 


Musco, m. 


Muse, m. 


Musket, 


Flinte,/. 


Mosquete, m. 


Mousquet, m. 


Muslin, 


Musselin, m. 


Musulina, f. 


Mousseline, /. 


Must, 


MusSjSchimmeln.Estar obligado, 


Faloir, devoir. 


Mustard, 


Senf, m. 


Mostazo, m. 


Moutarde, /. 


Muster, 


Mustern, 


Juntarse exercito Assembler. 


Mute, 


Stumme, s. m. 


Mudo, s. m. 


Muet,-te, s. m. f. 




stumra, adj. 


& adj. 


& adj. 


Mutiny, 


Aufruhr, s. m. 


Motin, s. m. 


Sedition, s. f. 




sich emporen,v. 


amotinarse, v. 


se mutiner, v. 


Mutter, 


Murren, 


Grunir, 


Marmotter. 


Mutton, 


Hammelfleisch,7i 


Carnero, m> 


Mouton, m. 


Mutual, 


Gegenseitig, 


Mutual, 


Mutuel,-le. 


Muzzle, 


Schnauze, s.f. 


Boca, s.f. poner 


Mufle, s. m. 




schnuppern, v. 


boca, v. 


emmuseler, v. 


My, 


Mein, meine, 


Mi, mio, 


Mon, ma, mes, 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



491 



MYK. 


(JERMA.V. gPA.MSU. 


FKKNCU. 


Mvrtle, 


Myrte,/. Mirto, m. 


Myrte, m. 


Myself, 


Mich, mir, Yo mismo, 


Moi,-meme, me. 


Mysterious, 


Verwickelt, Misterioso, 


Mysterieux,-se. 


Mystery, 


Geheimniss, n. Misterio, m. 


Mystere, m. 


Mythology, 


Fabellehre,/. Mitologia,/ 


My thologie, /. 




N. 




Nail, 


Nagel, s. m. Una,s./. clavar,v. 


Clou, ongle, m. 




annageln, v. 


clouer, v. 


Naked, 


Nackt, bios, Desnudo, 


Nu, nue. 


Name, 


Name, s. m. Nombre, s. m. 


Nom, s. m. 




nennen,v. nombar, v. 


nommer, v. 


Napkin, 


Serviette, /. Servilleta, /. 


Serviette, /. 


Narrative, 


Erziihlung,/. Narrativa,/. 


Narration, /. 


Narrow, 


Enge, Angosto, 


Etroit, court,-e. 


Nation, 


Nation,/. Nacion,/. 


Nation, /.peuple. 


Native, 


Erzeugniss, s. n. Natural, s. m. 


Natif,-ve, s. m.f. 




natiirlich, adj. nativo, adj. 


& adj. 


Natural, 


Eingeborne, Natural, 


Naturel,-le. 


Nature, 


Natur, / Naturaleza, /. 


Nature, /. 


;ht, 


Nichts, n. Nada,/. 


Rien, m. 


Nau.- 


Ekel,7?i.[stehend, Nausea,/. 


Degout, 7?i. 


Naval, 


Aus Schiffen be- Naval, 


Naval,-e. 


ite, 


Beschiffen, Navegar, 


Naviguer. 


Navy, 


Flotte,/. Armada,/. 


Flotte, Marine,/. 




Nein, sogar, No, aun, 


Non, meme. 


Near, 


Nahe, Cerca, 


Proche, pros. 




Nett, Hermoso, neto, 


Propre, pur,-e. 


Necessary, 


Nothwendig, [/. Necesario, 


Necessaire. 


Nece> 


Nothwendigkeit, Necesidad, /. 


Necessite,/. 




Nacken, Hals,77i. Cuello, m. 


Cou, m. gorge,/. 


Nectar, 


ir, m. Nect;; 


Nectar, m. 


Need, 


Mangel, s. m. Pobreza, s.f. 


Bcsoin, s. m. 




nSthighaben, v. career, v. 


manquer, v. 


Needle, 


Nadel,/. Zeiger, Aguja,/. 


Aiguille,/. 


Live, 


Verneinung, s.f. Negativa, s.f. 


Negative, s.f. 




verneinerul,a'//. negativo, adj. 


itif,-ve, adj. 




Venuiehlassig- Olvido, s. 771. 


Negligence, s.f. 




ung,/.vcrachteny descuidar, v. 


negliger, v. 






492 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



NEG. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. FRENCH. 


Negligent, 


Nachliissig, 


Negligente, Negligent,-e. 


Negro, 


Neger, m. 


Negro,Etiope,m. Negre, m. 


Neighbor, 


Nachbar, m. 


Vecino, m. Voicin,-e, m.f. 


Neighborhood, 


Nachbarschaft,/*. 


Vecindad,/. Voicinage, m. 


Neither, 


Weder, noch, 


Ni, ninguno, Ni, non plus, 


Nephew, 


Neffe, Enkel, m. 


Sobrino, m. Neveu,-x, m. 


Nerve, 


Nerve, s. m. f. 


Nervio, s. m. Nerf, s. m. 




starken, v. 


euerviar, v. exciter, v. 


Nervous, 


Nervig, kraftvoll, 


Nervioso, Nerveux,-se. 


Nest, 


Nest,?i.kasten,w. 


Nido, m. Nid, m. 


Net, 


Netz, n. 


Neto, m. red,/. Filet, rets, m. 


Neuter, 


Neutral, sachlich 


Neutral, Neutre. 


Never, 


Niemals, kein, 


Nunca, jamas, Jamais. 


Nevertheless, 


Dennoch, 


No obstante que, Neanmoins. 


New, 


Neu, frisch, 


Nuevo, fresco, Nouveau, frais. 


News, 


Neuigkeit, /. 


Noticias,/. pi. -Nouvelle, /. 


Next, 


Nachst, folgend, 


Immediato, Prochain,-e. 


Nib, 


Schnabel, m. 


Pico, ?7i. Bee, bout, m. 


Nice, 


Fein, zart, 


Delicado, fino, Exact. 


Niece, 


Nichte,/. 


Sobrina,/. Niece,/. 


Nigh, 


Nahe, 


Cerca, Voicin,-e,pres dc 


Night, 


Nacht,/. 


Noche,/. \in. Nuit, /. soir, m. 


Nightingale, 


Nach tig-all,/ 


Paxaro, nocturno Rossignol, m. 


Nine, 


Neun, 


Nueve, Neuf. 


Nineteen, 


Neunzehn, 


Dies ye rmeve, Dix,-neuf. [dix. 


Ninety, 


Neunzig, 


Noventa, Quatre,-vingt,- 


Ninth, 


Neunte, 


Nono, Neuvieme. 


Nitre, 


Salpeter, m. 


Nitro, m. Nitre, m. 


No, 


Nein, nicht, kein, 


No, ningun,-o, Non, aucun,-e. 


Noble, 


Adelige, s. m. 


Noble, s. m. Noble, s. m. 




edel, adj. 


ilustre, adj. & adj. 


Nobody, 


Niemand, 


Nadie, Personne,(-ne.) 


Nod, 


Wink, s. m. 


Cabecco, s. m. Signe, s.m. bran- 




winken, v. 


cebecear, v. ler le tete, v. 


Noise, 


Larmen, m. 


Sonido, ruido, m. Bruit, eclat, m. 


Noisy, 


Gerauschvoll, 


Ruidoso, Bruyant,-e. 


Nominate, 


Nennen, 


Nombrar, [m. Nommer,choisir. 


Nomination, 


Nennung,/ 


Nombramiento, Nomination,/. 


None, 


Keiner, keine, 


Nadie, ninguno, Aucun. 


Nonsense, 


Unsinn, m. 


Disparate, m. Absurdite,/. 


Noon, 


Mittag, m. 


Mediodia,/. Midi, m. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



493 



SPANISH. 



GEKMA..V. 

Aucli nicht, 
Nord, s. m. 

nordlich, adj 
Nase, /. 
Nicht, 

Notarius, m. 
Kerbe, s. f. ein- Muesca, s.f. 

kerben, v. muescar, v. 

Erliiuterung,s./ Nota, s.f. 

merken, v. observar, v. 

Nichts, n. Nada,/. 

Kenntniss, s. f. Noticia, s.f. 

bemerken, v. notar, v. 
Notion, [ing, Begriff, m. Nocion,/. 

Notwithstand- Ungeachtet, No obstante, 
Nennwort, n. Nombreo, m. 
Niihren, Nutrir, 

Erzahlung, .$./. Novel, adj. 

neu, adj. 
Neuheit, /. 
Nun, so eben, 
Nirgends, 
Kern, m. 
Erstarrend. 



Nor, 
North, 

Nose, 
Not, 
Notary, 
Notch, 

Note, 

Nothing, 
Notice, 



I'KEXCU. 

Ni, Ni, ne. 

Norte, s. m. sep- Nord,s.w.septen 
tentrional,a</?. trional,-e, adj. 
Nariz,/. 
No, 
Notario, m. 



Noun, 

Nourish, 

Novel, 

Novelty, 

Now, 

Nowhere, 

Nucleus, 

Numb, 

Number, 

Numeral, 

Numeration, 
Numerous, 
Nun, 
Nuncio, 

Nunnery, 
Nurse, 

-ery, 

neg, 

Nutriment, 
Nutritious, 

nph, 



Nez, 

Non, pas, point. 
Tabellion, m. 
Coche, s.f. 

entailler, v. 
Note, s.f. 

noter, v. 
Rein, neanr, m. 
Connaissance,s/. 
faire savoir v 
Notion, idee,/. 
Malgre. 
Nona, m. 
Nourrir. 
Nouvelle, s.f. 

nouveau, adj. 
Nouveaute, / 
Maintenant. 






novela, s.f. 

Novedad,/. 

Ah or a, 

EnningunaparteNulle part 

Nucleo, 771. Nucleus, m. 

Entorpecido, Engourdi,-o, 
Zahl, s.f. zahlen, Numero, s. m. Nombre, s. m. 
v. numerar, v. compter, v. 

Ziffer,s/.zu einer Numero, s. m. Numero, s. m. 

zahlgehorig, a. numeral, adj. numeral, adj. 
Zahlen, n. Numeracion, /. Numeration,/. 

Zahlreich, Numeroso, Nombreux,-se, 

Nonne, /. [andte Monja, / [m. Nonne, /. 
Papstliehe ges- Nuncio, enviado, Nonce,envoye,m. 
Nonnenkloster,?i Convento, m. Monastcre, in. 
Amme, s.f. niih- Enfermera, s.f. Nourrice, s.f. 

ren, v. alimentar, v. nourrir, v. 

Sa'ugen ;i.pflege/ Plan tel, 77i. Nourisson, 771. 

Nuss,/. Nuez,/. Noix, noisette,/ 

Muskatennuss,/. Nuez moscada/ Muscade, / 
Nahrung, /. Nutrimento, m. Aliment, s. m. 
Niihrcnd, Nutritivo, Nutritif,-ve. 

Nymphe,/. Ninfa, dama, /. Nymphe,/. 



494: 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



0. 


GERMAN. SPANISH . 


FRENCH. 






o. 




0! 


0! ach! 0! 


0! ha! 


Oak. 


Eiche,/. Roble,77i.encina/. 


Chene, m. 


Oar, 


Erz, Ruder, n. Remo, m. 


Rame, /. 


Oat, 


Hafer, m. Avena,/. 


Avoine, /. 


Oath, 


Eid, Sehwur, m. Juramento, m. 


Serment, m. 


Obedience, 


Gehorsam, m. Obediencia, /. 


Obeissance, /. 


Obey, 


Gehorchen, Obedecer, 


Obeir. 


Object, 


Zweck, s. m. Objecto, s. m. 


Objet, s. m. ob- 




einwenden v. objectar, v. 


jecter, v. 


Objection, 


Einwurf, m. Oposicion,/. 


Objection,/. 


Obligation, 


Verpfiichtung/. Obligacion, /. 


Obligation, /. 


Oblige, 


Verpllichten, Obligar, 


Obliger. 


Oblivion, 


Vergessenheit/. Olvido, m. 


Oubli, m. 


Obnoxious, 


Unterworfen, Expuesto, 


Sujet,-te. 


Obscure, 


Verdunkeln, v. Obscurecer, v. 


Obscurcir, v. ob- 




dunkel, adj. obscuro, adj. 


scur,-e, adj. 


Observation, 


Observanz, /. Observacion, f. 


Observation, /. 


Observatory, 


Sternwarte,/. Observatorio, m. 


Observatoire, m. 


Observe, 


Beobachten, Observar, notar, 


Observer. 


Obstacle, 


Hinderniss, n. Obstaculo, m. 


Obstacle, m. 


Obstinate, 


Halsstarrig, Obstinado, 


Opiniatre. 


Obstruct, 


Verstopfen, Obstruir, 


Obstruer. 


Obtain, 


Erha)ten,haben, Obtener, ganar, 


Obtenir. [dent-e. 


Obvious, 


Ausgesetzt, Obvio, 


Ouvert,-e, evi- 


Occasion, 


Gelegenheit, s.f. Ocasion, s.f. 


Occasion, s/.pro- 




veranlassen, v. ocasionar, v. 


duire, v. 


Occupation, 


Besitz, m. Ocupacion,/. 


Occupation, / 


Occupy, 


Einnehmen, . Ocupar, 


Occuper, tener. 


Occur, 


Vorkommen, Ocurrir, 


Arriver. 


Occurrence, 


Ereigniss, n. Ocurrencia, /. 


Evenement, m. 


Ocean, 


Weltmeer, n. Oceano, m. 


Ocean, m. mer / 


Ochre, 


Ocher, m. Ocre, m. 


Ocre, /. 


Octave, 


Octave,/. Octavo, m. 


Octave, /. 


October, 


October, m. Octubre, m. 


Octobre, m, 


Odd, 


Ungleich, Impar, 


Impair,-e. 


Oddity, 


Ungleichheit, /. Sino-ulaiidad,/. 


Singulante, /. 


Ode, 


Ode,/. Oda,/. 


Ode,/. 


Odious, 


Verhasst, Odioso, 


Odieux,-se. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



495 



ODO. 

Odor, 

Of, 

Off, 

Offence, 

Offend, 

Offer, 

Office, 

Officer, 

Officiate, 

Often, 

Oil, 

Ointment, 

Old, 

Olive, 

Omission, 

Omit, 

On, 

Once, 

One, 

Onion, 

Only, 

Open, 

Opera, 

Operate, 

Operation, 

Opinion, 

Opium, 

Opponent, 

Opportunity, 

Oppose, 

Opposite, 

Opposition, 

Oppress, 

Oppression, 

Or, 

Oration, 

Orator, 



GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 

Geruch, m. Fragrancia. /. Odeur, /. [en. 

Von, aus,vor, an, De, a, [pente. De, du, de la,des 
Fort, weg, von, Muy lejos, de re- De loin de. [m. 
Beleidigung, /. Ofensa,/. delito, Offense,/.affront, 
Angreifen, Ofender, Offenser. 

Antrag, s. m. Oferta, s.f. af- Offre,*./.offrir,v, 

darbeiten, v. recer, v. 

Amt, ?i.Dienst,wi Oficio, m. Bureau, -x, m. 

Offizier, Beamte Oticial, m. Oftieier, m. 

Darreichen, Oficiar, Officier. 

Oft, oftmals, Freqiientemente Souvent. 
Oel, s. n. 6len,v. Aceyte, s. m. un- Huile, s.f. 
tar, v. huiler, v. 

Salbe,/. Ungliento, m. Onguent, m. 

Alt, verbraucht. Viejo, anciano, Vieux, vieil, age 
Olive./.Oelbaum Olivo, moreno,77i Olive, /. 
Unterlassung, /. Omission,/. Omission,/. 
Auslassen, Omitir, Omettre. [suite. 

An, auf, in, bei, Sobre, encima, Sur, a, au, de 
Einmal, vormal, Una vez, Une fois. 

Ein, eine, man, Un, uno, una, Un, une. 
Zwi.'bel,/. Cebolla, /. Oignon, m. 

Einzig, allein, Unnico, solo, Seul, unique. 
Oeffnen, v. offen Ensenar, v. Ouvert,-e, adj. 

aJj. abierto adj. ouvrir, v. 

Oper, /. Opera,/. Opera, m. 

Wirken, operiren Obrar, operar, Operer. [/. 

Wirkung,/. Operacion,/. Operation, action 
Ruf,rw. meinung Opinion,/. Opinion,/. 

Opium, n. Opio, m. Opium, m. 

AVid- Antagonista, 5m. Opposant, *. m. 

ci.-trt itend, ad opuesto, adj. -e adj. 

nhrit,/ Oportunidad,/. Opportunite,/ 
Sich widersetzen Oponer, resistir, Opposer, resistor. 
Tiber, Opuesto,ad verso Oppose, vis-a-vis, 



Gegensatz, m. Oposicion,/. 
Unterdriicken, , Oprimir, 
Bedriickung,/. Oprcsion,/. 
Oder, rlii-, O', antes, 

Rede,/. Oracion,/. 

Rcdner, m. Orador, m. 



Opposition,/. 
Opprimir. 
Oppression, /. 
Ou, autremont. 
Di scours,/. 
Orateur, m. 



496 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



ORB. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Orbit, 


Kreis m. Bahn,/. 


Orbita,/ 


Orbite, m. 


Orchard, 


Obstgarten, m. 


Huerto, m. 


Verger, m. 


Orchestra, 


Orchester, n. 


Orqiiestra,/. 


Orchestre, m. 


Order, 


Ordnung, s.f. 


Orden, s. m. f. 


Ordre, s. m. 




ordnen, v. 


ordenar, v. 


ordonner, v. 


Ore, 


Erz, Metall, n. 


Mineral, m. 


Mineral, m. [i. 


Organ, 


Werkzeug, n. 


O'rgano, m. 


Organe, orgue, 


Organize, 


Einrichten, 


Organizar, 


Organiser, 


Origin, 


Ursprung, m. 


Oregen, m. 


Origine, /. 


Original, 


Urspriinglich, 


Original, 


Original, [ver, 


Originate, 


Hervorbringen, 


Originar, 


Prove nir, deri- 


Ornament, 


Zierde, s.f. 


Ornamento s. m. 


Ornement, s. m. 




verzieren, v. 


ornamentar v. 


decorer, v. 


Orphan, 


Waise, m.f. 


Hurfano, m. 


Orphelin,-e, m.f. 


Orthography, 


Rechtschrei- 


Ortografia,/. 


Orthographic, /. 




bung,/. 






Ostrich, 


Strauss, m. 


Avestruz, m. 


Autruche,/ 


Other, 


Andere, 


Otro, 


Autre. 


Otherwise, 


Anders, sonst, 


De otra manera, 


Autrement. 


Otter, 


Fischotter,/. 


Nutra, nutria,/. 


Loutre, /. 


Ought, 


Soil, muss, 


Deber, 


Devoir, falloir. 


Ounce, 


Unze,/. 


Onza,/. 


Once, f. 


Our, 


Unser, 


Nuestro, 


Notre, nos.fnous. 


Ours, 


Unser, 


Le nuestro, 


Le, la notre; a 


Ourselves, 


Wir, wir selbst, 


Nosotros mismos Nous-memes. . 


Out, 


Aus, hinaus, 


Fuera, afuera, 


Hors, de, du. 


Outbreak, 


Ausbruch, m. 


Erupcion,/. 


Eruption, /. 


Outcast, 


Verstossene, s.m. 


Desterrado s. m. 


Banne, s. m., jet- 




verbannt, v. 


tirar fuera, v. 


ter dehors, v. 


Outer, 


Aeussere, 


Exterior, 


De dehors, 


Ontgrow, 


Ueberwachsen, 


Sobrecrecer, 


Devenir grand. 


Outlaw, 


Geachtete, s. m. 


Proscripto, s. m. 


Proscrit, s. m. 




achten, v. 


proscribir, v . 


proscrire, v. 


Outlet, 


Ausgang, m. [m. 


Salida, /. 


Issue,/. 


Outline, 


Umriss, Abriss, 


Contorno, m. 


Contour, m. 


Outrage, 


Beleidigung, /. 


Ultrage, m. 


Outrage, m. 


Outset, 


Anfang, m. 


Principle, m. 


Sortie,/. 


Outside, 


Aussenseite,/. 


Exterior, m. 


Exterieur, m. 


Oven, 


Ofen,BackofenmHorno, m. 


Four, m. 


Over, 


Ueber, durch, 


Sobre, encima, 


Sur, au-dessus. 


Overcome, 


Uebersteigen, 


Veneer, 


Surmonter. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



497 



OVE. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. FRENCH . 


Overdo, 


Uebertreiben, 


Exceder, Exceder. 


Overflow, 


Uuberfleissen, 


Inundar, robasar.De border. 


Overhear, 


Ueberhorren, 


Entreoir, Entendre par 






hazard, [ser. 


Overlook, 


Uebersehen, 


Rever, recorrer, Surveiller, pas- 


Overrate, 


Zuhockschatzen 


Encarecer, Sarfaire. 


Overreach, 


Ueberragen, 


Sobresalir, Se fouler. 


Overrun, 


Ueberlaufen, 


Cubrir, rebosar, Envahir. 


Oversee, 


Uebersehen, 


Inspeccionar, Surveiller. 


Overseer, 


Aufseher, m. 


Sobrestante, m. Inspecteur, m. 


Oversight, 


Aufsicht, /. 


Yerro, m. [ta, Inspection, /. 


Overt, 


Ausserlich, 


Abierto, indirec- Ouvert. 


Overtake, 


Einholen, 


Alcanzar, Attraper. 


Overthrow, 


Umsturz, s. m. 


Trastorno, s. m. Renversement, 




umwerfen, v. 


trastornar, v, s. m. renverser,v. 


Overtop, 


Hervorragen, 


Elevarse sobre S'elever au des- 






otra cosa, sus de. 


Overture, 


OefFnung,/. 


Abertura,/. Ouverture,/. 


Overturn 


Unistiirzen, 


Subvertir, Bouleverser. 


Overwhelm, 


Niederdrucken, 


Abrumar, Accabler. 


Owe, 


Verdanken, 


Deber, Devoir. 


Owl, 


Eule,/. 


Lechuza,/. [adj. Hibou,-x, m. 


Own, 


Anerkennen, v. 


Poseer, v. propio, Posseder, v. 




eigen, adj. 


propre, adj. 


Ox, 


Ochs, m. 


Buey, vacuno, m. Boeuf, m. 


Oyer, 


Verhor, n. 


Tribunal, m. Cour,/. 


Oyes, 


Hurt! holla! 


Escuchad! Ecoutez! 


Oyster, 


Auster,/. 


Ostra, /. Huitre,/. 


P. 


Pace, 


Schritt, s. m. ein- 


Paso, s. m. Amble, s. m. 




hergehen, v. 


pasear, v. aller le pas, v. 


Pacify, 


Beruhigcn, 


Paciticar, Pacifiier,apaiser. 


Pack, 


Ballen, s. m. 


Lio, s. m. Balle, s.f. 




packen,v. 


enfardelar, v. empaqueter, 4'. 


Package, 


Packzeug, n. 


Fardo, m. Paquet, m. 


Packet, 


Biindelchen, n. 


Paquete, m. Paquet, m. 


Pad, 


Weg, 8. m. 


Senda, s. f. Bourlet, s. m. 




ebenen, v. [w. 


saltear, v. rembourrer, y. 


Padlock, 


Vorlegeschloss, 
42* 


Candado, in. Cadenas, m. 



498 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



PAG. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 


Pagan, 


Heide,-nisch, m. Pagano, m. Paien,-ne, m.f. 


Page, 


Page, s. m. Page, s. m. Page,s.m./. [es,v. 




paginiren, v. foliar, v. marquerles pag- 


Pail, 


Eimer, m. Colodra,/. Seau,-x, m. 


Pain, 


Strafe, s. f. Pena,s./. Pein, s.f. 




austrengen, v. affligir, v. affligir, v. 


Paint, 


Farbe, s.f. Afeyte, s. m. Peinture, s.f. 




malen, v. afeytarse, v., peindre, v. 


Painter, 


Maler, m. Pintor, m. Peintre, m. 


Painting, 


Maierei, /. [ren v. Pintura, f. \y. Peinture, /. \y. 


Pair, 


Paar, s. n. paa- Pars.ra.parearse Paire,s./.assortir 


Palace, 


Palast, m. Palacio, m. Palais, m. 


Palate, 


Gaumen, m. Paladar, m. [do, Palais, m. 


Pale, 


Blass, bleich, Palido,descolori- Pale, bleme.[tre. 


Palette, 


Farbenbret, n. Paleta. /. Palette /depein- 


Pall, 


Leichentuch,*. Man to real, s. m. Pallium, s. m. 




bekleiden, v. exhalarse, v. affaiblir, v. 


Palm, 


Palme, s.f. Palmo, s.f. Palme, s.f. 




betasten, v. manejar, v. escamoter, v. 


Pamphlet, 


Flugschrift, /. Papelon, m. Pamphlet, m. 


Pan, 


Pfanne,/. " Payla,/. Terrine,/. 


Panel, 


Feld, n. Entrepano, Panneau,-x, m. 


Pang, 


Pein, Qual,/. Angustia,/. Angoisse,/. [/. 


Panic, 


Schrecken, m. Panico, m. Terreurpanique, 


Pant, 


Klopfen, Palpitar, Palpiter. 


Pantaloons, 


Pan talons, m. pi. Pantalon, m. Pantalon, m. 


Pantomime, 


Geberdenspielw. Pantomimo, m. Pantomime, m. 


Pantry, 


Brodschrank, m. Despensa, /. Panterie,/. 


Papa, 


Papa, Vater, m. Papa, m. Papa, m. 


Paper, 


Papier, n. Papel, m. Papier, m. 


Parade, 


Geprange,*.?i.in Parada, s.f. Parade, s.f. [v. 




parade bringen,v. exhibir, v. aller en parde, 


Paragraph, 


Abschnitt, m. Parrafo, m. Paragraphe, m. 


Parallel, 


Parallelkreis s m. Paralelo, s. m. &Parallele, s. m. 




gleichlaufend a. adj. & adj. 


Parasol, 


Sonnenschirm,m Parasol, m. Parasol, m. 


Parcel, 


Stiickjft.Menge/. Paquete, m. Parcelle, /. 


Pardon, 


Erlassung, s. f. Perdon, s.m. per- Pardon, s. m. 




verzeihen, v. douar, v. pardonner, v. 


Parent, 


Vater,w. Mutter, Padre, 6 madre, Pere, m. mere/. 




/. Aeltern pi. m.f. parens, m. pi. 



INTERN ATK >X AL DICTIONARY. 



499 



PAR. 

Parish, 

Park, 

Parliament, 

Parlor, 

Parody, 

Parole, 

Parrot, 

Parry, 

Parson, 

Part, 

Partake, 

Partial, 

Particular, 

Partner, 

Partnership, 

Partridge, 

Party, 

Pass, 

Passage, 
Passenger, 

ion, 

Passover, 
Past, 

Pastor, 
Pasture, 

Patch, 
Patent, 

Path, 

Pathetic, 

Pathos, 

Patience, 

Patient, 

Patriot, 

Patron, 



GEKMAX. 



SPANISH. 






Parodie,/ 
Parole,/. 
Perroquet, m. 
Paser, eviteo. 
Cure, ministre m 



Gemeinde,/ Parroquia,/. Paroisse,/. 

Park, m. Parque, m. Pare, m. 

Parlemcnt, w. Parlamento, m. Parlement, m. 

Sprachzimmer, w Parlatorio, m. Salon, m. 

Parodie, /. [n. Parodia, /. 

Wort,Ehrenwort Palabra, /. 

Papagei, m. Papagayo, m. 

Abwehren, Esgriinir, 

Pfarrer, m. Parroco, m. 

Theil, s. m. ab- Parte. s. m. par- Partie, s.f. 

soiulcrn, v. tir, v. separer, v. 

Theilen, Participar, Partager. 

Parteiisch, Parcial, Partiel,-le. 

Sondt-rbar, Particular, Particulier,-e, 

Theilnehmer, m. Companero, m. Associe,-e, m.f. 
Genossenschaft/Compania, /. Association, /. 
Rebhuhn, n. Perdiz,/. 
Partei,/. Spiel n. Par tido, m. 
Wcg, s. m. ver- Paso, s. m. 

gehen, v: pasar, v. 

Ausweg, w. Pasage, m. 
Passagier, m. Pasagero, m. 
Leidenschaft, /. Pasion,/.enojo.??i Passion, /. 
Osterfest, n. Pascua,/ Paque,/ 

.ngenheit, Lo pasado, s. m. Passe, s.f. & adj. 

s.f. iiber, adj. pasado, adj. 
Ilirt, Pfarrer, m. Pastor, m. Pasteur, m. 

Weide, 8. f. wei- Pastura, s.f. pas- Pature, /. 

den, i'. tar, v. paturer, v. 

Lappen, s. m. Remiendo, s. m. Piece, s. f. ra- 

ausbessern, v. reraendar, v. pieceter, v. 
Patent, s. n. of- Patente s. m. & Patente, s.f. pa- 

fentlich, adj. adj. tent,-e, adj. 

Pfad, m. Senda,/. Sentier, m. 

Nachdriicklich, Pathetico, Toucliant,-c. 

Leidenschaft,/ Pato, pathos, m. Pathos, m. 
Geduld,/. Paciencia/. Patience,/ 

Geduldigffreund Paciente, Patient,-e, 

Vaterlands- Patriota, m. Patriote, m.f. 
Conner, m. Patron, m. Patron, m. 



Perdrix, / 
Parti, m. partie./ 
Detroit, s. m. 

passer, v. 
Passage, m. 
Passage r,-e, m.f. 






500 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



PAT. 

Pattern, 
Pause, 

Pawn, 
Pay, 

Pea, 

Peace, 

Peach, 

Peacock, 

Peahen, 

Peak, 

Peal, 

Pear, 
Pearl, 

Peasant, 
Peck, 

Pectoral, 

Peculiar, 

Pedal, 

Peddle, 

Pedlar, 

Peel, 

Peep, 

Peer, 
Peg, 

Pen, 

Pencil, 

Pendulum, 

Penetrate, 

Peninsula, 

Penitent, 

Penny, 

Pension, 



GERMAN. SPANISH FRENCH. 

Muster, n. Modelo, m. Echatillon, m. 

Pause, s. f. pau- Pausa, s.f. pau- Pause, s. f. 



siren, v. sar, v. 
Pfand, s. n. ver-Prenda, s.f. 

pfanden, v. empenar, v 

Bezahlung s. f. Paga, s.f. 

bezahlen, v. pagar, v. 

Erbse, /. Guisante, m. 
Friede, m. 
Pfirsiche, f. 
Pfauhahn, m. 



Pfauhenne, /. 
Gipfel, s. m. 
krankeln, v. 



Paz,/. 

Melocoton, m. 
Pavo, real, m. 
Pava real, /. 
Cima, s.f. par- 
ecer flaco, v. 



pauser, v. 

Gage, s. m. en- 
gager, v. 

Pay e, s.f. 
payer, v. 

Pois, m. 

Paix, /. repos m. 

Peche,/. 

Paon, m. 

Paonne, /. 

Pic, s. m. avoir, 
Fair malade,v. 



Schall, s. m. be- Estruendo, s. m. Carillon, s. m. 

tauben, v. agitar. v. etourdir, v. 

Birne, / Pera, /. Poire, /. 

Perle,/ Perla,/. Perle,/. 

Bauer, m. Paton, m. Paysan,-ne, m.f. 

Viertel, s. n. Tres celemimes, Picotin, s. m. 

picken, v. s.m. picotear, v. becqueter, v. 

Brustmittel, Pectoral, Pectoral,-e. 

Eigen, besonder. Peculiar, Particulier,-e. 

Trittbrett, Pedal Cano, m. [oleras, Pedal, /. 
Tandeln, Ocuparse en fri- Baguenauder. 

Hausirer,w.[s. /. Buhonero, m. Colporteur, m. 
Schalen,v. Rinde Corteza,/. Pelure,/. 

BHck, s. m. Asomo, s. m. QEillade, s.f. 

gucken, v. asomar, v. [m. paraitre, v. 

Gleiche, m. Par, companero, Egal,-aux, m. 
Pflock, s. m. Clavija, s.f. Cheville, s.f. 

anpflocken, v. clavar, v. cheviller, v. 

Feder, /. \in. Pluma, jaula, /. Plume,/. parc,wi 
Pinsel, Reisstift, Lapiz, pincel, m. Crayon, m. 
Pendul, n. Pendulo, m. Pendule, m. 

Durchdringen, Penetrar, Penetrer, percer, 

Halbinsel,/. Peninsula,/. Peninsule, /. 
Bussfertig, Penitente, Penitent,-e. 

Pfennig, m. Penique, m. Sou, sol, m. 
Kostgeld, n. Pension,/. Pension,/. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



501 



PEO. 


KAV. 


SPAXISH. 


FRENCH. 


People, 


Yolk, s. n. be- 


Pueblo, s. m. 


Peuple, s. m. 




volkern, v. 


poblar, v. 


peupler, v. 


Pepper, 


Pfeffer, m. 


Piraiento, m. 


Poivre, m. 


Perceive, 


Emptinden, 


Percibir, 


Apercevoir. 


Perch, 


Stange, s.f. 


Perca, s.f. pon- 


Perche, s.f. 




aufsitzen, v. 


erse en perca,t>. 


percher, v. 


Percussion, 


Erschiitterung,/ Percussion, / 


Percussion,/. 


Perfect, 


Vollenden, v. 


Perficionar, ?>. 


Parfair, v. par- 




vollkommen, a. 


perfecto, adj. 


fail, -c, a<tj. 


Perfection, 


Vollkommenheit 


Perfeccion,/. 


Perfection, /. 


Perform, 


Verrichten, 


Exec u tar, 


Accomplif, 


Performance, 


Vollfiihruno-,/. 


Accion, /. 


ution, /. 


Perfume, 


Wuhlgeruch,6-?. 


Perfume, s. m. 


Parfum, s. m. 




rauchern, v. 


peifumar, v. 


parfumer, v. 


Perhaps, 


Vielleicht, 


Quiza, 


Pcut,-uLro. 


Peril, 


Gefahr,/. 


Prligro, m. 


Peril, danger, m. 


Period, 


Kreislauf, ?n. 


P-ri.nlo, lin, m. 


Periode, point,?w. 


Perish, 


Umkommen, 


Perecer, acabar, 


Pcrir, mourir. 


Perjure, 


Falsch sch \voren 


Peijurar, 


Parjurer. 


Perjury, 


Meineid, -m. 


Perjurio, m. 


Parjure, M. 


Permanent, 


Fortdauernd, 


Permanentc, 


Pcrmanent,-e. 


Permission, 


Erlaubniss,/. 


Permision, /. 


Pt-rmissioii,/. 


Permit, 


Erlauben, 


Pcrmitir, 


Permettre. 


Pernicious, 


Verderblich, 


Pernicioso, 


PernicieuXj 


Perpendicular, 


Benkrechi, 


Perpendicular, 


Perpendiculaire. 


Perpetual, 


Immerwahrend, 


Perpetuo, 


Perp^tuel 


Perplex, 


Verwirren, 


Perturbar, 


Pourmcn 




Ausdauern, 


. crar, 


] } . rsrverer. 


n, 


Person,/'. 


;a, /. 


Personne,/. 


iVr-uade, 


Uebenredeo, 


Persuasir, 


Pt-rsuader. 


Peru 


Durchlc.scn, 


. observar, 


Lire, examiner. 


Pest, 


Pest,/. 


Peste, /: 


Peste, /'. 


r, 


Fullen, quiilen, 


Moler, molestar, 


Ilarcelcr. 


. estilence, 


Pest,/. 


Pestilencia,/. 


Pestilence,/. 




An wand lung,/. 


Enojo, enfado, m. 


Depit, in. 


LY-tition, 


Bitte, s.f. 


Pe tic ion, s.f. 


Petition, s.f. 




bitten, v. 


suplicar, v. 


priei 


ify, 


Versteinern, 


Petrificar, 


Petrifier. [m. 


oat, 


Unterrock, 


Guardapies, m. 


,!upe, /. cotillon, 




Kirchenstuhl, in. Asicnto (tn.) en 


Uanc(//?.)d' egli- 






una iglesia, 


se. 



502 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



PEW. 

Pewter, 

Phenomenon, 

Philanthropy, 

Philogy, 

Philosopher, 

Philosophy, 

Phlebotomy, 

Physic, 

Physician, 
Pick, 

Pickle, 
Picture, 

Pie, 
Piece, 

Pier, 

Pierce, 

Piety, 

Pig, 
Pigeon, 
Pike, 
Pile, 

Pilgrim, 

Pill, 

Pillar, 

Pillow, 

Pilot, 

Pin, 

Pincers, 
Pinch, 

Pink, 
Pint, 



GERMAN. SPANISH. 

Zmn,nJ Peltre, m. 

Erschefnung,/. Fenomeno, m. 
Menschenliebe,/. Filantropia,/. 
Sprachkunde, /. Filologia,/. 
Philosoph, m. Fildsofo, m. 
Philosophic,/. Filosofia,/. 
Aderlassen, n. Flebotomia,/ 
Arzeneikunde,s/I Medicina, s. f. 



purgar, v. 
Medico, m. 



heilen, v. 
Arzt, m. 
Spitzeisen, s. n. Pico, s. m. 

picken, v. escogar, v. 

Pokel, s t m. 

einpokeln, v. 
Gemalde, s. n. 

malen, v. 
Pastete,/. 
Stuck, s. n. 

passen, v. 
Pfeiler, m. 
Durchstechen, 
Frommigkeit,/. Piedad,/. 
Ferkel, Schwein, Lechon, m. 



FRENCH. 

Etain, m. 
Phenomene, m. 
Philantropie, /. 

Philologie,/. 
Philosophe, m. 
Philosophic, /. 
Phlebotomie,/. 
Medecine, s.f. 

medeciner, v. 
Medecin, m. 
Pic, s.m. 

choisir, v. 
Salmuera, s.f. Saumure, s.f. 

escabechar, v. saler, v. 
Pictura, s. f. Tableau, s. m. 
figurar, v. peindre, v. 

Pastel, m. Pate, m. pie,/. 

Remiendo, s. m. Piece, s.f. 

remendar,?;.[te, joindre, v. 
Estribo de puen- Mole, yi. jetee,/ 
Penetrar, Percer. 

Piete,/ [m. 
Cochon, saumon, 



Taube,/. Pal mo, m. Pigeon, m. 

Spitze, Pike,/. Lucio, m. pica,/. Brochet, m. 

Pfahl, s. m. Estaca, s.f. Pieu, s. m. 

aufhaufen, v. amontonar, v. empiler, v. 

Pilger, m. Perigrinante, m. Pelerin,-e, m. f. 

Pille,/. Pildora,/ Pilule,/. 

Pfeiler, m. Coluna,/pilar,m. Pilier, m. 

Kopkissen, n. Almohada,/. Oreiller, m. 
Steuermann,s.m. Piloto, s.m. guiar Pilote, s. m. 



steuern, v. 
Nagel, s.f. 

anstecken, v. 
Klauen, /. 
Druck, s. m. 

kneipen, v. 
Nelke,*./. 

blinzen, v. 
Nosel, n. 



un navio, v. 
Olfiler, 6-. m. 

encerrar, v. 
Pinzas, /. 
Pellizco, s. m. 

pellizcar, v. 
Chave* s. m. 

ojetear, v. 
Pints, /. 



piloter, v. 
Epingle, s. f. 

joindre, v. 
Tenailles,/. pi. 
Pincee, s.f. 

presser, v. 
Pinque, s. f. 

decouper, v. 
Pinte,/. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



503 



PIN. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Pious, 


Fromm, ziirtlich, Pio, piadoso, 


Pieux,-se, pie. 


Pipe, 


Pfeife, s.f. Pipa, s.f. 


Pipe, s.f. crier,v. 




pfeifen, v. graznar, 7'. 




Pirate, 


Seerauber, m. Pirata, m. 


Pirate, m. 


Pistol, 


Pistole,/. Pistola,/. 


Pistole t, m. [m. 


\ Pit, 


Grube, /. Hoyo, abismo,m. 


Fosse,/.parterre, 


k Pitch, 


Pech, s. n. Fez, grado, s. m. 


Poix, s.f. 




verpiehen, v. fixar, v. 


poisser, v. 


Pitcher, 


Krug, m. Cantaro, m. 


Cruche,/ 


Pith, 


Mark, n. Kraft,/. Tuetano, m. 


Moelle,/. 


Pity^ 


Mitleiden, s. n. Misericordta, s.f. 


Pitie,*./. 




bemitleiden, v. compadecer, v. 


plaindre, v. 


Pivot, 


Zapfen, m. Espigon, m. 


Pivot, m. 


Place, 


Platz,/r. m. Lugar, n. 


Lieu, s.f. 


- 


anstellen, v. colocar, v. 


placer, v. 


Plague, 


Plage, s.f. Peste, s.f. 


Tourment, s. m. 




plagen, v. atormentar, v. 


vexer, v. 


Plain, 


Ebene,s./.eben,a Llano, s. m. a. 


Plain,-e, s.f. & a 




ausgleichen,v. llanar, v. 


aplaner, v. 


Plaintiff, 


Klager, m. Demandado, m. 


Plaignant,-e. 


Plan, 


Plan, s. m. Plan, s. m. 


Dessein, s. m. 




entwerfen, v. trazar, v. 


tracer, v. 


Plane, 


Flache,/. Hobel, Piano, s. m. 


Plan, rabot, s. m. 





s. m. ebenen, v. allnnar, v. 


raboter, v. 


Planet, 


Planet, m. . Planeta, m. 


Plane te,/. 


Plank, 


Plank, s. f. die- Fablon, s. m. 


Planche, s.f. 


^ 


len, v. entablar, v. 


planchcier, v. 


Plant, 


Pflanze, s.f. Planta, s.f. 


Plante, s.f. 




pflanzen, v. plantar, v. 


planter, v. 


Plantation, 


Pflanzung,/. Plantacion,/. 


Plantation,/. 


Planter, 


Pflanzer, m. Plantador, in. 


Planteur, m. 


1 Plaster, 


Pflaster, s. n. Yeso, s. m. 


Platre, s. m. 




tiinchen, v. enyesar, v. 


platrer, v. 


Plate, 


Platte, *./. Plata, 5. /. 


Assiette, s.f. 




plattiren, v . planchear, v. 


plaquer, v. 


Platform, 


Grundriss, m. Platforma, /. 


Plate forme,/. 


Play, 


Spiel, s. n. Jugeo, s. m. 


Jeu,-x, s. m. 




spielen, v. j u g ar v - 


jouer, v. 


- Pi- 


Vorschiitzen, \ Disculpar, 


Plaider. 


Please, 


Gefallen, Complacer, 


Plaire. 


Pleasure, 


Vergniigen, n. Gusto, placer, m. 


Plaisir, m. 



r luubun 



504 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



PLE. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Pledge, 


Pfand, s. n. 


Prenda, s. f. 


Gage, s. m. 




verpfanden, v. 


empeiiar, v. 


en^ao-er, v. 


Plenty, 


Fiille,/. 


Copia,demasia,/. Abondance,/. 


Plight, 


Zustand, s. m. 


Estado, s. m. 


Etat, s. m. 




flechten, v. 


empeiiar, v. 


engager, v. 


Plot, 


Platz, s. m. 


Enredo, s. m. 


Complot, s. m. 




vorhaben, v. 


urdir, v. 


comploter, v. 


Plough, 


Pflug, s. m. 


Arado, s. m. 


Charrue, s.f. 




pfliigen, v. 


arar, v. 


labourer, v. 


Pluck, 


Zug, s. m. 


Asadura, s.f. 


Fressure,/.effort, 




pfliicken, v. 


arrancar, v. 


s.m. anarcher,v. 


Plug, 


Stopsel, s. m. 


Tapon, s. m. 


Bouchon, s. m. 




verstopfen, v. 


tapar, v. 


cheville*, v. 


Plum, 


Pflaume,/. 


Ciruela, /. 


Prune, /. 


Plumb, 


Blei, s. n. 


Plomada, s.f. 


Plomb, s. m. 




senkrecht, adj. 


plomo, adj. 


a plomb, adj. 


Plume, 


Feder, s.f. 


Pluma, s.f. 


Plume, s.f. 




rupfen, v. 


adornar, v. 


plumer, v. 


Plunder, 


Beute, s.f. 


Botin, s. m. 


Pillage, s. m. 




pliindern, v. 


saquear, v. 


piller, v. 


Plunge, 


Sprung, s. m. 


Enmersion, s.f. 


Plongeon, s. m. 




tauchen, v. 


sumerzir, v. 


plonger, v. 


Plural, 


Plural, mehr, 


Plural, 


Pluriel,-le. 


Ply, 


Zusetzen, 


Trabajar, 


Travailler. 


Pocket, 


Tasche, s.f. 


Bolsillo, s. m. 


Poche, s.f. 




einstecken, v. 


embolsar, v. 


empocher, v. 


Pod, 


Hiilse, Schale,/ Vayna,/ 


Casse, capsule,/. 


Poem, 


Gedicht, n. 


Poema, m. 


Poeme, m. 


Poet, 


Dichter, m. 


Poeta, m. 


Poete, m. 


Poetry, 


Dichtkunst,/. 


Poetica, poesia,/. Poesie, /. 


Point, 


Punkt, s. m. 


Punta, s.f. 


Pointe, s.f. 




zuspitzen, v. 


apuntar, v. 


pointer, v. 


Poison, 


Gift, s. n. 


Veneno, s. m. 


Poison, 5. m. 




vergiften, v. 


enveneriar, v. 


empoisonner, v. 


Poker, 


Schureisen, n. 


Hurgon, m. 


Fourgon, m. 


Pole, 


Pol, Pfahl, m. 


Polo, palo, m. 


Po!e,m.perche,/. 


Police, 


Polizei, /. 


Policia, / 


Police, /. 


Polish, 


Glatte, s.f. 


Pulimento, s. m. Poli, s.m. polir, v. 




glatten. v. 


pulir, v. 




Polite, 


Geschliffen, 


Pulido, 


Poli,-e. 


Politician, 


Politiker, m. 


Politico, m. 


Politique, m. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



505 



POL. 


GERMAX. SPANISH. JfRzyca. 


Politics, 


Politik,/. Politica,/. ' Politique,/. 


Pollute, 


Befiecken, Ensuciar, Polluer. 


Pomp, 


Gepriinge, n. Pompa,/. Pompe. 


Pond, 


Teich, in. Pantano, m. Etang, m. 


Ponder, 


Erwiigen, Ponderar, Peser. 


Poor, 


Arm, gering, Pobre, Pauvre. 


Pope, 


Papst, m. Papa, m. Pape, m. 


Poplar, 


Pappel,/. Alamo, m. Peuplier, m. 


Poppy, 


Mohn, m. Adormidera, /. Pavot, m. 


Popular, 


Volksmiissig, Popular, Populaire. 


Population, 


Bevolkerung, /. Poblacion,/. Population,/. 


Porcelain, 


Porzelan, n. [. Porcelana,/. Porcelaine, /. 


Pork, 


Schweinefleisch, Puerco, m. Pore, cochon, m. 


Port, 


Hafen, Anstand, Puerto, m. [m. Port, havre, m. 


Porter, 


Triiger, Porter,7?i Portero, porter, Porteur,biere,m. 


Portfolio, 


Brieftasche, /. Cartera, /. Porte feuille, m. 


Portrait, 


Bildniss, n. Retrato, m. Portrait, m. 


Position, 


Stellung,/. Posicion,/. Position,/. 


Possess, 


Besitzen, Poseer, Posseder. 


Possession, 


Besitz, m. Posesion,/. Possession,/. 


Possible, 


Moglich, Posible,-mente, Possible. 


Post, 


Pfoste,/. Posta,/. puesto, Poste,/. 


Postage, 


Porto, n. Porte de carta, Port de leitre. 


Postpone, 


Hintansetzen, Posponer, Remettre. 


Postscript, 


Nachschrift,/. Posdata,/. Postcrit, m. 


Posture, 


Zustand, m. Postura,/.sitio,m. Posture, /. 


Pot, 


Topf, Krug, m. Marmita, olla, / Pot, m. 


Potage, 


Suppe,/. Potage, caldo, m Potage, m. 


Potash, 


Pottasche,/. Sosa, potasa,/. Potasse,/, 


Potato, 


Kartoffcl,/. Pataca,/. [/.Patate,/. 


Poultry, 


Federvieb, n. Avesdomesticas.Volaille, /. 


Pound, 


Pfund, ,9. n. Libra, s.f. Livre, /. enclosj 




pfunden, v. encarrar, v. s. m. broyer, v. 


Pour, 


Giessen, Infundir, Verser. 


Poverty, 


Armuth,/. Pobreza,/. Pauvrete,/. 


Powder, 


Pulver, n. Polvo, m. Poudre,/. 


Power, 


Kraft,/. Poder, m. Pouvoir, m. 


Practice, 


Praktik, s.f. Practica, s.f. Pratique, s. f. 




ausiiben, v. practicar, v. pratiquer, v. 


Praise, 


Lob,n. Preis,5.m. Celebridad, s. f. Louange, s. f. 




loben, v. aplaudir, v. louer, v. 
43 



>06 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



PRA. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Pray, 


Bitten, Orar, 


Prier. 


Prayer, 


Gebet, n. Oracion,/. 


Priere,/. 


Preach, 


Predigen, Predicar, 


Precher. 


Precede, 


Vorher gehen, Anteceder, 


Preceder. 


Precious, 


Kostbar, Precioso, 


Preeieux,-se. 


Predict, 


Vorhersagen, Predecir, 


Predire. 


Preface, 


Vorrede,/. Prefacion,/. 


Preface, /. 


Prefer, 


Vorziehen. Preferir, 


Preferer. 


Pregnant, 


Schwanger, Prenada, 


Enciente. 


Prejudice, 


Vorurtheil, n. Prejuicio, m. 


Prejudice, m. 


Prepare, 


Vorbereiter, Preparar, 


Preparer. 


Prescribe, 


Vorschreiben, Prescribir, 


Prescrire. 


Presence, 


Gegenwart, /. Presencia, f. 


Presence, /. 


Present, 


Geschenk, s. n. Presente, s. m. 


Present, s. m. 




sorgfaltig, adj. & adj. 


present,-e, adj. 


Present, 


Darstellen, v. Presentar, v. 


Presenter, v. 


Preserve, 


Verwahren, Preservar, 


Preserver. 


President, 


Vorsteher, m. Presidente, m. 


President, m. 


Press, 


Presse, s.f. Prensa, s.f. 


Presse, s.f. 




pressen, v. aprensar, v. 


presser, v. 


Presume, 


Vermuthen, Presumir, 


Presumer. 


Presumption, 


Vermuthung, /. Presumcion,/. 


Presomption, /. 


Pretend, 


Vorgeben, Aparentar, 


Pretend re. 


Pretty, 


Artig, Lindo, 


Jolli,-e. 


Prevail, 


Bewegen, Prevalecer, 


Prevaloir. 


Prevent, 


Zuvorkommen, Prevenir, 


Prevenir. 


Price, 


Preis, m. Precio, m. 


Prix, m. 


Prick, 


Stechen. Punzar, 


Piquer. 


Pride, 


Stolz, m. Orgullo, m. 


Orgueil, m. 


Priest, 


Priester, m. Sacerdote, m. 


Pretre, m. 


Prince, 


Fiirst, Prinz, m. Principe, m. 


Prince, m. 


Princess, 


Prinzessin,/. Princesa,/. 


Princesse,/. 


Principal, 


Oberhaupt, s. n. Principal, 5. m. 


Principal, s. m. 




vorsuglich, adj. adj. 


e, adj. 


Principle, 


Urstoss, m. Principio, m. 


Principe, m. 


Print, 


Druchen, Imprimir, 


Imprimer. 


Prison, 


Gefangniss, n. Prision,/. 


Prison, /. 


Prisoner, 


Gefangene, m. Preso, m. 


Prisonnier, m. 


Private, 


Geheim, Secreto, 


Prive,-e. 


Privilege, 


Vorrecht, n. Privilegio, m. 


Privilege, m. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



507 



PRI. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 


Privy, 


Abtritt, 5. m. Privada, s.f. Prive, s. m. . 




heimlich, adj. privado, adj. secret,-e, adj. 


Prize, 


Fang, s. m. Premio, s. m. Prise,s/.priser,v. 




schatzen, v. apreciar, v. 


Probable, 


Wahrscheinlich, Probable, Probable. 


Problem, 


Aufgabe,/. Problema,/ Probleme, m. 


Proceed, 


Entspringen, Proceder, Proceder. 


Procure, 


Yenvalten, Procurar, Procurer. 


Produce, 


Ertrag, 5. JH. Producto, s. m. Produit, s. m. 




vorbingen, v. producir, v. produire, v. 


Product, 


Erzeugniss, n. Producto, m. Rapport, m. 


Profane, 


Ungeweiht, Profano, [ar, Profane. 


Profess, 


Bekennen, Prefesar, declar- Professor. 


Profession, 


Bekenntniss, n. Profesion,/. Profession,/. 


Professor, 


Professor, m. Profesor, m. Professeur, m. 


Profit, 


Gewin, 6\ m. Ganancia, s.f. Profit, s. m. 




gewinnen, v. ganar, v. avantager, v. 


Profound, 


Tief, grundlich, Profundo, Profond,-e. 


Progress, 


Fortscbritt, m. Progreso, 5. m. Progres, s. m. 




fortgehen, v. progresar, v. avancer, v. 


Prohibit, 


Verhindern, Prohibir, Prohiber. 


Project, 


Eutwurf, s. m. Proyecto, s. m. Dessein, s. m. 




schleudern, v. anojar, v. projeter, v. 


Promise, 


Versprechen, Promesa, u, Promesse, s.f. 




s. n. & v. promoter, v. paomettre, v. 


Prompt, 


Vorsagen, v. Incitar, v. Exciter, v. 




bereit, wlj. pronto, adj. prompt-e, adj. 


Pronounce, 


Aussprechen, Pronunciar, Prononcer. 


Pronunciation, 


Aussprache,/. Pronunciacion,/. Prononciation, /. 


Proof, 


Vi -rsucb, m. Prucba,/. Preuve, /. 


Property, 


Eigenthum, n. Propriedad, /. Bien, m. 


Prophet, 


PiMplu't, in. Profeta, m. Prophete, m. 


Proportion, 


Verbal tniss, n. Proporcion,/. Proportion,/. 


Propose, 


Vorschlagen, Proponer, Proposer. 


Proscribe, 


Aechten, Proscribir, Proscrire. 


Prose, 


Prosa, /. [sicht,/. Prosa, /. Prose, /. [vue, /. 


Prospect, 


Blick, m. A us- Perspectiva,/. Perspective, 


Prosper, 


Gedeihen, Prosperar, Prosperer. 


Prosperity, 


Wohlstand, m. Prosperidad,/. Prosperite, /. 


Prostitute, 


Hure, s.f. Prostituta, s.f. Prostituee, s.f. 




schiinden, v. prostituir, v. prostituer, v. 



508 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



PRO. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 


Protect, 


Schiitzen, Proteger, Proteger. 


Protest, 


Einrede, s.f. Protesta, s.f. Protet, s. m. 




betheueren, v. protestar, v. protester, v. 


Protestant, 


Protestant, s. m. Protestante, s. m. Protestant,-e, 




isch, adj. & adj. s. m.f. & adj. 


Proud, 


Stolz, kiihn, Orgulloso, Orgueilleux,-se. 


Prove, 


Beweisen, Probar, Eprouver. 


Provide, 


Vorhersehen, Proveer, Fournir. 


Province, 


Provinz, /. Provincia, /. Province, /. 


Provision, 


Vorsicht, /. Provision, Provision. 


Provoke, 


Erregen, Provocar, . Provoquer. 


Prow, 


Vordertheil (n) Proa, Proue, /. 




des Schiffes. 


Proxy, 


Anwalt, m. Procuracion, /. Depute,/. 


Pry," 


Spahen, Espiar, Fureter, / 


Psalm, 


Psalm, m. Salmo, m. Pseaume, m. 


Pshaw, 


Puh! pfui! PshaL Nargue! fi! 


Public, 


Pubiikum, s. n. Publico, s. m. v. Public, s. m. 




offentlich, adj. que, adj. 


Publish, 


Herausgeben, Publicar, Publier. 


Pudding, 


Kloss,w.Wurst,/Pudin, m. \v. Pouding,m.[fir,v. 


Puff, 


Blasen, s. m. v. [v. Bufido,s w.soplar Bouffee, s/.bouf- 


Pull, 


Zug,s.ra. ziehen, Tiron, s.m. tirar,v. Coup,s.m.tirer,v. 


Pullet, 


Hiihnchen, n. Poll a,/. Poulette,/. 


Pulse, 


Puls, m. Pulso, m. Pouls, m. 


Pulverize, 


Pulvern, Pulverizar, Pulveriser. 


Pumice, 


Bimstein, m. Piedra pomez,/. Pierre ponce,/. 


Pump, 


Pumpe, s.f. Bompa, s.f. Pompe, s.f. 




pumpen, v. sonsacar, v. pomper, v. 


Punch, 


Punsch, s. m. Punzon, s. m. Poingon, s. m. 




bohren, v. punzar, v. percer, v. 


Punctual, 


Piinktlich, Punctual, Ponctuel. 


Punctuation, 


Interpunction, / Punctuacion, /. Ponctuation,/. 


Punish, 


Bestrafen, Castigar, Punir, chatier. 


Pupil, 


Augapfel, Pupila, nina, / Prunelle,/. 


Purchase, 


Erwerbung, s.f. Compra, s.f. Achat, .<?. m. 




kaufen, v. comprar, v. acheter, v. 


Purge, 


Abfiihrungsmit- Purga, s.f. Purgatif, s. m. 




tel,sw.abfuhren,v. pugar, v. purger, v. 


Purple, 


Purpur, m. Purpureo, m. Pourpre,/. 


Purpose, 


Absicht, /. Intencion, /. Intention,/. 



I XT I : R NATIONAL DICTIONARY . 



509 



run. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Purse, 


Beutel, m. 


Bolsa,/. 


Bourse, /. 


Push, 


Stossen, 


Empujar, 


Pousser. 


Put, 


Setzen, stellen, 


Poner, 


Mettre. 


Pyramid, 


Xyr amide,/. 


Piramide, /. 


Pyramide,/. 



Q. 



Quack, 


Prahler, s. m. 


Charlatan, s. m. 


Charlatan, s. m. 




quaken, v. 


charlatanear, v. 


charlataner, v. 


Quadrant, 


Viertel, n. 


Quadrante, m. 


Quart, 7?i. 


Quail, 


Wachtel, s.f. 


Codorniz, s.f. 


Caille, s.f. 




ermatten, v. 


temblar, v. 


branler, v. 


Quaker, 


Quaker, m. 


Quakaro, m. 


Quaker,-esse,w/. 


Qualify, 
Quality, 


Berichtigen, 
Beschaffenheit,/. 


Calificar, 
Calidad, /. 


Modifier. 
Qualite,/. 


Quantity, 


Menge, Anzahl,/Cantidad, /. 


Quantite, /. 


Quarrel, 


Zank, s. m. 


Quimera, s.f. 


Querelle, s.f. 




zanken, v. 


pelear, v. 


quereller, v. 


Quarry, 


Viereck, s. n. 


Presa, s.f. 


Carreau, s. m. 




brechen, v. 


hacer presa, v. 


faire curee, v. 


Quart, 


Viertel mass, n. 


Azumbre, m. 


Quarte, /. 


Quarter, 


Viertel, n. 


Quarto, m. 


Quartier, m. 


Quaver, 


Triller, m. 


Semicorchea, /. 


Croche,/. 


Queen, 


Ko nig-in, /. 


Reyna,/. 


Reine,/. 


Queer, 


Wunderlich, 


Extruno, 


Bizarre, etrange. 


Quell, 


Dcimpfen, 


Apretar, 


Apaiser. 


Quench, 


Loschen, 


Exlinguir, 


^teindrc. 


Question, 


Frage, s.f. 


Question, s.f. 


Question, s.f. 




fragen, v. 


inquirir, v. 


demander, v. 


Quick, 


Lebendig, 


Vivo, vi vie nte, 


Vif,-ve, agile. 


Quiet, 


Beruhigen, v. 


Aquietar, v. 


Calmer, v. 




ruhig, adj. 


quieto, adj. 


tranquille, adj. 


Quill, 


Federkiel, m. 


Canon, m. 


Plume, /. 


Quince, 


Quitte,/ 


Membrillero, m. 


Going, 77i. 


Quire, 


Buch Papier, n. 


Coro, m. [/. 


Main de papier,/. 


Quirk, 


Stich, m. 


Pulla, expresion, 


Brocard, m. 


Quit, 


Losmachen, 


Abandonar, 


Quitter. 


Quite, 


Ganz, durchaus, 


Completamente, 


Tout-a-fait. 


Quiv 


Kocher, s. m. 


Carcax, s.f. 


Carquois, s. m. 




zittern, v. 


temblar, r. 


frissonner, v. 




43* 







510 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



QUO. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Quoit, 


Wurfspiel, n. Herron, m. 


Palet, m. 


Quotation, 


Anflirung, /. Citacion, /. 


Citation,/. 


Quote, 


Anfiihren,citiren Citar, 


Citer. 


Quoth, 


Sagt, sagte. Dixe, digo, dixo, 


Dit. 




R. 




Rabbit, 


Kaninchen, n. Conejo, m. 


Lapin, m. 


Rabble, 


Pobel, m. Poblacho, m. 


Canaille,/. 


Race, 


Wurzel, /, [m. Raza,/.genero,m 


Race, famille,/. 


Rack, 


Folter,/. spanner Tormento, m. 


Torture,/. 


Radish, 


Radieschen, n. Rabano, m. 


Rave,/. 


Raffle, 


PaschspieJ, s. n. Rifa, s.f. rifar,v. 


Rafie, s.f. rafler, 




paschen, v. 


v. 


Raft, 


Flosse,/. Balsa,/. 


Radeau,-x, m. 


Rafter, 


Dachsparren, m. Cabrio, m. 


Solive,/. 


Rag, 


Lumpen, m. Trapo, m. 


Chiffon, m. 


Rage, 


Wuth, /. Rabia, ira, /. 


Fureur,/ 


Rail, 


Riegel, m. Baranda, /. 


Barriere,/. 


Rain, 


Regen, s. m. Lluvia, s.f. 


Pluie, s.f. pleu- 




regnen, v. Hover, v. 


voir, v. 


Rainbow, 


Regenbogen, m. Arco celeste, m. 


Arc-en-ciel, m. 


Raise, 


Aufheben, Levantar, 


Lever. 


Raisin, 


Rosine, /. Pasa, /. 


Raisin see, m. 


Rake, 


Rechen, s.m. he- Rastro, s. m. re- 


Racloir, s. m. 




rumstobern, v. buscar, v. 


rateler, v. 


Rally, 


Yerspotten, Reunir, [m. 


Rallier. 


Ram, 


Widder, m. Morueco, ariete, 


Belier, m. 


Range, 


Reihe, s. f. ord- Fila, s. f. orde- 


Rangee, s.f. 




nen, v. nar, v. 


ranger, v. 


Rank, 


Ordnung, s.f. Lozano, s. m. 


Rang, s. m. 




sich reihen, v. colocar, v. 


ranger, v. 


Ransom, 


Losegeld s. n. Rescate, s. m. 


Ran^on, s.f. 




auslosen, v. rescatar, v. 


racheter, v. 


Rap, 


Schlag, s. m. Golpe, s. m. to- 


Tape, s.f. taper, 




schlagen, v. car, v. 


v. 


Rapid, 


Ausserst, Rapido, 


Rapide . 


Rare, 


Dunn, selten, Raro, 


Rare. 


Rascal, 


Schurke, m. Belitre, m. 


Belitre, m. 


Rash, 


Uebereilt, adj. Arrojado, adj. 


Temeraire, adj. 




Rasch, s. m. humor, s. m. 


eruption s.f. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



511 



RAS. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Rasor, 


Scheermesser,w. 


Navaja, /. 


Rasoir, m. 


Raspberry, 


Himbeere, f. 


Frambuesca, /. 


Framboise, /. 


Rasp, 


Raspel, s.f. ras- 


Escofina, s.f. 


Rape, s. f. raper 




peln, v. 


raspar, v. 


v. 


Rate, 


Antheil, s. m. 


Tasa, s.f. tasar, 


Taux, s. m. es- 




schatzen, v. 


v. [bien, 


timer, v. 


Rather, 


Vielmehr, 


Mejor gana, mas Plutot. 


Rational, 


Verniinftig, 


Racional, 


Raisonnable. 


Ravel, 


Verwickeln, 


Euredar, 


Efliler. 


Flaw, 


Roh, neu, 


Crudo, nuevo, 


Cru,-e. 


Ray, 


Strahl,Glanz, m. 


Rayo, m. 


Rayon, 7?i.raie,/. 


Reach, 


Raum, s. m. 


Alcance s.f. 


Portee, s. f. at- 




ivichen, v. 


alcanzar, v. 


teindre, v. 


Read, 


Lesen, 


Leer, 


Lire. 


Ready, 


Bereit, 


Listo, pronto, 


Pret,-e. 


Real, 


Wirklich, 


Real, verdadero, 


Reel,-le. 


Realm, 


Kunigreich, n. 


Reyno, m. 


Royaume, m. 


Ream, 


Riess, n. 


Resma, /. 


Rame, /. 


Reap, 


Ernten, 


Segar, 


Moissonner. 


Rear, 


Nachtrab, s. m. 


Retaguardia, s.f. 


Derniere classe, 




heben, v. 


alzar, v. 


s.f. clever, v. 


Reason, 


Vernunft, /. 


Razon, /. 


Raison, /. 


Rebel, 


Aufriihrer, s. m. 


Rebelde, s. m. 


Rebelle, s. m. re- 




sichemporen,v. 


rebelarse, v. 


beller, v. 


Rebuke, 


Tad el, s. m. 


Reprehension, s. 


Reproche, s. m. 




tadeln, v. 


f. regatiar, v. 


reprendre, v. 


Receive, 


Empfangen, 


Recibir, 


Recevoir. 


Recipe, 


Recept, n. 


Recipe, m. 


Recipe, m. 


Recite, 


Erziilhen, 


Recitar, 


Reciter. 


Reckon, 


Rechnen, 


Contar, 


Compter. 


Recognise, 


Erkennen, 


Reconocer, 


Reconnaitre, 


Recollect, 


Zuriickbringen, 


Acordarse, 


Ressouvenir. 


Recommend, 


Empfehlen, 


Recomendar, 


Recommander. 


Reconcile, 


Aussolmen, 


Reconciliar, 


Reconcilier. 


id, 


Urkunde, s.f. 


Registro, s. m. 


Rcgistre, s. m. 




urziihlen, v. 


registrar, v. 


enregistrer, v. 


Recover, 


Befreien, 


Recobrar, 


Recouvrer. 


Recruit, 


Recrutirung, s.f. 


Recluta, s.f. re- 


Recrue, s.f. ren- 




erneuern, v. 


clutar, v. 


forcer, v. 


Rectify, 


Verbessern, 


Rectificar, 


Rectifier. 


Red, 


Roth, Ji. 


Roxo, m. 


Rougo, m. 



512 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



RED. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Redeem, 


Loskaufen, Redimir, 


Racheter. 


Redeemer, 


Erlosser, m. Salvador, 


Redempteur, m. 


Redress, 


Hiilfe, n. verbes- Emienda, s.f. 


Remede, s. m. 




sern, v. emendar, v. 


re dresser, v. 


Reduce, 


Zuriickbringen, Reducir, 


Reduire. \m. 


Reed, 


Rohr, n. Flote/. Cana, /. 


Chalumeau,-x, 


Reel, 


Haspel, s. m. Aspa, s.f. 


Devidoir, s. m. 




haspeln, v. aspar, v. 


devider, v. 


Reeve, 


Schultheiss, m. Mayordomo, m. 


Facteur, m. 


Refer, 


Verweisen, Referir, 


Referer. 


Reference, 


Yerweisung, /. Relacion, /. 


Renvoi, m. 


Refine, 


Reinigen, Refinar, 


Raffiner. 


Reflect, 


Zuriickwerfen, Reflectar, 


Reflechir. 


Reform, 


Umgestaltung, s. Reforma, s.f. re- Reforme, s.f. re- 




/. umandern,t>. formar, v. 


former, v. 


Refrain, 


Zuriickhalten, Refrenar, 


S'empecher. 


Refuge, 


Zuflucht, /. Refugio, m. 


Refuge, m. 


Refuse, 
Regard, 


Verweigern, Repulsar, 
Ansicht, s.f. an- Miramiento, s.m. 


Refuser. 
Egard, s. m. re- 




sehen, v. estimar, ?;. 


garder, v. 


Regret, 


Bedauern, s. n. Pena, s. f. sen- 


Regret, s. m. re- 




bereuen, v. tir, v. 


gretter, v. 


Regular, 


Regelmassig, Regular, 


Regulier. 


Regulate, 


Ordnen, Regular, 


Regler. 


Rehearse, 


Wiederholen, Repetir, 


Repeter. 


Reign, 


Reich, s. n. herr- Soberania, s.f. 


Regne, s. m. reg- 




schen, v. reynar, v. 


ner, v. 


Rein, 


Ziigel, m. Rienda,/. 


Rene,/. 


Reins, 


Nieren,/. pi. Rinones, m. pi. 


Reins, m. pi. 


Reject, 


Verwerfen, Desechar, 


Rejeter. 


Rejoice, 


Erfreuen, Regocijarse, 


Rejouir. 


Rejoin, 


Erwiedern, Volver, 


Rejoindre. 


Relapse, 


Riickfall, s. m. Recaida, s.f. re- Rechute, s.f. re- 




zuruckfallen, v. caer, v. 


tomber, v. 


Relate, 


Erzahlen, Relatar, 


Raconter. 


Relation, 


Beziehung, / k Relacion, /. 


Relation, [latiflf,a. 


Relative, 


Bezielich, Relative, 


Parente e,?n/.re- 


Release, 


Quittung, s. f. Soltura, s. f. 


Decharge, s.f. 




loslassen, v. descargar, v. 


relacher, v. 


Relent, 


Nachgeben, Relentecer, 


Ceder. 


Relic, 


Ueberbleibsel, n. Reliquia,/. 


Relique, /. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



513 



REL. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 


Relieve, 


Erleichtern, Relevar, Soul 


Religion, 


Got tesfu relit,/ Religion, / Religion,/. 


Relish, 


Geschmack, s.rn. Saynete, s. m. Gout, s. m. 




billigen, v. saborear, v. gouter, v. 


Reluctance, 


Widerwille, m. Repugnancia,/. Repugnance,/. 


Rely, 


Sich verlassen, Confiar, Se fier a. 


Remain, 


Bleiben, Quedar, Demeurer. 


Remark, 


Anmerkung, s.f. Reparo, s. m. no- Remarque, s.f. 




bemerken, v. tar, v. remarquer, v. 


Remedy, 


Heilmittel, n. Remedio, m. Remede, m. 


Remember, 


Gedenken, Acordarsc, Souvenir. 


Remit, 


Zuriickschicken, Relaxer, remitir, Remettre. 


Remonstrate, 


Vorstellen, Representar, [m. Remontrer. 


Remorse, 


GewissensbisSjWiRemordimiento, Remords, m. 


Remote, 


Entfert, Remoto, Distant,-e. 


Remove, 


Versetzen, Remover, Deplaccr. 


Remunerate, 


Belohnen, Remunerar, Remunerer. 


Rend, 


Reissen, Lacerar, Dechirer. 


Renew, 


Erneuen, Renovar, Renouveler. 


Renounce, 


Verlaugncn, Renunciar, Renoncer. 


Rent, 


Riss, s. m. Renta, s. /. Revenu, s. in. 




zerreissen, v. arrcndar, v. louer, v. 


Renown, 


Ruf, 7?i. Renombre, m. Renom, m. 


Repair, 


Ausbesserung,*/ Reparo, s. m. Reparation, s.f. 




ersetzcn, v. reparar, v. reparer, v. 


Repast, 


Mahlzeit,/ li-.-frigerio, m. Repas, m. 


Repeal, 


Aufhebung, s.f. Revocacion, s.f. Revocation, s.f. 




zuriickrut'cn, v. abrogar, v. revoquer, v. 


Re] 


Wiederholen, Repetir, Repeter. 


Repel, 

Repent, 

Reply, 


Zuriick stossen, Repelor, Repousser. 
Busse thun, Arrepentirse, Se repentir. 
Enviederung,*./. Replica, s. f. Repartie, s.f. 




antworten, v. replicar, v. repliquer, v. 


ep resent, 


Vorstellen, Representar, Represented 


epress, 


Unterdriicken, Sojuzgar, Reprimer. 


Reprieve, 


Frist, *./. Dilacion, s.f. Repit, s. //>. 




fristen, v. suspender, v. suspcndre, v. 


I ! -proof, 


Vorwurf, m. Improperio, m. Reprimande,/. 


Repi 


Tadeln, [Thier,w. Culpar, Re'primander. 


Reptile, 


Kriechende ll'-ptil, Reptil.-, in. 


Republic, 


Freistaat, m. Republica,/ Republique,/. 



514 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



REP. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Repulse, 


Abweisung, s.f. Repulsa, s.f. 


Rebuffade, s.f. 




zuriicktreiben,v. repulsar, v. 


rebuter, v. 


Reputation, 


Ruf, m. Reputacion, /. 


Reputation, f. 


Request, 


Bitte, s.f. Peticion, s.f. 


Requete, s.f. 




bitten, v. rogar, v. 


requerir, v. 


Require, 


Verlangen, Requerir, 


Requerir. 


Rescue, 


Befreiung, s. f. Libramiento,s.w. Delivrance, s.f. 




befreien, v. librar, v. 


sauver, v . 


Resemble, 


Gleichen, Asemejar, 


Resembler. 


Resign, 


Entsagen, Resignar, 


Resigner. 


Resist, 


Widerstehen, Resistir, v. 


Resister, a. 


Resolute, 


Entschlossen, Resuelto, 


Resolu,-e. 


Resolution, 


Auflosung, /. Resolucion,/. 


Resolution, /. 


Resolve, 


Auflosen, Resolver, 


Resoudre. 


Resort, 


Besuch, s. m. Concurso,s. m. 


Ressort, s. m. 




sich begeben, v. recurrir, v. 


aller, v. 


Respect, 


Riicksicht, s.f. Respecto, s. m. 


Respect, s. m. 




hinseheu, v. mirar, v. 


respecter, v. 


Respire, 


Athmen, Respirar, 


Respirer. 


Rest, 


Rube, s. f. Reposo, s. m. 


Repos, 5. m. 


- 


ruhen, v. reposar, v. 


reposer, v. . 


Restore, 


Wieder geben, Restituir, 


Restituer. 


Restrain, 


Einhalten, Restringir, 


Retenir. 


Restrict, 


Einschranken, Restringir, 


Limiter. 


Result, 


Folge, s.f. Resulta, s.f. 


Resultat, s. m. 




folgen, v. resultar, v. 


resulter, v. 


Resurrection, 


Auferstehung,/. Resurrecion, /. 


Resurrection,/. 


Retail, 


Kleinhandel,s.m. Reventa, s. f. 


Detail, 5. m. 




zerlegen, v. revendar, v. 


detailler, v. 


Retain, 


Bebalten, Retener, 


Retenir. 


Retire, 


Wegziehen, Retirarse, 


Retirer. 


Retreat, 


Riickzug, s.f. Retiro, s. m. 


Retraite, s.f. 




sicli lliichten, v. retirarse, v. 


reculer, v. 


Return, 


Riickkehr,5/. er- Retorno, s. m. 


Re tour, s. m. 




wiedern, v. [s.n. retornar, v. 


retourner, v. 


Revel, 


LarmendeGelag, Borrachera, s.f. 


DSbauche, s.f. 




schmausen, v. retraer, v. 


se rejourir, v. 


Revenge, 


Rache, s.f. Venganza, s.f. 


Vengeance, s.f. 




riichen, v. vengar, v. 


venger, v. 


Revenue, 


Einkommen, n. Renta,/. 


Revenu, m. 


Reverberate, 


Zuruckschlagen, Rechazar, 


Reverberer. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



515 



REV. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 


Revere, 


Verehren, Reverenciar, Revcrer. 


Reverend, 


Ehrwiirdig, Reverendo, Reverend. 


Reverse, 


Revers, s. m. Contrario, s. in. Revers, s. m. 




umkehren, v. revocar, v. renverser, v. 


Reverie, 


Traumerei,/. Murria,/. Reverie,/. 


Review, 


Uebersicht, s. f. Revista, s. f. Re\'ue, s. f. 




zuriick gehen,v. rever, v. revoir, v. 


Revile, 


Schmahen, Ultrajar, Injurier. 


Revise, 


Durchsehen, Rever, Reviser. 


Revive, 


Wieder aufleben Revtvir, Ranimer. 


Revolution, 


Umwalzung, /. Revolucion, /. Revolution, /. 


Revolve, 


Umwalzen, Revolver, Tourner. 


Rhetoric, 


Redekunst,/. Retorica,/. Rhetorique, /. 


Rheum, 


Schnupfen, m. Reuma,/ Rhume, m. 


Rheumatism, 


Schnupfenfieber, Reumatismo, m. Rhumatisme, m. 


Rhubarb, 


Rhabarber, m. Ruibarbo, m. Rhubarbe, /. 


Rhyme, 


Reim, s. m. Rima, s. f. Rime, s. f. 




reimen, v. consonar, v. rimer, v. 


Rib, 


Rippe, /. Costilla, /. Cote, /. 


Ribbon, 


Band, n. Cinta, colonia,/. Ruban, m. 


Rice, 


Reis, m. Weise,/. Arroz, m. Riz, m. 


Rich, 


Reich, prachtig, Rico, opulento, Riche,-e. 


Rid, 


Erretten, Librar, Delivrer. 


Ride, 


Ritt, s. m. Transito, s. m. Promenade, s.f. 




reiten, v. cabalgar, v. aller, v. 


Ridge, 


Riickgrat, n. Espinazo, m. Sommet, m. 


Ridicule, 


Spott, s. m. Ridiculcz, s.f. Ridicule, s. m. 




verspotten, v. ridiculizar, v. ridiculiser, v. 


Rifle, 


Gewehr, s. n. Arcabuz, s. m. Fusil, s. m. 




rauben, v. robar, v. piller, v. 


Right, 


Recht, s. n. Justicia, s.f. Raison, s.f. 




& adj. justo, adj. juste, adj. 


Rim, 


Rand, m. Canto, Bordo,ra. Bord, m. 


Rind, 


Rinde,/ Corteza,/. Ecorce,/. 


Ring, 


Ring, Kreis, m. Anillo,circulo, m. Anneau,-x, m. 


Ripe, 


' Reif, Maduro, Mur,-e. 


Rise, 
Risk, 


Erheben, Levantarse, Se lever, 
niss, s. n. Peligro, s. m. Risque, s. m. 




wagen, v. arriesgar, v. risquer, v. 


Rival, 


Nebenbuhler,sw Rival, s. m. Rival, s. m. 




weUeifcrn, v. competir, v. rivaliser, v. 






516 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



RIV. 


GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 


River, 


Fluss, m. Rio, m. Fleuve, m. 


Rivet, 


Niet, n. Roblon, m. Rivet, m. 


Road, 


Strasse,Rhede,/ Camino, m. Chemin, m. 


Roar, 


Briillen, s. n. & v. Rugido, s. m. Rugissement,sm. 




rugir, v. rugir, v. 


Roast, 


Braten, Asar, Rotir. 


Rob, 


Rauben, \m. Robar, Derober. 


Robin, 
Rock, 


Klippe,/. Felsen, Pechicolorado, m Rouge,-gorge,ra. 
Rothkehlchen,?i. Roca,/ Rocher, m. 


Rocket, 


Rackete,/ Cohete, m. Roquette,/ 


Rod, 


Ruthe,/ [m. Varilla, cana,/. Perche, verge,/ 


Rogue, 


, Schalk, Schurke, Villano, m. Espiegle, m. f. 


Roll, 


Rolle, s.f. Rodador, s. m. Rouleau, s. m. 




rollen, v. volver, v. rouler, v. 


Romance, 


Roman, m. Romance, m. Roman, m. 


Rood, 


Ruthe,/ Pertica,/ Perche,/ 


Roof, 


Dach,?2.Decke,/Tejado, m. Toit, comble, m. 


Room, 


Raum, Platz, m. Lugar, m. Chambre, / 


Roost, 


Schlaf, s. m. Alcandara, s.f. Juchoir, s. m. 




wohnen, v. descansar en, v. percher, v. 


Root, 


Wurzel, / Raiz, / Racine, / 


Rope, 


Seil, n. Strick, m. Cuerda, soga, / Corde, / 


Rose, 


Rose,/ Rosa,/ Rose,/ 


Rosemary, 


Rosmarin, m. Romero, m. Romarin, m. 


Rosin, 


Harz, n. Trementina, / Resine,/ 


Rot, 


Faule, s.f. Nomina, 5. / Tac, s. m. 




faulen, v. pudrir, v. pourrir, v . 


Rough, 


Rauh, roh, A'spero, Rude, impoli,-e. 


Round, 


Riinde, s.f. Circulo, s. m. Rond, s. m. -e. 




rund, adj. redondo, adj. adj. 


Rouse, 


Aufwecken, Despertar, Reveiller. 


Route, 


Weg, m. Ruta,/rumbo, m. Route, / 


Rove, 


Herumstreifen,/ Vagar, Roder, errer. 


Rover, 


Rauber, m. Tunante, m. Rodeur, m. 


Row, 


Reihe,s/.rudern, Hilera,s/ remar, Rang, s. m. 




v. Larmen,s.w.v. bogar,v. ramer, v. 


Rub, 


Reiben, Estregar, Frotter. 


Rudder, 


Steuerruder, n. Timon, m. Gouvernail, m. 


Rude, 


Ungebildet, Rudo, Grossier,-e. 


Rudiment, 


Grundlage, f. Rudimento, m. Rudimens, m. pi. 


Rug, 


Grobe Fries, m. Pano Burdo, m. Bure,/barbet,w. 



INTEKXATIOXAL DICTIONARY. 



517 



RUI. 


GERMAN. 


MSII. 


FRENCH. 


Ruin, 


Einsturz, s. m. 


Ruina, s.f. 


Ruine, s. f. 




einstiirzen, v. 


arruinar, v. 


miner, v. 


Rule, 


Regel, s.f. 


Mando, s. m. 


Regie, s.f. 




regeln, v. 


gobernar, v. 


regler, v. 


Rum, 


Rum, m. 


Rum, m. 


Rum, m. 


Rump, 


Rumpf, m. 


Rabadilla,/. 


Croupion, m. 


Run, 


Rennen, laufen, 


Correr, pasar, 


Courir, couler. 


Rush, 


Binse, s. f. 


Junco, s. m. 


Jonc, s. m. 




stiirzen, v. 


arrojarse, v. 


se lancer, v. 


Rust, 


Rost, s. m. 


Orin, s. m. 


Rouille, s.f. 




rosten, v. 


enmohecer, v. 


rouiller, v. 


Rut, 


Brunft,/. 


Brama,rodada,/. Rut, m. 


Ruth, 


Mitleiden, n. [n. 


Compasion,/. 


Pitie,tendresse,/. 


Rye, 


Roggen,m.Korn, Centeno, m. 


Seigle, m. 


Sabbath, 


Sabbath, m. 


S. 

Sabado, m. 


Sabbat, m. 


Sabre, 


Sfibel, m. 


Sable, m. 


Sabre, m. 


Sack, 


Sack, Sect, m. 


Saco, m. saca,/. 


Sac, m. 


Sacrament, 


Eid, m. 


Sacramento, m. 


Sacrement, m. 


Sacred, 


Heilig, 


Sagrado, 


Sacre,-e. 


Sacrifice, 


Opfern, s. n. 


Sacrificio, s. m. 


Sacrifice, s. m. 




&v. 


sacrificar, v. 


sacrifier, v. 


Sad, 


Dunkel, 


Triste, 


Triste. 


Saddle, 


Sattel, m. 


Silla,/. 


Belle,/ 


Safe, 


Sicher, 


Seguro, 


Sauf. 


Saffron, 


Safran, m. 


Azafran, ???. 


Safran, m. 


Sage, 


Salbei, s.f. 


Salvio, s. m. 


Sauge, s. f. 




wrise, adj. 


sabio, adj. 


prude nt,-e, adj. 


Sago, 
Sail, 


Sago, in. 
Segd, s. 7i. 


Sagui, m. 
Vela,*./ 


Sagou, m. 
Voile, s. f. 




segeln, v. 


navegar, v. 


naviguer, r. 


Sailor, 


rose, m. 


Marine ro, m. 


Matelot, m. 


Saint, 


Heilige, s. m. 


Santo, s. m. 


Saint,-e, s. m.f. 




ln-ilig, adj. 


& adj. 


& adj. 


Sake, 


Ursache, f. 


Causa,/. 


Eujard, in. 


Kalad, 
alary, 
-ale, 


Sal at, m. 
Idung,/. 
: kauf, m. 
44 


Ensalada,/. 
Salario, m. 
Venta, /. 


Salade,/. 
Salaire, m. 
Vente,/.encan,ra 



518 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



SAL. . 


GERMAN. SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Salivate, 


Den Speichel- Salivar, 


Faire saliver. 




fluss haben, 




Salmon, 


Lachs, m. Salmon, m. 


Saurnor, m. 


Saloon, 


Grosse Saal, m. Salon, m. 


Salon, m. 


Salt, 


Salz, s. n. Sal, s.f. 


Sel, s. m. 




salzen, v. salar, v. 


saler, v. 


Salute, 


Grussen, s. n. Salutacion, s.f. 


Salut, s. m. 




& v. saludar, v. 


saluer, v. 


Salvation, 


Seligmachung,/. Salvacion,/. 


Salut, m. 


Salve, 


Salbe,/. Emplasto, m. 


Onguent, m. 


Salver, 


Prasentirteller,m Sal villa,/. 


Plateau,-x, m. 


Same, 


Der selbe, Mismo, 


Me me, 


Sample, 


Bespiel, n. Muestra, / 


s 

Echantillon, / 


Sanction, 


Gesetz, s. n. Ratificacion, s.f. Sanction, s. f. 




sanctioniren, v. ratificar, v. 


ratifier, v. 


Sand, 


Sand, m. Arena,/. 


Sable, m. 


Sap, 


Saft, Splint, m. Suco, xugo, m. 


Seve,/.aubier, m 


Sash, 


Scharpe, /. Banda, ventana 


Ceinture,/. 




Scheibfenster,w. corrediza,/. 


chassis, m. 


Satan, 


Satan, m. San tanas, m. 


Satan, m. 


Satin, 


Atlass, m. Raso, m. 


Satin, m. 


Satisfy, 


Sattigen, Satisfacer, 


Satisfaire. 


Saturday, 


Sonnabend, m. Sabado, m. 


Samedi, m. 


Sauce, 


Briiche, /. Salsa, /. 


Sauce, /. 


Saucer, 


Untertasse, /. Salsera, /. 


Soucoupe,/. 


Saucy, 


Unverschamt, Descarado, 


Insolent,-e. 


Sausage, 


Wurst,/. Salchicha,/. 


Saucisse, /. 


Save, 


Sparen, v. Salvar, v. 


Sauver, v. 




ausser, adv. salvo, adv. 


excepte, adv. 


Savor, 


Geschmack, m. Sabor, olor, m. 


Saveur, m. 


Saw, 


Sage, s.f. Sierra, s. f. 


Scie,s./. 




sagen, v. serrar, v. 


scier, v. 


Say, 


Sagen, Decir, 


Dire. 


Scaffold, 


Geriist, n. Tablado, m. 


Echafaud, m. 


Scale, 


Wage', s.f. Balanza, s. f. 


Balance, s.f. 




wagen, v. escalar, v. 


esaladar, v. 


Scarce, 


Sparlich, adj. Escaso, adj. 


Rare, adj. 




kaura, adv. apenas, adv. 


a peine, adv. 


Scare, 


Scheuchen, E span tar, 


-Effrayer. 


Scarf, 


Scharpe,/. Trena,/. 


charpe, /. 


Scene, 


Biihne, Scene, /. Escena,/. 


Scene ,/. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



519 



SCE. 


GEKMAX. 


SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Scepter, 


Zepter, n. 


Cetro, m. 


Sceptre, m. 


Scholar, 


Schiiler, m. 


Escolar, m. 


Ecolier,-e, m.f. 


School, 


Schule,/. 


Escuela, /. 


Ecole, /. 


.ce, 


Wissenschaft, /. 


Ciencia,/. 


Science, /. 


sors, 


Schere, /. 


Tixera,/ 


Ciseaux, m. pi. 


Sc<rn, 


Spott, s. m. 


Desden, s. m. 


Mepiis, s. in. 


Scot, 


spotten, v. 


despreciar, v. 


mepriser, v. 




Rechnung,/. 


Escorte, m. 


Ecot, m. 


Scotch, 


Schnitt, s. m. 


Escoces, 


Ecossais, 




schneiden, adj. 


s. m. & adj. 


f s. m. & adj. 


Scour, 


Scheueren, 


Fregar, 


Ecurer. 


Scrap, 


Bisschen, n. 


Migaja,/. 


Morceau,-x, m. 


Scrape, 


Schaben, 


Raer, 


Gratter. 


Scratch, 


Riss, s. m. 


Rasguiio, s. m. 


Egratigneur, s.f. 




kratzen, v. 


rascar, v. 


raturer, v. 


Scream, 


Schrei, *. m. 


Grito, s. m. 


Cri, s. m. 




kreischen, v. 


chillar, v. 


crier, v. 


Screw, 


Schraube, s.f. 


Tornillo, s. m. 


Vis, s.f. 




schrauben, v. 


torcer, v. 


visser, v. 


Scripture, 


Bibel,/ 


Escritura,/. 


Ecriture,/. 


Scrub, 


Schuern, 


Estregar, 


Frotter. 


Scruple, 


Skrupel, s. m. 


Escrupulo, s. 7ii. 


Scrupule, s. m. 




Anstossen, v. 


escrupulizar,i'. 


hesiter, v. 


Scull, 


Hirnschale,/. 


Craneo, m. 


Crane, m. 


Scythe, 


Sense,/. 


Guild ana,/. 


Faucille,/. 


Sea, 


See, m. f. 


Mar, m.f. 


Mer,/. ' 


Seal, 


Siegel, s. n. 


Sello, s. m. 


Sceau,-x, s. m. 




siegeln, v. 


sellar, v. 


sceller, v. 


Seam, 


Naht, Fuge,/. 


Costura, / 


Couture,/. 


Search, 


Forschen, 


Exmaminar, 


Chercher. 


Season, 


Jahreszeit s.f. 


Sazon, s.f. 


Saison, s. f 




wiirzen, v. 


sazonar, v. 


assaisonner, v. 


Seat, 


Sitz, s. in. 


Asiento, s. m. 


Siege, s. m. 




setzen, v. 


sentar, v. 


asseoir, v. 


Second, 


Secunde, s.f. 


Padriuo, s. m. 


Second,-e, 




zweite, adj. 


segundo, adj. 


s. m. & adj. 


Secret, 


Geheimniss, s. n. 


Secreto, 


Secret, s. m. 




geheim, adj. 


s. m. adj. 


secret,-e, adj. 


Secretary, 


Schreiber, m. 


Secretario, m. 


Secretaire, m. 


Sect, 


Secte,/. 


Secta, /. 


Secte,/. 


See, 


Sehen, 


Ver, ' 


Voir. 






520 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



SEE. 


GERMAN SPANISH. 


FRENCH. 


Seed, 


Same,m. Saat,/. Semilla, /. 


Semence,/. 


Seek, 


Sucher, Buscai-j 


Chercher. 


Seem, 


Scheinen, Parecer, 


Sembler, 


Seize, 


Ergreifen, Asir, agarrar, 


Saisir. 


Seldom, 


Selten, Raramente, 


Rare men t. 


Select, 


Auswalilen, v. Elegir, v. 


Choisir, v. ' 




auserlesen,ac$. selecto, adj. 


choisi,-e, adj. 


Self, 


Selbst, sich, Mismo, 


Meme, propre. 


Sell, 


Verkaufen, Vender, 


Vendre. 


Senate, 


Senat, m. Senado, m. 


Senat, m. 


Send, 


Senden, Despachar, 


Envoyer. 


Sense, 


Verstand, m. Sentido, m. 


Sens, m. 


Sentence, 


Richterspruch, Sentencia,/ 


Sentence, f. 


Sentinel, 


Schildwache,/. Centinela, /. 


Sentinelle , f. 


Separate, 


Trennen, v. Separar, v. 


Separer, v. 




getrennt, adj. separado, adj. 


separe,-e, adj. 


September, 


September, m. Septiembre, m. 


Septembre, m. 


Sepulchre, 
Sergeant, 


Grabmal, n. [m. Sepulcro, m. 
Gereichtsdiener, Sargento, m. 


Sepulcre, m. 
Sergent, m. 


Sermon, 


Predigt,/. Sermon, m. 


Sermon, m. 


Servant, 


Diener, m. Criado, m. 


Domes tique, 




Magd, f. criada, f. 


m.f. 


Serve, 


Dienen, niitzen, Servir, 


Servir. 


Service, 


Dienst, 4 Gruss, m. Servicio, m. 


Service, m. 


Set, 


Setzen, Poner, plantar, 


Poser. 


Settle, 


Festsetzen, Sosegar, 


Etablir. 


Seven, 


Sieben, Siete, 


Sept. 


Seventeen, 


Siebzehn, JJiez y siete, 


Dix-sept. 


Sew, 


Ablassen,nahen, Coser, 


Coudre. 


Sex, 


Gerschlecht, n. Sexo, m. 


Sexe, m. 


Sexton, 


Kiister, m. Sepulturero, m. 


Fossoyeur, m. 


Shade, 


Schatten, s. m. Sombra, s.f. 


Ombre, s.f. 




shattiren, v. obscurecer, v. 


ombrager, v. 


Shaft, 


Schaft, m. Flecha,/. 


Fleche,/. 


Shake, 


Schutteln, Sacudir, vacilar, 


.Branlcr. 


Shame, 


Scham, s. f. Vergiienza, s. f. 


Honte, s.f. 




schanden, v. avergonzar, v. 


faire honte, v. 


Shape, 


Gestalt, s.f. Forma, s.f. 


Forme,5. /. 




bilden, v. formar, v. 


former, v. 


Share, 


Theil, 6-. m. Porcion, s.f. 


Portion, s. f. 




theilen, v. - participar, v. 


partager, v. 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



521 



SIIA. 

Sharp, 

Sharpen, 

Shave, 

Shawl, 

She, 

Shear, 

Sheath, 
Shed, 

Sheep, 
Sheet, 

Shelf, 
Shell, 

Shelter, 

Shine, 

Shingle, 

Ship, 

Shirt, 

Shock, 

Shoe, 
Shoot, 

Shop, 

Shore, 

Short, 

Shorten, 

Shot, 

Shoulder, 

Shout, 

Shove, 
Shovel, 






GERMAN. SPANISH. FRENCH. 

Scharf, hart, Agudo, acre, Aigu,-e. 
Scharfen, Afilar, Aiguiser. 

Scheren, [fel,/. Rapar, Raser. 

ShawljW.Schau- Chal, m. Schale, m. 

Sie, Ella, Elle. 

Schere, s. f. Tixeras, s. f. pi. Cisailles, s.f.pl. 

scheren, v. atusar, v. tondre, v. 

Scheide, s.f. Vayna, s.f. Gaine, s. f. 

einstecken, v. envaynar, v. engainer, v. 
Schuppen, s. m. Cobertizo, s. m. Hangar, s. m. 

vergiessen, v. verier, v. [/. repandre, v. 
Schaf, n. Oveja,papanatas Brebis,/. 

Bcttluch, n. Sabana, Linceul, m. 

Bogen Papier,r?z. escota,/. ieuille, /. 

Bret, n. Sims, m. Baxio, banco, m. Tabletle,/. 
Muschel, s.f. Cascara, s.f. ficaille, s.f. 

schalen, v. descascarar, v. ecosser, v. 

Bedeckung, s.f. Guarida, s.f. Couvert, s. m. 

decken, v. guarecer, v. cacher, v. 

Scheinen, Lucir, feclairer, luire. 

Schindel,/. Ripia, tablita,/. Bardeau,-x, m. 
Schiff, n. Nave,/, baxel, m Navire, m. 

Herad, n. Camisa,/. Chemise,/. 

Stoss, s. m. an- Choque, s.m. sa- Choc, s. m. cho- 



fallen, v. 



cudir, v. 



quer, v. 



Schuh, s. m. be- Zapato, s. m, cal- Soulier, s. m. 



schlagen, v. 
Schuss, s. m. 

schiessen, v. 
Lrulm, m. 
Gestadc, n. 
Kurz, knapp, 
Vrrkiirzen, [n. Acortar, 
Schuss, m.Schrot Tiro, m. 



zar, v. chausser, v. 

Tiro, s. m. des- Jet, s. m. lancer, 

pedir, v. v. 

Tienda, /. Boutique, /. 

Costa, tierra,/. Cote,/, rivagem 
Corto, Court,-e,elruit,-i- 

Abreger. 
Boulet, m.balU 1 ,/ 



Schulter,/. Hombro, Epaule,/ 

Jauchzen, s. n. <fe Aclamacion, s.f. Cri, 8. m.crier,v. 



V. 

Schub, s. m. 

schieben, v. 
Schaufel, s.f. 

schaufeln, v. 
44* 



exclaraar, v. 

Empellon, s. m. Coup, ft. m. 

empujar, v. pousser, v. 

Pala, 8.f. tras- IMk', .v./. ram 

palar, v. r, v. 



522 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



SIIO. 

Show, 

Shower, 
Shriek, 

Shroud, 

Shrub, 

Shut, 

Sick, 

Side, 

Sieve, 

Sift, 

Sigh, 

Sight, 

Sign, 

Signature, 

Signify, 

Silence, 

Silent, 

Silk, 

Silver, 

Sin, 

Since, 

Sing, 

Single, 

Sink, 

Sir, _ 

Sirloin, 

Sister, 

Sit, 

Six, 

Sixteen, 

Sixty, 

Size, 

Skate, 

Skeleton, 
Skiff, 



GERMAN. 

Schau, s.f. 
zeigen, v. 



FKENCH. 



Regenschauer,m Lluvia,/. 



SPANISH. 

Expectaculo, s. Spectacle, s. m. 
w.dexar ver,v. montrer, v. 



Ondee,/. 



Schrei, s. m. 


Grito, s. m. gri- 


Haut cri, s. m. 


kreischen, v. 


tar, v. 


jeter des cris,v 


Obdach, n. 


Cubierta,/. 


Linceul, m. 


Stande,/. 


Arbusto, m. 


Arbrisseau,-x,wi. 


Zumachen, 


Cerrar, 


Fermer. 


Krank, 


Malo, ahito, 


Malade. 


Seite, /. 


Costado, m. 


Cote, m. 


Sieb, n. Korb,w. 


Cedado, m. 


Sas, tamis, m. 


Seiben, priifen, 


Cernar, 


Sasser. 


Seufzer, s.m. 


Suspiro, s. m. 


Soupir, s. m. 


seufzen, v. 


suspirar, v. 


soupirer, v. 


Gesicht,?i.[nen,v. 


Vista,/, [lar, v. 


Vue,/. yeux, m. 


Zeichen,s.?i.zeich 


Serial, m. Sefla- 


Signe,m.signer,v 



Signature, /. 
Signiiier. 
Silence, m. 
Silencieux. 
Soie,/. 
Argent, s. m. 

argentin,-e,ad/. 
Peche, s. m. 
pecher, v. 
Ya que,despues, Depuis, puisquc. 



Unterschrift, /. Signatura, /. 
Anzeigen, Significar, 

Stillschweigen, n Silencio, m. 
Still, geheim, Silencioso, 
Seide,/ Seda,/. 

Silber, 6'. n. sil- Plata, s.f. de 

bern, adj. plata, adj. 

Siinde, s. f. Pecado, s. m. 

siindigen, v. pecar, v. 
Seit, weil, da, 

Singen, Cantar, Chanter. 

Einzeln, Solo, uno, Seul,-e. 

Sinken, senken, Hundirse, S'enfonccr. 

Herr, Mann, m. Senor, wi. Monsieur, m. 

Lendenbraten,m Sirloin, m. Sirloin, m. 

Schwester, /. Hermana, /. Soaur, /. 
Sitzen, Asentarse, Asseoir. 

Sechs, Seis, Six. 

Sechzehn, Diez y seis, Seize. 

Sechzig, [w. Sesenta, Soixante. [m. 

Grosse,/. Mass, Tamano, m. Taillc,/. calibre, 
Schlittschuh, s. Lixa, s.f. pasar Patin,s.m. courir 

" laufen, v. sobre lixas, v. de patin, v. 
Gerippe, n. Esqueleto, m. Squelette, m. 
Kahn, m. Esquifada,/. Esquif, m. 



IXTKlt.YATloxAL DICTIONARY. 



523 



SKI. 

Skill, 
Skin, 

Skirt, 

Sky, 
Slab, 
Slack, 

Slander, 

Slate, 
Slave, 
Sleep, 

Sleeve, 

Slender, 

Slice, 

Slide, 

Slight, 

Slip, 

Slipper, 

Sloop, 

Slope, 

Slow, 
Sluice, 

Small, 
Smart, 

Smell, 
Smile, 

Smith, 
Smoke, 

Smooth, 

Smother, 



MAN'. MSH. ' ' U. 

Geschicklichkeit Habilidad, /. Adresse, /. 
Haul, s.f. zu- Pellejo, s. m. de- Peau,-x, s. in. 

sollar, v. peler, v. 

Falda, s. f. oril- Basque, s.f. bor- 

lar, v . der, v. 

Cielo, m. Ciel, cieux, m. 

Charco, m. Gachis,?/i.dosse,/ 

Afloxar, v. floxo, Laoher, v. lache, 

adj. adj. 

Calumnia, s.f. Calomnie, s.f. 

calumniar, v. medire, v. 
Pizarra, /. Ardoise, /. 

Esclavo, m. Esclavc, m.f. 
Sueno, s.m. dor- Sommeil, s. m. 



heilen, v. 
Grenze, *./. 

einfasscn, v. 
Himmel, m. 
Platte,/. 
Luschen, v. 

schlaff, adj. 
Schande, s.f. 

be Hi gen, v. 
Schiefer, m. 
Sclave, m. 
Schlaf, s. m. 

schlafen, v. mir, v. 
Acrmal, m. Manga,/. 
Schlank, Delgado, 

Schnitz, s. m. 

zersclmeiden,v. rebanar, v. 
Ausgleiten, Deslizar, 
Klein, gering, Pequeno, 
Resbalar, 



dormier, v. 
Mane he,/. 
Delie,-e, faible. 



Ausgleiten, 
Pantoffel, m. 
Schaluppe,/. 
Abhang, s. m. 
senken, v. 



Rebanada, s. f. Tranche, s. f. 
t rancher, v. 

Glisser. 

Leger,-e. 

Couler. 

Pantoufle,/. 
Balandra,/. 
Sesijo, s. m. 



sesgar, 



v. 

Langsam, spat, Tardio, lento, 
Schleuse, s.f. 

ablassen, v. 
Klein, 
Schmerz, s.m. 

schmerzen, v. 



Geruch, s. m. 
reichen, v. 



Chinela,/. 

Sloup, m. 
Pente, s.f. pen- 
cher, v. 

, , Lent,-e,lourd,-e. 

Compuerta, s. f. 6cluse, s.f. de- 

cortar, v. bonder, v. 

PequeSo, corto, Petit,-e. 
Escorzor, s. m. Cuisson, s.f. 
escocerse, v 



Olfato, s. m. 
oler, v. 



cuire, v. 
Odcur, s. f. sen- 

tir, v. 
Souris, .9. m. 

sourire, v. 
Forgeron, m, 



j - , . v . 7 - . 

Lacheln,s. n. & v. Sonrisa, s. f. 

sonreirse, v 

Schmied, m. Forjador, m. o 

Rauch, s. m. Ilumo, s. m. hu- Fumee, s.f. 

rauchen, v. mear, v. fumer, v. 

Glatt, ebenen, Liso, igual, Uni,-e, doux,-ce. 
Dampfen, Ahogar, 



INTERNATIONAL DICTIONARY. 



SMU. 


GERMAN. 


SPANISH. FRENCH. 


Smut, 


Schmutz, m. 


Tiznon, m. Noirceur,/. 


Snag, 


Hocker, m. 


Dentadura,/. Surdent,/. 


Snail, 


Schnecke, f. 


Caracola,/! Simac,on, m. 


Snake, 


Schlange, /. 


Culebra, /. Couleuvre, /. 


Snap, 


Schnappen, 


Romper, Briser. 


Snare, 


Schlinge, /. 


Trampa,/. Piege, filet, m. 


Snatch, 


Bisschen,s. n. 


Arrebatina, s. f. Happee, s. f. at- 




schnappen, v. 


arrebatar, v. traper, v. 


Sneer, 


Stieheln, 


Burlarse, Ricaner. 


Snore, 


Sauern, 


Roncar, Ronfler. 


Snow, 


Schnee, s. m. 


Nieve, s.f. Neige, s.f. 




schneien, v. 


nevar, v. neiger, v. 


Snuff, 


Sclinupftabak, s. 


Polvo, s. m. oler, Tabac, s. m. 




w.schnauben,v. 


v. reniffler, v. 


Snuffers, 
Snug, 


Lichtputze, /. 
Bequem, dicht, 


Despabiladeras,/Mouchettes, /.p. 
Abrigado, Serre,-e. 


So, 


So, also, wofern, 


Ase", mismo, tal, Ainsi, si, aussi. 


Soak, 


Einweichen, 


Remojarse, Tremper. 


Soap, 


Seife,/. 


Xabon, m. Savon, m. 


Soar, 


Sicli erheben, 


Remontarse, S'elever. 


Sob, 


Schluchzen, 


Suspirar, Sangloter. 


Sober, 


Niichtern, 


Sobrio, Sobre. 


Social, 


Gesellig, 


Social, Social,-e. 


Society, 


Gesellschaft,/. 


Sociedad,/. Societe,/. 


Socket, 


Dille,/. 


Canon, m. Bobeche,/. 


Sod, 


Rasen, m. 


Cesped, m. Gazon, m. 


Sodder, 


Lothen, 


Soldar, Souder. 


Soft, 


Weich, zart, 


Blando, floxo, Mou, mol,-le. 


Soften, 


Erweichen, 


Ablandar, Amollir. 


Soil, 


Boden, m. Land, 


Manclia, s.f. Terrain, s. m. 




s. n. besudeln, v. 


ensuciar, v. saler, v. 


Soldier, 


Soldat, m. 


Soldado, m. Soldat, m. 


Sole, 


Sohle,*./. 


Planta del pie, Plante du pied, 




einzig, adj. 


s.f. solo, adj. s.f. seul,-e, adj 


Solemn, 


Feierlich, 


Solemne, grave, Solemnel,-le. 


Solicit, 


Erregen, 


Importunar, Soliciter. 


Solicitor, 


Procurator, m. 


Procurador, m. Procureur, m. 


Solid, 


Fest, gediegen, 


Solido, Solide. 


Some, 


Einige, 


Algo, Quelque. 


Somebody, 


Jemand, 


Alguien, Quelqu'un. 


Something. 

& 


Etwas, 


Alguna, cosa, Quelque chose. 



'.L, DICTIONARY. 



525 



SOM. 


MAX. 


Si'.vxijju. FREXCH. 


Sometimes, 


ZuA'eilen, 


Algunas veces, Quelquefois. 


Son, 


Sohn, m. 


Hijo varon, m. Fils, m. 


Song, 


-ang, m. 


Cancion,/. Chanson^/. 


Soon, 


Bald, sogleich, 


Presto, luego, VHe, tot. 


Soot, 


Russ, m. 


Hollin, m. "Suie,/. 


Soothe, 


Besanftigen, 


Adular, Flatter, apaiser. 


Sore, 


Wunde, s.f. 


Herida, s.f. Ulcere, s. m. 




wund, adj. 


tierno, adj. tend re